From: Chet Ramey Date: Wed, 7 Dec 2011 14:00:40 +0000 (-0500) Subject: commit bash-20061116 snapshot X-Git-Tag: bash-4.0-alpha~76 X-Git-Url: http://git.ipfire.org/?a=commitdiff_plain;h=2569d6d5a445abe46faca896e3bf3fef4ebe28db;p=thirdparty%2Fbash.git commit bash-20061116 snapshot --- diff --git a/CWRU/CWRU.chlog b/CWRU/CWRU.chlog index 4f4c93817..1d2f877ab 100644 --- a/CWRU/CWRU.chlog +++ b/CWRU/CWRU.chlog @@ -13885,3 +13885,99 @@ lib/sh/snprintf.c general.[ch] - first argument to legal_number is now `const char *' + + 11/14 + ----- +lib/readline/{readline,rlprivate}.h + - move rl_display_prompt declaration from rlprivate.h to readline.h + +lib/readline/util.h + - new function: rl_free(void *mem), for use by users of readline dlls + on Windows + +lib/readline/readline.h + - new extern declaration for rl_free + +lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi + - document rl_free and rl_display_prompt for use by application writers + + 11/15 + ----- +aclocal.m4 + - change tests for /dev/fd and /dev/stdin to use constructs of the form + (exec test ... ) instead of test ... to avoid bash's /dev/fd and + /dev/stdin emulation + + 11/16 + ----- +jobs.c + - in delete_job, reset_current was being called before the job slot + was cleared -- moved after job_slots[job] was set to NULL. Fixes + bug reported by Dan Jacobson + + 11/19 + ----- +findcmd.c + - when the checkhash option is set, fix the check for the hashed + pathname being an existing executable file. Old code required a + hash table deletion and re-addition. Bug reported by Linda + Walsh + + 11/21 + ----- +subst.c + - in pos_params, handle case of `start' == 0 by making the list of + positional parameters begin with $0 + - in parameter_brace_substring, increment `len' if start == 0, sicne + we will be adding $0 to the beginning of the list when we process it + +doc/{bash.1,bashref.texi} + - document new behavior of `0' offset when using substring expansion + with the positional parameters + +support/shobj-conf + - changes to shared object creation for loadable builtins on Mac OS X + 10.4 to use libtool instead of ld by specifying -dynamiclib + argument and changing options to be appropriate for libtool. This + winds up creating a dynamic shared library instead of an executable + + 11/24 + ----- +{jobs,nojobs}.c + - don't set last_asynchronous_pid to the child's pid in the child + for asynchronous jobs (for compatibility -- all other posix shells + seem to do it this way). This means that (echo $! )& echo $! should + display two different pids. Fix from discussion on the + austin-group-l list + +builtins/mkbuiltins.c + - change builtins.c file generation so short doc strings are marked for + gettext and available for subsequent translation. Suggestion by + Benno Schulenberg + +builtins/{bind,cd,hash,inlib,printf,pushd,test,times,ulimit}.def +lib/malloc/malloc.c +{shell,subst}.c + - fix a few strings that were not marked as translatable. Fix from + Benno Schulenberg + +lib/readline/misc.c + - new function, _rl_revert_all_lines(void). Goes through history, + reverting all entries to their initial state by undoing any undo + lists. + +lib/readline/rlprivate.h + - extern declaration for _rl_revert_all_lines + +rldefs.h + - add #undef HAVE_STRCOLL if STRCOLL_BROKEN is defined, prep to move + from config.h.in. Problem reported by Valerly Ushakov + + + 11/25 + ----- +lib/readline/readline.c + - call _rl_revert_all_lines from readline_internal_teardown if the + variable _rl_revert_all_at_newline is non-zero + - declare _rl_revert_all_lines initially 0 + diff --git a/CWRU/CWRU.chlog~ b/CWRU/CWRU.chlog~ index c19db3902..21a0c1ce8 100644 --- a/CWRU/CWRU.chlog~ +++ b/CWRU/CWRU.chlog~ @@ -13858,6 +13858,10 @@ lib/readline/display.c - in rl_redisplay, make sure we call memset on _rl_wrapped_line with its full initialized size: inv_lbsize*sizeof(int). Fix from jan.kratochvil@redhat.com. + - wrap the invisible and visible line variables and _rl_wrapped_line + into line_state structures, which can be swapped more efficiently. + Have to watch the wrapped_line field, since there's now one for + each struct. Changes from jan.kratochvil@redhat.com. lib/readline/complete.c - in stat_char, check for `//server' on cygwin and return `/', since @@ -13881,3 +13885,97 @@ lib/sh/snprintf.c general.[ch] - first argument to legal_number is now `const char *' + + 11/14 + ----- +lib/readline/{readline,rlprivate}.h + - move rl_display_prompt declaration from rlprivate.h to readline.h + +lib/readline/util.h + - new function: rl_free(void *mem), for use by users of readline dlls + on Windows + +lib/readline/readline.h + - new extern declaration for rl_free + +lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi + - document rl_free and rl_display_prompt for use by application writers + + 11/15 + ----- +aclocal.m4 + - change tests for /dev/fd and /dev/stdin to use constructs of the form + (exec test ... ) instead of test ... to avoid bash's /dev/fd and + /dev/stdin emulation + + 11/16 + ----- +jobs.c + - in delete_job, reset_current was being called before the job slot + was cleared -- moved after job_slots[job] was set to NULL. Fixes + bug reported by Dan Jacobson + + 11/19 + ----- +findcmd.c + - when the checkhash option is set, fix the check for the hashed + pathname being an existing executable file. Old code required a + hash table deletion and re-addition. Bug reported by Linda + Walsh + + 11/21 + ----- +subst.c + - in pos_params, handle case of `start' == 0 by making the list of + positional parameters begin with $0 + - in parameter_brace_substring, increment `len' if start == 0, sicne + we will be adding $0 to the beginning of the list when we process it + +doc/{bash.1,bashref.texi} + - document new behavior of `0' offset when using substring expansion + with the positional parameters + +support/shobj-conf + - changes to shared object creation for loadable builtins on Mac OS X + 10.4 to use libtool instead of ld by specifying -dynamiclib + argument and changing options to be appropriate for libtool. This + winds up creating a dynamic shared library instead of an executable + + 11/24 + ----- +{jobs,nojobs}.c + - don't set last_asynchronous_pid to the child's pid in the child + for asynchronous jobs (for compatibility -- all other posix shells + seem to do it this way). This means that (echo $! )& echo $! should + display two different pids. Fix from discussion on the + austin-group-l list + +builtins/mkbuiltins.c + - change builtins.c file generation so short doc strings are marked for + gettext and available for subsequent translation. Suggestion by + Benno Schulenberg + +builtins/{bind,cd,hash,inlib,printf,pushd,test,times,ulimit}.def +lib/malloc/malloc.c +{shell,subst}.c + - fix a few strings that were not marked as translatable. Fix from + Benno Schulenberg + +lib/readline/misc.c + - new function, _rl_revert_all_lines(void). Goes through history, + reverting all entries to their initial state by undoing any undo + lists. + +lib/readline/rlprivate.h + - extern declaration for _rl_revert_all_lines + +rldefs.h + - add #undef HAVE_STRCOLL if STRCOLL_BROKEN is defined, prep to move + from config.h.in. Problem reported by Valerly Ushakov + + + 11/25 + ----- +lib/readline/readline.c + - call _rl_revert_all_lines from readline_internal_teardown if the + variable _rl_revert_all_at_newline is non-zero diff --git a/CWRU/devfd.c b/CWRU/devfd.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db443a617 --- /dev/null +++ b/CWRU/devfd.c @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +#include + +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR) +#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) /* directory */ +#endif + +main(c, v) +int c; +char **v; +{ + struct stat sb; + int r, fd; + char fbuf[32]; + + r = stat("/dev/fd", &sb); + /* test -d /dev/fd */ + if (r == -1 || S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode) == 0) + exit (1); + /* test -r /dev/fd/0 */ + r = access ("/dev/fd/0", R_OK); + if (r == -1) + exit (1); + /* exec 3 + +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR) +#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) /* directory */ +#endif + +main(c, v) +int c; +char **v; +{ + struct stat sb; + int r, fd; + char fbuf[32]; + + r = stat("/dev/fd", &sb); + /* test -d /dev/fd */ + if (r == -1 || S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode) == 0) + exit (1); + /* test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null */ + fd = open("/dev/null", O_RDONLY, 0666); + if (fd == -1) + exit (2); + if (dup2(fd, 0) == -1) + exit (1); + r = access("/dev/stdin", R_OK); + if (r == -1) + exit (1); + exit (0); +} + + diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 index a9bf2e5fa..e0360cfc2 100644 --- a/aclocal.m4 +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -1541,24 +1541,21 @@ AC_DEFUN(BASH_CHECK_DEV_FD, [AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether /dev/fd is available) AC_CACHE_VAL(bash_cv_dev_fd, [bash_cv_dev_fd="" -if test -d /dev/fd && test -r /dev/fd/0 < /dev/null; then +if test -d /dev/fd && (exec test -r /dev/fd/0 < /dev/null) ; then # check for systems like FreeBSD 5 that only provide /dev/fd/[012] - exec 3. @%:@ @@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='bash' PACKAGE_TARNAME='bash' -PACKAGE_VERSION='3.1-release' -PACKAGE_STRING='bash 3.1-release' +PACKAGE_VERSION='3.2-maint' +PACKAGE_STRING='bash 3.2-maint' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='bug-bash@gnu.org' ac_unique_file="shell.h" @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures bash 3.1-release to adapt to many kinds of systems. +\`configure' configures bash 3.2-maint to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of bash 3.1-release:";; + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of bash 3.2-maint:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0 if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF -bash configure 3.1-release +bash configure 3.2-maint generated by GNU Autoconf 2.53 Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ cat >&5 <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. -It was created by bash $as_me 3.1-release, which was +It was created by bash $as_me 3.2-maint, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.53. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ @@ -1313,11 +1313,11 @@ ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # This should be Cygnus configure. ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h" -BASHVERS=3.1 -RELSTATUS=release +BASHVERS=3.2 +RELSTATUS=maint case "$RELSTATUS" in -alp*|bet*|dev*|rc*) DEBUG='-DDEBUG' MALLOC_DEBUG='-DMALLOC_DEBUG' ;; +alp*|bet*|dev*|rc*|maint*) DEBUG='-DDEBUG' MALLOC_DEBUG='-DMALLOC_DEBUG' ;; *) DEBUG= MALLOC_DEBUG= ;; esac @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ if test "$opt_curses" = yes; then fi if test -z "${DEBUGGER_START_FILE}"; then - DEBUGGER_START_FILE=${ac_default_prefix}/lib/bashdb/bashdb-main.inc + DEBUGGER_START_FILE=${ac_default_prefix}/share/bashdb/bashdb-main.inc fi opt_minimal_config=no @@ -3647,22 +3647,22 @@ fi +SIGNAMES_O= SIGNAMES_H=lsignames.h +CROSS_COMPILE= if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xyes"; then case "${host}" in *-cygwin*) cross_cache=${srcdir}/cross-build/cygwin32.cache - SIGNAMES_H='$(srcdir)/cross-build/win32sig.h' ;; *-mingw*) cross_cache=${srcdir}/cross-build/cygwin32.cache ;; i[3456]86-*-beos*) cross_cache=${srcdir}/cross-build/x86-beos.cache - SIGNAMES_H='${srcdir}/cross-build/beos-sig.h' ;; *) echo "configure: cross-compiling for $host is not supported" >&2 ;; @@ -3672,11 +3672,13 @@ if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xyes"; then . ${cross_cache} fi unset cross_cache + SIGNAMES_O='signames.o' CROSS_COMPILE='-DCROSS_COMPILING' fi + if test -z "$CC_FOR_BUILD"; then if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xno"; then CC_FOR_BUILD='$(CC)' @@ -7521,10 +7523,11 @@ done + for ac_func in feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \ -geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \ +geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale localeconv stpcpy \ strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \ __fsetlocking do @@ -10565,6 +10568,77 @@ _ACEOF fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for isnan" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for isnan... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_func_isnan+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +#line $LINENO "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char isnan (); below. */ +#include +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char isnan (); +char (*f) (); + +#ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN +# ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +# endif + int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() { return 1; } +#endif +int +main () +{ +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_isnan) || defined (__stub___isnan) +choke me +#else +f = isnan; +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_func_isnan=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +ac_cv_func_isnan=no +fi +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_isnan" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_isnan" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_isnan = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +@%:@define HAVE_ISNAN_IN_LIBC 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mkfifo" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for mkfifo... $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -10664,10 +10738,11 @@ fi -for ac_func in dup2 fcntl getdtablesize getgroups gethostname getpagesize \ - getpeername getrlimit getrusage gettimeofday kill killpg \ - lstat readlink sbrk select setdtablesize tcgetpgrp uname \ - ulimit waitpid + +for ac_func in dup2 eaccess fcntl getdtablesize getgroups gethostname \ + getpagesize getpeername getrlimit getrusage gettimeofday \ + kill killpg lstat readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \ + tcgetpgrp uname ulimit waitpid do as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 @@ -11531,6 +11606,70 @@ _ACEOF fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether setregid is declared" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether setregid is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_have_decl_setregid+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +#line $LINENO "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +$ac_includes_default +#ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN +# ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +# endif + int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() { return 1; } +#endif +int +main () +{ +#ifndef setregid + char *p = (char *) setregid; +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_have_decl_setregid=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +ac_cv_have_decl_setregid=no +fi +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_decl_setregid" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_have_decl_setregid" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_have_decl_setregid = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +@%:@define HAVE_DECL_SETREGID 1 +_ACEOF + + +else + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +@%:@define HAVE_DECL_SETREGID 0 +_ACEOF + + +fi + + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether strcpy is declared" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking whether strcpy is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${ac_cv_have_decl_strcpy+set}" = set; then @@ -13561,16 +13700,16 @@ _ACEOF fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mbrtowc" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for mbrtowc... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_func_mbrtowc+set}" = set; then +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mbrlen" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for mbrlen... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_func_mbrlen+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char mbrtowc (); below. */ + which can conflict with char mbrlen (); below. */ #include /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -13578,7 +13717,7 @@ extern "C" #endif /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char mbrtowc (); +char mbrlen (); char (*f) (); #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN @@ -13593,10 +13732,10 @@ main () /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined (__stub_mbrtowc) || defined (__stub___mbrtowc) +#if defined (__stub_mbrlen) || defined (__stub___mbrlen) choke me #else -f = mbrtowc; +f = mbrlen; #endif ; @@ -13615,33 +13754,34 @@ if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_func_mbrtowc=yes + ac_cv_func_mbrlen=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 -ac_cv_func_mbrtowc=no +ac_cv_func_mbrlen=no fi rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_mbrtowc" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_mbrtowc" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_mbrlen" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_mbrlen" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_mbrlen = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -@%:@define HAVE_MBRTOWC 1 +@%:@define HAVE_MBRLEN 1 _ACEOF fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mbrlen" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for mbrlen... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_func_mbrlen+set}" = set; then + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wcrtomb" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wcrtomb... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_func_wcrtomb+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char mbrlen (); below. */ + which can conflict with char wcrtomb (); below. */ #include /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -13649,7 +13789,7 @@ extern "C" #endif /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char mbrlen (); +char wcrtomb (); char (*f) (); #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN @@ -13664,10 +13804,10 @@ main () /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined (__stub_mbrlen) || defined (__stub___mbrlen) +#if defined (__stub_wcrtomb) || defined (__stub___wcrtomb) choke me #else -f = mbrlen; +f = wcrtomb; #endif ; @@ -13686,33 +13826,104 @@ if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_func_mbrlen=yes + ac_cv_func_wcrtomb=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 -ac_cv_func_mbrlen=no +ac_cv_func_wcrtomb=no fi rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_mbrlen" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_mbrlen" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_func_mbrlen = yes; then +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_wcrtomb" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_wcrtomb" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_wcrtomb = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -@%:@define HAVE_MBRLEN 1 +@%:@define HAVE_WCRTOMB 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wcscoll" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wcscoll... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_func_wcscoll+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +#line $LINENO "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char wcscoll (); below. */ +#include +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char wcscoll (); +char (*f) (); + +#ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN +# ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +# endif + int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() { return 1; } +#endif +int +main () +{ +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_wcscoll) || defined (__stub___wcscoll) +choke me +#else +f = wcscoll; +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_func_wcscoll=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +ac_cv_func_wcscoll=no +fi +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_wcscoll" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_wcscoll" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_wcscoll = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +@%:@define HAVE_WCSCOLL 1 _ACEOF fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wctomb" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for wctomb... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_func_wctomb+set}" = set; then +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wcsdup" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wcsdup... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_func_wcsdup+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char wctomb (); below. */ + which can conflict with char wcsdup (); below. */ #include /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -13720,7 +13931,7 @@ extern "C" #endif /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char wctomb (); +char wcsdup (); char (*f) (); #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN @@ -13735,10 +13946,10 @@ main () /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined (__stub_wctomb) || defined (__stub___wctomb) +#if defined (__stub_wcsdup) || defined (__stub___wcsdup) choke me #else -f = wctomb; +f = wcsdup; #endif ; @@ -13757,19 +13968,19 @@ if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_func_wctomb=yes + ac_cv_func_wcsdup=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 -ac_cv_func_wctomb=no +ac_cv_func_wcsdup=no fi rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_wctomb" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_wctomb" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_func_wctomb = yes; then +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_wcsdup" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_wcsdup" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_wcsdup = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -@%:@define HAVE_WCTOMB 1 +@%:@define HAVE_WCSDUP 1 _ACEOF fi @@ -13845,16 +14056,16 @@ _ACEOF fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wcsdup" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for wcsdup... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${ac_cv_func_wcsdup+set}" = set; then +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wctype" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wctype... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_func_wctype+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" /* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, - which can conflict with char wcsdup (); below. */ + which can conflict with char wctype (); below. */ #include /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -13862,7 +14073,7 @@ extern "C" #endif /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ -char wcsdup (); +char wctype (); char (*f) (); #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN @@ -13877,10 +14088,10 @@ main () /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ -#if defined (__stub_wcsdup) || defined (__stub___wcsdup) +#if defined (__stub_wctype) || defined (__stub___wctype) choke me #else -f = wcsdup; +f = wctype; #endif ; @@ -13899,34 +14110,60 @@ if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - ac_cv_func_wcsdup=yes + ac_cv_func_wctype=yes else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 -ac_cv_func_wcsdup=no +ac_cv_func_wctype=no fi rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_wcsdup" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_wcsdup" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_func_wcsdup = yes; then +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_wctype" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_wctype" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_wctype = yes; then cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -@%:@define HAVE_WCSDUP 1 +@%:@define HAVE_WCTYPE 1 _ACEOF fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mbstate_t" >&5 -echo $ECHO_N "checking for mbstate_t... $ECHO_C" >&6 -if test "${bash_cv_have_mbstate_t+set}" = set; then +AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC +if test $ac_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +@%:@define HAVE_MBSTATE_T 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + + + + + + +for ac_func in iswlower iswupper towlower towupper iswctype +do +as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF #line $LINENO "configure" #include "confdefs.h" +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below. */ +#include +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func (); +char (*f) (); -#include #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN # ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" @@ -13936,43 +14173,49 @@ else int main () { - - mbstate_t ps; - mbstate_t *psp; - psp = (mbstate_t *)0; +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +f = $ac_func; +#endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext -if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 - (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); } && - { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 ac_status=$? echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 (exit $ac_status); }; }; then - bash_cv_have_mbstate_t=yes + eval "$as_ac_var=yes" else echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 -bash_cv_have_mbstate_t=no +eval "$as_ac_var=no" fi -rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi -echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $bash_cv_have_mbstate_t" >&5 -echo "${ECHO_T}$bash_cv_have_mbstate_t" >&6 -if test $bash_cv_have_mbstate_t = yes; then - cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF -@%:@define HAVE_MBSTATE_T 1 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6 +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +@%:@define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF - + fi +done + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET" >&5 echo $ECHO_N "checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET... $ECHO_C" >&6 @@ -14026,6 +14269,175 @@ _ACEOF fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wchar_t in wchar.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wchar_t in wchar.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${bash_cv_type_wchar_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +#line $LINENO "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include + +#ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN +# ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +# endif + int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() { return 1; } +#endif +int +main () +{ + + wchar_t foo; + foo = 0; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + bash_cv_type_wchar_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +bash_cv_type_wchar_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $bash_cv_type_wchar_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$bash_cv_type_wchar_t" >&6 +if test $bash_cv_type_wchar_t = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +@%:@define HAVE_WCHAR_T 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wctype_t in wctype.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wctype_t in wctype.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${bash_cv_type_wctype_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +#line $LINENO "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include +#ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN +# ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +# endif + int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() { return 1; } +#endif +int +main () +{ + + wctype_t foo; + foo = 0; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + bash_cv_type_wctype_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +bash_cv_type_wctype_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $bash_cv_type_wctype_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$bash_cv_type_wctype_t" >&6 +if test $bash_cv_type_wctype_t = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +@%:@define HAVE_WCTYPE_T 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for wint_t in wctype.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for wint_t in wctype.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${bash_cv_type_wint_t+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +#line $LINENO "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include +#ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN +# ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" +# endif + int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() { return 1; } +#endif +int +main () +{ + + wint_t foo; + foo = 0; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + bash_cv_type_wint_t=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +bash_cv_type_wint_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $bash_cv_type_wint_t" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$bash_cv_type_wint_t" >&6 +if test $bash_cv_type_wint_t = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +@%:@define HAVE_WINT_T 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + if test "$opt_static_link" != yes; then @@ -23095,20 +23507,22 @@ echo $ECHO_N "checking whether /dev/fd is available... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${bash_cv_dev_fd+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - if test -d /dev/fd && test -r /dev/fd/0 < /dev/null; then + bash_cv_dev_fd="" +if test -d /dev/fd && (exec test -r /dev/fd/0 < /dev/null) ; then # check for systems like FreeBSD 5 that only provide /dev/fd/[012] - exec 3<&0 - if test -r /dev/fd/3; then + if (exec test -r /dev/fd/3 3&6 else - if test -d /dev/fd && test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null; then + if test -d /dev/fd && (exec test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null) ; then bash_cv_dev_stdin=present - elif test -d /proc/self/fd && test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null; then + elif test -d /proc/self/fd && (exec test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null) ; then bash_cv_dev_stdin=present else bash_cv_dev_stdin=absent @@ -23670,7 +24084,7 @@ _ASBOX } >&5 cat >&5 <<_CSEOF -This file was extended by bash $as_me 3.1-release, which was +This file was extended by bash $as_me 3.2-maint, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.53. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES @@ -23732,7 +24146,7 @@ _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF ac_cs_version="\\ -bash config.status 3.1-release +bash config.status 3.2-maint configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.53, with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" @@ -23966,6 +24380,7 @@ s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t s,@CROSS_COMPILE@,$CROSS_COMPILE,;t t s,@SIGNAMES_H@,$SIGNAMES_H,;t t +s,@SIGNAMES_O@,$SIGNAMES_O,;t t s,@CC_FOR_BUILD@,$CC_FOR_BUILD,;t t s,@STATIC_LD@,$STATIC_LD,;t t s,@CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@,$CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD,;t t diff --git a/autom4te-2.53.cache/requests b/autom4te-2.53.cache/requests index 2a56e70d9..1cb5bb82d 100644 --- a/autom4te-2.53.cache/requests +++ b/autom4te-2.53.cache/requests @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ @request = ( bless( [ '0', - 1, + 0, [ '/usr/share/autoconf' ], @@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ 'AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG' => 1, 'AH_OUTPUT' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_FSEEKO' => 1, - 'AM_CONDITIONAL' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_MKTIME' => 1, + 'AM_CONDITIONAL' => 1, 'AC_CONFIG_HEADERS' => 1, 'AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_MEMCMP' => 1, 'AC_PROG_LN_S' => 1, + 'AC_FUNC_MEMCMP' => 1, 'm4_include' => 1, 'AC_HEADER_DIRENT' => 1, 'AC_CHECK_FUNCS' => 1 diff --git a/autom4te-2.53.cache/traces.0 b/autom4te-2.53.cache/traces.0 index ccb4ebc5c..ce4d16592 100644 --- a/autom4te-2.53.cache/traces.0 +++ b/autom4te-2.53.cache/traces.0 @@ -160,1033 +160,1065 @@ m4trace:configure.in:371: -1- AH_OUTPUT([_FILE_OFFSET_BITS], [/* Number of bits m4trace:configure.in:371: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([_LARGE_FILES]) m4trace:configure.in:371: -1- AH_OUTPUT([_LARGE_FILES], [/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */ #undef _LARGE_FILES]) -m4trace:configure.in:407: -1- AC_SUBST([CROSS_COMPILE]) -m4trace:configure.in:409: -1- AC_SUBST([SIGNAMES_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:418: -1- AC_SUBST([CC_FOR_BUILD]) -m4trace:configure.in:460: -1- AC_SUBST([CFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:461: -1- AC_SUBST([CPPFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:462: -1- AC_SUBST([LDFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:463: -1- AC_SUBST([STATIC_LD]) -m4trace:configure.in:465: -1- AC_SUBST([CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD]) -m4trace:configure.in:466: -1- AC_SUBST([CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD]) -m4trace:configure.in:467: -1- AC_SUBST([LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD]) -m4trace:configure.in:469: -1- AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([termcap], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtermcap], [AC_CHECK_LIB(tinfo, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtinfo, +m4trace:configure.in:408: -1- AC_SUBST([CROSS_COMPILE]) +m4trace:configure.in:410: -1- AC_SUBST([SIGNAMES_H]) +m4trace:configure.in:411: -1- AC_SUBST([SIGNAMES_O]) +m4trace:configure.in:420: -1- AC_SUBST([CC_FOR_BUILD]) +m4trace:configure.in:462: -1- AC_SUBST([CFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:463: -1- AC_SUBST([CPPFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:464: -1- AC_SUBST([LDFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:465: -1- AC_SUBST([STATIC_LD]) +m4trace:configure.in:467: -1- AC_SUBST([CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD]) +m4trace:configure.in:468: -1- AC_SUBST([CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD]) +m4trace:configure.in:469: -1- AC_SUBST([LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD]) +m4trace:configure.in:471: -1- AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([termcap], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtermcap], [AC_CHECK_LIB(tinfo, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtinfo, [AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses, [AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses, bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap)])])]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([tinfo], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtinfo], [AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses, +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([tinfo], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtinfo], [AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses, [AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses, bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap)])]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([curses], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses], [AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses, +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([curses], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses], [AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses, bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap)]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([ncurses], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RL_READLINE_VERSION]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RL_READLINE_VERSION], [/* encoded version of the installed readline library */ +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([ncurses], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap]) +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RL_READLINE_VERSION]) +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RL_READLINE_VERSION], [/* encoded version of the installed readline library */ #undef RL_READLINE_VERSION]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RL_VERSION_MAJOR]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RL_VERSION_MAJOR], [/* major version of installed readline library */ +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RL_VERSION_MAJOR]) +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RL_VERSION_MAJOR], [/* major version of installed readline library */ #undef RL_VERSION_MAJOR]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RL_VERSION_MINOR]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RL_VERSION_MINOR], [/* minor version of installed readline library */ +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RL_VERSION_MINOR]) +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RL_VERSION_MINOR], [/* minor version of installed readline library */ #undef RL_VERSION_MINOR]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_VERSION]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_MAJOR]) -m4trace:configure.in:481: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_MINOR]) -m4trace:configure.in:494: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([READLINE]) -m4trace:configure.in:529: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HISTORY]) -m4trace:configure.in:532: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([BANG_HISTORY]) -m4trace:configure.in:562: -1- AC_SUBST([READLINE_LIB]) -m4trace:configure.in:563: -1- AC_SUBST([READLINE_DEP]) -m4trace:configure.in:564: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_LIBDIR]) -m4trace:configure.in:565: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_INCLUDEDIR]) -m4trace:configure.in:566: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_INCLUDE]) -m4trace:configure.in:567: -1- AC_SUBST([HISTORY_LIB]) -m4trace:configure.in:568: -1- AC_SUBST([HISTORY_DEP]) -m4trace:configure.in:569: -1- AC_SUBST([HIST_LIBDIR]) -m4trace:configure.in:570: -1- AC_SUBST([TILDE_LIB]) -m4trace:configure.in:575: -1- AC_PROG_INSTALL -m4trace:configure.in:575: -1- AC_SUBST([INSTALL_PROGRAM]) -m4trace:configure.in:575: -1- AC_SUBST([INSTALL_SCRIPT]) -m4trace:configure.in:575: -1- AC_SUBST([INSTALL_DATA]) -m4trace:configure.in:576: -1- AC_SUBST([AR]) -m4trace:configure.in:580: -1- AC_PROG_RANLIB -m4trace:configure.in:580: -1- AC_SUBST([RANLIB]) -m4trace:configure.in:580: -1- AC_SUBST([ac_ct_RANLIB]) -m4trace:configure.in:581: -1- AC_PROG_YACC -m4trace:configure.in:581: -1- AC_SUBST([YACC]) -m4trace:configure.in:582: -1- AC_PROG_MAKE_SET -m4trace:configure.in:582: -1- AC_SUBST([SET_MAKE]) -m4trace:configure.in:588: -1- AC_SUBST([MAKE_SHELL]) -m4trace:configure.in:610: -1- AC_SUBST([SIZE]) -m4trace:configure.in:613: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([_GNU_SOURCE]) -m4trace:configure.in:616: -1- AC_C_CONST -m4trace:configure.in:616: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([const]) -m4trace:configure.in:616: -1- AH_OUTPUT([const], [/* Define to empty if \`const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_VERSION]) +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_MAJOR]) +m4trace:configure.in:483: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_MINOR]) +m4trace:configure.in:496: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([READLINE]) +m4trace:configure.in:531: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HISTORY]) +m4trace:configure.in:534: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([BANG_HISTORY]) +m4trace:configure.in:564: -1- AC_SUBST([READLINE_LIB]) +m4trace:configure.in:565: -1- AC_SUBST([READLINE_DEP]) +m4trace:configure.in:566: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_LIBDIR]) +m4trace:configure.in:567: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_INCLUDEDIR]) +m4trace:configure.in:568: -1- AC_SUBST([RL_INCLUDE]) +m4trace:configure.in:569: -1- AC_SUBST([HISTORY_LIB]) +m4trace:configure.in:570: -1- AC_SUBST([HISTORY_DEP]) +m4trace:configure.in:571: -1- AC_SUBST([HIST_LIBDIR]) +m4trace:configure.in:572: -1- AC_SUBST([TILDE_LIB]) +m4trace:configure.in:577: -1- AC_PROG_INSTALL +m4trace:configure.in:577: -1- AC_SUBST([INSTALL_PROGRAM]) +m4trace:configure.in:577: -1- AC_SUBST([INSTALL_SCRIPT]) +m4trace:configure.in:577: -1- AC_SUBST([INSTALL_DATA]) +m4trace:configure.in:578: -1- AC_SUBST([AR]) +m4trace:configure.in:582: -1- AC_PROG_RANLIB +m4trace:configure.in:582: -1- AC_SUBST([RANLIB]) +m4trace:configure.in:582: -1- AC_SUBST([ac_ct_RANLIB]) +m4trace:configure.in:583: -1- AC_PROG_YACC +m4trace:configure.in:583: -1- AC_SUBST([YACC]) +m4trace:configure.in:584: -1- AC_PROG_MAKE_SET +m4trace:configure.in:584: -1- AC_SUBST([SET_MAKE]) +m4trace:configure.in:590: -1- AC_SUBST([MAKE_SHELL]) +m4trace:configure.in:612: -1- AC_SUBST([SIZE]) +m4trace:configure.in:615: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([_GNU_SOURCE]) +m4trace:configure.in:618: -1- AC_C_CONST +m4trace:configure.in:618: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([const]) +m4trace:configure.in:618: -1- AH_OUTPUT([const], [/* Define to empty if \`const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ #undef const]) -m4trace:configure.in:617: -1- AC_C_INLINE -m4trace:configure.in:617: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([inline]) -m4trace:configure.in:617: -1- AH_OUTPUT([inline], [/* Define as \`__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing +m4trace:configure.in:619: -1- AC_C_INLINE +m4trace:configure.in:619: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([inline]) +m4trace:configure.in:619: -1- AH_OUTPUT([inline], [/* Define as \`__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing if it is not supported. */ #undef inline]) -m4trace:configure.in:617: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([inline]) -m4trace:configure.in:618: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([WORDS_BIGENDIAN]) -m4trace:configure.in:618: -1- AH_OUTPUT([WORDS_BIGENDIAN], [/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte +m4trace:configure.in:619: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([inline]) +m4trace:configure.in:620: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([WORDS_BIGENDIAN]) +m4trace:configure.in:620: -1- AH_OUTPUT([WORDS_BIGENDIAN], [/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */ #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN]) -m4trace:configure.in:619: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRINGIZE]) -m4trace:configure.in:619: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRINGIZE], [/* Define to 1 if cpp supports the ANSI @%:@ stringizing operator. */ +m4trace:configure.in:621: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRINGIZE]) +m4trace:configure.in:621: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRINGIZE], [/* Define to 1 if cpp supports the ANSI @%:@ stringizing operator. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGIZE]) -m4trace:configure.in:620: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE]) -m4trace:configure.in:620: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE], [/* Define to 1 if long double works and has more range or precision than +m4trace:configure.in:622: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE]) +m4trace:configure.in:622: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE], [/* Define to 1 if long double works and has more range or precision than double. */ #undef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE]) -m4trace:configure.in:621: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([PROTOTYPES]) -m4trace:configure.in:621: -1- AH_OUTPUT([PROTOTYPES], [/* Define to 1 if the C compiler supports function prototypes. */ +m4trace:configure.in:623: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([PROTOTYPES]) +m4trace:configure.in:623: -1- AH_OUTPUT([PROTOTYPES], [/* Define to 1 if the C compiler supports function prototypes. */ #undef PROTOTYPES]) -m4trace:configure.in:621: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([__PROTOTYPES]) -m4trace:configure.in:621: -1- AH_OUTPUT([__PROTOTYPES], [/* Define like PROTOTYPES; this can be used by system headers. */ +m4trace:configure.in:623: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([__PROTOTYPES]) +m4trace:configure.in:623: -1- AH_OUTPUT([__PROTOTYPES], [/* Define like PROTOTYPES; this can be used by system headers. */ #undef __PROTOTYPES]) -m4trace:configure.in:622: -1- AH_OUTPUT([__CHAR_UNSIGNED__], [/* Define to 1 if type \`char' is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */ +m4trace:configure.in:624: -1- AH_OUTPUT([__CHAR_UNSIGNED__], [/* Define to 1 if type \`char' is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */ #ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ # undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ #endif]) -m4trace:configure.in:622: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([__CHAR_UNSIGNED__]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AM_GNU_GETTEXT([no-libtool], [need-ngettext], [lib/intl]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([MKINSTALLDIRS]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([USE_NLS]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([MSGFMT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT], [$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([MSGMERGE]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_TYPE_OFF_T -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([off_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([off_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:624: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([__CHAR_UNSIGNED__]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AM_GNU_GETTEXT([no-libtool], [need-ngettext], [lib/intl]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([MKINSTALLDIRS]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([USE_NLS]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([MSGFMT]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT], [$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([MSGMERGE]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_TYPE_OFF_T +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([off_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([off_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ #undef off_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_TYPE_SIZE_T -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([size_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([size_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_TYPE_SIZE_T +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([size_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([size_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned' if does not define. */ #undef size_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_FUNC_ALLOCA -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ALLOCA_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALLOCA_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix). +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_FUNC_ALLOCA +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ALLOCA_H]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALLOCA_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ALLOCA]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALLOCA], [/* Define to 1 if you have \`alloca', as a function or macro. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ALLOCA]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALLOCA], [/* Define to 1 if you have \`alloca', as a function or macro. */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([alloca.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([ALLOCA], [alloca.$ac_objext]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([C_ALLOCA]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([C_ALLOCA], [/* Define to 1 if using \`alloca.c'. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([alloca.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([ALLOCA], [alloca.$ac_objext]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([C_ALLOCA]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([C_ALLOCA], [/* Define to 1 if using \`alloca.c'. */ #undef C_ALLOCA]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([CRAY_STACKSEG_END]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([CRAY_STACKSEG_END], [/* Define to one of \`_getb67', \`GETB67', \`getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([CRAY_STACKSEG_END]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([CRAY_STACKSEG_END], [/* Define to one of \`_getb67', \`GETB67', \`getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for \`alloca.c' support on those systems. */ #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([STACK_DIRECTION], [/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([STACK_DIRECTION], [/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically deduced at run-time. STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ @%:@undef STACK_DIRECTION]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STACK_DIRECTION]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_FUNC_MMAP -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdlib.h unistd.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDLIB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STACK_DIRECTION]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_FUNC_MMAP +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdlib.h unistd.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDLIB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getpagesize]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPAGESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpagesize' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getpagesize]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPAGESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpagesize' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MMAP]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MMAP], [/* Define to 1 if you have a working \`mmap' system call. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MMAP]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MMAP], [/* Define to 1 if you have a working \`mmap' system call. */ #undef HAVE_MMAP]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([GLIBC21]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE], [/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([GLIBC21]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE], [/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */ #undef INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX], [/* Define if exists, doesn't clash with , and +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX], [/* Define if exists, doesn't clash with , and declares uintmax_t. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX], [/* Define if exists, doesn't clash with , and declares +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX], [/* Define if exists, doesn't clash with , and declares uintmax_t. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG], [/* Define if you have the unsigned long long type. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG], [/* Define if you have the unsigned long long type. */ #undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([uintmax_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([uintmax_t], [/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if and +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([uintmax_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([uintmax_t], [/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if and don't define. */ #undef uintmax_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_UINTMAX_T]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UINTMAX_T], [/* Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in or . */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_UINTMAX_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UINTMAX_T], [/* Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in or . */ #undef HAVE_UINTMAX_T]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_INTTYPES_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_INTTYPES_H], [/* Define if exists and doesn't clash with . */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_INTTYPES_H]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_INTTYPES_H], [/* Define if exists and doesn't clash with . */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([PRI_MACROS_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([PRI_MACROS_BROKEN], [/* Define if exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([PRI_MACROS_BROKEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([PRI_MACROS_BROKEN], [/* Define if exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */ #undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ARGZ_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ARGZ_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LIMITS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LIMITS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LIMITS_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LOCALE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LOCALE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LOCALE_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_NL_TYPES_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_NL_TYPES_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MALLOC_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MALLOC_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MALLOC_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDDEF_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDDEF_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDDEF_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDLIB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDLIB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRING_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRING_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \ -geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \ +geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale localeconv stpcpy \ strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \ __fsetlocking]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`feof_unlocked' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`feof_unlocked' function. */ #undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`fgets_unlocked' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`fgets_unlocked' function. */ #undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getc_unlocked' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getc_unlocked' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETCWD], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getcwd' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETCWD], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getcwd' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETCWD]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETEGID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getegid' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETEGID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getegid' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETEGID]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETEUID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`geteuid' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETEUID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`geteuid' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETEUID]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETGID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getgid' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETGID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getgid' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETGID]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETUID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getuid' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETUID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getuid' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETUID]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMPCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`mempcpy' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMPCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`mempcpy' function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMPCPY]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MUNMAP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`munmap' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MUNMAP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`munmap' function. */ #undef HAVE_MUNMAP]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PUTENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`putenv' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PUTENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`putenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_PUTENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setenv' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETLOCALE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setlocale' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETLOCALE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setlocale' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETLOCALE]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STPCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`stpcpy' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LOCALECONV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`localeconv' function. */ +#undef HAVE_LOCALECONV]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STPCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`stpcpy' function. */ #undef HAVE_STPCPY]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCASECMP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strcasecmp' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCASECMP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strcasecmp' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCASECMP]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRDUP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strdup' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRDUP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strdup' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRDUP]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOUL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoul' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOUL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoul' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOUL]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TSEARCH], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`tsearch' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TSEARCH], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`tsearch' function. */ #undef HAVE_TSEARCH]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_count' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_count' function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_stringify' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_stringify' function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_next' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_next' function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___FSETLOCKING], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__fsetlocking' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___FSETLOCKING], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__fsetlocking' function. */ #undef HAVE___FSETLOCKING]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ICONV]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ICONV], [/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ICONV]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ICONV], [/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */ #undef HAVE_ICONV]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([LIBICONV]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([LTLIBICONV]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ICONV_CONST]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ICONV_CONST], [/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([LIBICONV]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([LTLIBICONV]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ICONV_CONST]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ICONV_CONST], [/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */ #undef ICONV_CONST]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET], [/* Define if you have and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET], [/* Define if you have and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */ #undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LC_MESSAGES]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LC_MESSAGES], [/* Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LC_MESSAGES]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LC_MESSAGES], [/* Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES. */ #undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([INTLBISON]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([USE_NLS]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ENABLE_NLS]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ENABLE_NLS], [/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([INTLBISON]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([USE_NLS]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ENABLE_NLS]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ENABLE_NLS], [/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language is requested. */ #undef ENABLE_NLS]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_GETTEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETTEXT], [/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_GETTEXT]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETTEXT], [/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ #undef HAVE_GETTEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DCGETTEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DCGETTEXT], [/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled. +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DCGETTEXT]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DCGETTEXT], [/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */ #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([CATOBJEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([DATADIRNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([INSTOBJEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([GENCAT]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([INTLOBJS]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([INTLLIBS]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([LIBINTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:625: -1- AC_SUBST([POSUB]) -m4trace:configure.in:628: -1- AC_HEADER_DIRENT -m4trace:configure.in:628: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DIRENT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines \`DIR'. +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([CATOBJEXT]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([DATADIRNAME]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([INSTOBJEXT]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([GENCAT]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([INTLOBJS]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([INTLLIBS]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([LIBINTL]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL]) +m4trace:configure.in:627: -1- AC_SUBST([POSUB]) +m4trace:configure.in:630: -1- AC_HEADER_DIRENT +m4trace:configure.in:630: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DIRENT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines \`DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_DIRENT_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:628: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines \`DIR'. +m4trace:configure.in:630: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines \`DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:628: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_DIR_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines \`DIR'. +m4trace:configure.in:630: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_DIR_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines \`DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:628: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_NDIR_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines \`DIR'. */ +m4trace:configure.in:630: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_NDIR_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines \`DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_NDIR_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:629: -1- AC_HEADER_TIME -m4trace:configure.in:629: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME]) -m4trace:configure.in:629: -1- AH_OUTPUT([TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME], [/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both and . */ +m4trace:configure.in:631: -1- AC_HEADER_TIME +m4trace:configure.in:631: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME]) +m4trace:configure.in:631: -1- AH_OUTPUT([TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME], [/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both and . */ #undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME]) -m4trace:configure.in:631: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([inttypes.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:631: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_INTTYPES_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:633: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([inttypes.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:633: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_INTTYPES_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h stdlib.h stdarg.h varargs.h limits.h string.h \ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h stdlib.h stdarg.h varargs.h limits.h string.h \ memory.h locale.h termcap.h termio.h termios.h dlfcn.h \ stddef.h stdint.h netdb.h pwd.h grp.h strings.h regex.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDLIB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDLIB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDARG_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDARG_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDARG_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_VARARGS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_VARARGS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_VARARGS_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LIMITS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LIMITS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LIMITS_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRING_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRING_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMORY_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMORY_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LOCALE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LOCALE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LOCALE_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TERMCAP_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TERMCAP_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_TERMCAP_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TERMIO_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TERMIO_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_TERMIO_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TERMIOS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TERMIOS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DLFCN_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DLFCN_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDDEF_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDDEF_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDDEF_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDINT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDINT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_NETDB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_NETDB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_NETDB_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PWD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PWD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_PWD_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GRP_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GRP_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_GRP_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRINGS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRINGS_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:635: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_REGEX_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:637: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_REGEX_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_REGEX_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/pte.h sys/stream.h sys/select.h sys/file.h \ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/pte.h sys/stream.h sys/select.h sys/file.h \ sys/resource.h sys/param.h sys/socket.h sys/stat.h \ sys/time.h sys/times.h sys/types.h sys/wait.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_PTE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_PTE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_PTE_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_FILE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_FILE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_STAT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_STAT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_TIME_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_TIME_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:638: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:640: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:639: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:639: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_NETINET_IN_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:641: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:641: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_NETINET_IN_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:639: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ARPA_INET_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:641: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ARPA_INET_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AC_FUNC_ALLOCA -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ALLOCA_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALLOCA_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix). +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_FUNC_ALLOCA +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ALLOCA_H]) +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALLOCA_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ALLOCA]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALLOCA], [/* Define to 1 if you have \`alloca', as a function or macro. */ +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ALLOCA]) +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALLOCA], [/* Define to 1 if you have \`alloca', as a function or macro. */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([alloca.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AC_SUBST([ALLOCA], [alloca.$ac_objext]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([C_ALLOCA]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AH_OUTPUT([C_ALLOCA], [/* Define to 1 if using \`alloca.c'. */ +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([alloca.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_SUBST([ALLOCA], [alloca.$ac_objext]) +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([C_ALLOCA]) +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AH_OUTPUT([C_ALLOCA], [/* Define to 1 if using \`alloca.c'. */ #undef C_ALLOCA]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([CRAY_STACKSEG_END]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AH_OUTPUT([CRAY_STACKSEG_END], [/* Define to one of \`_getb67', \`GETB67', \`getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([CRAY_STACKSEG_END]) +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AH_OUTPUT([CRAY_STACKSEG_END], [/* Define to one of \`_getb67', \`GETB67', \`getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for \`alloca.c' support on those systems. */ #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AH_OUTPUT([STACK_DIRECTION], [/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AH_OUTPUT([STACK_DIRECTION], [/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically deduced at run-time. STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ @%:@undef STACK_DIRECTION]) -m4trace:configure.in:650: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STACK_DIRECTION]) -m4trace:configure.in:651: -1- AC_FUNC_GETPGRP -m4trace:configure.in:651: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([GETPGRP_VOID]) -m4trace:configure.in:651: -1- AH_OUTPUT([GETPGRP_VOID], [/* Define to 1 if the \`getpgrp' function requires zero arguments. */ +m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STACK_DIRECTION]) +m4trace:configure.in:653: -1- AC_FUNC_GETPGRP +m4trace:configure.in:653: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([GETPGRP_VOID]) +m4trace:configure.in:653: -1- AH_OUTPUT([GETPGRP_VOID], [/* Define to 1 if the \`getpgrp' function requires zero arguments. */ #undef GETPGRP_VOID]) -m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED -m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SETVBUF_REVERSED]) -m4trace:configure.in:652: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SETVBUF_REVERSED], [/* Define to 1 if the \`setvbuf' function takes the buffering type as its +m4trace:configure.in:654: -1- AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED +m4trace:configure.in:654: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SETVBUF_REVERSED]) +m4trace:configure.in:654: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SETVBUF_REVERSED], [/* Define to 1 if the \`setvbuf' function takes the buffering type as its second argument and the buffer pointer as the third, as on System V before release 3. */ #undef SETVBUF_REVERSED]) -m4trace:configure.in:653: -1- AC_FUNC_VPRINTF -m4trace:configure.in:653: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([vprintf], [ +m4trace:configure.in:655: -1- AC_FUNC_VPRINTF +m4trace:configure.in:655: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([vprintf], [ AC_CHECK_FUNC(_doprnt, [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DOPRNT, 1, [Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.'])])]) -m4trace:configure.in:653: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_VPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`vprintf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:655: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_VPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`vprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_VPRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:653: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DOPRNT]) -m4trace:configure.in:653: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DOPRNT], [/* Define to 1 if you don't have \`vprintf' but do have \`_doprnt.' */ +m4trace:configure.in:655: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DOPRNT]) +m4trace:configure.in:655: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DOPRNT], [/* Define to 1 if you don't have \`vprintf' but do have \`_doprnt.' */ #undef HAVE_DOPRNT]) -m4trace:configure.in:654: -1- AC_FUNC_STRCOLL -m4trace:configure.in:654: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRCOLL]) -m4trace:configure.in:654: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCOLL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strcoll' function and it is properly defined. +m4trace:configure.in:656: -1- AC_FUNC_STRCOLL +m4trace:configure.in:656: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRCOLL]) +m4trace:configure.in:656: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCOLL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strcoll' function and it is properly defined. */ #undef HAVE_STRCOLL]) -m4trace:configure.in:675: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_VPRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:680: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([vprint.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:680: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) -m4trace:configure.in:684: -1- AC_TYPE_SIGNAL -m4trace:configure.in:684: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RETSIGTYPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:684: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RETSIGTYPE], [/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (\`int' or \`void'). */ +m4trace:configure.in:677: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_VPRINTF]) +m4trace:configure.in:682: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([vprint.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:682: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) +m4trace:configure.in:686: -1- AC_TYPE_SIGNAL +m4trace:configure.in:686: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RETSIGTYPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:686: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RETSIGTYPE], [/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (\`int' or \`void'). */ #undef RETSIGTYPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:687: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_SETOSTYPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:688: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WAIT3]) -m4trace:configure.in:689: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ISINF_IN_LIBC]) -m4trace:configure.in:692: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MKFIFO]) -m4trace:configure.in:692: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([MKFIFO_MISSING]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dup2 fcntl getdtablesize getgroups gethostname getpagesize \ - getpeername getrlimit getrusage gettimeofday kill killpg \ - lstat readlink sbrk select setdtablesize tcgetpgrp uname \ - ulimit waitpid]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DUP2], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dup2' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:689: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_SETOSTYPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:690: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WAIT3]) +m4trace:configure.in:691: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ISINF_IN_LIBC]) +m4trace:configure.in:692: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_ISNAN_IN_LIBC]) +m4trace:configure.in:695: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MKFIFO]) +m4trace:configure.in:695: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([MKFIFO_MISSING]) +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dup2 eaccess fcntl getdtablesize getgroups gethostname \ + getpagesize getpeername getrlimit getrusage gettimeofday \ + kill killpg lstat readlink sbrk select setdtablesize \ + tcgetpgrp uname ulimit waitpid]) +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DUP2], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dup2' function. */ #undef HAVE_DUP2]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FCNTL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`fcntl' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_EACCESS], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`eaccess' function. */ +#undef HAVE_EACCESS]) +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FCNTL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`fcntl' function. */ #undef HAVE_FCNTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getdtablesize' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getdtablesize' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETGROUPS], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getgroups' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETGROUPS], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getgroups' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETGROUPS]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETHOSTNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`gethostname' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETHOSTNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`gethostname' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETHOSTNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPAGESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpagesize' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPAGESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpagesize' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPEERNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpeername' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPEERNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpeername' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPEERNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETRLIMIT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getrlimit' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETRLIMIT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getrlimit' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETRLIMIT]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETRUSAGE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getrusage' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETRUSAGE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getrusage' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETRUSAGE]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`gettimeofday' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`gettimeofday' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_KILL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`kill' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_KILL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`kill' function. */ #undef HAVE_KILL]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_KILLPG], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`killpg' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_KILLPG], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`killpg' function. */ #undef HAVE_KILLPG]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LSTAT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`lstat' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LSTAT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`lstat' function. */ #undef HAVE_LSTAT]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_READLINK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`readlink' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_READLINK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`readlink' function. */ #undef HAVE_READLINK]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SBRK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`sbrk' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SBRK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`sbrk' function. */ #undef HAVE_SBRK]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SELECT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`select' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SELECT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`select' function. */ #undef HAVE_SELECT]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setdtablesize' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setdtablesize' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TCGETPGRP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`tcgetpgrp' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TCGETPGRP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`tcgetpgrp' function. */ #undef HAVE_TCGETPGRP]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`uname' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`uname' function. */ #undef HAVE_UNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ULIMIT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`ulimit' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ULIMIT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`ulimit' function. */ #undef HAVE_ULIMIT]) -m4trace:configure.in:698: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WAITPID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`waitpid' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:701: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WAITPID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`waitpid' function. */ #undef HAVE_WAITPID]) -m4trace:configure.in:699: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([rename.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:699: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([rename], [], [_AC_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) -m4trace:configure.in:699: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_RENAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`rename' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:702: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([rename.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:702: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([rename], [], [_AC_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) +m4trace:configure.in:702: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_RENAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`rename' function. */ #undef HAVE_RENAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:699: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([bcopy bzero confstr fnmatch \ +m4trace:configure.in:702: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([bcopy bzero confstr fnmatch \ getaddrinfo gethostbyname getservbyname getservent inet_aton \ memmove pathconf putenv raise regcomp regexec \ setenv setlinebuf setlocale setvbuf siginterrupt strchr \ sysconf tcgetattr times ttyname tzset unsetenv]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_BCOPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`bcopy' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_BCOPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`bcopy' function. */ #undef HAVE_BCOPY]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_BZERO], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`bzero' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_BZERO], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`bzero' function. */ #undef HAVE_BZERO]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_CONFSTR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`confstr' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_CONFSTR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`confstr' function. */ #undef HAVE_CONFSTR]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FNMATCH], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`fnmatch' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FNMATCH], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`fnmatch' function. */ #undef HAVE_FNMATCH]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETADDRINFO], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getaddrinfo' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETADDRINFO], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getaddrinfo' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETADDRINFO]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`gethostbyname' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`gethostbyname' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getservbyname' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getservbyname' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETSERVENT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getservent' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETSERVENT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getservent' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETSERVENT]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_INET_ATON], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`inet_aton' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_INET_ATON], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`inet_aton' function. */ #undef HAVE_INET_ATON]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMMOVE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`memmove' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMMOVE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`memmove' function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMMOVE]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PATHCONF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`pathconf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PATHCONF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`pathconf' function. */ #undef HAVE_PATHCONF]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PUTENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`putenv' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_PUTENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`putenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_PUTENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_RAISE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`raise' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_RAISE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`raise' function. */ #undef HAVE_RAISE]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_REGCOMP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`regcomp' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_REGCOMP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`regcomp' function. */ #undef HAVE_REGCOMP]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_REGEXEC], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`regexec' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_REGEXEC], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`regexec' function. */ #undef HAVE_REGEXEC]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setenv' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETLINEBUF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setlinebuf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETLINEBUF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setlinebuf' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETLINEBUF]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETLOCALE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setlocale' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETLOCALE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setlocale' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETLOCALE]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETVBUF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setvbuf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SETVBUF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`setvbuf' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETVBUF]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`siginterrupt' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`siginterrupt' function. */ #undef HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCHR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strchr' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCHR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strchr' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCHR]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYSCONF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`sysconf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYSCONF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`sysconf' function. */ #undef HAVE_SYSCONF]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TCGETATTR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`tcgetattr' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TCGETATTR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`tcgetattr' function. */ #undef HAVE_TCGETATTR]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TIMES], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`times' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TIMES], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`times' function. */ #undef HAVE_TIMES]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TTYNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`ttyname' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TTYNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`ttyname' function. */ #undef HAVE_TTYNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TZSET], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`tzset' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TZSET], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`tzset' function. */ #undef HAVE_TZSET]) -m4trace:configure.in:706: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNSETENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`unsetenv' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNSETENV], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`unsetenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_UNSETENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:708: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf]) -m4trace:configure.in:708: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_VSNPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`vsnprintf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf]) +m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_VSNPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`vsnprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:708: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SNPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`snprintf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SNPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`snprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_SNPRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:708: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_VASPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`vasprintf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_VASPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`vasprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_VASPRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:708: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ASPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`asprintf' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ASPRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`asprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_ASPRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([isascii isblank isgraph isprint isspace isxdigit]) -m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISASCII], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isascii' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([isascii isblank isgraph isprint isspace isxdigit]) +m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISASCII], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isascii' function. */ #undef HAVE_ISASCII]) -m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISBLANK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isblank' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISBLANK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isblank' function. */ #undef HAVE_ISBLANK]) -m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISGRAPH], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isgraph' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISGRAPH], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isgraph' function. */ #undef HAVE_ISGRAPH]) -m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISPRINT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isprint' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISPRINT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isprint' function. */ #undef HAVE_ISPRINT]) -m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISSPACE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isspace' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISSPACE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isspace' function. */ #undef HAVE_ISSPACE]) -m4trace:configure.in:709: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISXDIGIT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isxdigit' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISXDIGIT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`isxdigit' function. */ #undef HAVE_ISXDIGIT]) -m4trace:configure.in:710: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getpwent getpwnam getpwuid]) -m4trace:configure.in:710: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPWENT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpwent' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:713: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getpwent getpwnam getpwuid]) +m4trace:configure.in:713: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPWENT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpwent' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPWENT]) -m4trace:configure.in:710: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPWNAM], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpwnam' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:713: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPWNAM], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpwnam' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPWNAM]) -m4trace:configure.in:710: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPWUID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpwuid' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:713: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPWUID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpwuid' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPWUID]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([getcwd.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([memset.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strcasecmp.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strerror.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strftime.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strnlen.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strpbrk.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strstr.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd memset strcasecmp strerror strftime strnlen strpbrk strstr], [], [_AC_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETCWD], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getcwd' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([getcwd.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([memset.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strcasecmp.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strerror.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strftime.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strnlen.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strpbrk.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strstr.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd memset strcasecmp strerror strftime strnlen strpbrk strstr], [], [_AC_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETCWD], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getcwd' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETCWD]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMSET], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`memset' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMSET], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`memset' function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMSET]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCASECMP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strcasecmp' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCASECMP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strcasecmp' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCASECMP]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRERROR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strerror' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRERROR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strerror' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRERROR]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRFTIME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strftime' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRFTIME], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strftime' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRFTIME]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRNLEN], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strnlen' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRNLEN], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strnlen' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRNLEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRPBRK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strpbrk' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRPBRK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strpbrk' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRPBRK]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRSTR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strstr' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRSTR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strstr' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRSTR]) -m4trace:configure.in:711: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtod.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtol.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoul.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoll.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoull.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoimax.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoumax.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strtod strtol strtoul strtoll strtoull strtoimax strtoumax], [], [_AC_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOD], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtod' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtod.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtol.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoul.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoll.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoull.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoimax.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([strtoumax.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strtod strtol strtoul strtoll strtoull strtoimax strtoumax], [], [_AC_LIBOBJ($ac_func)]) +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOD], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtod' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOD]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtol' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtol' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOL]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOUL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoul' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOUL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoul' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOUL]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOLL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoll' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOLL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoll' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOLL]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOULL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoull' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOULL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoull' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOULL]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOIMAX], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoimax' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOIMAX], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoimax' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOIMAX]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOUMAX], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoumax' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRTOUMAX], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strtoumax' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOUMAX]) -m4trace:configure.in:712: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) -m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_CONFSTR]) -m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_CONFSTR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`confstr', and to 0 if you +m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) +m4trace:configure.in:717: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_CONFSTR]) +m4trace:configure.in:717: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_CONFSTR], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`confstr', and to 0 if you don't. */ #undef HAVE_DECL_CONFSTR]) -m4trace:configure.in:714: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_CONFSTR]) -m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_PRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_PRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`printf', and to 0 if you don't. +m4trace:configure.in:717: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_CONFSTR]) +m4trace:configure.in:718: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_PRINTF]) +m4trace:configure.in:718: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_PRINTF], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`printf', and to 0 if you don't. */ #undef HAVE_DECL_PRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:715: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_PRINTF]) -m4trace:configure.in:716: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_SBRK]) -m4trace:configure.in:716: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_SBRK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`sbrk', and to 0 if you don't. +m4trace:configure.in:718: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_PRINTF]) +m4trace:configure.in:719: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_SBRK]) +m4trace:configure.in:719: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_SBRK], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`sbrk', and to 0 if you don't. */ #undef HAVE_DECL_SBRK]) -m4trace:configure.in:716: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_SBRK]) -m4trace:configure.in:717: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRCPY]) -m4trace:configure.in:717: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_STRCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`strcpy', and to 0 if you don't. +m4trace:configure.in:719: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_SBRK]) +m4trace:configure.in:720: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_SETREGID]) +m4trace:configure.in:720: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_SETREGID], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`setregid', and to 0 if you + don't. */ +#undef HAVE_DECL_SETREGID]) +m4trace:configure.in:720: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_SETREGID]) +m4trace:configure.in:721: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRCPY]) +m4trace:configure.in:721: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_STRCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`strcpy', and to 0 if you don't. */ #undef HAVE_DECL_STRCPY]) -m4trace:configure.in:717: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRCPY]) -m4trace:configure.in:718: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL]) -m4trace:configure.in:718: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`strsignal', and to 0 if you +m4trace:configure.in:721: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRCPY]) +m4trace:configure.in:722: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL]) +m4trace:configure.in:722: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`strsignal', and to 0 if you don't. */ #undef HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL]) -m4trace:configure.in:718: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL]) -m4trace:configure.in:735: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRTOLD]) -m4trace:configure.in:735: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_STRTOLD], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`strtold', and to 0 if you +m4trace:configure.in:722: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL]) +m4trace:configure.in:739: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRTOLD]) +m4trace:configure.in:739: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DECL_STRTOLD], [/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of \`strtold', and to 0 if you don't. */ #undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLD]) -m4trace:configure.in:735: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STRTOLD_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:735: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRTOLD]) -m4trace:configure.in:745: -1- AC_FUNC_MKTIME -m4trace:configure.in:745: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h unistd.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:745: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_TIME_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:739: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STRTOLD_BROKEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:739: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DECL_STRTOLD]) +m4trace:configure.in:749: -1- AC_FUNC_MKTIME +m4trace:configure.in:749: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h unistd.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:749: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_SYS_TIME_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:745: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:749: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:745: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([alarm]) -m4trace:configure.in:745: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALARM], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`alarm' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:749: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([alarm]) +m4trace:configure.in:749: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ALARM], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`alarm' function. */ #undef HAVE_ALARM]) -m4trace:configure.in:745: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([mktime.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:745: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) -m4trace:configure.in:752: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h errno.h fcntl.h malloc.h stdio_ext.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:752: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ARGZ_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:749: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([mktime.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:749: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) +m4trace:configure.in:756: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h errno.h fcntl.h malloc.h stdio_ext.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:756: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ARGZ_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:752: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ERRNO_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:756: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ERRNO_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ERRNO_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:752: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FCNTL_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:756: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_FCNTL_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_FCNTL_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:752: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MALLOC_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:756: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MALLOC_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MALLOC_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:752: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:756: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:755: -1- AC_FUNC_MMAP -m4trace:configure.in:755: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdlib.h unistd.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:755: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDLIB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:759: -1- AC_FUNC_MMAP +m4trace:configure.in:759: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdlib.h unistd.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:759: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STDLIB_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:755: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:759: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_UNISTD_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:755: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getpagesize]) -m4trace:configure.in:755: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPAGESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpagesize' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:759: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getpagesize]) +m4trace:configure.in:759: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_GETPAGESIZE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`getpagesize' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE]) -m4trace:configure.in:755: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MMAP]) -m4trace:configure.in:755: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MMAP], [/* Define to 1 if you have a working \`mmap' system call. */ +m4trace:configure.in:759: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MMAP]) +m4trace:configure.in:759: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MMAP], [/* Define to 1 if you have a working \`mmap' system call. */ #undef HAVE_MMAP]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([__argz_count __argz_next __argz_stringify dcgettext mempcpy \ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([__argz_count __argz_next __argz_stringify dcgettext mempcpy \ munmap stpcpy strcspn strdup]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_count' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_count' function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_next' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_next' function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_stringify' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`__argz_stringify' function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DCGETTEXT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dcgettext' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DCGETTEXT], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dcgettext' function. */ #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMPCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`mempcpy' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MEMPCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`mempcpy' function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMPCPY]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MUNMAP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`munmap' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_MUNMAP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`munmap' function. */ #undef HAVE_MUNMAP]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STPCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`stpcpy' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STPCPY], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`stpcpy' function. */ #undef HAVE_STPCPY]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCSPN], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strcspn' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRCSPN], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strcspn' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCSPN]) -m4trace:configure.in:757: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRDUP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strdup' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:761: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRDUP], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`strdup' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRDUP]) -m4trace:configure.in:765: -1- AC_SUBST([INTL_DEP]) -m4trace:configure.in:766: -1- AC_SUBST([INTL_INC]) -m4trace:configure.in:767: -1- AC_SUBST([LIBINTL_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([wctype.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WCTYPE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:769: -1- AC_SUBST([INTL_DEP]) +m4trace:configure.in:770: -1- AC_SUBST([INTL_INC]) +m4trace:configure.in:771: -1- AC_SUBST([LIBINTL_H]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([wctype.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WCTYPE_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([wchar.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WCHAR_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([wchar.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WCHAR_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_WCHAR_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([langinfo.h]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LANGINFO_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_CHECK_HEADERS([langinfo.h]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LANGINFO_H], [/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LANGINFO_H]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MBSRTOWCS]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MBRTOWC]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MBRLEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCTOMB]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCWIDTH]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCSDUP]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MBSTATE_T]) -m4trace:configure.in:773: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET]) -m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen]) -m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LIBDL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dl' library (-ldl). */ +m4trace:configure.in:777: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MBSRTOWCS]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MBRLEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCRTOMB]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCSCOLL]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCSDUP]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCWIDTH]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCTYPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_MBSTATE_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([iswlower iswupper towlower towupper iswctype]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISWLOWER], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`iswlower' function. */ +#undef HAVE_ISWLOWER]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISWUPPER], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`iswupper' function. */ +#undef HAVE_ISWUPPER]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TOWLOWER], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`towlower' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TOWLOWER]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TOWUPPER], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`towupper' function. */ +#undef HAVE_TOWUPPER]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_ISWCTYPE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`iswctype' function. */ +#undef HAVE_ISWCTYPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCHAR_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WCHAR_T], [/* systems should define this type here */ +#undef HAVE_WCHAR_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WCTYPE_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WCTYPE_T], [/* systems should define this type here */ +#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_WINT_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_WINT_T], [/* systems should define this type here */ +#undef HAVE_WINT_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:781: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen]) +m4trace:configure.in:781: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LIBDL], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dl' library (-ldl). */ #undef HAVE_LIBDL]) -m4trace:configure.in:777: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LIBDL]) -m4trace:configure.in:778: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dlopen dlclose dlsym]) -m4trace:configure.in:778: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DLOPEN], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dlopen' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:781: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LIBDL]) +m4trace:configure.in:782: -1- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dlopen dlclose dlsym]) +m4trace:configure.in:782: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DLOPEN], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dlopen' function. */ #undef HAVE_DLOPEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:778: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DLCLOSE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dlclose' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:782: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DLCLOSE], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dlclose' function. */ #undef HAVE_DLCLOSE]) -m4trace:configure.in:778: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DLSYM], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dlsym' function. */ +m4trace:configure.in:782: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_DLSYM], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`dlsym' function. */ #undef HAVE_DLSYM]) -m4trace:configure.in:782: -1- AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST -m4trace:configure.in:782: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED]) -m4trace:configure.in:782: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED], [/* Define to 1 if \`sys_siglist' is declared by or . */ +m4trace:configure.in:786: -1- AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST +m4trace:configure.in:786: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED]) +m4trace:configure.in:786: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED], [/* Define to 1 if \`sys_siglist' is declared by or . */ #undef SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED]) -m4trace:configure.in:786: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_INET_ATON]) -m4trace:configure.in:786: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([inet_aton.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:786: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) -m4trace:configure.in:792: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwent]) -m4trace:configure.in:792: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LIBSUN], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`sun' library (-lsun). */ +m4trace:configure.in:790: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_INET_ATON]) +m4trace:configure.in:790: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([inet_aton.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:790: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) +m4trace:configure.in:796: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwent]) +m4trace:configure.in:796: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_LIBSUN], [/* Define to 1 if you have the \`sun' library (-lsun). */ #undef HAVE_LIBSUN]) -m4trace:configure.in:792: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LIBSUN]) -m4trace:configure.in:797: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [getpeername], [bash_cv_have_socklib=yes], [bash_cv_have_socklib=no], [-lnsl]) -m4trace:configure.in:797: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [t_open], [bash_cv_have_libnsl=yes], [bash_cv_have_libnsl=no]) -m4trace:configure.in:797: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LIBSOCKET]) -m4trace:configure.in:797: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_GETPEERNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:801: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:805: -1- AC_TYPE_UID_T -m4trace:configure.in:805: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([uid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:805: -1- AH_OUTPUT([uid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if doesn't define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:796: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LIBSUN]) +m4trace:configure.in:801: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [getpeername], [bash_cv_have_socklib=yes], [bash_cv_have_socklib=no], [-lnsl]) +m4trace:configure.in:801: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [t_open], [bash_cv_have_libnsl=yes], [bash_cv_have_libnsl=no]) +m4trace:configure.in:801: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LIBSOCKET]) +m4trace:configure.in:801: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_GETPEERNAME]) +m4trace:configure.in:805: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME]) +m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AC_TYPE_UID_T +m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([uid_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AH_OUTPUT([uid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if doesn't define. */ #undef uid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:805: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([gid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:805: -1- AH_OUTPUT([gid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if doesn't define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([gid_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AH_OUTPUT([gid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if doesn't define. */ #undef gid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:805: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([GETGROUPS_T]) -m4trace:configure.in:805: -1- AH_OUTPUT([GETGROUPS_T], [/* Define to the type of elements in the array set by \`getgroups'. Usually +m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([GETGROUPS_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AH_OUTPUT([GETGROUPS_T], [/* Define to the type of elements in the array set by \`getgroups'. Usually this is either \`int' or \`gid_t'. */ #undef GETGROUPS_T]) -m4trace:configure.in:806: -1- AC_TYPE_OFF_T -m4trace:configure.in:806: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([off_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:806: -1- AH_OUTPUT([off_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:810: -1- AC_TYPE_OFF_T +m4trace:configure.in:810: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([off_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:810: -1- AH_OUTPUT([off_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ #undef off_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:807: -1- AC_TYPE_MODE_T -m4trace:configure.in:807: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([mode_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:807: -1- AH_OUTPUT([mode_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:811: -1- AC_TYPE_MODE_T +m4trace:configure.in:811: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([mode_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:811: -1- AH_OUTPUT([mode_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ #undef mode_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:808: -1- AC_TYPE_UID_T -m4trace:configure.in:808: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([uid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:808: -1- AH_OUTPUT([uid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if doesn't define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:812: -1- AC_TYPE_UID_T +m4trace:configure.in:812: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([uid_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:812: -1- AH_OUTPUT([uid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if doesn't define. */ #undef uid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:808: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([gid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:808: -1- AH_OUTPUT([gid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if doesn't define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:812: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([gid_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:812: -1- AH_OUTPUT([gid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if doesn't define. */ #undef gid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AC_TYPE_PID_T -m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([pid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:809: -1- AH_OUTPUT([pid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:813: -1- AC_TYPE_PID_T +m4trace:configure.in:813: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([pid_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:813: -1- AH_OUTPUT([pid_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ #undef pid_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:810: -1- AC_TYPE_SIZE_T -m4trace:configure.in:810: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([size_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:810: -1- AH_OUTPUT([size_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:814: -1- AC_TYPE_SIZE_T +m4trace:configure.in:814: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([size_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:814: -1- AH_OUTPUT([size_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned' if does not define. */ #undef size_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:811: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ssize_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:811: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ssize_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:815: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ssize_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:815: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ssize_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ #undef ssize_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:812: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([time_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:812: -1- AH_OUTPUT([time_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:816: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([time_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:816: -1- AH_OUTPUT([time_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ #undef time_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:814: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LONG_LONG]) -m4trace:configure.in:815: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) -m4trace:configure.in:817: -1- AC_TYPE_SIGNAL -m4trace:configure.in:817: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RETSIGTYPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:817: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RETSIGTYPE], [/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (\`int' or \`void'). */ +m4trace:configure.in:818: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LONG_LONG]) +m4trace:configure.in:819: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) +m4trace:configure.in:821: -1- AC_TYPE_SIGNAL +m4trace:configure.in:821: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RETSIGTYPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:821: -1- AH_OUTPUT([RETSIGTYPE], [/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (\`int' or \`void'). */ #undef RETSIGTYPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:819: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_CHAR]) -m4trace:configure.in:819: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_CHAR], [/* The size of a \`char', as computed by sizeof. */ +m4trace:configure.in:823: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_CHAR]) +m4trace:configure.in:823: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_CHAR], [/* The size of a \`char', as computed by sizeof. */ #undef SIZEOF_CHAR]) -m4trace:configure.in:820: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_SHORT]) -m4trace:configure.in:820: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_SHORT], [/* The size of a \`short', as computed by sizeof. */ +m4trace:configure.in:824: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_SHORT]) +m4trace:configure.in:824: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_SHORT], [/* The size of a \`short', as computed by sizeof. */ #undef SIZEOF_SHORT]) -m4trace:configure.in:821: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_INT]) -m4trace:configure.in:821: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_INT], [/* The size of a \`int', as computed by sizeof. */ +m4trace:configure.in:825: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_INT]) +m4trace:configure.in:825: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_INT], [/* The size of a \`int', as computed by sizeof. */ #undef SIZEOF_INT]) -m4trace:configure.in:822: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_LONG]) -m4trace:configure.in:822: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_LONG], [/* The size of a \`long', as computed by sizeof. */ +m4trace:configure.in:826: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_LONG]) +m4trace:configure.in:826: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_LONG], [/* The size of a \`long', as computed by sizeof. */ #undef SIZEOF_LONG]) -m4trace:configure.in:823: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_CHAR_P]) -m4trace:configure.in:823: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_CHAR_P], [/* The size of a \`char *', as computed by sizeof. */ +m4trace:configure.in:827: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_CHAR_P]) +m4trace:configure.in:827: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_CHAR_P], [/* The size of a \`char *', as computed by sizeof. */ #undef SIZEOF_CHAR_P]) -m4trace:configure.in:824: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_DOUBLE]) -m4trace:configure.in:824: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_DOUBLE], [/* The size of a \`double', as computed by sizeof. */ +m4trace:configure.in:828: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_DOUBLE]) +m4trace:configure.in:828: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_DOUBLE], [/* The size of a \`double', as computed by sizeof. */ #undef SIZEOF_DOUBLE]) -m4trace:configure.in:825: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_LONG_LONG]) -m4trace:configure.in:825: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_LONG_LONG], [/* The size of a \`long long', as computed by sizeof. */ +m4trace:configure.in:829: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SIZEOF_LONG_LONG]) +m4trace:configure.in:829: -1- AH_OUTPUT([SIZEOF_LONG_LONG], [/* The size of a \`long long', as computed by sizeof. */ #undef SIZEOF_LONG_LONG]) -m4trace:configure.in:827: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_int]) -m4trace:configure.in:827: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_int], [/* Define to \`unsigned int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:831: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_int]) +m4trace:configure.in:831: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_int], [/* Define to \`unsigned int' if does not define. */ #undef u_int]) -m4trace:configure.in:828: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_long]) -m4trace:configure.in:828: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_long], [/* Define to \`unsigned long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:832: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_long]) +m4trace:configure.in:832: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_long], [/* Define to \`unsigned long' if does not define. */ #undef u_long]) -m4trace:configure.in:830: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:830: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits16_t], [/* Define to \`short' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits16_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits16_t], [/* Define to \`short' if does not define. */ #undef bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:830: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:830: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits16_t], [/* Define to \`char' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits16_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits16_t], [/* Define to \`char' if does not define. */ #undef bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:830: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:830: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits16_t], [/* Define to \`short' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits16_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits16_t], [/* Define to \`short' if does not define. */ #undef bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:831: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:831: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits16_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned short' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:835: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits16_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:835: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits16_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned short' if does not define. */ #undef u_bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:831: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:831: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits16_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned char' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:835: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits16_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:835: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits16_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned char' if does not define. */ #undef u_bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:831: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:831: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits16_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned short' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:835: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits16_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:835: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits16_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned short' if does not define. */ #undef u_bits16_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:832: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:832: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits32_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits32_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits32_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ #undef bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:832: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:832: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits32_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits32_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits32_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ #undef bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:832: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:832: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits32_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits32_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits32_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ #undef bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:833: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:833: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits32_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:837: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits32_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:837: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits32_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned int' if does not define. */ #undef u_bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:833: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:833: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits32_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:837: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits32_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:837: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits32_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned long' if does not define. */ #undef u_bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:833: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:833: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits32_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:837: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([u_bits32_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:837: -1- AH_OUTPUT([u_bits32_t], [/* Define to \`unsigned int' if does not define. */ #undef u_bits32_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`char *' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`char *' if does not define. */ #undef bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`double' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`double' if does not define. */ #undef bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`long long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`long long' if does not define. */ #undef bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ #undef bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:834: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`double' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([bits64_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:838: -1- AH_OUTPUT([bits64_t], [/* Define to \`double' if does not define. */ #undef bits64_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ptrdiff_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ptrdiff_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:840: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ptrdiff_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:840: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ptrdiff_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ #undef ptrdiff_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ptrdiff_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ptrdiff_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:840: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ptrdiff_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:840: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ptrdiff_t], [/* Define to \`long' if does not define. */ #undef ptrdiff_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ptrdiff_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ptrdiff_t], [/* Define to \`long long' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:840: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ptrdiff_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:840: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ptrdiff_t], [/* Define to \`long long' if does not define. */ #undef ptrdiff_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ptrdiff_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:836: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ptrdiff_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ +m4trace:configure.in:840: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ptrdiff_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:840: -1- AH_OUTPUT([ptrdiff_t], [/* Define to \`int' if does not define. */ #undef ptrdiff_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:839: -1- AC_HEADER_STAT -m4trace:configure.in:839: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STAT_MACROS_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:839: -1- AH_OUTPUT([STAT_MACROS_BROKEN], [/* Define to 1 if the \`S_IS*' macros in do not work properly. */ +m4trace:configure.in:843: -1- AC_HEADER_STAT +m4trace:configure.in:843: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STAT_MACROS_BROKEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:843: -1- AH_OUTPUT([STAT_MACROS_BROKEN], [/* Define to 1 if the \`S_IS*' macros in do not work properly. */ #undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:844: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC]) -m4trace:configure.in:849: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LSTAT]) -m4trace:configure.in:853: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([CTYPE_NON_ASCII]) -m4trace:configure.in:854: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([DUP2_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:855: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([PGRP_PIPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:856: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS]) -m4trace:configure.in:856: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS]) -m4trace:configure.in:856: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD]) -m4trace:configure.in:859: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST]) -m4trace:configure.in:860: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST]) -m4trace:configure.in:861: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([UNDER_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED]) -m4trace:configure.in:861: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_UNDER_SYS_SIGLIST]) -m4trace:configure.in:864: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([VOID_SIGHANDLER]) -m4trace:configure.in:865: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([clock_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:866: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([sigset_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:867: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_QUAD_T]) -m4trace:configure.in:867: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([quad_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:868: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([intmax_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:869: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([uintmax_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:871: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_SOCKLEN_T]) -m4trace:configure.in:871: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([socklen_t]) -m4trace:configure.in:873: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RLIMTYPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:873: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RLIMTYPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:876: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TERMIOS_LDISC]) -m4trace:configure.in:877: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TERMIO_LDISC]) -m4trace:configure.in:878: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO]) -m4trace:configure.in:879: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO]) -m4trace:configure.in:880: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:881: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:881: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS]) -m4trace:configure.in:882: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_TIMEVAL]) -m4trace:configure.in:883: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS]) -m4trace:configure.in:883: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS], [/* Define to 1 if \`st_blocks' is member of \`struct stat'. */ +m4trace:configure.in:848: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_HASH_BANG_EXEC]) +m4trace:configure.in:853: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_LSTAT]) +m4trace:configure.in:857: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([CTYPE_NON_ASCII]) +m4trace:configure.in:858: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([DUP2_BROKEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:859: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([PGRP_PIPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:860: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS]) +m4trace:configure.in:860: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS]) +m4trace:configure.in:860: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD]) +m4trace:configure.in:863: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST]) +m4trace:configure.in:864: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_SYS_SIGLIST]) +m4trace:configure.in:865: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([UNDER_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED]) +m4trace:configure.in:865: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_UNDER_SYS_SIGLIST]) +m4trace:configure.in:868: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([VOID_SIGHANDLER]) +m4trace:configure.in:869: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([clock_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:870: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([sigset_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:871: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_QUAD_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:871: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([quad_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:872: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([intmax_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:873: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([uintmax_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:875: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_SOCKLEN_T]) +m4trace:configure.in:875: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([socklen_t]) +m4trace:configure.in:877: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RLIMTYPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:877: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RLIMTYPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:880: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TERMIOS_LDISC]) +m4trace:configure.in:881: -2- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TERMIO_LDISC]) +m4trace:configure.in:882: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO]) +m4trace:configure.in:883: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO]) +m4trace:configure.in:884: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) +m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS]) +m4trace:configure.in:886: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_TIMEVAL]) +m4trace:configure.in:887: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS]) +m4trace:configure.in:887: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS], [/* Define to 1 if \`st_blocks' is member of \`struct stat'. */ #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS]) -m4trace:configure.in:884: -1- AC_STRUCT_TM -m4trace:configure.in:884: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TM_IN_SYS_TIME]) -m4trace:configure.in:884: -1- AH_OUTPUT([TM_IN_SYS_TIME], [/* Define to 1 if your declares \`struct tm'. */ +m4trace:configure.in:888: -1- AC_STRUCT_TM +m4trace:configure.in:888: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TM_IN_SYS_TIME]) +m4trace:configure.in:888: -1- AH_OUTPUT([TM_IN_SYS_TIME], [/* Define to 1 if your declares \`struct tm'. */ #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME]) -m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE -m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE]) -m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE], [/* Define to 1 if \`tm_zone' is member of \`struct tm'. */ +m4trace:configure.in:889: -1- AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE +m4trace:configure.in:889: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE]) +m4trace:configure.in:889: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE], [/* Define to 1 if \`tm_zone' is member of \`struct tm'. */ #undef HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE]) -m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_TM_ZONE]) -m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TM_ZONE], [/* Define to 1 if your \`struct tm' has \`tm_zone'. Deprecated, use +m4trace:configure.in:889: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_TM_ZONE]) +m4trace:configure.in:889: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TM_ZONE], [/* Define to 1 if your \`struct tm' has \`tm_zone'. Deprecated, use \`HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE' instead. */ #undef HAVE_TM_ZONE]) -m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_TZNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:885: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TZNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you don't have \`tm_zone' but do have the external array +m4trace:configure.in:889: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_TZNAME]) +m4trace:configure.in:889: -1- AH_OUTPUT([HAVE_TZNAME], [/* Define to 1 if you don't have \`tm_zone' but do have the external array \`tzname'. */ #undef HAVE_TZNAME]) -m4trace:configure.in:886: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE]) -m4trace:configure.in:889: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRSIGNAL]) -m4trace:configure.in:890: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([OPENDIR_NOT_ROBUST]) -m4trace:configure.in:891: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ULIMIT_MAXFDS]) -m4trace:configure.in:892: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([CAN_REDEFINE_GETENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:894: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([GETCWD_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:894: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([getcwd.c]) -m4trace:configure.in:894: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) -m4trace:configure.in:896: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_POSIX_SIGSETJMP]) -m4trace:configure.in:897: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STRCOLL_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:903: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STD_PUTENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:905: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STD_PUTENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:908: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STD_UNSETENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:910: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STD_UNSETENV]) -m4trace:configure.in:913: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT]) -m4trace:configure.in:916: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([MUST_REINSTALL_SIGHANDLERS]) -m4trace:configure.in:917: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([JOB_CONTROL_MISSING]) -m4trace:configure.in:918: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([NAMED_PIPES_MISSING]) -m4trace:configure.in:921: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:921: -1- AH_OUTPUT([GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL], [/* Define to 1 if \`TIOCGWINSZ' requires . */ +m4trace:configure.in:890: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEZONE]) +m4trace:configure.in:893: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STRSIGNAL]) +m4trace:configure.in:894: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([OPENDIR_NOT_ROBUST]) +m4trace:configure.in:895: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([ULIMIT_MAXFDS]) +m4trace:configure.in:896: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([CAN_REDEFINE_GETENV]) +m4trace:configure.in:898: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([GETCWD_BROKEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:898: -1- AC_LIBSOURCE([getcwd.c]) +m4trace:configure.in:898: -1- AC_SUBST([LIB@&t@OBJS]) +m4trace:configure.in:900: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_POSIX_SIGSETJMP]) +m4trace:configure.in:901: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([STRCOLL_BROKEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:907: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STD_PUTENV]) +m4trace:configure.in:909: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STD_PUTENV]) +m4trace:configure.in:912: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STD_UNSETENV]) +m4trace:configure.in:914: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_STD_UNSETENV]) +m4trace:configure.in:917: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT]) +m4trace:configure.in:920: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([MUST_REINSTALL_SIGHANDLERS]) +m4trace:configure.in:921: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([JOB_CONTROL_MISSING]) +m4trace:configure.in:922: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([NAMED_PIPES_MISSING]) +m4trace:configure.in:925: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) +m4trace:configure.in:925: -1- AH_OUTPUT([GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL], [/* Define to 1 if \`TIOCGWINSZ' requires . */ #undef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:922: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:923: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) -m4trace:configure.in:925: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([WCONTINUED_BROKEN]) -m4trace:configure.in:928: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SPEED_T_IN_SYS_TYPES]) -m4trace:configure.in:929: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_GETPW_DECLS]) -m4trace:configure.in:930: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([UNUSABLE_RT_SIGNALS]) -m4trace:configure.in:931: -1- AC_SUBST([SIGLIST_O]) -m4trace:configure.in:935: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RLIMIT_NEEDS_KERNEL]) -m4trace:configure.in:943: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([termcap], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtermcap], [AC_CHECK_LIB(tinfo, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtinfo, +m4trace:configure.in:926: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) +m4trace:configure.in:927: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL]) +m4trace:configure.in:929: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([WCONTINUED_BROKEN]) +m4trace:configure.in:932: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SPEED_T_IN_SYS_TYPES]) +m4trace:configure.in:933: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_GETPW_DECLS]) +m4trace:configure.in:934: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([UNUSABLE_RT_SIGNALS]) +m4trace:configure.in:935: -1- AC_SUBST([SIGLIST_O]) +m4trace:configure.in:939: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([RLIMIT_NEEDS_KERNEL]) +m4trace:configure.in:947: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([termcap], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtermcap], [AC_CHECK_LIB(tinfo, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtinfo, [AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses, [AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses, bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap)])])]) -m4trace:configure.in:943: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([tinfo], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtinfo], [AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses, +m4trace:configure.in:947: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([tinfo], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libtinfo], [AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses, [AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses, bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap)])]) -m4trace:configure.in:943: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([curses], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses], [AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses, +m4trace:configure.in:947: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([curses], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libcurses], [AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, tgetent, bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses, bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap)]) -m4trace:configure.in:943: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([ncurses], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap]) -m4trace:configure.in:945: -1- AC_SUBST([TERMCAP_LIB]) -m4trace:configure.in:946: -1- AC_SUBST([TERMCAP_DEP]) -m4trace:configure.in:948: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DEV_FD]) -m4trace:configure.in:948: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([DEV_FD_PREFIX]) -m4trace:configure.in:948: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DEV_FD]) -m4trace:configure.in:948: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([DEV_FD_PREFIX]) -m4trace:configure.in:949: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DEV_STDIN]) -m4trace:configure.in:950: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([DEFAULT_MAIL_DIRECTORY]) -m4trace:configure.in:957: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([JOB_CONTROL]) -m4trace:configure.in:963: -1- AC_SUBST([JOBS_O]) -m4trace:configure.in:976: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SVR4_2]) -m4trace:configure.in:977: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SVR4]) -m4trace:configure.in:978: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SVR4]) -m4trace:configure.in:979: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SVR5]) -m4trace:configure.in:994: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([PGRP_PIPE]) -m4trace:configure.in:1041: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_CC]) -m4trace:configure.in:1042: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_CFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1043: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_LD]) -m4trace:configure.in:1044: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_LDFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1045: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1046: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_LIBS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1047: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_STATUS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1072: -1- AC_SUBST([PROFILE_FLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1074: -1- AC_SUBST([incdir]) -m4trace:configure.in:1075: -1- AC_SUBST([BUILD_DIR]) -m4trace:configure.in:1077: -1- AC_SUBST([YACC]) -m4trace:configure.in:1078: -1- AC_SUBST([AR]) -m4trace:configure.in:1079: -1- AC_SUBST([ARFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1081: -1- AC_SUBST([BASHVERS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1082: -1- AC_SUBST([RELSTATUS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1083: -1- AC_SUBST([DEBUG]) -m4trace:configure.in:1084: -1- AC_SUBST([MALLOC_DEBUG]) -m4trace:configure.in:1086: -1- AC_SUBST([host_cpu]) -m4trace:configure.in:1087: -1- AC_SUBST([host_vendor]) -m4trace:configure.in:1088: -1- AC_SUBST([host_os]) -m4trace:configure.in:1090: -1- AC_SUBST([LOCAL_LIBS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1091: -1- AC_SUBST([LOCAL_CFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1092: -1- AC_SUBST([LOCAL_LDFLAGS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1093: -1- AC_SUBST([LOCAL_DEFS]) -m4trace:configure.in:1107: -1- AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile builtins/Makefile lib/readline/Makefile lib/glob/Makefile \ +m4trace:configure.in:947: -1- AC_CHECK_LIB([ncurses], [tgetent], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=libncurses], [bash_cv_termcap_lib=gnutermcap]) +m4trace:configure.in:949: -1- AC_SUBST([TERMCAP_LIB]) +m4trace:configure.in:950: -1- AC_SUBST([TERMCAP_DEP]) +m4trace:configure.in:952: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DEV_FD]) +m4trace:configure.in:952: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([DEV_FD_PREFIX]) +m4trace:configure.in:952: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DEV_FD]) +m4trace:configure.in:952: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([DEV_FD_PREFIX]) +m4trace:configure.in:953: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([HAVE_DEV_STDIN]) +m4trace:configure.in:954: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([DEFAULT_MAIL_DIRECTORY]) +m4trace:configure.in:961: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([JOB_CONTROL]) +m4trace:configure.in:967: -1- AC_SUBST([JOBS_O]) +m4trace:configure.in:980: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SVR4_2]) +m4trace:configure.in:981: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SVR4]) +m4trace:configure.in:982: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SVR4]) +m4trace:configure.in:983: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([SVR5]) +m4trace:configure.in:998: -1- AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL([PGRP_PIPE]) +m4trace:configure.in:1045: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_CC]) +m4trace:configure.in:1046: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_CFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1047: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_LD]) +m4trace:configure.in:1048: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_LDFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1049: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1050: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_LIBS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1051: -1- AC_SUBST([SHOBJ_STATUS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1076: -1- AC_SUBST([PROFILE_FLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1078: -1- AC_SUBST([incdir]) +m4trace:configure.in:1079: -1- AC_SUBST([BUILD_DIR]) +m4trace:configure.in:1081: -1- AC_SUBST([YACC]) +m4trace:configure.in:1082: -1- AC_SUBST([AR]) +m4trace:configure.in:1083: -1- AC_SUBST([ARFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1085: -1- AC_SUBST([BASHVERS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1086: -1- AC_SUBST([RELSTATUS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1087: -1- AC_SUBST([DEBUG]) +m4trace:configure.in:1088: -1- AC_SUBST([MALLOC_DEBUG]) +m4trace:configure.in:1090: -1- AC_SUBST([host_cpu]) +m4trace:configure.in:1091: -1- AC_SUBST([host_vendor]) +m4trace:configure.in:1092: -1- AC_SUBST([host_os]) +m4trace:configure.in:1094: -1- AC_SUBST([LOCAL_LIBS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1095: -1- AC_SUBST([LOCAL_CFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1096: -1- AC_SUBST([LOCAL_LDFLAGS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1097: -1- AC_SUBST([LOCAL_DEFS]) +m4trace:configure.in:1111: -1- AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile builtins/Makefile lib/readline/Makefile lib/glob/Makefile \ lib/intl/Makefile \ lib/malloc/Makefile lib/sh/Makefile lib/termcap/Makefile \ lib/tilde/Makefile doc/Makefile support/Makefile po/Makefile.in \ diff --git a/autom4te.cache/requests b/autom4te.cache/requests index 1175d795f..84e4075e3 100644 --- a/autom4te.cache/requests +++ b/autom4te.cache/requests @@ -17,126 +17,17 @@ { 'm4_pattern_forbid' => 1, 'AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR' => 1, - 'AC_TYPE_OFF_T' => 1, 'AC_C_VOLATILE' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID' => 1, - 'AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_LIBTOOL' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_STAT' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_WAIT3' => 1, - 'AC_HEADER_TIME' => 1, - 'AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION' => 1, - 'AC_STRUCT_TM' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_LSTAT' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT' => 1, - 'AC_TYPE_MODE_T' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_STRTOD' => 1, - 'AC_CHECK_HEADERS' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_STRNLEN' => 1, - 'm4_sinclude' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_CXX' => 1, - 'AC_PATH_X' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_AWK' => 1, - '_m4_warn' => 1, - 'AC_HEADER_STDC' => 1, - 'AC_HEADER_MAJOR' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL' => 1, - 'AC_LIBSOURCE' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC' => 1, - 'AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS' => 1, - 'AC_TYPE_SIGNAL' => 1, - 'AC_TYPE_UID_T' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_MAKE_SET' => 1, - 'AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR' => 1, - 'm4_pattern_allow' => 1, - 'sinclude' => 1, - 'AC_DEFINE_TRACE_LITERAL' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_CC' => 1, - 'AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_FORK' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_STRCOLL' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_VPRINTF' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_YACC' => 1, - 'AC_INIT' => 1, - 'AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_CHOWN' => 1, - 'AC_SUBST' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_ALLOCA' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_GETPGRP' => 1, - 'AC_CANONICAL_HOST' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_RANLIB' => 1, - 'AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_SETPGRP' => 1, - 'AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_MMAP' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_REALLOC' => 1, - 'AC_TYPE_SIZE_T' => 1, - 'AC_CHECK_TYPES' => 1, - 'AC_CONFIG_LINKS' => 1, - 'AC_CHECK_MEMBERS' => 1, - 'AM_MAINTAINER_MODE' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES' => 1, - 'AC_HEADER_STAT' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_STRFTIME' => 1, - 'AC_C_INLINE' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_CPP' => 1, - 'AC_C_CONST' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_LEX' => 1, - 'AC_TYPE_PID_T' => 1, - 'AC_CONFIG_FILES' => 1, - 'include' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_INSTALL' => 1, - 'AM_GNU_GETTEXT' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_OBSTACK' => 1, - 'AC_CHECK_LIB' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_MALLOC' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG' => 1, - 'AH_OUTPUT' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_FSEEKO' => 1, - 'AM_PROG_CC_C_O' => 1, - 'AM_CONDITIONAL' => 1, - 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_MKTIME' => 1, - 'AC_CONFIG_HEADERS' => 1, - 'AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT' => 1, - 'AC_PROG_LN_S' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_MEMCMP' => 1, - 'm4_include' => 1, - 'AC_HEADER_DIRENT' => 1, - 'AC_CHECK_FUNCS' => 1 - } - ], 'Autom4te::Request' ), - bless( [ - '1', - 1, - [ - '/usr/share/autoconf' - ], - [ - '/usr/share/autoconf/autoconf/autoconf.m4f', - 'aclocal.m4', - 'configure.in' - ], - { - 'm4_pattern_forbid' => 1, - 'AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR' => 1, 'AC_TYPE_OFF_T' => 1, - 'AC_C_VOLATILE' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID' => 1, 'AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH' => 1, 'AC_PROG_LIBTOOL' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_STAT' => 1, 'AC_HEADER_TIME' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_WAIT3' => 1, - 'AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION' => 1, - 'AC_STRUCT_TM' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_LSTAT' => 1, + 'AC_STRUCT_TM' => 1, + 'AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION' => 1, 'AC_TYPE_MODE_T' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_STRTOD' => 1, @@ -174,8 +65,8 @@ 'AC_FUNC_CHOWN' => 1, 'AC_SUBST' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_ALLOCA' => 1, - 'AC_CANONICAL_HOST' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_GETPGRP' => 1, + 'AC_CANONICAL_HOST' => 1, 'AC_PROG_RANLIB' => 1, 'AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_SETPGRP' => 1, @@ -183,35 +74,35 @@ 'AC_FUNC_MMAP' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_REALLOC' => 1, 'AC_TYPE_SIZE_T' => 1, - 'AC_CONFIG_LINKS' => 1, 'AC_CHECK_TYPES' => 1, + 'AC_CONFIG_LINKS' => 1, 'AC_CHECK_MEMBERS' => 1, 'AM_MAINTAINER_MODE' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_STRFTIME' => 1, 'AC_HEADER_STAT' => 1, - 'AC_C_INLINE' => 1, 'AC_PROG_CPP' => 1, + 'AC_C_INLINE' => 1, 'AC_TYPE_PID_T' => 1, - 'AC_C_CONST' => 1, 'AC_PROG_LEX' => 1, + 'AC_C_CONST' => 1, 'AC_CONFIG_FILES' => 1, 'include' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED' => 1, 'AC_PROG_INSTALL' => 1, 'AM_GNU_GETTEXT' => 1, - 'AC_FUNC_OBSTACK' => 1, 'AC_CHECK_LIB' => 1, + 'AC_FUNC_OBSTACK' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_MALLOC' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG' => 1, 'AH_OUTPUT' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_FSEEKO' => 1, 'AM_PROG_CC_C_O' => 1, - 'AM_CONDITIONAL' => 1, - 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_MKTIME' => 1, + 'AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM' => 1, + 'AM_CONDITIONAL' => 1, 'AC_CONFIG_HEADERS' => 1, 'AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT' => 1, 'AC_FUNC_MEMCMP' => 1, diff --git a/builtins/bind.def b/builtins/bind.def index 4711031e1..2a0bac3a7 100644 --- a/builtins/bind.def +++ b/builtins/bind.def @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ This file is bind.def, from which is created bind.c. It implements the builtin "bind" in Bash. -Copyright (C) 1987-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ a Readline variable. The non-option argument syntax is equivalent to that found in ~/.inputrc, but must be passed as a single argument: bind '"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file'. bind accepts the following options: - -m keymap Use `keymap' as the keymap for the duration of this + -m keymap Use KEYMAP as the keymap for the duration of this command. Acceptable keymap names are emacs, emacs-standard, emacs-meta, emacs-ctlx, vi, vi-move, vi-command, and vi-insert. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ unbind_command (name) function = rl_named_function (name); if (function == 0) { - builtin_error ("`%s': unknown function name", name); + builtin_error (_("`%s': unknown function name"), name); return EXECUTION_FAILURE; } diff --git a/builtins/bind.def~ b/builtins/bind.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4caa4dfe --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/bind.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +This file is bind.def, from which is created bind.c. +It implements the builtin "bind" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES bind.c + +#include + +$BUILTIN bind +$DEPENDS_ON READLINE +$FUNCTION bind_builtin +$SHORT_DOC bind [-lpvsPVS] [-m keymap] [-f filename] [-q name] [-u name] [-r keyseq] [-x keyseq:shell-command] [keyseq:readline-function or readline-command] +Bind a key sequence to a Readline function or a macro, or set +a Readline variable. The non-option argument syntax is equivalent +to that found in ~/.inputrc, but must be passed as a single argument: +bind '"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file'. +bind accepts the following options: + -m keymap Use KEYMAP as the keymap for the duration of this + command. Acceptable keymap names are emacs, + emacs-standard, emacs-meta, emacs-ctlx, vi, vi-move, + vi-command, and vi-insert. + -l List names of functions. + -P List function names and bindings. + -p List functions and bindings in a form that can be + reused as input. + -r keyseq Remove the binding for KEYSEQ. + -x keyseq:shell-command Cause SHELL-COMMAND to be executed when + KEYSEQ is entered. + -f filename Read key bindings from FILENAME. + -q function-name Query about which keys invoke the named function. + -u function-name Unbind all keys which are bound to the named function. + -V List variable names and values + -v List variable names and values in a form that can + be reused as input. + -S List key sequences that invoke macros and their values + -s List key sequences that invoke macros and their values + in a form that can be reused as input. +$END + +#if defined (READLINE) + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +#include +#include + +#include "../bashintl.h" + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../bashline.h" +#include "bashgetopt.h" +#include "common.h" + +static int query_bindings __P((char *)); +static int unbind_command __P((char *)); + +extern int no_line_editing; + +#define BIND_RETURN(x) do { return_code = x; goto bind_exit; } while (0) + +#define LFLAG 0x0001 +#define PFLAG 0x0002 +#define FFLAG 0x0004 +#define VFLAG 0x0008 +#define QFLAG 0x0010 +#define MFLAG 0x0020 +#define RFLAG 0x0040 +#define PPFLAG 0x0080 +#define VVFLAG 0x0100 +#define SFLAG 0x0200 +#define SSFLAG 0x0400 +#define UFLAG 0x0800 +#define XFLAG 0x1000 + +int +bind_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + int return_code; + Keymap kmap, saved_keymap; + int flags, opt; + char *initfile, *map_name, *fun_name, *unbind_name, *remove_seq, *cmd_seq; + + if (no_line_editing) + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + + kmap = saved_keymap = (Keymap) NULL; + flags = 0; + initfile = map_name = fun_name = unbind_name = remove_seq = (char *)NULL; + return_code = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; + + if (!bash_readline_initialized) + initialize_readline (); + + begin_unwind_frame ("bind_builtin"); + unwind_protect_var (rl_outstream); + + rl_outstream = stdout; + + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, "lvpVPsSf:q:u:m:r:x:")) != EOF) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'l': + flags |= LFLAG; + break; + case 'v': + flags |= VFLAG; + break; + case 'p': + flags |= PFLAG; + break; + case 'f': + flags |= FFLAG; + initfile = list_optarg; + break; + case 'm': + flags |= MFLAG; + map_name = list_optarg; + break; + case 'q': + flags |= QFLAG; + fun_name = list_optarg; + break; + case 'u': + flags |= UFLAG; + unbind_name = list_optarg; + break; + case 'r': + flags |= RFLAG; + remove_seq = list_optarg; + break; + case 'V': + flags |= VVFLAG; + break; + case 'P': + flags |= PPFLAG; + break; + case 's': + flags |= SFLAG; + break; + case 'S': + flags |= SSFLAG; + break; + case 'x': + flags |= XFLAG; + cmd_seq = list_optarg; + break; + default: + builtin_usage (); + BIND_RETURN (EX_USAGE); + } + } + + list = loptend; + + /* First, see if we need to install a special keymap for this + command. Then start on the arguments. */ + + if ((flags & MFLAG) && map_name) + { + kmap = rl_get_keymap_by_name (map_name); + if (!kmap) + { + builtin_error (_("`%s': invalid keymap name"), map_name); + BIND_RETURN (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + + if (kmap) + { + saved_keymap = rl_get_keymap (); + rl_set_keymap (kmap); + } + + /* XXX - we need to add exclusive use tests here. It doesn't make sense + to use some of these options together. */ + /* Now hack the option arguments */ + if (flags & LFLAG) + rl_list_funmap_names (); + + if (flags & PFLAG) + rl_function_dumper (1); + + if (flags & PPFLAG) + rl_function_dumper (0); + + if (flags & SFLAG) + rl_macro_dumper (1); + + if (flags & SSFLAG) + rl_macro_dumper (0); + + if (flags & VFLAG) + rl_variable_dumper (1); + + if (flags & VVFLAG) + rl_variable_dumper (0); + + if ((flags & FFLAG) && initfile) + { + if (rl_read_init_file (initfile) != 0) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: cannot read: %s"), initfile, strerror (errno)); + BIND_RETURN (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + + if ((flags & QFLAG) && fun_name) + return_code = query_bindings (fun_name); + + if ((flags & UFLAG) && unbind_name) + return_code = unbind_command (unbind_name); + + if ((flags & RFLAG) && remove_seq) + { + if (rl_set_key (remove_seq, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL, rl_get_keymap ()) != 0) + { + builtin_error (_("`%s': cannot unbind"), remove_seq); + BIND_RETURN (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + + if (flags & XFLAG) + return_code = bind_keyseq_to_unix_command (cmd_seq); + + /* Process the rest of the arguments as binding specifications. */ + while (list) + { + rl_parse_and_bind (list->word->word); + list = list->next; + } + + bind_exit: + if (saved_keymap) + rl_set_keymap (saved_keymap); + + run_unwind_frame ("bind_builtin"); + + return (return_code); +} + +static int +query_bindings (name) + char *name; +{ + rl_command_func_t *function; + char **keyseqs; + int j; + + function = rl_named_function (name); + if (function == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("`%s': unknown function name"), name); + return EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + + keyseqs = rl_invoking_keyseqs (function); + + if (!keyseqs) + { + printf (_("%s is not bound to any keys.\n"), name); + return EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + + printf (_("%s can be invoked via "), name); + for (j = 0; j < 5 && keyseqs[j]; j++) + printf ("\"%s\"%s", keyseqs[j], keyseqs[j + 1] ? ", " : ".\n"); + if (keyseqs[j]) + printf ("...\n"); + strvec_dispose (keyseqs); + return EXECUTION_SUCCESS; +} + +static int +unbind_command (name) + char *name; +{ + rl_command_func_t *function; + + function = rl_named_function (name); + if (function == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("`%s': unknown function name"), name); + return EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + + rl_unbind_function_in_map (function, rl_get_keymap ()); + return EXECUTION_SUCCESS; +} +#endif /* READLINE */ diff --git a/builtins/builtin.def b/builtins/builtin.def index dfa58bc97..4e38fb4e7 100644 --- a/builtins/builtin.def +++ b/builtins/builtin.def @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ This file is builtin.def, from which is created builtin.c. It implements the builtin "builtin" in Bash. -Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. @@ -24,9 +24,10 @@ $PRODUCES builtin.c $BUILTIN builtin $FUNCTION builtin_builtin $SHORT_DOC builtin [shell-builtin [arg ...]] -Run a shell builtin. This is useful when you wish to rename a -shell builtin to be a function, but need the functionality of the -builtin within the function itself. +Execute SHELL-BUILTIN with arguments ARGs without performing shell function +lookup. This is useful when you wish to reimplement a shell builtin as a +shell function, but need the functionality of the builtin within the function +itself. $END #include diff --git a/builtins/builtin.def~ b/builtins/builtin.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfa58bc97 --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/builtin.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +This file is builtin.def, from which is created builtin.c. +It implements the builtin "builtin" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES builtin.c + +$BUILTIN builtin +$FUNCTION builtin_builtin +$SHORT_DOC builtin [shell-builtin [arg ...]] +Run a shell builtin. This is useful when you wish to rename a +shell builtin to be a function, but need the functionality of the +builtin within the function itself. +$END +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "common.h" +#include "bashgetopt.h" + +extern char *this_command_name; + +/* Run the command mentioned in list directly, without going through the + normal alias/function/builtin/filename lookup process. */ +int +builtin_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + sh_builtin_func_t *function; + register char *command; + + if (no_options (list)) + return (EX_USAGE); + list = loptend; /* skip over possible `--' */ + + if (list == 0) + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + + command = list->word->word; +#if defined (DISABLED_BUILTINS) + function = builtin_address (command); +#else /* !DISABLED_BUILTINS */ + function = find_shell_builtin (command); +#endif /* !DISABLED_BUILTINS */ + + if (!function) + { + sh_notbuiltin (command); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + else + { + this_command_name = command; + list = list->next; + return ((*function) (list)); + } +} diff --git a/builtins/caller.def b/builtins/caller.def index 1209f9ed5..63a25f3dd 100644 --- a/builtins/caller.def +++ b/builtins/caller.def @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ $PRODUCES caller.c $BUILTIN caller $FUNCTION caller_builtin $DEPENDS_ON DEBUGGER -$SHORT_DOC caller [EXPR] +$SHORT_DOC caller [expr] Returns the context of the current subroutine call. diff --git a/builtins/caller.def~ b/builtins/caller.def~ index 9f2eea07e..1209f9ed5 100644 --- a/builtins/caller.def~ +++ b/builtins/caller.def~ @@ -128,14 +128,14 @@ caller_builtin (list) #ifdef LOADABLE_BUILTIN static char *caller_doc[] = { - N_("Returns the context of the current subroutine call."), - N_(" "), - N_("Without EXPR, returns \"$line $filename\". With EXPR,"), - N_("returns \"$line $subroutine $filename\"; this extra information"), - N_("can be used used to provide a stack trace."), - N_(" "), - N_("The value of EXPR indicates how many call frames to go back before the"), - N_("current one; the top frame is frame 0."), +N_("Returns the context of the current subroutine call.\n\ + \n\ + Without EXPR, returns \"$line $filename\". With EXPR,\n\ + returns \"$line $subroutine $filename\"; this extra information\n\ + can be used used to provide a stack trace.\n\ + \n\ + The value of EXPR indicates how many call frames to go back before the\n\ + current one; the top frame is frame 0."), (char *)NULL }; diff --git a/builtins/cd.def b/builtins/cd.def index 54e328e4f..fa5c6678e 100644 --- a/builtins/cd.def +++ b/builtins/cd.def @@ -73,11 +73,11 @@ int cdable_vars; $BUILTIN cd $FUNCTION cd_builtin $SHORT_DOC cd [-L|-P] [dir] -Change the current directory to DIR. The variable $HOME is the -default DIR. The variable CDPATH defines the search path for -the directory containing DIR. Alternative directory names in CDPATH -are separated by a colon (:). A null directory name is the same as -the current directory, i.e. `.'. If DIR begins with a slash (/), +Change the current directory to DIR. The default for DIR is the value +of the HOME shell variable. The variable CDPATH defines the search +path for the directory containing DIR. Alternative directory names in +CDPATH are separated by a colon (:). A null directory name is the same +as the current directory, i.e., `.'. If DIR begins with a slash (/), then CDPATH is not used. If the directory is not found, and the shell option `cdable_vars' is set, then try the word as a variable name. If that variable has a value, then cd to the value of that diff --git a/builtins/cd.def~ b/builtins/cd.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54e328e4f --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/cd.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,526 @@ +This file is cd.def, from which is created cd.c. It implements the +builtins "cd" and "pwd" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES cd.c +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#include "../bashtypes.h" +#include "posixdir.h" +#include "posixstat.h" +#ifndef _MINIX +#include +#endif + +#include + +#include "../bashansi.h" +#include "../bashintl.h" + +#include +#include + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../flags.h" +#include "maxpath.h" +#include "common.h" +#include "bashgetopt.h" + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +extern int posixly_correct; +extern int array_needs_making; +extern char *bash_getcwd_errstr; + +static int bindpwd __P((int)); +static void setpwd __P((char *)); +static char *resetpwd __P((char *)); +static int change_to_directory __P((char *, int)); + +static char *cdspell __P((char *)); + +/* Change this to 1 to get cd spelling correction by default. */ +int cdspelling = 0; + +int cdable_vars; + +$BUILTIN cd +$FUNCTION cd_builtin +$SHORT_DOC cd [-L|-P] [dir] +Change the current directory to DIR. The variable $HOME is the +default DIR. The variable CDPATH defines the search path for +the directory containing DIR. Alternative directory names in CDPATH +are separated by a colon (:). A null directory name is the same as +the current directory, i.e. `.'. If DIR begins with a slash (/), +then CDPATH is not used. If the directory is not found, and the +shell option `cdable_vars' is set, then try the word as a variable +name. If that variable has a value, then cd to the value of that +variable. The -P option says to use the physical directory structure +instead of following symbolic links; the -L option forces symbolic links +to be followed. +$END + +/* Just set $PWD, don't change OLDPWD. Used by `pwd -P' in posix mode. */ +static void +setpwd (dirname) + char *dirname; +{ + int old_anm; + SHELL_VAR *tvar; + + old_anm = array_needs_making; + tvar = bind_variable ("PWD", dirname ? dirname : "", 0); + if (old_anm == 0 && array_needs_making && exported_p (tvar)) + { + update_export_env_inplace ("PWD=", 4, dirname ? dirname : ""); + array_needs_making = 0; + } +} + +static int +bindpwd (no_symlinks) + int no_symlinks; +{ + char *dirname, *pwdvar; + int old_anm; + SHELL_VAR *tvar; + +#define tcwd the_current_working_directory + dirname = tcwd ? (no_symlinks ? sh_physpath (tcwd, 0) : tcwd) + : get_working_directory ("cd"); +#undef tcwd + + old_anm = array_needs_making; + pwdvar = get_string_value ("PWD"); + + tvar = bind_variable ("OLDPWD", pwdvar, 0); + if (old_anm == 0 && array_needs_making && exported_p (tvar)) + { + update_export_env_inplace ("OLDPWD=", 7, pwdvar); + array_needs_making = 0; + } + + setpwd (dirname); + + if (dirname && dirname != the_current_working_directory) + free (dirname); + + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} + +/* Call get_working_directory to reset the value of + the_current_working_directory () */ +static char * +resetpwd (caller) + char *caller; +{ + char *tdir; + + FREE (the_current_working_directory); + the_current_working_directory = (char *)NULL; + tdir = get_working_directory (caller); + return (tdir); +} + +#define LCD_DOVARS 0x001 +#define LCD_DOSPELL 0x002 +#define LCD_PRINTPATH 0x004 +#define LCD_FREEDIRNAME 0x010 + +/* This builtin is ultimately the way that all user-visible commands should + change the current working directory. It is called by cd_to_string (), + so the programming interface is simple, and it handles errors and + restrictions properly. */ +int +cd_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + char *dirname, *cdpath, *path, *temp; + int path_index, no_symlinks, opt, lflag; + +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + if (restricted) + { + sh_restricted ((char *)NULL); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } +#endif /* RESTRICTED_SHELL */ + + no_symlinks = no_symbolic_links; + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, "LP")) != -1) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'P': + no_symlinks = 1; + break; + case 'L': + no_symlinks = 0; + break; + default: + builtin_usage (); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + list = loptend; + + lflag = (cdable_vars ? LCD_DOVARS : 0) | + ((interactive && cdspelling) ? LCD_DOSPELL : 0); + + if (list == 0) + { + /* `cd' without arguments is equivalent to `cd $HOME' */ + dirname = get_string_value ("HOME"); + + if (dirname == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("HOME not set")); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + lflag = 0; + } + else if (list->word->word[0] == '-' && list->word->word[1] == '\0') + { + /* This is `cd -', equivalent to `cd $OLDPWD' */ + dirname = get_string_value ("OLDPWD"); + + if (dirname == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("OLDPWD not set")); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } +#if 0 + lflag = interactive ? LCD_PRINTPATH : 0; +#else + lflag = LCD_PRINTPATH; /* According to SUSv3 */ +#endif + } + else if (absolute_pathname (list->word->word)) + dirname = list->word->word; + else if (cdpath = get_string_value ("CDPATH")) + { + dirname = list->word->word; + + /* Find directory in $CDPATH. */ + path_index = 0; + while (path = extract_colon_unit (cdpath, &path_index)) + { + /* OPT is 1 if the path element is non-empty */ + opt = path[0] != '\0'; + temp = sh_makepath (path, dirname, MP_DOTILDE); + free (path); + + if (change_to_directory (temp, no_symlinks)) + { + /* POSIX.2 says that if a nonempty directory from CDPATH + is used to find the directory to change to, the new + directory name is echoed to stdout, whether or not + the shell is interactive. */ + if (opt && (path = no_symlinks ? temp : the_current_working_directory)) + printf ("%s\n", path); + + free (temp); +#if 0 + /* Posix.2 says that after using CDPATH, the resultant + value of $PWD will not contain `.' or `..'. */ + return (bindpwd (posixly_correct || no_symlinks)); +#else + return (bindpwd (no_symlinks)); +#endif + } + else + free (temp); + } + + /* POSIX.2 says that if `.' does not appear in $CDPATH, we don't + try the current directory, so we just punt now with an error + message if POSIXLY_CORRECT is non-zero. The check for cdpath[0] + is so we don't mistakenly treat a CDPATH value of "" as not + specifying the current directory. */ + if (posixly_correct && cdpath[0]) + { + builtin_error ("%s: %s", dirname, strerror (ENOENT)); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + else + dirname = list->word->word; + + /* When we get here, DIRNAME is the directory to change to. If we + chdir successfully, just return. */ + if (change_to_directory (dirname, no_symlinks)) + { + if (lflag & LCD_PRINTPATH) + printf ("%s\n", dirname); + return (bindpwd (no_symlinks)); + } + + /* If the user requests it, then perhaps this is the name of + a shell variable, whose value contains the directory to + change to. */ + if (lflag & LCD_DOVARS) + { + temp = get_string_value (dirname); + if (temp && change_to_directory (temp, no_symlinks)) + { + printf ("%s\n", temp); + return (bindpwd (no_symlinks)); + } + } + + /* If the user requests it, try to find a directory name similar in + spelling to the one requested, in case the user made a simple + typo. This is similar to the UNIX 8th and 9th Edition shells. */ + if (lflag & LCD_DOSPELL) + { + temp = cdspell (dirname); + if (temp && change_to_directory (temp, no_symlinks)) + { + printf ("%s\n", temp); + return (bindpwd (no_symlinks)); + } + else + FREE (temp); + } + + builtin_error ("%s: %s", dirname, strerror (errno)); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); +} + +$BUILTIN pwd +$FUNCTION pwd_builtin +$SHORT_DOC pwd [-LP] +Print the current working directory. With the -P option, pwd prints +the physical directory, without any symbolic links; the -L option +makes pwd follow symbolic links. +$END + +/* Non-zero means that pwd always prints the physical directory, without + symbolic links. */ +static int verbatim_pwd; + +/* Print the name of the current working directory. */ +int +pwd_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + char *directory; + int opt, pflag; + + verbatim_pwd = no_symbolic_links; + pflag = 0; + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, "LP")) != -1) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'P': + verbatim_pwd = pflag = 1; + break; + case 'L': + verbatim_pwd = 0; + break; + default: + builtin_usage (); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + list = loptend; + +#define tcwd the_current_working_directory + + directory = tcwd ? (verbatim_pwd ? sh_physpath (tcwd, 0) : tcwd) + : get_working_directory ("pwd"); + + /* Try again using getcwd() if canonicalization fails (for instance, if + the file system has changed state underneath bash). */ + if ((tcwd && directory == 0) || + (posixly_correct && same_file (".", tcwd, (struct stat *)0, (struct stat *)0) == 0)) + directory = resetpwd ("pwd"); + +#undef tcwd + + if (directory) + { + printf ("%s\n", directory); + /* This is dumb but posix-mandated. */ + if (posixly_correct && pflag) + setpwd (directory); + if (directory != the_current_working_directory) + free (directory); + fflush (stdout); + if (ferror (stdout)) + { + sh_wrerror (); + clearerr (stdout); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + else + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); +} + +/* Do the work of changing to the directory NEWDIR. Handle symbolic + link following, etc. This function *must* return with + the_current_working_directory either set to NULL (in which case + getcwd() will eventually be called), or set to a string corresponding + to the working directory. Return 1 on success, 0 on failure. */ + +static int +change_to_directory (newdir, nolinks) + char *newdir; + int nolinks; +{ + char *t, *tdir; + int err, canon_failed, r, ndlen, dlen; + + tdir = (char *)NULL; + + if (the_current_working_directory == 0) + { + t = get_working_directory ("chdir"); + FREE (t); + } + + t = make_absolute (newdir, the_current_working_directory); + + /* TDIR is either the canonicalized absolute pathname of NEWDIR + (nolinks == 0) or the absolute physical pathname of NEWDIR + (nolinks != 0). */ + tdir = nolinks ? sh_physpath (t, 0) + : sh_canonpath (t, PATH_CHECKDOTDOT|PATH_CHECKEXISTS); + + ndlen = strlen (newdir); + dlen = strlen (t); + + /* Use the canonicalized version of NEWDIR, or, if canonicalization + failed, use the non-canonical form. */ + canon_failed = 0; + if (tdir && *tdir) + free (t); + else + { + FREE (tdir); + tdir = t; + canon_failed = 1; + } + + /* In POSIX mode, if we're resolving symlinks logically and sh_canonpath + returns NULL (because it checks the path, it will return NULL if the + resolved path doesn't exist), fail immediately. */ + if (posixly_correct && nolinks == 0 && canon_failed && (errno != ENAMETOOLONG || ndlen > PATH_MAX)) + { +#if defined ENAMETOOLONG + if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENAMETOOLONG) +#else + if (errno != ENOENT) +#endif + errno = ENOTDIR; + free (tdir); + return (0); + } + + /* If the chdir succeeds, update the_current_working_directory. */ + if (chdir (nolinks ? newdir : tdir) == 0) + { + /* If canonicalization failed, but the chdir succeeded, reset the + shell's idea of the_current_working_directory. */ + if (canon_failed) + { + t = resetpwd ("cd"); + if (t == 0) + set_working_directory (tdir); + } + else + set_working_directory (tdir); + + free (tdir); + return (1); + } + + /* We failed to change to the appropriate directory name. If we tried + what the user passed (nolinks != 0), punt now. */ + if (nolinks) + { + free (tdir); + return (0); + } + + err = errno; + + /* We're not in physical mode (nolinks == 0), but we failed to change to + the canonicalized directory name (TDIR). Try what the user passed + verbatim. If we succeed, reinitialize the_current_working_directory. */ + if (chdir (newdir) == 0) + { + t = resetpwd ("cd"); + if (t == 0) + set_working_directory (tdir); + else + free (t); + + r = 1; + } + else + { + errno = err; + r = 0; + } + + free (tdir); + return r; +} + +/* Code for cd spelling correction. Original patch submitted by + Neil Russel (caret@c-side.com). */ + +static char * +cdspell (dirname) + char *dirname; +{ + int n; + char *guess; + + n = (strlen (dirname) * 3 + 1) / 2 + 1; + guess = (char *)xmalloc (n); + + switch (spname (dirname, guess)) + { + case -1: + default: + free (guess); + return (char *)NULL; + case 0: + case 1: + return guess; + } +} diff --git a/builtins/enable.def b/builtins/enable.def index 823c38f9b..5307e3946 100644 --- a/builtins/enable.def +++ b/builtins/enable.def @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ to use the `test' found in $PATH instead of the shell builtin version, type `enable -n test'. On systems supporting dynamic loading, the -f option may be used to load new builtins from the shared object FILENAME. The -d option will delete a builtin -previously loaded with -f. If no non-option names are given, or +previously loaded with -f. If no non-option NAMEs are given, or the -p option is supplied, a list of builtins is printed. The -a option means to print every builtin with an indication of whether or not it is enabled. The -s option restricts the output to the POSIX.2 diff --git a/builtins/enable.def~ b/builtins/enable.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..823c38f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/enable.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,474 @@ +This file is enable.def, from which is created enable.c. +It implements the builtin "enable" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES enable.c + +$BUILTIN enable +$FUNCTION enable_builtin +$SHORT_DOC enable [-pnds] [-a] [-f filename] [name ...] +Enable and disable builtin shell commands. This allows +you to use a disk command which has the same name as a shell +builtin without specifying a full pathname. If -n is used, the +NAMEs become disabled; otherwise NAMEs are enabled. For example, +to use the `test' found in $PATH instead of the shell builtin +version, type `enable -n test'. On systems supporting dynamic +loading, the -f option may be used to load new builtins from the +shared object FILENAME. The -d option will delete a builtin +previously loaded with -f. If no non-option names are given, or +the -p option is supplied, a list of builtins is printed. The +-a option means to print every builtin with an indication of whether +or not it is enabled. The -s option restricts the output to the POSIX.2 +`special' builtins. The -n option displays a list of all disabled builtins. +$END + +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#include +#include "../bashansi.h" +#include "../bashintl.h" + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../builtins.h" +#include "../flags.h" +#include "common.h" +#include "bashgetopt.h" + +#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION) +# include "../pcomplete.h" +#endif + +#define ENABLED 1 +#define DISABLED 2 +#define SPECIAL 4 + +#define AFLAG 0x01 +#define DFLAG 0x02 +#define FFLAG 0x04 +#define NFLAG 0x08 +#define PFLAG 0x10 +#define SFLAG 0x20 + +#if defined (HAVE_DLOPEN) && defined (HAVE_DLSYM) +static int dyn_load_builtin __P((WORD_LIST *, int, char *)); +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_DLCLOSE) +static int dyn_unload_builtin __P((char *)); +static void delete_builtin __P((struct builtin *)); +static int local_dlclose __P((void *)); +#endif + +static void list_some_builtins __P((int)); +static int enable_shell_command __P((char *, int)); + +/* Enable/disable shell commands present in LIST. If list is not specified, + then print out a list of shell commands showing which are enabled and + which are disabled. */ +int +enable_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + int result, flags; + int opt, filter; +#if defined (HAVE_DLOPEN) && defined (HAVE_DLSYM) + char *filename; +#endif + + result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; + flags = 0; + + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, "adnpsf:")) != -1) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'a': + flags |= AFLAG; + break; + case 'n': + flags |= NFLAG; + break; + case 'p': + flags |= PFLAG; + break; + case 's': + flags |= SFLAG; + break; + case 'f': +#if defined (HAVE_DLOPEN) && defined (HAVE_DLSYM) + flags |= FFLAG; + filename = list_optarg; + break; +#else + builtin_error (_("dynamic loading not available")); + return (EX_USAGE); +#endif +#if defined (HAVE_DLCLOSE) + case 'd': + flags |= DFLAG; + break; +#else + builtin_error (_("dynamic loading not available")); + return (EX_USAGE); +#endif /* HAVE_DLCLOSE */ + default: + builtin_usage (); + return (EX_USAGE); + } + } + + list = loptend; + +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + /* Restricted shells cannot load new builtins. */ + if (restricted && (flags & (FFLAG|DFLAG))) + { + sh_restricted ((char *)NULL); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } +#endif + + if (list == 0 || (flags & PFLAG)) + { + filter = (flags & AFLAG) ? (ENABLED | DISABLED) + : (flags & NFLAG) ? DISABLED : ENABLED; + + if (flags & SFLAG) + filter |= SPECIAL; + + list_some_builtins (filter); + } +#if defined (HAVE_DLOPEN) && defined (HAVE_DLSYM) + else if (flags & FFLAG) + { + filter = (flags & NFLAG) ? DISABLED : ENABLED; + if (flags & SFLAG) + filter |= SPECIAL; + + result = dyn_load_builtin (list, filter, filename); +#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION) + set_itemlist_dirty (&it_builtins); +#endif + } +#endif +#if defined (HAVE_DLCLOSE) + else if (flags & DFLAG) + { + while (list) + { + opt = dyn_unload_builtin (list->word->word); + if (opt == EXECUTION_FAILURE) + result = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + list = list->next; + } +#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION) + set_itemlist_dirty (&it_builtins); +#endif + } +#endif + else + { + while (list) + { + opt = enable_shell_command (list->word->word, flags & NFLAG); + + if (opt == EXECUTION_FAILURE) + { + sh_notbuiltin (list->word->word); + result = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + list = list->next; + } + } + return (result); +} + +/* List some builtins. + FILTER is a mask with two slots: ENABLED and DISABLED. */ +static void +list_some_builtins (filter) + int filter; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < num_shell_builtins; i++) + { + if (shell_builtins[i].function == 0 || (shell_builtins[i].flags & BUILTIN_DELETED)) + continue; + + if ((filter & SPECIAL) && + (shell_builtins[i].flags & SPECIAL_BUILTIN) == 0) + continue; + + if ((filter & ENABLED) && (shell_builtins[i].flags & BUILTIN_ENABLED)) + printf ("enable %s\n", shell_builtins[i].name); + else if ((filter & DISABLED) && + ((shell_builtins[i].flags & BUILTIN_ENABLED) == 0)) + printf ("enable -n %s\n", shell_builtins[i].name); + } +} + +/* Enable the shell command NAME. If DISABLE_P is non-zero, then + disable NAME instead. */ +static int +enable_shell_command (name, disable_p) + char *name; + int disable_p; +{ + struct builtin *b; + + b = builtin_address_internal (name, 1); + if (b == 0) + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + + if (disable_p) + b->flags &= ~BUILTIN_ENABLED; +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + else if (restricted && ((b->flags & BUILTIN_ENABLED) == 0)) + { + sh_restricted ((char *)NULL); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } +#endif + else + b->flags |= BUILTIN_ENABLED; + +#if defined (PROGRAMMABLE_COMPLETION) + set_itemlist_dirty (&it_enabled); + set_itemlist_dirty (&it_disabled); +#endif + + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} + +#if defined (HAVE_DLOPEN) && defined (HAVE_DLSYM) + +#if defined (HAVE_DLFCN_H) +# include +#endif + +static int +dyn_load_builtin (list, flags, filename) + WORD_LIST *list; + int flags; + char *filename; +{ + WORD_LIST *l; + void *handle; + + int total, size, new, replaced; + char *struct_name, *name; + struct builtin **new_builtins, *b, *new_shell_builtins, *old_builtin; + + if (list == 0) + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + +#ifndef RTLD_LAZY +#define RTLD_LAZY 1 +#endif + +#if defined (_AIX) + handle = dlopen (filename, RTLD_NOW|RTLD_GLOBAL); +#else + handle = dlopen (filename, RTLD_LAZY); +#endif /* !_AIX */ + + if (handle == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("cannot open shared object %s: %s"), filename, dlerror ()); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + for (new = 0, l = list; l; l = l->next, new++) + ; + new_builtins = (struct builtin **)xmalloc (new * sizeof (struct builtin *)); + + /* For each new builtin in the shared object, find it and its describing + structure. If this is overwriting an existing builtin, do so, otherwise + save the loaded struct for creating the new list of builtins. */ + for (replaced = new = 0; list; list = list->next) + { + name = list->word->word; + + size = strlen (name); + struct_name = (char *)xmalloc (size + 8); + strcpy (struct_name, name); + strcpy (struct_name + size, "_struct"); + + b = (struct builtin *)dlsym (handle, struct_name); + if (b == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("cannot find %s in shared object %s: %s"), + struct_name, filename, dlerror ()); + free (struct_name); + continue; + } + + free (struct_name); + + b->flags &= ~STATIC_BUILTIN; + if (flags & SPECIAL) + b->flags |= SPECIAL_BUILTIN; + b->handle = handle; + + if (old_builtin = builtin_address_internal (name, 1)) + { + replaced++; + FASTCOPY ((char *)b, (char *)old_builtin, sizeof (struct builtin)); + } + else + new_builtins[new++] = b; + } + + if (replaced == 0 && new == 0) + { + free (new_builtins); + dlclose (handle); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + if (new) + { + total = num_shell_builtins + new; + size = (total + 1) * sizeof (struct builtin); + + new_shell_builtins = (struct builtin *)xmalloc (size); + FASTCOPY ((char *)shell_builtins, (char *)new_shell_builtins, + num_shell_builtins * sizeof (struct builtin)); + for (replaced = 0; replaced < new; replaced++) + FASTCOPY ((char *)new_builtins[replaced], + (char *)&new_shell_builtins[num_shell_builtins + replaced], + sizeof (struct builtin)); + + new_shell_builtins[total].name = (char *)0; + new_shell_builtins[total].function = (sh_builtin_func_t *)0; + new_shell_builtins[total].flags = 0; + + if (shell_builtins != static_shell_builtins) + free (shell_builtins); + + shell_builtins = new_shell_builtins; + num_shell_builtins = total; + initialize_shell_builtins (); + } + + free (new_builtins); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_DLCLOSE) +static void +delete_builtin (b) + struct builtin *b; +{ + int ind, size; + struct builtin *new_shell_builtins; + + /* XXX - funky pointer arithmetic - XXX */ +#ifdef __STDC__ + ind = b - shell_builtins; +#else + ind = ((int)b - (int)shell_builtins) / sizeof (struct builtin); +#endif + size = num_shell_builtins * sizeof (struct builtin); + new_shell_builtins = (struct builtin *)xmalloc (size); + + /* Copy shell_builtins[0]...shell_builtins[ind - 1] to new_shell_builtins */ + if (ind) + FASTCOPY ((char *)shell_builtins, (char *)new_shell_builtins, + ind * sizeof (struct builtin)); + /* Copy shell_builtins[ind+1]...shell_builtins[num_shell_builtins to + new_shell_builtins, starting at ind. */ + FASTCOPY ((char *)(&shell_builtins[ind+1]), + (char *)(&new_shell_builtins[ind]), + (num_shell_builtins - ind) * sizeof (struct builtin)); + + if (shell_builtins != static_shell_builtins) + free (shell_builtins); + + /* The result is still sorted. */ + num_shell_builtins--; + shell_builtins = new_shell_builtins; +} + +/* Tenon's MachTen has a dlclose that doesn't return a value, so we + finesse it with a local wrapper. */ +static int +local_dlclose (handle) + void *handle; +{ +#if !defined (__MACHTEN__) + return (dlclose (handle)); +#else /* __MACHTEN__ */ + dlclose (handle); + return ((dlerror () != NULL) ? -1 : 0); +#endif /* __MACHTEN__ */ +} + +static int +dyn_unload_builtin (name) + char *name; +{ + struct builtin *b; + void *handle; + int ref, i; + + b = builtin_address_internal (name, 1); + if (b == 0) + { + sh_notbuiltin (name); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + if (b->flags & STATIC_BUILTIN) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: not dynamically loaded"), name); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + handle = (void *)b->handle; + for (ref = i = 0; i < num_shell_builtins; i++) + { + if (shell_builtins[i].handle == b->handle) + ref++; + } + + /* Don't remove the shared object unless the reference count of builtins + using it drops to zero. */ + if (ref == 1 && local_dlclose (handle) != 0) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: cannot delete: %s"), name, dlerror ()); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + /* Now remove this entry from the builtin table and reinitialize. */ + delete_builtin (b); + + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} +#endif diff --git a/builtins/fc.def b/builtins/fc.def index 101eb008c..fe6b4c1f9 100644 --- a/builtins/fc.def +++ b/builtins/fc.def @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ This file is fc.def, from which is created fc.c. It implements the builtin "fc" in Bash. -Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ $PRODUCES fc.c $BUILTIN fc $FUNCTION fc_builtin $DEPENDS_ON HISTORY -$SHORT_DOC fc [-e ename] [-nlr] [first] [last] or fc -s [pat=rep] [cmd] +$SHORT_DOC fc [-e ename] [-nlr] [first] [last] or fc -s [pat=rep] [command] fc is used to list or edit and re-execute commands from the history list. FIRST and LAST can be numbers specifying the range, or FIRST can be a string, which means the most recent command beginning with that @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ string. -n means no line numbers listed. -r means reverse the order of the lines (making it newest listed first). -With the `fc -s [pat=rep ...] [command]' format, the command is +With the `fc -s [pat=rep ...] [command]' format, COMMAND is re-executed after the substitution OLD=NEW is performed. A useful alias to use with this is r='fc -s', so that typing `r cc' diff --git a/builtins/fc.def~ b/builtins/fc.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3376a1b18 --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/fc.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,630 @@ +This file is fc.def, from which is created fc.c. +It implements the builtin "fc" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES fc.c + +$BUILTIN fc +$FUNCTION fc_builtin +$DEPENDS_ON HISTORY +$SHORT_DOC fc [-e ename] [-nlr] [first] [last] or fc -s [pat=rep] [command] +fc is used to list or edit and re-execute commands from the history list. +FIRST and LAST can be numbers specifying the range, or FIRST can be a +string, which means the most recent command beginning with that +string. + + -e ENAME selects which editor to use. Default is FCEDIT, then EDITOR, + then vi. + + -l means list lines instead of editing. + -n means no line numbers listed. + -r means reverse the order of the lines (making it newest listed first). + +With the `fc -s [pat=rep ...] [command]' format, COMMAND is +re-executed after the substitution OLD=NEW is performed. + +A useful alias to use with this is r='fc -s', so that typing `r cc' +runs the last command beginning with `cc' and typing `r' re-executes +the last command. +$END + +#include + +#if defined (HISTORY) +#ifndef _MINIX +# include +#endif +#include "../bashtypes.h" +#include "posixstat.h" +#if ! defined(_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +# include +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include "../bashansi.h" +#include "../bashintl.h" +#include + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../builtins.h" +#include "../flags.h" +#include "../bashhist.h" +#include "maxpath.h" +#include +#include "bashgetopt.h" +#include "common.h" + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +extern int current_command_line_count; +extern int literal_history; +extern int posixly_correct; + +extern int unlink __P((const char *)); + +extern FILE *sh_mktmpfp __P((char *, int, char **)); +extern int delete_last_history __P((void)); + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* The K*rn shell style fc command (Fix Command) */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* fc builtin command (fix command) for Bash for those who + like K*rn-style history better than csh-style. + + fc [-e ename] [-nlr] [first] [last] + + FIRST and LAST can be numbers specifying the range, or FIRST can be + a string, which means the most recent command beginning with that + string. + + -e ENAME selects which editor to use. Default is FCEDIT, then EDITOR, + then the editor which corresponds to the current readline editing + mode, then vi. + + -l means list lines instead of editing. + -n means no line numbers listed. + -r means reverse the order of the lines (making it newest listed first). + + fc -e - [pat=rep ...] [command] + fc -s [pat=rep ...] [command] + + Equivalent to !command:sg/pat/rep execpt there can be multiple PAT=REP's. +*/ + +/* Data structure describing a list of global replacements to perform. */ +typedef struct repl { + struct repl *next; + char *pat; + char *rep; +} REPL; + +/* Accessors for HIST_ENTRY lists that are called HLIST. */ +#define histline(i) (hlist[(i)]->line) +#define histdata(i) (hlist[(i)]->data) + +#define FREE_RLIST() \ + do { \ + for (rl = rlist; rl; ) { \ + REPL *r; \ + r = rl->next; \ + if (rl->pat) \ + free (rl->pat); \ + if (rl->rep) \ + free (rl->rep); \ + free (rl); \ + rl = r; \ + } \ + } while (0) + +static char *fc_dosubs __P((char *, REPL *)); +static char *fc_gethist __P((char *, HIST_ENTRY **)); +static int fc_gethnum __P((char *, HIST_ENTRY **)); +static int fc_number __P((WORD_LIST *)); +static void fc_replhist __P((char *)); +#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED +static char *fc_readline __P((FILE *)); +static void fc_addhist __P((char *)); +#endif + +/* String to execute on a file that we want to edit. */ +#define FC_EDIT_COMMAND "${FCEDIT:-${EDITOR:-vi}}" +#if defined (STRICT_POSIX) +# define POSIX_FC_EDIT_COMMAND "${FCEDIT:-ed}" +#else +# define POSIX_FC_EDIT_COMMAND "${FCEDIT:-${EDITOR:-ed}}" +#endif + +int +fc_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + register int i; + register char *sep; + int numbering, reverse, listing, execute; + int histbeg, histend, last_hist, retval, opt; + FILE *stream; + REPL *rlist, *rl; + char *ename, *command, *newcom, *fcedit; + HIST_ENTRY **hlist; + char *fn; + + numbering = 1; + reverse = listing = execute = 0; + ename = (char *)NULL; + + /* Parse out the options and set which of the two forms we're in. */ + reset_internal_getopt (); + lcurrent = list; /* XXX */ + while (fc_number (loptend = lcurrent) == 0 && + (opt = internal_getopt (list, ":e:lnrs")) != -1) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'n': + numbering = 0; + break; + + case 'l': + listing = 1; + break; + + case 'r': + reverse = 1; + break; + + case 's': + execute = 1; + break; + + case 'e': + ename = list_optarg; + break; + + default: + builtin_usage (); + return (EX_USAGE); + } + } + + list = loptend; + + if (ename && (*ename == '-') && (ename[1] == '\0')) + execute = 1; + + /* The "execute" form of the command (re-run, with possible string + substitutions). */ + if (execute) + { + rlist = (REPL *)NULL; + while (list && ((sep = (char *)strchr (list->word->word, '=')) != NULL)) + { + *sep++ = '\0'; + rl = (REPL *)xmalloc (sizeof (REPL)); + rl->next = (REPL *)NULL; + rl->pat = savestring (list->word->word); + rl->rep = savestring (sep); + + if (rlist == NULL) + rlist = rl; + else + { + rl->next = rlist; + rlist = rl; + } + list = list->next; + } + + /* If we have a list of substitutions to do, then reverse it + to get the replacements in the proper order. */ + + rlist = REVERSE_LIST (rlist, REPL *); + + hlist = history_list (); + + /* If we still have something in list, it is a command spec. + Otherwise, we use the most recent command in time. */ + command = fc_gethist (list ? list->word->word : (char *)NULL, hlist); + + if (command == NULL) + { + builtin_error (_("no command found")); + if (rlist) + FREE_RLIST (); + + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + if (rlist) + { + newcom = fc_dosubs (command, rlist); + free (command); + FREE_RLIST (); + command = newcom; + } + + fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", command); + fc_replhist (command); /* replace `fc -s' with command */ + return (parse_and_execute (command, "fc", SEVAL_NOHIST)); + } + + /* This is the second form of the command (the list-or-edit-and-rerun + form). */ + hlist = history_list (); + if (hlist == 0) + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + for (i = 0; hlist[i]; i++); + + /* With the Bash implementation of history, the current command line + ("fc blah..." and so on) is already part of the history list by + the time we get to this point. This just skips over that command + and makes the last command that this deals with be the last command + the user entered before the fc. We need to check whether the + line was actually added (HISTIGNORE may have caused it to not be), + so we check hist_last_line_added. */ + + /* "When not listing, he fc command that caused the editing shall not be + entered into the history list." */ + if (listing == 0 && hist_last_line_added) + delete_last_history (); + + last_hist = i - 1 - hist_last_line_added; + + if (list) + { + histbeg = fc_gethnum (list->word->word, hlist); + list = list->next; + + if (list) + histend = fc_gethnum (list->word->word, hlist); + else + histend = listing ? last_hist : histbeg; + } + else + { + /* The default for listing is the last 16 history items. */ + if (listing) + { + histend = last_hist; + histbeg = histend - 16 + 1; /* +1 because loop below uses >= */ + if (histbeg < 0) + histbeg = 0; + } + else + /* For editing, it is the last history command. */ + histbeg = histend = last_hist; + } + + /* We print error messages for line specifications out of range. */ + if ((histbeg < 0) || (histend < 0)) + { + sh_erange ((char *)NULL, _("history specification")); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + if (histend < histbeg) + { + i = histend; + histend = histbeg; + histbeg = i; + + reverse = 1; + } + + if (listing) + stream = stdout; + else + { + numbering = 0; + stream = sh_mktmpfp ("bash-fc", MT_USERANDOM|MT_USETMPDIR, &fn); + if (stream == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: cannot open temp file: %s"), fn ? fn : "", strerror (errno)); + FREE (fn); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + + for (i = reverse ? histend : histbeg; reverse ? i >= histbeg : i <= histend; reverse ? i-- : i++) + { + QUIT; + if (numbering) + fprintf (stream, "%d", i + history_base); + if (listing) + { + if (posixly_correct) + fputs ("\t", stream); + else + fprintf (stream, "\t%c", histdata (i) ? '*' : ' '); + } + fprintf (stream, "%s\n", histline (i)); + } + + if (listing) + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + + fclose (stream); + + /* Now edit the file of commands. */ + if (ename) + { + command = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (ename) + strlen (fn) + 2); + sprintf (command, "%s %s", ename, fn); + } + else + { + fcedit = posixly_correct ? POSIX_FC_EDIT_COMMAND : FC_EDIT_COMMAND; + command = (char *)xmalloc (3 + strlen (fcedit) + strlen (fn)); + sprintf (command, "%s %s", fcedit, fn); + } + retval = parse_and_execute (command, "fc", SEVAL_NOHIST); + if (retval != EXECUTION_SUCCESS) + { + unlink (fn); + free (fn); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + /* Make sure parse_and_execute doesn't turn this off, even though a + call to parse_and_execute farther up the function call stack (e.g., + if this is called by vi_edit_and_execute_command) may have already + called bash_history_disable. */ + remember_on_history = 1; + + /* Turn on the `v' flag while fc_execute_file runs so the commands + will be echoed as they are read by the parser. */ + begin_unwind_frame ("fc builtin"); + add_unwind_protect ((Function *)xfree, fn); + add_unwind_protect (unlink, fn); + unwind_protect_int (echo_input_at_read); + echo_input_at_read = 1; + + retval = fc_execute_file (fn); + + run_unwind_frame ("fc builtin"); + + return (retval); +} + +/* Return 1 if LIST->word->word is a legal number for fc's use. */ +static int +fc_number (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + char *s; + + if (list == 0) + return 0; + s = list->word->word; + if (*s == '-') + s++; + return (legal_number (s, (intmax_t *)NULL)); +} + +/* Return an absolute index into HLIST which corresponds to COMMAND. If + COMMAND is a number, then it was specified in relative terms. If it + is a string, then it is the start of a command line present in HLIST. */ +static int +fc_gethnum (command, hlist) + char *command; + HIST_ENTRY **hlist; +{ + int sign = 1, n, clen; + register int i, j; + register char *s; + + /* Count history elements. */ + for (i = 0; hlist[i]; i++); + + /* With the Bash implementation of history, the current command line + ("fc blah..." and so on) is already part of the history list by + the time we get to this point. This just skips over that command + and makes the last command that this deals with be the last command + the user entered before the fc. We need to check whether the + line was actually added (HISTIGNORE may have caused it to not be), + so we check hist_last_line_added. */ + i -= 1 + hist_last_line_added; + + /* No specification defaults to most recent command. */ + if (command == NULL) + return (i); + + /* Otherwise, there is a specification. It can be a number relative to + the current position, or an absolute history number. */ + s = command; + + /* Handle possible leading minus sign. */ + if (s && (*s == '-')) + { + sign = -1; + s++; + } + + if (s && DIGIT(*s)) + { + n = atoi (s); + n *= sign; + + /* If the value is negative or zero, then it is an offset from + the current history item. */ + if (n < 0) + { + n += i + 1; + return (n < 0 ? 0 : n); + } + else if (n == 0) + return (i); + else + { + n -= history_base; + return (i < n ? i : n); + } + } + + clen = strlen (command); + for (j = i; j >= 0; j--) + { + if (STREQN (command, histline (j), clen)) + return (j); + } + return (-1); +} + +/* Locate the most recent history line which begins with + COMMAND in HLIST, and return a malloc()'ed copy of it. */ +static char * +fc_gethist (command, hlist) + char *command; + HIST_ENTRY **hlist; +{ + int i; + + if (hlist == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + i = fc_gethnum (command, hlist); + + if (i >= 0) + return (savestring (histline (i))); + else + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED +/* Read the edited history lines from STREAM and return them + one at a time. This can read unlimited length lines. The + caller should free the storage. */ +static char * +fc_readline (stream) + FILE *stream; +{ + register int c; + int line_len = 0, lindex = 0; + char *line = (char *)NULL; + + while ((c = getc (stream)) != EOF) + { + if ((lindex + 2) >= line_len) + line = (char *)xrealloc (line, (line_len += 128)); + + if (c == '\n') + { + line[lindex++] = '\n'; + line[lindex++] = '\0'; + return (line); + } + else + line[lindex++] = c; + } + + if (!lindex) + { + if (line) + free (line); + + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + if (lindex + 2 >= line_len) + line = (char *)xrealloc (line, lindex + 3); + + line[lindex++] = '\n'; /* Finish with newline if none in file */ + line[lindex++] = '\0'; + return (line); +} +#endif + +/* Perform the SUBS on COMMAND. + SUBS is a list of substitutions, and COMMAND is a simple string. + Return a pointer to a malloc'ed string which contains the substituted + command. */ +static char * +fc_dosubs (command, subs) + char *command; + REPL *subs; +{ + register char *new, *t; + register REPL *r; + + for (new = savestring (command), r = subs; r; r = r->next) + { + t = strsub (new, r->pat, r->rep, 1); + free (new); + new = t; + } + return (new); +} + +/* Use `command' to replace the last entry in the history list, which, + by this time, is `fc blah...'. The intent is that the new command + become the history entry, and that `fc' should never appear in the + history list. This way you can do `r' to your heart's content. */ +static void +fc_replhist (command) + char *command; +{ + int n; + + if (command == 0 || *command == '\0') + return; + + n = strlen (command); + if (command[n - 1] == '\n') + command[n - 1] = '\0'; + + if (command && *command) + { + delete_last_history (); + maybe_add_history (command); /* Obeys HISTCONTROL setting. */ + } +} + +#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED +/* Add LINE to the history, after removing a single trailing newline. */ +static void +fc_addhist (line) + char *line; +{ + register int n; + + if (line == 0 || *line == 0) + return; + + n = strlen (line); + + if (line[n - 1] == '\n') + line[n - 1] = '\0'; + + if (line && *line) + maybe_add_history (line); /* Obeys HISTCONTROL setting. */ +} +#endif + +#endif /* HISTORY */ diff --git a/builtins/hash.def b/builtins/hash.def index 697ffd0a9..dccd97e02 100644 --- a/builtins/hash.def +++ b/builtins/hash.def @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ hash_builtin (list) #ifdef EISDIR builtin_error ("%s: %s", pathname, strerror (EISDIR)); #else - builtin_error ("%s: is a directory", pathname); + builtin_error (_("%s: is a directory"), pathname); #endif opt = EXECUTION_FAILURE; } diff --git a/builtins/hash.def~ b/builtins/hash.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..697ffd0a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/hash.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,273 @@ +This file is hash.def, from which is created hash.c. +It implements the builtin "hash" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES hash.c + +$BUILTIN hash +$FUNCTION hash_builtin +$SHORT_DOC hash [-lr] [-p pathname] [-dt] [name ...] +For each NAME, the full pathname of the command is determined and +remembered. If the -p option is supplied, PATHNAME is used as the +full pathname of NAME, and no path search is performed. The -r +option causes the shell to forget all remembered locations. The -d +option causes the shell to forget the remembered location of each NAME. +If the -t option is supplied the full pathname to which each NAME +corresponds is printed. If multiple NAME arguments are supplied with +-t, the NAME is printed before the hashed full pathname. The -l option +causes output to be displayed in a format that may be reused as input. +If no arguments are given, information about remembered commands is displayed. +$END + +#include + +#include + +#include "../bashtypes.h" + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include + +#include "../bashansi.h" +#include "../bashintl.h" + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../builtins.h" +#include "../flags.h" +#include "../findcmd.h" +#include "../hashcmd.h" +#include "common.h" +#include "bashgetopt.h" + +extern int posixly_correct; +extern int dot_found_in_search; +extern char *this_command_name; + +static int add_hashed_command __P((char *, int)); +static int print_hash_info __P((BUCKET_CONTENTS *)); +static int print_portable_hash_info __P((BUCKET_CONTENTS *)); +static int print_hashed_commands __P((int)); +static int list_hashed_filename_targets __P((WORD_LIST *, int)); + +/* Print statistics on the current state of hashed commands. If LIST is + not empty, then rehash (or hash in the first place) the specified + commands. */ +int +hash_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + int expunge_hash_table, list_targets, list_portably, delete, opt; + char *w, *pathname; + + if (hashing_enabled == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("hashing disabled")); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + expunge_hash_table = list_targets = list_portably = delete = 0; + pathname = (char *)NULL; + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, "dlp:rt")) != -1) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'd': + delete = 1; + break; + case 'l': + list_portably = 1; + break; + case 'p': + pathname = list_optarg; + break; + case 'r': + expunge_hash_table = 1; + break; + case 't': + list_targets = 1; + break; + default: + builtin_usage (); + return (EX_USAGE); + } + } + list = loptend; + + /* hash -t requires at least one argument. */ + if (list == 0 && list_targets) + { + sh_needarg ("-t"); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + /* We want hash -r to be silent, but hash -- to print hashing info, so + we test expunge_hash_table. */ + if (list == 0 && expunge_hash_table == 0) + { + opt = print_hashed_commands (list_portably); + if (opt == 0 && posixly_correct == 0) + printf (_("%s: hash table empty\n"), this_command_name); + + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + if (expunge_hash_table) + phash_flush (); + + /* If someone runs `hash -r -t xyz' he will be disappointed. */ + if (list_targets) + return (list_hashed_filename_targets (list, list_portably)); + +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + if (restricted && pathname && strchr (pathname, '/')) + { + sh_restricted (pathname); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } +#endif + + for (opt = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; list; list = list->next) + { + /* Add, remove or rehash the specified commands. */ + w = list->word->word; + if (pathname) + { + if (is_directory (pathname)) + { +#ifdef EISDIR + builtin_error ("%s: %s", pathname, strerror (EISDIR)); +#else + builtin_error ("%s: is a directory", pathname); +#endif + opt = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + else + phash_insert (w, pathname, 0, 0); + } + else if (absolute_program (w)) + continue; + else if (delete) + { + if (phash_remove (w)) + { + sh_notfound (w); + opt = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + } + else if (add_hashed_command (w, 0)) + opt = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + + fflush (stdout); + return (opt); +} + +static int +add_hashed_command (w, quiet) + char *w; + int quiet; +{ + int rv; + char *full_path; + + rv = 0; + if (find_function (w) == 0 && find_shell_builtin (w) == 0) + { + full_path = find_user_command (w); + if (full_path && executable_file (full_path)) + phash_insert (w, full_path, dot_found_in_search, 0); + else + { + if (quiet == 0) + sh_notfound (w); + rv++; + } + FREE (full_path); + } + return (rv); +} + +/* Print information about current hashed info. */ +static int +print_hash_info (item) + BUCKET_CONTENTS *item; +{ + printf ("%4d\t%s\n", item->times_found, pathdata(item)->path); + return 0; +} + +static int +print_portable_hash_info (item) + BUCKET_CONTENTS *item; +{ + printf ("builtin hash -p %s %s\n", pathdata(item)->path, item->key); + return 0; +} + +static int +print_hashed_commands (fmt) + int fmt; +{ + if (hashed_filenames == 0 || HASH_ENTRIES (hashed_filenames) == 0) + return (0); + + if (fmt == 0) + printf ("hits\tcommand\n"); + hash_walk (hashed_filenames, fmt ? print_portable_hash_info : print_hash_info); + return (1); +} + +static int +list_hashed_filename_targets (list, fmt) + WORD_LIST *list; + int fmt; +{ + int all_found, multiple; + char *target; + WORD_LIST *l; + + all_found = 1; + multiple = list->next != 0; + + for (l = list; l; l = l->next) + { + target = phash_search (l->word->word); + if (target == 0) + { + all_found = 0; + sh_notfound (l->word->word); + continue; + } + if (fmt) + printf ("builtin hash -p %s %s\n", target, l->word->word); + else + { + if (multiple) + printf ("%s\t", l->word->word); + printf ("%s\n", target); + } + } + + return (all_found ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EXECUTION_FAILURE); +} diff --git a/builtins/history.def b/builtins/history.def index efee00521..1a127e2e9 100644 --- a/builtins/history.def +++ b/builtins/history.def @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ This file is history.def, from which is created history.c. It implements the builtin "history" in Bash. -Copyright (C) 1987-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ to append history lines from this session to the history file. Argument `-n' means to read all history lines not already read from the history file and append them to the history list. -If FILENAME is given, then that is used as the history file else +If FILENAME is given, then that is used as the history file. Otherwise, if $HISTFILE has a value, that is used, else ~/.bash_history. If the -s option is supplied, the non-option ARGs are appended to the history list as a single entry. The -p option means to perform diff --git a/builtins/history.def~ b/builtins/history.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efee00521 --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/history.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,415 @@ +This file is history.def, from which is created history.c. +It implements the builtin "history" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES history.c + +$BUILTIN history +$FUNCTION history_builtin +$DEPENDS_ON HISTORY +$SHORT_DOC history [-c] [-d offset] [n] or history -awrn [filename] or history -ps arg [arg...] +Display the history list with line numbers. Lines listed with +with a `*' have been modified. Argument of N says to list only +the last N lines. The `-c' option causes the history list to be +cleared by deleting all of the entries. The `-d' option deletes +the history entry at offset OFFSET. The `-w' option writes out the +current history to the history file; `-r' means to read the file and +append the contents to the history list instead. `-a' means +to append history lines from this session to the history file. +Argument `-n' means to read all history lines not already read +from the history file and append them to the history list. + +If FILENAME is given, then that is used as the history file else +if $HISTFILE has a value, that is used, else ~/.bash_history. +If the -s option is supplied, the non-option ARGs are appended to +the history list as a single entry. The -p option means to perform +history expansion on each ARG and display the result, without storing +anything in the history list. + +If the $HISTTIMEFORMAT variable is set and not null, its value is used +as a format string for strftime(3) to print the time stamp associated +with each displayed history entry. No time stamps are printed otherwise. +$END + +#include + +#if defined (HISTORY) +#include "../bashtypes.h" +#if ! defined(_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +# include +#endif +#include "posixstat.h" +#include "filecntl.h" +#include +#include +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include "../bashansi.h" +#include "../bashintl.h" + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../bashhist.h" +#include +#include "bashgetopt.h" +#include "common.h" + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif + +extern int current_command_line_count; +extern int force_append_history; /* shopt -s histappend */ + +int delete_last_history __P((void)); + +static char *histtime __P((HIST_ENTRY *, const char *)); +static void display_history __P((WORD_LIST *)); +static int delete_histent __P((int)); +static void push_history __P((WORD_LIST *)); +static int expand_and_print_history __P((WORD_LIST *)); + +#define AFLAG 0x01 +#define RFLAG 0x02 +#define WFLAG 0x04 +#define NFLAG 0x08 +#define SFLAG 0x10 +#define PFLAG 0x20 +#define CFLAG 0x40 +#define DFLAG 0x80 + +int +history_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + int flags, opt, result, old_history_lines, obase; + char *filename, *delete_arg; + intmax_t delete_offset; + + flags = 0; + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, "acd:npsrw")) != -1) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'a': + flags |= AFLAG; + break; + case 'c': + flags |= CFLAG; + break; + case 'n': + flags |= NFLAG; + break; + case 'r': + flags |= RFLAG; + break; + case 'w': + flags |= WFLAG; + break; + case 's': + flags |= SFLAG; + break; + case 'd': + flags |= DFLAG; + delete_arg = list_optarg; + break; + case 'p': +#if defined (BANG_HISTORY) + flags |= PFLAG; +#endif + break; + default: + builtin_usage (); + return (EX_USAGE); + } + } + list = loptend; + + opt = flags & (AFLAG|RFLAG|WFLAG|NFLAG); + if (opt && opt != AFLAG && opt != RFLAG && opt != WFLAG && opt != NFLAG) + { + builtin_error (_("cannot use more than one of -anrw")); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + /* clear the history, but allow other arguments to add to it again. */ + if (flags & CFLAG) + { + clear_history (); + if (list == 0) + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + if (flags & SFLAG) + { + if (list) + push_history (list); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } +#if defined (BANG_HISTORY) + else if (flags & PFLAG) + { + if (list) + return (expand_and_print_history (list)); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } +#endif + else if (flags & DFLAG) + { + if ((legal_number (delete_arg, &delete_offset) == 0) + || (delete_offset < history_base) + || (delete_offset > (history_base + history_length))) + { + sh_erange (delete_arg, _("history position")); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + opt = delete_offset; + result = delete_histent (opt - history_base); + /* Since remove_history changes history_length, this can happen if + we delete the last history entry. */ + if (where_history () > history_length) + history_set_pos (history_length); + return (result ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + else if ((flags & (AFLAG|RFLAG|NFLAG|WFLAG|CFLAG)) == 0) + { + display_history (list); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + filename = list ? list->word->word : get_string_value ("HISTFILE"); + result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; + + if (flags & AFLAG) /* Append session's history to file. */ + result = maybe_append_history (filename); + else if (flags & WFLAG) /* Write entire history. */ + result = write_history (filename); + else if (flags & RFLAG) /* Read entire file. */ + result = read_history (filename); + else if (flags & NFLAG) /* Read `new' history from file. */ + { + /* Read all of the lines in the file that we haven't already read. */ + old_history_lines = history_lines_in_file; + obase = history_base; + + using_history (); + result = read_history_range (filename, history_lines_in_file, -1); + using_history (); + + history_lines_in_file = where_history (); + + /* If we're rewriting the history file at shell exit rather than just + appending the lines from this session to it, the question is whether + we reset history_lines_this_session to 0, losing any history entries + we had before we read the new entries from the history file, or + whether we count the new entries we just read from the file as + history lines added during this session. + Right now, we do the latter. This will cause these history entries + to be written to the history file along with any intermediate entries + we add when we do a `history -a', but the alternative is losing + them altogether. */ + if (force_append_history == 0) + history_lines_this_session += history_lines_in_file - old_history_lines + + history_base - obase; + } + + return (result ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} + +/* Accessors for HIST_ENTRY lists that are called HLIST. */ +#define histline(i) (hlist[(i)]->line) +#define histdata(i) (hlist[(i)]->data) + +static char * +histtime (hlist, histtimefmt) + HIST_ENTRY *hlist; + const char *histtimefmt; +{ + static char timestr[128]; + time_t t; + + t = history_get_time (hlist); + if (t) + strftime (timestr, sizeof (timestr), histtimefmt, localtime (&t)); + else + strcpy (timestr, "??"); + return timestr; +} + +static void +display_history (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + register int i; + intmax_t limit; + HIST_ENTRY **hlist; + char *histtimefmt, *timestr; + + if (list) + { + limit = get_numeric_arg (list, 0); + if (limit < 0) + limit = -limit; + } + else + limit = -1; + + hlist = history_list (); + + if (hlist) + { + for (i = 0; hlist[i]; i++) + ; + + if (0 <= limit && limit < i) + i -= limit; + else + i = 0; + + + histtimefmt = get_string_value ("HISTTIMEFORMAT"); + + while (hlist[i]) + { + QUIT; + + timestr = (histtimefmt && *histtimefmt) ? histtime (hlist[i], histtimefmt) : (char *)NULL; + printf ("%5d%c %s%s\n", i + history_base, + histdata(i) ? '*' : ' ', + ((timestr && *timestr) ? timestr : ""), + histline(i)); + i++; + } + } +} + +/* Delete and free the history list entry at offset I. */ +static int +delete_histent (i) + int i; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *discard; + + discard = remove_history (i); + if (discard) + free_history_entry (discard); + + return 1; +} + +int +delete_last_history () +{ + register int i; + HIST_ENTRY **hlist, *histent; + int r; + + hlist = history_list (); + if (hlist == NULL) + return 0; + + for (i = 0; hlist[i]; i++) + ; + i--; + + /* History_get () takes a parameter that must be offset by history_base. */ + histent = history_get (history_base + i); /* Don't free this */ + if (histent == NULL) + return 0; + + r = delete_histent (i); + + if (where_history () > history_length) + history_set_pos (history_length); + + return r; +} + +/* Remove the last entry in the history list and add each argument in + LIST to the history. */ +static void +push_history (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + char *s; + + /* Delete the last history entry if it was a single entry added to the + history list (generally the `history -s' itself), or if `history -s' + is being used in a compound command and the compound command was + added to the history as a single element (command-oriented history). + If you don't want history -s to remove the compound command from the + history, change #if 0 to #if 1 below. */ +#if 0 + if (hist_last_line_pushed == 0 && hist_last_line_added && delete_last_history () == 0) +#else + if (hist_last_line_pushed == 0 && + (hist_last_line_added || + (current_command_line_count > 0 && current_command_first_line_saved && command_oriented_history)) + && delete_last_history () == 0) +#endif + return; + + s = string_list (list); + /* Call check_add_history with FORCE set to 1 to skip the check against + current_command_line_count. If history -s is used in a compound + command, the above code will delete the compound command's history + entry and this call will add the line to the history as a separate + entry. Without FORCE=1, if current_command_line_count were > 1, the + line would be appended to the entry before the just-deleted entry. */ + check_add_history (s, 1); /* obeys HISTCONTROL, HISTIGNORE */ + + hist_last_line_pushed = 1; /* XXX */ + free (s); +} + +#if defined (BANG_HISTORY) +static int +expand_and_print_history (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + char *s; + int r, result; + + if (hist_last_line_pushed == 0 && hist_last_line_added && delete_last_history () == 0) + return EXECUTION_FAILURE; + result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; + while (list) + { + r = history_expand (list->word->word, &s); + if (r < 0) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: history expansion failed"), list->word->word); + result = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + else + { + fputs (s, stdout); + putchar ('\n'); + } + FREE (s); + list = list->next; + } + fflush (stdout); + return result; +} +#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */ +#endif /* HISTORY */ diff --git a/builtins/inlib.def b/builtins/inlib.def index 094c4b949..958c72e6e 100644 --- a/builtins/inlib.def +++ b/builtins/inlib.def @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ inlib_builtin (list) if (status.all != status_$ok) { - builtin_error ("%s: inlib failed", list->word->word); + builtin_error (_("%s: inlib failed"), list->word->word); return_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; } diff --git a/builtins/inlib.def~ b/builtins/inlib.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..094c4b949 --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/inlib.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +This file is inlib.def, from which is created inlib.c. +It implements the Apollo-specific builtin "inlib" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES inlib.c +#include + +#include +#include "../shell.h" + +$BUILTIN inlib +$FUNCTION inlib_builtin +$DEPENDS_ON apollo +$SHORT_DOC inlib pathname [pathname...] +Install a user-supplied library specified by pathname in the current +shell process. The library is used to resolve external references +in programs and libraries loaded after its installation. Note +that the library is not loaded into the address space unless it is +needed to resolve an external reference. The list of inlibed +libraries is passed to all children of the current shell. +$END + +#if defined (apollo) + +#include +#include + +inlib_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + status_$t status; + int return_value; + short len; + + if (!list) + { + builtin_usage (); + return (EX_USAGE); + } + + return_value = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; + + while (list) + { + len = (short)strlen (list->word->word); + loader_$inlib (list->word->word, len, &status); + + if (status.all != status_$ok) + { + builtin_error ("%s: inlib failed", list->word->word); + return_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + } + + list = list->next; + } + + return (return_value); +} +#endif /* apollo */ diff --git a/builtins/mkbuiltins.c b/builtins/mkbuiltins.c index ff0bdc090..3923b8a06 100644 --- a/builtins/mkbuiltins.c +++ b/builtins/mkbuiltins.c @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ write_builtins (defs, structfile, externfile) document_name (builtin)); fprintf - (structfile, " \"%s\", (char *)NULL },\n", + (structfile, " N_(\"%s\"), (char *)NULL },\n", builtin->shortdoc ? builtin->shortdoc : builtin->name); } diff --git a/builtins/mkbuiltins.c~ b/builtins/mkbuiltins.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c737f8cc --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/mkbuiltins.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,1575 @@ +/* mkbuiltins.c - Create builtins.c, builtext.h, and builtdoc.c from + a single source file called builtins.def. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +#if !defined (CROSS_COMPILING) +# include +#else /* CROSS_COMPILING */ +/* A conservative set of defines based on POSIX/SUS3/XPG6 */ +# define HAVE_UNISTD_H +# define HAVE_STRING_H +# define HAVE_STDLIB_H + +# define HAVE_RENAME +#endif /* CROSS_COMPILING */ + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#ifndef _MINIX +# include "../bashtypes.h" +# if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +# include +# endif +#endif + +#include "posixstat.h" +#include "filecntl.h" + +#include "../bashansi.h" +#include +#include + +#include "stdc.h" + +#define DOCFILE "builtins.texi" + +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif + +static char *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); + +#if !defined (__STDC__) && !defined (strcpy) +extern char *strcpy (); +#endif /* !__STDC__ && !strcpy */ + +#define savestring(x) strcpy (xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x)) +#define whitespace(c) (((c) == ' ') || ((c) == '\t')) + +/* Flag values that builtins can have. */ +#define BUILTIN_FLAG_SPECIAL 0x01 +#define BUILTIN_FLAG_ASSIGNMENT 0x02 + +#define BASE_INDENT 4 + +/* If this stream descriptor is non-zero, then write + texinfo documentation to it. */ +FILE *documentation_file = (FILE *)NULL; + +/* Non-zero means to only produce documentation. */ +int only_documentation = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to not do any productions. */ +int inhibit_production = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to produce separate help files for each builtin, named by + the builtin name, in `./helpfiles'. */ +int separate_helpfiles = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to create single C strings for each `longdoc', with + embedded newlines, for ease of translation. */ +int single_longdoc_strings = 1; + +/* The name of a directory into which the separate external help files will + eventually be installed. */ +char *helpfile_directory; + +/* The name of a directory to precede the filename when reporting + errors. */ +char *error_directory = (char *)NULL; + +/* The name of the structure file. */ +char *struct_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* The name of the external declaration file. */ +char *extern_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* Here is a structure for manipulating arrays of data. */ +typedef struct { + int size; /* Number of slots allocated to array. */ + int sindex; /* Current location in array. */ + int width; /* Size of each element. */ + int growth_rate; /* How fast to grow. */ + char **array; /* The array itself. */ +} ARRAY; + +/* Here is a structure defining a single BUILTIN. */ +typedef struct { + char *name; /* The name of this builtin. */ + char *function; /* The name of the function to call. */ + char *shortdoc; /* The short documentation for this builtin. */ + char *docname; /* Possible name for documentation string. */ + ARRAY *longdoc; /* The long documentation for this builtin. */ + ARRAY *dependencies; /* Null terminated array of #define names. */ + int flags; /* Flags for this builtin. */ +} BUILTIN_DESC; + +/* Here is a structure which defines a DEF file. */ +typedef struct { + char *filename; /* The name of the input def file. */ + ARRAY *lines; /* The contents of the file. */ + int line_number; /* The current line number. */ + char *production; /* The name of the production file. */ + FILE *output; /* Open file stream for PRODUCTION. */ + ARRAY *builtins; /* Null terminated array of BUILTIN_DESC *. */ +} DEF_FILE; + +/* The array of all builtins encountered during execution of this code. */ +ARRAY *saved_builtins = (ARRAY *)NULL; + +/* The Posix.2 so-called `special' builtins. */ +char *special_builtins[] = +{ + ":", ".", "source", "break", "continue", "eval", "exec", "exit", + "export", "readonly", "return", "set", "shift", "times", "trap", "unset", + (char *)NULL +}; + +/* The builtin commands that take assignment statements as arguments. */ +char *assignment_builtins[] = +{ + "alias", "declare", "export", "local", "readonly", "typeset", + (char *)NULL +}; + +/* Forward declarations. */ +static int is_special_builtin (); +static int is_assignment_builtin (); + +#if !defined (HAVE_RENAME) +static int rename (); +#endif + +void extract_info (); + +void file_error (); +void line_error (); + +void write_file_headers (); +void write_file_footers (); +void write_ifdefs (); +void write_endifs (); +void write_documentation (); +void write_longdocs (); +void write_builtins (); + +int write_helpfiles (); + +void free_defs (); +void add_documentation (); + +void must_be_building (); +void remove_trailing_whitespace (); + +#define document_name(b) ((b)->docname ? (b)->docname : (b)->name) + + +/* For each file mentioned on the command line, process it and + write the information to STRUCTFILE and EXTERNFILE, while + creating the production file if neccessary. */ +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int arg_index = 1; + FILE *structfile, *externfile; + char *documentation_filename, *temp_struct_filename; + + structfile = externfile = (FILE *)NULL; + documentation_filename = DOCFILE; + temp_struct_filename = (char *)NULL; + + while (arg_index < argc && argv[arg_index][0] == '-') + { + char *arg = argv[arg_index++]; + + if (strcmp (arg, "-externfile") == 0) + extern_filename = argv[arg_index++]; + else if (strcmp (arg, "-structfile") == 0) + struct_filename = argv[arg_index++]; + else if (strcmp (arg, "-noproduction") == 0) + inhibit_production = 1; + else if (strcmp (arg, "-document") == 0) + documentation_file = fopen (documentation_filename, "w"); + else if (strcmp (arg, "-D") == 0) + { + int len; + + if (error_directory) + free (error_directory); + + error_directory = xmalloc (2 + strlen (argv[arg_index])); + strcpy (error_directory, argv[arg_index]); + len = strlen (error_directory); + + if (len && error_directory[len - 1] != '/') + strcat (error_directory, "/"); + + arg_index++; + } + else if (strcmp (arg, "-documentonly") == 0) + { + only_documentation = 1; + documentation_file = fopen (documentation_filename, "w"); + } + else if (strcmp (arg, "-H") == 0) + { + separate_helpfiles = 1; + helpfile_directory = argv[arg_index++]; + } + else if (strcmp (arg, "-S") == 0) + single_longdoc_strings = 0; + else + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Unknown flag %s.\n", argv[0], arg); + exit (2); + } + } + + /* If there are no files to process, just quit now. */ + if (arg_index == argc) + exit (0); + + if (!only_documentation) + { + /* Open the files. */ + if (struct_filename) + { + temp_struct_filename = xmalloc (15); + sprintf (temp_struct_filename, "mk-%ld", (long) getpid ()); + structfile = fopen (temp_struct_filename, "w"); + + if (!structfile) + file_error (temp_struct_filename); + } + + if (extern_filename) + { + externfile = fopen (extern_filename, "w"); + + if (!externfile) + file_error (extern_filename); + } + + /* Write out the headers. */ + write_file_headers (structfile, externfile); + } + + if (documentation_file) + { + fprintf (documentation_file, "@c Table of builtins created with %s.\n", + argv[0]); + fprintf (documentation_file, "@ftable @asis\n"); + } + + /* Process the .def files. */ + while (arg_index < argc) + { + register char *arg; + + arg = argv[arg_index++]; + + extract_info (arg, structfile, externfile); + } + + /* Close the files. */ + if (!only_documentation) + { + /* Write the footers. */ + write_file_footers (structfile, externfile); + + if (structfile) + { + write_longdocs (structfile, saved_builtins); + fclose (structfile); + rename (temp_struct_filename, struct_filename); + } + + if (externfile) + fclose (externfile); + } + + if (separate_helpfiles) + { + write_helpfiles (saved_builtins); + } + + if (documentation_file) + { + fprintf (documentation_file, "@end ftable\n"); + fclose (documentation_file); + } + + exit (0); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Array Functions and Manipulators */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Make a new array, and return a pointer to it. The array will + contain elements of size WIDTH, and is initialized to no elements. */ +ARRAY * +array_create (width) + int width; +{ + ARRAY *array; + + array = (ARRAY *)xmalloc (sizeof (ARRAY)); + array->size = 0; + array->sindex = 0; + array->width = width; + + /* Default to increasing size in units of 20. */ + array->growth_rate = 20; + + array->array = (char **)NULL; + + return (array); +} + +/* Copy the array of strings in ARRAY. */ +ARRAY * +copy_string_array (array) + ARRAY *array; +{ + register int i; + ARRAY *copy; + + if (!array) + return (ARRAY *)NULL; + + copy = array_create (sizeof (char *)); + + copy->size = array->size; + copy->sindex = array->sindex; + copy->width = array->width; + + copy->array = (char **)xmalloc ((1 + array->sindex) * sizeof (char *)); + + for (i = 0; i < array->sindex; i++) + copy->array[i] = savestring (array->array[i]); + + copy->array[i] = (char *)NULL; + + return (copy); +} + +/* Add ELEMENT to ARRAY, growing the array if neccessary. */ +void +array_add (element, array) + char *element; + ARRAY *array; +{ + if (array->sindex + 2 > array->size) + array->array = (char **)xrealloc + (array->array, (array->size += array->growth_rate) * array->width); + + array->array[array->sindex++] = element; + array->array[array->sindex] = (char *)NULL; +} + +/* Free an allocated array and data pointer. */ +void +array_free (array) + ARRAY *array; +{ + if (array->array) + free (array->array); + + free (array); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Processing a DEF File */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* The definition of a function. */ +typedef int Function (); +typedef int mk_handler_func_t __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); + +/* Structure handles processor directives. */ +typedef struct { + char *directive; + mk_handler_func_t *function; +} HANDLER_ENTRY; + +extern int builtin_handler __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); +extern int function_handler __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); +extern int short_doc_handler __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); +extern int comment_handler __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); +extern int depends_on_handler __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); +extern int produces_handler __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); +extern int end_handler __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); +extern int docname_handler __P((char *, DEF_FILE *, char *)); + +HANDLER_ENTRY handlers[] = { + { "BUILTIN", builtin_handler }, + { "DOCNAME", docname_handler }, + { "FUNCTION", function_handler }, + { "SHORT_DOC", short_doc_handler }, + { "$", comment_handler }, + { "COMMENT", comment_handler }, + { "DEPENDS_ON", depends_on_handler }, + { "PRODUCES", produces_handler }, + { "END", end_handler }, + { (char *)NULL, (mk_handler_func_t *)NULL } +}; + +/* Return the entry in the table of handlers for NAME. */ +HANDLER_ENTRY * +find_directive (directive) + char *directive; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; handlers[i].directive; i++) + if (strcmp (handlers[i].directive, directive) == 0) + return (&handlers[i]); + + return ((HANDLER_ENTRY *)NULL); +} + +/* Non-zero indicates that a $BUILTIN has been seen, but not + the corresponding $END. */ +static int building_builtin = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to output cpp line and file information before + printing the current line to the production file. */ +int output_cpp_line_info = 0; + +/* The main function of this program. Read FILENAME and act on what is + found. Lines not starting with a dollar sign are copied to the + $PRODUCES target, if one is present. Lines starting with a dollar sign + are directives to this program, specifying the name of the builtin, the + function to call, the short documentation and the long documentation + strings. FILENAME can contain multiple $BUILTINs, but only one $PRODUCES + target. After the file has been processed, write out the names of + builtins found in each $BUILTIN. Plain text found before the $PRODUCES + is ignored, as is "$$ comment text". */ +void +extract_info (filename, structfile, externfile) + char *filename; + FILE *structfile, *externfile; +{ + register int i; + DEF_FILE *defs; + struct stat finfo; + size_t file_size; + char *buffer, *line; + int fd, nr; + + if (stat (filename, &finfo) == -1) + file_error (filename); + + fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY, 0666); + + if (fd == -1) + file_error (filename); + + file_size = (size_t)finfo.st_size; + buffer = xmalloc (1 + file_size); + + if ((nr = read (fd, buffer, file_size)) < 0) + file_error (filename); + + /* This is needed on WIN32, and does not hurt on Unix. */ + if (nr < file_size) + file_size = nr; + + close (fd); + + if (nr == 0) + { + fprintf (stderr, "mkbuiltins: %s: skipping zero-length file\n", filename); + return; + } + + /* Create and fill in the initial structure describing this file. */ + defs = (DEF_FILE *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEF_FILE)); + defs->filename = filename; + defs->lines = array_create (sizeof (char *)); + defs->line_number = 0; + defs->production = (char *)NULL; + defs->output = (FILE *)NULL; + defs->builtins = (ARRAY *)NULL; + + /* Build the array of lines. */ + i = 0; + while (i < file_size) + { + array_add (&buffer[i], defs->lines); + + while (buffer[i] != '\n' && i < file_size) + i++; + buffer[i++] = '\0'; + } + + /* Begin processing the input file. We don't write any output + until we have a file to write output to. */ + output_cpp_line_info = 1; + + /* Process each line in the array. */ + for (i = 0; line = defs->lines->array[i]; i++) + { + defs->line_number = i; + + if (*line == '$') + { + register int j; + char *directive; + HANDLER_ENTRY *handler; + + /* Isolate the directive. */ + for (j = 0; line[j] && !whitespace (line[j]); j++); + + directive = xmalloc (j); + strncpy (directive, line + 1, j - 1); + directive[j -1] = '\0'; + + /* Get the function handler and call it. */ + handler = find_directive (directive); + + if (!handler) + { + line_error (defs, "Unknown directive `%s'", directive); + free (directive); + continue; + } + else + { + /* Advance to the first non-whitespace character. */ + while (whitespace (line[j])) + j++; + + /* Call the directive handler with the FILE, and ARGS. */ + (*(handler->function)) (directive, defs, line + j); + } + free (directive); + } + else + { + if (building_builtin) + add_documentation (defs, line); + else if (defs->output) + { + if (output_cpp_line_info) + { + /* If we're handed an absolute pathname, don't prepend + the directory name. */ + if (defs->filename[0] == '/') + fprintf (defs->output, "#line %d \"%s\"\n", + defs->line_number + 1, defs->filename); + else + fprintf (defs->output, "#line %d \"%s%s\"\n", + defs->line_number + 1, + error_directory ? error_directory : "./", + defs->filename); + output_cpp_line_info = 0; + } + + fprintf (defs->output, "%s\n", line); + } + } + } + + /* Close the production file. */ + if (defs->output) + fclose (defs->output); + + /* The file has been processed. Write the accumulated builtins to + the builtins.c file, and write the extern definitions to the + builtext.h file. */ + write_builtins (defs, structfile, externfile); + + free (buffer); + free_defs (defs); +} + +#define free_safely(x) if (x) free (x) + +static void +free_builtin (builtin) + BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; +{ + register int i; + + free_safely (builtin->name); + free_safely (builtin->function); + free_safely (builtin->shortdoc); + free_safely (builtin->docname); + + if (builtin->longdoc) + array_free (builtin->longdoc); + + if (builtin->dependencies) + { + for (i = 0; builtin->dependencies->array[i]; i++) + free (builtin->dependencies->array[i]); + array_free (builtin->dependencies); + } +} + +/* Free all of the memory allocated to a DEF_FILE. */ +void +free_defs (defs) + DEF_FILE *defs; +{ + register int i; + register BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + + if (defs->production) + free (defs->production); + + if (defs->lines) + array_free (defs->lines); + + if (defs->builtins) + { + for (i = 0; builtin = (BUILTIN_DESC *)defs->builtins->array[i]; i++) + { + free_builtin (builtin); + free (builtin); + } + array_free (defs->builtins); + } + free (defs); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* The Handler Functions Themselves */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Strip surrounding whitespace from STRING, and + return a pointer to the start of it. */ +char * +strip_whitespace (string) + char *string; +{ + while (whitespace (*string)) + string++; + + remove_trailing_whitespace (string); + return (string); +} + +/* Remove only the trailing whitespace from STRING. */ +void +remove_trailing_whitespace (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i; + + i = strlen (string) - 1; + + while (i > 0 && whitespace (string[i])) + i--; + + string[++i] = '\0'; +} + +/* Ensure that there is a argument in STRING and return it. + FOR_WHOM is the name of the directive which needs the argument. + DEFS is the DEF_FILE in which the directive is found. + If there is no argument, produce an error. */ +char * +get_arg (for_whom, defs, string) + char *for_whom, *string; + DEF_FILE *defs; +{ + char *new; + + new = strip_whitespace (string); + + if (!*new) + line_error (defs, "%s requires an argument", for_whom); + + return (savestring (new)); +} + +/* Error if not building a builtin. */ +void +must_be_building (directive, defs) + char *directive; + DEF_FILE *defs; +{ + if (!building_builtin) + line_error (defs, "%s must be inside of a $BUILTIN block", directive); +} + +/* Return the current builtin. */ +BUILTIN_DESC * +current_builtin (directive, defs) + char *directive; + DEF_FILE *defs; +{ + must_be_building (directive, defs); + if (defs->builtins) + return ((BUILTIN_DESC *)defs->builtins->array[defs->builtins->sindex - 1]); + else + return ((BUILTIN_DESC *)NULL); +} + +/* Add LINE to the long documentation for the current builtin. + Ignore blank lines until the first non-blank line has been seen. */ +void +add_documentation (defs, line) + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *line; +{ + register BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + + builtin = current_builtin ("(implied LONGDOC)", defs); + + remove_trailing_whitespace (line); + + if (!*line && !builtin->longdoc) + return; + + if (!builtin->longdoc) + builtin->longdoc = array_create (sizeof (char *)); + + array_add (line, builtin->longdoc); +} + +/* How to handle the $BUILTIN directive. */ +int +builtin_handler (self, defs, arg) + char *self; + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *arg; +{ + BUILTIN_DESC *new; + char *name; + + /* If we are already building a builtin, we cannot start a new one. */ + if (building_builtin) + { + line_error (defs, "%s found before $END", self); + return (-1); + } + + output_cpp_line_info++; + + /* Get the name of this builtin, and stick it in the array. */ + name = get_arg (self, defs, arg); + + /* If this is the first builtin, create the array to hold them. */ + if (!defs->builtins) + defs->builtins = array_create (sizeof (BUILTIN_DESC *)); + + new = (BUILTIN_DESC *)xmalloc (sizeof (BUILTIN_DESC)); + new->name = name; + new->function = (char *)NULL; + new->shortdoc = (char *)NULL; + new->docname = (char *)NULL; + new->longdoc = (ARRAY *)NULL; + new->dependencies = (ARRAY *)NULL; + new->flags = 0; + + if (is_special_builtin (name)) + new->flags |= BUILTIN_FLAG_SPECIAL; + if (is_assignment_builtin (name)) + new->flags |= BUILTIN_FLAG_ASSIGNMENT; + + array_add ((char *)new, defs->builtins); + building_builtin = 1; + + return (0); +} + +/* How to handle the $FUNCTION directive. */ +int +function_handler (self, defs, arg) + char *self; + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *arg; +{ + register BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + + builtin = current_builtin (self, defs); + + if (builtin == 0) + { + line_error (defs, "syntax error: no current builtin for $FUNCTION directive"); + exit (1); + } + if (builtin->function) + line_error (defs, "%s already has a function (%s)", + builtin->name, builtin->function); + else + builtin->function = get_arg (self, defs, arg); + + return (0); +} + +/* How to handle the $DOCNAME directive. */ +int +docname_handler (self, defs, arg) + char *self; + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *arg; +{ + register BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + + builtin = current_builtin (self, defs); + + if (builtin->docname) + line_error (defs, "%s already had a docname (%s)", + builtin->name, builtin->docname); + else + builtin->docname = get_arg (self, defs, arg); + + return (0); +} + +/* How to handle the $SHORT_DOC directive. */ +int +short_doc_handler (self, defs, arg) + char *self; + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *arg; +{ + register BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + + builtin = current_builtin (self, defs); + + if (builtin->shortdoc) + line_error (defs, "%s already has short documentation (%s)", + builtin->name, builtin->shortdoc); + else + builtin->shortdoc = get_arg (self, defs, arg); + + return (0); +} + +/* How to handle the $COMMENT directive. */ +int +comment_handler (self, defs, arg) + char *self; + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *arg; +{ + return (0); +} + +/* How to handle the $DEPENDS_ON directive. */ +int +depends_on_handler (self, defs, arg) + char *self; + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *arg; +{ + register BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + char *dependent; + + builtin = current_builtin (self, defs); + dependent = get_arg (self, defs, arg); + + if (!builtin->dependencies) + builtin->dependencies = array_create (sizeof (char *)); + + array_add (dependent, builtin->dependencies); + + return (0); +} + +/* How to handle the $PRODUCES directive. */ +int +produces_handler (self, defs, arg) + char *self; + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *arg; +{ + /* If just hacking documentation, don't change any of the production + files. */ + if (only_documentation) + return (0); + + output_cpp_line_info++; + + if (defs->production) + line_error (defs, "%s already has a %s definition", defs->filename, self); + else + { + defs->production = get_arg (self, defs, arg); + + if (inhibit_production) + return (0); + + defs->output = fopen (defs->production, "w"); + + if (!defs->output) + file_error (defs->production); + + fprintf (defs->output, "/* %s, created from %s. */\n", + defs->production, defs->filename); + } + return (0); +} + +/* How to handle the $END directive. */ +int +end_handler (self, defs, arg) + char *self; + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *arg; +{ + must_be_building (self, defs); + building_builtin = 0; + return (0); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Error Handling Functions */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Produce an error for DEFS with FORMAT and ARGS. */ +void +line_error (defs, format, arg1, arg2) + DEF_FILE *defs; + char *format, *arg1, *arg2; +{ + if (defs->filename[0] != '/') + fprintf (stderr, "%s", error_directory ? error_directory : "./"); + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d:", defs->filename, defs->line_number + 1); + fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + fflush (stderr); +} + +/* Print error message for FILENAME. */ +void +file_error (filename) + char *filename; +{ + perror (filename); + exit (2); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* xmalloc and xrealloc () */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +static void memory_error_and_abort (); + +static char * +xmalloc (bytes) + int bytes; +{ + char *temp = (char *)malloc (bytes); + + if (!temp) + memory_error_and_abort (); + return (temp); +} + +static char * +xrealloc (pointer, bytes) + char *pointer; + int bytes; +{ + char *temp; + + if (!pointer) + temp = (char *)malloc (bytes); + else + temp = (char *)realloc (pointer, bytes); + + if (!temp) + memory_error_and_abort (); + + return (temp); +} + +static void +memory_error_and_abort () +{ + fprintf (stderr, "mkbuiltins: out of virtual memory\n"); + abort (); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Creating the Struct and Extern Files */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated builtin which is + an exact copy of BUILTIN. */ +BUILTIN_DESC * +copy_builtin (builtin) + BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; +{ + BUILTIN_DESC *new; + + new = (BUILTIN_DESC *)xmalloc (sizeof (BUILTIN_DESC)); + + new->name = savestring (builtin->name); + new->shortdoc = savestring (builtin->shortdoc); + new->longdoc = copy_string_array (builtin->longdoc); + new->dependencies = copy_string_array (builtin->dependencies); + + new->function = + builtin->function ? savestring (builtin->function) : (char *)NULL; + new->docname = + builtin->docname ? savestring (builtin->docname) : (char *)NULL; + + return (new); +} + +/* How to save away a builtin. */ +void +save_builtin (builtin) + BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; +{ + BUILTIN_DESC *newbuiltin; + + newbuiltin = copy_builtin (builtin); + + /* If this is the first builtin to be saved, create the array + to hold it. */ + if (!saved_builtins) + saved_builtins = array_create (sizeof (BUILTIN_DESC *)); + + array_add ((char *)newbuiltin, saved_builtins); +} + +/* Flags that mean something to write_documentation (). */ +#define STRING_ARRAY 0x01 +#define TEXINFO 0x02 +#define PLAINTEXT 0x04 +#define HELPFILE 0x08 + +char *structfile_header[] = { + "/* builtins.c -- the built in shell commands. */", + "", + "/* This file is manufactured by ./mkbuiltins, and should not be", + " edited by hand. See the source to mkbuiltins for details. */", + "", + "/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.", + "", + " This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.", + "", + " Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it", + " under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by", + " the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)", + " any later version.", + "", + " Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT", + " ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY", + " or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public", + " License for more details.", + "", + " You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License", + " along with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free", + " Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */", + "", + "/* The list of shell builtins. Each element is name, function, flags,", + " long-doc, short-doc. The long-doc field contains a pointer to an array", + " of help lines. The function takes a WORD_LIST *; the first word in the", + " list is the first arg to the command. The list has already had word", + " expansion performed.", + "", + " Functions which need to look at only the simple commands (e.g.", + " the enable_builtin ()), should ignore entries where", + " (array[i].function == (sh_builtin_func_t *)NULL). Such entries are for", + " the list of shell reserved control structures, like `if' and `while'.", + " The end of the list is denoted with a NULL name field. */", + "", + "#include \"../builtins.h\"", + (char *)NULL + }; + +char *structfile_footer[] = { + " { (char *)0x0, (sh_builtin_func_t *)0x0, 0, (char **)0x0, (char *)0x0 }", + "};", + "", + "struct builtin *shell_builtins = static_shell_builtins;", + "struct builtin *current_builtin;", + "", + "int num_shell_builtins =", + "\tsizeof (static_shell_builtins) / sizeof (struct builtin) - 1;", + (char *)NULL +}; + +/* Write out any neccessary opening information for + STRUCTFILE and EXTERNFILE. */ +void +write_file_headers (structfile, externfile) + FILE *structfile, *externfile; +{ + register int i; + + if (structfile) + { + for (i = 0; structfile_header[i]; i++) + fprintf (structfile, "%s\n", structfile_header[i]); + + fprintf (structfile, "#include \"%s\"\n", + extern_filename ? extern_filename : "builtext.h"); + + fprintf (structfile, "#include \"bashintl.h\"\n"); + + fprintf (structfile, "\nstruct builtin static_shell_builtins[] = {\n"); + } + + if (externfile) + fprintf (externfile, + "/* %s - The list of builtins found in libbuiltins.a. */\n", + extern_filename ? extern_filename : "builtext.h"); +} + +/* Write out any necessary closing information for + STRUCTFILE and EXTERNFILE. */ +void +write_file_footers (structfile, externfile) + FILE *structfile, *externfile; +{ + register int i; + + /* Write out the footers. */ + if (structfile) + { + for (i = 0; structfile_footer[i]; i++) + fprintf (structfile, "%s\n", structfile_footer[i]); + } +} + +/* Write out the information accumulated in DEFS to + STRUCTFILE and EXTERNFILE. */ +void +write_builtins (defs, structfile, externfile) + DEF_FILE *defs; + FILE *structfile, *externfile; +{ + register int i; + + /* Write out the information. */ + if (defs->builtins) + { + register BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + + for (i = 0; i < defs->builtins->sindex; i++) + { + builtin = (BUILTIN_DESC *)defs->builtins->array[i]; + + /* Write out any #ifdefs that may be there. */ + if (!only_documentation) + { + if (builtin->dependencies) + { + write_ifdefs (externfile, builtin->dependencies->array); + write_ifdefs (structfile, builtin->dependencies->array); + } + + /* Write the extern definition. */ + if (externfile) + { + if (builtin->function) + fprintf (externfile, "extern int %s __P((WORD_LIST *));\n", + builtin->function); + + fprintf (externfile, "extern char * const %s_doc[];\n", + document_name (builtin)); + } + + /* Write the structure definition. */ + if (structfile) + { + fprintf (structfile, " { \"%s\", ", builtin->name); + + if (builtin->function) + fprintf (structfile, "%s, ", builtin->function); + else + fprintf (structfile, "(sh_builtin_func_t *)0x0, "); + + fprintf (structfile, "%s%s%s, %s_doc,\n", + "BUILTIN_ENABLED | STATIC_BUILTIN", + (builtin->flags & BUILTIN_FLAG_SPECIAL) ? " | SPECIAL_BUILTIN" : "", + (builtin->flags & BUILTIN_FLAG_ASSIGNMENT) ? " | ASSIGNMENT_BUILTIN" : "", + document_name (builtin)); + + fprintf + (structfile, "N_( \"%s\"), (char *)NULL },\n", + builtin->shortdoc ? builtin->shortdoc : builtin->name); + + } + + if (structfile || separate_helpfiles) + /* Save away this builtin for later writing of the + long documentation strings. */ + save_builtin (builtin); + + /* Write out the matching #endif, if neccessary. */ + if (builtin->dependencies) + { + if (externfile) + write_endifs (externfile, builtin->dependencies->array); + + if (structfile) + write_endifs (structfile, builtin->dependencies->array); + } + } + + if (documentation_file) + { + fprintf (documentation_file, "@item %s\n", builtin->name); + write_documentation + (documentation_file, builtin->longdoc->array, 0, TEXINFO); + } + } + } +} + +/* Write out the long documentation strings in BUILTINS to STREAM. */ +void +write_longdocs (stream, builtins) + FILE *stream; + ARRAY *builtins; +{ + register int i; + register BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + char *dname; + char *sarray[2]; + + for (i = 0; i < builtins->sindex; i++) + { + builtin = (BUILTIN_DESC *)builtins->array[i]; + + if (builtin->dependencies) + write_ifdefs (stream, builtin->dependencies->array); + + /* Write the long documentation strings. */ + dname = document_name (builtin); + fprintf (stream, "char * const %s_doc[] =", dname); + + if (separate_helpfiles) + { + int l = strlen (helpfile_directory) + strlen (dname) + 1; + sarray[0] = (char *)xmalloc (l + 1); + sprintf (sarray[0], "%s/%s", helpfile_directory, dname); + sarray[1] = (char *)NULL; + write_documentation (stream, sarray, 0, STRING_ARRAY|HELPFILE); + free (sarray[0]); + } + else + write_documentation (stream, builtin->longdoc->array, 0, STRING_ARRAY); + + if (builtin->dependencies) + write_endifs (stream, builtin->dependencies->array); + + } +} + +/* Write an #ifdef string saying what needs to be defined (or not defined) + in order to allow compilation of the code that will follow. + STREAM is the stream to write the information to, + DEFINES is a null terminated array of define names. + If a define is preceded by an `!', then the sense of the test is + reversed. */ +void +write_ifdefs (stream, defines) + FILE *stream; + char **defines; +{ + register int i; + + if (!stream) + return; + + fprintf (stream, "#if "); + + for (i = 0; defines[i]; i++) + { + char *def = defines[i]; + + if (*def == '!') + fprintf (stream, "!defined (%s)", def + 1); + else + fprintf (stream, "defined (%s)", def); + + if (defines[i + 1]) + fprintf (stream, " && "); + } + fprintf (stream, "\n"); +} + +/* Write an #endif string saying what defines controlled the compilation + of the immediately preceding code. + STREAM is the stream to write the information to. + DEFINES is a null terminated array of define names. */ +void +write_endifs (stream, defines) + FILE *stream; + char **defines; +{ + register int i; + + if (!stream) + return; + + fprintf (stream, "#endif /* "); + + for (i = 0; defines[i]; i++) + { + fprintf (stream, "%s", defines[i]); + + if (defines[i + 1]) + fprintf (stream, " && "); + } + + fprintf (stream, " */\n"); +} + +/* Write DOCUMENTATION to STREAM, perhaps surrounding it with double-quotes + and quoting special characters in the string. Handle special things for + internationalization (gettext) and the single-string vs. multiple-strings + issues. */ +void +write_documentation (stream, documentation, indentation, flags) + FILE *stream; + char **documentation; + int indentation, flags; +{ + register int i, j; + register char *line; + int string_array, texinfo, base_indent, last_cpp, filename_p; + + if (stream == 0) + return; + + string_array = flags & STRING_ARRAY; + filename_p = flags & HELPFILE; + + if (string_array) + { + fprintf (stream, " {\n#if defined (HELP_BUILTIN)\n"); /* } */ + if (single_longdoc_strings) + { + if (filename_p == 0) + { + if (documentation && documentation[0] && documentation[0][0]) + fprintf (stream, "N_(\""); + else + fprintf (stream, "N_(\" "); /* the empty string translates specially. */ + } + else + fprintf (stream, "\""); + } + } + + base_indent = (string_array && single_longdoc_strings && filename_p == 0) ? BASE_INDENT : 0; + + for (i = last_cpp = 0, texinfo = (flags & TEXINFO); line = documentation[i]; i++) + { + /* Allow #ifdef's to be written out verbatim, but don't put them into + separate help files. */ + if (*line == '#') + { + if (string_array && filename_p == 0 && single_longdoc_strings == 0) + fprintf (stream, "%s\n", line); + last_cpp = 1; + continue; + } + else + last_cpp = 0; + + /* prefix with N_( for gettext */ + if (string_array && single_longdoc_strings == 0) + { + if (filename_p == 0) + { + if (line[0]) + fprintf (stream, " N_(\""); + else + fprintf (stream, " N_(\" "); /* the empty string translates specially. */ + } + else + fprintf (stream, " \""); + } + + if (indentation) + for (j = 0; j < indentation; j++) + fprintf (stream, " "); + + /* Don't indent the first line, because of how the help builtin works. */ + if (i == 0) + indentation += base_indent; + + if (string_array) + { + for (j = 0; line[j]; j++) + { + switch (line[j]) + { + case '\\': + case '"': + fprintf (stream, "\\%c", line[j]); + break; + + default: + fprintf (stream, "%c", line[j]); + } + } + + /* closing right paren for gettext */ + if (single_longdoc_strings == 0) + { + if (filename_p == 0) + fprintf (stream, "\"),\n"); + else + fprintf (stream, "\",\n"); + } + else if (documentation[i+1]) + /* don't add extra newline after last line */ + fprintf (stream, "\\n\\\n"); + } + else if (texinfo) + { + for (j = 0; line[j]; j++) + { + switch (line[j]) + { + case '@': + case '{': + case '}': + fprintf (stream, "@%c", line[j]); + break; + + default: + fprintf (stream, "%c", line[j]); + } + } + fprintf (stream, "\n"); + } + else + fprintf (stream, "%s\n", line); + } + + /* closing right paren for gettext */ + if (string_array && single_longdoc_strings) + { + if (filename_p == 0) + fprintf (stream, "\"),\n"); + else + fprintf (stream, "\",\n"); + } + + if (string_array) + fprintf (stream, "#endif /* HELP_BUILTIN */\n (char *)NULL\n};\n"); +} + +int +write_helpfiles (builtins) + ARRAY *builtins; +{ + char *helpfile, *bname; + FILE *helpfp; + int i, hdlen; + BUILTIN_DESC *builtin; + + i = mkdir ("helpfiles", 0777); + if (i < 0 && errno != EEXIST) + { + fprintf (stderr, "write_helpfiles: helpfiles: cannot create directory\n"); + return -1; + } + + hdlen = strlen ("helpfiles/"); + for (i = 0; i < builtins->sindex; i++) + { + builtin = (BUILTIN_DESC *)builtins->array[i]; + + bname = document_name (builtin); + helpfile = (char *)xmalloc (hdlen + strlen (bname) + 1); + sprintf (helpfile, "helpfiles/%s", bname); + + helpfp = fopen (helpfile, "w"); + if (helpfp == 0) + { + fprintf (stderr, "write_helpfiles: cannot open %s\n", helpfile); + free (helpfile); + continue; + } + + write_documentation (helpfp, builtin->longdoc->array, 4, PLAINTEXT); + + fflush (helpfp); + fclose (helpfp); + free (helpfile); + } + return 0; +} + +static int +_find_in_table (name, name_table) + char *name, *name_table[]; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; name_table[i]; i++) + if (strcmp (name, name_table[i]) == 0) + return 1; + return 0; +} + +static int +is_special_builtin (name) + char *name; +{ + return (_find_in_table (name, special_builtins)); +} + +static int +is_assignment_builtin (name) + char *name; +{ + return (_find_in_table (name, assignment_builtins)); +} + +#if !defined (HAVE_RENAME) +static int +rename (from, to) + char *from, *to; +{ + unlink (to); + if (link (from, to) < 0) + return (-1); + unlink (from); + return (0); +} +#endif /* !HAVE_RENAME */ diff --git a/builtins/printf.def b/builtins/printf.def index fce85a6af..dfaa9627b 100644 --- a/builtins/printf.def +++ b/builtins/printf.def @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ $FUNCTION printf_builtin $SHORT_DOC printf [-v var] format [arguments] printf formats and prints ARGUMENTS under control of the FORMAT. FORMAT is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain -characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character escape -sequences which are converted and copied to the standard output, and +characters, which are simply copied to standard output; character escape +sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output; and format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive argument. In addition to the standard printf(1) formats, %b means to expand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding argument, and %q @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ static void printf_erange (s) char *s; { - builtin_error ("warning: %s: %s", s, strerror(ERANGE)); + builtin_error (_("warning: %s: %s"), s, strerror(ERANGE)); } /* We duplicate a lot of what printf(3) does here. */ diff --git a/builtins/printf.def~ b/builtins/printf.def~ index 967f8e677..3a24be23a 100644 --- a/builtins/printf.def~ +++ b/builtins/printf.def~ @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ $FUNCTION printf_builtin $SHORT_DOC printf [-v var] format [arguments] printf formats and prints ARGUMENTS under control of the FORMAT. FORMAT is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain -characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character escape -sequences which are converted and copied to the standard output, and +characters, which are simply copied to standard output; character escape +sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output; and format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive argument. In addition to the standard printf(1) formats, %b means to expand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding argument, and %q @@ -158,9 +158,7 @@ extern int errno; #define LENMODS "hjlLtz" #ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF -# if defined (PREFER_STDARG) -extern int asprintf __P((char **, const char *, ...)); -# endif +extern int asprintf __P((char **, const char *, ...)) __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 2, 3))); #endif static void printf_erange __P((char *)); diff --git a/builtins/pushd.def b/builtins/pushd.def index 30f65daba..86f0b9459 100644 --- a/builtins/pushd.def +++ b/builtins/pushd.def @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ This file is pushd.def, from which is created pushd.c. It implements the builtins "pushd", "popd", and "dirs" in Bash. -Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. @@ -24,11 +24,14 @@ $PRODUCES pushd.c $BUILTIN pushd $FUNCTION pushd_builtin $DEPENDS_ON PUSHD_AND_POPD -$SHORT_DOC pushd [dir | +N | -N] [-n] +$SHORT_DOC pushd [-n] [+N | -N | dir] Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories. +-n Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories + to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated. + +N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting from the left of the list shown by `dirs', starting with zero) is at the top. @@ -37,10 +40,7 @@ directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories. from the right of the list shown by `dirs', starting with zero) is at the top. --n suppress the normal change of directory when adding directories - to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated. - -dir adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the +dir Adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the new current working directory. You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command. @@ -49,22 +49,22 @@ $END $BUILTIN popd $FUNCTION popd_builtin $DEPENDS_ON PUSHD_AND_POPD -$SHORT_DOC popd [+N | -N] [-n] +$SHORT_DOC popd [-n] [+N | -N] Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments, removes the top directory from the stack, and cd's to the new top directory. -+N removes the Nth entry counting from the left of the list +-n Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories + from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated. + ++N Removes the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd +0' removes the first directory, `popd +1' the second. --N removes the Nth entry counting from the right of the list +-N Removes the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd -0' removes the last directory, `popd -1' the next to last. --n suppress the normal change of directory when removing directories - from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated. - You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command. $END @@ -76,18 +76,18 @@ Display the list of currently remembered directories. Directories find their way onto the list with the `pushd' command; you can get back up through the list with the `popd' command. +The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements. The -l flag specifies that `dirs' should not print shorthand versions of directories which are relative to your home directory. This means -that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -v flag -causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line, -prepending the directory name with its position in the stack. The -p -flag does the same thing, but the stack position is not prepended. -The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements. +that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -p flag +causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line. +The -v flag does the same thing, prefixing each directory name with its +position in the stack. -+N displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by ++N Displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero. --N displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by +-N Displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero. $END @@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ pushd_error (offset, arg) char *arg; { if (offset == 0) - builtin_error ("directory stack empty"); + builtin_error (_("directory stack empty")); else - sh_erange (arg, "directory stack index"); + sh_erange (arg, _("directory stack index")); } static void @@ -664,18 +664,18 @@ N_("Display the list of currently remembered directories. Directories\n\ find their way onto the list with the `pushd' command; you can get\n\ back up through the list with the `popd' command.\n\ \n\ + The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements.\n\ The -l flag specifies that `dirs' should not print shorthand versions\n\ of directories which are relative to your home directory. This means\n\ - that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -v flag\n\ - causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line,\n\ - prepending the directory name with its position in the stack. The -p\n\ - flag does the same thing, but the stack position is not prepended.\n\ - The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements.\n\ + that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -p flag\n\ + causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line.\n\ + The -v flag does the same thing, prefixing each directory name with its\n\ + position in the stack.\n\ \n\ - +N displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by\n\ + +N Displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by\n\ dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero.\n\ \n\ - -N displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by\n\ + -N Displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by\n\ dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero."), (char *)NULL }; @@ -685,6 +685,9 @@ N_("Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates\n\ the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working\n\ directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories.\n\ \n\ + -n Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories\n\ + to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated.\n\ + \n\ +N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting\n\ from the left of the list shown by `dirs', starting with\n\ zero) is at the top.\n\ @@ -693,10 +696,7 @@ N_("Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates\n\ from the right of the list shown by `dirs', starting with\n\ zero) is at the top.\n\ \n\ - -n suppress the normal change of directory when adding directories\n\ - to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated.\n\ - \n\ - dir adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the\n\ + dir Adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the\n\ new current working directory.\n\ \n\ You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command."), @@ -708,17 +708,17 @@ N_("Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments,\n\ removes the top directory from the stack, and cd's to the new\n\ top directory.\n\ \n\ - +N removes the Nth entry counting from the left of the list\n\ + -n Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories\n\ + from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated.\n\ + \n\ + +N Removes the Nth entry counting from the left of the list\n\ shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd +0'\n\ removes the first directory, `popd +1' the second.\n\ \n\ - -N removes the Nth entry counting from the right of the list\n\ + -N Removes the Nth entry counting from the right of the list\n\ shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd -0'\n\ removes the last directory, `popd -1' the next to last.\n\ \n\ - -n suppress the normal change of directory when removing directories\n\ - from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated.\n\ - \n\ You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command."), (char *)NULL }; diff --git a/builtins/pushd.def~ b/builtins/pushd.def~ index 86c0bddb5..4a7c284b1 100644 --- a/builtins/pushd.def~ +++ b/builtins/pushd.def~ @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ This file is pushd.def, from which is created pushd.c. It implements the builtins "pushd", "popd", and "dirs" in Bash. -Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. @@ -24,11 +24,14 @@ $PRODUCES pushd.c $BUILTIN pushd $FUNCTION pushd_builtin $DEPENDS_ON PUSHD_AND_POPD -$SHORT_DOC pushd [dir | +N | -N] [-n] +$SHORT_DOC pushd [-n] [+N | -N | dir] Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories. +-n Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories + to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated. + +N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting from the left of the list shown by `dirs', starting with zero) is at the top. @@ -37,10 +40,7 @@ directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories. from the right of the list shown by `dirs', starting with zero) is at the top. --n suppress the normal change of directory when adding directories - to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated. - -dir adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the +dir Adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the new current working directory. You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command. @@ -49,22 +49,22 @@ $END $BUILTIN popd $FUNCTION popd_builtin $DEPENDS_ON PUSHD_AND_POPD -$SHORT_DOC popd [+N | -N] [-n] +$SHORT_DOC popd [-n] [+N | -N] Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments, removes the top directory from the stack, and cd's to the new top directory. -+N removes the Nth entry counting from the left of the list +-n Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories + from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated. + ++N Removes the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd +0' removes the first directory, `popd +1' the second. --N removes the Nth entry counting from the right of the list +-N Removes the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd -0' removes the last directory, `popd -1' the next to last. --n suppress the normal change of directory when removing directories - from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated. - You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command. $END @@ -76,18 +76,18 @@ Display the list of currently remembered directories. Directories find their way onto the list with the `pushd' command; you can get back up through the list with the `popd' command. +The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements. The -l flag specifies that `dirs' should not print shorthand versions of directories which are relative to your home directory. This means -that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -v flag -causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line, -prepending the directory name with its position in the stack. The -p -flag does the same thing, but the stack position is not prepended. -The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements. +that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -p flag +causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line. +The -v flag does the same thing, prefixing each directory name with its +position in the stack. -+N displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by ++N Displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero. --N displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by +-N Displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero. $END @@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ pushd_error (offset, arg) char *arg; { if (offset == 0) - builtin_error ("directory stack empty"); + builtin_error (_("directory stack empty")); else - sh_erange (arg, "directory stack index"); + sh_erange (arg, _("directory stack index")); } static void @@ -660,66 +660,66 @@ get_directory_stack (flags) #ifdef LOADABLE_BUILTIN char * const dirs_doc[] = { - N_("Display the list of currently remembered directories. Directories"), - N_("find their way onto the list with the `pushd' command; you can get"), - N_("back up through the list with the `popd' command."), - N_(" "), - N_("The -l flag specifies that `dirs' should not print shorthand versions"), - N_("of directories which are relative to your home directory. This means"), - N_("that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -v flag"), - N_("causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line,"), - N_("prepending the directory name with its position in the stack. The -p"), - N_("flag does the same thing, but the stack position is not prepended."), - N_("The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements."), - N_(" "), - N_("+N displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by"), - N_(" dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero."), - N_(" "), - N_("-N displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by"), - N_(" dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero."), +N_("Display the list of currently remembered directories. Directories\n\ + find their way onto the list with the `pushd' command; you can get\n\ + back up through the list with the `popd' command.\n\ + \n\ + The -l flag specifies that `dirs' should not print shorthand versions\n\ + of directories which are relative to your home directory. This means\n\ + that `~/bin' might be displayed as `/homes/bfox/bin'. The -v flag\n\ + causes `dirs' to print the directory stack with one entry per line,\n\ + prepending the directory name with its position in the stack. The -p\n\ + flag does the same thing, but the stack position is not prepended.\n\ + The -c flag clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements.\n\ + \n\ + +N displays the Nth entry counting from the left of the list shown by\n\ + dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero.\n\ + \n\ + -N displays the Nth entry counting from the right of the list shown by\n\ + dirs when invoked without options, starting with zero."), (char *)NULL }; char * const pushd_doc[] = { - N_("Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates"), - N_("the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working"), - N_("directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories."), - N_(" "), - N_("+N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting"), - N_(" from the left of the list shown by `dirs', starting with"), - N_(" zero) is at the top."), - N_(" "), - N_("-N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting"), - N_(" from the right of the list shown by `dirs', starting with"), - N_(" zero) is at the top."), - N_(" "), - N_("-n suppress the normal change of directory when adding directories"), - N_(" to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated."), - N_(" "), - N_("dir adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the"), - N_(" new current working directory."), - N_(" "), - N_("You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command."), +N_("Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates\n\ + the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working\n\ + directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories.\n\ + \n\ + +N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting\n\ + from the left of the list shown by `dirs', starting with\n\ + zero) is at the top.\n\ + \n\ + -N Rotates the stack so that the Nth directory (counting\n\ + from the right of the list shown by `dirs', starting with\n\ + zero) is at the top.\n\ + \n\ + -n suppress the normal change of directory when adding directories\n\ + to the stack, so only the stack is manipulated.\n\ + \n\ + dir adds DIR to the directory stack at the top, making it the\n\ + new current working directory.\n\ + \n\ + You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command."), (char *)NULL }; char * const popd_doc[] = { - N_("Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments,"), - N_("removes the top directory from the stack, and cd's to the new"), - N_("top directory."), - N_(" "), - N_("+N removes the Nth entry counting from the left of the list"), - N_(" shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd +0'"), - N_(" removes the first directory, `popd +1' the second."), - N_(" "), - N_("-N removes the Nth entry counting from the right of the list"), - N_(" shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd -0'"), - N_(" removes the last directory, `popd -1' the next to last."), - N_(" "), - N_("-n suppress the normal change of directory when removing directories"), - N_(" from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated."), - N_(" "), - N_("You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command."), +N_("Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments,\n\ + removes the top directory from the stack, and cd's to the new\n\ + top directory.\n\ + \n\ + +N removes the Nth entry counting from the left of the list\n\ + shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd +0'\n\ + removes the first directory, `popd +1' the second.\n\ + \n\ + -N removes the Nth entry counting from the right of the list\n\ + shown by `dirs', starting with zero. For example: `popd -0'\n\ + removes the last directory, `popd -1' the next to last.\n\ + \n\ + -n suppress the normal change of directory when removing directories\n\ + from the stack, so only the stack is manipulated.\n\ + \n\ + You can see the directory stack with the `dirs' command."), (char *)NULL }; diff --git a/builtins/reserved.def b/builtins/reserved.def index e968ec7cf..28b48d0b5 100644 --- a/builtins/reserved.def +++ b/builtins/reserved.def @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ until a break command is executed. $END $BUILTIN time -$SHORT_DOC time [-p] PIPELINE +$SHORT_DOC time [-p] pipeline Execute PIPELINE and print a summary of the real time, user CPU time, and system CPU time spent executing PIPELINE when it terminates. The return status is the return status of PIPELINE. The `-p' option @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ $END $BUILTIN % $DOCNAME fg_percent -$SHORT_DOC JOB_SPEC [&] +$SHORT_DOC job_spec [&] Equivalent to the JOB_SPEC argument to the `fg' command. Resume a stopped or background job. JOB_SPEC can specify either a job name or a job number. Following JOB_SPEC with a `&' places the job in diff --git a/builtins/reserved.def~ b/builtins/reserved.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e968ec7cf --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/reserved.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +This file is reserved.def, in which the shell reserved words are defined. +It has no direct C file production, but defines builtins for the Bash +builtin help command. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$BUILTIN for +$SHORT_DOC for NAME [in WORDS ... ;] do COMMANDS; done +The `for' loop executes a sequence of commands for each member in a +list of items. If `in WORDS ...;' is not present, then `in "$@"' is +assumed. For each element in WORDS, NAME is set to that element, and +the COMMANDS are executed. +$END + +$BUILTIN for (( +$DOCNAME arith_for +$SHORT_DOC for (( exp1; exp2; exp3 )); do COMMANDS; done +Equivalent to + (( EXP1 )) + while (( EXP2 )); do + COMMANDS + (( EXP3 )) + done +EXP1, EXP2, and EXP3 are arithmetic expressions. If any expression is +omitted, it behaves as if it evaluates to 1. +$END + +$BUILTIN select +$SHORT_DOC select NAME [in WORDS ... ;] do COMMANDS; done +The WORDS are expanded, generating a list of words. The +set of expanded words is printed on the standard error, each +preceded by a number. If `in WORDS' is not present, `in "$@"' +is assumed. The PS3 prompt is then displayed and a line read +from the standard input. If the line consists of the number +corresponding to one of the displayed words, then NAME is set +to that word. If the line is empty, WORDS and the prompt are +redisplayed. If EOF is read, the command completes. Any other +value read causes NAME to be set to null. The line read is saved +in the variable REPLY. COMMANDS are executed after each selection +until a break command is executed. +$END + +$BUILTIN time +$SHORT_DOC time [-p] PIPELINE +Execute PIPELINE and print a summary of the real time, user CPU time, +and system CPU time spent executing PIPELINE when it terminates. +The return status is the return status of PIPELINE. The `-p' option +prints the timing summary in a slightly different format. This uses +the value of the TIMEFORMAT variable as the output format. +$END + +$BUILTIN case +$SHORT_DOC case WORD in [PATTERN [| PATTERN]...) COMMANDS ;;]... esac +Selectively execute COMMANDS based upon WORD matching PATTERN. The +`|' is used to separate multiple patterns. +$END + +$BUILTIN if +$SHORT_DOC if COMMANDS; then COMMANDS; [ elif COMMANDS; then COMMANDS; ]... [ else COMMANDS; ] fi +The `if COMMANDS' list is executed. If its exit status is zero, then the +`then COMMANDS' list is executed. Otherwise, each `elif COMMANDS' list is +executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero, the corresponding +`then COMMANDS' list is executed and the if command completes. Otherwise, +the `else COMMANDS' list is executed, if present. The exit status of the +entire construct is the exit status of the last command executed, or zero +if no condition tested true. +$END + +$BUILTIN while +$SHORT_DOC while COMMANDS; do COMMANDS; done +Expand and execute COMMANDS as long as the final command in the +`while' COMMANDS has an exit status of zero. +$END + +$BUILTIN until +$SHORT_DOC until COMMANDS; do COMMANDS; done +Expand and execute COMMANDS as long as the final command in the +`until' COMMANDS has an exit status which is not zero. +$END + +$BUILTIN function +$SHORT_DOC function NAME { COMMANDS ; } or NAME () { COMMANDS ; } +Create a simple command invoked by NAME which runs COMMANDS. +Arguments on the command line along with NAME are passed to the +function as $0 .. $n. +$END + +$BUILTIN { ... } +$DOCNAME grouping_braces +$SHORT_DOC { COMMANDS ; } +Run a set of commands in a group. This is one way to redirect an +entire set of commands. +$END + +$BUILTIN % +$DOCNAME fg_percent +$SHORT_DOC JOB_SPEC [&] +Equivalent to the JOB_SPEC argument to the `fg' command. Resume a +stopped or background job. JOB_SPEC can specify either a job name +or a job number. Following JOB_SPEC with a `&' places the job in +the background, as if the job specification had been supplied as an +argument to `bg'. +$END + +$BUILTIN (( ... )) +$DOCNAME arith +$SHORT_DOC (( expression )) +The EXPRESSION is evaluated according to the rules for arithmetic +evaluation. Equivalent to "let EXPRESSION". +$END + +$BUILTIN [[ ... ]] +$DOCNAME conditional +$SHORT_DOC [[ expression ]] +Returns a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of the conditional +expression EXPRESSION. Expressions are composed of the same primaries used +by the `test' builtin, and may be combined using the following operators + + ( EXPRESSION ) Returns the value of EXPRESSION + ! EXPRESSION True if EXPRESSION is false; else false + EXPR1 && EXPR2 True if both EXPR1 and EXPR2 are true; else false + EXPR1 || EXPR2 True if either EXPR1 or EXPR2 is true; else false + +When the `==' and `!=' operators are used, the string to the right of the +operator is used as a pattern and pattern matching is performed. The +&& and || operators do not evaluate EXPR2 if EXPR1 is sufficient to +determine the expression's value. +$END + +$BUILTIN variables +$DOCNAME variable_help +$SHORT_DOC variables - Some variable names and meanings +BASH_VERSION Version information for this Bash. +CDPATH A colon-separated list of directories to search + for directries given as arguments to `cd'. +GLOBIGNORE A colon-separated list of patterns describing filenames to + be ignored by pathname expansion. +#if defined (HISTORY) +HISTFILE The name of the file where your command history is stored. +HISTFILESIZE The maximum number of lines this file can contain. +HISTSIZE The maximum number of history lines that a running + shell can access. +#endif /* HISTORY */ +HOME The complete pathname to your login directory. +HOSTNAME The name of the current host. +HOSTTYPE The type of CPU this version of Bash is running under. +IGNOREEOF Controls the action of the shell on receipt of an EOF + character as the sole input. If set, then the value + of it is the number of EOF characters that can be seen + in a row on an empty line before the shell will exit + (default 10). When unset, EOF signifies the end of input. +MACHTYPE A string describing the current system Bash is running on. +MAILCHECK How often, in seconds, Bash checks for new mail. +MAILPATH A colon-separated list of filenames which Bash checks + for new mail. +OSTYPE The version of Unix this version of Bash is running on. +PATH A colon-separated list of directories to search when + looking for commands. +PROMPT_COMMAND A command to be executed before the printing of each + primary prompt. +PS1 The primary prompt string. +PS2 The secondary prompt string. +PWD The full pathname of the current directory. +SHELLOPTS A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. +TERM The name of the current terminal type. +TIMEFORMAT The output format for timing statistics displayed by the + `time' reserved word. +auto_resume Non-null means a command word appearing on a line by + itself is first looked for in the list of currently + stopped jobs. If found there, that job is foregrounded. + A value of `exact' means that the command word must + exactly match a command in the list of stopped jobs. A + value of `substring' means that the command word must + match a substring of the job. Any other value means that + the command must be a prefix of a stopped job. +#if defined (HISTORY) +# if defined (BANG_HISTORY) +histchars Characters controlling history expansion and quick + substitution. The first character is the history + substitution character, usually `!'. The second is + the `quick substitution' character, usually `^'. The + third is the `history comment' character, usually `#'. +# endif /* BANG_HISTORY */ +HISTIGNORE A colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which + commands should be saved on the history list. +#endif /* HISTORY */ +$END diff --git a/builtins/set.def b/builtins/set.def index d1086695a..e77e723a0 100644 --- a/builtins/set.def +++ b/builtins/set.def @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ extern int no_line_editing; $BUILTIN set $FUNCTION set_builtin -$SHORT_DOC set [--abefhkmnptuvxBCHP] [-o option] [arg ...] +$SHORT_DOC set [--abefhkmnptuvxBCHP] [-o option-name] [arg ...] -a Mark variables which are modified or created for export. -b Notify of job termination immediately. -e Exit immediately if a command exits with a non-zero status. diff --git a/builtins/set.def~ b/builtins/set.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1086695a --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/set.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,830 @@ +This file is set.def, from which is created set.c. +It implements the "set" and "unset" builtins in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES set.c + +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#include + +#include "../bashansi.h" +#include "../bashintl.h" + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../flags.h" +#include "common.h" +#include "bashgetopt.h" + +#if defined (READLINE) +# include "../input.h" +# include "../bashline.h" +# include +#endif + +#if defined (HISTORY) +# include "../bashhist.h" +#endif + +extern int posixly_correct, ignoreeof, eof_encountered_limit; +#if defined (HISTORY) +extern int dont_save_function_defs; +#endif +#if defined (READLINE) +extern int no_line_editing; +#endif /* READLINE */ + +$BUILTIN set +$FUNCTION set_builtin +$SHORT_DOC set [--abefhkmnptuvxBCHP] [-o option] [arg ...] + -a Mark variables which are modified or created for export. + -b Notify of job termination immediately. + -e Exit immediately if a command exits with a non-zero status. + -f Disable file name generation (globbing). + -h Remember the location of commands as they are looked up. + -k All assignment arguments are placed in the environment for a + command, not just those that precede the command name. + -m Job control is enabled. + -n Read commands but do not execute them. + -o option-name + Set the variable corresponding to option-name: + allexport same as -a + braceexpand same as -B +#if defined (READLINE) + emacs use an emacs-style line editing interface +#endif /* READLINE */ + errexit same as -e + errtrace same as -E + functrace same as -T + hashall same as -h +#if defined (BANG_HISTORY) + histexpand same as -H +#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */ +#if defined (HISTORY) + history enable command history +#endif + ignoreeof the shell will not exit upon reading EOF + interactive-comments + allow comments to appear in interactive commands + keyword same as -k + monitor same as -m + noclobber same as -C + noexec same as -n + noglob same as -f + nolog currently accepted but ignored + notify same as -b + nounset same as -u + onecmd same as -t + physical same as -P + pipefail the return value of a pipeline is the status of + the last command to exit with a non-zero status, + or zero if no command exited with a non-zero status + posix change the behavior of bash where the default + operation differs from the 1003.2 standard to + match the standard + privileged same as -p + verbose same as -v +#if defined (READLINE) + vi use a vi-style line editing interface +#endif /* READLINE */ + xtrace same as -x + -p Turned on whenever the real and effective user ids do not match. + Disables processing of the $ENV file and importing of shell + functions. Turning this option off causes the effective uid and + gid to be set to the real uid and gid. + -t Exit after reading and executing one command. + -u Treat unset variables as an error when substituting. + -v Print shell input lines as they are read. + -x Print commands and their arguments as they are executed. +#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION) + -B the shell will perform brace expansion +#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */ + -C If set, disallow existing regular files to be overwritten + by redirection of output. + -E If set, the ERR trap is inherited by shell functions. +#if defined (BANG_HISTORY) + -H Enable ! style history substitution. This flag is on + by default when the shell is interactive. +#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */ + -P If set, do not follow symbolic links when executing commands + such as cd which change the current directory. + -T If set, the DEBUG trap is inherited by shell functions. + - Assign any remaining arguments to the positional parameters. + The -x and -v options are turned off. + +Using + rather than - causes these flags to be turned off. The +flags can also be used upon invocation of the shell. The current +set of flags may be found in $-. The remaining n ARGs are positional +parameters and are assigned, in order, to $1, $2, .. $n. If no +ARGs are given, all shell variables are printed. +$END + +typedef int setopt_set_func_t __P((int, char *)); +typedef int setopt_get_func_t __P((char *)); + +static void print_minus_o_option __P((char *, int, int)); +static void print_all_shell_variables __P((void)); + +static int set_ignoreeof __P((int, char *)); +static int set_posix_mode __P((int, char *)); + +#if defined (READLINE) +static int set_edit_mode __P((int, char *)); +static int get_edit_mode __P((char *)); +#endif + +#if defined (HISTORY) +static int bash_set_history __P((int, char *)); +#endif + +static char *on = "on"; +static char *off = "off"; + +/* A struct used to match long options for set -o to the corresponding + option letter or internal variable. The functions can be called to + dynamically generate values. */ +struct { + char *name; + int letter; + int *variable; + setopt_set_func_t *set_func; + setopt_get_func_t *get_func; +} o_options[] = { + { "allexport", 'a', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION) + { "braceexpand",'B', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#endif +#if defined (READLINE) + { "emacs", '\0', (int *)NULL, set_edit_mode, get_edit_mode }, +#endif + { "errexit", 'e', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "errtrace", 'E', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "functrace", 'T', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "hashall", 'h', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#if defined (BANG_HISTORY) + { "histexpand", 'H', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#endif /* BANG_HISTORY */ +#if defined (HISTORY) + { "history", '\0', &remember_on_history, bash_set_history, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#endif + { "ignoreeof", '\0', &ignoreeof, set_ignoreeof, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "interactive-comments", '\0', &interactive_comments, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "keyword", 'k', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "monitor", 'm', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "noclobber", 'C', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "noexec", 'n', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "noglob", 'f', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#if defined (HISTORY) + { "nolog", '\0', &dont_save_function_defs, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#endif +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + { "notify", 'b', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + { "nounset", 'u', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "onecmd", 't', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "physical", 'P', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "pipefail", '\0', &pipefail_opt, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "posix", '\0', &posixly_correct, set_posix_mode, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "privileged", 'p', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + { "verbose", 'v', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +#if defined (READLINE) + { "vi", '\0', (int *)NULL, set_edit_mode, get_edit_mode }, +#endif + { "xtrace", 'x', (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, + {(char *)NULL, 0 , (int *)NULL, (setopt_set_func_t *)NULL, (setopt_get_func_t *)NULL }, +}; + +#define N_O_OPTIONS (sizeof (o_options) / sizeof (o_options[0])) + +#define GET_BINARY_O_OPTION_VALUE(i, name) \ + ((o_options[i].get_func) ? (*o_options[i].get_func) (name) \ + : (*o_options[i].variable)) + +#define SET_BINARY_O_OPTION_VALUE(i, onoff, name) \ + ((o_options[i].set_func) ? (*o_options[i].set_func) (onoff, name) \ + : (*o_options[i].variable = (onoff == FLAG_ON))) + +int +minus_o_option_value (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + int *on_or_off; + + for (i = 0; o_options[i].name; i++) + { + if (STREQ (name, o_options[i].name)) + { + if (o_options[i].letter) + { + on_or_off = find_flag (o_options[i].letter); + return ((on_or_off == FLAG_UNKNOWN) ? -1 : *on_or_off); + } + else + return (GET_BINARY_O_OPTION_VALUE (i, name)); + } + } + + return (-1); +} + +#define MINUS_O_FORMAT "%-15s\t%s\n" + +static void +print_minus_o_option (name, value, pflag) + char *name; + int value, pflag; +{ + if (pflag == 0) + printf (MINUS_O_FORMAT, name, value ? on : off); + else + printf ("set %co %s\n", value ? '-' : '+', name); +} + +void +list_minus_o_opts (mode, reusable) + int mode, reusable; +{ + register int i; + int *on_or_off, value; + + for (i = 0; o_options[i].name; i++) + { + if (o_options[i].letter) + { + value = 0; + on_or_off = find_flag (o_options[i].letter); + if (on_or_off == FLAG_UNKNOWN) + on_or_off = &value; + if (mode == -1 || mode == *on_or_off) + print_minus_o_option (o_options[i].name, *on_or_off, reusable); + } + else + { + value = GET_BINARY_O_OPTION_VALUE (i, o_options[i].name); + if (mode == -1 || mode == value) + print_minus_o_option (o_options[i].name, value, reusable); + } + } +} + +char ** +get_minus_o_opts () +{ + char **ret; + int i; + + ret = strvec_create (N_O_OPTIONS + 1); + for (i = 0; o_options[i].name; i++) + ret[i] = o_options[i].name; + ret[i] = (char *)NULL; + return ret; +} + +static int +set_ignoreeof (on_or_off, option_name) + int on_or_off; + char *option_name; +{ + ignoreeof = on_or_off == FLAG_ON; + unbind_variable ("ignoreeof"); + if (ignoreeof) + bind_variable ("IGNOREEOF", "10", 0); + else + unbind_variable ("IGNOREEOF"); + sv_ignoreeof ("IGNOREEOF"); + return 0; +} + +static int +set_posix_mode (on_or_off, option_name) + int on_or_off; + char *option_name; +{ + posixly_correct = on_or_off == FLAG_ON; + if (posixly_correct == 0) + unbind_variable ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + else + bind_variable ("POSIXLY_CORRECT", "y", 0); + sv_strict_posix ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + return (0); +} + +#if defined (READLINE) +/* Magic. This code `knows' how readline handles rl_editing_mode. */ +static int +set_edit_mode (on_or_off, option_name) + int on_or_off; + char *option_name; +{ + int isemacs; + + if (on_or_off == FLAG_ON) + { + rl_variable_bind ("editing-mode", option_name); + + if (interactive) + with_input_from_stdin (); + no_line_editing = 0; + } + else + { + isemacs = rl_editing_mode == 1; + if ((isemacs && *option_name == 'e') || (!isemacs && *option_name == 'v')) + { + if (interactive) + with_input_from_stream (stdin, "stdin"); + no_line_editing = 1; + } + } + return 1-no_line_editing; +} + +static int +get_edit_mode (name) + char *name; +{ + return (*name == 'e' ? no_line_editing == 0 && rl_editing_mode == 1 + : no_line_editing == 0 && rl_editing_mode == 0); +} +#endif /* READLINE */ + +#if defined (HISTORY) +static int +bash_set_history (on_or_off, option_name) + int on_or_off; + char *option_name; +{ + if (on_or_off == FLAG_ON) + { + bash_history_enable (); + if (history_lines_this_session == 0) + load_history (); + } + else + bash_history_disable (); + return (1 - remember_on_history); +} +#endif + +int +set_minus_o_option (on_or_off, option_name) + int on_or_off; + char *option_name; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; o_options[i].name; i++) + { + if (STREQ (option_name, o_options[i].name)) + { + if (o_options[i].letter == 0) + { + SET_BINARY_O_OPTION_VALUE (i, on_or_off, option_name); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + else + { + if (change_flag (o_options[i].letter, on_or_off) == FLAG_ERROR) + { + sh_invalidoptname (option_name); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + else + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + } + } + + sh_invalidoptname (option_name); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); +} + +static void +print_all_shell_variables () +{ + SHELL_VAR **vars; + + vars = all_shell_variables (); + if (vars) + { + print_var_list (vars); + free (vars); + } + + /* POSIX.2 does not allow function names and definitions to be output when + `set' is invoked without options (PASC Interp #202). */ + if (posixly_correct == 0) + { + vars = all_shell_functions (); + if (vars) + { + print_func_list (vars); + free (vars); + } + } +} + +void +set_shellopts () +{ + char *value; + char tflag[N_O_OPTIONS]; + int vsize, i, vptr, *ip, exported; + SHELL_VAR *v; + + for (vsize = i = 0; o_options[i].name; i++) + { + tflag[i] = 0; + if (o_options[i].letter) + { + ip = find_flag (o_options[i].letter); + if (ip && *ip) + { + vsize += strlen (o_options[i].name) + 1; + tflag[i] = 1; + } + } + else if (GET_BINARY_O_OPTION_VALUE (i, o_options[i].name)) + { + vsize += strlen (o_options[i].name) + 1; + tflag[i] = 1; + } + } + + value = (char *)xmalloc (vsize + 1); + + for (i = vptr = 0; o_options[i].name; i++) + { + if (tflag[i]) + { + strcpy (value + vptr, o_options[i].name); + vptr += strlen (o_options[i].name); + value[vptr++] = ':'; + } + } + + if (vptr) + vptr--; /* cut off trailing colon */ + value[vptr] = '\0'; + + v = find_variable ("SHELLOPTS"); + + /* Turn off the read-only attribute so we can bind the new value, and + note whether or not the variable was exported. */ + if (v) + { + VUNSETATTR (v, att_readonly); + exported = exported_p (v); + } + else + exported = 0; + + v = bind_variable ("SHELLOPTS", value, 0); + + /* Turn the read-only attribute back on, and turn off the export attribute + if it was set implicitly by mark_modified_vars and SHELLOPTS was not + exported before we bound the new value. */ + VSETATTR (v, att_readonly); + if (mark_modified_vars && exported == 0 && exported_p (v)) + VUNSETATTR (v, att_exported); + + free (value); +} + +void +parse_shellopts (value) + char *value; +{ + char *vname; + int vptr; + + vptr = 0; + while (vname = extract_colon_unit (value, &vptr)) + { + set_minus_o_option (FLAG_ON, vname); + free (vname); + } +} + +void +initialize_shell_options (no_shellopts) + int no_shellopts; +{ + char *temp; + SHELL_VAR *var; + + if (no_shellopts == 0) + { + var = find_variable ("SHELLOPTS"); + /* set up any shell options we may have inherited. */ + if (var && imported_p (var)) + { + temp = (array_p (var)) ? (char *)NULL : savestring (value_cell (var)); + if (temp) + { + parse_shellopts (temp); + free (temp); + } + } + } + + /* Set up the $SHELLOPTS variable. */ + set_shellopts (); +} + +/* Reset the values of the -o options that are not also shell flags. This is + called from execute_cmd.c:initialize_subshell() when setting up a subshell + to run an executable shell script without a leading `#!'. */ +void +reset_shell_options () +{ +#if defined (HISTORY) + remember_on_history = 1; +#endif + ignoreeof = 0; +} + +/* Set some flags from the word values in the input list. If LIST is empty, + then print out the values of the variables instead. If LIST contains + non-flags, then set $1 - $9 to the successive words of LIST. */ +int +set_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + int on_or_off, flag_name, force_assignment, opts_changed; + register char *arg; + char s[3]; + + if (list == 0) + { + print_all_shell_variables (); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + /* Check validity of flag arguments. */ + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((flag_name = internal_getopt (list, optflags)) != -1) + { + switch (flag_name) + { + case '?': + builtin_usage (); + return (list_optopt == '?' ? EXECUTION_SUCCESS : EX_USAGE); + default: + break; + } + } + + /* Do the set command. While the list consists of words starting with + '-' or '+' treat them as flags, otherwise, start assigning them to + $1 ... $n. */ + for (force_assignment = opts_changed = 0; list; ) + { + arg = list->word->word; + + /* If the argument is `--' or `-' then signal the end of the list + and remember the remaining arguments. */ + if (arg[0] == '-' && (!arg[1] || (arg[1] == '-' && !arg[2]))) + { + list = list->next; + + /* `set --' unsets the positional parameters. */ + if (arg[1] == '-') + force_assignment = 1; + + /* Until told differently, the old shell behaviour of + `set - [arg ...]' being equivalent to `set +xv [arg ...]' + stands. Posix.2 says the behaviour is marked as obsolescent. */ + else + { + change_flag ('x', '+'); + change_flag ('v', '+'); + opts_changed = 1; + } + + break; + } + + if ((on_or_off = *arg) && (on_or_off == '-' || on_or_off == '+')) + { + while (flag_name = *++arg) + { + if (flag_name == '?') + { + builtin_usage (); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + else if (flag_name == 'o') /* -+o option-name */ + { + char *option_name; + WORD_LIST *opt; + + opt = list->next; + + if (opt == 0) + { + list_minus_o_opts (-1, (on_or_off == '+')); + continue; + } + + option_name = opt->word->word; + + if (option_name == 0 || *option_name == '\0' || + *option_name == '-' || *option_name == '+') + { + list_minus_o_opts (-1, (on_or_off == '+')); + continue; + } + list = list->next; /* Skip over option name. */ + + opts_changed = 1; + if (set_minus_o_option (on_or_off, option_name) != EXECUTION_SUCCESS) + { + set_shellopts (); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + else if (change_flag (flag_name, on_or_off) == FLAG_ERROR) + { + s[0] = on_or_off; + s[1] = flag_name; + s[2] = '\0'; + sh_invalidopt (s); + builtin_usage (); + set_shellopts (); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + opts_changed = 1; + } + } + else + { + break; + } + list = list->next; + } + + /* Assigning $1 ... $n */ + if (list || force_assignment) + remember_args (list, 1); + /* Set up new value of $SHELLOPTS */ + if (opts_changed) + set_shellopts (); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} + +$BUILTIN unset +$FUNCTION unset_builtin +$SHORT_DOC unset [-f] [-v] [name ...] +For each NAME, remove the corresponding variable or function. Given +the `-v', unset will only act on variables. Given the `-f' flag, +unset will only act on functions. With neither flag, unset first +tries to unset a variable, and if that fails, then tries to unset a +function. Some variables cannot be unset; also see readonly. +$END + +#define NEXT_VARIABLE() any_failed++; list = list->next; continue; + +int +unset_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + int unset_function, unset_variable, unset_array, opt, any_failed; + char *name; + + unset_function = unset_variable = unset_array = any_failed = 0; + + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, "fv")) != -1) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'f': + unset_function = 1; + break; + case 'v': + unset_variable = 1; + break; + default: + builtin_usage (); + return (EX_USAGE); + } + } + + list = loptend; + + if (unset_function && unset_variable) + { + builtin_error (_("cannot simultaneously unset a function and a variable")); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + while (list) + { + SHELL_VAR *var; + int tem; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + char *t; +#endif + + name = list->word->word; + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + unset_array = 0; + if (!unset_function && valid_array_reference (name)) + { + t = strchr (name, '['); + *t++ = '\0'; + unset_array++; + } +#endif + + /* Bash allows functions with names which are not valid identifiers + to be created when not in posix mode, so check only when in posix + mode when unsetting a function. */ + if (((unset_function && posixly_correct) || !unset_function) && legal_identifier (name) == 0) + { + sh_invalidid (name); + NEXT_VARIABLE (); + } + + var = unset_function ? find_function (name) : find_variable (name); + + if (var && !unset_function && non_unsettable_p (var)) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: cannot unset"), name); + NEXT_VARIABLE (); + } + + /* Posix.2 says that unsetting readonly variables is an error. */ + if (var && readonly_p (var)) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: cannot unset: readonly %s"), + name, unset_function ? "function" : "variable"); + NEXT_VARIABLE (); + } + + /* Unless the -f option is supplied, the name refers to a variable. */ +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + if (var && unset_array) + { + if (array_p (var) == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: not an array variable"), name); + NEXT_VARIABLE (); + } + else + { + tem = unbind_array_element (var, t); + if (tem == -1) + any_failed++; + } + } + else +#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ + tem = unset_function ? unbind_func (name) : unbind_variable (name); + + /* This is what Posix.2 draft 11+ says. ``If neither -f nor -v + is specified, the name refers to a variable; if a variable by + that name does not exist, a function by that name, if any, + shall be unset.'' */ + if (tem == -1 && !unset_function && !unset_variable) + tem = unbind_func (name); + + /* SUSv3, POSIX.1-2001 say: ``Unsetting a variable or function that + was not previously set shall not be considered an error.'' */ + + if (unset_function == 0) + stupidly_hack_special_variables (name); + + list = list->next; + } + + return (any_failed ? EXECUTION_FAILURE : EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} diff --git a/builtins/test.def b/builtins/test.def index e51d00b7a..f74cb0aa4 100644 --- a/builtins/test.def +++ b/builtins/test.def @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ This file is test.def, from which is created test.c. It implements the builtin "test" in Bash. -Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. @@ -109,6 +109,7 @@ $END #endif #include "../bashansi.h" +#include "../bashintl.h" #include "../shell.h" #include "../test.h" @@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ test_builtin (list) { if (this_command_name[0] == '[' && !this_command_name[1]) { - builtin_error ("missing `]'"); + builtin_error (_("missing `]'")); return (EX_BADUSAGE); } diff --git a/builtins/test.def~ b/builtins/test.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b776e5ae7 --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/test.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +This file is test.def, from which is created test.c. +It implements the builtin "test" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES test.c + +$BUILTIN test +$FUNCTION test_builtin +$SHORT_DOC test [expr] +Exits with a status of 0 (true) or 1 (false) depending on +the evaluation of EXPR. Expressions may be unary or binary. Unary +expressions are often used to examine the status of a file. There +are string operators as well, and numeric comparison operators. + +File operators: + + -a FILE True if file exists. + -b FILE True if file is block special. + -c FILE True if file is character special. + -d FILE True if file is a directory. + -e FILE True if file exists. + -f FILE True if file exists and is a regular file. + -g FILE True if file is set-group-id. + -h FILE True if file is a symbolic link. + -L FILE True if file is a symbolic link. + -k FILE True if file has its `sticky' bit set. + -p FILE True if file is a named pipe. + -r FILE True if file is readable by you. + -s FILE True if file exists and is not empty. + -S FILE True if file is a socket. + -t FD True if FD is opened on a terminal. + -u FILE True if the file is set-user-id. + -w FILE True if the file is writable by you. + -x FILE True if the file is executable by you. + -O FILE True if the file is effectively owned by you. + -G FILE True if the file is effectively owned by your group. + -N FILE True if the file has been modified since it was last read. + + FILE1 -nt FILE2 True if file1 is newer than file2 (according to + modification date). + + FILE1 -ot FILE2 True if file1 is older than file2. + + FILE1 -ef FILE2 True if file1 is a hard link to file2. + +String operators: + + -z STRING True if string is empty. + + -n STRING + STRING True if string is not empty. + + STRING1 = STRING2 + True if the strings are equal. + STRING1 != STRING2 + True if the strings are not equal. + STRING1 < STRING2 + True if STRING1 sorts before STRING2 lexicographically. + STRING1 > STRING2 + True if STRING1 sorts after STRING2 lexicographically. + +Other operators: + + -o OPTION True if the shell option OPTION is enabled. + ! EXPR True if expr is false. + EXPR1 -a EXPR2 True if both expr1 AND expr2 are true. + EXPR1 -o EXPR2 True if either expr1 OR expr2 is true. + + arg1 OP arg2 Arithmetic tests. OP is one of -eq, -ne, + -lt, -le, -gt, or -ge. + +Arithmetic binary operators return true if ARG1 is equal, not-equal, +less-than, less-than-or-equal, greater-than, or greater-than-or-equal +than ARG2. +$END + +$BUILTIN [ +$DOCNAME test_bracket +$FUNCTION test_builtin +$SHORT_DOC [ arg... ] +This is a synonym for the "test" builtin, but the last +argument must be a literal `]', to match the opening `['. +$END + +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#include "../bashansi.h" + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../test.h" +#include "common.h" + +extern char *this_command_name; + +/* TEST/[ builtin. */ +int +test_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + char **argv; + int argc, result; + + /* We let Matthew Bradburn and Kevin Braunsdorf's code do the + actual test command. So turn the list of args into an array + of strings, since that is what their code wants. */ + if (list == 0) + { + if (this_command_name[0] == '[' && !this_command_name[1]) + { + builtin_error (_("missing `]'")); + return (EX_BADUSAGE); + } + + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + argv = make_builtin_argv (list, &argc); + result = test_command (argc, argv); + free ((char *)argv); + + return (result); +} diff --git a/builtins/times.def b/builtins/times.def index 22304fc2f..db54558d0 100644 --- a/builtins/times.def +++ b/builtins/times.def @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ $PRODUCES times.c $BUILTIN times $FUNCTION times_builtin $SHORT_DOC times -Print the accumulated user and system times for processes run from -the shell. +Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and all of its +child processes. $END #include diff --git a/builtins/times.def~ b/builtins/times.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22304fc2f --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/times.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +This file is times.def, from which is created times.c. +It implements the builtin "times" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES times.c + +$BUILTIN times +$FUNCTION times_builtin +$SHORT_DOC times +Print the accumulated user and system times for processes run from +the shell. +$END + +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#include +#include "../bashtypes.h" +#include "../shell.h" + +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H) +# include +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H) && !defined (RLIMTYPE) +# include +#endif + +#include "common.h" + +/* Print the totals for system and user time used. */ +int +times_builtin (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ +#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE) && defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (RUSAGE_SELF) + struct rusage self, kids; + + USE_VAR(list); + + if (no_options (list)) + return (EX_USAGE); + + getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &self); + getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &kids); /* terminated child processes */ + + print_timeval (stdout, &self.ru_utime); + putchar (' '); + print_timeval (stdout, &self.ru_stime); + putchar ('\n'); + print_timeval (stdout, &kids.ru_utime); + putchar (' '); + print_timeval (stdout, &kids.ru_stime); + putchar ('\n'); + +#else +# if defined (HAVE_TIMES) + /* This uses the POSIX.1/XPG5 times(2) interface, which fills in a + `struct tms' with values of type clock_t. */ + struct tms t; + + USE_VAR(list); + + if (no_options (list)) + return (EX_USAGE); + + times (&t); + + print_clock_t (stdout, t.tms_utime); + putchar (' '); + print_clock_t (stdout, t.tms_stime); + putchar ('\n'); + print_clock_t (stdout, t.tms_cutime); + putchar (' '); + print_clock_t (stdout, t.tms_cstime); + putchar ('\n'); + +# else /* !HAVE_TIMES */ + + USE_VAR(list); + + if (no_options (list)) + return (EX_USAGE); + printf ("0.00 0.00\n0.00 0.00\n"); + +# endif /* HAVE_TIMES */ +#endif /* !HAVE_TIMES */ + + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} diff --git a/builtins/ulimit.def b/builtins/ulimit.def index 0279295fa..f9a0bba1c 100644 --- a/builtins/ulimit.def +++ b/builtins/ulimit.def @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ set_all_limits (mode, newlim) for (retval = i = 0; limits[i].option > 0; i++) if (set_limit (i, newlim, mode) < 0) { - builtin_error ("%s: cannot modify limit: %s", limits[i].description, + builtin_error (_("%s: cannot modify limit: %s"), limits[i].description, strerror (errno)); retval = 1; } diff --git a/builtins/ulimit.def~ b/builtins/ulimit.def~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0279295fa --- /dev/null +++ b/builtins/ulimit.def~ @@ -0,0 +1,750 @@ +This file is ulimit.def, from which is created ulimit.c. +It implements the builtin "ulimit" in Bash. + +Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +$PRODUCES ulimit.c + +$BUILTIN ulimit +$FUNCTION ulimit_builtin +$DEPENDS_ON !_MINIX +$SHORT_DOC ulimit [-SHacdefilmnpqrstuvx] [limit] +Ulimit provides control over the resources available to processes +started by the shell, on systems that allow such control. If an +option is given, it is interpreted as follows: + + -S use the `soft' resource limit + -H use the `hard' resource limit + -a all current limits are reported + -c the maximum size of core files created + -d the maximum size of a process's data segment + -e the maximum scheduling priority (`nice') + -f the maximum size of files written by the shell and its children + -i the maximum number of pending signals + -l the maximum size a process may lock into memory + -m the maximum resident set size + -n the maximum number of open file descriptors + -p the pipe buffer size + -q the maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues + -r the maximum real-time scheduling priority + -s the maximum stack size + -t the maximum amount of cpu time in seconds + -u the maximum number of user processes + -v the size of virtual memory + -x the maximum number of file locks + +If LIMIT is given, it is the new value of the specified resource; +the special LIMIT values `soft', `hard', and `unlimited' stand for +the current soft limit, the current hard limit, and no limit, respectively. +Otherwise, the current value of the specified resource is printed. +If no option is given, then -f is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte +increments, except for -t, which is in seconds, -p, which is in +increments of 512 bytes, and -u, which is an unscaled number of +processes. +$END + +#if !defined (_MINIX) + +#include + +#include "../bashtypes.h" +#ifndef _MINIX +# include +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include "../bashintl.h" + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "common.h" +#include "bashgetopt.h" +#include "pipesize.h" + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif + +/* For some reason, HPUX chose to make these definitions visible only if + _KERNEL is defined, so we define _KERNEL before including + and #undef it afterward. */ +#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) +# include +# if defined (HPUX) && defined (RLIMIT_NEEDS_KERNEL) +# define _KERNEL +# endif +# include +# if defined (HPUX) && defined (RLIMIT_NEEDS_KERNEL) +# undef _KERNEL +# endif +#else +# include +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) +# include +#endif + +/* Check for the most basic symbols. If they aren't present, this + system's isn't very useful to us. */ +#if !defined (RLIMIT_FSIZE) || !defined (HAVE_GETRLIMIT) +# undef HAVE_RESOURCE +#endif + +#if !defined (RLIMTYPE) +# define RLIMTYPE long +# define string_to_rlimtype(s) strtol(s, (char **)NULL, 10) +# define print_rlimtype(num, nl) printf ("%ld%s", num, nl ? "\n" : "") +#endif + +/* Some systems use RLIMIT_NOFILE, others use RLIMIT_OFILE */ +#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) && defined (RLIMIT_OFILE) && !defined (RLIMIT_NOFILE) +# define RLIMIT_NOFILE RLIMIT_OFILE +#endif /* HAVE_RESOURCE && RLIMIT_OFILE && !RLIMIT_NOFILE */ + +/* Some systems have these, some do not. */ +#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE +# define RLIMIT_FILESIZE RLIMIT_FSIZE +#else +# define RLIMIT_FILESIZE 256 +#endif + +#define RLIMIT_PIPESIZE 257 + +#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE +# define RLIMIT_OPENFILES RLIMIT_NOFILE +#else +# define RLIMIT_OPENFILES 258 +#endif + +#ifdef RLIMIT_VMEM +# define RLIMIT_VIRTMEM RLIMIT_VMEM +# define RLIMIT_VMBLKSZ 1024 +#else +# ifdef RLIMIT_AS +# define RLIMIT_VIRTMEM RLIMIT_AS +# define RLIMIT_VMBLKSZ 1024 +# else +# define RLIMIT_VIRTMEM 259 +# define RLIMIT_VMBLKSZ 1 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC +# define RLIMIT_MAXUPROC RLIMIT_NPROC +#else +# define RLIMIT_MAXUPROC 260 +#endif + +#if !defined (RLIM_INFINITY) +# define RLIM_INFINITY 0x7fffffff +#endif + +#if !defined (RLIM_SAVED_CUR) +# define RLIM_SAVED_CUR RLIM_INFINITY +#endif + +#if !defined (RLIM_SAVED_MAX) +# define RLIM_SAVED_MAX RLIM_INFINITY +#endif + +#define LIMIT_HARD 0x01 +#define LIMIT_SOFT 0x02 + +static int _findlim __P((int)); + +static int ulimit_internal __P((int, char *, int, int)); + +static int get_limit __P((int, RLIMTYPE *, RLIMTYPE *)); +static int set_limit __P((int, RLIMTYPE, int)); + +static void printone __P((int, RLIMTYPE, int)); +static void print_all_limits __P((int)); + +static int set_all_limits __P((int, RLIMTYPE)); + +static int filesize __P((RLIMTYPE *)); +static int pipesize __P((RLIMTYPE *)); +static int getmaxuprc __P((RLIMTYPE *)); +static int getmaxvm __P((RLIMTYPE *, RLIMTYPE *)); + +typedef struct { + int option; /* The ulimit option for this limit. */ + int parameter; /* Parameter to pass to get_limit (). */ + int block_factor; /* Blocking factor for specific limit. */ + char *description; /* Descriptive string to output. */ + char *units; /* scale */ +} RESOURCE_LIMITS; + +static RESOURCE_LIMITS limits[] = { +#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE + { 'c', RLIMIT_CORE, 1024, "core file size", "blocks" }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA + { 'd', RLIMIT_DATA, 1024, "data seg size", "kbytes" }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NICE + { 'e', RLIMIT_NICE, 1, "scheduling priority", (char *)NULL }, +#endif + { 'f', RLIMIT_FILESIZE, 1024, "file size", "blocks" }, +#ifdef RLIMIT_SIGPENDING + { 'i', RLIMIT_SIGPENDING, 1, "pending signals", (char *)NULL }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK + { 'l', RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, 1024, "max locked memory", "kbytes" }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS + { 'm', RLIMIT_RSS, 1024, "max memory size", "kbytes" }, +#endif /* RLIMIT_RSS */ + { 'n', RLIMIT_OPENFILES, 1, "open files", (char *)NULL}, + { 'p', RLIMIT_PIPESIZE, 512, "pipe size", "512 bytes" }, +#ifdef RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE + { 'q', RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE, 1, "POSIX message queues", "bytes" }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_RTPRIO + { 'r', RLIMIT_RTPRIO, 1, "real-time priority", (char *)NULL }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK + { 's', RLIMIT_STACK, 1024, "stack size", "kbytes" }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU + { 't', RLIMIT_CPU, 1, "cpu time", "seconds" }, +#endif /* RLIMIT_CPU */ + { 'u', RLIMIT_MAXUPROC, 1, "max user processes", (char *)NULL }, +#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) + { 'v', RLIMIT_VIRTMEM, RLIMIT_VMBLKSZ, "virtual memory", "kbytes" }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_SWAP + { 'w', RLIMIT_SWAP, 1024, "swap size", "kbytes" }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_LOCKS + { 'x', RLIMIT_LOCKS, 1, "file locks", (char *)NULL }, +#endif + { -1, -1, -1, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL } +}; +#define NCMDS (sizeof(limits) / sizeof(limits[0])) + +typedef struct _cmd { + int cmd; + char *arg; +} ULCMD; + +static ULCMD *cmdlist; +static int ncmd; +static int cmdlistsz; + +#if !defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) && !defined (HAVE_ULIMIT) +long +ulimit (cmd, newlim) + int cmd; + long newlim; +{ + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +} +#endif /* !HAVE_RESOURCE && !HAVE_ULIMIT */ + +static int +_findlim (opt) + int opt; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; limits[i].option > 0; i++) + if (limits[i].option == opt) + return i; + return -1; +} + +static char optstring[4 + 2 * NCMDS]; + +/* Report or set limits associated with certain per-process resources. + See the help documentation in builtins.c for a full description. */ +int +ulimit_builtin (list) + register WORD_LIST *list; +{ + register char *s; + int c, limind, mode, opt, all_limits; + + mode = 0; + + all_limits = 0; + + /* Idea stolen from pdksh -- build option string the first time called. */ + if (optstring[0] == 0) + { + s = optstring; + *s++ = 'a'; *s++ = 'S'; *s++ = 'H'; + for (c = 0; limits[c].option > 0; c++) + { + *s++ = limits[c].option; + *s++ = ';'; + } + *s = '\0'; + } + + /* Initialize the command list. */ + if (cmdlistsz == 0) + cmdlist = (ULCMD *)xmalloc ((cmdlistsz = 16) * sizeof (ULCMD)); + ncmd = 0; + + reset_internal_getopt (); + while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, optstring)) != -1) + { + switch (opt) + { + case 'a': + all_limits++; + break; + + /* -S and -H are modifiers, not real options. */ + case 'S': + mode |= LIMIT_SOFT; + break; + + case 'H': + mode |= LIMIT_HARD; + break; + + case '?': + builtin_usage (); + return (EX_USAGE); + + default: + if (ncmd >= cmdlistsz) + cmdlist = (ULCMD *)xrealloc (cmdlist, (cmdlistsz *= 2) * sizeof (ULCMD)); + cmdlist[ncmd].cmd = opt; + cmdlist[ncmd++].arg = list_optarg; + break; + } + } + list = loptend; + + if (all_limits) + { +#ifdef NOTYET + if (list) /* setting */ + { + if (STREQ (list->word->word, "unlimited") == 0) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: invalid limit argument"), list->word->word); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + return (set_all_limits (mode == 0 ? LIMIT_SOFT|LIMIT_HARD : mode, RLIM_INFINITY)); + } +#endif + print_all_limits (mode == 0 ? LIMIT_SOFT : mode); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + /* default is `ulimit -f' */ + if (ncmd == 0) + { + cmdlist[ncmd].cmd = 'f'; + /* `ulimit something' is same as `ulimit -f something' */ + cmdlist[ncmd++].arg = list ? list->word->word : (char *)NULL; + if (list) + list = list->next; + } + + /* verify each command in the list. */ + for (c = 0; c < ncmd; c++) + { + limind = _findlim (cmdlist[c].cmd); + if (limind == -1) + { + builtin_error (_("`%c': bad command"), cmdlist[c].cmd); + return (EX_USAGE); + } + } + + for (c = 0; c < ncmd; c++) + if (ulimit_internal (cmdlist[c].cmd, cmdlist[c].arg, mode, ncmd > 1) == EXECUTION_FAILURE) + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} + +static int +ulimit_internal (cmd, cmdarg, mode, multiple) + int cmd; + char *cmdarg; + int mode, multiple; +{ + int opt, limind, setting; + int block_factor; + RLIMTYPE soft_limit, hard_limit, real_limit, limit; + + setting = cmdarg != 0; + limind = _findlim (cmd); + if (mode == 0) + mode = setting ? (LIMIT_HARD|LIMIT_SOFT) : LIMIT_SOFT; + opt = get_limit (limind, &soft_limit, &hard_limit); + if (opt < 0) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: cannot get limit: %s"), limits[limind].description, + strerror (errno)); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + if (setting == 0) /* print the value of the specified limit */ + { + printone (limind, (mode & LIMIT_SOFT) ? soft_limit : hard_limit, multiple); + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + /* Setting the limit. */ + if (STREQ (cmdarg, "hard")) + real_limit = hard_limit; + else if (STREQ (cmdarg, "soft")) + real_limit = soft_limit; + else if (STREQ (cmdarg, "unlimited")) + real_limit = RLIM_INFINITY; + else if (all_digits (cmdarg)) + { + limit = string_to_rlimtype (cmdarg); + block_factor = limits[limind].block_factor; + real_limit = limit * block_factor; + + if ((real_limit / block_factor) != limit) + { + sh_erange (cmdarg, "limit"); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + } + else + { + sh_invalidnum (cmdarg); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + if (set_limit (limind, real_limit, mode) < 0) + { + builtin_error (_("%s: cannot modify limit: %s"), limits[limind].description, + strerror (errno)); + return (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} + +static int +get_limit (ind, softlim, hardlim) + int ind; + RLIMTYPE *softlim, *hardlim; +{ + RLIMTYPE value; +#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) + struct rlimit limit; +#endif + + if (limits[ind].parameter >= 256) + { + switch (limits[ind].parameter) + { + case RLIMIT_FILESIZE: + if (filesize (&value) < 0) + return -1; + break; + case RLIMIT_PIPESIZE: + if (pipesize (&value) < 0) + return -1; + break; + case RLIMIT_OPENFILES: + value = (RLIMTYPE)getdtablesize (); + break; + case RLIMIT_VIRTMEM: + return (getmaxvm (softlim, hardlim)); + case RLIMIT_MAXUPROC: + if (getmaxuprc (&value) < 0) + return -1; + break; + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + *softlim = *hardlim = value; + return (0); + } + else + { +#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) + if (getrlimit (limits[ind].parameter, &limit) < 0) + return -1; + *softlim = limit.rlim_cur; + *hardlim = limit.rlim_max; +# if defined (HPUX9) + if (limits[ind].parameter == RLIMIT_FILESIZE) + { + *softlim *= 512; + *hardlim *= 512; /* Ugh. */ + } + else +# endif /* HPUX9 */ + return 0; +#else + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +#endif + } +} + +static int +set_limit (ind, newlim, mode) + int ind; + RLIMTYPE newlim; + int mode; +{ +#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) + struct rlimit limit; + RLIMTYPE val; +#endif + + if (limits[ind].parameter >= 256) + switch (limits[ind].parameter) + { + case RLIMIT_FILESIZE: +#if !defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) + return (ulimit (2, newlim / 512L)); +#else + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +#endif + + case RLIMIT_OPENFILES: +#if defined (HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE) +# if defined (__CYGWIN__) + /* Grrr... Cygwin declares setdtablesize as void. */ + setdtablesize (newlim); + return 0; +# else + return (setdtablesize (newlim)); +# endif +#endif + case RLIMIT_PIPESIZE: + case RLIMIT_VIRTMEM: + case RLIMIT_MAXUPROC: + default: + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + else + { +#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) + if (getrlimit (limits[ind].parameter, &limit) < 0) + return -1; +# if defined (HPUX9) + if (limits[ind].parameter == RLIMIT_FILESIZE) + newlim /= 512; /* Ugh. */ +# endif /* HPUX9 */ + val = (current_user.euid != 0 && newlim == RLIM_INFINITY && + (mode & LIMIT_HARD) == 0 && /* XXX -- test */ + (limit.rlim_cur <= limit.rlim_max)) + ? limit.rlim_max : newlim; + if (mode & LIMIT_SOFT) + limit.rlim_cur = val; + if (mode & LIMIT_HARD) + limit.rlim_max = val; + + return (setrlimit (limits[ind].parameter, &limit)); +#else + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +#endif + } +} + +static int +getmaxvm (softlim, hardlim) + RLIMTYPE *softlim, *hardlim; +{ +#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) + struct rlimit datalim, stacklim; + + if (getrlimit (RLIMIT_DATA, &datalim) < 0) + return -1; + + if (getrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &stacklim) < 0) + return -1; + + /* Protect against overflow. */ + *softlim = (datalim.rlim_cur / 1024L) + (stacklim.rlim_cur / 1024L); + *hardlim = (datalim.rlim_max / 1024L) + (stacklim.rlim_max / 1024L); + return 0; +#else + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +#endif /* HAVE_RESOURCE */ +} + +static int +filesize(valuep) + RLIMTYPE *valuep; +{ +#if !defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) + long result; + if ((result = ulimit (1, 0L)) < 0) + return -1; + else + *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) result * 512; + return 0; +#else + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +#endif +} + +static int +pipesize (valuep) + RLIMTYPE *valuep; +{ +#if defined (PIPE_BUF) + /* This is defined on Posix systems. */ + *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) PIPE_BUF; + return 0; +#else +# if defined (_POSIX_PIPE_BUF) + *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) _POSIX_PIPE_BUF; + return 0; +# else +# if defined (PIPESIZE) + /* This is defined by running a program from the Makefile. */ + *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) PIPESIZE; + return 0; +# else + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; +# endif /* PIPESIZE */ +# endif /* _POSIX_PIPE_BUF */ +#endif /* PIPE_BUF */ +} + +static int +getmaxuprc (valuep) + RLIMTYPE *valuep; +{ + long maxchild; + + maxchild = getmaxchild (); + if (maxchild < 0) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + else + { + *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) maxchild; + return 0; + } +} + +static void +print_all_limits (mode) + int mode; +{ + register int i; + RLIMTYPE softlim, hardlim; + + if (mode == 0) + mode |= LIMIT_SOFT; + + for (i = 0; limits[i].option > 0; i++) + { + if (get_limit (i, &softlim, &hardlim) == 0) + printone (i, (mode & LIMIT_SOFT) ? softlim : hardlim, 1); + else if (errno != EINVAL) + builtin_error ("%s: cannot get limit: %s", limits[i].description, + strerror (errno)); + } +} + +static void +printone (limind, curlim, pdesc) + int limind; + RLIMTYPE curlim; + int pdesc; +{ + char unitstr[64]; + + if (pdesc) + { + if (limits[limind].units) + sprintf (unitstr, "(%s, -%c) ", limits[limind].units, limits[limind].option); + else + sprintf (unitstr, "(-%c) ", limits[limind].option); + + printf ("%-20s %16s", limits[limind].description, unitstr); + } + if (curlim == RLIM_INFINITY) + puts ("unlimited"); + else if (curlim == RLIM_SAVED_MAX) + puts ("hard"); + else if (curlim == RLIM_SAVED_CUR) + puts ("soft"); + else + print_rlimtype ((curlim / limits[limind].block_factor), 1); +} + +/* Set all limits to NEWLIM. NEWLIM currently must be RLIM_INFINITY, which + causes all limits to be set as high as possible depending on mode (like + csh `unlimit'). Returns -1 if NEWLIM is invalid, 0 if all limits + were set successfully, and 1 if at least one limit could not be set. + + To raise all soft limits to their corresponding hard limits, use + ulimit -S -a unlimited + To attempt to raise all hard limits to infinity (superuser-only), use + ulimit -H -a unlimited + To attempt to raise all soft and hard limits to infinity, use + ulimit -a unlimited +*/ + +static int +set_all_limits (mode, newlim) + int mode; + RLIMTYPE newlim; +{ + register int i; + int retval = 0; + + if (newlim != RLIM_INFINITY) + { + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + } + + if (mode == 0) + mode = LIMIT_SOFT|LIMIT_HARD; + + for (retval = i = 0; limits[i].option > 0; i++) + if (set_limit (i, newlim, mode) < 0) + { + builtin_error ("%s: cannot modify limit: %s", limits[i].description, + strerror (errno)); + retval = 1; + } + return retval; +} + +#endif /* !_MINIX */ diff --git a/configure b/configure index 78933d5a7..2cc7ca759 100755 --- a/configure +++ b/configure @@ -27177,24 +27177,21 @@ if test "${bash_cv_dev_fd+set}" = set; then echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else bash_cv_dev_fd="" -if test -d /dev/fd && test -r /dev/fd/0 < /dev/null; then +if test -d /dev/fd && (exec test -r /dev/fd/0 < /dev/null) ; then # check for systems like FreeBSD 5 that only provide /dev/fd/[012] - exec 3&6 else - if test -d /dev/fd && test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null; then + if test -d /dev/fd && (exec test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null) ; then bash_cv_dev_stdin=present - elif test -d /proc/self/fd && test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null; then + elif test -d /proc/self/fd && (exec test -r /dev/stdin < /dev/null) ; then bash_cv_dev_stdin=present else bash_cv_dev_stdin=absent diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in index 2f706777f..9ef2200df 100644 --- a/configure.in +++ b/configure.in @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA # 02111-1307, USA. -AC_REVISION([for Bash 3.2, version 3.190])dnl +AC_REVISION([for Bash 3.2, version 3.192])dnl define(bashvers, 3.2) define(relstatus, maint) diff --git a/doc/bash.1 b/doc/bash.1 index 7676fd89a..8116270f8 100644 --- a/doc/bash.1 +++ b/doc/bash.1 @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ .\" Case Western Reserve University .\" chet@po.cwru.edu .\" -.\" Last Change: Wed Nov 8 11:22:01 EST 2006 +.\" Last Change: Tue Nov 21 10:50:26 EST 2006 .\" .\" bash_builtins, strip all but Built-Ins section .if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ .if \n(zY=1 .ig zY -.TH BASH 1 "2006 November 8" "GNU Bash-3.2" +.TH BASH 1 "2006 November 21" "GNU Bash-3.2" .\" .\" There's some problem with having a `@' .\" in a tagged paragraph with the BSD man macros. @@ -2432,7 +2432,9 @@ index of the specified array. Note that a negative offset must be separated from the colon by at least one space to avoid being confused with the :- expansion. Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters -are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1. +are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1 by default. +If \fIoffset\fP is 0, and the positional parameters are used, \fB$0\fP is +prefixed to the list. .TP ${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB*\fP} .PD 0 @@ -6519,7 +6521,7 @@ an attempt is made to turn off array status for an array variable, or an attempt is made to display a non-existent function with \fB\-f\fP. .RE .TP -.B dirs [\fB\-clpv\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] +.B dirs [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] [\fB\-cplv\fP] Without options, displays the list of currently remembered directories. The default display is on a single line with directory names separated by spaces. @@ -7272,6 +7274,10 @@ Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings: .RS .PD 0 .TP +.B \-n +Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories +from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. +.TP \fB+\fP\fIn\fP Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list shown by @@ -7295,10 +7301,6 @@ removes the last directory, .if n ``popd -1'' .if t \f(CWpopd -1\fP the next to last. -.TP -.B \-n -Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories -from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. .PD .PP If the @@ -7337,10 +7339,10 @@ extra format specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as appropriate, had been supplied. The return value is zero on success, non-zero on failure. .TP -\fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [\fIdir\fP] +\fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] .PD 0 .TP -\fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] +\fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [\fIdir\fP] .PD Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working @@ -7350,6 +7352,10 @@ Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings: .RS .PD 0 .TP +.B \-n +Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories +to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. +.TP \fB+\fP\fIn\fP Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory (counting from the left of the list shown by @@ -7363,10 +7369,6 @@ Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory .BR dirs , starting with zero) is at the top. .TP -.B \-n -Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories -to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. -.TP .I dir Adds .I dir diff --git a/doc/bash.1~ b/doc/bash.1~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e5e66c74 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/bash.1~ @@ -0,0 +1,8892 @@ +.\" +.\" MAN PAGE COMMENTS to +.\" +.\" Chet Ramey +.\" Information Network Services +.\" Case Western Reserve University +.\" chet@po.cwru.edu +.\" +.\" Last Change: Tue Nov 21 10:50:26 EST 2006 +.\" +.\" bash_builtins, strip all but Built-Ins section +.if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ +.if \n(zY=1 .ig zY +.TH BASH 1 "2006 November 21" "GNU Bash-3.2" +.\" +.\" There's some problem with having a `@' +.\" in a tagged paragraph with the BSD man macros. +.\" It has to do with `@' appearing in the }1 macro. +.\" This is a problem on 4.3 BSD and Ultrix, but Sun +.\" appears to have fixed it. +.\" If you're seeing the characters +.\" `@u-3p' appearing before the lines reading +.\" `possible-hostname-completions +.\" and `complete-hostname' down in READLINE, +.\" then uncomment this redefinition. +.\" +.de }1 +.ds ]X \&\\*(]B\\ +.nr )E 0 +.if !"\\$1"" .nr )I \\$1n +.}f +.ll \\n(LLu +.in \\n()Ru+\\n(INu+\\n()Iu +.ti \\n(INu +.ie !\\n()Iu+\\n()Ru-\w\\*(]Xu-3p \{\\*(]X +.br\} +.el \\*(]X\h|\\n()Iu+\\n()Ru\c +.}f +.. +.\" +.\" File Name macro. This used to be `.PN', for Path Name, +.\" but Sun doesn't seem to like that very much. +.\" +.de FN +\fI\|\\$1\|\fP +.. +.SH NAME +bash \- GNU Bourne-Again SHell +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B bash +[options] +[file] +.SH COPYRIGHT +.if n Bash is Copyright (C) 1989-2005 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.if t Bash is Copyright \(co 1989-2005 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B Bash +is an \fBsh\fR-compatible command language interpreter that +executes commands read from the standard input or from a file. +.B Bash +also incorporates useful features from the \fIKorn\fP and \fIC\fP +shells (\fBksh\fP and \fBcsh\fP). +.PP +.B Bash +is intended to be a conformant implementation of the +Shell and Utilities portion of the IEEE POSIX specification +(IEEE Standard 1003.1). +.B Bash +can be configured to be POSIX-conformant by default. +.SH OPTIONS +In addition to the single-character shell options documented in the +description of the \fBset\fR builtin command, \fBbash\fR +interprets the following options when it is invoked: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP 10 +.BI \-c "\| string\^" +If the +.B \-c +option is present, then commands are read from +.IR string . +If there are arguments after the +.IR string , +they are assigned to the positional parameters, starting with +.BR $0 . +.TP +.B \-i +If the +.B \-i +option is present, the shell is +.IR interactive . +.TP +.B \-l +Make +.B bash +act as if it had been invoked as a login shell (see +.SM +.B INVOCATION +below). +.TP +.B \-r +If the +.B \-r +option is present, the shell becomes +.I restricted +(see +.SM +.B "RESTRICTED SHELL" +below). +.TP +.B \-s +If the +.B \-s +option is present, or if no arguments remain after option +processing, then commands are read from the standard input. +This option allows the positional parameters to be set +when invoking an interactive shell. +.TP +.B \-D +A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by \fB$\fP +is printed on the standard output. +These are the strings that +are subject to language translation when the current locale +is not \fBC\fP or \fBPOSIX\fP. +This implies the \fB\-n\fP option; no commands will be executed. +.TP +.B [\-+]O [\fIshopt_option\fP] +\fIshopt_option\fP is one of the shell options accepted by the +\fBshopt\fP builtin (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +If \fIshopt_option\fP is present, \fB\-O\fP sets the value of that option; +\fB+O\fP unsets it. +If \fIshopt_option\fP is not supplied, the names and values of the shell +options accepted by \fBshopt\fP are printed on the standard output. +If the invocation option is \fB+O\fP, the output is displayed in a format +that may be reused as input. +.TP +.B \-\- +A +.B \-\- +signals the end of options and disables further option processing. +Any arguments after the +.B \-\- +are treated as filenames and arguments. An argument of +.B \- +is equivalent to \fB\-\-\fP. +.PD +.PP +.B Bash +also interprets a number of multi-character options. +These options must appear on the command line before the +single-character options to be recognized. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-\-debugger +Arrange for the debugger profile to be executed before the shell +starts. +Turns on extended debugging mode (see the description of the +.B extdebug +option to the +.B shopt +builtin below) +and shell function tracing (see the description of the +\fB\-o functrace\fP option to the +.B set +builtin below). +.TP +.B \-\-dump\-po\-strings +Equivalent to \fB\-D\fP, but the output is in the GNU \fIgettext\fP +\fBpo\fP (portable object) file format. +.TP +.B \-\-dump\-strings +Equivalent to \fB\-D\fP. +.TP +.B \-\-help +Display a usage message on standard output and exit successfully. +.TP +\fB\-\-init\-file\fP \fIfile\fP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB\-\-rcfile\fP \fIfile\fP +.PD +Execute commands from +.I file +instead of the standard personal initialization file +.I ~/.bashrc +if the shell is interactive (see +.SM +.B INVOCATION +below). +.TP +.B \-\-login +Equivalent to \fB\-l\fP. +.TP +.B \-\-noediting +Do not use the GNU +.B readline +library to read command lines when the shell is interactive. +.TP +.B \-\-noprofile +Do not read either the system-wide startup file +.FN /etc/profile +or any of the personal initialization files +.IR ~/.bash_profile , +.IR ~/.bash_login , +or +.IR ~/.profile . +By default, +.B bash +reads these files when it is invoked as a login shell (see +.SM +.B INVOCATION +below). +.TP +.B \-\-norc +Do not read and execute the personal initialization file +.I ~/.bashrc +if the shell is interactive. +This option is on by default if the shell is invoked as +.BR sh . +.TP +.B \-\-posix +Change the behavior of \fBbash\fP where the default operation differs +from the POSIX standard to match the standard (\fIposix mode\fP). +.TP +.B \-\-restricted +The shell becomes restricted (see +.SM +.B "RESTRICTED SHELL" +below). +.TP +.B \-\-verbose +Equivalent to \fB\-v\fP. +.TP +.B \-\-version +Show version information for this instance of +.B bash +on the standard output and exit successfully. +.PD +.SH ARGUMENTS +If arguments remain after option processing, and neither the +.B \-c +nor the +.B \-s +option has been supplied, the first argument is assumed to +be the name of a file containing shell commands. +If +.B bash +is invoked in this fashion, +.B $0 +is set to the name of the file, and the positional parameters +are set to the remaining arguments. +.B Bash +reads and executes commands from this file, then exits. +\fBBash\fP's exit status is the exit status of the last command +executed in the script. +If no commands are executed, the exit status is 0. +An attempt is first made to open the file in the current directory, and, +if no file is found, then the shell searches the directories in +.SM +.B PATH +for the script. +.SH INVOCATION +A \fIlogin shell\fP is one whose first character of argument zero is a +.BR \- , +or one started with the +.B \-\-login +option. +.PP +An \fIinteractive\fP shell is one started without non-option arguments +and without the +.B \-c +option +whose standard input and error are +both connected to terminals (as determined by +.IR isatty (3)), +or one started with the +.B \-i +option. +.SM +.B PS1 +is set and +.B $\- +includes +.B i +if +.B bash +is interactive, +allowing a shell script or a startup file to test this state. +.PP +The following paragraphs describe how +.B bash +executes its startup files. +If any of the files exist but cannot be read, +.B bash +reports an error. +Tildes are expanded in file names as described below under +.B "Tilde Expansion" +in the +.SM +.B EXPANSION +section. +.PP +When +.B bash +is invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a non-interactive shell +with the \fB\-\-login\fP option, it first reads and +executes commands from the file \fI/etc/profile\fP, if that +file exists. +After reading that file, it looks for \fI~/.bash_profile\fP, +\fI~/.bash_login\fP, and \fI~/.profile\fP, in that order, and reads +and executes commands from the first one that exists and is readable. +The +.B \-\-noprofile +option may be used when the shell is started to inhibit this behavior. +.PP +When a login shell exits, +.B bash +reads and executes commands from the file \fI~/.bash_logout\fP, if it +exists. +.PP +When an interactive shell that is not a login shell is started, +.B bash +reads and executes commands from \fI~/.bashrc\fP, if that file exists. +This may be inhibited by using the +.B \-\-norc +option. +The \fB\-\-rcfile\fP \fIfile\fP option will force +.B bash +to read and execute commands from \fIfile\fP instead of \fI~/.bashrc\fP. +.PP +When +.B bash +is started non-interactively, to run a shell script, for example, it +looks for the variable +.SM +.B BASH_ENV +in the environment, expands its value if it appears there, and uses the +expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute. +.B Bash +behaves as if the following command were executed: +.sp .5 +.RS +.if t \f(CWif [ \-n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi\fP +.if n if [ \-n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi +.RE +.sp .5 +but the value of the +.SM +.B PATH +variable is not used to search for the file name. +.PP +If +.B bash +is invoked with the name +.BR sh , +it tries to mimic the startup behavior of historical versions of +.B sh +as closely as possible, +while conforming to the POSIX standard as well. +When invoked as an interactive login shell, or a non-interactive +shell with the \fB\-\-login\fP option, it first attempts to +read and execute commands from +.I /etc/profile +and +.IR ~/.profile , +in that order. +The +.B \-\-noprofile +option may be used to inhibit this behavior. +When invoked as an interactive shell with the name +.BR sh , +.B bash +looks for the variable +.SM +.BR ENV , +expands its value if it is defined, and uses the +expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute. +Since a shell invoked as +.B sh +does not attempt to read and execute commands from any other startup +files, the +.B \-\-rcfile +option has no effect. +A non-interactive shell invoked with the name +.B sh +does not attempt to read any other startup files. +When invoked as +.BR sh , +.B bash +enters +.I posix +mode after the startup files are read. +.PP +When +.B bash +is started in +.I posix +mode, as with the +.B \-\-posix +command line option, it follows the POSIX standard for startup files. +In this mode, interactive shells expand the +.SM +.B ENV +variable and commands are read and executed from the file +whose name is the expanded value. +No other startup files are read. +.PP +.B Bash +attempts to determine when it is being run by the remote shell +daemon, usually \fIrshd\fP. +If +.B bash +determines it is being run by \fIrshd\fP, it reads and executes +commands from \fI~/.bashrc\fP, if that file exists and is readable. +It will not do this if invoked as \fBsh\fP. +The +.B \-\-norc +option may be used to inhibit this behavior, and the +.B \-\-rcfile +option may be used to force another file to be read, but +\fIrshd\fP does not generally invoke the shell with those options +or allow them to be specified. +.PP +If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the +real user (group) id, and the \fB\-p\fP option is not supplied, no startup +files are read, shell functions are not inherited from the environment, the +.SM +.B SHELLOPTS +variable, if it appears in the environment, is ignored, +and the effective user id is set to the real user id. +If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied at invocation, the startup behavior is +the same, but the effective user id is not reset. +.SH DEFINITIONS +.PP +The following definitions are used throughout the rest of this +document. +.PD 0 +.TP +.B blank +A space or tab. +.TP +.B word +A sequence of characters considered as a single unit by the shell. +Also known as a +.BR token . +.TP +.B name +A +.I word +consisting only of alphanumeric characters and underscores, and +beginning with an alphabetic character or an underscore. Also +referred to as an +.BR identifier . +.TP +.B metacharacter +A character that, when unquoted, separates words. One of the following: +.br +.RS +.PP +.if t \fB| & ; ( ) < > space tab\fP +.if n \fB| & ; ( ) < > space tab\fP +.RE +.PP +.TP +.B control operator +A \fItoken\fP that performs a control function. It is one of the following +symbols: +.RS +.PP +.if t \fB\(bv\(bv & && ; ;; ( ) | \fP +.if n \fB|| & && ; ;; ( ) | \fP +.RE +.PD +.SH "RESERVED WORDS" +\fIReserved words\fP are words that have a special meaning to the shell. +The following words are recognized as reserved when unquoted and either +the first word of a simple command (see +.SM +.B SHELL GRAMMAR +below) or the third word of a +.B case +or +.B for +command: +.if t .RS +.PP +.B +.if n ! case do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]] +.if t ! case do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]] +.if t .RE +.SH "SHELL GRAMMAR" +.SS Simple Commands +.PP +A \fIsimple command\fP is a sequence of optional variable assignments +followed by \fBblank\fP-separated words and redirections, and +terminated by a \fIcontrol operator\fP. The first word +specifies the command to be executed, and is passed as argument zero. +The remaining words are passed as arguments to the invoked command. +.PP +The return value of a \fIsimple command\fP is its exit status, or +128+\fIn\^\fP if the command is terminated by signal +.IR n . +.SS Pipelines +.PP +A \fIpipeline\fP is a sequence of one or more commands separated by +the character +.BR | . +The format for a pipeline is: +.RS +.PP +[\fBtime\fP [\fB\-p\fP]] [ ! ] \fIcommand\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIcommand2\fP ... ] +.RE +.PP +The standard output of +.I command +is connected via a pipe to the standard input of +.IR command2 . +This connection is performed before any redirections specified by the +command (see +.SM +.B REDIRECTION +below). +.PP +The return status of a pipeline is the exit status of the last +command, unless the \fBpipefail\fP option is enabled. +If \fBpipefail\fP is enabled, the pipeline's return status is the +value of the last (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, +or zero if all commands exit successfully. +If the reserved word +.B ! +precedes a pipeline, the exit status of that pipeline is the logical +negation of the exit status as described above. +The shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to +terminate before returning a value. +.PP +If the +.B time +reserved word precedes a pipeline, the elapsed as well as user and +system time consumed by its execution are reported when the pipeline +terminates. +The \fB\-p\fP option changes the output format to that specified by POSIX. +The +.SM +.B TIMEFORMAT +variable may be set to a format string that specifies how the timing +information should be displayed; see the description of +.SM +.B TIMEFORMAT +under +.B "Shell Variables" +below. +.PP +Each command in a pipeline is executed as a separate process (i.e., in a +subshell). +.SS Lists +.PP +A \fIlist\fP is a sequence of one or more pipelines separated by one +of the operators +.BR ; , +.BR & , +.BR && , +or +.BR \(bv\(bv , +and optionally terminated by one of +.BR ; , +.BR & , +or +.BR . +.PP +Of these list operators, +.B && +and +.B \(bv\(bv +have equal precedence, followed by +.B ; +and +.BR &, +which have equal precedence. +.PP +A sequence of one or more newlines may appear in a \fIlist\fP instead +of a semicolon to delimit commands. +.PP +If a command is terminated by the control operator +.BR & , +the shell executes the command in the \fIbackground\fP +in a subshell. The shell does not wait for the command to +finish, and the return status is 0. Commands separated by a +.B ; +are executed sequentially; the shell waits for each +command to terminate in turn. The return status is the +exit status of the last command executed. +.PP +The control operators +.B && +and +.B \(bv\(bv +denote AND lists and OR lists, respectively. +An AND list has the form +.RS +.PP +\fIcommand1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIcommand2\fP +.RE +.PP +.I command2 +is executed if, and only if, +.I command1 +returns an exit status of zero. +.PP +An OR list has the form +.RS +.PP +\fIcommand1\fP \fB\(bv\(bv\fP \fIcommand2\fP +.PP +.RE +.PP +.I command2 +is executed if and only if +.I command1 +returns a non-zero exit status. The return status of +AND and OR lists is the exit status of the last command +executed in the list. +.SS Compound Commands +.PP +A \fIcompound command\fP is one of the following: +.TP +(\fIlist\fP) +\fIlist\fP is executed in a subshell environment (see +.SM +\fBCOMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT\fP +below). +Variable assignments and builtin +commands that affect the shell's environment do not remain in effect +after the command completes. The return status is the exit status of +\fIlist\fP. +.TP +{ \fIlist\fP; } +\fIlist\fP is simply executed in the current shell environment. +\fIlist\fP must be terminated with a newline or semicolon. +This is known as a \fIgroup command\fP. +The return status is the exit status of +\fIlist\fP. +Note that unlike the metacharacters \fB(\fP and \fB)\fP, \fB{\fP and +\fB}\fP are \fIreserved words\fP and must occur where a reserved +word is permitted to be recognized. Since they do not cause a word +break, they must be separated from \fIlist\fP by whitespace. +.TP +((\fIexpression\fP)) +The \fIexpression\fP is evaluated according to the rules described +below under +.SM +.BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" . +If the value of the expression is non-zero, the return status is 0; +otherwise the return status is 1. This is exactly equivalent to +\fBlet "\fIexpression\fP"\fR. +.TP +\fB[[\fP \fIexpression\fP \fB]]\fP +Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of +the conditional expression \fIexpression\fP. +Expressions are composed of the primaries described below under +.SM +.BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" . +Word splitting and pathname expansion are not performed on the words +between the \fB[[\fP and \fB]]\fP; tilde expansion, parameter and +variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, command substitution, process +substitution, and quote removal are performed. +Conditional operators such as \fB\-f\fP must be unquoted to be recognized +as primaries. +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +When the \fB==\fP and \fB!=\fP operators are used, the string to the +right of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according +to the rules described below under \fBPattern Matching\fP. +If the shell option +.B nocasematch +is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +The return value is 0 if the string matches (\fB==\fP) or does not match +(\fB!=\fP) the pattern, and 1 otherwise. +Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force it to be matched as a +string. +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +An additional binary operator, \fB=~\fP, is available, with the same +precedence as \fB==\fP and \fB!=\fP. +When it is used, the string to the right of the operator is considered +an extended regular expression and matched accordingly (as in \fIregex\fP(3)). +The return value is 0 if the string matches +the pattern, and 1 otherwise. +If the regular expression is syntactically incorrect, the conditional +expression's return value is 2. +If the shell option +.B nocasematch +is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +Substrings matched by parenthesized subexpressions within the regular +expression are saved in the array variable \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP. +The element of \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP with index 0 is the portion of the string +matching the entire regular expression. +The element of \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP with index \fIn\fP is the portion of the +string matching the \fIn\fPth parenthesized subexpression. +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed +in decreasing order of precedence: +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B ( \fIexpression\fP ) +Returns the value of \fIexpression\fP. +This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators. +.TP +.B ! \fIexpression\fP +True if +.I expression +is false. +.TP +\fIexpression1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIexpression2\fP +True if both +.I expression1 +and +.I expression2 +are true. +.TP +.if t \fIexpression1\fP \fB\(bv\(bv\fP \fIexpression2\fP +.if n \fIexpression1\fP \fB||\fP \fIexpression2\fP +True if either +.I expression1 +or +.I expression2 +is true. +.PD +.LP +The \fB&&\fP and +.if t \fB\(bv\(bv\fP +.if n \fB||\fP +operators do not evaluate \fIexpression2\fP if the value of +\fIexpression1\fP is sufficient to determine the return value of +the entire conditional expression. +.RE +.TP +\fBfor\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP ] ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP +The list of words following \fBin\fP is expanded, generating a list +of items. +The variable \fIname\fP is set to each element of this list +in turn, and \fIlist\fP is executed each time. +If the \fBin\fP \fIword\fP is omitted, the \fBfor\fP command executes +\fIlist\fP once for each positional parameter that is set (see +.SM +.B PARAMETERS +below). +The return status is the exit status of the last command that executes. +If the expansion of the items following \fBin\fP results in an empty +list, no commands are executed, and the return status is 0. +.TP +\fBfor\fP (( \fIexpr1\fP ; \fIexpr2\fP ; \fIexpr3\fP )) ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP +First, the arithmetic expression \fIexpr1\fP is evaluated according +to the rules described below under +.SM +.BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" . +The arithmetic expression \fIexpr2\fP is then evaluated repeatedly +until it evaluates to zero. +Each time \fIexpr2\fP evaluates to a non-zero value, \fIlist\fP is +executed and the arithmetic expression \fIexpr3\fP is evaluated. +If any expression is omitted, it behaves as if it evaluates to 1. +The return value is the exit status of the last command in \fIlist\fP +that is executed, or false if any of the expressions is invalid. +.TP +\fBselect\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP ] ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP +The list of words following \fBin\fP is expanded, generating a list +of items. The set of expanded words is printed on the standard +error, each preceded by a number. If the \fBin\fP +\fIword\fP is omitted, the positional parameters are printed (see +.SM +.B PARAMETERS +below). The +.B PS3 +prompt is then displayed and a line read from the standard input. +If the line consists of a number corresponding to one of +the displayed words, then the value of +.I name +is set to that word. If the line is empty, the words and prompt +are displayed again. If EOF is read, the command completes. Any +other value read causes +.I name +to be set to null. The line read is saved in the variable +.BR REPLY . +The +.I list +is executed after each selection until a +.B break +command is executed. +The exit status of +.B select +is the exit status of the last command executed in +.IR list , +or zero if no commands were executed. +.TP +\fBcase\fP \fIword\fP \fBin\fP [ [(] \fIpattern\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIpattern\fP ] \ +... ) \fIlist\fP ;; ] ... \fBesac\fP +A \fBcase\fP command first expands \fIword\fP, and tries to match +it against each \fIpattern\fP in turn, using the same matching rules +as for pathname expansion (see +.B Pathname Expansion +below). +The \fIword\fP is expanded using tilde +expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic substitution, +command substitution, process substitution and quote removal. +Each \fIpattern\fP examined is expanded using tilde +expansion, parameter and variable expansion, arithmetic substitution, +command substitution, and process substitution. +If the shell option +.B nocasematch +is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +When a match is found, the +corresponding \fIlist\fP is executed. After the first match, no +subsequent matches are attempted. The exit status is zero if no +pattern matches. Otherwise, it is the exit status of the +last command executed in \fIlist\fP. +.TP +\fBif\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBthen\fP \fIlist;\fP \ +[ \fBelif\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP; ] ... \ +[ \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP; ] \fBfi\fP +The +.B if +.I list +is executed. If its exit status is zero, the +\fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed. Otherwise, each \fBelif\fP +\fIlist\fP is executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero, +the corresponding \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed and the +command completes. Otherwise, the \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP is +executed, if present. The exit status is the exit status of the +last command executed, or zero if no condition tested true. +.TP +\fBwhile\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdone\fP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBuntil\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdone\fP +.PD +The \fBwhile\fP command continuously executes the \fBdo\fP +\fIlist\fP as long as the last command in \fIlist\fP returns +an exit status of zero. The \fBuntil\fP command is identical +to the \fBwhile\fP command, except that the test is negated; +the +.B do +.I list +is executed as long as the last command in +.I list +returns a non-zero exit status. +The exit status of the \fBwhile\fP and \fBuntil\fP commands +is the exit status +of the last \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP command executed, or zero if +none was executed. +.SS Shell Function Definitions +.PP +A shell function is an object that is called like a simple command and +executes a compound command with a new set of positional parameters. +Shell functions are declared as follows: +.TP +[ \fBfunction\fP ] \fIname\fP () \fIcompound\-command\fP [\fIredirection\fP] +This defines a function named \fIname\fP. +The reserved word \fBfunction\fP is optional. +If the \fBfunction\fP reserved word is supplied, the parentheses are optional. +The \fIbody\fP of the function is the compound command +.I compound\-command +(see \fBCompound Commands\fP above). +That command is usually a \fIlist\fP of commands between { and }, but +may be any command listed under \fBCompound Commands\fP above. +\fIcompound\-command\fP is executed whenever \fIname\fP is specified as the +name of a simple command. +Any redirections (see +.SM +.B REDIRECTION +below) specified when a function is defined are performed +when the function is executed. +The exit status of a function definition is zero unless a syntax error +occurs or a readonly function with the same name already exists. +When executed, the exit status of a function is the exit status of the +last command executed in the body. (See +.SM +.B FUNCTIONS +below.) +.SH COMMENTS +In a non-interactive shell, or an interactive shell in which the +.B interactive_comments +option to the +.B shopt +builtin is enabled (see +.SM +.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +below), a word beginning with +.B # +causes that word and all remaining characters on that line to +be ignored. An interactive shell without the +.B interactive_comments +option enabled does not allow comments. The +.B interactive_comments +option is on by default in interactive shells. +.SH QUOTING +\fIQuoting\fP is used to remove the special meaning of certain +characters or words to the shell. Quoting can be used to +disable special treatment for special characters, to prevent +reserved words from being recognized as such, and to prevent +parameter expansion. +.PP +Each of the \fImetacharacters\fP listed above under +.SM +.B DEFINITIONS +has special meaning to the shell and must be quoted if it is to +represent itself. +.PP +When the command history expansion facilities are being used +(see +.SM +.B HISTORY EXPANSION +below), the +\fIhistory expansion\fP character, usually \fB!\fP, must be quoted +to prevent history expansion. +.PP +There are three quoting mechanisms: the +.IR "escape character" , +single quotes, and double quotes. +.PP +A non-quoted backslash (\fB\e\fP) is the +.IR "escape character" . +It preserves the literal value of the next character that follows, +with the exception of . If a \fB\e\fP pair +appears, and the backslash is not itself quoted, the \fB\e\fP +is treated as a line continuation (that is, it is removed from the +input stream and effectively ignored). +.PP +Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal value +of each character within the quotes. A single quote may not occur +between single quotes, even when preceded by a backslash. +.PP +Enclosing characters in double quotes preserves the literal value +of all characters within the quotes, with the exception of +.BR $ , +.BR ` , +.BR \e , +and, when history expansion is enabled, +.BR ! . +The characters +.B $ +and +.B ` +retain their special meaning within double quotes. The backslash +retains its special meaning only when followed by one of the following +characters: +.BR $ , +.BR ` , +\^\fB"\fP\^, +.BR \e , +or +.BR . +A double quote may be quoted within double quotes by preceding it with +a backslash. +If enabled, history expansion will be performed unless an +.B ! +appearing in double quotes is escaped using a backslash. +The backslash preceding the +.B ! +is not removed. +.PP +The special parameters +.B * +and +.B @ +have special meaning when in double +quotes (see +.SM +.B PARAMETERS +below). +.PP +Words of the form \fB$\fP\(aq\fIstring\fP\(aq are treated specially. The +word expands to \fIstring\fP, with backslash-escaped characters replaced +as specified by the ANSI C standard. Backslash escape sequences, if +present, are decoded as follows: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \ea +alert (bell) +.TP +.B \eb +backspace +.TP +.B \ee +an escape character +.TP +.B \ef +form feed +.TP +.B \en +new line +.TP +.B \er +carriage return +.TP +.B \et +horizontal tab +.TP +.B \ev +vertical tab +.TP +.B \e\e +backslash +.TP +.B \e\(aq +single quote +.TP +.B \e\fInnn\fP +the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP +(one to three digits) +.TP +.B \ex\fIHH\fP +the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP +(one or two hex digits) +.TP +.B \ec\fIx\fP +a control-\fIx\fP character +.PD +.RE +.LP +The expanded result is single-quoted, as if the dollar sign had +not been present. +.PP +A double-quoted string preceded by a dollar sign (\fB$\fP) will cause +the string to be translated according to the current locale. +If the current locale is \fBC\fP or \fBPOSIX\fP, the dollar sign +is ignored. +If the string is translated and replaced, the replacement is +double-quoted. +.SH PARAMETERS +A +.I parameter +is an entity that stores values. +It can be a +.IR name , +a number, or one of the special characters listed below under +.BR "Special Parameters" . +A +.I variable +is a parameter denoted by a +.IR name . +A variable has a \fIvalue\fP and zero or more \fIattributes\fP. +Attributes are assigned using the +.B declare +builtin command (see +.B declare +below in +.SM +.BR "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" ). +.PP +A parameter is set if it has been assigned a value. The null string is +a valid value. Once a variable is set, it may be unset only by using +the +.B unset +builtin command (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +.PP +A +.I variable +may be assigned to by a statement of the form +.RS +.PP +\fIname\fP=[\fIvalue\fP] +.RE +.PP +If +.I value +is not given, the variable is assigned the null string. All +.I values +undergo tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote +removal (see +.SM +.B EXPANSION +below). If the variable has its +.B integer +attribute set, then +.I value +is evaluated as an arithmetic expression even if the $((...)) expansion is +not used (see +.B "Arithmetic Expansion" +below). +Word splitting is not performed, with the exception +of \fB"$@"\fP as explained below under +.BR "Special Parameters" . +Pathname expansion is not performed. +Assignment statements may also appear as arguments to the +.BR alias , +.BR declare , +.BR typeset , +.BR export , +.BR readonly , +and +.B local +builtin commands. +.PP +In the context where an assignment statement is assigning a value +to a shell variable or array index, the += operator can be used to +append to or add to the variable's previous value. +When += is applied to a variable for which the integer attribute has been +set, \fIvalue\fP is evaluated as an arithmetic expression and added to the +variable's current value, which is also evaluated. +When += is applied to an array variable using compound assignment (see +.B Arrays +below), the +variable's value is not unset (as it is when using =), and new values are +appended to the array beginning at one greater than the array's maximum index. +When applied to a string-valued variable, \fIvalue\fP is expanded and +appended to the variable's value. +.SS Positional Parameters +.PP +A +.I positional parameter +is a parameter denoted by one or more +digits, other than the single digit 0. Positional parameters are +assigned from the shell's arguments when it is invoked, +and may be reassigned using the +.B set +builtin command. Positional parameters may not be assigned to +with assignment statements. The positional parameters are +temporarily replaced when a shell function is executed (see +.SM +.B FUNCTIONS +below). +.PP +When a positional parameter consisting of more than a single +digit is expanded, it must be enclosed in braces (see +.SM +.B EXPANSION +below). +.SS Special Parameters +.PP +The shell treats several parameters specially. These parameters may +only be referenced; assignment to them is not allowed. +.PD 0 +.TP +.B * +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the +expansion occurs within double quotes, it expands to a single word +with the value of each parameter separated by the first character +of the +.SM +.B IFS +special variable. That is, "\fB$*\fP" is equivalent +to "\fB$1\fP\fIc\fP\fB$2\fP\fIc\fP\fB...\fP", where +.I c +is the first character of the value of the +.SM +.B IFS +variable. If +.SM +.B IFS +is unset, the parameters are separated by spaces. +If +.SM +.B IFS +is null, the parameters are joined without intervening separators. +.TP +.B @ +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the +expansion occurs within double quotes, each parameter expands to a +separate word. That is, "\fB$@\fP" is equivalent to +"\fB$1\fP" "\fB$2\fP" ... +If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of +the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original +word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last +part of the original word. +When there are no positional parameters, "\fB$@\fP" and +.B $@ +expand to nothing (i.e., they are removed). +.TP +.B # +Expands to the number of positional parameters in decimal. +.TP +.B ? +Expands to the status of the most recently executed foreground +pipeline. +.TP +.B \- +Expands to the current option flags as specified upon invocation, +by the +.B set +builtin command, or those set by the shell itself +(such as the +.B \-i +option). +.TP +.B $ +Expands to the process ID of the shell. In a () subshell, it +expands to the process ID of the current shell, not the +subshell. +.TP +.B ! +Expands to the process ID of the most recently executed background +(asynchronous) command. +.TP +.B 0 +Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. This is set at +shell initialization. If +.B bash +is invoked with a file of commands, +.B $0 +is set to the name of that file. If +.B bash +is started with the +.B \-c +option, then +.B $0 +is set to the first argument after the string to be +executed, if one is present. Otherwise, it is set +to the file name used to invoke +.BR bash , +as given by argument zero. +.TP +.B _ +At shell startup, set to the absolute pathname used to invoke the +shell or shell script being executed as passed in the environment +or argument list. +Subsequently, expands to the last argument to the previous command, +after expansion. +Also set to the full pathname used to invoke each command executed +and placed in the environment exported to that command. +When checking mail, this parameter holds the name of the mail file +currently being checked. +.PD +.SS Shell Variables +.PP +The following variables are set by the shell: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B BASH +Expands to the full file name used to invoke this instance of +.BR bash . +.TP +.B BASH_ARGC +An array variable whose values are the number of parameters in each +frame of the current bash execution call stack. +The number of +parameters to the current subroutine (shell function or script executed +with \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP) is at the top of the stack. +When a subroutine is executed, the number of parameters passed is pushed onto +\fBBASH_ARGC\fP. +The shell sets \fBBASH_ARGC\fP only when in extended debugging mode +(see the description of the +.B extdebug +option to the +.B shopt +builtin below) +.TP +.B BASH_ARGV +An array variable containing all of the parameters in the current bash +execution call stack. The final parameter of the last subroutine call +is at the top of the stack; the first parameter of the initial call is +at the bottom. When a subroutine is executed, the parameters supplied +are pushed onto \fBBASH_ARGV\fP. +The shell sets \fBBASH_ARGV\fP only when in extended debugging mode +(see the description of the +.B extdebug +option to the +.B shopt +builtin below) +.TP +.B BASH_COMMAND +The command currently being executed or about to be executed, unless the +shell is executing a command as the result of a trap, +in which case it is the command executing at the time of the trap. +.TP +.B BASH_EXECUTION_STRING +The command argument to the \fB\-c\fP invocation option. +.TP +.B BASH_LINENO +An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files +corresponding to each member of \fBFUNCNAME\fP. +\fB${BASH_LINENO[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP is the line number in the source +file where \fB${FUNCNAME[\fP\fI$ifP\fB]}\fP was called. +The corresponding source file name is \fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fB. +Use \fBLINENO\fP to obtain the current line number. +.TP +.B BASH_REMATCH +An array variable whose members are assigned by the \fB=~\fP binary +operator to the \fB[[\fP conditional command. +The element with index 0 is the portion of the string +matching the entire regular expression. +The element with index \fIn\fP is the portion of the +string matching the \fIn\fPth parenthesized subexpression. +This variable is read-only. +.TP +.B BASH_SOURCE +An array variable whose members are the source filenames corresponding +to the elements in the \fBFUNCNAME\fP array variable. +.TP +.B BASH_SUBSHELL +Incremented by one each time a subshell or subshell environment is spawned. +The initial value is 0. +.TP +.B BASH_VERSINFO +A readonly array variable whose members hold version information for +this instance of +.BR bash . +The values assigned to the array members are as follows: +.sp .5 +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP 24 +.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR0\fP] +The major version number (the \fIrelease\fP). +.TP +.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR1\fP] +The minor version number (the \fIversion\fP). +.TP +.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR2\fP] +The patch level. +.TP +.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR3\fP] +The build version. +.TP +.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR4\fP] +The release status (e.g., \fIbeta1\fP). +.TP +.B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR5\fP] +The value of \fBMACHTYPE\fP. +.PD +.RE +.TP +.B BASH_VERSION +Expands to a string describing the version of this instance of +.BR bash . +.TP +.B COMP_CWORD +An index into \fB${COMP_WORDS}\fP of the word containing the current +cursor position. +This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP +below). +.TP +.B COMP_LINE +The current command line. +This variable is available only in shell functions and external +commands invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP +below). +.TP +.B COMP_POINT +The index of the current cursor position relative to the beginning of +the current command. +If the current cursor position is at the end of the current command, +the value of this variable is equal to \fB${#COMP_LINE}\fP. +This variable is available only in shell functions and external +commands invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP +below). +.TP +.B COMP_WORDBREAKS +The set of characters that the Readline library treats as word +separators when performing word completion. +If +.SM +.B COMP_WORDBREAKS +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +.TP +.B COMP_WORDS +An array variable (see \fBArrays\fP below) consisting of the individual +words in the current command line. +The words are split on shell metacharacters as the shell parser would +separate them. +This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP +below). +.TP +.B DIRSTACK +An array variable (see +.B Arrays +below) containing the current contents of the directory stack. +Directories appear in the stack in the order they are displayed by the +.B dirs +builtin. +Assigning to members of this array variable may be used to modify +directories already in the stack, but the +.B pushd +and +.B popd +builtins must be used to add and remove directories. +Assignment to this variable will not change the current directory. +If +.SM +.B DIRSTACK +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +.TP +.B EUID +Expands to the effective user ID of the current user, initialized at +shell startup. This variable is readonly. +.TP +.B FUNCNAME +An array variable containing the names of all shell functions +currently in the execution call stack. +The element with index 0 is the name of any currently-executing +shell function. +The bottom-most element is +.if t \f(CW"main"\fP. +.if n "main". +This variable exists only when a shell function is executing. +Assignments to +.SM +.B FUNCNAME +have no effect and return an error status. +If +.SM +.B FUNCNAME +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +.TP +.B GROUPS +An array variable containing the list of groups of which the current +user is a member. +Assignments to +.SM +.B GROUPS +have no effect and return an error status. +If +.SM +.B GROUPS +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +.TP +.B HISTCMD +The history number, or index in the history list, of the current +command. +If +.SM +.B HISTCMD +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +.TP +.B HOSTNAME +Automatically set to the name of the current host. +.TP +.B HOSTTYPE +Automatically set to a string that uniquely +describes the type of machine on which +.B bash +is executing. +The default is system-dependent. +.TP +.B LINENO +Each time this parameter is referenced, the shell substitutes +a decimal number representing the current sequential line number +(starting with 1) within a script or function. When not in a +script or function, the value substituted is not guaranteed to +be meaningful. +If +.SM +.B LINENO +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +.TP +.B MACHTYPE +Automatically set to a string that fully describes the system +type on which +.B bash +is executing, in the standard GNU \fIcpu-company-system\fP format. +The default is system-dependent. +.TP +.B OLDPWD +The previous working directory as set by the +.B cd +command. +.TP +.B OPTARG +The value of the last option argument processed by the +.B getopts +builtin command (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +.TP +.B OPTIND +The index of the next argument to be processed by the +.B getopts +builtin command (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +.TP +.B OSTYPE +Automatically set to a string that +describes the operating system on which +.B bash +is executing. +The default is system-dependent. +.TP +.B PIPESTATUS +An array variable (see +.B Arrays +below) containing a list of exit status values from the processes +in the most-recently-executed foreground pipeline (which may +contain only a single command). +.TP +.B PPID +The process ID of the shell's parent. This variable is readonly. +.TP +.B PWD +The current working directory as set by the +.B cd +command. +.TP +.B RANDOM +Each time this parameter is referenced, a random integer between +0 and 32767 is +generated. The sequence of random numbers may be initialized by assigning +a value to +.SM +.BR RANDOM . +If +.SM +.B RANDOM +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +.TP +.B REPLY +Set to the line of input read by the +.B read +builtin command when no arguments are supplied. +.TP +.B SECONDS +Each time this parameter is +referenced, the number of seconds since shell invocation is returned. If a +value is assigned to +.SM +.BR SECONDS , +the value returned upon subsequent +references is +the number of seconds since the assignment plus the value assigned. +If +.SM +.B SECONDS +is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. +.TP +.B SHELLOPTS +A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in +the list is a valid argument for the +.B \-o +option to the +.B set +builtin command (see +.SM +.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +below). The options appearing in +.SM +.B SHELLOPTS +are those reported as +.I on +by \fBset \-o\fP. +If this variable is in the environment when +.B bash +starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before +reading any startup files. +This variable is read-only. +.TP +.B SHLVL +Incremented by one each time an instance of +.B bash +is started. +.TP +.B UID +Expands to the user ID of the current user, initialized at shell startup. +This variable is readonly. +.PD +.PP +The following variables are used by the shell. In some cases, +.B bash +assigns a default value to a variable; these cases are noted +below. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B BASH_ENV +If this parameter is set when \fBbash\fP is executing a shell script, +its value is interpreted as a filename containing commands to +initialize the shell, as in +.IR ~/.bashrc . +The value of +.SM +.B BASH_ENV +is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic +expansion before being interpreted as a file name. +.SM +.B PATH +is not used to search for the resultant file name. +.TP +.B CDPATH +The search path for the +.B cd +command. +This is a colon-separated list of directories in which the shell looks +for destination directories specified by the +.B cd +command. +A sample value is +.if t \f(CW".:~:/usr"\fP. +.if n ".:~:/usr". +.TP +.B COLUMNS +Used by the \fBselect\fP builtin command to determine the terminal width +when printing selection lists. Automatically set upon receipt of a SIGWINCH. +.TP +.B COMPREPLY +An array variable from which \fBbash\fP reads the possible completions +generated by a shell function invoked by the programmable completion +facility (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP below). +.TP +.B EMACS +If \fBbash\fP finds this variable in the environment when the shell starts +with value +.if t \f(CWt\fP, +.if n "t", +it assumes that the shell is running in an emacs shell buffer and disables +line editing. +.TP +.B FCEDIT +The default editor for the +.B fc +builtin command. +.TP +.B FIGNORE +A colon-separated list of suffixes to ignore when performing +filename completion (see +.SM +.B READLINE +below). +A filename whose suffix matches one of the entries in +.SM +.B FIGNORE +is excluded from the list of matched filenames. +A sample value is +.if t \f(CW".o:~"\fP. +.if n ".o:~". +.TP +.B GLOBIGNORE +A colon-separated list of patterns defining the set of filenames to +be ignored by pathname expansion. +If a filename matched by a pathname expansion pattern also matches one +of the patterns in +.SM +.BR GLOBIGNORE , +it is removed from the list of matches. +.TP +.B HISTCONTROL +A colon-separated list of values controlling how commands are saved on +the history list. +If the list of values includes +.IR ignorespace , +lines which begin with a +.B space +character are not saved in the history list. +A value of +.I ignoredups +causes lines matching the previous history entry to not be saved. +A value of +.I ignoreboth +is shorthand for \fIignorespace\fP and \fIignoredups\fP. +A value of +.IR erasedups +causes all previous lines matching the current line to be removed from +the history list before that line is saved. +Any value not in the above list is ignored. +If \fBHISTCONTROL\fP is unset, or does not include a valid value, +all lines read by the shell parser are saved on the history list, +subject to the value of +.BR HISTIGNORE . +The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are +not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of +.BR HISTCONTROL . +.TP +.B HISTFILE +The name of the file in which command history is saved (see +.SM +.B HISTORY +below). The default value is \fI~/.bash_history\fP. If unset, the +command history is not saved when an interactive shell exits. +.TP +.B HISTFILESIZE +The maximum number of lines contained in the history file. When this +variable is assigned a value, the history file is truncated, if +necessary, by removing the oldest entries, +to contain no more than that number of lines. The default +value is 500. The history file is also truncated to this size after +writing it when an interactive shell exits. +.TP +.B HISTIGNORE +A colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which command lines +should be saved on the history list. Each pattern is anchored at the +beginning of the line and must match the complete line (no implicit +`\fB*\fP' is appended). Each pattern is tested against the line +after the checks specified by +.B HISTCONTROL +are applied. +In addition to the normal shell pattern matching characters, `\fB&\fP' +matches the previous history line. `\fB&\fP' may be escaped using a +backslash; the backslash is removed before attempting a match. +The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are +not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of +.BR HISTIGNORE . +.TP +.B HISTSIZE +The number of commands to remember in the command history (see +.SM +.B HISTORY +below). The default value is 500. +.TP +.B HISTTIMEFORMAT +If this variable is set and not null, its value is used as a format string +for \fIstrftime\fP(3) to print the time stamp associated with each history +entry displayed by the \fBhistory\fP builtin. +If this variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file so +they may be preserved across shell sessions. +.TP +.B HOME +The home directory of the current user; the default argument for the +\fBcd\fP builtin command. +The value of this variable is also used when performing tilde expansion. +.TP +.B HOSTFILE +Contains the name of a file in the same format as +.FN /etc/hosts +that should be read when the shell needs to complete a +hostname. +The list of possible hostname completions may be changed while the +shell is running; +the next time hostname completion is attempted after the +value is changed, +.B bash +adds the contents of the new file to the existing list. +If +.SM +.B HOSTFILE +is set, but has no value, \fBbash\fP attempts to read +.FN /etc/hosts +to obtain the list of possible hostname completions. +When +.SM +.B HOSTFILE +is unset, the hostname list is cleared. +.TP +.B IFS +The +.I Internal Field Separator +that is used +for word splitting after expansion and to +split lines into words with the +.B read +builtin command. The default value is +``''. +.TP +.B IGNOREEOF +Controls the +action of an interactive shell on receipt of an +.SM +.B EOF +character as the sole input. If set, the value is the number of +consecutive +.SM +.B EOF +characters which must be +typed as the first characters on an input line before +.B bash +exits. If the variable exists but does not have a numeric value, or +has no value, the default value is 10. If it does not exist, +.SM +.B EOF +signifies the end of input to the shell. +.TP +.B INPUTRC +The filename for the +.B readline +startup file, overriding the default of +.FN ~/.inputrc +(see +.SM +.B READLINE +below). +.TP +.B LANG +Used to determine the locale category for any category not specifically +selected with a variable starting with \fBLC_\fP. +.TP +.B LC_ALL +This variable overrides the value of \fBLANG\fP and any other +\fBLC_\fP variable specifying a locale category. +.TP +.B LC_COLLATE +This variable determines the collation order used when sorting the +results of pathname expansion, and determines the behavior of range +expressions, equivalence classes, and collating sequences within +pathname expansion and pattern matching. +.TP +.B LC_CTYPE +This variable determines the interpretation of characters and the +behavior of character classes within pathname expansion and pattern +matching. +.TP +.B LC_MESSAGES +This variable determines the locale used to translate double-quoted +strings preceded by a \fB$\fP. +.TP +.B LC_NUMERIC +This variable determines the locale category used for number formatting. +.TP +.B LINES +Used by the \fBselect\fP builtin command to determine the column length +for printing selection lists. Automatically set upon receipt of a SIGWINCH. +.TP +.B MAIL +If this parameter is set to a file name and the +.SM +.B MAILPATH +variable is not set, +.B bash +informs the user of the arrival of mail in the specified file. +.TP +.B MAILCHECK +Specifies how +often (in seconds) +.B bash +checks for mail. The default is 60 seconds. When it is time to check +for mail, the shell does so before displaying the primary prompt. +If this variable is unset, or set to a value that is not a number +greater than or equal to zero, the shell disables mail checking. +.TP +.B MAILPATH +A colon-separated list of file names to be checked for mail. +The message to be printed when mail arrives in a particular file +may be specified by separating the file name from the message with a `?'. +When used in the text of the message, \fB$_\fP expands to the name of +the current mailfile. +Example: +.RS +.PP +\fBMAILPATH\fP=\(aq/var/mail/bfox?"You have mail":~/shell\-mail?"$_ has mail!"\(aq +.PP +.B Bash +supplies a default value for this variable, but the location of the user +mail files that it uses is system dependent (e.g., /var/mail/\fB$USER\fP). +.RE +.TP +.B OPTERR +If set to the value 1, +.B bash +displays error messages generated by the +.B getopts +builtin command (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +.SM +.B OPTERR +is initialized to 1 each time the shell is invoked or a shell +script is executed. +.TP +.B PATH +The search path for commands. It +is a colon-separated list of directories in which +the shell looks for commands (see +.SM +.B COMMAND EXECUTION +below). +A zero-length (null) directory name in the value of \fBPATH\fP indicates the +current directory. +A null directory name may appear as two adjacent colons, or as an initial +or trailing colon. +The default path is system-dependent, +and is set by the administrator who installs +.BR bash . +A common value is +.if t \f(CW/usr/gnu/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/ucb:/bin:/usr/bin\fP. +.if n ``/usr/gnu/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/ucb:/bin:/usr/bin''. +.TP +.B POSIXLY_CORRECT +If this variable is in the environment when \fBbash\fP starts, the shell +enters \fIposix mode\fP before reading the startup files, as if the +.B \-\-posix +invocation option had been supplied. If it is set while the shell is +running, \fBbash\fP enables \fIposix mode\fP, as if the command +.if t \f(CWset -o posix\fP +.if n \fIset -o posix\fP +had been executed. +.TP +.B PROMPT_COMMAND +If set, the value is executed as a command prior to issuing each primary +prompt. +.TP +.B PS1 +The value of this parameter is expanded (see +.SM +.B PROMPTING +below) and used as the primary prompt string. The default value is +``\fB\es\-\ev\e$ \fP''. +.TP +.B PS2 +The value of this parameter is expanded as with +.B PS1 +and used as the secondary prompt string. The default is +``\fB> \fP''. +.TP +.B PS3 +The value of this parameter is used as the prompt for the +.B select +command (see +.SM +.B SHELL GRAMMAR +above). +.TP +.B PS4 +The value of this parameter is expanded as with +.B PS1 +and the value is printed before each command +.B bash +displays during an execution trace. The first character of +.SM +.B PS4 +is replicated multiple times, as necessary, to indicate multiple +levels of indirection. The default is ``\fB+ \fP''. +.TP +.B SHELL +The full pathname to the shell is kept in this environment variable. +If it is not set when the shell starts, +.B bash +assigns to it the full pathname of the current user's login shell. +.TP +.B TIMEFORMAT +The value of this parameter is used as a format string specifying +how the timing information for pipelines prefixed with the +.B time +reserved word should be displayed. +The \fB%\fP character introduces an escape sequence that is +expanded to a time value or other information. +The escape sequences and their meanings are as follows; the +braces denote optional portions. +.sp .5 +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP 10 +.B %% +A literal \fB%\fP. +.TP +.B %[\fIp\fP][l]R +The elapsed time in seconds. +.TP +.B %[\fIp\fP][l]U +The number of CPU seconds spent in user mode. +.TP +.B %[\fIp\fP][l]S +The number of CPU seconds spent in system mode. +.TP +.B %P +The CPU percentage, computed as (%U + %S) / %R. +.PD +.RE +.IP +The optional \fIp\fP is a digit specifying the \fIprecision\fP, +the number of fractional digits after a decimal point. +A value of 0 causes no decimal point or fraction to be output. +At most three places after the decimal point may be specified; +values of \fIp\fP greater than 3 are changed to 3. +If \fIp\fP is not specified, the value 3 is used. +.IP +The optional \fBl\fP specifies a longer format, including +minutes, of the form \fIMM\fPm\fISS\fP.\fIFF\fPs. +The value of \fIp\fP determines whether or not the fraction is +included. +.IP +If this variable is not set, \fBbash\fP acts as if it had the +value \fB$\(aq\enreal\et%3lR\enuser\et%3lU\ensys\t%3lS\(aq\fP. +If the value is null, no timing information is displayed. +A trailing newline is added when the format string is displayed. +.TP +.B TMOUT +If set to a value greater than zero, \fBTMOUT\fP is treated as the +default timeout for the \fBread\fP builtin. +The \fBselect\fP command terminates if input does not arrive +after \fBTMOUT\fP seconds when input is coming from a terminal. +In an interactive shell, the value is interpreted as the +number of seconds to wait for input after issuing the primary prompt. +.B Bash +terminates after waiting for that number of seconds if input does +not arrive. +.TP +.B TMPDIR +If set, \fBBash\fP uses its value as the name of a directory in which +\fBBash\fP creates temporary files for the shell's use. +.TP +.B auto_resume +This variable controls how the shell interacts with the user and +job control. If this variable is set, single word simple +commands without redirections are treated as candidates for resumption +of an existing stopped job. There is no ambiguity allowed; if there is +more than one job beginning with the string typed, the job most recently +accessed is selected. The +.I name +of a stopped job, in this context, is the command line used to +start it. +If set to the value +.IR exact , +the string supplied must match the name of a stopped job exactly; +if set to +.IR substring , +the string supplied needs to match a substring of the name of a +stopped job. The +.I substring +value provides functionality analogous to the +.B %? +job identifier (see +.SM +.B JOB CONTROL +below). If set to any other value, the supplied string must +be a prefix of a stopped job's name; this provides functionality +analogous to the \fB%\fP\fIstring\fP job identifier. +.TP +.B histchars +The two or three characters which control history expansion +and tokenization (see +.SM +.B HISTORY EXPANSION +below). The first character is the \fIhistory expansion\fP character, +the character which signals the start of a history +expansion, normally `\fB!\fP'. +The second character is the \fIquick substitution\fP +character, which is used as shorthand for re-running the previous +command entered, substituting one string for another in the command. +The default is `\fB^\fP'. +The optional third character is the character +which indicates that the remainder of the line is a comment when found +as the first character of a word, normally `\fB#\fP'. The history +comment character causes history substitution to be skipped for the +remaining words on the line. It does not necessarily cause the shell +parser to treat the rest of the line as a comment. +.PD +.SS Arrays +.B Bash +provides one-dimensional array variables. Any variable may be used as +an array; the +.B declare +builtin will explicitly declare an array. There is no maximum +limit on the size of an array, nor any requirement that members +be indexed or assigned contiguously. Arrays are indexed using +integers and are zero-based. +.PP +An array is created automatically if any variable is assigned to using +the syntax \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIvalue\fP. The +.I subscript +is treated as an arithmetic expression that must evaluate to a number +greater than or equal to zero. To explicitly declare an array, use +.B declare \-a \fIname\fP +(see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +.B declare \-a \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP] +is also accepted; the \fIsubscript\fP is ignored. Attributes may be +specified for an array variable using the +.B declare +and +.B readonly +builtins. Each attribute applies to all members of an array. +.PP +Arrays are assigned to using compound assignments of the form +\fIname\fP=\fB(\fPvalue\fI1\fP ... value\fIn\fP\fB)\fP, where each +\fIvalue\fP is of the form [\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIstring\fP. Only +\fIstring\fP is required. If +the optional brackets and subscript are supplied, that index is assigned to; +otherwise the index of the element assigned is the last index assigned +to by the statement plus one. Indexing starts at zero. +This syntax is also accepted by the +.B declare +builtin. Individual array elements may be assigned to using the +\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIvalue\fP syntax introduced above. +.PP +Any element of an array may be referenced using +${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. The braces are required to avoid +conflicts with pathname expansion. If +\fIsubscript\fP is \fB@\fP or \fB*\fP, the word expands to +all members of \fIname\fP. These subscripts differ only when the +word appears within double quotes. If the word is double-quoted, +${\fIname\fP[*]} expands to a single +word with the value of each array member separated by the first +character of the +.SM +.B IFS +special variable, and ${\fIname\fP[@]} expands each element of +\fIname\fP to a separate word. When there are no array members, +${\fIname\fP[@]} expands to nothing. +If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of +the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original +word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last +part of the original word. +This is analogous to the expansion +of the special parameters \fB*\fP and \fB@\fP (see +.B Special Parameters +above). ${#\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]} expands to the length of +${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. If \fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or +\fB@\fP, the expansion is the number of elements in the array. +Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to +referencing element zero. +.PP +The +.B unset +builtin is used to destroy arrays. \fBunset\fP \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP] +destroys the array element at index \fIsubscript\fP. +Care must be taken to avoid unwanted side effects caused by filename +generation. +\fBunset\fP \fIname\fP, where \fIname\fP is an array, or +\fBunset\fP \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP], where +\fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or \fB@\fP, removes the entire array. +.PP +The +.BR declare , +.BR local , +and +.B readonly +builtins each accept a +.B \-a +option to specify an array. The +.B read +builtin accepts a +.B \-a +option to assign a list of words read from the standard input +to an array. The +.B set +and +.B declare +builtins display array values in a way that allows them to be +reused as assignments. +.SH EXPANSION +Expansion is performed on the command line after it has been split into +words. There are seven kinds of expansion performed: +.IR "brace expansion" , +.IR "tilde expansion" , +.IR "parameter and variable expansion" , +.IR "command substitution" , +.IR "arithmetic expansion" , +.IR "word splitting" , +and +.IR "pathname expansion" . +.PP +The order of expansions is: brace expansion, tilde expansion, +parameter, variable and arithmetic expansion and +command substitution +(done in a left-to-right fashion), word splitting, and pathname +expansion. +.PP +On systems that can support it, there is an additional expansion +available: \fIprocess substitution\fP. +.PP +Only brace expansion, word splitting, and pathname expansion +can change the number of words of the expansion; other expansions +expand a single word to a single word. +The only exceptions to this are the expansions of +"\fB$@\fP" and "\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB[@]}\fP" +as explained above (see +.SM +.BR PARAMETERS ). +.SS Brace Expansion +.PP +.I "Brace expansion" +is a mechanism by which arbitrary strings +may be generated. This mechanism is similar to +\fIpathname expansion\fP, but the filenames generated +need not exist. Patterns to be brace expanded take +the form of an optional +.IR preamble , +followed by either a series of comma-separated strings or +a sequence expression between a pair of braces, followed by +an optional +.IR postscript . +The preamble is prefixed to each string contained +within the braces, and the postscript is then appended +to each resulting string, expanding left to right. +.PP +Brace expansions may be nested. The results of each expanded +string are not sorted; left to right order is preserved. +For example, a\fB{\fPd,c,b\fB}\fPe expands into `ade ace abe'. +.PP +A sequence expression takes the form \fB{\fP\fIx\fP\fB..\fP\fIy\fP\fB}\fP, +where \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP are either integers or single characters. +When integers are supplied, the expression expands to each number between +\fIx\fP and \fIy\fP, inclusive. +When characters are supplied, the expression expands to each character +lexicographically between \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP, inclusive. Note that +both \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP must be of the same type. +.PP +Brace expansion is performed before any other expansions, +and any characters special to other expansions are preserved +in the result. It is strictly textual. +.B Bash +does not apply any syntactic interpretation to the context of the +expansion or the text between the braces. +.PP +A correctly-formed brace expansion must contain unquoted opening +and closing braces, and at least one unquoted comma or a valid +sequence expression. +Any incorrectly formed brace expansion is left unchanged. +A \fB{\fP or \fB,\fP may be quoted with a backslash to prevent its +being considered part of a brace expression. +To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string \fB${\fP +is not considered eligible for brace expansion. +.PP +This construct is typically used as shorthand when the common +prefix of the strings to be generated is longer than in the +above example: +.RS +.PP +mkdir /usr/local/src/bash/{old,new,dist,bugs} +.RE +or +.RS +chown root /usr/{ucb/{ex,edit},lib/{ex?.?*,how_ex}} +.RE +.PP +Brace expansion introduces a slight incompatibility with +historical versions of +.BR sh . +.B sh +does not treat opening or closing braces specially when they +appear as part of a word, and preserves them in the output. +.B Bash +removes braces from words as a consequence of brace +expansion. For example, a word entered to +.B sh +as \fIfile{1,2}\fP +appears identically in the output. The same word is +output as +.I file1 file2 +after expansion by +.BR bash . +If strict compatibility with +.B sh +is desired, start +.B bash +with the +.B +B +option or disable brace expansion with the +.B +B +option to the +.B set +command (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +.SS Tilde Expansion +.PP +If a word begins with an unquoted tilde character (`\fB~\fP'), all of +the characters preceding the first unquoted slash (or all characters, +if there is no unquoted slash) are considered a \fItilde-prefix\fP. +If none of the characters in the tilde-prefix are quoted, the +characters in the tilde-prefix following the tilde are treated as a +possible \fIlogin name\fP. +If this login name is the null string, the tilde is replaced with the +value of the shell parameter +.SM +.BR HOME . +If +.SM +.B HOME +is unset, the home directory of the user executing the shell is +substituted instead. +Otherwise, the tilde-prefix is replaced with the home directory +associated with the specified login name. +.PP +If the tilde-prefix is a `~+', the value of the shell variable +.SM +.B PWD +replaces the tilde-prefix. +If the tilde-prefix is a `~\-', the value of the shell variable +.SM +.BR OLDPWD , +if it is set, is substituted. +If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist +of a number \fIN\fP, optionally prefixed +by a `+' or a `\-', the tilde-prefix is replaced with the corresponding +element from the directory stack, as it would be displayed by the +.B dirs +builtin invoked with the tilde-prefix as an argument. +If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist of a +number without a leading `+' or `\-', `+' is assumed. +.PP +If the login name is invalid, or the tilde expansion fails, the word +is unchanged. +.PP +Each variable assignment is checked for unquoted tilde-prefixes immediately +following a +.B : +or the first +.BR = . +In these cases, tilde expansion is also performed. +Consequently, one may use file names with tildes in assignments to +.SM +.BR PATH , +.SM +.BR MAILPATH , +and +.SM +.BR CDPATH , +and the shell assigns the expanded value. +.SS Parameter Expansion +.PP +The `\fB$\fP' character introduces parameter expansion, +command substitution, or arithmetic expansion. The parameter name +or symbol to be expanded may be enclosed in braces, which +are optional but serve to protect the variable to be expanded from +characters immediately following it which could be +interpreted as part of the name. +.PP +When braces are used, the matching ending brace is the first `\fB}\fP' +not escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and not within an +embedded arithmetic expansion, command substitution, or parameter +expansion. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP} +The value of \fIparameter\fP is substituted. The braces are required +when +.I parameter +is a positional parameter with more than one digit, +or when +.I parameter +is followed by a character which is not to be +interpreted as part of its name. +.PD +.PP +If the first character of \fIparameter\fP is an exclamation point, +a level of variable indirection is introduced. +\fBBash\fP uses the value of the variable formed from the rest of +\fIparameter\fP as the name of the variable; this variable is then +expanded and that value is used in the rest of the substitution, rather +than the value of \fIparameter\fP itself. +This is known as \fIindirect expansion\fP. +The exceptions to this are the expansions of ${!\fIprefix\fP*} and +${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]} described below. +The exclamation point must immediately follow the left brace in order to +introduce indirection. +.PP +In each of the cases below, \fIword\fP is subject to tilde expansion, +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. +When not performing substring expansion, \fBbash\fP tests for a parameter +that is unset or null; omitting the colon results in a test only for a +parameter that is unset. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\-\fP\fIword\fP} +\fBUse Default Values\fP. If +.I parameter +is unset or null, the expansion of +.I word +is substituted. Otherwise, the value of +.I parameter +is substituted. +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB:=\fP\fIword\fP} +\fBAssign Default Values\fP. +If +.I parameter +is unset or null, the expansion of +.I word +is assigned to +.IR parameter . +The value of +.I parameter +is then substituted. Positional parameters and special parameters may +not be assigned to in this way. +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB:?\fP\fIword\fP} +\fBDisplay Error if Null or Unset\fP. +If +.I parameter +is null or unset, the expansion of \fIword\fP (or a message to that effect +if +.I word +is not present) is written to the standard error and the shell, if it +is not interactive, exits. Otherwise, the value of \fIparameter\fP is +substituted. +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB:+\fP\fIword\fP} +\fBUse Alternate Value\fP. +If +.I parameter +is null or unset, nothing is substituted, otherwise the expansion of +.I word +is substituted. +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\fP\fIoffset\fP} +.PD 0 +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\fP\fIoffset\fP\fB:\fP\fIlength\fP} +.PD +\fBSubstring Expansion.\fP +Expands to up to \fIlength\fP characters of \fIparameter\fP +starting at the character specified by \fIoffset\fP. +If \fIlength\fP is omitted, expands to the substring of +\fIparameter\fP starting at the character specified by \fIoffset\fP. +\fIlength\fP and \fIoffset\fP are arithmetic expressions (see +.SM +.B +ARITHMETIC EVALUATION +below). +\fIlength\fP must evaluate to a number greater than or equal to zero. +If \fIoffset\fP evaluates to a number less than zero, the value +is used as an offset from the end of the value of \fIparameter\fP. +If \fIparameter\fP is \fB@\fP, the result is \fIlength\fP positional +parameters beginning at \fIoffset\fP. +If \fIparameter\fP is an array name indexed by @ or *, +the result is the \fIlength\fP +members of the array beginning with ${\fIparameter\fP[\fIoffset\fP]}. +A negative \fIoffset\fP is taken relative to one greater than the maximum +index of the specified array. +Note that a negative offset must be separated from the colon by at least +one space to avoid being confused with the :- expansion. +Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters +are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1 by default. +If \fIoffset\fP is 0, and the positional parameters are used, \fB$0\fP is +prefixed to the list. +.TP +${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB*\fP} +.PD 0 +.TP +${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB@\fP} +.PD +Expands to the names of variables whose names begin with \fIprefix\fP, +separated by the first character of the +.SM +.B IFS +special variable. +When \fI@\fP is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each +variable name expands to a separate word. +.TP +${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]} +.PD 0 +.TP +${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI*\fP]} +.PD +If \fIname\fP is an array variable, expands to the list of array indices +(keys) assigned in \fIname\fP. +If \fIname\fP is not an array, expands to 0 if \fIname\fP is set and null +otherwise. +When \fI@\fP is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each +key expands to a separate word. +.TP +${\fB#\fP\fIparameter\fP} +The length in characters of the value of \fIparameter\fP is substituted. +If +.I parameter +is +.B * +or +.BR @ , +the value substituted is the number of positional parameters. +If +.I parameter +is an array name subscripted by +.B * +or +.BR @ , +the value substituted is the number of elements in the array. +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB#\fP\fIword\fP} +.PD 0 +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB##\fP\fIword\fP} +.PD +The +.I word +is expanded to produce a pattern just as in pathname +expansion. If the pattern matches the beginning of +the value of +.IR parameter , +then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of +.I parameter +with the shortest matching pattern (the ``\fB#\fP'' case) or the +longest matching pattern (the ``\fB##\fP'' case) deleted. +If +.I parameter +is +.B @ +or +.BR * , +the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If +.I parameter +is an array variable subscripted with +.B @ +or +.BR * , +the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB%\fP\fIword\fP} +.PD 0 +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB%%\fP\fIword\fP} +.PD +The \fIword\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in +pathname expansion. +If the pattern matches a trailing portion of the expanded value of +.IR parameter , +then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of +.I parameter +with the shortest matching pattern (the ``\fB%\fP'' case) or the +longest matching pattern (the ``\fB%%\fP'' case) deleted. +If +.I parameter +is +.B @ +or +.BR * , +the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If +.I parameter +is an array variable subscripted with +.B @ +or +.BR * , +the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +.TP +${\fIparameter\fP\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP\fIstring\fP} +The \fIpattern\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in +pathname expansion. +\fIParameter\fP is expanded and the longest match of \fIpattern\fP +against its value is replaced with \fIstring\fP. +If \Ipattern\fP begins with \fB/\fP, all matches of \fIpattern\fP are +replaced with \fIstring\fP. Normally only the first match is replaced. +If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB#\fP, it must match at the beginning +of the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP. +If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB%\fP, it must match at the end +of the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP. +If \fIstring\fP is null, matches of \fIpattern\fP are deleted +and the \fB/\fP following \fIpattern\fP may be omitted. +If +.I parameter +is +.B @ +or +.BR * , +the substitution operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If +.I parameter +is an array variable subscripted with +.B @ +or +.BR * , +the substitution operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +.SS Command Substitution +.PP +\fICommand substitution\fP allows the output of a command to replace +the command name. There are two forms: +.PP +.RS +.PP +\fB$(\fP\fIcommand\fP\|\fB)\fP +.RE +or +.RS +\fB`\fP\fIcommand\fP\fB`\fP +.RE +.PP +.B Bash +performs the expansion by executing \fIcommand\fP and +replacing the command substitution with the standard output of the +command, with any trailing newlines deleted. +Embedded newlines are not deleted, but they may be removed during +word splitting. +The command substitution \fB$(cat \fIfile\fP)\fR can be replaced by +the equivalent but faster \fB$(< \fIfile\fP)\fR. +.PP +When the old-style backquote form of substitution is used, +backslash retains its literal meaning except when followed by +.BR $ , +.BR ` , +or +.BR \e . +The first backquote not preceded by a backslash terminates the +command substitution. +When using the $(\^\fIcommand\fP\|) form, all characters between the +parentheses make up the command; none are treated specially. +.PP +Command substitutions may be nested. To nest when using the backquoted form, +escape the inner backquotes with backslashes. +.PP +If the substitution appears within double quotes, word splitting and +pathname expansion are not performed on the results. +.SS Arithmetic Expansion +.PP +Arithmetic expansion allows the evaluation of an arithmetic expression +and the substitution of the result. The format for arithmetic expansion is: +.RS +.PP +\fB$((\fP\fIexpression\fP\fB))\fP +.RE +.PP +The +.I expression +is treated as if it were within double quotes, but a double quote +inside the parentheses is not treated specially. +All tokens in the expression undergo parameter expansion, string +expansion, command substitution, and quote removal. +Arithmetic expansions may be nested. +.PP +The evaluation is performed according to the rules listed below under +.SM +.BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" . +If +.I expression +is invalid, +.B bash +prints a message indicating failure and no substitution occurs. +.SS Process Substitution +.PP +\fIProcess substitution\fP is supported on systems that support named +pipes (\fIFIFOs\fP) or the \fB/dev/fd\fP method of naming open files. +It takes the form of +\fB<(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP +or +\fB>(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP. +The process \fIlist\fP is run with its input or output connected to a +\fIFIFO\fP or some file in \fB/dev/fd\fP. The name of this file is +passed as an argument to the current command as the result of the +expansion. If the \fB>(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP form is used, writing to +the file will provide input for \fIlist\fP. If the +\fB<(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP form is used, the file passed as an +argument should be read to obtain the output of \fIlist\fP. +.PP +When available, process substitution is performed +simultaneously with parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, +and arithmetic expansion. +.SS Word Splitting +.PP +The shell scans the results of +parameter expansion, +command substitution, +and +arithmetic expansion +that did not occur within double quotes for +.IR "word splitting" . +.PP +The shell treats each character of +.SM +.B IFS +as a delimiter, and splits the results of the other +expansions into words on these characters. If +.SM +.B IFS +is unset, or its +value is exactly +.BR , +the default, then +any sequence of +.SM +.B IFS +characters serves to delimit words. If +.SM +.B IFS +has a value other than the default, then sequences of +the whitespace characters +.B space +and +.B tab +are ignored at the beginning and end of the +word, as long as the whitespace character is in the +value of +.SM +.BR IFS +(an +.SM +.B IFS +whitespace character). +Any character in +.SM +.B IFS +that is not +.SM +.B IFS +whitespace, along with any adjacent +.SM +.B IFS +whitespace characters, delimits a field. +A sequence of +.SM +.B IFS +whitespace characters is also treated as a delimiter. +If the value of +.SM +.B IFS +is null, no word splitting occurs. +.PP +Explicit null arguments (\^\f3"\^"\fP or \^\f3\(aq\^\(aq\fP\^) are retained. +Unquoted implicit null arguments, resulting from the expansion of +parameters that have no values, are removed. +If a parameter with no value is expanded within double quotes, a +null argument results and is retained. +.PP +Note that if no expansion occurs, no splitting +is performed. +.SS Pathname Expansion +.PP +After word splitting, +unless the +.B \-f +option has been set, +.B bash +scans each word for the characters +.BR * , +.BR ? , +and +.BR [ . +If one of these characters appears, then the word is +regarded as a +.IR pattern , +and replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of +file names matching the pattern. +If no matching file names are found, +and the shell option +.B nullglob +is disabled, the word is left unchanged. +If the +.B nullglob +option is set, and no matches are found, +the word is removed. +If the +.B failglob +shell option is set, and no matches are found, an error message +is printed and the command is not executed. +If the shell option +.B nocaseglob +is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +When a pattern is used for pathname expansion, +the character +.B ``.'' +at the start of a name or immediately following a slash +must be matched explicitly, unless the shell option +.B dotglob +is set. +When matching a pathname, the slash character must always be +matched explicitly. +In other cases, the +.B ``.'' +character is not treated specially. +See the description of +.B shopt +below under +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +for a description of the +.BR nocaseglob , +.BR nullglob , +.BR failglob , +and +.B dotglob +shell options. +.PP +The +.SM +.B GLOBIGNORE +shell variable may be used to restrict the set of file names matching a +.IR pattern . +If +.SM +.B GLOBIGNORE +is set, each matching file name that also matches one of the patterns in +.SM +.B GLOBIGNORE +is removed from the list of matches. +The file names +.B ``.'' +and +.B ``..'' +are always ignored when +.SM +.B GLOBIGNORE +is set and not null. However, setting +.SM +.B GLOBIGNORE +to a non-null value has the effect of enabling the +.B dotglob +shell option, so all other file names beginning with a +.B ``.'' +will match. +To get the old behavior of ignoring file names beginning with a +.BR ``.'' , +make +.B ``.*'' +one of the patterns in +.SM +.BR GLOBIGNORE . +The +.B dotglob +option is disabled when +.SM +.B GLOBIGNORE +is unset. +.PP +\fBPattern Matching\fP +.PP +Any character that appears in a pattern, other than the special pattern +characters described below, matches itself. The NUL character may not +occur in a pattern. A backslash escapes the following character; the +escaping backslash is discarded when matching. +The special pattern characters must be quoted if +they are to be matched literally. +.PP +The special pattern characters have the following meanings: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B * +Matches any string, including the null string. +.TP +.B ? +Matches any single character. +.TP +.B [...] +Matches any one of the enclosed characters. A pair of characters +separated by a hyphen denotes a +\fIrange expression\fP; +any character that sorts between those two characters, inclusive, +using the current locale's collating sequence and character set, +is matched. If the first character following the +.B [ +is a +.B ! +or a +.B ^ +then any character not enclosed is matched. +The sorting order of characters in range expressions is determined by +the current locale and the value of the \fBLC_COLLATE\fP shell variable, +if set. +A +.B \- +may be matched by including it as the first or last character +in the set. +A +.B ] +may be matched by including it as the first character +in the set. +.br +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +Within +.B [ +and +.BR ] , +\fIcharacter classes\fP can be specified using the syntax +\fB[:\fP\fIclass\fP\fB:]\fP, where \fIclass\fP is one of the +following classes defined in the POSIX standard: +.PP +.RS +.B +.if n alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit +.if t alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit +.br +A character class matches any character belonging to that class. +The \fBword\fP character class matches letters, digits, and the character _. +.br +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +Within +.B [ +and +.BR ] , +an \fIequivalence class\fP can be specified using the syntax +\fB[=\fP\fIc\fP\fB=]\fP, which matches all characters with the +same collation weight (as defined by the current locale) as +the character \fIc\fP. +.br +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +Within +.B [ +and +.BR ] , +the syntax \fB[.\fP\fIsymbol\fP\fB.]\fP matches the collating symbol +\fIsymbol\fP. +.RE +.PD +.PP +If the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled using the \fBshopt\fP +builtin, several extended pattern matching operators are recognized. +In the following description, a \fIpattern-list\fP is a list of one +or more patterns separated by a \fB|\fP. +Composite patterns may be formed using one or more of the following +sub-patterns: +.sp 1 +.PD 0 +.RS +.TP +\fB?(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP +Matches zero or one occurrence of the given patterns +.TP +\fB*(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP +Matches zero or more occurrences of the given patterns +.TP +\fB+(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP +Matches one or more occurrences of the given patterns +.TP +\fB@(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP +Matches one of the given patterns +.TP +\fB!(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP +Matches anything except one of the given patterns +.RE +.PD +.SS Quote Removal +.PP +After the preceding expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the +characters +.BR \e , +.BR \(aq , +and \^\f3"\fP\^ that did not result from one of the above +expansions are removed. +.SH REDIRECTION +Before a command is executed, its input and output +may be +.I redirected +using a special notation interpreted by the shell. +Redirection may also be used to open and close files for the +current shell execution environment. The following redirection +operators may precede or appear anywhere within a +.I simple command +or may follow a +.IR command . +Redirections are processed in the order they appear, from +left to right. +.PP +In the following descriptions, if the file descriptor number is +omitted, and the first character of the redirection operator is +.BR < , +the redirection refers to the standard input (file descriptor +0). If the first character of the redirection operator is +.BR > , +the redirection refers to the standard output (file descriptor +1). +.PP +The word following the redirection operator in the following +descriptions, unless otherwise noted, is subjected to brace expansion, +tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic +expansion, quote removal, pathname expansion, and word splitting. +If it expands to more than one word, +.B bash +reports an error. +.PP +Note that the order of redirections is significant. For example, +the command +.RS +.PP +ls \fB>\fP dirlist 2\fB>&\fP1 +.RE +.PP +directs both standard output and standard error to the file +.IR dirlist , +while the command +.RS +.PP +ls 2\fB>&\fP1 \fB>\fP dirlist +.RE +.PP +directs only the standard output to file +.IR dirlist , +because the standard error was duplicated as standard output +before the standard output was redirected to +.IR dirlist . +.PP +\fBBash\fP handles several filenames specially when they are used in +redirections, as described in the following table: +.RS +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B /dev/fd/\fIfd\fP +If \fIfd\fP is a valid integer, file descriptor \fIfd\fP is duplicated. +.TP +.B /dev/stdin +File descriptor 0 is duplicated. +.TP +.B /dev/stdout +File descriptor 1 is duplicated. +.TP +.B /dev/stderr +File descriptor 2 is duplicated. +.TP +.B /dev/tcp/\fIhost\fP/\fIport\fP +If \fIhost\fP is a valid hostname or Internet address, and \fIport\fP +is an integer port number or service name, \fBbash\fP attempts to open +a TCP connection to the corresponding socket. +.TP +.B /dev/udp/\fIhost\fP/\fIport\fP +If \fIhost\fP is a valid hostname or Internet address, and \fIport\fP +is an integer port number or service name, \fBbash\fP attempts to open +a UDP connection to the corresponding socket. +.PD +.RE +.PP +A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail. +.PP +Redirections using file descriptors greater than 9 should be used with +care, as they may conflict with file descriptors the shell uses +internally. +.SS Redirecting Input +.PP +Redirection of input causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of +.I word +to be opened for reading on file descriptor +.IR n , +or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if +.I n +is not specified. +.PP +The general format for redirecting input is: +.RS +.PP +[\fIn\fP]\fB<\fP\fIword\fP +.RE +.SS Redirecting Output +.PP +Redirection of output causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of +.I word +to be opened for writing on file descriptor +.IR n , +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if +.I n +is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created; +if it does exist it is truncated to zero size. +.PP +The general format for redirecting output is: +.RS +.PP +[\fIn\fP]\fB>\fP\fIword\fP +.RE +.PP +If the redirection operator is +.BR > , +and the +.B noclobber +option to the +.B set +builtin has been enabled, the redirection will fail if the file +whose name results from the expansion of \fIword\fP exists and is +a regular file. +If the redirection operator is +.BR >| , +or the redirection operator is +.B > +and the +.B noclobber +option to the +.B set +builtin command is not enabled, the redirection is attempted even +if the file named by \fIword\fP exists. +.SS Appending Redirected Output +.PP +Redirection of output in this fashion +causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of +.I word +to be opened for appending on file descriptor +.IR n , +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if +.I n +is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created. +.PP +The general format for appending output is: +.RS +.PP +[\fIn\fP]\fB>>\fP\fIword\fP +.RE +.PP +.SS Redirecting Standard Output and Standard Error +.PP +.B Bash +allows both the +standard output (file descriptor 1) and +the standard error output (file descriptor 2) +to be redirected to the file whose name is the +expansion of +.I word +with this construct. +.PP +There are two formats for redirecting standard output and +standard error: +.RS +.PP +\fB&>\fP\fIword\fP +.RE +and +.RS +\fB>&\fP\fIword\fP +.RE +.PP +Of the two forms, the first is preferred. +This is semantically equivalent to +.RS +.PP +\fB>\fP\fIword\fP 2\fB>&\fP1 +.RE +.SS Here Documents +.PP +This type of redirection instructs the shell to read input from the +current source until a line containing only +.I word +(with no trailing blanks) +is seen. All of +the lines read up to that point are then used as the standard +input for a command. +.PP +The format of here-documents is: +.RS +.PP +.nf +\fB<<\fP[\fB\-\fP]\fIword\fP + \fIhere-document\fP +\fIdelimiter\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +No parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, +or pathname expansion is performed on +.IR word . +If any characters in +.I word +are quoted, the +.I delimiter +is the result of quote removal on +.IR word , +and the lines in the here-document are not expanded. +If \fIword\fP is unquoted, +all lines of the here-document are subjected to parameter expansion, +command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. In the latter +case, the character sequence +.B \e +is ignored, and +.B \e +must be used to quote the characters +.BR \e , +.BR $ , +and +.BR ` . +.PP +If the redirection operator is +.BR <<\- , +then all leading tab characters are stripped from input lines and the +line containing +.IR delimiter . +This allows +here-documents within shell scripts to be indented in a +natural fashion. +.SS "Here Strings" +A variant of here documents, the format is: +.RS +.PP +.nf +\fB<<<\fP\fIword\fP +.fi +.RE +.PP +The \fIword\fP is expanded and supplied to the command on its standard +input. +.SS "Duplicating File Descriptors" +.PP +The redirection operator +.RS +.PP +[\fIn\fP]\fB<&\fP\fIword\fP +.RE +.PP +is used to duplicate input file descriptors. +If +.I word +expands to one or more digits, the file descriptor denoted by +.I n +is made to be a copy of that file descriptor. +If the digits in +.I word +do not specify a file descriptor open for input, a redirection error occurs. +If +.I word +evaluates to +.BR \- , +file descriptor +.I n +is closed. If +.I n +is not specified, the standard input (file descriptor 0) is used. +.PP +The operator +.RS +.PP +[\fIn\fP]\fB>&\fP\fIword\fP +.RE +.PP +is used similarly to duplicate output file descriptors. If +.I n +is not specified, the standard output (file descriptor 1) is used. +If the digits in +.I word +do not specify a file descriptor open for output, a redirection error occurs. +As a special case, if \fIn\fP is omitted, and \fIword\fP does not +expand to one or more digits, the standard output and standard +error are redirected as described previously. +.SS "Moving File Descriptors" +.PP +The redirection operator +.RS +.PP +[\fIn\fP]\fB<&\fP\fIdigit\fP\fB\-\fP +.RE +.PP +moves the file descriptor \fIdigit\fP to file descriptor +.IR n , +or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if \fIn\fP is not specified. +\fIdigit\fP is closed after being duplicated to \fIn\fP. +.PP +Similarly, the redirection operator +.RS +.PP +[\fIn\fP]\fB>&\fP\fIdigit\fP\fB\-\fP +.RE +.PP +moves the file descriptor \fIdigit\fP to file descriptor +.IR n , +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if \fIn\fP is not specified. +.SS "Opening File Descriptors for Reading and Writing" +.PP +The redirection operator +.RS +.PP +[\fIn\fP]\fB<>\fP\fIword\fP +.RE +.PP +causes the file whose name is the expansion of +.I word +to be opened for both reading and writing on file descriptor +.IR n , +or on file descriptor 0 if +.I n +is not specified. If the file does not exist, it is created. +.SH ALIASES +\fIAliases\fP allow a string to be substituted for a word when it is used +as the first word of a simple command. +The shell maintains a list of aliases that may be set and unset with the +.B alias +and +.B unalias +builtin commands (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +The first word of each simple command, if unquoted, +is checked to see if it has an +alias. If so, that word is replaced by the text of the alias. +The characters \fB/\fP, \fB$\fP, \fB`\fP, and \fB=\fP and +any of the shell \fImetacharacters\fP or quoting characters +listed above may not appear in an alias name. +The replacement text may contain any valid shell input, +including shell metacharacters. +The first word of the replacement text is tested +for aliases, but a word that is identical to an alias being expanded +is not expanded a second time. +This means that one may alias +.B ls +to +.BR "ls \-F" , +for instance, and +.B bash +does not try to recursively expand the replacement text. +If the last character of the alias value is a +.IR blank , +then the next command +word following the alias is also checked for alias expansion. +.PP +Aliases are created and listed with the +.B alias +command, and removed with the +.B unalias +command. +.PP +There is no mechanism for using arguments in the replacement text. +If arguments are needed, a shell function should be used (see +.SM +.B FUNCTIONS +below). +.PP +Aliases are not expanded when the shell is not interactive, unless +the +.B expand_aliases +shell option is set using +.B shopt +(see the description of +.B shopt +under +.SM +\fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP +below). +.PP +The rules concerning the definition and use of aliases are +somewhat confusing. +.B Bash +always reads at least one complete line +of input before executing any +of the commands on that line. Aliases are expanded when a +command is read, not when it is executed. Therefore, an +alias definition appearing on the same line as another +command does not take effect until the next line of input is read. +The commands following the alias definition +on that line are not affected by the new alias. +This behavior is also an issue when functions are executed. +Aliases are expanded when a function definition is read, +not when the function is executed, because a function definition +is itself a compound command. As a consequence, aliases +defined in a function are not available until after that +function is executed. To be safe, always put +alias definitions on a separate line, and do not use +.B alias +in compound commands. +.PP +For almost every purpose, aliases are superseded by +shell functions. +.SH FUNCTIONS +A shell function, defined as described above under +.SM +.BR "SHELL GRAMMAR" , +stores a series of commands for later execution. +When the name of a shell function is used as a simple command name, +the list of commands associated with that function name is executed. +Functions are executed in the context of the +current shell; no new process is created to interpret +them (contrast this with the execution of a shell script). +When a function is executed, the arguments to the +function become the positional parameters +during its execution. +The special parameter +.B # +is updated to reflect the change. Special parameter 0 +is unchanged. +The first element of the +.SM +.B FUNCNAME +variable is set to the name of the function while the function +is executing. +All other aspects of the shell execution +environment are identical between a function and its caller +with the exception that the +.SM +.B DEBUG +and +.B RETURN +traps (see the description of the +.B trap +builtin under +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below) are not inherited unless the function has been given the +\fBtrace\fP attribute (see the description of the +.SM +.B declare +builtin below) or the +\fB\-o functrace\fP shell option has been enabled with +the \fBset\fP builtin +(in which case all functions inherit the \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps). +.PP +Variables local to the function may be declared with the +.B local +builtin command. Ordinarily, variables and their values +are shared between the function and its caller. +.PP +If the builtin command +.B return +is executed in a function, the function completes and +execution resumes with the next command after the function +call. +Any command associated with the \fBRETURN\fP trap is executed +before execution resumes. +When a function completes, the values of the +positional parameters and the special parameter +.B # +are restored to the values they had prior to the function's +execution. +.PP +Function names and definitions may be listed with the +.B \-f +option to the +.B declare +or +.B typeset +builtin commands. The +.B \-F +option to +.B declare +or +.B typeset +will list the function names only +(and optionally the source file and line number, if the \fBextdebug\fP +shell option is enabled). +Functions may be exported so that subshells +automatically have them defined with the +.B \-f +option to the +.B export +builtin. +A function definition may be deleted using the \fB\-f\fP option to +the +.B unset +builtin. +Note that shell functions and variables with the same name may result +in multiple identically-named entries in the environment passed to the +shell's children. +Care should be taken in cases where this may cause a problem. +.PP +Functions may be recursive. No limit is imposed on the number +of recursive calls. +.SH "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" +The shell allows arithmetic expressions to be evaluated, under +certain circumstances (see the \fBlet\fP and \fBdeclare\fP builtin +commands and \fBArithmetic Expansion\fP). +Evaluation is done in fixed-width integers with no check for overflow, +though division by 0 is trapped and flagged as an error. +The operators and their precedence, associativity, and values +are the same as in the C language. +The following list of operators is grouped into levels of +equal-precedence operators. +The levels are listed in order of decreasing precedence. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \fIid\fP++ \fIid\fP\-\- +variable post-increment and post-decrement +.TP +.B ++\fIid\fP \-\-\fIid\fP +variable pre-increment and pre-decrement +.TP +.B \- + +unary minus and plus +.TP +.B ! ~ +logical and bitwise negation +.TP +.B ** +exponentiation +.TP +.B * / % +multiplication, division, remainder +.TP +.B + \- +addition, subtraction +.TP +.B << >> +left and right bitwise shifts +.TP +.B <= >= < > +comparison +.TP +.B == != +equality and inequality +.TP +.B & +bitwise AND +.TP +.B ^ +bitwise exclusive OR +.TP +.B | +bitwise OR +.TP +.B && +logical AND +.TP +.B || +logical OR +.TP +.B \fIexpr\fP?\fIexpr\fP:\fIexpr\fP +conditional operator +.TP +.B = *= /= %= += \-= <<= >>= &= ^= |= +assignment +.TP +.B \fIexpr1\fP , \fIexpr2\fP +comma +.PD +.PP +Shell variables are allowed as operands; parameter expansion is +performed before the expression is evaluated. +Within an expression, shell variables may also be referenced by name +without using the parameter expansion syntax. +A shell variable that is null or unset evaluates to 0 when referenced +by name without using the parameter expansion syntax. +The value of a variable is evaluated as an arithmetic expression +when it is referenced, or when a variable which has been given the +\fIinteger\fP attribute using \fBdeclare -i\fP is assigned a value. +A null value evaluates to 0. +A shell variable need not have its integer attribute +turned on to be used in an expression. +.PP +Constants with a leading 0 are interpreted as octal numbers. +A leading 0x or 0X denotes hexadecimal. +Otherwise, numbers take the form [\fIbase#\fP]n, where \fIbase\fP +is a decimal number between 2 and 64 representing the arithmetic +base, and \fIn\fP is a number in that base. +If \fIbase#\fP is omitted, then base 10 is used. +The digits greater than 9 are represented by the lowercase letters, +the uppercase letters, @, and _, in that order. +If \fIbase\fP is less than or equal to 36, lowercase and uppercase +letters may be used interchangeably to represent numbers between 10 +and 35. +.PP +Operators are evaluated in order of precedence. Sub-expressions in +parentheses are evaluated first and may override the precedence +rules above. +.SH "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" +Conditional expressions are used by the \fB[[\fP compound command and +the \fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP builtin commands to test file attributes +and perform string and arithmetic comparisons. +Expressions are formed from the following unary or binary primaries. +If any \fIfile\fP argument to one of the primaries is of the form +\fI/dev/fd/n\fP, then file descriptor \fIn\fP is checked. +If the \fIfile\fP argument to one of the primaries is one of +\fI/dev/stdin\fP, \fI/dev/stdout\fP, or \fI/dev/stderr\fP, file +descriptor 0, 1, or 2, respectively, is checked. +.PP +Unless otherwise specified, primaries that operate on files follow symbolic +links and operate on the target of the link, rather than the link itself. +.sp 1 +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-a \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists. +.TP +.B \-b \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a block special file. +.TP +.B \-c \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a character special file. +.TP +.B \-d \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a directory. +.TP +.B \-e \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists. +.TP +.B \-f \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a regular file. +.TP +.B \-g \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is set-group-id. +.TP +.B \-h \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link. +.TP +.B \-k \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and its ``sticky'' bit is set. +.TP +.B \-p \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a named pipe (FIFO). +.TP +.B \-r \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is readable. +.TP +.B \-s \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and has a size greater than zero. +.TP +.B \-t \fIfd\fP +True if file descriptor +.I fd +is open and refers to a terminal. +.TP +.B \-u \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and its set-user-id bit is set. +.TP +.B \-w \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is writable. +.TP +.B \-x \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is executable. +.TP +.B \-O \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective user id. +.TP +.B \-G \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective group id. +.TP +.B \-L \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link. +.TP +.B \-S \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a socket. +.TP +.B \-N \fIfile\fP +True if \fIfile\fP exists and has been modified since it was last read. +.TP +\fIfile1\fP \-\fBnt\fP \fIfile2\fP +True if \fIfile1\fP is newer (according to modification date) than \fIfile2\fP, +or if \fIfile1\fP exists and \fPfile2\fP does not. +.TP +\fIfile1\fP \-\fBot\fP \fIfile2\fP +True if \fIfile1\fP is older than \fIfile2\fP, or if \fIfile2\fP exists +and \fIfile1\fP does not. +.TP +\fIfile1\fP \fB\-ef\fP \fIfile2\fP +True if \fIfile1\fP and \fIfile2\fP refer to the same device and +inode numbers. +.TP +.B \-o \fIoptname\fP +True if shell option +.I optname +is enabled. +See the list of options under the description of the +.B \-o +option to the +.B set +builtin below. +.TP +.B \-z \fIstring\fP +True if the length of \fIstring\fP is zero. +.TP +\fIstring\fP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-n \fIstring\fP +.PD +True if the length of +.I string +is non-zero. +.TP +\fIstring1\fP \fB==\fP \fIstring2\fP +True if the strings are equal. \fB=\fP may be used in place of +\fB==\fP for strict POSIX compliance. +.TP +\fIstring1\fP \fB!=\fP \fIstring2\fP +True if the strings are not equal. +.TP +\fIstring1\fP \fB<\fP \fIstring2\fP +True if \fIstring1\fP sorts before \fIstring2\fP lexicographically +in the current locale. +.TP +\fIstring1\fP \fB>\fP \fIstring2\fP +True if \fIstring1\fP sorts after \fIstring2\fP lexicographically +in the current locale. +.TP +.I \fIarg1\fP \fBOP\fP \fIarg2\fP +.SM +.B OP +is one of +.BR \-eq , +.BR \-ne , +.BR \-lt , +.BR \-le , +.BR \-gt , +or +.BR \-ge . +These arithmetic binary operators return true if \fIarg1\fP +is equal to, not equal to, less than, less than or equal to, +greater than, or greater than or equal to \fIarg2\fP, respectively. +.I Arg1 +and +.I arg2 +may be positive or negative integers. +.PD +.SH "SIMPLE COMMAND EXPANSION" +When a simple command is executed, the shell performs the following +expansions, assignments, and redirections, from left to right. +.IP 1. +The words that the parser has marked as variable assignments (those +preceding the command name) and redirections are saved for later +processing. +.IP 2. +The words that are not variable assignments or redirections are +expanded. If any words remain after expansion, the first word +is taken to be the name of the command and the remaining words are +the arguments. +.IP 3. +Redirections are performed as described above under +.SM +.BR REDIRECTION . +.IP 4. +The text after the \fB=\fP in each variable assignment undergoes tilde +expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, +and quote removal before being assigned to the variable. +.PP +If no command name results, the variable assignments affect the current +shell environment. Otherwise, the variables are added to the environment +of the executed command and do not affect the current shell environment. +If any of the assignments attempts to assign a value to a readonly variable, +an error occurs, and the command exits with a non-zero status. +.PP +If no command name results, redirections are performed, but do not +affect the current shell environment. A redirection error causes the +command to exit with a non-zero status. +.PP +If there is a command name left after expansion, execution proceeds as +described below. Otherwise, the command exits. If one of the expansions +contained a command substitution, the exit status of the command is +the exit status of the last command substitution performed. If there +were no command substitutions, the command exits with a status of zero. +.SH "COMMAND EXECUTION" +After a command has been split into words, if it results in a +simple command and an optional list of arguments, the following +actions are taken. +.PP +If the command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to +locate it. If there exists a shell function by that name, that +function is invoked as described above in +.SM +.BR FUNCTIONS . +If the name does not match a function, the shell searches for +it in the list of shell builtins. If a match is found, that +builtin is invoked. +.PP +If the name is neither a shell function nor a builtin, +and contains no slashes, +.B bash +searches each element of the +.SM +.B PATH +for a directory containing an executable file by that name. +.B Bash +uses a hash table to remember the full pathnames of executable +files (see +.B hash +under +.SM +.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +below). +A full search of the directories in +.SM +.B PATH +is performed only if the command is not found in the hash table. +If the search is unsuccessful, the shell prints an error +message and returns an exit status of 127. +.PP +If the search is successful, or if the command name contains +one or more slashes, the shell executes the named program in a +separate execution environment. +Argument 0 is set to the name given, and the remaining arguments +to the command are set to the arguments given, if any. +.PP +If this execution fails because the file is not in executable +format, and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be +a \fIshell script\fP, a file +containing shell commands. A subshell is spawned to execute +it. This subshell reinitializes itself, so +that the effect is as if a new shell had been invoked +to handle the script, with the exception that the locations of +commands remembered by the parent (see +.B hash +below under +.SM +\fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP) +are retained by the child. +.PP +If the program is a file beginning with +.BR #! , +the remainder of the first line specifies an interpreter +for the program. The shell executes the +specified interpreter on operating systems that do not +handle this executable format themselves. The arguments to the +interpreter consist of a single optional argument following the +interpreter name on the first line of the program, followed +by the name of the program, followed by the command +arguments, if any. +.SH COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT +The shell has an \fIexecution environment\fP, which consists of the +following: +.sp 1 +.IP \(bu +open files inherited by the shell at invocation, as modified by +redirections supplied to the \fBexec\fP builtin +.IP \(bu +the current working directory as set by \fBcd\fP, \fBpushd\fP, or +\fBpopd\fP, or inherited by the shell at invocation +.IP \(bu +the file creation mode mask as set by \fBumask\fP or inherited from +the shell's parent +.IP \(bu +current traps set by \fBtrap\fP +.IP \(bu +shell parameters that are set by variable assignment or with \fBset\fP +or inherited from the shell's parent in the environment +.IP \(bu +shell functions defined during execution or inherited from the shell's +parent in the environment +.IP \(bu +options enabled at invocation (either by default or with command-line +arguments) or by \fBset\fP +.IP \(bu +options enabled by \fBshopt\fP +.IP \(bu +shell aliases defined with \fBalias\fP +.IP \(bu +various process IDs, including those of background jobs, the value +of \fB$$\fP, and the value of \fB$PPID\fP +.PP +When a simple command other than a builtin or shell function +is to be executed, it +is invoked in a separate execution environment that consists of +the following. Unless otherwise noted, the values are inherited +from the shell. +.sp 1 +.IP \(bu +the shell's open files, plus any modifications and additions specified +by redirections to the command +.IP \(bu +the current working directory +.IP \(bu +the file creation mode mask +.IP \(bu +shell variables and functions marked for export, along with variables +exported for the command, passed in the environment +.IP \(bu +traps caught by the shell are reset to the values inherited from the +shell's parent, and traps ignored by the shell are ignored +.PP +A command invoked in this separate environment cannot affect the +shell's execution environment. +.PP +Command substitution, commands grouped with parentheses, +and asynchronous commands are invoked in a +subshell environment that is a duplicate of the shell environment, +except that traps caught by the shell are reset to the values +that the shell inherited from its parent at invocation. Builtin +commands that are invoked as part of a pipeline are also executed in a +subshell environment. Changes made to the subshell environment +cannot affect the shell's execution environment. +.PP +If a command is followed by a \fB&\fP and job control is not active, the +default standard input for the command is the empty file \fI/dev/null\fP. +Otherwise, the invoked command inherits the file descriptors of the calling +shell as modified by redirections. +.SH ENVIRONMENT +When a program is invoked it is given an array of strings +called the +.IR environment . +This is a list of +\fIname\fP\-\fIvalue\fP pairs, of the form +.IR "name\fR=\fPvalue" . +.PP +The shell provides several ways to manipulate the environment. +On invocation, the shell scans its own environment and +creates a parameter for each name found, automatically marking +it for +.I export +to child processes. Executed commands inherit the environment. +The +.B export +and +.B declare \-x +commands allow parameters and functions to be added to and +deleted from the environment. If the value of a parameter +in the environment is modified, the new value becomes part +of the environment, replacing the old. The environment +inherited by any executed command consists of the shell's +initial environment, whose values may be modified in the shell, +less any pairs removed by the +.B unset +command, plus any additions via the +.B export +and +.B declare \-x +commands. +.PP +The environment for any +.I simple command +or function may be augmented temporarily by prefixing it with +parameter assignments, as described above in +.SM +.BR PARAMETERS . +These assignment statements affect only the environment seen +by that command. +.PP +If the +.B \-k +option is set (see the +.B set +builtin command below), then +.I all +parameter assignments are placed in the environment for a command, +not just those that precede the command name. +.PP +When +.B bash +invokes an external command, the variable +.B _ +is set to the full file name of the command and passed to that +command in its environment. +.SH "EXIT STATUS" +For the shell's purposes, a command which exits with a +zero exit status has succeeded. An exit status of zero +indicates success. A non-zero exit status indicates failure. +When a command terminates on a fatal signal \fIN\fP, \fBbash\fP uses +the value of 128+\fIN\fP as the exit status. +.PP +If a command is not found, the child process created to +execute it returns a status of 127. If a command is found +but is not executable, the return status is 126. +.PP +If a command fails because of an error during expansion or redirection, +the exit status is greater than zero. +.PP +Shell builtin commands return a status of 0 (\fItrue\fP) if +successful, and non-zero (\fIfalse\fP) if an error occurs +while they execute. +All builtins return an exit status of 2 to indicate incorrect usage. +.PP +\fBBash\fP itself returns the exit status of the last command +executed, unless a syntax error occurs, in which case it exits +with a non-zero value. See also the \fBexit\fP builtin +command below. +.SH SIGNALS +When \fBbash\fP is interactive, in the absence of any traps, it ignores +.SM +.B SIGTERM +(so that \fBkill 0\fP does not kill an interactive shell), +and +.SM +.B SIGINT +is caught and handled (so that the \fBwait\fP builtin is interruptible). +In all cases, \fBbash\fP ignores +.SM +.BR SIGQUIT . +If job control is in effect, +.B bash +ignores +.SM +.BR SIGTTIN , +.SM +.BR SIGTTOU , +and +.SM +.BR SIGTSTP . +.PP +Non-builtin commands run by \fBbash\fP have signal handlers +set to the values inherited by the shell from its parent. +When job control is not in effect, asynchronous commands +ignore +.SM +.B SIGINT +and +.SM +.B SIGQUIT +in addition to these inherited handlers. +Commands run as a result of command substitution ignore the +keyboard-generated job control signals +.SM +.BR SIGTTIN , +.SM +.BR SIGTTOU , +and +.SM +.BR SIGTSTP . +.PP +The shell exits by default upon receipt of a +.SM +.BR SIGHUP . +Before exiting, an interactive shell resends the +.SM +.B SIGHUP +to all jobs, running or stopped. +Stopped jobs are sent +.SM +.B SIGCONT +to ensure that they receive the +.SM +.BR SIGHUP . +To prevent the shell from +sending the signal to a particular job, it should be removed from the +jobs table with the +.B disown +builtin (see +.SM +.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +below) or marked +to not receive +.SM +.B SIGHUP +using +.BR "disown \-h" . +.PP +If the +.B huponexit +shell option has been set with +.BR shopt , +.B bash +sends a +.SM +.B SIGHUP +to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits. +.PP +If \fBbash\fP is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal +for which a trap has been set, the trap will not be executed until +the command completes. +When \fBbash\fP is waiting for an asynchronous command via the \fBwait\fP +builtin, the reception of a signal for which a trap has been set will +cause the \fBwait\fP builtin to return immediately with an exit status +greater than 128, immediately after which the trap is executed. +.SH "JOB CONTROL" +.I Job control +refers to the ability to selectively stop (\fIsuspend\fP) +the execution of processes and continue (\fIresume\fP) +their execution at a later point. A user typically employs +this facility via an interactive interface supplied jointly +by the system's terminal driver and +.BR bash . +.PP +The shell associates a +.I job +with each pipeline. It keeps a table of currently executing +jobs, which may be listed with the +.B jobs +command. When +.B bash +starts a job asynchronously (in the +.IR background ), +it prints a line that looks like: +.RS +.PP +[1] 25647 +.RE +.PP +indicating that this job is job number 1 and that the process ID +of the last process in the pipeline associated with this job is 25647. +All of the processes in a single pipeline are members of the same job. +.B Bash +uses the +.I job +abstraction as the basis for job control. +.PP +To facilitate the implementation of the user interface to job +control, the operating system maintains the notion of a \fIcurrent terminal +process group ID\fP. Members of this process group (processes whose +process group ID is equal to the current terminal process group ID) +receive keyboard-generated signals such as +.SM +.BR SIGINT . +These processes are said to be in the +.IR foreground . +.I Background +processes are those whose process group ID differs from the terminal's; +such processes are immune to keyboard-generated signals. +Only foreground processes are allowed to read from or write to the +terminal. Background processes which attempt to read from (write to) the +terminal are sent a +.SM +.B SIGTTIN (SIGTTOU) +signal by the terminal driver, +which, unless caught, suspends the process. +.PP +If the operating system on which +.B bash +is running supports +job control, +.B bash +contains facilities to use it. +Typing the +.I suspend +character (typically +.BR ^Z , +Control-Z) while a process is running +causes that process to be stopped and returns control to +.BR bash . +Typing the +.I "delayed suspend" +character (typically +.BR ^Y , +Control-Y) causes the process to be stopped when it +attempts to read input from the terminal, and control to +be returned to +.BR bash . +The user may then manipulate the state of this job, using the +.B bg +command to continue it in the background, the +.B fg +command to continue it in the foreground, or +the +.B kill +command to kill it. A \fB^Z\fP takes effect immediately, +and has the additional side effect of causing pending output +and typeahead to be discarded. +.PP +There are a number of ways to refer to a job in the shell. +The character +.B % +introduces a job name. Job number +.I n +may be referred to as +.BR %n . +A job may also be referred to using a prefix of the name used to +start it, or using a substring that appears in its command line. +For example, +.B %ce +refers to a stopped +.B ce +job. If a prefix matches more than one job, +.B bash +reports an error. Using +.BR %?ce , +on the other hand, refers to any job containing the string +.B ce +in its command line. If the substring matches more than one job, +.B bash +reports an error. The symbols +.B %% +and +.B %+ +refer to the shell's notion of the +.IR "current job" , +which is the last job stopped while it was in +the foreground or started in the background. +The +.I "previous job" +may be referenced using +.BR %\- . +In output pertaining to jobs (e.g., the output of the +.B jobs +command), the current job is always flagged with a +.BR + , +and the previous job with a +.BR \- . +A single % (with no accompanying job specification) also refers to the +current job. +.PP +Simply naming a job can be used to bring it into the +foreground: +.B %1 +is a synonym for +\fB``fg %1''\fP, +bringing job 1 from the background into the foreground. +Similarly, +.B ``%1 &'' +resumes job 1 in the background, equivalent to +\fB``bg %1''\fP. +.PP +The shell learns immediately whenever a job changes state. +Normally, +.B bash +waits until it is about to print a prompt before reporting +changes in a job's status so as to not interrupt +any other output. If the +.B \-b +option to the +.B set +builtin command +is enabled, +.B bash +reports such changes immediately. +Any trap on +.SM +.B SIGCHLD +is executed for each child that exits. +.PP +If an attempt to exit +.B bash +is made while jobs are stopped, the shell prints a warning message. The +.B jobs +command may then be used to inspect their status. +If a second attempt to exit is made without an intervening command, +the shell does not print another warning, and the stopped +jobs are terminated. +.SH PROMPTING +When executing interactively, +.B bash +displays the primary prompt +.SM +.B PS1 +when it is ready to read a command, and the secondary prompt +.SM +.B PS2 +when it needs more input to complete a command. +.B Bash +allows these prompt strings to be customized by inserting a number of +backslash-escaped special characters that are decoded as follows: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \ea +an ASCII bell character (07) +.TP +.B \ed +the date in "Weekday Month Date" format (e.g., "Tue May 26") +.TP +.B \eD{\fIformat\fP} +the \fIformat\fP is passed to \fIstrftime\fP(3) and the result is inserted +into the prompt string; an empty \fIformat\fP results in a locale-specific +time representation. The braces are required +.TP +.B \ee +an ASCII escape character (033) +.TP +.B \eh +the hostname up to the first `.' +.TP +.B \eH +the hostname +.TP +.B \ej +the number of jobs currently managed by the shell +.TP +.B \el +the basename of the shell's terminal device name +.TP +.B \en +newline +.TP +.B \er +carriage return +.TP +.B \es +the name of the shell, the basename of +.B $0 +(the portion following the final slash) +.TP +.B \et +the current time in 24-hour HH:MM:SS format +.TP +.B \eT +the current time in 12-hour HH:MM:SS format +.TP +.B \e@ +the current time in 12-hour am/pm format +.TP +.B \eA +the current time in 24-hour HH:MM format +.TP +.B \eu +the username of the current user +.TP +.B \ev +the version of \fBbash\fP (e.g., 2.00) +.TP +.B \eV +the release of \fBbash\fP, version + patch level (e.g., 2.00.0) +.TP +.B \ew +the current working directory, with \fB$HOME\fP abbreviated with a tilde +.TP +.B \eW +the basename of the current working directory, with \fB$HOME\fP +abbreviated with a tilde +.TP +.B \e! +the history number of this command +.TP +.B \e# +the command number of this command +.TP +.B \e$ +if the effective UID is 0, a +.BR # , +otherwise a +.B $ +.TP +.B \e\fInnn\fP +the character corresponding to the octal number \fInnn\fP +.TP +.B \e\e +a backslash +.TP +.B \e[ +begin a sequence of non-printing characters, which could be used to +embed a terminal control sequence into the prompt +.TP +.B \e] +end a sequence of non-printing characters +.PD +.RE +.PP +The command number and the history number are usually different: +the history number of a command is its position in the history +list, which may include commands restored from the history file +(see +.SM +.B HISTORY +below), while the command number is the position in the sequence +of commands executed during the current shell session. +After the string is decoded, it is expanded via +parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic +expansion, and quote removal, subject to the value of the +.B promptvars +shell option (see the description of the +.B shopt +command under +.SM +.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +below). +.SH READLINE +This is the library that handles reading input when using an interactive +shell, unless the +.B \-\-noediting +option is given at shell invocation. +By default, the line editing commands are similar to those of emacs. +A vi-style line editing interface is also available. +To turn off line editing after the shell is running, use the +.B +o emacs +or +.B +o vi +options to the +.B set +builtin (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +.SS "Readline Notation" +.PP +In this section, the emacs-style notation is used to denote +keystrokes. Control keys are denoted by C\-\fIkey\fR, e.g., C\-n +means Control\-N. Similarly, +.I meta +keys are denoted by M\-\fIkey\fR, so M\-x means Meta\-X. (On keyboards +without a +.I meta +key, M\-\fIx\fP means ESC \fIx\fP, i.e., press the Escape key +then the +.I x +key. This makes ESC the \fImeta prefix\fP. +The combination M\-C\-\fIx\fP means ESC\-Control\-\fIx\fP, +or press the Escape key +then hold the Control key while pressing the +.I x +key.) +.PP +Readline commands may be given numeric +.IR arguments , +which normally act as a repeat count. +Sometimes, however, it is the sign of the argument that is significant. +Passing a negative argument to a command that acts in the forward +direction (e.g., \fBkill\-line\fP) causes that command to act in a +backward direction. +Commands whose behavior with arguments deviates from this are noted +below. +.PP +When a command is described as \fIkilling\fP text, the text +deleted is saved for possible future retrieval +(\fIyanking\fP). The killed text is saved in a +\fIkill ring\fP. Consecutive kills cause the text to be +accumulated into one unit, which can be yanked all at once. +Commands which do not kill text separate the chunks of text +on the kill ring. +.SS "Readline Initialization" +.PP +Readline is customized by putting commands in an initialization +file (the \fIinputrc\fP file). +The name of this file is taken from the value of the +.SM +.B INPUTRC +variable. If that variable is unset, the default is +.IR ~/.inputrc . +When a program which uses the readline library starts up, the +initialization file is read, and the key bindings and variables +are set. +There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the +readline initialization file. +Blank lines are ignored. +Lines beginning with a \fB#\fP are comments. +Lines beginning with a \fB$\fP indicate conditional constructs. +Other lines denote key bindings and variable settings. +.PP +The default key-bindings may be changed with an +.I inputrc +file. +Other programs that use this library may add their own commands +and bindings. +.PP +For example, placing +.RS +.PP +M\-Control\-u: universal\-argument +.RE +or +.RS +C\-Meta\-u: universal\-argument +.RE +into the +.I inputrc +would make M\-C\-u execute the readline command +.IR universal\-argument . +.PP +The following symbolic character names are recognized: +.IR RUBOUT , +.IR DEL , +.IR ESC , +.IR LFD , +.IR NEWLINE , +.IR RET , +.IR RETURN , +.IR SPC , +.IR SPACE , +and +.IR TAB . +.PP +In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound +to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a \fImacro\fP). +.SS "Readline Key Bindings" +.PP +The syntax for controlling key bindings in the +.I inputrc +file is simple. All that is required is the name of the +command or the text of a macro and a key sequence to which +it should be bound. The name may be specified in one of two ways: +as a symbolic key name, possibly with \fIMeta\-\fP or \fIControl\-\fP +prefixes, or as a key sequence. +.PP +When using the form \fBkeyname\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP, +.I keyname +is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example: +.sp +.RS +Control-u: universal\-argument +.br +Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word +.br +Control-o: "> output" +.RE +.LP +In the above example, +.I C\-u +is bound to the function +.BR universal\-argument , +.I M\-DEL +is bound to the function +.BR backward\-kill\-word , +and +.I C\-o +is bound to run the macro +expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text +.if t \f(CW> output\fP +.if n ``> output'' +into the line). +.PP +In the second form, \fB"keyseq"\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP, +.B keyseq +differs from +.B keyname +above in that strings denoting +an entire key sequence may be specified by placing the sequence +within double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key escapes can be +used, as in the following example, but the symbolic character names +are not recognized. +.sp +.RS +"\eC\-u": universal\-argument +.br +"\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file +.br +"\ee[11~": "Function Key 1" +.RE +.PP +In this example, +.I C\-u +is again bound to the function +.BR universal\-argument . +.I "C\-x C\-r" +is bound to the function +.BR re\-read\-init\-file , +and +.I "ESC [ 1 1 ~" +is bound to insert the text +.if t \f(CWFunction Key 1\fP. +.if n ``Function Key 1''. +.PP +The full set of GNU Emacs style escape sequences is +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \eC\- +control prefix +.TP +.B \eM\- +meta prefix +.TP +.B \ee +an escape character +.TP +.B \e\e +backslash +.TP +.B \e" +literal " +.TP +.B \e\(aq +literal \(aq +.RE +.PD +.PP +In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second +set of backslash escapes is available: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \ea +alert (bell) +.TP +.B \eb +backspace +.TP +.B \ed +delete +.TP +.B \ef +form feed +.TP +.B \en +newline +.TP +.B \er +carriage return +.TP +.B \et +horizontal tab +.TP +.B \ev +vertical tab +.TP +.B \e\fInnn\fP +the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP +(one to three digits) +.TP +.B \ex\fIHH\fP +the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP +(one or two hex digits) +.RE +.PD +.PP +When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must +be used to indicate a macro definition. +Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name. +In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded. +Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text, +including " and \(aq. +.PP +.B Bash +allows the current readline key bindings to be displayed or modified +with the +.B bind +builtin command. The editing mode may be switched during interactive +use by using the +.B \-o +option to the +.B set +builtin command (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). +.SS "Readline Variables" +.PP +Readline has variables that can be used to further customize its +behavior. A variable may be set in the +.I inputrc +file with a statement of the form +.RS +.PP +\fBset\fP \fIvariable\-name\fP \fIvalue\fP +.RE +.PP +Except where noted, readline variables can take the values +.B On +or +.B Off +(without regard to case). +Unrecognized variable names are ignored. +When a variable value is read, empty or null values, "on" (case-insensitive), +and "1" are equivalent to \fBOn\fP. All other values are equivalent to +\fBOff\fP. +The variables and their default values are: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B bell\-style (audible) +Controls what happens when readline wants to ring the terminal bell. +If set to \fBnone\fP, readline never rings the bell. If set to +\fBvisible\fP, readline uses a visible bell if one is available. +If set to \fBaudible\fP, readline attempts to ring the terminal's bell. +.TP +.B bind\-tty\-special\-chars (On) +If set to \fBOn\fP, readline attempts to bind the control characters +treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their readline +equivalents. +.TP +.B comment\-begin (``#'') +The string that is inserted when the readline +.B insert\-comment +command is executed. +This command is bound to +.B M\-# +in emacs mode and to +.B # +in vi command mode. +.TP +.B completion\-ignore\-case (Off) +If set to \fBOn\fP, readline performs filename matching and completion +in a case\-insensitive fashion. +.TP +.B completion\-query\-items (100) +This determines when the user is queried about viewing +the number of possible completions +generated by the \fBpossible\-completions\fP command. +It may be set to any integer value greater than or equal to +zero. If the number of possible completions is greater than +or equal to the value of this variable, the user is asked whether +or not he wishes to view them; otherwise they are simply listed +on the terminal. +.TP +.B convert\-meta (On) +If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will convert characters with the +eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence +by stripping the eighth bit and prefixing an +escape character (in effect, using escape as the \fImeta prefix\fP). +.TP +.B disable\-completion (Off) +If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will inhibit word completion. Completion +characters will be inserted into the line as if they had been +mapped to \fBself-insert\fP. +.TP +.B editing\-mode (emacs) +Controls whether readline begins with a set of key bindings similar +to \fIemacs\fP or \fIvi\fP. +.B editing\-mode +can be set to either +.B emacs +or +.BR vi . +.TP +.B enable\-keypad (Off) +When set to \fBOn\fP, readline will try to enable the application +keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the +arrow keys. +.TP +.B expand\-tilde (Off) +If set to \fBon\fP, tilde expansion is performed when readline +attempts word completion. +.TP +.B history\-preserve\-point (Off) +If set to \fBon\fP, the history code attempts to place point at the +same location on each history line retrieved with \fBprevious-history\fP +or \fBnext-history\fP. +.TP +.B horizontal\-scroll\-mode (Off) +When set to \fBOn\fP, makes readline use a single line for display, +scrolling the input horizontally on a single screen line when it +becomes longer than the screen width rather than wrapping to a new line. +.TP +.B input\-meta (Off) +If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will enable eight-bit input (that is, +it will not strip the high bit from the characters it reads), +regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The name +.B meta\-flag +is a synonym for this variable. +.TP +.B isearch\-terminators (``C\-[C\-J'') +The string of characters that should terminate an incremental +search without subsequently executing the character as a command. +If this variable has not been given a value, the characters +\fIESC\fP and \fIC\-J\fP will terminate an incremental search. +.TP +.B keymap (emacs) +Set the current readline keymap. The set of valid keymap names is +\fIemacs, emacs\-standard, emacs\-meta, emacs\-ctlx, vi, +vi\-command\fP, and +.IR vi\-insert . +\fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi\-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is +equivalent to \fIemacs\-standard\fP. The default value is +.IR emacs ; +the value of +.B editing\-mode +also affects the default keymap. +.TP +.B mark\-directories (On) +If set to \fBOn\fP, completed directory names have a slash +appended. +.TP +.B mark\-modified\-lines (Off) +If set to \fBOn\fP, history lines that have been modified are displayed +with a preceding asterisk (\fB*\fP). +.TP +.B mark\-symlinked\-directories (Off) +If set to \fBOn\fP, completed names which are symbolic links to directories +have a slash appended (subject to the value of +\fBmark\-directories\fP). +.TP +.B match\-hidden\-files (On) +This variable, when set to \fBOn\fP, causes readline to match files whose +names begin with a `.' (hidden files) when performing filename +completion, unless the leading `.' is +supplied by the user in the filename to be completed. +.TP +.B output\-meta (Off) +If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display characters with the +eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape +sequence. +.TP +.B page\-completions (On) +If set to \fBOn\fP, readline uses an internal \fImore\fP-like pager +to display a screenful of possible completions at a time. +.TP +.B print\-completions\-horizontally (Off) +If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display completions with matches +sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen. +.TP +.B show\-all\-if\-ambiguous (Off) +This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If +set to +.BR on , +words which have more than one possible completion cause the +matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell. +.TP +.B show\-all\-if\-unmodified (Off) +This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in +a fashion similar to \fBshow\-all\-if\-ambiguous\fP. +If set to +.BR on , +words which have more than one possible completion without any +possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share +a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead +of ringing the bell. +.TP +.B visible\-stats (Off) +If set to \fBOn\fP, a character denoting a file's type as reported +by \fIstat\fP(2) is appended to the filename when listing possible +completions. +.PD +.SS "Readline Conditional Constructs" +.PP +Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional +compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key +bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result +of tests. There are four parser directives used. +.IP \fB$if\fP +The +.B $if +construct allows bindings to be made based on the +editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using +readline. The text of the test extends to the end of the line; +no characters are required to isolate it. +.RS +.IP \fBmode\fP +The \fBmode=\fP form of the \fB$if\fP directive is used to test +whether readline is in emacs or vi mode. +This may be used in conjunction +with the \fBset keymap\fP command, for instance, to set bindings in +the \fIemacs\-standard\fP and \fIemacs\-ctlx\fP keymaps only if +readline is starting out in emacs mode. +.IP \fBterm\fP +The \fBterm=\fP form may be used to include terminal-specific +key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the +terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the +.B = +is tested against the both full name of the terminal and the portion +of the terminal name before the first \fB\-\fP. This allows +.I sun +to match both +.I sun +and +.IR sun\-cmd , +for instance. +.IP \fBapplication\fP +The \fBapplication\fP construct is used to include +application-specific settings. Each program using the readline +library sets the \fIapplication name\fP, and an initialization +file can test for a particular value. +This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for +a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a +key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash: +.sp 1 +.RS +.nf +\fB$if\fP Bash +# Quote the current or previous word +"\eC\-xq": "\eeb\e"\eef\e"" +\fB$endif\fP +.fi +.RE +.RE +.IP \fB$endif\fP +This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an +\fB$if\fP command. +.IP \fB$else\fP +Commands in this branch of the \fB$if\fP directive are executed if +the test fails. +.IP \fB$include\fP +This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands +and bindings from that file. For example, the following directive +would read \fI/etc/inputrc\fP: +.sp 1 +.RS +.nf +\fB$include\fP \^ \fI/etc/inputrc\fP +.fi +.RE +.SS Searching +.PP +Readline provides commands for searching through the command history +(see +.SM +.B HISTORY +below) for lines containing a specified string. +There are two search modes: +.I incremental +and +.IR non-incremental . +.PP +Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the +search string. +As each character of the search string is typed, readline displays +the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far. +An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to +find the desired history entry. +The characters present in the value of the \fBisearch-terminators\fP +variable are used to terminate an incremental search. +If that variable has not been assigned a value the Escape and +Control-J characters will terminate an incremental search. +Control-G will abort an incremental search and restore the original +line. +When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the +search string becomes the current line. +.PP +To find other matching entries in the history list, type Control-S or +Control-R as appropriate. +This will search backward or forward in the history for the next +entry matching the search string typed so far. +Any other key sequence bound to a readline command will terminate +the search and execute that command. +For instance, a \fInewline\fP will terminate the search and accept +the line, thereby executing the command from the history list. +.PP +Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two +Control-Rs are typed without any intervening characters defining a +new search string, any remembered search string is used. +.PP +Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting +to search for matching history lines. The search string may be +typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line. +.SS "Readline Command Names" +.PP +The following is a list of the names of the commands and the default +key sequences to which they are bound. +Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default. +In the following descriptions, \fIpoint\fP refers to the current cursor +position, and \fImark\fP refers to a cursor position saved by the +\fBset\-mark\fP command. +The text between the point and mark is referred to as the \fIregion\fP. +.SS Commands for Moving +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B beginning\-of\-line (C\-a) +Move to the start of the current line. +.TP +.B end\-of\-line (C\-e) +Move to the end of the line. +.TP +.B forward\-char (C\-f) +Move forward a character. +.TP +.B backward\-char (C\-b) +Move back a character. +.TP +.B forward\-word (M\-f) +Move forward to the end of the next word. Words are composed of +alphanumeric characters (letters and digits). +.TP +.B backward\-word (M\-b) +Move back to the start of the current or previous word. Words are +composed of alphanumeric characters (letters and digits). +.TP +.B clear\-screen (C\-l) +Clear the screen leaving the current line at the top of the screen. +With an argument, refresh the current line without clearing the +screen. +.TP +.B redraw\-current\-line +Refresh the current line. +.PD +.SS Commands for Manipulating the History +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B accept\-line (Newline, Return) +Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. If this line is +non-empty, add it to the history list according to the state of the +.SM +.B HISTCONTROL +variable. If the line is a modified history +line, then restore the history line to its original state. +.TP +.B previous\-history (C\-p) +Fetch the previous command from the history list, moving back in +the list. +.TP +.B next\-history (C\-n) +Fetch the next command from the history list, moving forward in the +list. +.TP +.B beginning\-of\-history (M\-<) +Move to the first line in the history. +.TP +.B end\-of\-history (M\->) +Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently being +entered. +.TP +.B reverse\-search\-history (C\-r) +Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through +the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. +.TP +.B forward\-search\-history (C\-s) +Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through +the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. +.TP +.B non\-incremental\-reverse\-search\-history (M\-p) +Search backward through the history starting at the current line +using a non-incremental search for a string supplied by the user. +.TP +.B non\-incremental\-forward\-search\-history (M\-n) +Search forward through the history using a non-incremental search for +a string supplied by the user. +.TP +.B history\-search\-forward +Search forward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +This is a non-incremental search. +.TP +.B history\-search\-backward +Search backward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +This is a non-incremental search. +.TP +.B yank\-nth\-arg (M\-C\-y) +Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually +the second word on the previous line) at point. +With an argument +.IR n , +insert the \fIn\fPth word from the previous command (the words +in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument +inserts the \fIn\fPth word from the end of the previous command. +Once the argument \fIn\fP is computed, the argument is extracted +as if the "!\fIn\fP" history expansion had been specified. +.TP +.B +yank\-last\-arg (M\-.\^, M\-_\^) +Insert the last argument to the previous command (the last word of +the previous history entry). With an argument, +behave exactly like \fByank\-nth\-arg\fP. +Successive calls to \fByank\-last\-arg\fP move back through the history +list, inserting the last argument of each line in turn. +The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument, +as if the "!$" history expansion had been specified. +.TP +.B shell\-expand\-line (M\-C\-e) +Expand the line as the shell does. This +performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell +word expansions. See +.SM +.B HISTORY EXPANSION +below for a description of history expansion. +.TP +.B history\-expand\-line (M\-^) +Perform history expansion on the current line. +See +.SM +.B HISTORY EXPANSION +below for a description of history expansion. +.TP +.B magic\-space +Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space. +See +.SM +.B HISTORY EXPANSION +below for a description of history expansion. +.TP +.B alias\-expand\-line +Perform alias expansion on the current line. +See +.SM +.B ALIASES +above for a description of alias expansion. +.TP +.B history\-and\-alias\-expand\-line +Perform history and alias expansion on the current line. +.TP +.B insert\-last\-argument (M\-.\^, M\-_\^) +A synonym for \fByank\-last\-arg\fP. +.TP +.B operate\-and\-get\-next (C\-o) +Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line +relative to the current line from the history for editing. Any +argument is ignored. +.TP +.B edit\-and\-execute\-command (C\-xC\-e) +Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell +commands. +\fBBash\fP attempts to invoke +.SM +.BR $FCEDIT , +.SM +.BR $EDITOR , +and \fIemacs\fP as the editor, in that order. +.PD +.SS Commands for Changing Text +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B delete\-char (C\-d) +Delete the character at point. If point is at the +beginning of the line, there are no characters in the line, and +the last character typed was not bound to \fBdelete\-char\fP, +then return +.SM +.BR EOF . +.TP +.B backward\-delete\-char (Rubout) +Delete the character behind the cursor. When given a numeric argument, +save the deleted text on the kill ring. +.TP +.B forward\-backward\-delete\-char +Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the +end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is +deleted. +.TP +.B quoted\-insert (C\-q, C\-v) +Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is +how to insert characters like \fBC\-q\fP, for example. +.TP +.B tab\-insert (C\-v TAB) +Insert a tab character. +.TP +.B self\-insert (a,\ b,\ A,\ 1,\ !,\ ...) +Insert the character typed. +.TP +.B transpose\-chars (C\-t) +Drag the character before point forward over the character at point, +moving point forward as well. +If point is at the end of the line, then this transposes +the two characters before point. +Negative arguments have no effect. +.TP +.B transpose\-words (M\-t) +Drag the word before point past the word after point, +moving point over that word as well. +If point is at the end of the line, this transposes +the last two words on the line. +.TP +.B upcase\-word (M\-u) +Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +uppercase the previous word, but do not move point. +.TP +.B downcase\-word (M\-l) +Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +lowercase the previous word, but do not move point. +.TP +.B capitalize\-word (M\-c) +Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +capitalize the previous word, but do not move point. +.TP +.B overwrite\-mode +Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument, +switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric +argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only +\fBemacs\fP mode; \fBvi\fP mode does overwrite differently. +Each call to \fIreadline()\fP starts in insert mode. +In overwrite mode, characters bound to \fBself\-insert\fP replace +the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right. +Characters bound to \fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP replace the character +before point with a space. By default, this command is unbound. +.PD +.SS Killing and Yanking +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B kill\-line (C\-k) +Kill the text from point to the end of the line. +.TP +.B backward\-kill\-line (C\-x Rubout) +Kill backward to the beginning of the line. +.TP +.B unix\-line\-discard (C\-u) +Kill backward from point to the beginning of the line. +The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. +.\" There is no real difference between this and backward-kill-line +.TP +.B kill\-whole\-line +Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is. +.TP +.B kill\-word (M\-d) +Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between +words, to the end of the next word. +Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBforward\-word\fP. +.TP +.B backward\-kill\-word (M\-Rubout) +Kill the word behind point. +Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBbackward\-word\fP. +.TP +.B unix\-word\-rubout (C\-w) +Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary. +The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. +.TP +.B unix\-filename\-rubout +Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character +as the word boundaries. +The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. +.TP +.B delete\-horizontal\-space (M\-\e) +Delete all spaces and tabs around point. +.TP +.B kill\-region +Kill the text in the current region. +.TP +.B copy\-region\-as\-kill +Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer. +.TP +.B copy\-backward\-word +Copy the word before point to the kill buffer. +The word boundaries are the same as \fBbackward\-word\fP. +.TP +.B copy\-forward\-word +Copy the word following point to the kill buffer. +The word boundaries are the same as \fBforward\-word\fP. +.TP +.B yank (C\-y) +Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point. +.TP +.B yank\-pop (M\-y) +Rotate the kill ring, and yank the new top. Only works following +.B yank +or +.BR yank\-pop . +.PD +.SS Numeric Arguments +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B digit\-argument (M\-0, M\-1, ..., M\-\-) +Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new +argument. M\-\- starts a negative argument. +.TP +.B universal\-argument +This is another way to specify an argument. +If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a +leading minus sign, those digits define the argument. +If the command is followed by digits, executing +.B universal\-argument +again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored. +As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a +character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count +for the next command is multiplied by four. +The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the +first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the +argument count sixteen, and so on. +.PD +.SS Completing +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B complete (TAB) +Attempt to perform completion on the text before point. +.B Bash +attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the +text begins with \fB$\fP), username (if the text begins with +\fB~\fP), hostname (if the text begins with \fB@\fP), or +command (including aliases and functions) in turn. If none +of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted. +.TP +.B possible\-completions (M\-?) +List the possible completions of the text before point. +.TP +.B insert\-completions (M\-*) +Insert all completions of the text before point +that would have been generated by +\fBpossible\-completions\fP. +.TP +.B menu\-complete +Similar to \fBcomplete\fP, but replaces the word to be completed +with a single match from the list of possible completions. +Repeated execution of \fBmenu\-complete\fP steps through the list +of possible completions, inserting each match in turn. +At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung +(subject to the setting of \fBbell\-style\fP) +and the original text is restored. +An argument of \fIn\fP moves \fIn\fP positions forward in the list +of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward +through the list. +This command is intended to be bound to \fBTAB\fP, but is unbound +by default. +.TP +.B delete\-char\-or\-list +Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or +end of the line (like \fBdelete\-char\fP). +If at the end of the line, behaves identically to +\fBpossible\-completions\fP. +This command is unbound by default. +.TP +.B complete\-filename (M\-/) +Attempt filename completion on the text before point. +.TP +.B possible\-filename\-completions (C\-x /) +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a filename. +.TP +.B complete\-username (M\-~) +Attempt completion on the text before point, treating +it as a username. +.TP +.B possible\-username\-completions (C\-x ~) +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a username. +.TP +.B complete\-variable (M\-$) +Attempt completion on the text before point, treating +it as a shell variable. +.TP +.B possible\-variable\-completions (C\-x $) +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a shell variable. +.TP +.B complete\-hostname (M\-@) +Attempt completion on the text before point, treating +it as a hostname. +.TP +.B possible\-hostname\-completions (C\-x @) +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a hostname. +.TP +.B complete\-command (M\-!) +Attempt completion on the text before point, treating +it as a command name. Command completion attempts to +match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell +functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames, +in that order. +.TP +.B possible\-command\-completions (C\-x !) +List the possible completions of the text before point, +treating it as a command name. +.TP +.B dynamic\-complete\-history (M\-TAB) +Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing +the text against lines from the history list for possible +completion matches. +.TP +.B complete\-into\-braces (M\-{) +Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions +enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell (see +.B Brace Expansion +above). +.PD +.SS Keyboard Macros +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B start\-kbd\-macro (C\-x (\^) +Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro. +.TP +.B end\-kbd\-macro (C\-x )\^) +Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro +and store the definition. +.TP +.B call\-last\-kbd\-macro (C\-x e) +Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters +in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard. +.PD +.SS Miscellaneous +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B re\-read\-init\-file (C\-x C\-r) +Read in the contents of the \fIinputrc\fP file, and incorporate +any bindings or variable assignments found there. +.TP +.B abort (C\-g) +Abort the current editing command and +ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of +.BR bell\-style ). +.TP +.B do\-uppercase\-version (M\-a, M\-b, M\-\fIx\fP, ...) +If the metafied character \fIx\fP is lowercase, run the command +that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character. +.TP +.B prefix\-meta (ESC) +Metafy the next character typed. +.SM +.B ESC +.B f +is equivalent to +.BR Meta\-f . +.TP +.B undo (C\-_, C\-x C\-u) +Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line. +.TP +.B revert\-line (M\-r) +Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the +.B undo +command enough times to return the line to its initial state. +.TP +.B tilde\-expand (M\-&) +Perform tilde expansion on the current word. +.TP +.B set\-mark (C\-@, M\-) +Set the mark to the point. If a +numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position. +.TP +.B exchange\-point\-and\-mark (C\-x C\-x) +Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to +the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark. +.TP +.B character\-search (C\-]) +A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that +character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences. +.TP +.B character\-search\-backward (M\-C\-]) +A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence of that +character. A negative count searches for subsequent occurrences. +.TP +.B insert\-comment (M\-#) +Without a numeric argument, the value of the readline +.B comment\-begin +variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line. +If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if +the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value +of \fBcomment\-begin\fP, the value is inserted, otherwise +the characters in \fBcomment-begin\fP are deleted from the beginning of +the line. +In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed. +The default value of +\fBcomment\-begin\fP causes this command to make the current line +a shell comment. +If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line +will be executed by the shell. +.TP +.B glob\-complete\-word (M\-g) +The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion, +with an asterisk implicitly appended. This pattern is used to +generate a list of matching file names for possible completions. +.TP +.B glob\-expand\-word (C\-x *) +The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion, +and the list of matching file names is inserted, replacing the word. +If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before +pathname expansion. +.TP +.B glob\-list\-expansions (C\-x g) +The list of expansions that would have been generated by +.B glob\-expand\-word +is displayed, and the line is redrawn. +If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before +pathname expansion. +.TP +.B dump\-functions +Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the +readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an \fIinputrc\fP file. +.TP +.B dump\-variables +Print all of the settable readline variables and their values to the +readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an \fIinputrc\fP file. +.TP +.B dump\-macros +Print all of the readline key sequences bound to macros and the +strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an \fIinputrc\fP file. +.TP +.B display\-shell\-version (C\-x C\-v) +Display version information about the current instance of +.BR bash . +.PD +.SS Programmable Completion +.PP +When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for +which a completion specification (a \fIcompspec\fP) has been defined +using the \fBcomplete\fP builtin (see +.SM +.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +below), the programmable completion facilities are invoked. +.PP +First, the command name is identified. +If a compspec has been defined for that command, the +compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word. +If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full +pathname is searched for first. +If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to +find a compspec for the portion following the final slash. +.PP +Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of +matching words. +If a compspec is not found, the default \fBbash\fP completion as +described above under \fBCompleting\fP is performed. +.PP +First, the actions specified by the compspec are used. +Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are +returned. +When the +.B \-f +or +.B \-d +option is used for filename or directory name completion, the shell +variable +.SM +.B FIGNORE +is used to filter the matches. +.PP +Any completions specified by a filename expansion pattern to the +\fB\-G\fP option are generated next. +The words generated by the pattern need not match the word +being completed. +The +.SM +.B GLOBIGNORE +shell variable is not used to filter the matches, but the +.SM +.B FIGNORE +variable is used. +.PP +Next, the string specified as the argument to the \fB\-W\fP option +is considered. +The string is first split using the characters in the +.SM +.B IFS +special variable as delimiters. +Shell quoting is honored. +Each word is then expanded using +brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, and arithmetic expansion, +as described above under +.SM +.BR EXPANSION . +The results are split using the rules described above under +\fBWord Splitting\fP. +The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being +completed, and the matching words become the possible completions. +.PP +After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command +specified with the \fB\-F\fP and \fB\-C\fP options is invoked. +When the command or function is invoked, the +.SM +.B COMP_LINE +and +.SM +.B COMP_POINT +variables are assigned values as described above under +\fBShell Variables\fP. +If a shell function is being invoked, the +.SM +.B COMP_WORDS +and +.SM +.B COMP_CWORD +variables are also set. +When the function or command is invoked, the first argument is the +name of the command whose arguments are being completed, the +second argument is the word being completed, and the third argument +is the word preceding the word being completed on the current command line. +No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed +is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating +the matches. +.PP +Any function specified with \fB\-F\fP is invoked first. +The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the +\fBcompgen\fP builtin described below, to generate the matches. +It must put the possible completions in the +.SM +.B COMPREPLY +array variable. +.PP +Next, any command specified with the \fB\-C\fP option is invoked +in an environment equivalent to command substitution. +It should print a list of completions, one per line, to the +standard output. +Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary. +.PP +After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter +specified with the \fB\-X\fP option is applied to the list. +The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a \fB&\fP +in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed. +A literal \fB&\fP may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash +is removed before attempting a match. +Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list. +A leading \fB!\fP negates the pattern; in this case any completion +not matching the pattern will be removed. +.PP +Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-S\fP +options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is +returned to the readline completion code as the list of possible +completions. +.PP +If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the +\fB\-o dirnames\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the +compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted. +.PP +If the \fB\-o plusdirs\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the +compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any +matches are added to the results of the other actions. +.PP +By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned +to the completion code as the full set of possible completions. +The default \fBbash\fP completions are not attempted, and the readline +default of filename completion is disabled. +If the \fB\-o bashdefault\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when +the compspec was defined, the \fBbash\fP default completions are attempted +if the compspec generates no matches. +If the \fB\-o default\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the +compspec was defined, readline's default completion will be performed +if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default \fBbash\fP completions) +generate no matches. +.PP +When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired, +the programmable completion functions force readline to append a slash +to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to +the value of the \fBmark\-directories\fP readline variable, regardless +of the setting of the \fBmark-symlinked\-directories\fP readline variable. +.SH HISTORY +When the +.B \-o history +option to the +.B set +builtin is enabled, the shell provides access to the +\fIcommand history\fP, +the list of commands previously typed. +The value of the \fBHISTSIZE\fP variable is used as the +number of commands to save in a history list. +The text of the last +.SM +.B HISTSIZE +commands (default 500) is saved. The shell +stores each command in the history list prior to parameter and +variable expansion (see +.SM +.B EXPANSION +above) but after history expansion is performed, subject to the +values of the shell variables +.SM +.B HISTIGNORE +and +.SM +.BR HISTCONTROL . +.PP +On startup, the history is initialized from the file named by +the variable +.SM +.B HISTFILE +(default \fI~/.bash_history\fP). +The file named by the value of +.SM +.B HISTFILE +is truncated, if necessary, to contain no more than +the number of lines specified by the value of +.SM +.BR HISTFILESIZE . +When an interactive shell exits, the last +.SM +.B $HISTSIZE +lines are copied from the history list to +.SM +.BR $HISTFILE . +If the +.B histappend +shell option is enabled +(see the description of +.B shopt +under +.SM +.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +below), the lines are appended to the history file, +otherwise the history file is overwritten. +If +.SM +.B HISTFILE +is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is +not saved. After saving the history, the history file is truncated +to contain no more than +.SM +.B HISTFILESIZE +lines. If +.SM +.B HISTFILESIZE +is not set, no truncation is performed. +.PP +The builtin command +.B fc +(see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below) may be used to list or edit and re-execute a portion of +the history list. +The +.B history +builtin may be used to display or modify the history list and +manipulate the history file. +When using command-line editing, search commands +are available in each editing mode that provide access to the +history list. +.PP +The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history +list. The +.SM +.B HISTCONTROL +and +.SM +.B HISTIGNORE +variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the +commands entered. +The +.B cmdhist +shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each +line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding +semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness. +The +.B lithist +shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines +instead of semicolons. See the description of the +.B shopt +builtin below under +.SM +.B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +for information on setting and unsetting shell options. +.SH "HISTORY EXPANSION" +.PP +The shell supports a history expansion feature that +is similar to the history expansion in +.BR csh. +This section describes what syntax features are available. This +feature is enabled by default for interactive shells, and can be +disabled using the +.B \+H +option to the +.B set +builtin command (see +.SM +.B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS +below). Non-interactive shells do not perform history expansion +by default. +.PP +History expansions introduce words from the history list into +the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the +arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or +fix errors in previous commands quickly. +.PP +History expansion is performed immediately after a complete line +is read, before the shell breaks it into words. +It takes place in two parts. +The first is to determine which line from the history list +to use during substitution. +The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into +the current one. +The line selected from the history is the \fIevent\fP, +and the portions of that line that are acted upon are \fIwords\fP. +Various \fImodifiers\fP are available to manipulate the selected words. +The line is broken into words in the same fashion as when reading input, +so that several \fImetacharacter\fP-separated words surrounded by +quotes are considered one word. +History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the +history expansion character, which is \^\fB!\fP\^ by default. +Only backslash (\^\fB\e\fP\^) and single quotes can quote +the history expansion character. +.PP +Several characters inhibit history expansion if found immediately +following the history expansion character, even if it is unquoted: +space, tab, newline, carriage return, and \fB=\fP. +If the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled, \fB(\fP will also +inhibit expansion. +.PP +Several shell options settable with the +.B shopt +builtin may be used to tailor the behavior of history expansion. +If the +.B histverify +shell option is enabled (see the description of the +.B shopt +builtin), and +.B readline +is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to +the shell parser. +Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the +.B readline +editing buffer for further modification. +If +.B readline +is being used, and the +.B histreedit +shell option is enabled, a failed history substitution will be reloaded +into the +.B readline +editing buffer for correction. +The +.B \-p +option to the +.B history +builtin command may be used to see what a history expansion will +do before using it. +The +.B \-s +option to the +.B history +builtin may be used to add commands to the end of the history list +without actually executing them, so that they are available for +subsequent recall. +.PP +The shell allows control of the various characters used by the +history expansion mechanism (see the description of +.B histchars +above under +.BR "Shell Variables" ). +.SS Event Designators +.PP +An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the +history list. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B ! +Start a history substitution, except when followed by a +.BR blank , +newline, carriage return, = +or ( (when the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled using +the \fBshopt\fP builtin). +.TP +.B !\fIn\fR +Refer to command line +.IR n . +.TP +.B !\-\fIn\fR +Refer to the current command line minus +.IR n . +.TP +.B !! +Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for `!\-1'. +.TP +.B !\fIstring\fR +Refer to the most recent command starting with +.IR string . +.TP +.B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR +Refer to the most recent command containing +.IR string . +The trailing \fB?\fP may be omitted if +.I string +is followed immediately by a newline. +.TP +.B \d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring1\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring2\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u +Quick substitution. Repeat the last command, replacing +.I string1 +with +.IR string2 . +Equivalent to +``!!:s/\fIstring1\fP/\fIstring2\fP/'' +(see \fBModifiers\fP below). +.TP +.B !# +The entire command line typed so far. +.PD +.SS Word Designators +.PP +Word designators are used to select desired words from the event. +A +.B : +separates the event specification from the word designator. +It may be omitted if the word designator begins with a +.BR ^ , +.BR $ , +.BR * , +.BR \- , +or +.BR % . +Words are numbered from the beginning of the line, +with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero). +Words are inserted into the current line separated by single spaces. +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP +.B 0 (zero) +The zeroth word. For the shell, this is the command +word. +.TP +.I n +The \fIn\fRth word. +.TP +.B ^ +The first argument. That is, word 1. +.TP +.B $ +The last argument. +.TP +.B % +The word matched by the most recent `?\fIstring\fR?' search. +.TP +.I x\fB\-\fPy +A range of words; `\-\fIy\fR' abbreviates `0\-\fIy\fR'. +.TP +.B * +All of the words but the zeroth. This is a synonym +for `\fI1\-$\fP'. It is not an error to use +.B * +if there is just one +word in the event; the empty string is returned in that case. +.TP +.B x* +Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP. +.TP +.B x\- +Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP like \fBx*\fP, but omits the last word. +.PD +.PP +If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the +previous command is used as the event. +.SS Modifiers +.PP +After the optional word designator, there may appear a sequence of +one or more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a `:'. +.PP +.PD 0 +.PP +.TP +.B h +Remove a trailing file name component, leaving only the head. +.TP +.B t +Remove all leading file name components, leaving the tail. +.TP +.B r +Remove a trailing suffix of the form \fI.xxx\fP, leaving the +basename. +.TP +.B e +Remove all but the trailing suffix. +.TP +.B p +Print the new command but do not execute it. +.TP +.B q +Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions. +.TP +.B x +Quote the substituted words as with +.BR q , +but break into words at +.B blanks +and newlines. +.TP +.B s/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/ +Substitute +.I new +for the first occurrence of +.I old +in the event line. Any delimiter can be used in place of /. The +final delimiter is optional if it is the last character of the +event line. The delimiter may be quoted in +.I old +and +.I new +with a single backslash. If & appears in +.IR new , +it is replaced by +.IR old . +A single backslash will quote the &. If +.I old +is null, it is set to the last +.I old +substituted, or, if no previous history substitutions took place, +the last +.I string +in a +.B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR +search. +.TP +.B & +Repeat the previous substitution. +.TP +.B g +Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. This is +used in conjunction with `\fB:s\fP' (e.g., `\fB:gs/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/\fR') +or `\fB:&\fP'. If used with +`\fB:s\fP', any delimiter can be used +in place of /, and the final delimiter is optional +if it is the last character of the event line. +An \fBa\fP may be used as a synonym for \fBg\fP. +.TP +.B G +Apply the following `\fBs\fP' modifier once to each word in the event line. +.PD +.SH "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" +.\" start of bash_builtins +.zZ +.PP +Unless otherwise noted, each builtin command documented in this +section as accepting options preceded by +.B \- +accepts +.B \-\- +to signify the end of the options. +For example, the \fB:\fP, \fBtrue\fP, \fBfalse\fP, and \fBtest\fP builtins +do not accept options. +.sp .5 +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB:\fP [\fIarguments\fP] +.PD +No effect; the command does nothing beyond expanding +.I arguments +and performing any specified +redirections. A zero exit code is returned. +.TP +\fB .\| \fP \fIfilename\fP [\fIarguments\fP] +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBsource\fP \fIfilename\fP [\fIarguments\fP] +.PD +Read and execute commands from +.I filename +in the current +shell environment and return the exit status of the last command +executed from +.IR filename . +If +.I filename +does not contain a slash, file names in +.SM +.B PATH +are used to find the directory containing +.IR filename . +The file searched for in +.SM +.B PATH +need not be executable. +When \fBbash\fP is not in \fIposix mode\fP, the current directory is +searched if no file is found in +.SM +.BR PATH . +If the +.B sourcepath +option to the +.B shopt +builtin command is turned off, the +.SM +.B PATH +is not searched. +If any \fIarguments\fP are supplied, they become the positional +parameters when \fIfilename\fP is executed. Otherwise the positional +parameters are unchanged. +The return status is the status of the last command exited within +the script (0 if no commands are executed), and false if +.I filename +is not found or cannot be read. +.TP +\fBalias\fP [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...] +\fBAlias\fP with no arguments or with the +.B \-p +option prints the list of aliases in the form +\fBalias\fP \fIname\fP=\fIvalue\fP on standard output. +When arguments are supplied, an alias is defined for +each \fIname\fP whose \fIvalue\fP is given. +A trailing space in \fIvalue\fP causes the next word to be +checked for alias substitution when the alias is expanded. +For each \fIname\fP in the argument list for which no \fIvalue\fP +is supplied, the name and value of the alias is printed. +\fBAlias\fP returns true unless a \fIname\fP is given for which +no alias has been defined. +.TP +\fBbg\fP [\fIjobspec\fP ...] +Resume each suspended job \fIjobspec\fP in the background, as if it +had been started with +.BR & . +If \fIjobspec\fP is not present, the shell's notion of the +\fIcurrent job\fP is used. +.B bg +.I jobspec +returns 0 unless run when job control is disabled or, when run with +job control enabled, any specified \fIjobspec\fP was not found +or was started without job control. +.TP +\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] [\fB\-lpsvPSV\fP] +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] [\fB\-q\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-r\fP \fIkeyseq\fP] +.TP +\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fB\-f\fP \fIfilename\fP +.TP +\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fB\-x\fP \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIshell\-command\fP +.TP +\fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIfunction\-name\fP +.TP +\fBbind\fP \fIreadline\-command\fP +.PD +Display current +.B readline +key and function bindings, bind a key sequence to a +.B readline +function or macro, or set a +.B readline +variable. +Each non-option argument is a command as it would appear in +.IR .inputrc , +but each binding or command must be passed as a separate argument; +e.g., '"\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file'. +Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-m \fIkeymap\fP +Use +.I keymap +as the keymap to be affected by the subsequent bindings. +Acceptable +.I keymap +names are +\fIemacs, emacs\-standard, emacs\-meta, emacs\-ctlx, vi, +vi\-move, vi\-command\fP, and +.IR vi\-insert . +\fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi\-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is +equivalent to \fIemacs\-standard\fP. +.TP +.B \-l +List the names of all \fBreadline\fP functions. +.TP +.B \-p +Display \fBreadline\fP function names and bindings in such a way +that they can be re-read. +.TP +.B \-P +List current \fBreadline\fP function names and bindings. +.TP +.B \-v +Display \fBreadline\fP variable names and values in such a way that they +can be re-read. +.TP +.B \-V +List current \fBreadline\fP variable names and values. +.TP +.B \-s +Display \fBreadline\fP key sequences bound to macros and the strings +they output in such a way that they can be re-read. +.TP +.B \-S +Display \fBreadline\fP key sequences bound to macros and the strings +they output. +.TP +.B \-f \fIfilename\fP +Read key bindings from \fIfilename\fP. +.TP +.B \-q \fIfunction\fP +Query about which keys invoke the named \fIfunction\fP. +.TP +.B \-u \fIfunction\fP +Unbind all keys bound to the named \fIfunction\fP. +.TP +.B \-r \fIkeyseq\fP +Remove any current binding for \fIkeyseq\fP. +.TP +.B \-x \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIshell\-command\fP +Cause \fIshell\-command\fP to be executed whenever \fIkeyseq\fP is +entered. +.PD +.PP +The return value is 0 unless an unrecognized option is given or an +error occurred. +.RE +.TP +\fBbreak\fP [\fIn\fP] +Exit from within a +.BR for , +.BR while , +.BR until , +or +.B select +loop. If \fIn\fP is specified, break \fIn\fP levels. +.I n +must be \(>= 1. If +.I n +is greater than the number of enclosing loops, all enclosing loops +are exited. The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing +a loop when +.B break +is executed. +.TP +\fBbuiltin\fP \fIshell\-builtin\fP [\fIarguments\fP] +Execute the specified shell builtin, passing it +.IR arguments , +and return its exit status. +This is useful when defining a +function whose name is the same as a shell builtin, +retaining the functionality of the builtin within the function. +The \fBcd\fP builtin is commonly redefined this way. +The return status is false if +.I shell\-builtin +is not a shell builtin command. +.TP +\fBcd\fP [\fB\-L|-P\fP] [\fIdir\fP] +Change the current directory to \fIdir\fP. The variable +.SM +.B HOME +is the +default +.IR dir . +The variable +.SM +.B CDPATH +defines the search path for the directory containing +.IR dir . +Alternative directory names in +.SM +.B CDPATH +are separated by a colon (:). A null directory name in +.SM +.B CDPATH +is the same as the current directory, i.e., ``\fB.\fP''. If +.I dir +begins with a slash (/), +then +.SM +.B CDPATH +is not used. The +.B \-P +option says to use the physical directory structure instead of +following symbolic links (see also the +.B \-P +option to the +.B set +builtin command); the +.B \-L +option forces symbolic links to be followed. An argument of +.B \- +is equivalent to +.SM +.BR $OLDPWD . +If a non-empty directory name from \fBCDPATH\fP is used, or if +\fB\-\fP is the first argument, and the directory change is +successful, the absolute pathname of the new working directory is +written to the standard output. +The return value is true if the directory was successfully changed; +false otherwise. +.TP +\fBcaller\fP [\fIexpr\fP] +Returns the context of any active subroutine call (a shell function or +a script executed with the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins. +Without \fIexpr\fP, \fBcaller\fP displays the line number and source +filename of the current subroutine call. +If a non-negative integer is supplied as \fIexpr\fP, \fBcaller\fP +displays the line number, subroutine name, and source file corresponding +to that position in the current execution call stack. This extra +information may be used, for example, to print a stack trace. The +current frame is frame 0. +The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing a subroutine +call or \fIexpr\fP does not correspond to a valid position in the +call stack. +.TP +\fBcommand\fP [\fB\-pVv\fP] \fIcommand\fP [\fIarg\fP ...] +Run +.I command +with +.I args +suppressing the normal shell function lookup. Only builtin +commands or commands found in the +.SM +.B PATH +are executed. If the +.B \-p +option is given, the search for +.I command +is performed using a default value for +.B PATH +that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities. +If either the +.B \-V +or +.B \-v +option is supplied, a description of +.I command +is printed. The +.B \-v +option causes a single word indicating the command or file name +used to invoke +.I command +to be displayed; the +.B \-V +option produces a more verbose description. +If the +.B \-V +or +.B \-v +option is supplied, the exit status is 0 if +.I command +was found, and 1 if not. If neither option is supplied and +an error occurred or +.I command +cannot be found, the exit status is 127. Otherwise, the exit status of the +.B command +builtin is the exit status of +.IR command . +.TP +\fBcompgen\fP [\fIoption\fP] [\fIword\fP] +Generate possible completion matches for \fIword\fP according to +the \fIoption\fPs, which may be any option accepted by the +.B complete +builtin with the exception of \fB\-p\fP and \fB\-r\fP, and write +the matches to the standard output. +When using the \fB\-F\fP or \fB\-C\fP options, the various shell variables +set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not +have useful values. +.sp 1 +The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable +completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification +with the same flags. +If \fIword\fP is specified, only those completions matching \fIword\fP +will be displayed. +.sp 1 +The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no +matches were generated. +.TP +\fBcomplete\fP [\fB\-abcdefgjksuv\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIcomp-option\fP] [\fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP] [\fB\-G\fP \fIglobpat\fP] [\fB\-W\fP \fIwordlist\fP] [\fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP] [\fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP] +.br +[\fB\-X\fP \fIfilterpat\fP] [\fB\-F\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-C\fP \fIcommand\fP] \fIname\fP [\fIname ...\fP] +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBcomplete\fP \fB\-pr\fP [\fIname\fP ...] +.PD +Specify how arguments to each \fIname\fP should be completed. +If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, +existing completion specifications are printed in a way that allows +them to be reused as input. +The \fB\-r\fP option removes a completion specification for +each \fIname\fP, or, if no \fIname\fPs are supplied, all +completion specifications. +.sp 1 +The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion +is attempted is described above under \fBProgrammable Completion\fP. +.sp 1 +Other options, if specified, have the following meanings. +The arguments to the \fB\-G\fP, \fB\-W\fP, and \fB\-X\fP options +(and, if necessary, the \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-S\fP options) +should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the +.B complete +builtin is invoked. +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP 8 +\fB\-o\fP \fIcomp-option\fP +The \fIcomp-option\fP controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior +beyond the simple generation of completions. +\fIcomp-option\fP may be one of: +.RS +.TP 8 +.B bashdefault +Perform the rest of the default \fBbash\fP completions if the compspec +generates no matches. +.TP 8 +.B default +Use readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates +no matches. +.TP 8 +.B dirnames +Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches. +.TP 8 +.B filenames +Tell readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any +filename\-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names or +suppressing trailing spaces). Intended to be used with shell functions. +.TP 8 +.B nospace +Tell readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at +the end of the line. +.TP 8 +.B plusdirs +After any matches defined by the compspec are generated, +directory name completion is attempted and any +matches are added to the results of the other actions. +.RE +.TP 8 +\fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP +The \fIaction\fP may be one of the following to generate a list of possible +completions: +.RS +.TP 8 +.B alias +Alias names. May also be specified as \fB\-a\fP. +.TP 8 +.B arrayvar +Array variable names. +.TP 8 +.B binding +\fBReadline\fP key binding names. +.TP 8 +.B builtin +Names of shell builtin commands. May also be specified as \fB\-b\fP. +.TP 8 +.B command +Command names. May also be specified as \fB\-c\fP. +.TP 8 +.B directory +Directory names. May also be specified as \fB\-d\fP. +.TP 8 +.B disabled +Names of disabled shell builtins. +.TP 8 +.B enabled +Names of enabled shell builtins. +.TP 8 +.B export +Names of exported shell variables. May also be specified as \fB\-e\fP. +.TP 8 +.B file +File names. May also be specified as \fB\-f\fP. +.TP 8 +.B function +Names of shell functions. +.TP 8 +.B group +Group names. May also be specified as \fB\-g\fP. +.TP 8 +.B helptopic +Help topics as accepted by the \fBhelp\fP builtin. +.TP 8 +.B hostname +Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the +.SM +.B HOSTFILE +shell variable. +.TP 8 +.B job +Job names, if job control is active. May also be specified as \fB\-j\fP. +.TP 8 +.B keyword +Shell reserved words. May also be specified as \fB\-k\fP. +.TP 8 +.B running +Names of running jobs, if job control is active. +.TP 8 +.B service +Service names. May also be specified as \fB\-s\fP. +.TP 8 +.B setopt +Valid arguments for the \fB\-o\fP option to the \fBset\fP builtin. +.TP 8 +.B shopt +Shell option names as accepted by the \fBshopt\fP builtin. +.TP 8 +.B signal +Signal names. +.TP 8 +.B stopped +Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active. +.TP 8 +.B user +User names. May also be specified as \fB\-u\fP. +.TP 8 +.B variable +Names of all shell variables. May also be specified as \fB\-v\fP. +.RE +.TP 8 +\fB\-G\fP \fIglobpat\fP +The filename expansion pattern \fIglobpat\fP is expanded to generate +the possible completions. +.TP 8 +\fB\-W\fP \fIwordlist\fP +The \fIwordlist\fP is split using the characters in the +.SM +.B IFS +special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word is expanded. +The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which +match the word being completed. +.TP 8 +\fB\-C\fP \fIcommand\fP +\fIcommand\fP is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is +used as the possible completions. +.TP 8 +\fB\-F\fP \fIfunction\fP +The shell function \fIfunction\fP is executed in the current shell +environment. +When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value +of the +.SM +.B COMPREPLY +array variable. +.TP 8 +\fB\-X\fP \fIfilterpat\fP +\fIfilterpat\fP is a pattern as used for filename expansion. +It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the +preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching +\fIfilterpat\fP is removed from the list. +A leading \fB!\fP in \fIfilterpat\fP negates the pattern; in this +case, any completion not matching \fIfilterpat\fP is removed. +.TP 8 +\fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP +\fIprefix\fP is added at the beginning of each possible completion +after all other options have been applied. +.TP 8 +\fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP +\fIsuffix\fP is appended to each possible completion +after all other options have been applied. +.PD +.PP +The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option +other than \fB\-p\fP or \fB\-r\fP is supplied without a \fIname\fP +argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for +a \fIname\fP for which no specification exists, or +an error occurs adding a completion specification. +.RE +.TP +\fBcontinue\fP [\fIn\fP] +Resume the next iteration of the enclosing +.BR for , +.BR while , +.BR until , +or +.B select +loop. +If +.I n +is specified, resume at the \fIn\fPth enclosing loop. +.I n +must be \(>= 1. If +.I n +is greater than the number of enclosing loops, the last enclosing loop +(the ``top-level'' loop) is resumed. The return value is 0 unless the +shell is not executing a loop when +.B continue +is executed. +.TP +\fBdeclare\fP [\fB\-afFirtx\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...] +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBtypeset\fP [\fB\-afFirtx\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...] +.PD +Declare variables and/or give them attributes. +If no \fIname\fPs are given then display the values of variables. +The +.B \-p +option will display the attributes and values of each +.IR name . +When +.B \-p +is used, additional options are ignored. +The +.B \-F +option inhibits the display of function definitions; only the +function name and attributes are printed. +If the \fBextdebug\fP shell option is enabled using \fBshopt\fP, +the source file name and line number where the function is defined +are displayed as well. The +.B \-F +option implies +.BR \-f . +The following options can +be used to restrict output to variables with the specified attribute or +to give variables attributes: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-a +Each \fIname\fP is an array variable (see +.B Arrays +above). +.TP +.B \-f +Use function names only. +.TP +.B \-i +The variable is treated as an integer; arithmetic evaluation (see +.SM +.B "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" ") " +is performed when the variable is assigned a value. +.TP +.B \-r +Make \fIname\fPs readonly. These names cannot then be assigned values +by subsequent assignment statements or unset. +.TP +.B \-t +Give each \fIname\fP the \fItrace\fP attribute. +Traced functions inherit the \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps from +the calling shell. +The trace attribute has no special meaning for variables. +.TP +.B \-x +Mark \fIname\fPs for export to subsequent commands via the environment. +.PD +.PP +Using `+' instead of `\-' +turns off the attribute instead, with the exception that \fB+a\fP +may not be used to destroy an array variable. When used in a function, +makes each +\fIname\fP local, as with the +.B local +command. +If a variable name is followed by =\fIvalue\fP, the value of +the variable is set to \fIvalue\fP. +The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, +an attempt is made to define a function using +.if n ``\-f foo=bar'', +.if t \f(CW\-f foo=bar\fP, +an attempt is made to assign a value to a readonly variable, +an attempt is made to assign a value to an array variable without +using the compound assignment syntax (see +.B Arrays +above), one of the \fInames\fP is not a valid shell variable name, +an attempt is made to turn off readonly status for a readonly variable, +an attempt is made to turn off array status for an array variable, +or an attempt is made to display a non-existent function with \fB\-f\fP. +.RE +.TP +.B dirs [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] [\fB\-cplv\fP] +Without options, displays the list of currently remembered directories. +The default display is on a single line with directory names separated +by spaces. +Directories are added to the list with the +.B pushd +command; the +.B popd +command removes entries from the list. +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB+\fP\fIn\fP +Displays the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list +shown by +.B dirs +when invoked without options, starting with zero. +.TP +\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP +Displays the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the right of the list +shown by +.B dirs +when invoked without options, starting with zero. +.TP +.B \-c +Clears the directory stack by deleting all of the entries. +.TP +.B \-l +Produces a longer listing; the default listing format uses a +tilde to denote the home directory. +.TP +.B \-p +Print the directory stack with one entry per line. +.TP +.B \-v +Print the directory stack with one entry per line, +prefixing each entry with its index in the stack. +.PD +.PP +The return value is 0 unless an +invalid option is supplied or \fIn\fP indexes beyond the end +of the directory stack. +.RE +.TP +\fBdisown\fP [\fB\-ar\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fIjobspec\fP ...] +Without options, each +.I jobspec +is removed from the table of active jobs. +If the \fB\-h\fP option is given, each +.I jobspec +is not removed from the table, but is marked so that +.SM +.B SIGHUP +is not sent to the job if the shell receives a +.SM +.BR SIGHUP . +If no +.I jobspec +is present, and neither the +.B \-a +nor the +.B \-r +option is supplied, the \fIcurrent job\fP is used. +If no +.I jobspec +is supplied, the +.B \-a +option means to remove or mark all jobs; the +.B \-r +option without a +.I jobspec +argument restricts operation to running jobs. +The return value is 0 unless a +.I jobspec +does not specify a valid job. +.TP +\fBecho\fP [\fB\-neE\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...] +Output the \fIarg\fPs, separated by spaces, followed by a newline. +The return status is always 0. +If \fB\-n\fP is specified, the trailing newline is +suppressed. If the \fB\-e\fP option is given, interpretation of +the following backslash-escaped characters is enabled. The +.B \-E +option disables the interpretation of these escape characters, +even on systems where they are interpreted by default. +The \fBxpg_echo\fP shell option may be used to +dynamically determine whether or not \fBecho\fP expands these +escape characters by default. +.B echo +does not interpret \fB\-\-\fP to mean the end of options. +.B echo +interprets the following escape sequences: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \ea +alert (bell) +.TP +.B \eb +backspace +.TP +.B \ec +suppress trailing newline +.TP +.B \ee +an escape character +.TP +.B \ef +form feed +.TP +.B \en +new line +.TP +.B \er +carriage return +.TP +.B \et +horizontal tab +.TP +.B \ev +vertical tab +.TP +.B \e\e +backslash +.TP +.B \e0\fInnn\fP +the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP +(zero to three octal digits) +.TP +.B \ex\fIHH\fP +the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP +(one or two hex digits) +.PD +.RE +.TP +\fBenable\fP [\fB\-adnps\fP] [\fB\-f\fP \fIfilename\fP] [\fIname\fP ...] +Enable and disable builtin shell commands. +Disabling a builtin allows a disk command which has the same name +as a shell builtin to be executed without specifying a full pathname, +even though the shell normally searches for builtins before disk commands. +If \fB\-n\fP is used, each \fIname\fP +is disabled; otherwise, +\fInames\fP are enabled. For example, to use the +.B test +binary found via the +.SM +.B PATH +instead of the shell builtin version, run +.if t \f(CWenable -n test\fP. +.if n ``enable -n test''. +The +.B \-f +option means to load the new builtin command +.I name +from shared object +.IR filename , +on systems that support dynamic loading. The +.B \-d +option will delete a builtin previously loaded with +.BR \-f . +If no \fIname\fP arguments are given, or if the +.B \-p +option is supplied, a list of shell builtins is printed. +With no other option arguments, the list consists of all enabled +shell builtins. +If \fB\-n\fP is supplied, only disabled builtins are printed. +If \fB\-a\fP is supplied, the list printed includes all builtins, with an +indication of whether or not each is enabled. +If \fB\-s\fP is supplied, the output is restricted to the POSIX +\fIspecial\fP builtins. +The return value is 0 unless a +.I name +is not a shell builtin or there is an error loading a new builtin +from a shared object. +.TP +\fBeval\fP [\fIarg\fP ...] +The \fIarg\fPs are read and concatenated together into a single +command. This command is then read and executed by the shell, and +its exit status is returned as the value of +.BR eval . +If there are no +.IR args , +or only null arguments, +.B eval +returns 0. +.TP +\fBexec\fP [\fB\-cl\fP] [\fB\-a\fP \fIname\fP] [\fIcommand\fP [\fIarguments\fP]] +If +.I command +is specified, it replaces the shell. +No new process is created. The +.I arguments +become the arguments to \fIcommand\fP. +If the +.B \-l +option is supplied, +the shell places a dash at the beginning of the zeroth argument passed to +.IR command . +This is what +.IR login (1) +does. The +.B \-c +option causes +.I command +to be executed with an empty environment. If +.B \-a +is supplied, the shell passes +.I name +as the zeroth argument to the executed command. If +.I command +cannot be executed for some reason, a non-interactive shell exits, +unless the shell option +.B execfail +is enabled, in which case it returns failure. +An interactive shell returns failure if the file cannot be executed. +If +.I command +is not specified, any redirections take effect in the current shell, +and the return status is 0. If there is a redirection error, the +return status is 1. +.TP +\fBexit\fP [\fIn\fP] +Cause the shell to exit +with a status of \fIn\fP. If +.I n +is omitted, the exit status +is that of the last command executed. +A trap on +.SM +.B EXIT +is executed before the shell terminates. +.TP +\fBexport\fP [\fB\-fn\fP\^] [\fIname\fP[=\fIword\fP]] ... +.PD 0 +.TP +.B export \-p +.PD +The supplied +.I names +are marked for automatic export to the environment of +subsequently executed commands. If the +.B \-f +option is given, +the +.I names +refer to functions. +If no +.I names +are given, or if the +.B \-p +option is supplied, a list +of all names that are exported in this shell is printed. +The +.B \-n +option causes the export property to be removed from each +\fIname\fP. +If a variable name is followed by =\fIword\fP, the value of +the variable is set to \fIword\fP. +.B export +returns an exit status of 0 unless an invalid option is +encountered, +one of the \fInames\fP is not a valid shell variable name, or +.B \-f +is supplied with a +.I name +that is not a function. +.TP +\fBfc\fP [\fB\-e\fP \fIename\fP] [\fB\-nlr\fP] [\fIfirst\fP] [\fIlast\fP] +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBfc\fP \fB\-s\fP [\fIpat\fP=\fIrep\fP] [\fIcmd\fP] +.PD +Fix Command. In the first form, a range of commands from +.I first +to +.I last +is selected from the history list. +.I First +and +.I last +may be specified as a string (to locate the last command beginning +with that string) or as a number (an index into the history list, +where a negative number is used as an offset from the current +command number). If +.I last +is not specified it is set to +the current command for listing (so that +.if n ``fc \-l \-10'' +.if t \f(CWfc \-l \-10\fP +prints the last 10 commands) and to +.I first +otherwise. +If +.I first +is not specified it is set to the previous +command for editing and \-16 for listing. +.sp 1 +The +.B \-n +option suppresses +the command numbers when listing. The +.B \-r +option reverses the order of +the commands. If the +.B \-l +option is given, +the commands are listed on +standard output. Otherwise, the editor given by +.I ename +is invoked +on a file containing those commands. If +.I ename +is not given, the +value of the +.SM +.B FCEDIT +variable is used, and +the value of +.SM +.B EDITOR +if +.SM +.B FCEDIT +is not set. If neither variable is set, +.FN vi +is used. When editing is complete, the edited commands are +echoed and executed. +.sp 1 +In the second form, \fIcommand\fP is re-executed after each instance +of \fIpat\fP is replaced by \fIrep\fP. +A useful alias to use with this is +.if n ``r="fc -s"'', +.if t \f(CWr='fc \-s'\fP, +so that typing +.if n ``r cc'' +.if t \f(CWr cc\fP +runs the last command beginning with +.if n ``cc'' +.if t \f(CWcc\fP +and typing +.if n ``r'' +.if t \f(CWr\fP +re-executes the last command. +.sp 1 +If the first form is used, the return value is 0 unless an invalid +option is encountered or +.I first +or +.I last +specify history lines out of range. +If the +.B \-e +option is supplied, the return value is the value of the last +command executed or failure if an error occurs with the temporary +file of commands. If the second form is used, the return status +is that of the command re-executed, unless +.I cmd +does not specify a valid history line, in which case +.B fc +returns failure. +.TP +\fBfg\fP [\fIjobspec\fP] +Resume +.I jobspec +in the foreground, and make it the current job. +If +.I jobspec +is not present, the shell's notion of the \fIcurrent job\fP is used. +The return value is that of the command placed into the foreground, +or failure if run when job control is disabled or, when run with +job control enabled, if +.I jobspec +does not specify a valid job or +.I jobspec +specifies a job that was started without job control. +.TP +\fBgetopts\fP \fIoptstring\fP \fIname\fP [\fIargs\fP] +.B getopts +is used by shell procedures to parse positional parameters. +.I optstring +contains the option characters to be recognized; if a character +is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an +argument, which should be separated from it by white space. +The colon and question mark characters may not be used as +option characters. +Each time it is invoked, +.B getopts +places the next option in the shell variable +.IR name , +initializing +.I name +if it does not exist, +and the index of the next argument to be processed into the +variable +.SM +.BR OPTIND . +.SM +.B OPTIND +is initialized to 1 each time the shell or a shell script +is invoked. When an option requires an argument, +.B getopts +places that argument into the variable +.SM +.BR OPTARG . +The shell does not reset +.SM +.B OPTIND +automatically; it must be manually reset between multiple +calls to +.B getopts +within the same shell invocation if a new set of parameters +is to be used. +.sp 1 +When the end of options is encountered, \fBgetopts\fP exits with a +return value greater than zero. +\fBOPTIND\fP is set to the index of the first non-option argument, +and \fBname\fP is set to ?. +.sp 1 +.B getopts +normally parses the positional parameters, but if more arguments are +given in +.IR args , +.B getopts +parses those instead. +.sp 1 +.B getopts +can report errors in two ways. If the first character of +.I optstring +is a colon, +.I silent +error reporting is used. In normal operation diagnostic messages +are printed when invalid options or missing option arguments are +encountered. +If the variable +.SM +.B OPTERR +is set to 0, no error messages will be displayed, even if the first +character of +.I optstring +is not a colon. +.sp 1 +If an invalid option is seen, +.B getopts +places ? into +.I name +and, if not silent, +prints an error message and unsets +.SM +.BR OPTARG . +If +.B getopts +is silent, +the option character found is placed in +.SM +.B OPTARG +and no diagnostic message is printed. +.sp 1 +If a required argument is not found, and +.B getopts +is not silent, +a question mark (\^\fB?\fP\^) is placed in +.IR name , +.SM +.B OPTARG +is unset, and a diagnostic message is printed. +If +.B getopts +is silent, then a colon (\^\fB:\fP\^) is placed in +.I name +and +.SM +.B OPTARG +is set to the option character found. +.sp 1 +.B getopts +returns true if an option, specified or unspecified, is found. +It returns false if the end of options is encountered or an +error occurs. +.TP +\fBhash\fP [\fB\-lr\fP] [\fB\-p\fP \fIfilename\fP] [\fB\-dt\fP] [\fIname\fP] +For each +.IR name , +the full file name of the command is determined by searching +the directories in +.B $PATH +and remembered. +If the +.B \-p +option is supplied, no path search is performed, and +.I filename +is used as the full file name of the command. +The +.B \-r +option causes the shell to forget all +remembered locations. +The +.B \-d +option causes the shell to forget the remembered location of each \fIname\fP. +If the +.B \-t +option is supplied, the full pathname to which each \fIname\fP corresponds +is printed. If multiple \fIname\fP arguments are supplied with \fB\-t\fP, +the \fIname\fP is printed before the hashed full pathname. +The +.B \-l +option causes output to be displayed in a format that may be reused as input. +If no arguments are given, or if only \fB\-l\fP is supplied, +information about remembered commands is printed. +The return status is true unless a +.I name +is not found or an invalid option is supplied. +.TP +\fBhelp\fP [\fB\-s\fP] [\fIpattern\fP] +Display helpful information about builtin commands. If +.I pattern +is specified, +.B help +gives detailed help on all commands matching +.IR pattern ; +otherwise help for all the builtins and shell control structures +is printed. +The \fB\-s\fP option restricts the information displayed to a short +usage synopsis. +The return status is 0 unless no command matches +.IR pattern . +.TP +\fBhistory [\fIn\fP] +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBhistory\fP \fB\-c\fP +.TP +\fBhistory \-d\fP \fIoffset\fP +.TP +\fBhistory\fP \fB\-anrw\fP [\fIfilename\fP] +.TP +\fBhistory\fP \fB\-p\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg ...\fP] +.TP +\fBhistory\fP \fB\-s\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg ...\fP] +.PD +With no options, display the command +history list with line numbers. Lines listed +with a +.B * +have been modified. An argument of +.I n +lists only the last +.I n +lines. +If the shell variable \fBHISTTIMEFORMAT\fP is set and not null, +it is used as a format string for \fIstrftime\fP(3) to display +the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry. +No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp +and the history line. +If \fIfilename\fP is supplied, it is used as the +name of the history file; if not, the value of +.SM +.B HISTFILE +is used. Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-c +Clear the history list by deleting all the entries. +.TP +\fB\-d\fP \fIoffset\fP +Delete the history entry at position \fIoffset\fP. +.TP +.B \-a +Append the ``new'' history lines (history lines entered since the +beginning of the current \fBbash\fP session) to the history file. +.TP +.B \-n +Read the history lines not already read from the history +file into the current history list. These are lines +appended to the history file since the beginning of the +current \fBbash\fP session. +.TP +.B \-r +Read the contents of the history file +and use them as the current history. +.TP +.B \-w +Write the current history to the history file, overwriting the +history file's contents. +.TP +.B \-p +Perform history substitution on the following \fIargs\fP and display +the result on the standard output. +Does not store the results in the history list. +Each \fIarg\fP must be quoted to disable normal history expansion. +.TP +.B \-s +Store the +.I args +in the history list as a single entry. The last command in the +history list is removed before the +.I args +are added. +.PD +.PP +If the \fBHISTTIMEFORMAT\fP is set, the time stamp information +associated with each history entry is written to the history file. +The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, an +error occurs while reading or writing the history file, an invalid +\fIoffset\fP is supplied as an argument to \fB\-d\fP, or the +history expansion supplied as an argument to \fB\-p\fP fails. +.RE +.TP +\fBjobs\fP [\fB\-lnprs\fP] [ \fIjobspec\fP ... ] +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBjobs\fP \fB\-x\fP \fIcommand\fP [ \fIargs\fP ... ] +.PD +The first form lists the active jobs. The options have the following +meanings: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-l +List process IDs +in addition to the normal information. +.TP +.B \-p +List only the process ID of the job's process group +leader. +.TP +.B \-n +Display information only about jobs that have changed status since +the user was last notified of their status. +.TP +.B \-r +Restrict output to running jobs. +.TP +.B \-s +Restrict output to stopped jobs. +.PD +.PP +If +.I jobspec +is given, output is restricted to information about that job. +The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered +or an invalid +.I jobspec +is supplied. +.PP +If the +.B \-x +option is supplied, +.B jobs +replaces any +.I jobspec +found in +.I command +or +.I args +with the corresponding process group ID, and executes +.I command +passing it +.IR args , +returning its exit status. +.RE +.TP +\fBkill\fP [\fB\-s\fP \fIsigspec\fP | \fB\-n\fP \fIsignum\fP | \fB\-\fP\fIsigspec\fP] [\fIpid\fP | \fIjobspec\fP] ... +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBkill\fP \fB\-l\fP [\fIsigspec\fP | \fIexit_status\fP] +.PD +Send the signal named by +.I sigspec +or +.I signum +to the processes named by +.I pid +or +.IR jobspec . +.I sigspec +is either a case-insensitive signal name such as +.SM +.B SIGKILL +(with or without the +.SM +.B SIG +prefix) or a signal number; +.I signum +is a signal number. +If +.I sigspec +is not present, then +.SM +.B SIGTERM +is assumed. +An argument of +.B \-l +lists the signal names. +If any arguments are supplied when +.B \-l +is given, the names of the signals corresponding to the arguments are +listed, and the return status is 0. +The \fIexit_status\fP argument to +.B \-l +is a number specifying either a signal number or the exit status of +a process terminated by a signal. +.B kill +returns true if at least one signal was successfully sent, or false +if an error occurs or an invalid option is encountered. +.TP +\fBlet\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg\fP ...] +Each +.I arg +is an arithmetic expression to be evaluated (see +.SM +.BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" ). +If the last +.I arg +evaluates to 0, +.B let +returns 1; 0 is returned otherwise. +.TP +\fBlocal\fP [\fIoption\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...] +For each argument, a local variable named +.I name +is created, and assigned +.IR value . +The \fIoption\fP can be any of the options accepted by \fBdeclare\fP. +When +.B local +is used within a function, it causes the variable +.I name +to have a visible scope restricted to that function and its children. +With no operands, +.B local +writes a list of local variables to the standard output. It is +an error to use +.B local +when not within a function. The return status is 0 unless +.B local +is used outside a function, an invalid +.I name +is supplied, or +\fIname\fP is a readonly variable. +.TP +.B logout +Exit a login shell. +.TP +\fBpopd\fP [\-\fBn\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] +Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments, +removes the top directory from the stack, and performs a +.B cd +to the new top directory. +Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB+\fP\fIn\fP +Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list +shown by +.BR dirs , +starting with zero. For example: +.if n ``popd +0'' +.if t \f(CWpopd +0\fP +removes the first directory, +.if n ``popd +1'' +.if t \f(CWpopd +1\fP +the second. +.TP +\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP +Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the right of the list +shown by +.BR dirs , +starting with zero. For example: +.if n ``popd -0'' +.if t \f(CWpopd -0\fP +removes the last directory, +.if n ``popd -1'' +.if t \f(CWpopd -1\fP +the next to last. +.TP +.B \-n +Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories +from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. +.PD +.PP +If the +.B popd +command is successful, a +.B dirs +is performed as well, and the return status is 0. +.B popd +returns false if an invalid option is encountered, the directory stack +is empty, a non-existent directory stack entry is specified, or the +directory change fails. +.RE +.TP +\fBprintf\fP [\fB\-v\fP \fIvar\fP] \fIformat\fP [\fIarguments\fP] +Write the formatted \fIarguments\fP to the standard output under the +control of the \fIformat\fP. +The \fIformat\fP is a character string which contains three types of objects: +plain characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character +escape sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output, and +format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive +\fIargument\fP. +In addition to the standard \fIprintf\fP(1) formats, \fB%b\fP causes +\fBprintf\fP to expand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding +\fIargument\fP (except that \fB\ec\fP terminates output, backslashes in +\fB\e\(aq\fP, \fB\e"\fP, and \fB\e?\fP are not removed, and octal escapes +beginning with \fB\e0\fP may contain up to four digits), +and \fB%q\fP causes \fBprintf\fP to output the corresponding +\fIargument\fP in a format that can be reused as shell input. +.sp 1 +The \fB\-v\fP option causes the output to be assigned to the variable +\fIvar\fP rather than being printed to the standard output. +.sp 1 +The \fIformat\fP is reused as necessary to consume all of the \fIarguments\fP. +If the \fIformat\fP requires more \fIarguments\fP than are supplied, the +extra format specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as +appropriate, had been supplied. The return value is zero on success, +non-zero on failure. +.TP +\fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [\fIdir\fP] +.PD 0 +.TP +\fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] +.PD +Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates +the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working +directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories +and returns 0, unless the directory stack is empty. +Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB+\fP\fIn\fP +Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory +(counting from the left of the list shown by +.BR dirs , +starting with zero) +is at the top. +.TP +\fB\-\fP\fIn\fP +Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory +(counting from the right of the list shown by +.BR dirs , +starting with zero) is at the top. +.TP +.B \-n +Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories +to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. +.TP +.I dir +Adds +.I dir +to the directory stack at the top, making it the +new current working directory. +.PD +.PP +If the +.B pushd +command is successful, a +.B dirs +is performed as well. +If the first form is used, +.B pushd +returns 0 unless the cd to +.I dir +fails. With the second form, +.B pushd +returns 0 unless the directory stack is empty, +a non-existent directory stack element is specified, +or the directory change to the specified new current directory +fails. +.RE +.TP +\fBpwd\fP [\fB\-LP\fP] +Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory. +The pathname printed contains no symbolic links if the +.B \-P +option is supplied or the +.B \-o physical +option to the +.B set +builtin command is enabled. +If the +.B \-L +option is used, the pathname printed may contain symbolic links. +The return status is 0 unless an error occurs while +reading the name of the current directory or an +invalid option is supplied. +.TP +\fBread\fP [\fB\-ers\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfd\fP] [\fB\-t\fP \fItimeout\fP] [\fB\-a\fP \fIaname\fP] [\fB\-p\fP \fIprompt\fP] [\fB\-n\fP \fInchars\fP] [\fB\-d\fP \fIdelim\fP] [\fIname\fP ...] +One line is read from the standard input, or from the file descriptor +\fIfd\fP supplied as an argument to the \fB\-u\fP option, and the first word +is assigned to the first +.IR name , +the second word to the second +.IR name , +and so on, with leftover words and their intervening separators assigned +to the last +.IR name . +If there are fewer words read from the input stream than names, +the remaining names are assigned empty values. +The characters in +.SM +.B IFS +are used to split the line into words. +The backslash character (\fB\e\fP) may be used to remove any special +meaning for the next character read and for line continuation. +Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-a \fIaname\fP +The words are assigned to sequential indices +of the array variable +.IR aname , +starting at 0. +.I aname +is unset before any new values are assigned. +Other \fIname\fP arguments are ignored. +.TP +.B \-d \fIdelim\fP +The first character of \fIdelim\fP is used to terminate the input line, +rather than newline. +.TP +.B \-e +If the standard input +is coming from a terminal, +.B readline +(see +.SM +.B READLINE +above) is used to obtain the line. +.TP +.B \-n \fInchars\fP +\fBread\fP returns after reading \fInchars\fP characters rather than +waiting for a complete line of input. +.TP +.B \-p \fIprompt\fP +Display \fIprompt\fP on standard error, without a +trailing newline, before attempting to read any input. The prompt +is displayed only if input is coming from a terminal. +.TP +.B \-r +Backslash does not act as an escape character. +The backslash is considered to be part of the line. +In particular, a backslash-newline pair may not be used as a line +continuation. +.TP +.B \-s +Silent mode. If input is coming from a terminal, characters are +not echoed. +.TP +.B \-t \fItimeout\fP +Cause \fBread\fP to time out and return failure if a complete line of +input is not read within \fItimeout\fP seconds. +This option has no effect if \fBread\fP is not reading input from the +terminal or a pipe. +.TP +.B \-u \fIfd\fP +Read input from file descriptor \fIfd\fP. +.PD +.PP +If no +.I names +are supplied, the line read is assigned to the variable +.SM +.BR REPLY . +The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, \fBread\fP +times out, or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as the argument to +\fB\-u\fP. +.RE +.TP +\fBreadonly\fP [\fB\-apf\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIword\fP] ...] +.PD +The given +\fInames\fP are marked readonly; the values of these +.I names +may not be changed by subsequent assignment. +If the +.B \-f +option is supplied, the functions corresponding to the +\fInames\fP are so +marked. +The +.B \-a +option restricts the variables to arrays. +If no +.I name +arguments are given, or if the +.B \-p +option is supplied, a list of all readonly names is printed. +The +.B \-p +option causes output to be displayed in a format that +may be reused as input. +If a variable name is followed by =\fIword\fP, the value of +the variable is set to \fIword\fP. +The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, +one of the +.I names +is not a valid shell variable name, or +.B \-f +is supplied with a +.I name +that is not a function. +.TP +\fBreturn\fP [\fIn\fP] +Causes a function to exit with the return value specified by +.IR n . +If +.I n +is omitted, the return status is that of the last command +executed in the function body. If used outside a function, +but during execution of a script by the +.B . +(\fBsource\fP) command, it causes the shell to stop executing +that script and return either +.I n +or the exit status of the last command executed within the +script as the exit status of the script. If used outside a +function and not during execution of a script by \fB.\fP\^, +the return status is false. +Any command associated with the \fBRETURN\fP trap is executed +before execution resumes after the function or script. +.TP +\fBset\fP [\fB\-\-abefhkmnptuvxBCHP\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIoption\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...] +Without options, the name and value of each shell variable are displayed +in a format that can be reused as input +for setting or resetting the currently-set variables. +Read-only variables cannot be reset. +In \fIposix mode\fP, only shell variables are listed. +The output is sorted according to the current locale. +When options are specified, they set or unset shell attributes. +Any arguments remaining after the options are processed are treated +as values for the positional parameters and are assigned, in order, to +.BR $1 , +.BR $2 , +.B ... +.BR $\fIn\fP . +Options, if specified, have the following meanings: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP 8 +.B \-a +Automatically mark variables and functions which are modified or +created for export to the environment of subsequent commands. +.TP 8 +.B \-b +Report the status of terminated background jobs +immediately, rather than before the next primary prompt. This is +effective only when job control is enabled. +.TP 8 +.B \-e +Exit immediately if a \fIsimple command\fP (see +.SM +.B SHELL GRAMMAR +above) exits with a non-zero status. +The shell does not exit if the +command that fails is part of the command list immediately following a +.B while +or +.B until +keyword, +part of the test in an +.I if +statement, part of a +.B && +or +.B \(bv\(bv +list, or if the command's return value is +being inverted via +.BR ! . +A trap on \fBERR\fP, if set, is executed before the shell exits. +.TP 8 +.B \-f +Disable pathname expansion. +.TP 8 +.B \-h +Remember the location of commands as they are looked up for execution. +This is enabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B \-k +All arguments in the form of assignment statements +are placed in the environment for a command, not just +those that precede the command name. +.TP 8 +.B \-m +Monitor mode. Job control is enabled. This option is on +by default for interactive shells on systems that support +it (see +.SM +.B JOB CONTROL +above). Background processes run in a separate process +group and a line containing their exit status is printed +upon their completion. +.TP 8 +.B \-n +Read commands but do not execute them. This may be used to +check a shell script for syntax errors. This is ignored by +interactive shells. +.TP 8 +.B \-o \fIoption\-name\fP +The \fIoption\-name\fP can be one of the following: +.RS +.TP 8 +.B allexport +Same as +.BR \-a . +.TP 8 +.B braceexpand +Same as +.BR \-B . +.TP 8 +.B emacs +Use an emacs-style command line editing interface. This is enabled +by default when the shell is interactive, unless the shell is started +with the +.B \-\-noediting +option. +.TP 8 +.B errtrace +Same as +.BR \-E . +.TP 8 +.B functrace +Same as +.BR \-T . +.TP 8 +.B errexit +Same as +.BR \-e . +.TP 8 +.B hashall +Same as +.BR \-h . +.TP 8 +.B histexpand +Same as +.BR \-H . +.TP 8 +.B history +Enable command history, as described above under +.SM +.BR HISTORY . +This option is on by default in interactive shells. +.TP 8 +.B ignoreeof +The effect is as if the shell command +.if t \f(CWIGNOREEOF=10\fP +.if n ``IGNOREEOF=10'' +had been executed +(see +.B Shell Variables +above). +.TP 8 +.B keyword +Same as +.BR \-k . +.TP 8 +.B monitor +Same as +.BR \-m . +.TP 8 +.B noclobber +Same as +.BR \-C . +.TP 8 +.B noexec +Same as +.BR \-n . +.TP 8 +.B noglob +Same as +.BR \-f . +.B nolog +Currently ignored. +.TP 8 +.B notify +Same as +.BR \-b . +.TP 8 +.B nounset +Same as +.BR \-u . +.TP 8 +.B onecmd +Same as +.BR \-t . +.TP 8 +.B physical +Same as +.BR \-P . +.TP 8 +.B pipefail +If set, the return value of a pipeline is the value of the last +(rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, or zero if all +commands in the pipeline exit successfully. +This option is disabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B posix +Change the behavior of +.B bash +where the default operation differs +from the POSIX standard to match the standard (\fIposix mode\fP). +.TP 8 +.B privileged +Same as +.BR \-p . +.TP 8 +.B verbose +Same as +.BR \-v . +.TP 8 +.B vi +Use a vi-style command line editing interface. +.TP 8 +.B xtrace +Same as +.BR \-x . +.sp .5 +.PP +If +.B \-o +is supplied with no \fIoption\-name\fP, the values of the current options are +printed. +If +.B +o +is supplied with no \fIoption\-name\fP, a series of +.B set +commands to recreate the current option settings is displayed on +the standard output. +.RE +.TP 8 +.B \-p +Turn on +.I privileged +mode. In this mode, the +.SM +.B $ENV +and +.SM +.B $BASH_ENV +files are not processed, shell functions are not inherited from the +environment, and the +.SM +.B SHELLOPTS +variable, if it appears in the environment, is ignored. +If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the +real user (group) id, and the \fB\-p\fP option is not supplied, these actions +are taken and the effective user id is set to the real user id. +If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied at startup, the effective user id is +not reset. +Turning this option off causes the effective user +and group ids to be set to the real user and group ids. +.TP 8 +.B \-t +Exit after reading and executing one command. +.TP 8 +.B \-u +Treat unset variables as an error when performing +parameter expansion. If expansion is attempted on an +unset variable, the shell prints an error message, and, +if not interactive, exits with a non-zero status. +.TP 8 +.B \-v +Print shell input lines as they are read. +.TP 8 +.B \-x +After expanding each \fIsimple command\fP, +\fBfor\fP command, \fBcase\fP command, \fBselect\fP command, or +arithmetic \fBfor\fP command, display the expanded value of +.SM +.BR PS4 , +followed by the command and its expanded arguments +or associated word list. +.TP 8 +.B \-B +The shell performs brace expansion (see +.B Brace Expansion +above). This is on by default. +.TP 8 +.B \-C +If set, +.B bash +does not overwrite an existing file with the +.BR > , +.BR >& , +and +.B <> +redirection operators. This may be overridden when +creating output files by using the redirection operator +.B >| +instead of +.BR > . +.TP 8 +.B \-E +If set, any trap on \fBERR\fP is inherited by shell functions, command +substitutions, and commands executed in a subshell environment. +The \fBERR\fP trap is normally not inherited in such cases. +.TP 8 +.B \-H +Enable +.B ! +style history substitution. This option is on by +default when the shell is interactive. +.TP 8 +.B \-P +If set, the shell does not follow symbolic links when executing +commands such as +.B cd +that change the current working directory. It uses the +physical directory structure instead. By default, +.B bash +follows the logical chain of directories when performing commands +which change the current directory. +.TP 8 +.B \-T +If set, any traps on \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP are inherited by shell +functions, command substitutions, and commands executed in a +subshell environment. +The \fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps are normally not inherited +in such cases. +.TP 8 +.B \-\- +If no arguments follow this option, then the positional parameters are +unset. Otherwise, the positional parameters are set to the +\fIarg\fPs, even if some of them begin with a +.BR \- . +.TP 8 +.B \- +Signal the end of options, cause all remaining \fIarg\fPs to be +assigned to the positional parameters. The +.B \-x +and +.B \-v +options are turned off. +If there are no \fIarg\fPs, +the positional parameters remain unchanged. +.PD +.PP +The options are off by default unless otherwise noted. +Using + rather than \- causes these options to be turned off. +The options can also be specified as arguments to an invocation of +the shell. +The current set of options may be found in +.BR $\- . +The return status is always true unless an invalid option is encountered. +.RE +.TP +\fBshift\fP [\fIn\fP] +The positional parameters from \fIn\fP+1 ... are renamed to +.B $1 +.B .... +Parameters represented by the numbers \fB$#\fP +down to \fB$#\fP\-\fIn\fP+1 are unset. +.I n +must be a non-negative number less than or equal to \fB$#\fP. +If +.I n +is 0, no parameters are changed. +If +.I n +is not given, it is assumed to be 1. +If +.I n +is greater than \fB$#\fP, the positional parameters are not changed. +The return status is greater than zero if +.I n +is greater than +.B $# +or less than zero; otherwise 0. +.TP +\fBshopt\fP [\fB\-pqsu\fP] [\fB\-o\fP] [\fIoptname\fP ...] +Toggle the values of variables controlling optional shell behavior. +With no options, or with the +.B \-p +option, a list of all settable options is displayed, with +an indication of whether or not each is set. +The \fB\-p\fP option causes output to be displayed in a form that +may be reused as input. +Other options have the following meanings: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-s +Enable (set) each \fIoptname\fP. +.TP +.B \-u +Disable (unset) each \fIoptname\fP. +.TP +.B \-q +Suppresses normal output (quiet mode); the return status indicates +whether the \fIoptname\fP is set or unset. +If multiple \fIoptname\fP arguments are given with +.BR \-q , +the return status is zero if all \fIoptnames\fP are enabled; non-zero +otherwise. +.TP +.B \-o +Restricts the values of \fIoptname\fP to be those defined for the +.B \-o +option to the +.B set +builtin. +.PD +.PP +If either +.B \-s +or +.B \-u +is used with no \fIoptname\fP arguments, the display is limited to +those options which are set or unset, respectively. +Unless otherwise noted, the \fBshopt\fP options are disabled (unset) +by default. +.PP +The return status when listing options is zero if all \fIoptnames\fP +are enabled, non-zero otherwise. When setting or unsetting options, +the return status is zero unless an \fIoptname\fP is not a valid shell +option. +.PP +The list of \fBshopt\fP options is: +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp 1v +.PD 0 +.TP 8 +.B cdable_vars +If set, an argument to the +.B cd +builtin command that +is not a directory is assumed to be the name of a variable whose +value is the directory to change to. +.TP 8 +.B cdspell +If set, minor errors in the spelling of a directory component in a +.B cd +command will be corrected. +The errors checked for are transposed characters, +a missing character, and one character too many. +If a correction is found, the corrected file name is printed, +and the command proceeds. +This option is only used by interactive shells. +.TP 8 +.B checkhash +If set, \fBbash\fP checks that a command found in the hash +table exists before trying to execute it. If a hashed command no +longer exists, a normal path search is performed. +.TP 8 +.B checkwinsize +If set, \fBbash\fP checks the window size after each command +and, if necessary, updates the values of +.SM +.B LINES +and +.SM +.BR COLUMNS . +.TP 8 +.B cmdhist +If set, +.B bash +attempts to save all lines of a multiple-line +command in the same history entry. This allows +easy re-editing of multi-line commands. +.TP 8 +.B dotglob +If set, +.B bash +includes filenames beginning with a `.' in the results of pathname +expansion. +.TP 8 +.B execfail +If set, a non-interactive shell will not exit if +it cannot execute the file specified as an argument to the +.B exec +builtin command. An interactive shell does not exit if +.B exec +fails. +.TP 8 +.B expand_aliases +If set, aliases are expanded as described above under +.SM +.BR ALIASES . +This option is enabled by default for interactive shells. +.TP 8 +.B extdebug +If set, behavior intended for use by debuggers is enabled: +.RS +.TP +.B 1. +The \fB\-F\fP option to the \fBdeclare\fP builtin displays the source +file name and line number corresponding to each function name supplied +as an argument. +.TP +.B 2. +If the command run by the \fBDEBUG\fP trap returns a non-zero value, the +next command is skipped and not executed. +.TP +.B 3. +If the command run by the \fBDEBUG\fP trap returns a value of 2, and the +shell is executing in a subroutine (a shell function or a shell script +executed by the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins), a call to +\fBreturn\fP is simulated. +.TP +.B 4. +\fBBASH_ARGC\fP and \fBBASH_ARGV\fP are updated as described in their +descriptions above. +.TP +.B 5. +Function tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and +subshells invoked with \fB(\fP \fIcommand\fP \fB)\fP inherit the +\fBDEBUG\fP and \fBRETURN\fP traps. +.TP +.B 6. +Error tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and +subshells invoked with \fB(\fP \fIcommand\fP \fB)\fP inherit the +\fBERROR\fP trap. +.RE +.TP 8 +.B extglob +If set, the extended pattern matching features described above under +\fBPathname Expansion\fP are enabled. +.TP 8 +.B extquote +If set, \fB$\fP\(aq\fIstring\fP\(aq and \fB$\fP"\fIstring\fP" quoting is +performed within \fB${\fP\fIparameter\fP\fB}\fP expansions +enclosed in double quotes. This option is enabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B failglob +If set, patterns which fail to match filenames during pathname expansion +result in an expansion error. +.TP 8 +.B force_fignore +If set, the suffixes specified by the \fBFIGNORE\fP shell variable +cause words to be ignored when performing word completion even if +the ignored words are the only possible completions. +See +.SM +\fBSHELL VARIABLES\fP +above for a description of \fBFIGNORE\fP. +This option is enabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B gnu_errfmt +If set, shell error messages are written in the standard GNU error +message format. +.TP 8 +.B histappend +If set, the history list is appended to the file named by the value +of the +.B HISTFILE +variable when the shell exits, rather than overwriting the file. +.TP 8 +.B histreedit +If set, and +.B readline +is being used, a user is given the opportunity to re-edit a +failed history substitution. +.TP 8 +.B histverify +If set, and +.B readline +is being used, the results of history substitution are not immediately +passed to the shell parser. Instead, the resulting line is loaded into +the \fBreadline\fP editing buffer, allowing further modification. +.TP 8 +.B hostcomplete +If set, and +.B readline +is being used, \fBbash\fP will attempt to perform hostname completion when a +word containing a \fB@\fP is being completed (see +.B Completing +under +.SM +.B READLINE +above). +This is enabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B huponexit +If set, \fBbash\fP will send +.SM +.B SIGHUP +to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits. +.TP 8 +.B interactive_comments +If set, allow a word beginning with +.B # +to cause that word and all remaining characters on that +line to be ignored in an interactive shell (see +.SM +.B COMMENTS +above). This option is enabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B lithist +If set, and the +.B cmdhist +option is enabled, multi-line commands are saved to the history with +embedded newlines rather than using semicolon separators where possible. +.TP 8 +.B login_shell +The shell sets this option if it is started as a login shell (see +.SM +.B "INVOCATION" +above). +The value may not be changed. +.TP 8 +.B mailwarn +If set, and a file that \fBbash\fP is checking for mail has been +accessed since the last time it was checked, the message ``The mail in +\fImailfile\fP has been read'' is displayed. +.TP 8 +.B no_empty_cmd_completion +If set, and +.B readline +is being used, +.B bash +will not attempt to search the \fBPATH\fP for possible completions when +completion is attempted on an empty line. +.TP 8 +.B nocaseglob +If set, +.B bash +matches filenames in a case\-insensitive fashion when performing pathname +expansion (see +.B Pathname Expansion +above). +.TP 8 +.B nocasematch +If set, +.B bash +matches patterns in a case\-insensitive fashion when performing matching +while executing \fBcase\fP or \fB[[\fP conditional commands. +.TP 8 +.B nullglob +If set, +.B bash +allows patterns which match no +files (see +.B Pathname Expansion +above) +to expand to a null string, rather than themselves. +.TP 8 +.B progcomp +If set, the programmable completion facilities (see +\fBProgrammable Completion\fP above) are enabled. +This option is enabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B promptvars +If set, prompt strings undergo +parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic +expansion, and quote removal after being expanded as described in +.SM +.B PROMPTING +above. This option is enabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B restricted_shell +The shell sets this option if it is started in restricted mode (see +.SM +.B "RESTRICTED SHELL" +below). +The value may not be changed. +This is not reset when the startup files are executed, allowing +the startup files to discover whether or not a shell is restricted. +.TP 8 +.B shift_verbose +If set, the +.B shift +builtin prints an error message when the shift count exceeds the +number of positional parameters. +.TP 8 +.B sourcepath +If set, the +\fBsource\fP (\fB.\fP) builtin uses the value of +.SM +.B PATH +to find the directory containing the file supplied as an argument. +This option is enabled by default. +.TP 8 +.B xpg_echo +If set, the \fBecho\fP builtin expands backslash-escape sequences +by default. +.RE +.TP +\fBsuspend\fP [\fB\-f\fP] +Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a +.SM +.B SIGCONT +signal. The +.B \-f +option says not to complain if this is +a login shell; just suspend anyway. The return status is 0 unless +the shell is a login shell and +.B \-f +is not supplied, or if job control is not enabled. +.TP +\fBtest\fP \fIexpr\fP +.PD 0 +.TP +\fB[\fP \fIexpr\fP \fB]\fP +Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on +the evaluation of the conditional expression +.IR expr . +Each operator and operand must be a separate argument. +Expressions are composed of the primaries described above under +.SM +.BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" . +\fBtest\fP does not accept any options, nor does it accept and ignore +an argument of \fB\-\-\fP as signifying the end of options. +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed +in decreasing order of precedence. +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B ! \fIexpr\fP +True if +.I expr +is false. +.TP +.B ( \fIexpr\fP ) +Returns the value of \fIexpr\fP. +This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators. +.TP +\fIexpr1\fP \-\fBa\fP \fIexpr2\fP +True if both +.I expr1 +and +.I expr2 +are true. +.TP +\fIexpr1\fP \-\fBo\fP \fIexpr2\fP +True if either +.I expr1 +or +.I expr2 +is true. +.PD +.PP +\fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP evaluate conditional +expressions using a set of rules based on the number of arguments. +.if t .sp 0.5 +.if n .sp 1 +.PD 0 +.TP +0 arguments +The expression is false. +.TP +1 argument +The expression is true if and only if the argument is not null. +.TP +2 arguments +If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the expression is true if and +only if the second argument is null. +If the first argument is one of the unary conditional operators listed above +under +.SM +.BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" , +the expression is true if the unary test is true. +If the first argument is not a valid unary conditional operator, the expression +is false. +.TP +3 arguments +If the second argument is one of the binary conditional operators listed above +under +.SM +.BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" , +the result of the expression is the result of the binary test using +the first and third arguments as operands. +If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the value is the negation of +the two-argument test using the second and third arguments. +If the first argument is exactly \fB(\fP and the third argument is +exactly \fB)\fP, the result is the one-argument test of the second +argument. +Otherwise, the expression is false. +The \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-o\fP operators are considered binary operators +in this case. +.TP +4 arguments +If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the result is the negation of +the three-argument expression composed of the remaining arguments. +Otherwise, the expression is parsed and evaluated according to +precedence using the rules listed above. +.TP +5 or more arguments +The expression is parsed and evaluated according to precedence +using the rules listed above. +.RE +.PD +.TP +.B times +Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and +for processes run from the shell. The return status is 0. +.TP +\fBtrap\fP [\fB\-lp\fP] [[\fIarg\fP] \fIsigspec\fP ...] +The command +.I arg +is to be read and executed when the shell receives +signal(s) +.IR sigspec . +If +.I arg +is absent (and there is a single \fIsigspec\fP) or +.BR \- , +each specified signal is +reset to its original disposition (the value it had +upon entrance to the shell). +If +.I arg +is the null string the signal specified by each +.I sigspec +is ignored by the shell and by the commands it invokes. +If +.I arg +is not present and +.B \-p +has been supplied, then the trap commands associated with each +.I sigspec +are displayed. +If no arguments are supplied or if only +.B \-p +is given, +.B trap +prints the list of commands associated with each signal. +The +.B \-l +option causes the shell to print a list of signal names and +their corresponding numbers. +Each +.I sigspec +is either +a signal name defined in <\fIsignal.h\fP>, or a signal number. +Signal names are case insensitive and the SIG prefix is optional. +If a +.I sigspec +is +.SM +.B EXIT +(0) the command +.I arg +is executed on exit from the shell. +If a +.I sigspec +is +.SM +.BR DEBUG , +the command +.I arg +is executed before every \fIsimple command\fP, \fIfor\fP command, +\fIcase\fP command, \fIselect\fP command, every arithmetic \fIfor\fP +command, and before the first command executes in a shell function (see +.SM +.B SHELL GRAMMAR +above). +Refer to the description of the \fBextdebug\fP option to the +\fBshopt\fP builtin for details of its effect on the \fBDEBUG\fP trap. +If a +.I sigspec +is +.SM +.BR ERR , +the command +.I arg +is executed whenever a simple command has a non\-zero exit status, +subject to the following conditions. +The +.SM +.B ERR +trap is not executed if the failed +command is part of the command list immediately following a +.B while +or +.B until +keyword, +part of the test in an +.I if +statement, part of a +.B && +or +.B \(bv\(bv +list, or if the command's return value is +being inverted via +.BR ! . +These are the same conditions obeyed by the \fBerrexit\fP option. +If a +.I sigspec +is +.SM +.BR RETURN , +the command +.I arg +is executed each time a shell function or a script executed with the +\fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins finishes executing. +Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or reset. +Trapped signals that are not being ignored are reset to their original +values in a child process when it is created. +The return status is false if any +.I sigspec +is invalid; otherwise +.B trap +returns true. +.TP +\fBtype\fP [\fB\-aftpP\fP] \fIname\fP [\fIname\fP ...] +With no options, +indicate how each +.I name +would be interpreted if used as a command name. +If the +.B \-t +option is used, +.B type +prints a string which is one of +.IR alias , +.IR keyword , +.IR function , +.IR builtin , +or +.I file +if +.I name +is an alias, shell reserved word, function, builtin, or disk file, +respectively. +If the +.I name +is not found, then nothing is printed, and an exit status of false +is returned. +If the +.B \-p +option is used, +.B type +either returns the name of the disk file +that would be executed if +.I name +were specified as a command name, +or nothing if +.if t \f(CWtype -t name\fP +.if n ``type -t name'' +would not return +.IR file . +The +.B \-P +option forces a +.SM +.B PATH +search for each \fIname\fP, even if +.if t \f(CWtype -t name\fP +.if n ``type -t name'' +would not return +.IR file . +If a command is hashed, +.B \-p +and +.B \-P +print the hashed value, not necessarily the file that appears +first in +.SM +.BR PATH . +If the +.B \-a +option is used, +.B type +prints all of the places that contain +an executable named +.IR name . +This includes aliases and functions, +if and only if the +.B \-p +option is not also used. +The table of hashed commands is not consulted +when using +.BR \-a . +The +.B \-f +option suppresses shell function lookup, as with the \fBcommand\fP builtin. +.B type +returns true if any of the arguments are found, false if +none are found. +.TP +\fBulimit\fP [\fB\-SHacdefilmnpqrstuvx\fP [\fIlimit\fP]] +Provides control over the resources available to the shell and to +processes started by it, on systems that allow such control. +The \fB\-H\fP and \fB\-S\fP options specify that the hard or soft limit is +set for the given resource. A hard limit cannot be increased once it +is set; a soft limit may be increased up to the value of the hard limit. +If neither \fB\-H\fP nor \fB\-S\fP is specified, both the soft and hard +limits are set. +The value of +.I limit +can be a number in the unit specified for the resource +or one of the special values +.BR hard , +.BR soft , +or +.BR unlimited , +which stand for the current hard limit, the current soft limit, and +no limit, respectively. +If +.I limit +is omitted, the current value of the soft limit of the resource is +printed, unless the \fB\-H\fP option is given. When more than one +resource is specified, the limit name and unit are printed before the value. +Other options are interpreted as follows: +.RS +.PD 0 +.TP +.B \-a +All current limits are reported +.TP +.B \-c +The maximum size of core files created +.TP +.B \-d +The maximum size of a process's data segment +.TP +.B \-e +The maximum scheduling priority ("nice") +.TP +.B \-f +The maximum size of files written by the shell and its children +.TP +.B \-i +The maximum number of pending signals +.TP +.B \-l +The maximum size that may be locked into memory +.TP +.B \-m +The maximum resident set size +.TP +.B \-n +The maximum number of open file descriptors (most systems do not +allow this value to be set) +.TP +.B \-p +The pipe size in 512-byte blocks (this may not be set) +.TP +.B \-q +The maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues +.TP +.B \-r +The maximum real-time scheduling priority +.TP +.B \-s +The maximum stack size +.TP +.B \-t +The maximum amount of cpu time in seconds +.TP +.B \-u +The maximum number of processes available to a single user +.TP +.B \-v +The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the shell +.TP +.B \-x +The maximum number of file locks +.PD +.PP +If +.I limit +is given, it is the new value of the specified resource (the +.B \-a +option is display only). +If no option is given, then +.B \-f +is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte increments, except for +.BR \-t , +which is in seconds, +.BR \-p , +which is in units of 512-byte blocks, +and +.B \-n +and +.BR \-u , +which are unscaled values. +The return status is 0 unless an invalid option or argument is supplied, +or an error occurs while setting a new limit. +.RE +.TP +\fBumask\fP [\fB\-p\fP] [\fB\-S\fP] [\fImode\fP] +The user file-creation mask is set to +.IR mode . +If +.I mode +begins with a digit, it +is interpreted as an octal number; otherwise +it is interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar +to that accepted by +.IR chmod (1). +If +.I mode +is omitted, the current value of the mask is printed. +The +.B \-S +option causes the mask to be printed in symbolic form; the +default output is an octal number. +If the +.B \-p +option is supplied, and +.I mode +is omitted, the output is in a form that may be reused as input. +The return status is 0 if the mode was successfully changed or if +no \fImode\fP argument was supplied, and false otherwise. +.TP +\fBunalias\fP [\-\fBa\fP] [\fIname\fP ...] +Remove each \fIname\fP from the list of defined aliases. If +.B \-a +is supplied, all alias definitions are removed. The return +value is true unless a supplied +.I name +is not a defined alias. +.TP +\fBunset\fP [\-\fBfv\fP] [\fIname\fP ...] +For each +.IR name , +remove the corresponding variable or function. +If no options are supplied, or the +.B \-v +option is given, each +.I name +refers to a shell variable. +Read-only variables may not be unset. +If +.B \-f +is specified, each +.I name +refers to a shell function, and the function definition +is removed. +Each unset variable or function is removed from the environment +passed to subsequent commands. +If any of +.SM +.BR RANDOM , +.SM +.BR SECONDS , +.SM +.BR LINENO , +.SM +.BR HISTCMD , +.SM +.BR FUNCNAME , +.SM +.BR GROUPS , +or +.SM +.B DIRSTACK +are unset, they lose their special properties, even if they are +subsequently reset. The exit status is true unless a +.I name +is readonly. +.TP +\fBwait\fP [\fIn ...\fP] +Wait for each specified process and return its termination status. +Each +.I n +may be a process +ID or a job specification; if a job spec is given, all processes +in that job's pipeline are waited for. If +.I n +is not given, all currently active child processes +are waited for, and the return status is zero. If +.I n +specifies a non-existent process or job, the return status is +127. Otherwise, the return status is the exit status of the last +process or job waited for. +.\" bash_builtins +.if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ +.SH "RESTRICTED SHELL" +.\" rbash.1 +.zY +.PP +If +.B bash +is started with the name +.BR rbash , +or the +.B \-r +option is supplied at invocation, +the shell becomes restricted. +A restricted shell is used to +set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell. +It behaves identically to +.B bash +with the exception that the following are disallowed or not performed: +.IP \(bu +changing directories with \fBcd\fP +.IP \(bu +setting or unsetting the values of +.BR SHELL , +.BR PATH , +.BR ENV , +or +.B BASH_ENV +.IP \(bu +specifying command names containing +.B / +.IP \(bu +specifying a file name containing a +.B / +as an argument to the +.B . +builtin command +.IP \(bu +Specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the +.B \-p +option to the +.B hash +builtin command +.IP \(bu +importing function definitions from the shell environment at startup +.IP \(bu +parsing the value of \fBSHELLOPTS\fP from the shell environment at startup +.IP \(bu +redirecting output using the >, >|, <>, >&, &>, and >> redirection operators +.IP \(bu +using the +.B exec +builtin command to replace the shell with another command +.IP \(bu +adding or deleting builtin commands with the +.B \-f +and +.B \-d +options to the +.B enable +builtin command +.IP \(bu +Using the \fBenable\fP builtin command to enable disabled shell builtins +.IP \(bu +specifying the +.B \-p +option to the +.B command +builtin command +.IP \(bu +turning off restricted mode with +\fBset +r\fP or \fBset +o restricted\fP. +.PP +These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read. +.PP +.ie \n(zY=1 When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed, +.el \{ When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed +(see +.SM +.B "COMMAND EXECUTION" +above), +\} +.B rbash +turns off any restrictions in the shell spawned to execute the +script. +.\" end of rbash.1 +.if \n(zY=1 .ig zY +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PD 0 +.TP +\fIBash Reference Manual\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey +.TP +\fIThe Gnu Readline Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey +.TP +\fIThe Gnu History Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey +.TP +\fIPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Part 2: Shell and Utilities\fP, IEEE +.TP +\fIsh\fP(1), \fIksh\fP(1), \fIcsh\fP(1) +.TP +\fIemacs\fP(1), \fIvi\fP(1) +.TP +\fIreadline\fP(3) +.PD +.SH FILES +.PD 0 +.TP +.FN /bin/bash +The \fBbash\fP executable +.TP +.FN /etc/profile +The systemwide initialization file, executed for login shells +.TP +.FN ~/.bash_profile +The personal initialization file, executed for login shells +.TP +.FN ~/.bashrc +The individual per-interactive-shell startup file +.TP +.FN ~/.bash_logout +The individual login shell cleanup file, executed when a login shell exits +.TP +.FN ~/.inputrc +Individual \fIreadline\fP initialization file +.PD +.SH AUTHORS +Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation +.br +bfox@gnu.org +.PP +Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University +.br +chet@po.cwru.edu +.SH BUG REPORTS +If you find a bug in +.B bash, +you should report it. But first, you should +make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest +version of +.BR bash . +The latest version is always available from +\fIftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/bash/\fP. +.PP +Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the +.I bashbug +command to submit a bug report. +If you have a fix, you are encouraged to mail that as well! +Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed +to \fIbug-bash@gnu.org\fP or posted to the Usenet +newsgroup +.BR gnu.bash.bug . +.PP +ALL bug reports should include: +.PP +.PD 0 +.TP 20 +The version number of \fBbash\fR +.TP +The hardware and operating system +.TP +The compiler used to compile +.TP +A description of the bug behaviour +.TP +A short script or `recipe' which exercises the bug +.PD +.PP +.I bashbug +inserts the first three items automatically into the template +it provides for filing a bug report. +.PP +Comments and bug reports concerning +this manual page should be directed to +.IR chet@po.cwru.edu . +.SH BUGS +.PP +It's too big and too slow. +.PP +There are some subtle differences between +.B bash +and traditional versions of +.BR sh , +mostly because of the +.SM +.B POSIX +specification. +.PP +Aliases are confusing in some uses. +.PP +Shell builtin commands and functions are not stoppable/restartable. +.PP +Compound commands and command sequences of the form `a ; b ; c' +are not handled gracefully when process suspension is attempted. +When a process is stopped, the shell immediately executes the next +command in the sequence. +It suffices to place the sequence of commands between +parentheses to force it into a subshell, which may be stopped as +a unit. +.PP +Commands inside of \fB$(\fP...\fB)\fP command substitution are not +parsed until substitution is attempted. This will delay error +reporting until some time after the command is entered. For example, +unmatched parentheses, even inside shell comments, will result in +error messages while the construct is being read. +.PP +Array variables may not (yet) be exported. +.zZ +.zY diff --git a/doc/bashref.texi b/doc/bashref.texi index 0ca53802d..0f8094706 100644 --- a/doc/bashref.texi +++ b/doc/bashref.texi @@ -1599,7 +1599,9 @@ index of the specified array. Note that a negative offset must be separated from the colon by at least one space to avoid being confused with the @samp{:-} expansion. Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters -are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1. +are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1 by default. +If @var{offset}} is 0, and the positional parameters are used, @code{$@@} is +prefixed to the list. @item $@{!@var{prefix}*@} @itemx $@{!@var{prefix}@@@} @@ -5736,7 +5738,7 @@ from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. @btindex pushd @item pushd @example -pushd [@var{dir} | @var{+N} | @var{-N}] [-n] +pushd [-n] [@var{+N} | @var{-N} | @var{dir} ] @end example Save the current directory on the top of the directory stack @@ -5744,6 +5746,9 @@ and then @code{cd} to @var{dir}. With no arguments, @code{pushd} exchanges the top two directories. @table @code +@item -n +Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories +to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. @item +@var{N} Brings the @var{N}th directory (counting from the left of the list printed by @code{dirs}, starting with zero) to the top of @@ -5752,9 +5757,6 @@ the list by rotating the stack. Brings the @var{N}th directory (counting from the right of the list printed by @code{dirs}, starting with zero) to the top of the list by rotating the stack. -@item -n -Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories -to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. @item @var{dir} Makes the current working directory be the top of the stack, and then executes the equivalent of `@code{cd} @var{dir}'. diff --git a/doc/bashref.texi~ b/doc/bashref.texi~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..783654eaf --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/bashref.texi~ @@ -0,0 +1,7426 @@ +\input texinfo.tex @c -*- texinfo -*- +@c %**start of header +@setfilename bashref.info +@settitle Bash Reference Manual +@c %**end of header + +@setchapternewpage odd + +@include version.texi + +@copying +This text is a brief description of the features that are present in +the Bash shell (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}). + +This is Edition @value{EDITION}, last updated @value{UPDATED}, +of @cite{The GNU Bash Reference Manual}, +for @code{Bash}, Version @value{VERSION}. + +Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +@quotation +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or +any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no +Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' +and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is +included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.'' + +(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify +this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free +Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.'' +@end quotation +@end copying + +@defcodeindex bt +@defcodeindex rw +@set BashFeatures + +@dircategory Basics +@direntry +* Bash: (bash). The GNU Bourne-Again SHell. +@end direntry + +@finalout + +@titlepage +@title Bash Reference Manual +@subtitle Reference Documentation for Bash +@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Bash} Version @value{VERSION}. +@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH} +@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University +@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation + +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +@insertcopying + +@sp 1 +Published by the Free Software Foundation @* +59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @* +Boston, MA 02111-1307 @* +USA @* + +@end titlepage + +@contents + +@ifnottex +@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir) +@top Bash Features + +This text is a brief description of the features that are present in +the Bash shell (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}). + +This is Edition @value{EDITION}, last updated @value{UPDATED}, +of @cite{The GNU Bash Reference Manual}, +for @code{Bash}, Version @value{VERSION}. + +Bash contains features that appear in other popular shells, and some +features that only appear in Bash. Some of the shells that Bash has +borrowed concepts from are the Bourne Shell (@file{sh}), the Korn Shell +(@file{ksh}), and the C-shell (@file{csh} and its successor, +@file{tcsh}). The following menu breaks the features up into +categories based upon which one of these other shells inspired the +feature. + +This manual is meant as a brief introduction to features found in +Bash. The Bash manual page should be used as the definitive +reference on shell behavior. + +@menu +* Introduction:: An introduction to the shell. +* Definitions:: Some definitions used in the rest of this + manual. +* Basic Shell Features:: The shell "building blocks". +* Shell Builtin Commands:: Commands that are a part of the shell. +* Shell Variables:: Variables used or set by Bash. +* Bash Features:: Features found only in Bash. +* Job Control:: What job control is and how Bash allows you + to use it. +* Using History Interactively:: Command History Expansion +* Command Line Editing:: Chapter describing the command line + editing features. +* Installing Bash:: How to build and install Bash on your system. +* Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs in Bash. +* Major Differences From The Bourne Shell:: A terse list of the differences + between Bash and historical + versions of /bin/sh. +* Copying This Manual:: Copying this manual. +* Builtin Index:: Index of Bash builtin commands. +* Reserved Word Index:: Index of Bash reserved words. +* Variable Index:: Quick reference helps you find the + variable you want. +* Function Index:: Index of bindable Readline functions. +* Concept Index:: General index for concepts described in + this manual. +@end menu +@end ifnottex + +@node Introduction +@chapter Introduction +@menu +* What is Bash?:: A short description of Bash. +* What is a shell?:: A brief introduction to shells. +@end menu + +@node What is Bash? +@section What is Bash? + +Bash is the shell, or command language interpreter, +for the @sc{gnu} operating system. +The name is an acronym for the @samp{Bourne-Again SHell}, +a pun on Stephen Bourne, the author of the direct ancestor of +the current Unix shell @code{sh}, +which appeared in the Seventh Edition Bell Labs Research version +of Unix. + +Bash is largely compatible with @code{sh} and incorporates useful +features from the Korn shell @code{ksh} and the C shell @code{csh}. +It is intended to be a conformant implementation of the @sc{ieee} +@sc{posix} Shell and Tools portion of the @sc{ieee} @sc{posix} +specification (@sc{ieee} Standard 1003.1). +It offers functional improvements over @code{sh} for both interactive and +programming use. + +While the @sc{gnu} operating system provides other shells, including +a version of @code{csh}, Bash is the default shell. +Like other @sc{gnu} software, Bash is quite portable. It currently runs +on nearly every version of Unix and a few other operating systems @minus{} +independently-supported ports exist for @sc{ms-dos}, @sc{os/2}, +and Windows platforms. + +@node What is a shell? +@section What is a shell? + +At its base, a shell is simply a macro processor that executes +commands. The term macro processor means functionality where text +and symbols are expanded to create larger expressions. + +A Unix shell is both a command interpreter and a programming +language. As a command interpreter, the shell provides the user +interface to the rich set of @sc{gnu} utilities. The programming +language features allow these utilities to be combined. +Files containing commands can be created, and become +commands themselves. These new commands have the same status as +system commands in directories such as @file{/bin}, allowing users +or groups to establish custom environments to automate their common +tasks. + +Shells may be used interactively or non-interactively. In +interactive mode, they accept input typed from the keyboard. +When executing non-interactively, shells execute commands read +from a file. + +A shell allows execution of @sc{gnu} commands, both synchronously and +asynchronously. +The shell waits for synchronous commands to complete before accepting +more input; asynchronous commands continue to execute in parallel +with the shell while it reads and executes additional commands. +The @dfn{redirection} constructs permit +fine-grained control of the input and output of those commands. +Moreover, the shell allows control over the contents of commands' +environments. + +Shells also provide a small set of built-in +commands (@dfn{builtins}) implementing functionality impossible +or inconvenient to obtain via separate utilities. +For example, @code{cd}, @code{break}, @code{continue}, and +@code{exec}) cannot be implemented outside of the shell because +they directly manipulate the shell itself. +The @code{history}, @code{getopts}, @code{kill}, or @code{pwd} +builtins, among others, could be implemented in separate utilities, +but they are more convenient to use as builtin commands. +All of the shell builtins are described in +subsequent sections. + +While executing commands is essential, most of the power (and +complexity) of shells is due to their embedded programming +languages. Like any high-level language, the shell provides +variables, flow control constructs, quoting, and functions. + +Shells offer features geared specifically for +interactive use rather than to augment the programming language. +These interactive features include job control, command line +editing, command history and aliases. Each of these features is +described in this manual. + +@node Definitions +@chapter Definitions +These definitions are used throughout the remainder of this manual. + +@table @code + +@item POSIX +@cindex POSIX +A family of open system standards based on Unix. Bash +is primarily concerned with the Shell and Utilities portion of the +@sc{posix} 1003.1 standard. + +@item blank +A space or tab character. + +@item builtin +@cindex builtin +A command that is implemented internally by the shell itself, rather +than by an executable program somewhere in the file system. + +@item control operator +@cindex control operator +A @code{word} that performs a control function. It is a @code{newline} +or one of the following: +@samp{||}, @samp{&&}, @samp{&}, @samp{;}, @samp{;;}, +@samp{|}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}. + +@item exit status +@cindex exit status +The value returned by a command to its caller. The value is restricted +to eight bits, so the maximum value is 255. + +@item field +@cindex field +A unit of text that is the result of one of the shell expansions. After +expansion, when executing a command, the resulting fields are used as +the command name and arguments. + +@item filename +@cindex filename +A string of characters used to identify a file. + +@item job +@cindex job +A set of processes comprising a pipeline, and any processes descended +from it, that are all in the same process group. + +@item job control +@cindex job control +A mechanism by which users can selectively stop (suspend) and restart +(resume) execution of processes. + +@item metacharacter +@cindex metacharacter +A character that, when unquoted, separates words. A metacharacter is +a @code{blank} or one of the following characters: +@samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{;}, @samp{(}, @samp{)}, @samp{<}, or +@samp{>}. + +@item name +@cindex name +@cindex identifier +A @code{word} consisting solely of letters, numbers, and underscores, +and beginning with a letter or underscore. @code{Name}s are used as +shell variable and function names. +Also referred to as an @code{identifier}. + +@item operator +@cindex operator, shell +A @code{control operator} or a @code{redirection operator}. +@xref{Redirections}, for a list of redirection operators. + +@item process group +@cindex process group +A collection of related processes each having the same process +group @sc{id}. + +@item process group ID +@cindex process group ID +A unique identifier that represents a @code{process group} +during its lifetime. + +@item reserved word +@cindex reserved word +A @code{word} that has a special meaning to the shell. Most reserved +words introduce shell flow control constructs, such as @code{for} and +@code{while}. + +@item return status +@cindex return status +A synonym for @code{exit status}. + +@item signal +@cindex signal +A mechanism by which a process may be notified by the kernel +of an event occurring in the system. + +@item special builtin +@cindex special builtin +A shell builtin command that has been classified as special by the +@sc{posix} standard. + +@item token +@cindex token +A sequence of characters considered a single unit by the shell. It is +either a @code{word} or an @code{operator}. + +@item word +@cindex word +A @code{token} that is not an @code{operator}. +@end table + +@node Basic Shell Features +@chapter Basic Shell Features +@cindex Bourne shell + +Bash is an acronym for @samp{Bourne-Again SHell}. +The Bourne shell is +the traditional Unix shell originally written by Stephen Bourne. +All of the Bourne shell builtin commands are available in Bash, +The rules for evaluation and quoting are taken from the @sc{posix} +specification for the `standard' Unix shell. + +This chapter briefly summarizes the shell's `building blocks': +commands, control structures, shell functions, shell @i{parameters}, +shell expansions, +@i{redirections}, which are a way to direct input and output from +and to named files, and how the shell executes commands. + +@menu +* Shell Syntax:: What your input means to the shell. +* Shell Commands:: The types of commands you can use. +* Shell Functions:: Grouping commands by name. +* Shell Parameters:: How the shell stores values. +* Shell Expansions:: How Bash expands parameters and the various + expansions available. +* Redirections:: A way to control where input and output go. +* Executing Commands:: What happens when you run a command. +* Shell Scripts:: Executing files of shell commands. +@end menu + +@node Shell Syntax +@section Shell Syntax +@menu +* Shell Operation:: The basic operation of the shell. +* Quoting:: How to remove the special meaning from characters. +* Comments:: How to specify comments. +@end menu + +When the shell reads input, it proceeds through a +sequence of operations. If the input indicates the beginning of a +comment, the shell ignores the comment symbol (@samp{#}), and the rest +of that line. + +Otherwise, roughly speaking, the shell reads its input and +divides the input into words and operators, employing the quoting rules +to select which meanings to assign various words and characters. + +The shell then parses these tokens into commands and other constructs, +removes the special meaning of certain words or characters, expands +others, redirects input and output as needed, executes the specified +command, waits for the command's exit status, and makes that exit status +available for further inspection or processing. + +@node Shell Operation +@subsection Shell Operation + +The following is a brief description of the shell's operation when it +reads and executes a command. Basically, the shell does the +following: + +@enumerate +@item +Reads its input from a file (@pxref{Shell Scripts}), from a string +supplied as an argument to the @option{-c} invocation option +(@pxref{Invoking Bash}), or from the user's terminal. + +@item +Breaks the input into words and operators, obeying the quoting rules +described in @ref{Quoting}. These tokens are separated by +@code{metacharacters}. Alias expansion is performed by this step +(@pxref{Aliases}). + +@item +Parses the tokens into simple and compound commands +(@pxref{Shell Commands}). + +@item +Performs the various shell expansions (@pxref{Shell Expansions}), breaking +the expanded tokens into lists of filenames (@pxref{Filename Expansion}) +and commands and arguments. + +@item +Performs any necessary redirections (@pxref{Redirections}) and removes +the redirection operators and their operands from the argument list. + +@item +Executes the command (@pxref{Executing Commands}). + +@item +Optionally waits for the command to complete and collects its exit +status (@pxref{Exit Status}). + +@end enumerate + +@node Quoting +@subsection Quoting +@cindex quoting +@menu +* Escape Character:: How to remove the special meaning from a single + character. +* Single Quotes:: How to inhibit all interpretation of a sequence + of characters. +* Double Quotes:: How to suppress most of the interpretation of a + sequence of characters. +* ANSI-C Quoting:: How to expand ANSI-C sequences in quoted strings. +* Locale Translation:: How to translate strings into different languages. +@end menu + +Quoting is used to remove the special meaning of certain +characters or words to the shell. Quoting can be used to +disable special treatment for special characters, to prevent +reserved words from being recognized as such, and to prevent +parameter expansion. + +Each of the shell metacharacters (@pxref{Definitions}) +has special meaning to the shell and must be quoted if it is to +represent itself. +When the command history expansion facilities are being used +(@pxref{History Interaction}), the +@var{history expansion} character, usually @samp{!}, must be quoted +to prevent history expansion. @xref{Bash History Facilities}, for +more details concerning history expansion. + +There are three quoting mechanisms: the +@var{escape character}, single quotes, and double quotes. + +@node Escape Character +@subsubsection Escape Character +A non-quoted backslash @samp{\} is the Bash escape character. +It preserves the literal value of the next character that follows, +with the exception of @code{newline}. If a @code{\newline} pair +appears, and the backslash itself is not quoted, the @code{\newline} +is treated as a line continuation (that is, it is removed from +the input stream and effectively ignored). + +@node Single Quotes +@subsubsection Single Quotes + +Enclosing characters in single quotes (@samp{'}) preserves the literal value +of each character within the quotes. A single quote may not occur +between single quotes, even when preceded by a backslash. + +@node Double Quotes +@subsubsection Double Quotes + +Enclosing characters in double quotes (@samp{"}) preserves the literal value +of all characters within the quotes, with the exception of +@samp{$}, @samp{`}, @samp{\}, +and, when history expansion is enabled, @samp{!}. +The characters @samp{$} and @samp{`} +retain their special meaning within double quotes (@pxref{Shell Expansions}). +The backslash retains its special meaning only when followed by one of +the following characters: +@samp{$}, @samp{`}, @samp{"}, @samp{\}, or @code{newline}. +Within double quotes, backslashes that are followed by one of these +characters are removed. Backslashes preceding characters without a +special meaning are left unmodified. +A double quote may be quoted within double quotes by preceding it with +a backslash. +If enabled, history expansion will be performed unless an @samp{!} +appearing in double quotes is escaped using a backslash. +The backslash preceding the @samp{!} is not removed. + +The special parameters @samp{*} and @samp{@@} have special meaning +when in double quotes (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}). + +@node ANSI-C Quoting +@subsubsection ANSI-C Quoting +@cindex quoting, ANSI + +Words of the form @code{$'@var{string}'} are treated specially. The +word expands to @var{string}, with backslash-escaped characters replaced +as specified by the ANSI C standard. Backslash escape sequences, if +present, are decoded as follows: + +@table @code +@item \a +alert (bell) +@item \b +backspace +@item \e +an escape character (not ANSI C) +@item \f +form feed +@item \n +newline +@item \r +carriage return +@item \t +horizontal tab +@item \v +vertical tab +@item \\ +backslash +@item \' +single quote +@item \@var{nnn} +the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value @var{nnn} +(one to three digits) +@item \x@var{HH} +the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value @var{HH} +(one or two hex digits) +@item \c@var{x} +a control-@var{x} character +@end table + +@noindent +The expanded result is single-quoted, as if the dollar sign had not +been present. + +@node Locale Translation +@subsubsection Locale-Specific Translation +@cindex localization +@cindex internationalization +@cindex native languages +@cindex translation, native languages + +A double-quoted string preceded by a dollar sign (@samp{$}) will cause +the string to be translated according to the current locale. +If the current locale is @code{C} or @code{POSIX}, the dollar sign +is ignored. +If the string is translated and replaced, the replacement is +double-quoted. + +@vindex LC_MESSAGES +@vindex TEXTDOMAIN +@vindex TEXTDOMAINDIR +Some systems use the message catalog selected by the @env{LC_MESSAGES} +shell variable. Others create the name of the message catalog from the +value of the @env{TEXTDOMAIN} shell variable, possibly adding a +suffix of @samp{.mo}. If you use the @env{TEXTDOMAIN} variable, you +may need to set the @env{TEXTDOMAINDIR} variable to the location of +the message catalog files. Still others use both variables in this +fashion: +@env{TEXTDOMAINDIR}/@env{LC_MESSAGES}/LC_MESSAGES/@env{TEXTDOMAIN}.mo. + +@node Comments +@subsection Comments +@cindex comments, shell + +In a non-interactive shell, or an interactive shell in which the +@code{interactive_comments} option to the @code{shopt} +builtin is enabled (@pxref{Bash Builtins}), +a word beginning with @samp{#} +causes that word and all remaining characters on that line to +be ignored. An interactive shell without the @code{interactive_comments} +option enabled does not allow comments. The @code{interactive_comments} +option is on by default in interactive shells. +@xref{Interactive Shells}, for a description of what makes +a shell interactive. + +@node Shell Commands +@section Shell Commands +@cindex commands, shell + +A simple shell command such as @code{echo a b c} consists of the command +itself followed by arguments, separated by spaces. + +More complex shell commands are composed of simple commands arranged together +in a variety of ways: in a pipeline in which the output of one command +becomes the input of a second, in a loop or conditional construct, or in +some other grouping. + +@menu +* Simple Commands:: The most common type of command. +* Pipelines:: Connecting the input and output of several + commands. +* Lists:: How to execute commands sequentially. +* Compound Commands:: Shell commands for control flow. +@end menu + +@node Simple Commands +@subsection Simple Commands +@cindex commands, simple + +A simple command is the kind of command encountered most often. +It's just a sequence of words separated by @code{blank}s, terminated +by one of the shell's control operators (@pxref{Definitions}). The +first word generally specifies a command to be executed, with the +rest of the words being that command's arguments. + +The return status (@pxref{Exit Status}) of a simple command is +its exit status as provided +by the @sc{posix} 1003.1 @code{waitpid} function, or 128+@var{n} if +the command was terminated by signal @var{n}. + +@node Pipelines +@subsection Pipelines +@cindex pipeline +@cindex commands, pipelines + +A @code{pipeline} is a sequence of simple commands separated by +@samp{|}. + +@rwindex time +@rwindex ! +@cindex command timing +The format for a pipeline is +@example +[@code{time} [@code{-p}]] [@code{!}] @var{command1} [@code{|} @var{command2} @dots{}] +@end example + +@noindent +The output of each command in the pipeline is connected via a pipe +to the input of the next command. +That is, each command reads the previous command's output. + +The reserved word @code{time} causes timing statistics +to be printed for the pipeline once it finishes. +The statistics currently consist of elapsed (wall-clock) time and +user and system time consumed by the command's execution. +The @option{-p} option changes the output format to that specified +by @sc{posix}. +The @env{TIMEFORMAT} variable may be set to a format string that +specifies how the timing information should be displayed. +@xref{Bash Variables}, for a description of the available formats. +The use of @code{time} as a reserved word permits the timing of +shell builtins, shell functions, and pipelines. An external +@code{time} command cannot time these easily. + +If the pipeline is not executed asynchronously (@pxref{Lists}), the +shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to complete. + +Each command in a pipeline is executed in its own subshell +(@pxref{Command Execution Environment}). The exit +status of a pipeline is the exit status of the last command in the +pipeline, unless the @code{pipefail} option is enabled +(@pxref{The Set Builtin}). +If @code{pipefail} is enabled, the pipeline's return status is the +value of the last (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, +or zero if all commands exit successfully. +If the reserved word @samp{!} precedes the pipeline, the +exit status is the logical negation of the exit status as described +above. +The shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to terminate before +returning a value. + +@node Lists +@subsection Lists of Commands +@cindex commands, lists + +A @code{list} is a sequence of one or more pipelines separated by one +of the operators @samp{;}, @samp{&}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||}, +and optionally terminated by one of @samp{;}, @samp{&}, or a +@code{newline}. + +Of these list operators, @samp{&&} and @samp{||} +have equal precedence, followed by @samp{;} and @samp{&}, +which have equal precedence. + +A sequence of one or more newlines may appear in a @code{list} +to delimit commands, equivalent to a semicolon. + +If a command is terminated by the control operator @samp{&}, +the shell executes the command asynchronously in a subshell. +This is known as executing the command in the @var{background}. +The shell does not wait for the command to finish, and the return +status is 0 (true). +When job control is not active (@pxref{Job Control}), +the standard input for asynchronous commands, in the absence of any +explicit redirections, is redirected from @code{/dev/null}. + +Commands separated by a @samp{;} are executed sequentially; the shell +waits for each command to terminate in turn. The return status is the +exit status of the last command executed. + +The control operators @samp{&&} and @samp{||} +denote @sc{and} lists and @sc{or} lists, respectively. +An @sc{and} list has the form +@example +@var{command1} && @var{command2} +@end example + +@noindent +@var{command2} is executed if, and only if, @var{command1} +returns an exit status of zero. + +An @sc{or} list has the form +@example +@var{command1} || @var{command2} +@end example + +@noindent +@var{command2} is executed if, and only if, @var{command1} +returns a non-zero exit status. + +The return status of +@sc{and} and @sc{or} lists is the exit status of the last command +executed in the list. + +@node Compound Commands +@subsection Compound Commands +@cindex commands, compound + +@menu +* Looping Constructs:: Shell commands for iterative action. +* Conditional Constructs:: Shell commands for conditional execution. +* Command Grouping:: Ways to group commands. +@end menu + +Compound commands are the shell programming constructs. +Each construct begins with a reserved word or control operator and is +terminated by a corresponding reserved word or operator. +Any redirections (@pxref{Redirections}) associated with a compound command +apply to all commands within that compound command unless explicitly overridden. + +Bash provides looping constructs, conditional commands, and mechanisms +to group commands and execute them as a unit. + +@node Looping Constructs +@subsubsection Looping Constructs +@cindex commands, looping + +Bash supports the following looping constructs. + +Note that wherever a @samp{;} appears in the description of a +command's syntax, it may be replaced with one or more newlines. + +@table @code +@item until +@rwindex until +@rwindex do +@rwindex done +The syntax of the @code{until} command is: +@example +until @var{test-commands}; do @var{consequent-commands}; done +@end example +Execute @var{consequent-commands} as long as +@var{test-commands} has an exit status which is not zero. +The return status is the exit status of the last command executed +in @var{consequent-commands}, or zero if none was executed. + +@item while +@rwindex while +The syntax of the @code{while} command is: +@example +while @var{test-commands}; do @var{consequent-commands}; done +@end example + +Execute @var{consequent-commands} as long as +@var{test-commands} has an exit status of zero. +The return status is the exit status of the last command executed +in @var{consequent-commands}, or zero if none was executed. + +@item for +@rwindex for +The syntax of the @code{for} command is: + +@example +for @var{name} [in @var{words} @dots{}]; do @var{commands}; done +@end example +Expand @var{words}, and execute @var{commands} once for each member +in the resultant list, with @var{name} bound to the current member. +If @samp{in @var{words}} is not present, the @code{for} command +executes the @var{commands} once for each positional parameter that is +set, as if @samp{in "$@@"} had been specified +(@pxref{Special Parameters}). +The return status is the exit status of the last command that executes. +If there are no items in the expansion of @var{words}, no commands are +executed, and the return status is zero. + +An alternate form of the @code{for} command is also supported: + +@example +for (( @var{expr1} ; @var{expr2} ; @var{expr3} )) ; do @var{commands} ; done +@end example +First, the arithmetic expression @var{expr1} is evaluated according +to the rules described below (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}). +The arithmetic expression @var{expr2} is then evaluated repeatedly +until it evaluates to zero. +Each time @var{expr2} evaluates to a non-zero value, @var{commands} are +executed and the arithmetic expression @var{expr3} is evaluated. +If any expression is omitted, it behaves as if it evaluates to 1. +The return value is the exit status of the last command in @var{list} +that is executed, or false if any of the expressions is invalid. + +@end table + +The @code{break} and @code{continue} builtins (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) +may be used to control loop execution. + +@node Conditional Constructs +@subsubsection Conditional Constructs +@cindex commands, conditional + +@table @code +@item if +@rwindex if +@rwindex then +@rwindex else +@rwindex elif +@rwindex fi +The syntax of the @code{if} command is: + +@example +if @var{test-commands}; then + @var{consequent-commands}; +[elif @var{more-test-commands}; then + @var{more-consequents};] +[else @var{alternate-consequents};] +fi +@end example + +The @var{test-commands} list is executed, and if its return status is zero, +the @var{consequent-commands} list is executed. +If @var{test-commands} returns a non-zero status, each @code{elif} list +is executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero, +the corresponding @var{more-consequents} is executed and the +command completes. +If @samp{else @var{alternate-consequents}} is present, and +the final command in the final @code{if} or @code{elif} clause +has a non-zero exit status, then @var{alternate-consequents} is executed. +The return status is the exit status of the last command executed, or +zero if no condition tested true. + +@item case +@rwindex case +@rwindex in +@rwindex esac +The syntax of the @code{case} command is: + +@example +@code{case @var{word} in [ [(] @var{pattern} [| @var{pattern}]@dots{}) @var{command-list} ;;]@dots{} esac} +@end example + +@code{case} will selectively execute the @var{command-list} corresponding to +the first @var{pattern} that matches @var{word}. +If the shell option @code{nocasematch} +(see the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{Bash Builtins}) +is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +The @samp{|} is used to separate multiple patterns, and the @samp{)} +operator terminates a pattern list. +A list of patterns and an associated command-list is known +as a @var{clause}. Each clause must be terminated with @samp{;;}. +The @var{word} undergoes tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command +substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote removal before matching is +attempted. Each @var{pattern} undergoes tilde expansion, parameter +expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. + +There may be an arbitrary number of @code{case} clauses, each terminated +by a @samp{;;}. The first pattern that matches determines the +command-list that is executed. + +Here is an example using @code{case} in a script that could be used to +describe one interesting feature of an animal: + +@example +echo -n "Enter the name of an animal: " +read ANIMAL +echo -n "The $ANIMAL has " +case $ANIMAL in + horse | dog | cat) echo -n "four";; + man | kangaroo ) echo -n "two";; + *) echo -n "an unknown number of";; +esac +echo " legs." +@end example + +@noindent +The return status is zero if no @var{pattern} is matched. Otherwise, the +return status is the exit status of the @var{command-list} executed. + +@item select +@rwindex select + +The @code{select} construct allows the easy generation of menus. +It has almost the same syntax as the @code{for} command: + +@example +select @var{name} [in @var{words} @dots{}]; do @var{commands}; done +@end example + +The list of words following @code{in} is expanded, generating a list +of items. The set of expanded words is printed on the standard +error output stream, each preceded by a number. If the +@samp{in @var{words}} is omitted, the positional parameters are printed, +as if @samp{in "$@@"} had been specified. +The @env{PS3} prompt is then displayed and a line is read from the +standard input. +If the line consists of a number corresponding to one of the displayed +words, then the value of @var{name} is set to that word. +If the line is empty, the words and prompt are displayed again. +If @code{EOF} is read, the @code{select} command completes. +Any other value read causes @var{name} to be set to null. +The line read is saved in the variable @env{REPLY}. + +The @var{commands} are executed after each selection until a +@code{break} command is executed, at which +point the @code{select} command completes. + +Here is an example that allows the user to pick a filename from the +current directory, and displays the name and index of the file +selected. + +@example +select fname in *; +do + echo you picked $fname \($REPLY\) + break; +done +@end example + +@item ((@dots{})) +@example +(( @var{expression} )) +@end example + +The arithmetic @var{expression} is evaluated according to the rules +described below (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}). +If the value of the expression is non-zero, the return status is 0; +otherwise the return status is 1. This is exactly equivalent to +@example +let "@var{expression}" +@end example +@noindent +@xref{Bash Builtins}, for a full description of the @code{let} builtin. + +@item [[@dots{}]] +@rwindex [[ +@rwindex ]] +@example +[[ @var{expression} ]] +@end example + +Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of +the conditional expression @var{expression}. +Expressions are composed of the primaries described below in +@ref{Bash Conditional Expressions}. +Word splitting and filename expansion are not performed on the words +between the @samp{[[} and @samp{]]}; tilde expansion, parameter and +variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, command substitution, process +substitution, and quote removal are performed. +Conditional operators such as @samp{-f} must be unquoted to be recognized +as primaries. + +When the @samp{==} and @samp{!=} operators are used, the string to the +right of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according +to the rules described below in @ref{Pattern Matching}. +If the shell option @code{nocasematch} +(see the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{Bash Builtins}) +is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +The return value is 0 if the string matches (@samp{==}) or does not +match (@samp{!=})the pattern, and 1 otherwise. +Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force it to be matched as a +string. + +An additional binary operator, @samp{=~}, is available, with the same +precedence as @samp{==} and @samp{!=}. +When it is used, the string to the right of the operator is considered +an extended regular expression and matched accordingly (as in @i{regex}3)). +The return value is 0 if the string matches +the pattern, and 1 otherwise. +If the regular expression is syntactically incorrect, the conditional +expression's return value is 2. +If the shell option @code{nocasematch} +(see the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{Bash Builtins}) +is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case +of alphabetic characters. +Substrings matched by parenthesized subexpressions within the regular +expression are saved in the array variable @code{BASH_REMATCH}. +The element of @code{BASH_REMATCH} with index 0 is the portion of the string +matching the entire regular expression. +The element of @code{BASH_REMATCH} with index @var{n} is the portion of the +string matching the @var{n}th parenthesized subexpression. + +Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed +in decreasing order of precedence: + +@table @code +@item ( @var{expression} ) +Returns the value of @var{expression}. +This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators. + +@item ! @var{expression} +True if @var{expression} is false. + +@item @var{expression1} && @var{expression2} +True if both @var{expression1} and @var{expression2} are true. + +@item @var{expression1} || @var{expression2} +True if either @var{expression1} or @var{expression2} is true. +@end table +@noindent +The @code{&&} and @code{||} operators do not evaluate @var{expression2} if the +value of @var{expression1} is sufficient to determine the return +value of the entire conditional expression. + +@end table + +@node Command Grouping +@subsubsection Grouping Commands +@cindex commands, grouping + +Bash provides two ways to group a list of commands to be executed +as a unit. When commands are grouped, redirections may be applied +to the entire command list. For example, the output of all the +commands in the list may be redirected to a single stream. + +@table @code +@item () +@example +( @var{list} ) +@end example + +Placing a list of commands between parentheses causes a subshell +environment to be created (@pxref{Command Execution Environment}), and each +of the commands in @var{list} to be executed in that subshell. Since the +@var{list} is executed in a subshell, variable assignments do not remain in +effect after the subshell completes. + +@item @{@} +@rwindex @{ +@rwindex @} +@example +@{ @var{list}; @} +@end example + +Placing a list of commands between curly braces causes the list to +be executed in the current shell context. No subshell is created. +The semicolon (or newline) following @var{list} is required. +@end table + +In addition to the creation of a subshell, there is a subtle difference +between these two constructs due to historical reasons. The braces +are @code{reserved words}, so they must be separated from the @var{list} +by @code{blank}s. The parentheses are @code{operators}, and are +recognized as separate tokens by the shell even if they are not separated +from the @var{list} by whitespace. + +The exit status of both of these constructs is the exit status of +@var{list}. + +@node Shell Functions +@section Shell Functions +@cindex shell function +@cindex functions, shell + +Shell functions are a way to group commands for later execution +using a single name for the group. They are executed just like +a "regular" command. +When the name of a shell function is used as a simple command name, +the list of commands associated with that function name is executed. +Shell functions are executed in the current +shell context; no new process is created to interpret them. + +Functions are declared using this syntax: +@rwindex function +@example +[ @code{function} ] @var{name} () @var{compound-command} [ @var{redirections} ] +@end example + +This defines a shell function named @var{name}. The reserved +word @code{function} is optional. +If the @code{function} reserved +word is supplied, the parentheses are optional. +The @var{body} of the function is the compound command +@var{compound-command} (@pxref{Compound Commands}). +That command is usually a @var{list} enclosed between @{ and @}, but +may be any compound command listed above. +@var{compound-command} is executed whenever @var{name} is specified as the +name of a command. +Any redirections (@pxref{Redirections}) associated with the shell function +are performed when the function is executed. + +A function definition may be deleted using the @option{-f} option to the +@code{unset} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). + +The exit status of a function definition is zero unless a syntax error +occurs or a readonly function with the same name already exists. +When executed, the exit status of a function is the exit status of the +last command executed in the body. + +Note that for historical reasons, in the most common usage the curly braces +that surround the body of the function must be separated from the body by +@code{blank}s or newlines. +This is because the braces are reserved words and are only recognized +as such when they are separated by whitespace. +Also, when using the braces, the @var{list} must be terminated by a semicolon, +a @samp{&}, or a newline. + +When a function is executed, the arguments to the +function become the positional parameters +during its execution (@pxref{Positional Parameters}). +The special parameter @samp{#} that expands to the number of +positional parameters is updated to reflect the change. +Special parameter @code{0} is unchanged. +The first element of the @env{FUNCNAME} variable is set to the +name of the function while the function is executing. +All other aspects of the shell execution +environment are identical between a function and its caller +with the exception that the @env{DEBUG} and @env{RETURN} traps +are not inherited unless the function has been given the +@code{trace} attribute using the @code{declare} builtin or +the @code{-o functrace} option has been enabled with +the @code{set} builtin, +(in which case all functions inherit the @env{DEBUG} and @env{RETURN} traps). +@xref{Bourne Shell Builtins}, for the description of the +@code{trap} builtin. + +If the builtin command @code{return} +is executed in a function, the function completes and +execution resumes with the next command after the function +call. +Any command associated with the @code{RETURN} trap is executed +before execution resumes. +When a function completes, the values of the +positional parameters and the special parameter @samp{#} +are restored to the values they had prior to the function's +execution. If a numeric argument is given to @code{return}, +that is the function's return status; otherwise the function's +return status is the exit status of the last command executed +before the @code{return}. + +Variables local to the function may be declared with the +@code{local} builtin. These variables are visible only to +the function and the commands it invokes. + +Function names and definitions may be listed with the +@option{-f} option to the @code{declare} or @code{typeset} +builtin commands (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). +The @option{-F} option to @code{declare} or @code{typeset} +will list the function names only +(and optionally the source file and line number, if the @code{extdebug} +shell option is enabled). +Functions may be exported so that subshells +automatically have them defined with the +@option{-f} option to the @code{export} builtin +(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). +Note that shell functions and variables with the same name may result +in multiple identically-named entries in the environment passed to the +shell's children. +Care should be taken in cases where this may cause a problem. + +Functions may be recursive. No limit is placed on the number of +recursive calls. + +@node Shell Parameters +@section Shell Parameters +@cindex parameters +@cindex variable, shell +@cindex shell variable + +@menu +* Positional Parameters:: The shell's command-line arguments. +* Special Parameters:: Parameters denoted by special characters. +@end menu + +A @var{parameter} is an entity that stores values. +It can be a @code{name}, a number, or one of the special characters +listed below. +A @var{variable} is a parameter denoted by a @code{name}. +A variable has a @var{value} and zero or more @var{attributes}. +Attributes are assigned using the @code{declare} builtin command +(see the description of the @code{declare} builtin in @ref{Bash Builtins}). + +A parameter is set if it has been assigned a value. The null string is +a valid value. Once a variable is set, it may be unset only by using +the @code{unset} builtin command. + +A variable may be assigned to by a statement of the form +@example +@var{name}=[@var{value}] +@end example +@noindent +If @var{value} +is not given, the variable is assigned the null string. All +@var{value}s undergo tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, +command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote +removal (detailed below). If the variable has its @code{integer} +attribute set, then @var{value} +is evaluated as an arithmetic expression even if the @code{$((@dots{}))} +expansion is not used (@pxref{Arithmetic Expansion}). +Word splitting is not performed, with the exception +of @code{"$@@"} as explained below. +Filename expansion is not performed. +Assignment statements may also appear as arguments to the +@code{alias}, +@code{declare}, @code{typeset}, @code{export}, @code{readonly}, +and @code{local} builtin commands. + +In the context where an assignment statement is assigning a value +to a shell variable or array index (@pxref{Arrays}), the @samp{+=} +operator can be used to +append to or add to the variable's previous value. +When @samp{+=} is applied to a variable for which the integer attribute +has been set, @var{value} is evaluated as an arithmetic expression and +added to the variable's current value, which is also evaluated. +When @samp{+=} is applied to an array variable using compound assignment +(@pxref{Arrays}), the +variable's value is not unset (as it is when using @samp{=}), and new +values are appended to the array beginning at one greater than the array's +maximum index. +When applied to a string-valued variable, @var{value} is expanded and +appended to the variable's value. + +@node Positional Parameters +@subsection Positional Parameters +@cindex parameters, positional + +A @var{positional parameter} is a parameter denoted by one or more +digits, other than the single digit @code{0}. Positional parameters are +assigned from the shell's arguments when it is invoked, +and may be reassigned using the @code{set} builtin command. +Positional parameter @code{N} may be referenced as @code{$@{N@}}, or +as @code{$N} when @code{N} consists of a single digit. +Positional parameters may not be assigned to with assignment statements. +The @code{set} and @code{shift} builtins are used to set and +unset them (@pxref{Shell Builtin Commands}). +The positional parameters are +temporarily replaced when a shell function is executed +(@pxref{Shell Functions}). + +When a positional parameter consisting of more than a single +digit is expanded, it must be enclosed in braces. + +@node Special Parameters +@subsection Special Parameters +@cindex parameters, special + +The shell treats several parameters specially. These parameters may +only be referenced; assignment to them is not allowed. + +@vtable @code + +@item * +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the +expansion occurs within double quotes, it expands to a single word +with the value of each parameter separated by the first character +of the @env{IFS} +special variable. That is, @code{"$*"} is equivalent +to @code{"$1@var{c}$2@var{c}@dots{}"}, where @var{c} +is the first character of the value of the @code{IFS} +variable. +If @env{IFS} is unset, the parameters are separated by spaces. +If @env{IFS} is null, the parameters are joined without intervening +separators. + + +@item @@ +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the +expansion occurs within double quotes, each parameter expands to a +separate word. That is, @code{"$@@"} is equivalent to +@code{"$1" "$2" @dots{}}. +If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of +the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original +word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last +part of the original word. +When there are no positional parameters, @code{"$@@"} and +@code{$@@} +expand to nothing (i.e., they are removed). + +@item # +Expands to the number of positional parameters in decimal. + +@item ? +Expands to the exit status of the most recently executed foreground +pipeline. + +@item - +(A hyphen.) Expands to the current option flags as specified upon +invocation, by the @code{set} +builtin command, or those set by the shell itself +(such as the @option{-i} option). + +@item $ +Expands to the process @sc{id} of the shell. In a @code{()} subshell, it +expands to the process @sc{id} of the invoking shell, not the subshell. + +@item ! +Expands to the process @sc{id} of the most recently executed background +(asynchronous) command. + +@item 0 +Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. This is set at +shell initialization. If Bash is invoked with a file of commands +(@pxref{Shell Scripts}), @code{$0} is set to the name of that file. +If Bash is started with the @option{-c} option (@pxref{Invoking Bash}), +then @code{$0} is set to the first argument after the string to be +executed, if one is present. Otherwise, it is set +to the filename used to invoke Bash, as given by argument zero. + +@item _ +(An underscore.) +At shell startup, set to the absolute pathname used to invoke the +shell or shell script being executed as passed in the environment +or argument list. +Subsequently, expands to the last argument to the previous command, +after expansion. +Also set to the full pathname used to invoke each command executed +and placed in the environment exported to that command. +When checking mail, this parameter holds the name of the mail file. +@end vtable + +@node Shell Expansions +@section Shell Expansions +@cindex expansion + +Expansion is performed on the command line after it has been split into +@code{token}s. There are seven kinds of expansion performed: +@itemize @bullet +@item brace expansion +@item tilde expansion +@item parameter and variable expansion +@item command substitution +@item arithmetic expansion +@item word splitting +@item filename expansion +@end itemize + +@menu +* Brace Expansion:: Expansion of expressions within braces. +* Tilde Expansion:: Expansion of the ~ character. +* Shell Parameter Expansion:: How Bash expands variables to their values. +* Command Substitution:: Using the output of a command as an argument. +* Arithmetic Expansion:: How to use arithmetic in shell expansions. +* Process Substitution:: A way to write and read to and from a + command. +* Word Splitting:: How the results of expansion are split into separate + arguments. +* Filename Expansion:: A shorthand for specifying filenames matching patterns. +* Quote Removal:: How and when quote characters are removed from + words. +@end menu + +The order of expansions is: brace expansion, tilde expansion, +parameter, variable, and arithmetic expansion and +command substitution +(done in a left-to-right fashion), word splitting, and filename +expansion. + +On systems that can support it, there is an additional expansion +available: @var{process substitution}. This is performed at the +same time as parameter, variable, and arithmetic expansion and +command substitution. + +Only brace expansion, word splitting, and filename expansion +can change the number of words of the expansion; other expansions +expand a single word to a single word. +The only exceptions to this are the expansions of +@code{"$@@"} (@pxref{Special Parameters}) and @code{"$@{@var{name}[@@]@}"} +(@pxref{Arrays}). + +After all expansions, @code{quote removal} (@pxref{Quote Removal}) +is performed. + +@node Brace Expansion +@subsection Brace Expansion +@cindex brace expansion +@cindex expansion, brace + +Brace expansion is a mechanism by which arbitrary strings may be generated. +This mechanism is similar to +@var{filename expansion} (@pxref{Filename Expansion}), +but the file names generated need not exist. +Patterns to be brace expanded take the form of an optional @var{preamble}, +followed by either a series of comma-separated strings or a seqeunce expression +between a pair of braces, +followed by an optional @var{postscript}. +The preamble is prefixed to each string contained within the braces, and +the postscript is then appended to each resulting string, expanding left +to right. + +Brace expansions may be nested. +The results of each expanded string are not sorted; left to right order +is preserved. +For example, +@example +bash$ echo a@{d,c,b@}e +ade ace abe +@end example + +A sequence expression takes the form @code{@{@var{x}..@var{y}@}}, +where @var{x} and @var{y} are either integers or single characters. +When integers are supplied, the expression expands to each number between +@var{x} and @var{y}, inclusive. +When characters are supplied, the expression expands to each character +lexicographically between @var{x} and @var{y}, inclusive. Note that +both @var{x} and @var{y} must be of the same type. + +Brace expansion is performed before any other expansions, +and any characters special to other expansions are preserved +in the result. It is strictly textual. Bash +does not apply any syntactic interpretation to the context of the +expansion or the text between the braces. +To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string @samp{$@{} +is not considered eligible for brace expansion. + +A correctly-formed brace expansion must contain unquoted opening +and closing braces, and at least one unquoted comma or a valid +sequence expression. +Any incorrectly formed brace expansion is left unchanged. + +A @{ or @samp{,} may be quoted with a backslash to prevent its +being considered part of a brace expression. +To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string @samp{$@{} +is not considered eligible for brace expansion. + +This construct is typically used as shorthand when the common +prefix of the strings to be generated is longer than in the +above example: +@example +mkdir /usr/local/src/bash/@{old,new,dist,bugs@} +@end example +or +@example +chown root /usr/@{ucb/@{ex,edit@},lib/@{ex?.?*,how_ex@}@} +@end example + +@node Tilde Expansion +@subsection Tilde Expansion +@cindex tilde expansion +@cindex expansion, tilde + +If a word begins with an unquoted tilde character (@samp{~}), all of the +characters up to the first unquoted slash (or all characters, +if there is no unquoted slash) are considered a @var{tilde-prefix}. +If none of the characters in the tilde-prefix are quoted, the +characters in the tilde-prefix following the tilde are treated as a +possible @var{login name}. +If this login name is the null string, the tilde is replaced with the +value of the @env{HOME} shell variable. +If @env{HOME} is unset, the home directory of the user executing the +shell is substituted instead. +Otherwise, the tilde-prefix is replaced with the home directory +associated with the specified login name. + +If the tilde-prefix is @samp{~+}, the value of +the shell variable @env{PWD} replaces the tilde-prefix. +If the tilde-prefix is @samp{~-}, the value of the shell variable +@env{OLDPWD}, if it is set, is substituted. + +If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist of a +number @var{N}, optionally prefixed by a @samp{+} or a @samp{-}, +the tilde-prefix is replaced with the +corresponding element from the directory stack, as it would be displayed +by the @code{dirs} builtin invoked with the characters following tilde +in the tilde-prefix as an argument (@pxref{The Directory Stack}). +If the tilde-prefix, sans the tilde, consists of a number without a +leading @samp{+} or @samp{-}, @samp{+} is assumed. + +If the login name is invalid, or the tilde expansion fails, the word is +left unchanged. + +Each variable assignment is checked for unquoted tilde-prefixes immediately +following a @samp{:} or the first @samp{=}. +In these cases, tilde expansion is also performed. +Consequently, one may use file names with tildes in assignments to +@env{PATH}, @env{MAILPATH}, and @env{CDPATH}, +and the shell assigns the expanded value. + +The following table shows how Bash treats unquoted tilde-prefixes: + +@table @code +@item ~ +The value of @code{$HOME} +@item ~/foo +@file{$HOME/foo} + +@item ~fred/foo +The subdirectory @code{foo} of the home directory of the user +@code{fred} + +@item ~+/foo +@file{$PWD/foo} + +@item ~-/foo +@file{$@{OLDPWD-'~-'@}/foo} + +@item ~@var{N} +The string that would be displayed by @samp{dirs +@var{N}} + +@item ~+@var{N} +The string that would be displayed by @samp{dirs +@var{N}} + +@item ~-@var{N} +The string that would be displayed by @samp{dirs -@var{N}} + +@end table + +@node Shell Parameter Expansion +@subsection Shell Parameter Expansion +@cindex parameter expansion +@cindex expansion, parameter + +The @samp{$} character introduces parameter expansion, +command substitution, or arithmetic expansion. The parameter name +or symbol to be expanded may be enclosed in braces, which +are optional but serve to protect the variable to be expanded from +characters immediately following it which could be +interpreted as part of the name. + +When braces are used, the matching ending brace is the first @samp{@}} +not escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and not within an +embedded arithmetic expansion, command substitution, or parameter +expansion. + +The basic form of parameter expansion is $@{@var{parameter}@}. +The value of @var{parameter} is substituted. The braces are required +when @var{parameter} +is a positional parameter with more than one digit, +or when @var{parameter} +is followed by a character that is not to be +interpreted as part of its name. + +If the first character of @var{parameter} is an exclamation point, +a level of variable indirection is introduced. +Bash uses the value of the variable formed from the rest of +@var{parameter} as the name of the variable; this variable is then +expanded and that value is used in the rest of the substitution, rather +than the value of @var{parameter} itself. +This is known as @code{indirect expansion}. +The exceptions to this are the expansions of $@{!@var{prefix*}@} +and $@{!@var{name}[@@]@} +described below. +The exclamation point must immediately follow the left brace in order to +introduce indirection. + +In each of the cases below, @var{word} is subject to tilde expansion, +parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. + +When not performing substring expansion, Bash tests for a parameter +that is unset or null; omitting the colon results in a test only for a +parameter that is unset. Put another way, if the colon is included, +the operator tests for both existence and that the value is not null; +if the colon is omitted, the operator tests only for existence. + +@table @code + +@item $@{@var{parameter}:@minus{}@var{word}@} +If @var{parameter} is unset or null, the expansion of +@var{word} is substituted. Otherwise, the value of +@var{parameter} is substituted. + +@item $@{@var{parameter}:=@var{word}@} +If @var{parameter} +is unset or null, the expansion of @var{word} +is assigned to @var{parameter}. +The value of @var{parameter} is then substituted. +Positional parameters and special parameters may not be assigned to +in this way. + +@item $@{@var{parameter}:?@var{word}@} +If @var{parameter} +is null or unset, the expansion of @var{word} (or a message +to that effect if @var{word} +is not present) is written to the standard error and the shell, if it +is not interactive, exits. Otherwise, the value of @var{parameter} is +substituted. + +@item $@{@var{parameter}:+@var{word}@} +If @var{parameter} +is null or unset, nothing is substituted, otherwise the expansion of +@var{word} is substituted. + +@item $@{@var{parameter}:@var{offset}@} +@itemx $@{@var{parameter}:@var{offset}:@var{length}@} +Expands to up to @var{length} characters of @var{parameter} +starting at the character specified by @var{offset}. +If @var{length} is omitted, expands to the substring of +@var{parameter} starting at the character specified by @var{offset}. +@var{length} and @var{offset} are arithmetic expressions +(@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}). +This is referred to as Substring Expansion. + +@var{length} must evaluate to a number greater than or equal to zero. +If @var{offset} evaluates to a number less than zero, the value +is used as an offset from the end of the value of @var{parameter}. +If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@}, the result is @var{length} positional +parameters beginning at @var{offset}. +If @var{parameter} is an array name indexed by @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, +the result is the @var{length} +members of the array beginning with @code{$@{@var{parameter}[@var{offset}]@}}. +A negative @var{offset} is taken relative to one greater than the maximum +index of the specified array. +Note that a negative offset must be separated from the colon by at least +one space to avoid being confused with the @samp{:-} expansion. +Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters +are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1 by default. +If @var{offset}} is 0, and the positional parameters are used, @code{$@@} is +prefixed to the list. + +@item $@{!@var{prefix}*@} +@itemx $@{!@var{prefix}@@@} +Expands to the names of variables whose names begin with @var{prefix}, +separated by the first character of the @env{IFS} special variable. +When @samp{@@} is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each +variable name expands to a separate word. + +@item $@{!@var{name}[@@]@} +@itemx $@{!@var{name}[*]@} +If @var{name} is an array variable, expands to the list of array indices +(keys) assigned in @var{name}. +If @var{name} is not an array, expands to 0 if @var{name} is set and null +otherwise. +When @samp{@@} is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each +key expands to a separate word. + +@item $@{#@var{parameter}@} +The length in characters of the expanded value of @var{parameter} is +substituted. +If @var{parameter} is @samp{*} or @samp{@@}, the value substituted +is the number of positional parameters. +If @var{parameter} is an array name subscripted by @samp{*} or @samp{@@}, +the value substituted is the number of elements in the array. + +@item $@{@var{parameter}#@var{word}@} +@itemx $@{@var{parameter}##@var{word}@} +The @var{word} +is expanded to produce a pattern just as in filename +expansion (@pxref{Filename Expansion}). If the pattern matches +the beginning of the expanded value of @var{parameter}, +then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of @var{parameter} +with the shortest matching pattern (the @samp{#} case) or the +longest matching pattern (the @samp{##} case) deleted. +If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, +the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If @var{parameter} is an array variable subscripted with +@samp{@@} or @samp{*}, +the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. + +@item $@{@var{parameter}%@var{word}@} +@itemx $@{@var{parameter}%%@var{word}@} +The @var{word} is expanded to produce a pattern just as in +filename expansion. +If the pattern matches a trailing portion of the expanded value of +@var{parameter}, then the result of the expansion is the value of +@var{parameter} with the shortest matching pattern (the @samp{%} case) +or the longest matching pattern (the @samp{%%} case) deleted. +If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, +the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If @var{parameter} +is an array variable subscripted with @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, +the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. + +@item $@{@var{parameter}/@var{pattern}/@var{string}@} + +The @var{pattern} is expanded to produce a pattern just as in +filename expansion. +@var{Parameter} is expanded and the longest match of @var{pattern} +against its value is replaced with @var{string}. +If @var{pattern} begins with @samp{/}, all matches of @var{pattern} are +replaced with @var{string}. Normally only the first match is replaced. +If @var{pattern} begins with @samp{#}, it must match at the beginning +of the expanded value of @var{parameter}. +If @var{pattern} begins with @samp{%}, it must match at the end +of the expanded value of @var{parameter}. +If @var{string} is null, matches of @var{pattern} are deleted +and the @code{/} following @var{pattern} may be omitted. +If @var{parameter} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, +the substitution operation is applied to each positional +parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. +If @var{parameter} +is an array variable subscripted with @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, +the substitution operation is applied to each member of the +array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. + +@end table + +@node Command Substitution +@subsection Command Substitution +@cindex command substitution + +Command substitution allows the output of a command to replace +the command itself. +Command substitution occurs when a command is enclosed as follows: +@example +$(@var{command}) +@end example +@noindent +or +@example +`@var{command}` +@end example + +@noindent +Bash performs the expansion by executing @var{command} and +replacing the command substitution with the standard output of the +command, with any trailing newlines deleted. +Embedded newlines are not deleted, but they may be removed during +word splitting. +The command substitution @code{$(cat @var{file})} can be +replaced by the equivalent but faster @code{$(< @var{file})}. + +When the old-style backquote form of substitution is used, +backslash retains its literal meaning except when followed by +@samp{$}, @samp{`}, or @samp{\}. +The first backquote not preceded by a backslash terminates the +command substitution. +When using the @code{$(@var{command})} form, all characters between +the parentheses make up the command; none are treated specially. + +Command substitutions may be nested. To nest when using the backquoted +form, escape the inner backquotes with backslashes. + +If the substitution appears within double quotes, word splitting and +filename expansion are not performed on the results. + +@node Arithmetic Expansion +@subsection Arithmetic Expansion +@cindex expansion, arithmetic +@cindex arithmetic expansion + +Arithmetic expansion allows the evaluation of an arithmetic expression +and the substitution of the result. The format for arithmetic expansion is: + +@example +$(( @var{expression} )) +@end example + +The expression is treated as if it were within double quotes, but +a double quote inside the parentheses is not treated specially. +All tokens in the expression undergo parameter expansion, command +substitution, and quote removal. +Arithmetic expansions may be nested. + +The evaluation is performed according to the rules listed below +(@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}). +If the expression is invalid, Bash prints a message indicating +failure to the standard error and no substitution occurs. + +@node Process Substitution +@subsection Process Substitution +@cindex process substitution + +Process substitution is supported on systems that support named +pipes (@sc{fifo}s) or the @file{/dev/fd} method of naming open files. +It takes the form of +@example +<(@var{list}) +@end example +@noindent +or +@example +>(@var{list}) +@end example +@noindent +The process @var{list} is run with its input or output connected to a +@sc{fifo} or some file in @file{/dev/fd}. The name of this file is +passed as an argument to the current command as the result of the +expansion. If the @code{>(@var{list})} form is used, writing to +the file will provide input for @var{list}. If the +@code{<(@var{list})} form is used, the file passed as an +argument should be read to obtain the output of @var{list}. +Note that no space may appear between the @code{<} or @code{>} +and the left parenthesis, otherwise the construct would be interpreted +as a redirection. + +When available, process substitution is performed simultaneously with +parameter and variable expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic +expansion. + +@node Word Splitting +@subsection Word Splitting +@cindex word splitting + +The shell scans the results of parameter expansion, command substitution, +and arithmetic expansion that did not occur within double quotes for +word splitting. + +The shell treats each character of @env{$IFS} +as a delimiter, and splits the results of the other +expansions into words on these characters. If +@env{IFS} is unset, or its value is exactly @code{}, +the default, then any sequence of @env{IFS} +characters serves to delimit words. If @env{IFS} +has a value other than the default, then sequences of +the whitespace characters @code{space} and @code{tab} +are ignored at the beginning and end of the +word, as long as the whitespace character is in the +value of @env{IFS} (an @env{IFS} whitespace character). +Any character in @env{IFS} that is not @env{IFS} +whitespace, along with any adjacent @env{IFS} +whitespace characters, delimits a field. A sequence of @env{IFS} +whitespace characters is also treated as a delimiter. +If the value of @env{IFS} is null, no word splitting occurs. + +Explicit null arguments (@code{""} or @code{''}) are retained. +Unquoted implicit null arguments, resulting from the expansion of +parameters that have no values, are removed. +If a parameter with no value is expanded within double quotes, a +null argument results and is retained. + +Note that if no expansion occurs, no splitting +is performed. + +@node Filename Expansion +@subsection Filename Expansion +@menu +* Pattern Matching:: How the shell matches patterns. +@end menu +@cindex expansion, filename +@cindex expansion, pathname +@cindex filename expansion +@cindex pathname expansion + +After word splitting, unless the @option{-f} option has been set +(@pxref{The Set Builtin}), Bash scans each word for the characters +@samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[}. +If one of these characters appears, then the word is +regarded as a @var{pattern}, +and replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of +file names matching the pattern. If no matching file names are found, +and the shell option @code{nullglob} is disabled, the word is left +unchanged. +If the @code{nullglob} option is set, and no matches are found, the word +is removed. +If the @code{failglob} shell option is set, and no matches are found, +an error message is printed and the command is not executed. +If the shell option @code{nocaseglob} is enabled, the match is performed +without regard to the case of alphabetic characters. + +When a pattern is used for filename generation, the character @samp{.} +at the start of a filename or immediately following a slash +must be matched explicitly, unless the shell option @code{dotglob} is set. +When matching a file name, the slash character must always be +matched explicitly. +In other cases, the @samp{.} character is not treated specially. + +See the description of @code{shopt} in @ref{Bash Builtins}, +for a description of the @code{nocaseglob}, @code{nullglob}, +@code{failglob}, and @code{dotglob} options. + +The @env{GLOBIGNORE} +shell variable may be used to restrict the set of filenames matching a +pattern. If @env{GLOBIGNORE} +is set, each matching filename that also matches one of the patterns in +@env{GLOBIGNORE} is removed from the list of matches. The filenames +@file{.} and @file{..} +are always ignored when @env{GLOBIGNORE} +is set and not null. +However, setting @env{GLOBIGNORE} to a non-null value has the effect of +enabling the @code{dotglob} +shell option, so all other filenames beginning with a +@samp{.} will match. +To get the old behavior of ignoring filenames beginning with a +@samp{.}, make @samp{.*} one of the patterns in @env{GLOBIGNORE}. +The @code{dotglob} option is disabled when @env{GLOBIGNORE} +is unset. + +@node Pattern Matching +@subsubsection Pattern Matching +@cindex pattern matching +@cindex matching, pattern + +Any character that appears in a pattern, other than the special pattern +characters described below, matches itself. +The @sc{nul} character may not occur in a pattern. +A backslash escapes the following character; the +escaping backslash is discarded when matching. +The special pattern characters must be quoted if they are to be matched +literally. + +The special pattern characters have the following meanings: +@table @code +@item * +Matches any string, including the null string. +@item ? +Matches any single character. +@item [@dots{}] +Matches any one of the enclosed characters. A pair of characters +separated by a hyphen denotes a @var{range expression}; +any character that sorts between those two characters, inclusive, +using the current locale's collating sequence and character set, +is matched. If the first character following the +@samp{[} is a @samp{!} or a @samp{^} +then any character not enclosed is matched. A @samp{@minus{}} +may be matched by including it as the first or last character +in the set. A @samp{]} may be matched by including it as the first +character in the set. +The sorting order of characters in range expressions is determined by +the current locale and the value of the @env{LC_COLLATE} shell variable, +if set. + +For example, in the default C locale, @samp{[a-dx-z]} is equivalent to +@samp{[abcdxyz]}. Many locales sort characters in dictionary order, and in +these locales @samp{[a-dx-z]} is typically not equivalent to @samp{[abcdxyz]}; +it might be equivalent to @samp{[aBbCcDdxXyYz]}, for example. To obtain +the traditional interpretation of ranges in bracket expressions, you can +force the use of the C locale by setting the @env{LC_COLLATE} or +@env{LC_ALL} environment variable to the value @samp{C}. + +Within @samp{[} and @samp{]}, @var{character classes} can be specified +using the syntax +@code{[:}@var{class}@code{:]}, where @var{class} is one of the +following classes defined in the @sc{posix} standard: +@example +alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower +print punct space upper word xdigit +@end example +@noindent +A character class matches any character belonging to that class. +The @code{word} character class matches letters, digits, and the character +@samp{_}. + +Within @samp{[} and @samp{]}, an @var{equivalence class} can be +specified using the syntax @code{[=}@var{c}@code{=]}, which +matches all characters with the same collation weight (as defined +by the current locale) as the character @var{c}. + +Within @samp{[} and @samp{]}, the syntax @code{[.}@var{symbol}@code{.]} +matches the collating symbol @var{symbol}. +@end table + +If the @code{extglob} shell option is enabled using the @code{shopt} +builtin, several extended pattern matching operators are recognized. +In the following description, a @var{pattern-list} is a list of one +or more patterns separated by a @samp{|}. +Composite patterns may be formed using one or more of the following +sub-patterns: + +@table @code +@item ?(@var{pattern-list}) +Matches zero or one occurrence of the given patterns. + +@item *(@var{pattern-list}) +Matches zero or more occurrences of the given patterns. + +@item +(@var{pattern-list}) +Matches one or more occurrences of the given patterns. + +@item @@(@var{pattern-list}) +Matches one of the given patterns. + +@item !(@var{pattern-list}) +Matches anything except one of the given patterns. +@end table + +@node Quote Removal +@subsection Quote Removal + +After the preceding expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the +characters @samp{\}, @samp{'}, and @samp{"} that did not +result from one of the above expansions are removed. + +@node Redirections +@section Redirections +@cindex redirection + +Before a command is executed, its input and output +may be @var{redirected} +using a special notation interpreted by the shell. +Redirection may also be used to open and close files for the +current shell execution environment. The following redirection +operators may precede or appear anywhere within a +simple command or may follow a command. +Redirections are processed in the order they appear, from +left to right. + +In the following descriptions, if the file descriptor number is +omitted, and the first character of the redirection operator is +@samp{<}, the redirection refers to the standard input (file +descriptor 0). If the first character of the redirection operator +is @samp{>}, the redirection refers to the standard output (file +descriptor 1). + +The word following the redirection operator in the following +descriptions, unless otherwise noted, is subjected to brace expansion, +tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic +expansion, quote removal, filename expansion, and word splitting. +If it expands to more than one word, Bash reports an error. + +Note that the order of redirections is significant. For example, +the command +@example +ls > @var{dirlist} 2>&1 +@end example +@noindent +directs both standard output (file descriptor 1) and standard error +(file descriptor 2) to the file @var{dirlist}, while the command +@example +ls 2>&1 > @var{dirlist} +@end example +@noindent +directs only the standard output to file @var{dirlist}, +because the standard error was duplicated as standard output +before the standard output was redirected to @var{dirlist}. + +Bash handles several filenames specially when they are used in +redirections, as described in the following table: + +@table @code +@item /dev/fd/@var{fd} +If @var{fd} is a valid integer, file descriptor @var{fd} is duplicated. + +@item /dev/stdin +File descriptor 0 is duplicated. + +@item /dev/stdout +File descriptor 1 is duplicated. + +@item /dev/stderr +File descriptor 2 is duplicated. + +@item /dev/tcp/@var{host}/@var{port} +If @var{host} is a valid hostname or Internet address, and @var{port} +is an integer port number or service name, Bash attempts to open a TCP +connection to the corresponding socket. + +@item /dev/udp/@var{host}/@var{port} +If @var{host} is a valid hostname or Internet address, and @var{port} +is an integer port number or service name, Bash attempts to open a UDP +connection to the corresponding socket. + +@end table + +A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail. + +Redirections using file descriptors greater than 9 should be used with +care, as they may conflict with file descriptors the shell uses +internally. + +@subsection Redirecting Input +Redirection of input causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of @var{word} +to be opened for reading on file descriptor @code{n}, +or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if @code{n} +is not specified. + +The general format for redirecting input is: +@example +[@var{n}]<@var{word} +@end example + +@subsection Redirecting Output +Redirection of output causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of @var{word} +to be opened for writing on file descriptor @var{n}, +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if @var{n} +is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created; +if it does exist it is truncated to zero size. + +The general format for redirecting output is: +@example +[@var{n}]>[|]@var{word} +@end example + +If the redirection operator is @samp{>}, and the @code{noclobber} +option to the @code{set} builtin has been enabled, the redirection +will fail if the file whose name results from the expansion of +@var{word} exists and is a regular file. +If the redirection operator is @samp{>|}, or the redirection operator is +@samp{>} and the @code{noclobber} option is not enabled, the redirection +is attempted even if the file named by @var{word} exists. + +@subsection Appending Redirected Output +Redirection of output in this fashion +causes the file whose name results from +the expansion of @var{word} +to be opened for appending on file descriptor @var{n}, +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if @var{n} +is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created. + +The general format for appending output is: +@example +[@var{n}]>>@var{word} +@end example + +@subsection Redirecting Standard Output and Standard Error +Bash allows both the +standard output (file descriptor 1) and +the standard error output (file descriptor 2) +to be redirected to the file whose name is the +expansion of @var{word} with this construct. + +There are two formats for redirecting standard output and +standard error: +@example +&>@var{word} +@end example +@noindent +and +@example +>&@var{word} +@end example +@noindent +Of the two forms, the first is preferred. +This is semantically equivalent to +@example +>@var{word} 2>&1 +@end example + +@subsection Here Documents +This type of redirection instructs the shell to read input from the +current source until a line containing only @var{word} +(with no trailing blanks) is seen. All of +the lines read up to that point are then used as the standard +input for a command. + +The format of here-documents is: +@example +<<[@minus{}]@var{word} + @var{here-document} +@var{delimiter} +@end example + +No parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, +or filename expansion is performed on +@var{word}. If any characters in @var{word} are quoted, the +@var{delimiter} is the result of quote removal on @var{word}, +and the lines in the here-document are not expanded. +If @var{word} is unquoted, +all lines of the here-document are subjected to parameter expansion, +command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. In the latter +case, the character sequence @code{\newline} is ignored, and @samp{\} +must be used to quote the characters +@samp{\}, @samp{$}, and @samp{`}. + +If the redirection operator is @samp{<<-}, +then all leading tab characters are stripped from input lines and the +line containing @var{delimiter}. +This allows here-documents within shell scripts to be indented in a +natural fashion. + +@subsection Here Strings +A variant of here documents, the format is: +@example +<<< @var{word} +@end example + +The @var{word} is expanded and supplied to the command on its standard +input. + +@subsection Duplicating File Descriptors +The redirection operator +@example +[@var{n}]<&@var{word} +@end example +@noindent +is used to duplicate input file descriptors. +If @var{word} +expands to one or more digits, the file descriptor denoted by @var{n} +is made to be a copy of that file descriptor. +If the digits in @var{word} do not specify a file descriptor open for +input, a redirection error occurs. +If @var{word} +evaluates to @samp{-}, file descriptor @var{n} is closed. If +@var{n} is not specified, the standard input (file descriptor 0) is used. + +The operator +@example +[@var{n}]>&@var{word} +@end example +@noindent +is used similarly to duplicate output file descriptors. If +@var{n} is not specified, the standard output (file descriptor 1) is used. +If the digits in @var{word} do not specify a file descriptor open for +output, a redirection error occurs. +As a special case, if @var{n} is omitted, and @var{word} does not +expand to one or more digits, the standard output and standard +error are redirected as described previously. + +@subsection Moving File Descriptors +The redirection operator +@example +[@var{n}]<&@var{digit}- +@end example +@noindent +moves the file descriptor @var{digit} to file descriptor @var{n}, +or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if @var{n} is not specified. +@var{digit} is closed after being duplicated to @var{n}. + +Similarly, the redirection operator +@example +[@var{n}]>&@var{digit}- +@end example +@noindent +moves the file descriptor @var{digit} to file descriptor @var{n}, +or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if @var{n} is not specified. + +@subsection Opening File Descriptors for Reading and Writing +The redirection operator +@example +[@var{n}]<>@var{word} +@end example +@noindent +causes the file whose name is the expansion of @var{word} +to be opened for both reading and writing on file descriptor +@var{n}, or on file descriptor 0 if @var{n} +is not specified. If the file does not exist, it is created. + +@node Executing Commands +@section Executing Commands + +@menu +* Simple Command Expansion:: How Bash expands simple commands before + executing them. +* Command Search and Execution:: How Bash finds commands and runs them. +* Command Execution Environment:: The environment in which Bash + executes commands that are not + shell builtins. +* Environment:: The environment given to a command. +* Exit Status:: The status returned by commands and how Bash + interprets it. +* Signals:: What happens when Bash or a command it runs + receives a signal. +@end menu + +@node Simple Command Expansion +@subsection Simple Command Expansion +@cindex command expansion + +When a simple command is executed, the shell performs the following +expansions, assignments, and redirections, from left to right. + +@enumerate +@item +The words that the parser has marked as variable assignments (those +preceding the command name) and redirections are saved for later +processing. + +@item +The words that are not variable assignments or redirections are +expanded (@pxref{Shell Expansions}). +If any words remain after expansion, the first word +is taken to be the name of the command and the remaining words are +the arguments. + +@item +Redirections are performed as described above (@pxref{Redirections}). + +@item +The text after the @samp{=} in each variable assignment undergoes tilde +expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, +and quote removal before being assigned to the variable. +@end enumerate + +If no command name results, the variable assignments affect the current +shell environment. Otherwise, the variables are added to the environment +of the executed command and do not affect the current shell environment. +If any of the assignments attempts to assign a value to a readonly variable, +an error occurs, and the command exits with a non-zero status. + +If no command name results, redirections are performed, but do not +affect the current shell environment. A redirection error causes the +command to exit with a non-zero status. + +If there is a command name left after expansion, execution proceeds as +described below. Otherwise, the command exits. If one of the expansions +contained a command substitution, the exit status of the command is +the exit status of the last command substitution performed. If there +were no command substitutions, the command exits with a status of zero. + +@node Command Search and Execution +@subsection Command Search and Execution +@cindex command execution +@cindex command search + +After a command has been split into words, if it results in a +simple command and an optional list of arguments, the following +actions are taken. + +@enumerate +@item +If the command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to +locate it. If there exists a shell function by that name, that +function is invoked as described in @ref{Shell Functions}. + +@item +If the name does not match a function, the shell searches for +it in the list of shell builtins. If a match is found, that +builtin is invoked. + +@item +If the name is neither a shell function nor a builtin, +and contains no slashes, Bash searches each element of +@env{$PATH} for a directory containing an executable file +by that name. Bash uses a hash table to remember the full +pathnames of executable files to avoid multiple @env{PATH} searches +(see the description of @code{hash} in @ref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). +A full search of the directories in @env{$PATH} +is performed only if the command is not found in the hash table. +If the search is unsuccessful, the shell prints an error +message and returns an exit status of 127. + +@item +If the search is successful, or if the command name contains +one or more slashes, the shell executes the named program in +a separate execution environment. +Argument 0 is set to the name given, and the remaining arguments +to the command are set to the arguments supplied, if any. + +@item +If this execution fails because the file is not in executable +format, and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be a +@var{shell script} and the shell executes it as described in +@ref{Shell Scripts}. + +@item +If the command was not begun asynchronously, the shell waits for +the command to complete and collects its exit status. + +@end enumerate + +@node Command Execution Environment +@subsection Command Execution Environment +@cindex execution environment + +The shell has an @var{execution environment}, which consists of the +following: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +open files inherited by the shell at invocation, as modified by +redirections supplied to the @code{exec} builtin + +@item +the current working directory as set by @code{cd}, @code{pushd}, or +@code{popd}, or inherited by the shell at invocation + +@item +the file creation mode mask as set by @code{umask} or inherited from +the shell's parent + +@item +current traps set by @code{trap} + +@item +shell parameters that are set by variable assignment or with @code{set} +or inherited from the shell's parent in the environment + +@item +shell functions defined during execution or inherited from the shell's +parent in the environment + +@item +options enabled at invocation (either by default or with command-line +arguments) or by @code{set} + +@item +options enabled by @code{shopt} + +@item +shell aliases defined with @code{alias} (@pxref{Aliases}) + +@item +various process @sc{id}s, including those of background jobs +(@pxref{Lists}), the value of @code{$$}, and the value of +@env{$PPID} + +@end itemize + +When a simple command other than a builtin or shell function +is to be executed, it +is invoked in a separate execution environment that consists of +the following. Unless otherwise noted, the values are inherited +from the shell. + +@itemize @bullet +@item +the shell's open files, plus any modifications and additions specified +by redirections to the command + +@item +the current working directory + +@item +the file creation mode mask + +@item +shell variables and functions marked for export, along with variables +exported for the command, passed in the environment (@pxref{Environment}) + +@item +traps caught by the shell are reset to the values inherited from the +shell's parent, and traps ignored by the shell are ignored + +@end itemize + +A command invoked in this separate environment cannot affect the +shell's execution environment. + +Command substitution, commands grouped with parentheses, +and asynchronous commands are invoked in a +subshell environment that is a duplicate of the shell environment, +except that traps caught by the shell are reset to the values +that the shell inherited from its parent at invocation. Builtin +commands that are invoked as part of a pipeline are also executed +in a subshell environment. Changes made to the subshell environment +cannot affect the shell's execution environment. + +If a command is followed by a @samp{&} and job control is not active, the +default standard input for the command is the empty file @file{/dev/null}. +Otherwise, the invoked command inherits the file descriptors of the calling +shell as modified by redirections. + +@node Environment +@subsection Environment +@cindex environment + +When a program is invoked it is given an array of strings +called the @var{environment}. +This is a list of name-value pairs, of the form @code{name=value}. + +Bash provides several ways to manipulate the environment. +On invocation, the shell scans its own environment and +creates a parameter for each name found, automatically marking +it for @var{export} +to child processes. Executed commands inherit the environment. +The @code{export} and @samp{declare -x} +commands allow parameters and functions to be added to and +deleted from the environment. If the value of a parameter +in the environment is modified, the new value becomes part +of the environment, replacing the old. The environment +inherited by any executed command consists of the shell's +initial environment, whose values may be modified in the shell, +less any pairs removed by the @code{unset} and @samp{export -n} +commands, plus any additions via the @code{export} and +@samp{declare -x} commands. + +The environment for any simple command +or function may be augmented temporarily by prefixing it with +parameter assignments, as described in @ref{Shell Parameters}. +These assignment statements affect only the environment seen +by that command. + +If the @option{-k} option is set (@pxref{The Set Builtin}), then all +parameter assignments are placed in the environment for a command, +not just those that precede the command name. + +When Bash invokes an external command, the variable @samp{$_} +is set to the full path name of the command and passed to that +command in its environment. + +@node Exit Status +@subsection Exit Status +@cindex exit status + +For the shell's purposes, a command which exits with a +zero exit status has succeeded. +A non-zero exit status indicates failure. +This seemingly counter-intuitive scheme is used so there +is one well-defined way to indicate success and a variety of +ways to indicate various failure modes. +When a command terminates on a fatal signal whose number is @var{N}, +Bash uses the value 128+@var{N} as the exit status. + +If a command is not found, the child process created to +execute it returns a status of 127. If a command is found +but is not executable, the return status is 126. + +If a command fails because of an error during expansion or redirection, +the exit status is greater than zero. + +The exit status is used by the Bash conditional commands +(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}) and some of the list +constructs (@pxref{Lists}). + +All of the Bash builtins return an exit status of zero if they succeed +and a non-zero status on failure, so they may be used by the +conditional and list constructs. +All builtins return an exit status of 2 to indicate incorrect usage. + +@node Signals +@subsection Signals +@cindex signal handling + +When Bash is interactive, in the absence of any traps, it ignores +@code{SIGTERM} (so that @samp{kill 0} does not kill an interactive shell), +and @code{SIGINT} +is caught and handled (so that the @code{wait} builtin is interruptible). +When Bash receives a @code{SIGINT}, it breaks out of any executing loops. +In all cases, Bash ignores @code{SIGQUIT}. +If job control is in effect (@pxref{Job Control}), Bash +ignores @code{SIGTTIN}, @code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGTSTP}. + +Non-builtin commands started by Bash have signal handlers set to the +values inherited by the shell from its parent. +When job control is not in effect, asynchronous commands +ignore @code{SIGINT} and @code{SIGQUIT} in addition to these inherited +handlers. +Commands run as a result of +command substitution ignore the keyboard-generated job control signals +@code{SIGTTIN}, @code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGTSTP}. + +The shell exits by default upon receipt of a @code{SIGHUP}. +Before exiting, an interactive shell resends the @code{SIGHUP} to +all jobs, running or stopped. +Stopped jobs are sent @code{SIGCONT} to ensure that they receive +the @code{SIGHUP}. +To prevent the shell from sending the @code{SIGHUP} signal to a +particular job, it should be removed +from the jobs table with the @code{disown} +builtin (@pxref{Job Control Builtins}) or marked +to not receive @code{SIGHUP} using @code{disown -h}. + +If the @code{huponexit} shell option has been set with @code{shopt} +(@pxref{Bash Builtins}), Bash sends a @code{SIGHUP} to all jobs when +an interactive login shell exits. + +If Bash is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal +for which a trap has been set, the trap will not be executed until +the command completes. +When Bash is waiting for an asynchronous +command via the @code{wait} builtin, the reception of a signal for +which a trap has been set will cause the @code{wait} builtin to return +immediately with an exit status greater than 128, immediately after +which the trap is executed. + +@node Shell Scripts +@section Shell Scripts +@cindex shell script + +A shell script is a text file containing shell commands. When such +a file is used as the first non-option argument when invoking Bash, +and neither the @option{-c} nor @option{-s} option is supplied +(@pxref{Invoking Bash}), +Bash reads and executes commands from the file, then exits. This +mode of operation creates a non-interactive shell. The shell first +searches for the file in the current directory, and looks in the +directories in @env{$PATH} if not found there. + +When Bash runs +a shell script, it sets the special parameter @code{0} to the name +of the file, rather than the name of the shell, and the positional +parameters are set to the remaining arguments, if any are given. +If no additional arguments are supplied, the positional parameters +are unset. + +A shell script may be made executable by using the @code{chmod} command +to turn on the execute bit. When Bash finds such a file while +searching the @env{$PATH} for a command, it spawns a subshell to +execute it. In other words, executing +@example +filename @var{arguments} +@end example +@noindent +is equivalent to executing +@example +bash filename @var{arguments} +@end example + +@noindent +if @code{filename} is an executable shell script. +This subshell reinitializes itself, so that the effect is as if a +new shell had been invoked to interpret the script, with the +exception that the locations of commands remembered by the parent +(see the description of @code{hash} in @ref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) +are retained by the child. + +Most versions of Unix make this a part of the operating system's command +execution mechanism. If the first line of a script begins with +the two characters @samp{#!}, the remainder of the line specifies +an interpreter for the program. +Thus, you can specify Bash, @code{awk}, Perl, or some other +interpreter and write the rest of the script file in that language. + +The arguments to the interpreter +consist of a single optional argument following the interpreter +name on the first line of the script file, followed by the name of +the script file, followed by the rest of the arguments. Bash +will perform this action on operating systems that do not handle it +themselves. Note that some older versions of Unix limit the interpreter +name and argument to a maximum of 32 characters. + +Bash scripts often begin with @code{#! /bin/bash} (assuming that +Bash has been installed in @file{/bin}), since this ensures that +Bash will be used to interpret the script, even if it is executed +under another shell. + +@node Shell Builtin Commands +@chapter Shell Builtin Commands + +@menu +* Bourne Shell Builtins:: Builtin commands inherited from the Bourne + Shell. +* Bash Builtins:: Table of builtins specific to Bash. +* The Set Builtin:: This builtin is so overloaded it + deserves its own section. +* Special Builtins:: Builtin commands classified specially by + POSIX. +@end menu + +Builtin commands are contained within the shell itself. +When the name of a builtin command is used as the first word of +a simple command (@pxref{Simple Commands}), the shell executes +the command directly, without invoking another program. +Builtin commands are necessary to implement functionality impossible +or inconvenient to obtain with separate utilities. + +This section briefly describes the builtins which Bash inherits from +the Bourne Shell, as well as the builtin commands which are unique +to or have been extended in Bash. + +Several builtin commands are described in other chapters: builtin +commands which provide the Bash interface to the job control +facilities (@pxref{Job Control Builtins}), the directory stack +(@pxref{Directory Stack Builtins}), the command history +(@pxref{Bash History Builtins}), and the programmable completion +facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}). + +Many of the builtins have been extended by @sc{posix} or Bash. + +Unless otherwise noted, each builtin command documented as accepting +options preceded by @samp{-} accepts @samp{--} +to signify the end of the options. +For example, the @code{:}, @code{true}, @code{false}, and @code{test} +builtins do not accept options. + +@node Bourne Shell Builtins +@section Bourne Shell Builtins + +The following shell builtin commands are inherited from the Bourne Shell. +These commands are implemented as specified by the @sc{posix} standard. + +@table @code +@item : @r{(a colon)} +@btindex : +@example +: [@var{arguments}] +@end example +Do nothing beyond expanding @var{arguments} and performing redirections. +The return status is zero. + +@item . @r{(a period)} +@btindex . +@example +. @var{filename} [@var{arguments}] +@end example +Read and execute commands from the @var{filename} argument in the +current shell context. If @var{filename} does not contain a slash, +the @env{PATH} variable is used to find @var{filename}. +When Bash is not in @sc{posix} mode, the current directory is searched +if @var{filename} is not found in @env{$PATH}. +If any @var{arguments} are supplied, they become the positional +parameters when @var{filename} is executed. Otherwise the positional +parameters are unchanged. +The return status is the exit status of the last command executed, or +zero if no commands are executed. If @var{filename} is not found, or +cannot be read, the return status is non-zero. +This builtin is equivalent to @code{source}. + +@item break +@btindex break +@example +break [@var{n}] +@end example +Exit from a @code{for}, @code{while}, @code{until}, or @code{select} loop. +If @var{n} is supplied, the @var{n}th enclosing loop is exited. +@var{n} must be greater than or equal to 1. +The return status is zero unless @var{n} is not greater than or equal to 1. + +@item cd +@btindex cd +@example +cd [-L|-P] [@var{directory}] +@end example +Change the current working directory to @var{directory}. +If @var{directory} is not given, the value of the @env{HOME} shell +variable is used. +If the shell variable @env{CDPATH} exists, it is used as a search path. +If @var{directory} begins with a slash, @env{CDPATH} is not used. + +The @option{-P} option means to not follow symbolic links; symbolic +links are followed by default or with the @option{-L} option. +If @var{directory} is @samp{-}, it is equivalent to @env{$OLDPWD}. + +If a non-empty directory name from @env{CDPATH} is used, or if +@samp{-} is the first argument, and the directory change is +successful, the absolute pathname of the new working directory is +written to the standard output. + +The return status is zero if the directory is successfully changed, +non-zero otherwise. + +@item continue +@btindex continue +@example +continue [@var{n}] +@end example +Resume the next iteration of an enclosing @code{for}, @code{while}, +@code{until}, or @code{select} loop. +If @var{n} is supplied, the execution of the @var{n}th enclosing loop +is resumed. +@var{n} must be greater than or equal to 1. +The return status is zero unless @var{n} is not greater than or equal to 1. + +@item eval +@btindex eval +@example +eval [@var{arguments}] +@end example +The arguments are concatenated together into a single command, which is +then read and executed, and its exit status returned as the exit status +of @code{eval}. +If there are no arguments or only empty arguments, the return status is +zero. + +@item exec +@btindex exec +@example +exec [-cl] [-a @var{name}] [@var{command} [@var{arguments}]] +@end example +If @var{command} +is supplied, it replaces the shell without creating a new process. +If the @option{-l} option is supplied, the shell places a dash at the +beginning of the zeroth argument passed to @var{command}. +This is what the @code{login} program does. +The @option{-c} option causes @var{command} to be executed with an empty +environment. +If @option{-a} is supplied, the shell passes @var{name} as the zeroth +argument to @var{command}. +If no @var{command} is specified, redirections may be used to affect +the current shell environment. If there are no redirection errors, the +return status is zero; otherwise the return status is non-zero. + +@item exit +@btindex exit +@example +exit [@var{n}] +@end example +Exit the shell, returning a status of @var{n} to the shell's parent. +If @var{n} is omitted, the exit status is that of the last command executed. +Any trap on @code{EXIT} is executed before the shell terminates. + +@item export +@btindex export +@example +export [-fn] [-p] [@var{name}[=@var{value}]] +@end example +Mark each @var{name} to be passed to child processes +in the environment. If the @option{-f} option is supplied, the @var{name}s +refer to shell functions; otherwise the names refer to shell variables. +The @option{-n} option means to no longer mark each @var{name} for export. +If no @var{names} are supplied, or if the @option{-p} option is given, a +list of exported names is displayed. +The @option{-p} option displays output in a form that may be reused as input. +If a variable name is followed by =@var{value}, the value of +the variable is set to @var{value}. + +The return status is zero unless an invalid option is supplied, one of +the names is not a valid shell variable name, or @option{-f} is supplied +with a name that is not a shell function. + +@item getopts +@btindex getopts +@example +getopts @var{optstring} @var{name} [@var{args}] +@end example +@code{getopts} is used by shell scripts to parse positional parameters. +@var{optstring} contains the option characters to be recognized; if a +character is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an +argument, which should be separated from it by white space. +The colon (@samp{:}) and question mark (@samp{?}) may not be +used as option characters. +Each time it is invoked, @code{getopts} +places the next option in the shell variable @var{name}, initializing +@var{name} if it does not exist, +and the index of the next argument to be processed into the +variable @env{OPTIND}. +@env{OPTIND} is initialized to 1 each time the shell or a shell script +is invoked. +When an option requires an argument, +@code{getopts} places that argument into the variable @env{OPTARG}. +The shell does not reset @env{OPTIND} automatically; it must be manually +reset between multiple calls to @code{getopts} within the same shell +invocation if a new set of parameters is to be used. + +When the end of options is encountered, @code{getopts} exits with a +return value greater than zero. +@env{OPTIND} is set to the index of the first non-option argument, +and @code{name} is set to @samp{?}. + +@code{getopts} +normally parses the positional parameters, but if more arguments are +given in @var{args}, @code{getopts} parses those instead. + +@code{getopts} can report errors in two ways. If the first character of +@var{optstring} is a colon, @var{silent} +error reporting is used. In normal operation diagnostic messages +are printed when invalid options or missing option arguments are +encountered. +If the variable @env{OPTERR} +is set to 0, no error messages will be displayed, even if the first +character of @code{optstring} is not a colon. + +If an invalid option is seen, +@code{getopts} places @samp{?} into @var{name} and, if not silent, +prints an error message and unsets @env{OPTARG}. +If @code{getopts} is silent, the option character found is placed in +@env{OPTARG} and no diagnostic message is printed. + +If a required argument is not found, and @code{getopts} +is not silent, a question mark (@samp{?}) is placed in @var{name}, +@code{OPTARG} is unset, and a diagnostic message is printed. +If @code{getopts} is silent, then a colon (@samp{:}) is placed in +@var{name} and @env{OPTARG} is set to the option character found. + +@item hash +@btindex hash +@example +hash [-r] [-p @var{filename}] [-dt] [@var{name}] +@end example +Remember the full pathnames of commands specified as @var{name} arguments, +so they need not be searched for on subsequent invocations. +The commands are found by searching through the directories listed in +@env{$PATH}. +The @option{-p} option inhibits the path search, and @var{filename} is +used as the location of @var{name}. +The @option{-r} option causes the shell to forget all remembered locations. +The @option{-d} option causes the shell to forget the remembered location +of each @var{name}. +If the @option{-t} option is supplied, the full pathname to which each +@var{name} corresponds is printed. If multiple @var{name} arguments are +supplied with @option{-t} the @var{name} is printed before the hashed +full pathname. +The @option{-l} option causes output to be displayed in a format +that may be reused as input. +If no arguments are given, or if only @option{-l} is supplied, +information about remembered commands is printed. +The return status is zero unless a @var{name} is not found or an invalid +option is supplied. + +@item pwd +@btindex pwd +@example +pwd [-LP] +@end example +Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory. +If the @option{-P} option is supplied, the pathname printed will not +contain symbolic links. +If the @option{-L} option is supplied, the pathname printed may contain +symbolic links. +The return status is zero unless an error is encountered while +determining the name of the current directory or an invalid option +is supplied. + +@item readonly +@btindex readonly +@example +readonly [-apf] [@var{name}[=@var{value}]] @dots{} +@end example +Mark each @var{name} as readonly. +The values of these names may not be changed by subsequent assignment. +If the @option{-f} option is supplied, each @var{name} refers to a shell +function. +The @option{-a} option means each @var{name} refers to an array variable. +If no @var{name} arguments are given, or if the @option{-p} +option is supplied, a list of all readonly names is printed. +The @option{-p} option causes output to be displayed in a format that +may be reused as input. +If a variable name is followed by =@var{value}, the value of +the variable is set to @var{value}. +The return status is zero unless an invalid option is supplied, one of +the @var{name} arguments is not a valid shell variable or function name, +or the @option{-f} option is supplied with a name that is not a shell function. + +@item return +@btindex return +@example +return [@var{n}] +@end example +Cause a shell function to exit with the return value @var{n}. +If @var{n} is not supplied, the return value is the exit status of the +last command executed in the function. +This may also be used to terminate execution of a script being executed +with the @code{.} (or @code{source}) builtin, returning either @var{n} or +the exit status of the last command executed within the script as the exit +status of the script. +Any command associated with the @code{RETURN} trap is executed +before execution resumes after the function or script. +The return status is non-zero if @code{return} is used outside a function +and not during the execution of a script by @code{.} or @code{source}. + +@item shift +@btindex shift +@example +shift [@var{n}] +@end example +Shift the positional parameters to the left by @var{n}. +The positional parameters from @var{n}+1 @dots{} @code{$#} are +renamed to @code{$1} @dots{} @code{$#}-@var{n}+1. +Parameters represented by the numbers @code{$#} to @var{n}+1 are unset. +@var{n} must be a non-negative number less than or equal to @code{$#}. +If @var{n} is zero or greater than @code{$#}, the positional parameters +are not changed. +If @var{n} is not supplied, it is assumed to be 1. +The return status is zero unless @var{n} is greater than @code{$#} or +less than zero, non-zero otherwise. + +@item test +@itemx [ +@btindex test +@btindex [ +Evaluate a conditional expression @var{expr}. +Each operator and operand must be a separate argument. +Expressions are composed of the primaries described below in +@ref{Bash Conditional Expressions}. +@code{test} does not accept any options, nor does it accept and ignore +an argument of @option{--} as signifying the end of options. + +When the @code{[} form is used, the last argument to the command must +be a @code{]}. + +Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed in +decreasing order of precedence. + +@table @code +@item ! @var{expr} +True if @var{expr} is false. + +@item ( @var{expr} ) +Returns the value of @var{expr}. +This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators. + +@item @var{expr1} -a @var{expr2} +True if both @var{expr1} and @var{expr2} are true. + +@item @var{expr1} -o @var{expr2} +True if either @var{expr1} or @var{expr2} is true. +@end table + +The @code{test} and @code{[} builtins evaluate conditional +expressions using a set of rules based on the number of arguments. + +@table @asis +@item 0 arguments +The expression is false. + +@item 1 argument +The expression is true if and only if the argument is not null. + +@item 2 arguments +If the first argument is @samp{!}, the expression is true if and +only if the second argument is null. +If the first argument is one of the unary conditional operators +(@pxref{Bash Conditional Expressions}), the expression +is true if the unary test is true. +If the first argument is not a valid unary operator, the expression is +false. + +@item 3 arguments +If the second argument is one of the binary conditional +operators (@pxref{Bash Conditional Expressions}), the +result of the expression is the result of the binary test using the +first and third arguments as operands. +If the first argument is @samp{!}, the value is the negation of +the two-argument test using the second and third arguments. +If the first argument is exactly @samp{(} and the third argument is +exactly @samp{)}, the result is the one-argument test of the second +argument. +Otherwise, the expression is false. +The @samp{-a} and @samp{-o} operators are considered binary operators +in this case. + +@item 4 arguments +If the first argument is @samp{!}, the result is the negation of +the three-argument expression composed of the remaining arguments. +Otherwise, the expression is parsed and evaluated according to +precedence using the rules listed above. + +@item 5 or more arguments +The expression is parsed and evaluated according to precedence +using the rules listed above. +@end table + +@item times +@btindex times +@example +times +@end example +Print out the user and system times used by the shell and its children. +The return status is zero. + +@item trap +@btindex trap +@example +trap [-lp] [@var{arg}] [@var{sigspec} @dots{}] +@end example +The commands in @var{arg} are to be read and executed when the +shell receives signal @var{sigspec}. If @var{arg} is absent (and +there is a single @var{sigspec}) or +equal to @samp{-}, each specified signal's disposition is reset +to the value it had when the shell was started. +If @var{arg} is the null string, then the signal specified by +each @var{sigspec} is ignored by the shell and commands it invokes. +If @var{arg} is not present and @option{-p} has been supplied, +the shell displays the trap commands associated with each @var{sigspec}. +If no arguments are supplied, or +only @option{-p} is given, @code{trap} prints the list of commands +associated with each signal number in a form that may be reused as +shell input. +The @option{-l} option causes the shell to print a list of signal names +and their corresponding numbers. +Each @var{sigspec} is either a signal name or a signal number. +Signal names are case insensitive and the @code{SIG} prefix is optional. +If a @var{sigspec} +is @code{0} or @code{EXIT}, @var{arg} is executed when the shell exits. +If a @var{sigspec} is @code{DEBUG}, the command @var{arg} is executed +before every simple command, @code{for} command, @code{case} command, +@code{select} command, every arithmetic @code{for} command, and before +the first command executes in a shell function. +Refer to the description of the @code{extglob} option to the +@code{shopt} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}) for details of its +effect on the @code{DEBUG} trap. +If a @var{sigspec} is @code{ERR}, the command @var{arg} +is executed whenever a simple command has a non-zero exit status, +subject to the following conditions. +The @code{ERR} trap is not executed if the failed command is part of the +command list immediately following an @code{until} or @code{while} keyword, +part of the test in an @code{if} statement, +part of a @code{&&} or @code{||} list, or if the command's return +status is being inverted using @code{!}. +These are the same conditions obeyed by the @code{errexit} option. +If a @var{sigspec} is @code{RETURN}, the command @var{arg} is executed +each time a shell function or a script executed with the @code{.} or +@code{source} builtins finishes executing. + +Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or reset. +Trapped signals that are not being ignored are reset to their original +values in a child process when it is created. + +The return status is zero unless a @var{sigspec} does not specify a +valid signal. + +@item umask +@btindex umask +@example +umask [-p] [-S] [@var{mode}] +@end example +Set the shell process's file creation mask to @var{mode}. If +@var{mode} begins with a digit, it is interpreted as an octal number; +if not, it is interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar +to that accepted by the @code{chmod} command. If @var{mode} is +omitted, the current value of the mask is printed. If the @option{-S} +option is supplied without a @var{mode} argument, the mask is printed +in a symbolic format. +If the @option{-p} option is supplied, and @var{mode} +is omitted, the output is in a form that may be reused as input. +The return status is zero if the mode is successfully changed or if +no @var{mode} argument is supplied, and non-zero otherwise. + +Note that when the mode is interpreted as an octal number, each number +of the umask is subtracted from @code{7}. Thus, a umask of @code{022} +results in permissions of @code{755}. + +@item unset +@btindex unset +@example +unset [-fv] [@var{name}] +@end example +Each variable or function @var{name} is removed. +If no options are supplied, or the @option{-v} option is given, each +@var{name} refers to a shell variable. +If the @option{-f} option is given, the @var{name}s refer to shell +functions, and the function definition is removed. +Readonly variables and functions may not be unset. +The return status is zero unless a @var{name} is readonly. +@end table + +@node Bash Builtins +@section Bash Builtin Commands + +This section describes builtin commands which are unique to +or have been extended in Bash. +Some of these commands are specified in the @sc{posix} standard. + +@table @code + +@item alias +@btindex alias +@example +alias [@code{-p}] [@var{name}[=@var{value}] @dots{}] +@end example + +Without arguments or with the @option{-p} option, @code{alias} prints +the list of aliases on the standard output in a form that allows +them to be reused as input. +If arguments are supplied, an alias is defined for each @var{name} +whose @var{value} is given. If no @var{value} is given, the name +and value of the alias is printed. +Aliases are described in @ref{Aliases}. + +@item bind +@btindex bind +@example +bind [-m @var{keymap}] [-lpsvPSV] +bind [-m @var{keymap}] [-q @var{function}] [-u @var{function}] [-r @var{keyseq}] +bind [-m @var{keymap}] -f @var{filename} +bind [-m @var{keymap}] -x @var{keyseq:shell-command} +bind [-m @var{keymap}] @var{keyseq:function-name} +bind @var{readline-command} +@end example + +Display current Readline (@pxref{Command Line Editing}) +key and function bindings, +bind a key sequence to a Readline function or macro, +or set a Readline variable. +Each non-option argument is a command as it would appear in a +Readline initialization file (@pxref{Readline Init File}), +but each binding or command must be passed as a separate argument; e.g., +@samp{"\C-x\C-r":re-read-init-file}. +Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: + +@table @code +@item -m @var{keymap} +Use @var{keymap} as the keymap to be affected by +the subsequent bindings. Acceptable @var{keymap} +names are +@code{emacs}, +@code{emacs-standard}, +@code{emacs-meta}, +@code{emacs-ctlx}, +@code{vi}, +@code{vi-move}, +@code{vi-command}, and +@code{vi-insert}. +@code{vi} is equivalent to @code{vi-command}; +@code{emacs} is equivalent to @code{emacs-standard}. + +@item -l +List the names of all Readline functions. + +@item -p +Display Readline function names and bindings in such a way that they +can be used as input or in a Readline initialization file. + +@item -P +List current Readline function names and bindings. + +@item -v +Display Readline variable names and values in such a way that they +can be used as input or in a Readline initialization file. + +@item -V +List current Readline variable names and values. + +@item -s +Display Readline key sequences bound to macros and the strings they output +in such a way that they can be used as input or in a Readline +initialization file. + +@item -S +Display Readline key sequences bound to macros and the strings they output. + +@item -f @var{filename} +Read key bindings from @var{filename}. + +@item -q @var{function} +Query about which keys invoke the named @var{function}. + +@item -u @var{function} +Unbind all keys bound to the named @var{function}. + +@item -r @var{keyseq} +Remove any current binding for @var{keyseq}. + +@item -x @var{keyseq:shell-command} +Cause @var{shell-command} to be executed whenever @var{keyseq} is +entered. + +@end table + +@noindent +The return status is zero unless an invalid option is supplied or an +error occurs. + +@item builtin +@btindex builtin +@example +builtin [@var{shell-builtin} [@var{args}]] +@end example +Run a shell builtin, passing it @var{args}, and return its exit status. +This is useful when defining a shell function with the same +name as a shell builtin, retaining the functionality of the builtin within +the function. +The return status is non-zero if @var{shell-builtin} is not a shell +builtin command. + +@item caller +@btindex caller +@example +caller [@var{expr}] +@end example +Returns the context of any active subroutine call (a shell function or +a script executed with the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins). + +Without @var{expr}, @code{caller} displays the line number and source +filename of the current subroutine call. +If a non-negative integer is supplied as @var{expr}, @code{caller} +displays the line number, subroutine name, and source file corresponding +to that position in the current execution call stack. This extra +information may be used, for example, to print a stack trace. The +current frame is frame 0. + +The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing a subroutine +call or @var{expr} does not correspond to a valid position in the +call stack. + +@item command +@btindex command +@example +command [-pVv] @var{command} [@var{arguments} @dots{}] +@end example +Runs @var{command} with @var{arguments} ignoring any shell function +named @var{command}. +Only shell builtin commands or commands found by searching the +@env{PATH} are executed. +If there is a shell function named @code{ls}, running @samp{command ls} +within the function will execute the external command @code{ls} +instead of calling the function recursively. +The @option{-p} option means to use a default value for @env{PATH} +that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities. +The return status in this case is 127 if @var{command} cannot be +found or an error occurred, and the exit status of @var{command} +otherwise. + +If either the @option{-V} or @option{-v} option is supplied, a +description of @var{command} is printed. The @option{-v} option +causes a single word indicating the command or file name used to +invoke @var{command} to be displayed; the @option{-V} option produces +a more verbose description. In this case, the return status is +zero if @var{command} is found, and non-zero if not. + +@item declare +@btindex declare +@example +declare [-afFirtx] [-p] [@var{name}[=@var{value}] @dots{}] +@end example + +Declare variables and give them attributes. If no @var{name}s +are given, then display the values of variables instead. + +The @option{-p} option will display the attributes and values of each +@var{name}. +When @option{-p} is used, additional options are ignored. +The @option{-F} option inhibits the display of function definitions; +only the function name and attributes are printed. +If the @code{extdebug} shell option is enabled using @code{shopt} +(@pxref{Bash Builtins}), the source file name and line number where +the function is defined are displayed as well. +@option{-F} implies @option{-f}. +The following options can be used to restrict output to variables with +the specified attributes or to give variables attributes: + +@table @code +@item -a +Each @var{name} is an array variable (@pxref{Arrays}). + +@item -f +Use function names only. + +@item -i +The variable is to be treated as +an integer; arithmetic evaluation (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}) is +performed when the variable is assigned a value. + +@item -r +Make @var{name}s readonly. These names cannot then be assigned values +by subsequent assignment statements or unset. + +@item -t +Give each @var{name} the @code{trace} attribute. +Traced functions inherit the @code{DEBUG} and @code{RETURN} traps from +the calling shell. +The trace attribute has no special meaning for variables. + +@item -x +Mark each @var{name} for export to subsequent commands via +the environment. +@end table + +Using @samp{+} instead of @samp{-} turns off the attribute instead. +When used in a function, @code{declare} makes each @var{name} local, +as with the @code{local} command. If a variable name is followed by +=@var{value}, the value of the variable is set to @var{value}. + +The return status is zero unless an invalid option is encountered, +an attempt is made to define a function using @samp{-f foo=bar}, +an attempt is made to assign a value to a readonly variable, +an attempt is made to assign a value to an array variable without +using the compound assignment syntax (@pxref{Arrays}), +one of the @var{names} is not a valid shell variable name, +an attempt is made to turn off readonly status for a readonly variable, +an attempt is made to turn off array status for an array variable, +or an attempt is made to display a non-existent function with @option{-f}. + +@item echo +@btindex echo +@example +echo [-neE] [@var{arg} @dots{}] +@end example +Output the @var{arg}s, separated by spaces, terminated with a +newline. +The return status is always 0. +If @option{-n} is specified, the trailing newline is suppressed. +If the @option{-e} option is given, interpretation of the following +backslash-escaped characters is enabled. +The @option{-E} option disables the interpretation of these escape characters, +even on systems where they are interpreted by default. +The @code{xpg_echo} shell option may be used to +dynamically determine whether or not @code{echo} expands these +escape characters by default. +@code{echo} does not interpret @option{--} to mean the end of options. + +@code{echo} interprets the following escape sequences: +@table @code +@item \a +alert (bell) +@item \b +backspace +@item \c +suppress trailing newline +@item \e +escape +@item \f +form feed +@item \n +new line +@item \r +carriage return +@item \t +horizontal tab +@item \v +vertical tab +@item \\ +backslash +@item \0@var{nnn} +the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value @var{nnn} +(zero to three octal digits) +@item \x@var{HH} +the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value @var{HH} +(one or two hex digits) +@end table + +@item enable +@btindex enable +@example +enable [-n] [-p] [-f @var{filename}] [-ads] [@var{name} @dots{}] +@end example +Enable and disable builtin shell commands. +Disabling a builtin allows a disk command which has the same name +as a shell builtin to be executed without specifying a full pathname, +even though the shell normally searches for builtins before disk commands. +If @option{-n} is used, the @var{name}s become disabled. Otherwise +@var{name}s are enabled. For example, to use the @code{test} binary +found via @env{$PATH} instead of the shell builtin version, type +@samp{enable -n test}. + +If the @option{-p} option is supplied, or no @var{name} arguments appear, +a list of shell builtins is printed. With no other arguments, the list +consists of all enabled shell builtins. +The @option{-a} option means to list +each builtin with an indication of whether or not it is enabled. + +The @option{-f} option means to load the new builtin command @var{name} +from shared object @var{filename}, on systems that support dynamic loading. +The @option{-d} option will delete a builtin loaded with @option{-f}. + +If there are no options, a list of the shell builtins is displayed. +The @option{-s} option restricts @code{enable} to the @sc{posix} special +builtins. If @option{-s} is used with @option{-f}, the new builtin becomes +a special builtin (@pxref{Special Builtins}). + +The return status is zero unless a @var{name} is not a shell builtin +or there is an error loading a new builtin from a shared object. + +@item help +@btindex help +@example +help [-s] [@var{pattern}] +@end example +Display helpful information about builtin commands. +If @var{pattern} is specified, @code{help} gives detailed help +on all commands matching @var{pattern}, otherwise a list of +the builtins is printed. +The @option{-s} option restricts the information displayed to a short +usage synopsis. +The return status is zero unless no command matches @var{pattern}. + +@item let +@btindex let +@example +let @var{expression} [@var{expression}] +@end example +The @code{let} builtin allows arithmetic to be performed on shell +variables. Each @var{expression} is evaluated according to the +rules given below in @ref{Shell Arithmetic}. If the +last @var{expression} evaluates to 0, @code{let} returns 1; +otherwise 0 is returned. + +@item local +@btindex local +@example +local [@var{option}] @var{name}[=@var{value}] @dots{} +@end example +For each argument, a local variable named @var{name} is created, +and assigned @var{value}. +The @var{option} can be any of the options accepted by @code{declare}. +@code{local} can only be used within a function; it makes the variable +@var{name} have a visible scope restricted to that function and its +children. The return status is zero unless @code{local} is used outside +a function, an invalid @var{name} is supplied, or @var{name} is a +readonly variable. + +@item logout +@btindex logout +@example +logout [@var{n}] +@end example +Exit a login shell, returning a status of @var{n} to the shell's +parent. + +@item printf +@btindex printf +@example +@code{printf} [-v @var{var}] @var{format} [@var{arguments}] +@end example +Write the formatted @var{arguments} to the standard output under the +control of the @var{format}. +The @var{format} is a character string which contains three types of objects: +plain characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character +escape sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output, and +format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive +@var{argument}. +In addition to the standard @code{printf(1)} formats, @samp{%b} causes +@code{printf} to expand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding +@var{argument}, +(except that @samp{\c} terminates output, backslashes in +@samp{\'}, @samp{\"}, and @samp{\?} are not removed, and octal escapes +beginning with @samp{\0} may contain up to four digits), +and @samp{%q} causes @code{printf} to output the +corresponding @var{argument} in a format that can be reused as shell input. + +The @option{-v} option causes the output to be assigned to the variable +@var{var} rather than being printed to the standard output. + +The @var{format} is reused as necessary to consume all of the @var{arguments}. +If the @var{format} requires more @var{arguments} than are supplied, the +extra format specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as +appropriate, had been supplied. The return value is zero on success, +non-zero on failure. + +@item read +@btindex read +@example +read [-ers] [-a @var{aname}] [-d @var{delim}] [-n @var{nchars}] [-p @var{prompt}] [-t @var{timeout}] [-u @var{fd}] [@var{name} @dots{}] +@end example +One line is read from the standard input, or from the file descriptor +@var{fd} supplied as an argument to the @option{-u} option, and the first word +is assigned to the first @var{name}, the second word to the second @var{name}, +and so on, with leftover words and their intervening separators assigned +to the last @var{name}. +If there are fewer words read from the input stream than names, +the remaining names are assigned empty values. +The characters in the value of the @env{IFS} variable +are used to split the line into words. +The backslash character @samp{\} may be used to remove any special +meaning for the next character read and for line continuation. +If no names are supplied, the line read is assigned to the +variable @env{REPLY}. +The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, @code{read} +times out, or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as the argument to +@option{-u}. +Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: + +@table @code +@item -a @var{aname} +The words are assigned to sequential indices of the array variable +@var{aname}, starting at 0. +All elements are removed from @var{aname} before the assignment. +Other @var{name} arguments are ignored. + +@item -d @var{delim} +The first character of @var{delim} is used to terminate the input line, +rather than newline. + +@item -e +Readline (@pxref{Command Line Editing}) is used to obtain the line. + +@item -n @var{nchars} +@code{read} returns after reading @var{nchars} characters rather than +waiting for a complete line of input. + +@item -p @var{prompt} +Display @var{prompt}, without a trailing newline, before attempting +to read any input. +The prompt is displayed only if input is coming from a terminal. + +@item -r +If this option is given, backslash does not act as an escape character. +The backslash is considered to be part of the line. +In particular, a backslash-newline pair may not be used as a line +continuation. + +@item -s +Silent mode. If input is coming from a terminal, characters are +not echoed. + +@item -t @var{timeout} +Cause @code{read} to time out and return failure if a complete line of +input is not read within @var{timeout} seconds. +This option has no effect if @code{read} is not reading input from the +terminal or a pipe. + +@item -u @var{fd} +Read input from file descriptor @var{fd}. + +@end table + +@item shopt +@btindex shopt +@example +shopt [-pqsu] [-o] [@var{optname} @dots{}] +@end example +Toggle the values of variables controlling optional shell behavior. +With no options, or with the @option{-p} option, a list of all settable +options is displayed, with an indication of whether or not each is set. +The @option{-p} option causes output to be displayed in a form that +may be reused as input. +Other options have the following meanings: + +@table @code +@item -s +Enable (set) each @var{optname}. + +@item -u +Disable (unset) each @var{optname}. + +@item -q +Suppresses normal output; the return status +indicates whether the @var{optname} is set or unset. +If multiple @var{optname} arguments are given with @option{-q}, +the return status is zero if all @var{optnames} are enabled; +non-zero otherwise. + +@item -o +Restricts the values of +@var{optname} to be those defined for the @option{-o} option to the +@code{set} builtin (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). +@end table + +If either @option{-s} or @option{-u} +is used with no @var{optname} arguments, the display is limited to +those options which are set or unset, respectively. + +Unless otherwise noted, the @code{shopt} options are disabled (off) +by default. + +The return status when listing options is zero if all @var{optnames} +are enabled, non-zero otherwise. When setting or unsetting options, +the return status is zero unless an @var{optname} is not a valid shell +option. + +The list of @code{shopt} options is: +@table @code +@item cdable_vars +If this is set, an argument to the @code{cd} +builtin command that +is not a directory is assumed to be the name of a variable whose +value is the directory to change to. + +@item cdspell +If set, minor errors in the spelling of a directory component in a +@code{cd} command will be corrected. +The errors checked for are transposed characters, +a missing character, and a character too many. +If a correction is found, the corrected path is printed, +and the command proceeds. +This option is only used by interactive shells. + +@item checkhash +If this is set, Bash checks that a command found in the hash +table exists before trying to execute it. If a hashed command no +longer exists, a normal path search is performed. + +@item checkwinsize +If set, Bash checks the window size after each command +and, if necessary, updates the values of +@env{LINES} and @env{COLUMNS}. + +@item cmdhist +If set, Bash +attempts to save all lines of a multiple-line +command in the same history entry. This allows +easy re-editing of multi-line commands. + +@item dotglob +If set, Bash includes filenames beginning with a `.' in +the results of filename expansion. + +@item execfail +If this is set, a non-interactive shell will not exit if +it cannot execute the file specified as an argument to the @code{exec} +builtin command. An interactive shell does not exit if @code{exec} +fails. + +@item expand_aliases +If set, aliases are expanded as described below under Aliases, +@ref{Aliases}. +This option is enabled by default for interactive shells. + +@item extdebug +If set, behavior intended for use by debuggers is enabled: + +@enumerate +@item +The @option{-F} option to the @code{declare} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}) +displays the source file name and line number corresponding to each function +name supplied as an argument. + +@item +If the command run by the @code{DEBUG} trap returns a non-zero value, the +next command is skipped and not executed. + +@item +If the command run by the @code{DEBUG} trap returns a value of 2, and the +shell is executing in a subroutine (a shell function or a shell script +executed by the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins), a call to +@code{return} is simulated. + +@item +@code{BASH_ARGC} and @code{BASH_ARGV} are updated as described in their +descriptions (@pxref{Bash Variables}). + +@item +Function tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and +subshells invoked with @code{( @var{command} )} inherit the +@code{DEBUG} and @code{RETURN} traps. + +@item +Error tracing is enabled: command substitution, shell functions, and +subshells invoked with @code{( @var{command} )} inherit the +@code{ERROR} trap. +@end enumerate + +@item extglob +If set, the extended pattern matching features described above +(@pxref{Pattern Matching}) are enabled. + +@item extquote +If set, @code{$'@var{string}'} and @code{$"@var{string}"} quoting is +performed within @code{$@{@var{parameter}@}} expansions +enclosed in double quotes. This option is enabled by default. + +@item failglob +If set, patterns which fail to match filenames during pathname expansion +result in an expansion error. + +@item force_fignore +If set, the suffixes specified by the @env{FIGNORE} shell variable +cause words to be ignored when performing word completion even if +the ignored words are the only possible completions. +@xref{Bash Variables}, for a description of @env{FIGNORE}. +This option is enabled by default. + +@item gnu_errfmt +If set, shell error messages are written in the standard @sc{gnu} error +message format. + +@item histappend +If set, the history list is appended to the file named by the value +of the @env{HISTFILE} +variable when the shell exits, rather than overwriting the file. + +@item histreedit +If set, and Readline +is being used, a user is given the opportunity to re-edit a +failed history substitution. + +@item histverify +If set, and Readline +is being used, the results of history substitution are not immediately +passed to the shell parser. Instead, the resulting line is loaded into +the Readline editing buffer, allowing further modification. + +@item hostcomplete +If set, and Readline is being used, Bash will attempt to perform +hostname completion when a word containing a @samp{@@} is being +completed (@pxref{Commands For Completion}). This option is enabled +by default. + +@item huponexit +If set, Bash will send @code{SIGHUP} to all jobs when an interactive +login shell exits (@pxref{Signals}). + +@item interactive_comments +Allow a word beginning with @samp{#} +to cause that word and all remaining characters on that +line to be ignored in an interactive shell. +This option is enabled by default. + +@item lithist +If enabled, and the @code{cmdhist} +option is enabled, multi-line commands are saved to the history with +embedded newlines rather than using semicolon separators where possible. + +@item login_shell +The shell sets this option if it is started as a login shell +(@pxref{Invoking Bash}). +The value may not be changed. + +@item mailwarn +If set, and a file that Bash is checking for mail has been +accessed since the last time it was checked, the message +@code{"The mail in @var{mailfile} has been read"} is displayed. + +@item no_empty_cmd_completion +If set, and Readline is being used, Bash will not attempt to search +the @env{PATH} for possible completions when completion is attempted +on an empty line. + +@item nocaseglob +If set, Bash matches filenames in a case-insensitive fashion when +performing filename expansion. + +@item nocasematch +If set, Bash matches patterns in a case-insensitive fashion when +performing matching while executing @code{case} or @code{[[} +conditional commands. + +@item nullglob +If set, Bash allows filename patterns which match no +files to expand to a null string, rather than themselves. + +@item progcomp +If set, the programmable completion facilities +(@pxref{Programmable Completion}) are enabled. +This option is enabled by default. + +@item promptvars +If set, prompt strings undergo +parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic +expansion, and quote removal after being expanded +as described below (@pxref{Printing a Prompt}). +This option is enabled by default. + +@item restricted_shell +The shell sets this option if it is started in restricted mode +(@pxref{The Restricted Shell}). +The value may not be changed. +This is not reset when the startup files are executed, allowing +the startup files to discover whether or not a shell is restricted. + +@item shift_verbose +If this is set, the @code{shift} +builtin prints an error message when the shift count exceeds the +number of positional parameters. + +@item sourcepath +If set, the @code{source} builtin uses the value of @env{PATH} +to find the directory containing the file supplied as an argument. +This option is enabled by default. + +@item xpg_echo +If set, the @code{echo} builtin expands backslash-escape sequences +by default. + +@end table + +@noindent +The return status when listing options is zero if all @var{optnames} +are enabled, non-zero otherwise. +When setting or unsetting options, the return status is zero unless an +@var{optname} is not a valid shell option. + +@item source +@btindex source +@example +source @var{filename} +@end example +A synonym for @code{.} (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). + +@item type +@btindex type +@example +type [-afptP] [@var{name} @dots{}] +@end example +For each @var{name}, indicate how it would be interpreted if used as a +command name. + +If the @option{-t} option is used, @code{type} prints a single word +which is one of @samp{alias}, @samp{function}, @samp{builtin}, +@samp{file} or @samp{keyword}, +if @var{name} is an alias, shell function, shell builtin, +disk file, or shell reserved word, respectively. +If the @var{name} is not found, then nothing is printed, and +@code{type} returns a failure status. + +If the @option{-p} option is used, @code{type} either returns the name +of the disk file that would be executed, or nothing if @option{-t} +would not return @samp{file}. + +The @option{-P} option forces a path search for each @var{name}, even if +@option{-t} would not return @samp{file}. + +If a command is hashed, @option{-p} and @option{-P} print the hashed value, +not necessarily the file that appears first in @code{$PATH}. + +If the @option{-a} option is used, @code{type} returns all of the places +that contain an executable named @var{file}. +This includes aliases and functions, if and only if the @option{-p} option +is not also used. + +If the @option{-f} option is used, @code{type} does not attempt to find +shell functions, as with the @code{command} builtin. + +The return status is zero if any of the @var{names} are found, non-zero +if none are found. + +@item typeset +@btindex typeset +@example +typeset [-afFrxi] [-p] [@var{name}[=@var{value}] @dots{}] +@end example +The @code{typeset} command is supplied for compatibility with the Korn +shell; however, it has been deprecated in favor of the @code{declare} +builtin command. + +@item ulimit +@btindex ulimit +@example +ulimit [-acdefilmnpqrstuvxSH] [@var{limit}] +@end example +@code{ulimit} provides control over the resources available to processes +started by the shell, on systems that allow such control. If an +option is given, it is interpreted as follows: +@table @code +@item -S +Change and report the soft limit associated with a resource. + +@item -H +Change and report the hard limit associated with a resource. + +@item -a +All current limits are reported. + +@item -c +The maximum size of core files created. + +@item -d +The maximum size of a process's data segment. + +@item -e +The maximum scheduling priority ("nice"). + +@item -f +The maximum size of files written by the shell and its children. + +@item -i +The maximum number of pending signals. + +@item -l +The maximum size that may be locked into memory. + +@item -m +The maximum resident set size. + +@item -n +The maximum number of open file descriptors. + +@item -p +The pipe buffer size. + +@item -q +The maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues. + +@item -r +The maximum real-time scheduling priority. + +@item -s +The maximum stack size. + +@item -t +The maximum amount of cpu time in seconds. + +@item -u +The maximum number of processes available to a single user. + +@item -v +The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the process. + +@item -x +The maximum number of file locks. + +@end table + +If @var{limit} is given, it is the new value of the specified resource; +the special @var{limit} values @code{hard}, @code{soft}, and +@code{unlimited} stand for the current hard limit, the current soft limit, +and no limit, respectively. +Otherwise, the current value of the soft limit for the specified resource +is printed, unless the @option{-H} option is supplied. +When setting new limits, if neither @option{-H} nor @option{-S} is supplied, +both the hard and soft limits are set. +If no option is given, then @option{-f} is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte +increments, except for @option{-t}, which is in seconds, @option{-p}, +which is in units of 512-byte blocks, and @option{-n} and @option{-u}, which +are unscaled values. + +The return status is zero unless an invalid option or argument is supplied, +or an error occurs while setting a new limit. + +@item unalias +@btindex unalias +@example +unalias [-a] [@var{name} @dots{} ] +@end example + +Remove each @var{name} from the list of aliases. If @option{-a} is +supplied, all aliases are removed. +Aliases are described in @ref{Aliases}. + +@end table + +@node The Set Builtin +@section The Set Builtin + +This builtin is so complicated that it deserves its own section. + +@table @code +@item set +@btindex set +@example +set [--abefhkmnptuvxBCHP] [-o @var{option}] [@var{argument} @dots{}] +@end example + +If no options or arguments are supplied, @code{set} displays the names +and values of all shell variables and functions, sorted according to the +current locale, in a format that may be reused as input +for setting or resetting the currently-set variables. +Read-only variables cannot be reset. +In @sc{posix} mode, only shell variables are listed. + +When options are supplied, they set or unset shell attributes. +Options, if specified, have the following meanings: + +@table @code +@item -a +Mark variables and function which are modified or created for export +to the environment of subsequent commands. + +@item -b +Cause the status of terminated background jobs to be reported +immediately, rather than before printing the next primary prompt. + +@item -e +Exit immediately if a simple command (@pxref{Simple Commands}) exits +with a non-zero status, unless the command that fails is part of the +command list immediately following a @code{while} or @code{until} +keyword, part of the test in an @code{if} statement, +part of a @code{&&} or @code{||} list, or if the command's return +status is being inverted using @code{!}. +A trap on @code{ERR}, if set, is executed before the shell exits. + +@item -f +Disable file name generation (globbing). + +@item -h +Locate and remember (hash) commands as they are looked up for execution. +This option is enabled by default. + +@item -k +All arguments in the form of assignment statements are placed +in the environment for a command, not just those that precede +the command name. + +@item -m +Job control is enabled (@pxref{Job Control}). + +@item -n +Read commands but do not execute them; this may be used to check a +script for syntax errors. +This option is ignored by interactive shells. + +@item -o @var{option-name} + +Set the option corresponding to @var{option-name}: + +@table @code +@item allexport +Same as @code{-a}. + +@item braceexpand +Same as @code{-B}. + +@item emacs +Use an @code{emacs}-style line editing interface (@pxref{Command Line Editing}). + +@item errexit +Same as @code{-e}. + +@item errtrace +Same as @code{-E}. + +@item functrace +Same as @code{-T}. + +@item hashall +Same as @code{-h}. + +@item histexpand +Same as @code{-H}. + +@item history +Enable command history, as described in @ref{Bash History Facilities}. +This option is on by default in interactive shells. + +@item ignoreeof +An interactive shell will not exit upon reading EOF. + +@item keyword +Same as @code{-k}. + +@item monitor +Same as @code{-m}. + +@item noclobber +Same as @code{-C}. + +@item noexec +Same as @code{-n}. + +@item noglob +Same as @code{-f}. + +@item nolog +Currently ignored. + +@item notify +Same as @code{-b}. + +@item nounset +Same as @code{-u}. + +@item onecmd +Same as @code{-t}. + +@item physical +Same as @code{-P}. + +@item pipefail +If set, the return value of a pipeline is the value of the last +(rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, or zero if all +commands in the pipeline exit successfully. +This option is disabled by default. + +@item posix +Change the behavior of Bash where the default operation differs +from the @sc{posix} standard to match the standard +(@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}). +This is intended to make Bash behave as a strict superset of that +standard. + +@item privileged +Same as @code{-p}. + +@item verbose +Same as @code{-v}. + +@item vi +Use a @code{vi}-style line editing interface. + +@item xtrace +Same as @code{-x}. +@end table + +@item -p +Turn on privileged mode. +In this mode, the @env{$BASH_ENV} and @env{$ENV} files are not +processed, shell functions are not inherited from the environment, +and the @env{SHELLOPTS} variable, if it appears in the environment, +is ignored. +If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the +real user (group) id, and the @code{-p} option is not supplied, these actions +are taken and the effective user id is set to the real user id. +If the @code{-p} option is supplied at startup, the effective user id is +not reset. +Turning this option off causes the effective user +and group ids to be set to the real user and group ids. + +@item -t +Exit after reading and executing one command. + +@item -u +Treat unset variables as an error when performing parameter expansion. +An error message will be written to the standard error, and a non-interactive +shell will exit. + +@item -v +Print shell input lines as they are read. + +@item -x +Print a trace of simple commands, @code{for} commands, @code{case} +commands, @code{select} commands, and arithmetic @code{for} commands +and their arguments or associated word lists after they are +expanded and before they are executed. The value of the @env{PS4} +variable is expanded and the resultant value is printed before +the command and its expanded arguments. + +@item -B +The shell will perform brace expansion (@pxref{Brace Expansion}). +This option is on by default. + +@item -C +Prevent output redirection using @samp{>}, @samp{>&}, and @samp{<>} +from overwriting existing files. + +@item -E +If set, any trap on @code{ERR} is inherited by shell functions, command +substitutions, and commands executed in a subshell environment. +The @code{ERR} trap is normally not inherited in such cases. + +@item -H +Enable @samp{!} style history substitution (@pxref{History Interaction}). +This option is on by default for interactive shells. + +@item -P +If set, do not follow symbolic links when performing commands such as +@code{cd} which change the current directory. The physical directory +is used instead. By default, Bash follows +the logical chain of directories when performing commands +which change the current directory. + +For example, if @file{/usr/sys} is a symbolic link to @file{/usr/local/sys} +then: +@example +$ cd /usr/sys; echo $PWD +/usr/sys +$ cd ..; pwd +/usr +@end example + +@noindent +If @code{set -P} is on, then: +@example +$ cd /usr/sys; echo $PWD +/usr/local/sys +$ cd ..; pwd +/usr/local +@end example + +@item -T +If set, any trap on @code{DEBUG} and @code{RETURN} are inherited by +shell functions, command substitutions, and commands executed +in a subshell environment. +The @code{DEBUG} and @code{RETURN} traps are normally not inherited +in such cases. + +@item -- +If no arguments follow this option, then the positional parameters are +unset. Otherwise, the positional parameters are set to the +@var{arguments}, even if some of them begin with a @samp{-}. + +@item - +Signal the end of options, cause all remaining @var{arguments} +to be assigned to the positional parameters. The @option{-x} +and @option{-v} options are turned off. +If there are no arguments, the positional parameters remain unchanged. +@end table + +Using @samp{+} rather than @samp{-} causes these options to be +turned off. The options can also be used upon invocation of the +shell. The current set of options may be found in @code{$-}. + +The remaining N @var{arguments} are positional parameters and are +assigned, in order, to @code{$1}, @code{$2}, @dots{} @code{$N}. +The special parameter @code{#} is set to N. + +The return status is always zero unless an invalid option is supplied. +@end table + +@node Special Builtins +@section Special Builtins +@cindex special builtin + +For historical reasons, the @sc{posix} standard has classified +several builtin commands as @emph{special}. +When Bash is executing in @sc{posix} mode, the special builtins +differ from other builtin commands in three respects: + +@enumerate +@item +Special builtins are found before shell functions during command lookup. + +@item +If a special builtin returns an error status, a non-interactive shell exits. + +@item +Assignment statements preceding the command stay in effect in the shell +environment after the command completes. +@end enumerate + +When Bash is not executing in @sc{posix} mode, these builtins behave no +differently than the rest of the Bash builtin commands. +The Bash @sc{posix} mode is described in @ref{Bash POSIX Mode}. + +These are the @sc{posix} special builtins: +@example +@w{break : . continue eval exec exit export readonly return set} +@w{shift trap unset} +@end example + +@node Shell Variables +@chapter Shell Variables + +@menu +* Bourne Shell Variables:: Variables which Bash uses in the same way + as the Bourne Shell. +* Bash Variables:: List of variables that exist in Bash. +@end menu + +This chapter describes the shell variables that Bash uses. +Bash automatically assigns default values to a number of variables. + +@node Bourne Shell Variables +@section Bourne Shell Variables + +Bash uses certain shell variables in the same way as the Bourne shell. +In some cases, Bash assigns a default value to the variable. + +@vtable @code + +@item CDPATH +A colon-separated list of directories used as a search path for +the @code{cd} builtin command. + +@item HOME +The current user's home directory; the default for the @code{cd} builtin +command. +The value of this variable is also used by tilde expansion +(@pxref{Tilde Expansion}). + +@item IFS +A list of characters that separate fields; used when the shell splits +words as part of expansion. + +@item MAIL +If this parameter is set to a filename and the @env{MAILPATH} variable +is not set, Bash informs the user of the arrival of mail in +the specified file. + +@item MAILPATH +A colon-separated list of filenames which the shell periodically checks +for new mail. +Each list entry can specify the message that is printed when new mail +arrives in the mail file by separating the file name from the message with +a @samp{?}. +When used in the text of the message, @code{$_} expands to the name of +the current mail file. + +@item OPTARG +The value of the last option argument processed by the @code{getopts} builtin. + +@item OPTIND +The index of the last option argument processed by the @code{getopts} builtin. + +@item PATH +A colon-separated list of directories in which the shell looks for +commands. +A zero-length (null) directory name in the value of @code{PATH} indicates the +current directory. +A null directory name may appear as two adjacent colons, or as an initial +or trailing colon. + + +@item PS1 +The primary prompt string. The default value is @samp{\s-\v\$ }. +@xref{Printing a Prompt}, for the complete list of escape +sequences that are expanded before @env{PS1} is displayed. + +@item PS2 +The secondary prompt string. The default value is @samp{> }. + +@end vtable + +@node Bash Variables +@section Bash Variables + +These variables are set or used by Bash, but other shells +do not normally treat them specially. + +A few variables used by Bash are described in different chapters: +variables for controlling the job control facilities +(@pxref{Job Control Variables}). + +@vtable @code + +@item BASH +The full pathname used to execute the current instance of Bash. + +@item BASH_ARGC +An array variable whose values are the number of parameters in each +frame of the current bash execution call stack. The number of +parameters to the current subroutine (shell function or script executed +with @code{.} or @code{source}) is at the top of the stack. When a +subroutine is executed, the number of parameters passed is pushed onto +@code{BASH_ARGC}. +The shell sets @code{BASH_ARGC} only when in extended debugging mode +(see @ref{Bash Builtins} +for a description of the @code{extdebug} option to the @code{shopt} +builtin). + +@item BASH_ARGV +An array variable containing all of the parameters in the current bash +execution call stack. The final parameter of the last subroutine call +is at the top of the stack; the first parameter of the initial call is +at the bottom. When a subroutine is executed, the parameters supplied +are pushed onto @code{BASH_ARGV}. +The shell sets @code{BASH_ARGV} only when in extended debugging mode +(see @ref{Bash Builtins} +for a description of the @code{extdebug} option to the @code{shopt} +builtin). + +@item BASH_COMMAND +The command currently being executed or about to be executed, unless the +shell is executing a command as the result of a trap, +in which case it is the command executing at the time of the trap. + +@item BASH_ENV +If this variable is set when Bash is invoked to execute a shell +script, its value is expanded and used as the name of a startup file +to read before executing the script. @xref{Bash Startup Files}. + +@item BASH_EXECUTION_STRING +The command argument to the @option{-c} invocation option. + +@item BASH_LINENO +An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files +corresponding to each member of @var{FUNCNAME}. +@code{$@{BASH_LINENO[$i]@}} is the line number in the source file where +@code{$@{FUNCNAME[$i]@}} was called. +The corresponding source file name is @code{$@{BASH_SOURCE[$i]@}}. +Use @code{LINENO} to obtain the current line number. + +@item BASH_REMATCH +An array variable whose members are assigned by the @samp{=~} binary +operator to the @code{[[} conditional command +(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}). +The element with index 0 is the portion of the string +matching the entire regular expression. +The element with index @var{n} is the portion of the +string matching the @var{n}th parenthesized subexpression. +This variable is read-only. + +@item BASH_SOURCE +An array variable whose members are the source filenames corresponding +to the elements in the @code{FUNCNAME} array variable. + +@item BASH_SUBSHELL +Incremented by one each time a subshell or subshell environment is spawned. +The initial value is 0. + +@item BASH_VERSINFO +A readonly array variable (@pxref{Arrays}) +whose members hold version information for this instance of Bash. +The values assigned to the array members are as follows: + +@table @code + +@item BASH_VERSINFO[0] +The major version number (the @var{release}). + +@item BASH_VERSINFO[1] +The minor version number (the @var{version}). + +@item BASH_VERSINFO[2] +The patch level. + +@item BASH_VERSINFO[3] +The build version. + +@item BASH_VERSINFO[4] +The release status (e.g., @var{beta1}). + +@item BASH_VERSINFO[5] +The value of @env{MACHTYPE}. + +@end table + +@item BASH_VERSION +The version number of the current instance of Bash. + +@item COLUMNS +Used by the @code{select} builtin command to determine the terminal width +when printing selection lists. Automatically set upon receipt of a +@code{SIGWINCH}. + +@item COMP_CWORD +An index into @env{$@{COMP_WORDS@}} of the word containing the current +cursor position. +This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}). + +@item COMP_LINE +The current command line. +This variable is available only in shell functions and external +commands invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}). + +@item COMP_POINT +The index of the current cursor position relative to the beginning of +the current command. +If the current cursor position is at the end of the current command, +the value of this variable is equal to @code{$@{#COMP_LINE@}}. +This variable is available only in shell functions and external +commands invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}). + +@item COMP_WORDBREAKS +The set of characters that the Readline library treats as word +separators when performing word completion. +If @code{COMP_WORDBREAKS} is unset, it loses its special properties, +even if it is subsequently reset. + +@item COMP_WORDS +An array variable consisting of the individual +words in the current command line. +The words are split on shell metacharacters as the shell parser would +separate them. +This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the +programmable completion facilities (@pxref{Programmable Completion}). + +@item COMPREPLY +An array variable from which Bash reads the possible completions +generated by a shell function invoked by the programmable completion +facility (@pxref{Programmable Completion}). + +@item DIRSTACK +An array variable containing the current contents of the directory stack. +Directories appear in the stack in the order they are displayed by the +@code{dirs} builtin. +Assigning to members of this array variable may be used to modify +directories already in the stack, but the @code{pushd} and @code{popd} +builtins must be used to add and remove directories. +Assignment to this variable will not change the current directory. +If @env{DIRSTACK} is unset, it loses its special properties, even if +it is subsequently reset. + +@item EMACS +If Bash finds this variable in the environment when the shell +starts with value @samp{t}, it assumes that the shell is running in an +emacs shell buffer and disables line editing. + +@item EUID +The numeric effective user id of the current user. This variable +is readonly. + +@item FCEDIT +The editor used as a default by the @option{-e} option to the @code{fc} +builtin command. + +@item FIGNORE +A colon-separated list of suffixes to ignore when performing +filename completion. +A file name whose suffix matches one of the entries in +@env{FIGNORE} +is excluded from the list of matched file names. A sample +value is @samp{.o:~} + +@item FUNCNAME +An array variable containing the names of all shell functions +currently in the execution call stack. +The element with index 0 is the name of any currently-executing +shell function. +The bottom-most element is @code{"main"}. +This variable exists only when a shell function is executing. +Assignments to @env{FUNCNAME} have no effect and return an error status. +If @env{FUNCNAME} is unset, it loses its special properties, even if +it is subsequently reset. + +@item GLOBIGNORE +A colon-separated list of patterns defining the set of filenames to +be ignored by filename expansion. +If a filename matched by a filename expansion pattern also matches one +of the patterns in @env{GLOBIGNORE}, it is removed from the list +of matches. + +@item GROUPS +An array variable containing the list of groups of which the current +user is a member. +Assignments to @env{GROUPS} have no effect and return an error status. +If @env{GROUPS} is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is +subsequently reset. + +@item histchars +Up to three characters which control history expansion, quick +substitution, and tokenization (@pxref{History Interaction}). +The first character is the +@var{history expansion} character, that is, the character which signifies the +start of a history expansion, normally @samp{!}. The second character is the +character which signifies `quick substitution' when seen as the first +character on a line, normally @samp{^}. The optional third character is the +character which indicates that the remainder of the line is a comment when +found as the first character of a word, usually @samp{#}. The history +comment character causes history substitution to be skipped for the +remaining words on the line. It does not necessarily cause the shell +parser to treat the rest of the line as a comment. + +@item HISTCMD +The history number, or index in the history list, of the current +command. If @env{HISTCMD} is unset, it loses its special properties, +even if it is subsequently reset. + +@item HISTCONTROL +A colon-separated list of values controlling how commands are saved on +the history list. +If the list of values includes @samp{ignorespace}, lines which begin +with a space character are not saved in the history list. +A value of @samp{ignoredups} causes lines which match the previous +history entry to not be saved. +A value of @samp{ignoreboth} is shorthand for +@samp{ignorespace} and @samp{ignoredups}. +A value of @samp{erasedups} causes all previous lines matching the +current line to be removed from the history list before that line +is saved. +Any value not in the above list is ignored. +If @env{HISTCONTROL} is unset, or does not include a valid value, +all lines read by the shell parser are saved on the history list, +subject to the value of @env{HISTIGNORE}. +The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are +not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of +@env{HISTCONTROL}. + +@item HISTFILE +The name of the file to which the command history is saved. The +default value is @file{~/.bash_history}. + +@item HISTFILESIZE +The maximum number of lines contained in the history file. When this +variable is assigned a value, the history file is truncated, if +necessary, by removing the oldest entries, +to contain no more than that number of lines. +The history file is also truncated to this size after +writing it when an interactive shell exits. +The default value is 500. + +@item HISTIGNORE +A colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which command +lines should be saved on the history list. Each pattern is +anchored at the beginning of the line and must match the complete +line (no implicit @samp{*} is appended). Each pattern is tested +against the line after the checks specified by @env{HISTCONTROL} +are applied. In addition to the normal shell pattern matching +characters, @samp{&} matches the previous history line. @samp{&} +may be escaped using a backslash; the backslash is removed +before attempting a match. +The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are +not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of +@env{HISTIGNORE}. + +@env{HISTIGNORE} subsumes the function of @env{HISTCONTROL}. A +pattern of @samp{&} is identical to @code{ignoredups}, and a +pattern of @samp{[ ]*} is identical to @code{ignorespace}. +Combining these two patterns, separating them with a colon, +provides the functionality of @code{ignoreboth}. + +@item HISTSIZE +The maximum number of commands to remember on the history list. +The default value is 500. + +@item HISTTIMEFORMAT +If this variable is set and not null, its value is used as a format string +for @var{strftime} to print the time stamp associated with each history +entry displayed by the @code{history} builtin. +If this variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file so +they may be preserved across shell sessions. + +@item HOSTFILE +Contains the name of a file in the same format as @file{/etc/hosts} that +should be read when the shell needs to complete a hostname. +The list of possible hostname completions may be changed while the shell +is running; +the next time hostname completion is attempted after the +value is changed, Bash adds the contents of the new file to the +existing list. +If @env{HOSTFILE} is set, but has no value, Bash attempts to read +@file{/etc/hosts} to obtain the list of possible hostname completions. +When @env{HOSTFILE} is unset, the hostname list is cleared. + +@item HOSTNAME +The name of the current host. + +@item HOSTTYPE +A string describing the machine Bash is running on. + +@item IGNOREEOF +Controls the action of the shell on receipt of an @code{EOF} character +as the sole input. If set, the value denotes the number +of consecutive @code{EOF} characters that can be read as the +first character on an input line +before the shell will exit. If the variable exists but does not +have a numeric value (or has no value) then the default is 10. +If the variable does not exist, then @code{EOF} signifies the end of +input to the shell. This is only in effect for interactive shells. + +@item INPUTRC +The name of the Readline initialization file, overriding the default +of @file{~/.inputrc}. + +@item LANG +Used to determine the locale category for any category not specifically +selected with a variable starting with @code{LC_}. + +@item LC_ALL +This variable overrides the value of @env{LANG} and any other +@code{LC_} variable specifying a locale category. + +@item LC_COLLATE +This variable determines the collation order used when sorting the +results of filename expansion, and +determines the behavior of range expressions, equivalence classes, +and collating sequences within filename expansion and pattern matching +(@pxref{Filename Expansion}). + +@item LC_CTYPE +This variable determines the interpretation of characters and the +behavior of character classes within filename expansion and pattern +matching (@pxref{Filename Expansion}). + +@item LC_MESSAGES +This variable determines the locale used to translate double-quoted +strings preceded by a @samp{$} (@pxref{Locale Translation}). + +@item LC_NUMERIC +This variable determines the locale category used for number formatting. + +@item LINENO +The line number in the script or shell function currently executing. + +@item LINES +Used by the @code{select} builtin command to determine the column length +for printing selection lists. Automatically set upon receipt of a +@code{SIGWINCH}. + +@item MACHTYPE +A string that fully describes the system type on which Bash +is executing, in the standard @sc{gnu} @var{cpu-company-system} format. + +@item MAILCHECK +How often (in seconds) that the shell should check for mail in the +files specified in the @env{MAILPATH} or @env{MAIL} variables. +The default is 60 seconds. When it is time to check +for mail, the shell does so before displaying the primary prompt. +If this variable is unset, or set to a value that is not a number +greater than or equal to zero, the shell disables mail checking. + +@item OLDPWD +The previous working directory as set by the @code{cd} builtin. + +@item OPTERR +If set to the value 1, Bash displays error messages +generated by the @code{getopts} builtin command. + +@item OSTYPE +A string describing the operating system Bash is running on. + +@item PIPESTATUS +An array variable (@pxref{Arrays}) +containing a list of exit status values from the processes +in the most-recently-executed foreground pipeline (which may +contain only a single command). + +@item POSIXLY_CORRECT +If this variable is in the environment when @code{bash} starts, the shell +enters @sc{posix} mode (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}) before reading the +startup files, as if the @option{--posix} invocation option had been supplied. +If it is set while the shell is running, @code{bash} enables @sc{posix} mode, +as if the command +@example +@code{set -o posix} +@end example +@noindent +had been executed. + +@item PPID +The process @sc{id} of the shell's parent process. This variable +is readonly. + +@item PROMPT_COMMAND +If set, the value is interpreted as a command to execute +before the printing of each primary prompt (@env{$PS1}). + +@item PS3 +The value of this variable is used as the prompt for the +@code{select} command. If this variable is not set, the +@code{select} command prompts with @samp{#? } + +@item PS4 +The value is the prompt printed before the command line is echoed +when the @option{-x} option is set (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). +The first character of @env{PS4} is replicated multiple times, as +necessary, to indicate multiple levels of indirection. +The default is @samp{+ }. + +@item PWD +The current working directory as set by the @code{cd} builtin. + +@item RANDOM +Each time this parameter is referenced, a random integer +between 0 and 32767 is generated. Assigning a value to this +variable seeds the random number generator. + +@item REPLY +The default variable for the @code{read} builtin. + +@item SECONDS +This variable expands to the number of seconds since the +shell was started. Assignment to this variable resets +the count to the value assigned, and the expanded value +becomes the value assigned plus the number of seconds +since the assignment. + +@item SHELL +The full pathname to the shell is kept in this environment variable. +If it is not set when the shell starts, +Bash assigns to it the full pathname of the current user's login shell. + +@item SHELLOPTS +A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in +the list is a valid argument for the @option{-o} option to the +@code{set} builtin command (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). +The options appearing in @env{SHELLOPTS} are those reported +as @samp{on} by @samp{set -o}. +If this variable is in the environment when Bash +starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before +reading any startup files. This variable is readonly. + +@item SHLVL +Incremented by one each time a new instance of Bash is started. This is +intended to be a count of how deeply your Bash shells are nested. + +@item TIMEFORMAT +The value of this parameter is used as a format string specifying +how the timing information for pipelines prefixed with the @code{time} +reserved word should be displayed. +The @samp{%} character introduces an +escape sequence that is expanded to a time value or other +information. +The escape sequences and their meanings are as +follows; the braces denote optional portions. + +@table @code + +@item %% +A literal @samp{%}. + +@item %[@var{p}][l]R +The elapsed time in seconds. + +@item %[@var{p}][l]U +The number of CPU seconds spent in user mode. + +@item %[@var{p}][l]S +The number of CPU seconds spent in system mode. + +@item %P +The CPU percentage, computed as (%U + %S) / %R. +@end table + +The optional @var{p} is a digit specifying the precision, the number of +fractional digits after a decimal point. +A value of 0 causes no decimal point or fraction to be output. +At most three places after the decimal point may be specified; values +of @var{p} greater than 3 are changed to 3. +If @var{p} is not specified, the value 3 is used. + +The optional @code{l} specifies a longer format, including minutes, of +the form @var{MM}m@var{SS}.@var{FF}s. +The value of @var{p} determines whether or not the fraction is included. + +If this variable is not set, Bash acts as if it had the value +@example +@code{$'\nreal\t%3lR\nuser\t%3lU\nsys\t%3lS'} +@end example +If the value is null, no timing information is displayed. +A trailing newline is added when the format string is displayed. + +@item TMOUT +If set to a value greater than zero, @code{TMOUT} is treated as the +default timeout for the @code{read} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). +The @code{select} command (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}) terminates +if input does not arrive after @code{TMOUT} seconds when input is coming +from a terminal. + +In an interactive shell, the value is interpreted as +the number of seconds to wait for input after issuing the primary +prompt when the shell is interactive. +Bash terminates after that number of seconds if input does +not arrive. + +@item TMPDIR +If set, Bash uses its value as the name of a directory in which +Bash creates temporary files for the shell's use. + +@item UID +The numeric real user id of the current user. This variable is readonly. + +@end vtable + +@node Bash Features +@chapter Bash Features + +This section describes features unique to Bash. + +@menu +* Invoking Bash:: Command line options that you can give + to Bash. +* Bash Startup Files:: When and how Bash executes scripts. +* Interactive Shells:: What an interactive shell is. +* Bash Conditional Expressions:: Primitives used in composing expressions for + the @code{test} builtin. +* Shell Arithmetic:: Arithmetic on shell variables. +* Aliases:: Substituting one command for another. +* Arrays:: Array Variables. +* The Directory Stack:: History of visited directories. +* Printing a Prompt:: Controlling the PS1 string. +* The Restricted Shell:: A more controlled mode of shell execution. +* Bash POSIX Mode:: Making Bash behave more closely to what + the POSIX standard specifies. +@end menu + +@node Invoking Bash +@section Invoking Bash + +@example +bash [long-opt] [-ir] [-abefhkmnptuvxdBCDHP] [-o @var{option}] [-O @var{shopt_option}] [@var{argument} @dots{}] +bash [long-opt] [-abefhkmnptuvxdBCDHP] [-o @var{option}] [-O @var{shopt_option}] -c @var{string} [@var{argument} @dots{}] +bash [long-opt] -s [-abefhkmnptuvxdBCDHP] [-o @var{option}] [-O @var{shopt_option}] [@var{argument} @dots{}] +@end example + +In addition to the single-character shell command-line options +(@pxref{The Set Builtin}), there are several multi-character +options that you can use. These options must appear on the command +line before the single-character options to be recognized. + +@table @code +@item --debugger +Arrange for the debugger profile to be executed before the shell +starts. Turns on extended debugging mode (see @ref{Bash Builtins} +for a description of the @code{extdebug} option to the @code{shopt} +builtin) and shell function tracing +(see @ref{The Set Builtin} for a description of the @code{-o functrace} +option). + +@item --dump-po-strings +A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by @samp{$} +is printed on the standard output +in the @sc{gnu} @code{gettext} PO (portable object) file format. +Equivalent to @option{-D} except for the output format. + +@item --dump-strings +Equivalent to @option{-D}. + +@item --help +Display a usage message on standard output and exit successfully. + +@item --init-file @var{filename} +@itemx --rcfile @var{filename} +Execute commands from @var{filename} (instead of @file{~/.bashrc}) +in an interactive shell. + +@item --login +Equivalent to @option{-l}. + +@item --noediting +Do not use the @sc{gnu} Readline library (@pxref{Command Line Editing}) +to read command lines when the shell is interactive. + +@item --noprofile +Don't load the system-wide startup file @file{/etc/profile} +or any of the personal initialization files +@file{~/.bash_profile}, @file{~/.bash_login}, or @file{~/.profile} +when Bash is invoked as a login shell. + +@item --norc +Don't read the @file{~/.bashrc} initialization file in an +interactive shell. This is on by default if the shell is +invoked as @code{sh}. + +@item --posix +Change the behavior of Bash where the default operation differs +from the @sc{posix} standard to match the standard. This +is intended to make Bash behave as a strict superset of that +standard. @xref{Bash POSIX Mode}, for a description of the Bash +@sc{posix} mode. + +@item --restricted +Make the shell a restricted shell (@pxref{The Restricted Shell}). + +@item --verbose +Equivalent to @option{-v}. Print shell input lines as they're read. + +@item --version +Show version information for this instance of +Bash on the standard output and exit successfully. + +@end table + +There are several single-character options that may be supplied at +invocation which are not available with the @code{set} builtin. + +@table @code +@item -c @var{string} +Read and execute commands from @var{string} after processing the +options, then exit. Any remaining arguments are assigned to the +positional parameters, starting with @code{$0}. + +@item -i +Force the shell to run interactively. Interactive shells are +described in @ref{Interactive Shells}. + +@item -l +Make this shell act as if it had been directly invoked by login. +When the shell is interactive, this is equivalent to starting a +login shell with @samp{exec -l bash}. +When the shell is not interactive, the login shell startup files will +be executed. +@samp{exec bash -l} or @samp{exec bash --login} +will replace the current shell with a Bash login shell. +@xref{Bash Startup Files}, for a description of the special behavior +of a login shell. + +@item -r +Make the shell a restricted shell (@pxref{The Restricted Shell}). + +@item -s +If this option is present, or if no arguments remain after option +processing, then commands are read from the standard input. +This option allows the positional parameters to be set +when invoking an interactive shell. + +@item -D +A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by @samp{$} +is printed on the standard output. +These are the strings that +are subject to language translation when the current locale +is not @code{C} or @code{POSIX} (@pxref{Locale Translation}). +This implies the @option{-n} option; no commands will be executed. + +@item [-+]O [@var{shopt_option}] +@var{shopt_option} is one of the shell options accepted by the +@code{shopt} builtin (@pxref{Shell Builtin Commands}). +If @var{shopt_option} is present, @option{-O} sets the value of that option; +@option{+O} unsets it. +If @var{shopt_option} is not supplied, the names and values of the shell +options accepted by @code{shopt} are printed on the standard output. +If the invocation option is @option{+O}, the output is displayed in a format +that may be reused as input. + +@item -- +A @code{--} signals the end of options and disables further option +processing. +Any arguments after the @code{--} are treated as filenames and arguments. + +@end table + +@cindex login shell +A @emph{login} shell is one whose first character of argument zero is +@samp{-}, or one invoked with the @option{--login} option. + +@cindex interactive shell +An @emph{interactive} shell is one started without non-option arguments, +unless @option{-s} is specified, +without specifying the @option{-c} option, and whose input and output are both +connected to terminals (as determined by @code{isatty(3)}), or one +started with the @option{-i} option. @xref{Interactive Shells}, for more +information. + +If arguments remain after option processing, and neither the +@option{-c} nor the @option{-s} +option has been supplied, the first argument is assumed to +be the name of a file containing shell commands (@pxref{Shell Scripts}). +When Bash is invoked in this fashion, @code{$0} +is set to the name of the file, and the positional parameters +are set to the remaining arguments. +Bash reads and executes commands from this file, then exits. +Bash's exit status is the exit status of the last command executed +in the script. If no commands are executed, the exit status is 0. + +@node Bash Startup Files +@section Bash Startup Files +@cindex startup files + +This section describes how Bash executes its startup files. +If any of the files exist but cannot be read, Bash reports an error. +Tildes are expanded in file names as described above under +Tilde Expansion (@pxref{Tilde Expansion}). + +Interactive shells are described in @ref{Interactive Shells}. + +@subsubheading Invoked as an interactive login shell, or with @option{--login} + +When Bash is invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a +non-interactive shell with the @option{--login} option, it first reads and +executes commands from the file @file{/etc/profile}, if that file exists. +After reading that file, it looks for @file{~/.bash_profile}, +@file{~/.bash_login}, and @file{~/.profile}, in that order, and reads +and executes commands from the first one that exists and is readable. +The @option{--noprofile} option may be used when the shell is started to +inhibit this behavior. + +When a login shell exits, Bash reads and executes commands from +the file @file{~/.bash_logout}, if it exists. + +@subsubheading Invoked as an interactive non-login shell + +When an interactive shell that is not a login shell is started, Bash +reads and executes commands from @file{~/.bashrc}, if that file exists. +This may be inhibited by using the @option{--norc} option. +The @option{--rcfile @var{file}} option will force Bash to read and +execute commands from @var{file} instead of @file{~/.bashrc}. + +So, typically, your @file{~/.bash_profile} contains the line +@example +@code{if [ -f ~/.bashrc ]; then . ~/.bashrc; fi} +@end example +@noindent +after (or before) any login-specific initializations. + +@subsubheading Invoked non-interactively + +When Bash is started non-interactively, to run a shell script, +for example, it looks for the variable @env{BASH_ENV} in the environment, +expands its value if it appears there, and uses the expanded value as +the name of a file to read and execute. Bash behaves as if the +following command were executed: +@example +@code{if [ -n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi} +@end example +@noindent +but the value of the @env{PATH} variable is not used to search for the +file name. + +As noted above, if a non-interactive shell is invoked with the +@option{--login} option, Bash attempts to read and execute commands from the +login shell startup files. + +@subsubheading Invoked with name @code{sh} + +If Bash is invoked with the name @code{sh}, it tries to mimic the +startup behavior of historical versions of @code{sh} as closely as +possible, while conforming to the @sc{posix} standard as well. + +When invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a non-interactive +shell with the @option{--login} option, it first attempts to read +and execute commands from @file{/etc/profile} and @file{~/.profile}, in +that order. +The @option{--noprofile} option may be used to inhibit this behavior. +When invoked as an interactive shell with the name @code{sh}, Bash +looks for the variable @env{ENV}, expands its value if it is defined, +and uses the expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute. +Since a shell invoked as @code{sh} does not attempt to read and execute +commands from any other startup files, the @option{--rcfile} option has +no effect. +A non-interactive shell invoked with the name @code{sh} does not attempt +to read any other startup files. + +When invoked as @code{sh}, Bash enters @sc{posix} mode after +the startup files are read. + +@subsubheading Invoked in @sc{posix} mode + +When Bash is started in @sc{posix} mode, as with the +@option{--posix} command line option, it follows the @sc{posix} standard +for startup files. +In this mode, interactive shells expand the @env{ENV} variable +and commands are read and executed from the file whose name is the +expanded value. +No other startup files are read. + +@subsubheading Invoked by remote shell daemon + +Bash attempts to determine when it is being run by the remote shell +daemon, usually @code{rshd}. If Bash determines it is being run by +rshd, it reads and executes commands from @file{~/.bashrc}, if that +file exists and is readable. +It will not do this if invoked as @code{sh}. +The @option{--norc} option may be used to inhibit this behavior, and the +@option{--rcfile} option may be used to force another file to be read, but +@code{rshd} does not generally invoke the shell with those options or +allow them to be specified. + +@subsubheading Invoked with unequal effective and real @sc{uid/gid}s + +If Bash is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the +real user (group) id, and the @code{-p} option is not supplied, no startup +files are read, shell functions are not inherited from the environment, +the @env{SHELLOPTS} variable, if it appears in the environment, is ignored, +and the effective user id is set to the real user id. +If the @code{-p} option is supplied at invocation, the startup behavior is +the same, but the effective user id is not reset. + +@node Interactive Shells +@section Interactive Shells +@cindex interactive shell +@cindex shell, interactive + +@menu +* What is an Interactive Shell?:: What determines whether a shell is Interactive. +* Is this Shell Interactive?:: How to tell if a shell is interactive. +* Interactive Shell Behavior:: What changes in a interactive shell? +@end menu + +@node What is an Interactive Shell? +@subsection What is an Interactive Shell? + +An interactive shell +is one started without non-option arguments, unless @option{-s} is +specified, without specifying the @option{-c} option, and +whose input and error output are both +connected to terminals (as determined by @code{isatty(3)}), +or one started with the @option{-i} option. + +An interactive shell generally reads from and writes to a user's +terminal. + +The @option{-s} invocation option may be used to set the positional parameters +when an interactive shell is started. + +@node Is this Shell Interactive? +@subsection Is this Shell Interactive? + +To determine within a startup script whether or not Bash is +running interactively, +test the value of the @samp{-} special parameter. +It contains @code{i} when the shell is interactive. For example: + +@example +case "$-" in +*i*) echo This shell is interactive ;; +*) echo This shell is not interactive ;; +esac +@end example + +Alternatively, startup scripts may examine the variable +@env{PS1}; it is unset in non-interactive shells, and set in +interactive shells. Thus: + +@example +if [ -z "$PS1" ]; then + echo This shell is not interactive +else + echo This shell is interactive +fi +@end example + +@node Interactive Shell Behavior +@subsection Interactive Shell Behavior + +When the shell is running interactively, it changes its behavior in +several ways. + +@enumerate +@item +Startup files are read and executed as described in @ref{Bash Startup Files}. + +@item +Job Control (@pxref{Job Control}) is enabled by default. When job +control is in effect, Bash ignores the keyboard-generated job control +signals @code{SIGTTIN}, @code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGTSTP}. + +@item +Bash expands and displays @env{PS1} before reading the first line +of a command, and expands and displays @env{PS2} before reading the +second and subsequent lines of a multi-line command. + +@item +Bash executes the value of the @env{PROMPT_COMMAND} variable as a command +before printing the primary prompt, @env{$PS1} +(@pxref{Bash Variables}). + +@item +Readline (@pxref{Command Line Editing}) is used to read commands from +the user's terminal. + +@item +Bash inspects the value of the @code{ignoreeof} option to @code{set -o} +instead of exiting immediately when it receives an @code{EOF} on its +standard input when reading a command (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). + +@item +Command history (@pxref{Bash History Facilities}) +and history expansion (@pxref{History Interaction}) +are enabled by default. +Bash will save the command history to the file named by @env{$HISTFILE} +when an interactive shell exits. + +@item +Alias expansion (@pxref{Aliases}) is performed by default. + +@item +In the absence of any traps, Bash ignores @code{SIGTERM} +(@pxref{Signals}). + +@item +In the absence of any traps, @code{SIGINT} is caught and handled +((@pxref{Signals}). +@code{SIGINT} will interrupt some shell builtins. + +@item +An interactive login shell sends a @code{SIGHUP} to all jobs on exit +if the @code{huponexit} shell option has been enabled (@pxref{Signals}). + +@item +The @option{-n} invocation option is ignored, and @samp{set -n} has +no effect (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). + +@item +Bash will check for mail periodically, depending on the values of the +@env{MAIL}, @env{MAILPATH}, and @env{MAILCHECK} shell variables +(@pxref{Bash Variables}). + +@item +Expansion errors due to references to unbound shell variables after +@samp{set -u} has been enabled will not cause the shell to exit +(@pxref{The Set Builtin}). + +@item +The shell will not exit on expansion errors caused by @var{var} being unset +or null in @code{$@{@var{var}:?@var{word}@}} expansions +(@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}). + +@item +Redirection errors encountered by shell builtins will not cause the +shell to exit. + +@item +When running in @sc{posix} mode, a special builtin returning an error +status will not cause the shell to exit (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}). + +@item +A failed @code{exec} will not cause the shell to exit +(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). + +@item +Parser syntax errors will not cause the shell to exit. + +@item +Simple spelling correction for directory arguments to the @code{cd} +builtin is enabled by default (see the description of the @code{cdspell} +option to the @code{shopt} builtin in @ref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item +The shell will check the value of the @env{TMOUT} variable and exit +if a command is not read within the specified number of seconds after +printing @env{$PS1} (@pxref{Bash Variables}). + +@end enumerate + +@node Bash Conditional Expressions +@section Bash Conditional Expressions +@cindex expressions, conditional + +Conditional expressions are used by the @code{[[} compound command +and the @code{test} and @code{[} builtin commands. + +Expressions may be unary or binary. +Unary expressions are often used to examine the status of a file. +There are string operators and numeric comparison operators as well. +If the @var{file} argument to one of the primaries is of the form +@file{/dev/fd/@var{N}}, then file descriptor @var{N} is checked. +If the @var{file} argument to one of the primaries is one of +@file{/dev/stdin}, @file{/dev/stdout}, or @file{/dev/stderr}, file +descriptor 0, 1, or 2, respectively, is checked. + +Unless otherwise specified, primaries that operate on files follow symbolic +links and operate on the target of the link, rather than the link itself. + +@table @code +@item -a @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists. + +@item -b @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is a block special file. + +@item -c @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is a character special file. + +@item -d @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is a directory. + +@item -e @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists. + +@item -f @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is a regular file. + +@item -g @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and its set-group-id bit is set. + +@item -h @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is a symbolic link. + +@item -k @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and its "sticky" bit is set. + +@item -p @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is a named pipe (FIFO). + +@item -r @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is readable. + +@item -s @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and has a size greater than zero. + +@item -t @var{fd} +True if file descriptor @var{fd} is open and refers to a terminal. + +@item -u @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and its set-user-id bit is set. + +@item -w @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is writable. + +@item -x @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is executable. + +@item -O @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is owned by the effective user id. + +@item -G @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is owned by the effective group id. + +@item -L @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is a symbolic link. + +@item -S @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and is a socket. + +@item -N @var{file} +True if @var{file} exists and has been modified since it was last read. + +@item @var{file1} -nt @var{file2} +True if @var{file1} is newer (according to modification date) +than @var{file2}, or if @var{file1} exists and @var{file2} does not. + +@item @var{file1} -ot @var{file2} +True if @var{file1} is older than @var{file2}, +or if @var{file2} exists and @var{file1} does not. + +@item @var{file1} -ef @var{file2} +True if @var{file1} and @var{file2} refer to the same device and +inode numbers. + +@item -o @var{optname} +True if shell option @var{optname} is enabled. +The list of options appears in the description of the @option{-o} +option to the @code{set} builtin (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). + +@item -z @var{string} +True if the length of @var{string} is zero. + +@item -n @var{string} +@itemx @var{string} +True if the length of @var{string} is non-zero. + +@item @var{string1} == @var{string2} +True if the strings are equal. +@samp{=} may be used in place of @samp{==} for strict @sc{posix} compliance. + +@item @var{string1} != @var{string2} +True if the strings are not equal. + +@item @var{string1} < @var{string2} +True if @var{string1} sorts before @var{string2} lexicographically +in the current locale. + +@item @var{string1} > @var{string2} +True if @var{string1} sorts after @var{string2} lexicographically +in the current locale. + +@item @var{arg1} OP @var{arg2} +@code{OP} is one of +@samp{-eq}, @samp{-ne}, @samp{-lt}, @samp{-le}, @samp{-gt}, or @samp{-ge}. +These arithmetic binary operators return true if @var{arg1} +is equal to, not equal to, less than, less than or equal to, +greater than, or greater than or equal to @var{arg2}, +respectively. @var{Arg1} and @var{arg2} +may be positive or negative integers. + +@end table + +@node Shell Arithmetic +@section Shell Arithmetic +@cindex arithmetic, shell +@cindex shell arithmetic +@cindex expressions, arithmetic +@cindex evaluation, arithmetic +@cindex arithmetic evaluation + +The shell allows arithmetic expressions to be evaluated, as one of +the shell expansions or by the @code{let} and the @option{-i} option +to the @code{declare} builtins. + +Evaluation is done in fixed-width integers with no check for overflow, +though division by 0 is trapped and flagged as an error. +The operators and their precedence, associativity, and values +are the same as in the C language. +The following list of operators is grouped into levels of +equal-precedence operators. +The levels are listed in order of decreasing precedence. + +@table @code + +@item @var{id}++ @var{id}-- +variable post-increment and post-decrement + +@item ++@var{id} --@var{id} +variable pre-increment and pre-decrement + +@item - + +unary minus and plus + +@item ! ~ +logical and bitwise negation + +@item ** +exponentiation + +@item * / % +multiplication, division, remainder + +@item + - +addition, subtraction + +@item << >> +left and right bitwise shifts + +@item <= >= < > +comparison + +@item == != +equality and inequality + +@item & +bitwise AND + +@item ^ +bitwise exclusive OR + +@item | +bitwise OR + +@item && +logical AND + +@item || +logical OR + +@item expr ? expr : expr +conditional operator + +@item = *= /= %= += -= <<= >>= &= ^= |= +assignment + +@item expr1 , expr2 +comma +@end table + +Shell variables are allowed as operands; parameter expansion is +performed before the expression is evaluated. +Within an expression, shell variables may also be referenced by name +without using the parameter expansion syntax. +A shell variable that is null or unset evaluates to 0 when referenced +by name without using the parameter expansion syntax. +The value of a variable is evaluated as an arithmetic expression +when it is referenced, or when a variable which has been given the +@var{integer} attribute using @samp{declare -i} is assigned a value. +A null value evaluates to 0. +A shell variable need not have its integer attribute turned on +to be used in an expression. + +Constants with a leading 0 are interpreted as octal numbers. +A leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} denotes hexadecimal. Otherwise, +numbers take the form [@var{base}@code{#}]@var{n}, where @var{base} +is a decimal number between 2 and 64 representing the arithmetic +base, and @var{n} is a number in that base. If @var{base}@code{#} is +omitted, then base 10 is used. +The digits greater than 9 are represented by the lowercase letters, +the uppercase letters, @samp{@@}, and @samp{_}, in that order. +If @var{base} is less than or equal to 36, lowercase and uppercase +letters may be used interchangeably to represent numbers between 10 +and 35. + +Operators are evaluated in order of precedence. Sub-expressions in +parentheses are evaluated first and may override the precedence +rules above. + +@node Aliases +@section Aliases +@cindex alias expansion + +@var{Aliases} allow a string to be substituted for a word when it is used +as the first word of a simple command. +The shell maintains a list of aliases that may be set and unset with +the @code{alias} and @code{unalias} builtin commands. + +The first word of each simple command, if unquoted, is checked to see +if it has an alias. +If so, that word is replaced by the text of the alias. +The characters @samp{/}, @samp{$}, @samp{`}, @samp{=} and any of the +shell metacharacters or quoting characters listed above may not appear +in an alias name. +The replacement text may contain any valid +shell input, including shell metacharacters. +The first word of the replacement text is tested for +aliases, but a word that is identical to an alias being expanded +is not expanded a second time. +This means that one may alias @code{ls} to @code{"ls -F"}, +for instance, and Bash does not try to recursively expand the +replacement text. If the last character of the alias value is a +space or tab character, then the next command word following the +alias is also checked for alias expansion. + +Aliases are created and listed with the @code{alias} +command, and removed with the @code{unalias} command. + +There is no mechanism for using arguments in the replacement text, +as in @code{csh}. +If arguments are needed, a shell function should be used +(@pxref{Shell Functions}). + +Aliases are not expanded when the shell is not interactive, +unless the @code{expand_aliases} shell option is set using +@code{shopt} (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +The rules concerning the definition and use of aliases are +somewhat confusing. Bash +always reads at least one complete line +of input before executing any +of the commands on that line. Aliases are expanded when a +command is read, not when it is executed. Therefore, an +alias definition appearing on the same line as another +command does not take effect until the next line of input is read. +The commands following the alias definition +on that line are not affected by the new alias. +This behavior is also an issue when functions are executed. +Aliases are expanded when a function definition is read, +not when the function is executed, because a function definition +is itself a compound command. As a consequence, aliases +defined in a function are not available until after that +function is executed. To be safe, always put +alias definitions on a separate line, and do not use @code{alias} +in compound commands. + +For almost every purpose, shell functions are preferred over aliases. + +@node Arrays +@section Arrays +@cindex arrays + +Bash provides one-dimensional array variables. Any variable may be used as +an array; the @code{declare} builtin will explicitly declare an array. +There is no maximum +limit on the size of an array, nor any requirement that members +be indexed or assigned contiguously. Arrays are zero-based. + +An array is created automatically if any variable is assigned to using +the syntax +@example +name[@var{subscript}]=@var{value} +@end example + +@noindent +The @var{subscript} +is treated as an arithmetic expression that must evaluate to a number +greater than or equal to zero. To explicitly declare an array, use +@example +declare -a @var{name} +@end example +@noindent +The syntax +@example +declare -a @var{name}[@var{subscript}] +@end example +@noindent +is also accepted; the @var{subscript} is ignored. Attributes may be +specified for an array variable using the @code{declare} and +@code{readonly} builtins. Each attribute applies to all members of +an array. + +Arrays are assigned to using compound assignments of the form +@example +name=(value@var{1} @dots{} value@var{n}) +@end example +@noindent +where each +@var{value} is of the form @code{[[@var{subscript}]=]}@var{string}. If +the optional subscript is supplied, that index is assigned to; +otherwise the index of the element assigned is the last index assigned +to by the statement plus one. Indexing starts at zero. +This syntax is also accepted by the @code{declare} +builtin. Individual array elements may be assigned to using the +@code{name[}@var{subscript}@code{]=}@var{value} syntax introduced above. + +Any element of an array may be referenced using +@code{$@{name[}@var{subscript}@code{]@}}. +The braces are required to avoid +conflicts with the shell's filename expansion operators. If the +@var{subscript} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, the word expands to all members +of the array @var{name}. These subscripts differ only when the word +appears within double quotes. +If the word is double-quoted, +@code{$@{name[*]@}} expands to a single word with +the value of each array member separated by the first character of the +@env{IFS} variable, and @code{$@{name[@@]@}} expands each element of +@var{name} to a separate word. When there are no array members, +@code{$@{name[@@]@}} expands to nothing. +If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of +the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original +word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last +part of the original word. +This is analogous to the +expansion of the special parameters @samp{@@} and @samp{*}. +@code{$@{#name[}@var{subscript}@code{]@}} expands to the length of +@code{$@{name[}@var{subscript}@code{]@}}. +If @var{subscript} is @samp{@@} or +@samp{*}, the expansion is the number of elements in the array. +Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to +referencing element zero. + +The @code{unset} builtin is used to destroy arrays. +@code{unset} @var{name}[@var{subscript}] +destroys the array element at index @var{subscript}. +Care must be taken to avoid unwanted side effects caused by filename +generation. +@code{unset} @var{name}, where @var{name} is an array, removes the +entire array. A subscript of @samp{*} or @samp{@@} also removes the +entire array. + +The @code{declare}, @code{local}, and @code{readonly} +builtins each accept a @option{-a} +option to specify an array. The @code{read} +builtin accepts a @option{-a} +option to assign a list of words read from the standard input +to an array, and can read values from the standard input into +individual array elements. The @code{set} and @code{declare} +builtins display array values in a way that allows them to be +reused as input. + +@node The Directory Stack +@section The Directory Stack +@cindex directory stack + +@menu +* Directory Stack Builtins:: Bash builtin commands to manipulate + the directory stack. +@end menu + +The directory stack is a list of recently-visited directories. The +@code{pushd} builtin adds directories to the stack as it changes +the current directory, and the @code{popd} builtin removes specified +directories from the stack and changes the current directory to +the directory removed. The @code{dirs} builtin displays the contents +of the directory stack. + +The contents of the directory stack are also visible +as the value of the @env{DIRSTACK} shell variable. + +@node Directory Stack Builtins +@subsection Directory Stack Builtins + +@table @code + +@item dirs +@btindex dirs +@example +dirs [+@var{N} | -@var{N}] [-clpv] +@end example +Display the list of currently remembered directories. Directories +are added to the list with the @code{pushd} command; the +@code{popd} command removes directories from the list. +@table @code +@item +@var{N} +Displays the @var{N}th directory (counting from the left of the +list printed by @code{dirs} when invoked without options), starting +with zero. +@item -@var{N} +Displays the @var{N}th directory (counting from the right of the +list printed by @code{dirs} when invoked without options), starting +with zero. +@item -c +Clears the directory stack by deleting all of the elements. +@item -l +Produces a longer listing; the default listing format uses a +tilde to denote the home directory. +@item -p +Causes @code{dirs} to print the directory stack with one entry per +line. +@item -v +Causes @code{dirs} to print the directory stack with one entry per +line, prefixing each entry with its index in the stack. +@end table + +@item popd +@btindex popd +@example +popd [+@var{N} | -@var{N}] [-n] +@end example + +Remove the top entry from the directory stack, and @code{cd} +to the new top directory. +When no arguments are given, @code{popd} +removes the top directory from the stack and +performs a @code{cd} to the new top directory. The +elements are numbered from 0 starting at the first directory listed with +@code{dirs}; i.e., @code{popd} is equivalent to @code{popd +0}. +@table @code +@item +@var{N} +Removes the @var{N}th directory (counting from the left of the +list printed by @code{dirs}), starting with zero. +@item -@var{N} +Removes the @var{N}th directory (counting from the right of the +list printed by @code{dirs}), starting with zero. +@item -n +Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories +from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. +@end table + +@btindex pushd +@item pushd +@example +pushd [@var{dir} | @var{+N} | @var{-N}] [-n] +@end example + +Save the current directory on the top of the directory stack +and then @code{cd} to @var{dir}. +With no arguments, @code{pushd} exchanges the top two directories. + +@table @code +@item +@var{N} +Brings the @var{N}th directory (counting from the left of the +list printed by @code{dirs}, starting with zero) to the top of +the list by rotating the stack. +@item -@var{N} +Brings the @var{N}th directory (counting from the right of the +list printed by @code{dirs}, starting with zero) to the top of +the list by rotating the stack. +@item -n +Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories +to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. +@item @var{dir} +Makes the current working directory be the top of the stack, and then +executes the equivalent of `@code{cd} @var{dir}'. +@code{cd}s to @var{dir}. +@end table + +@end table + +@node Printing a Prompt +@section Controlling the Prompt +@cindex prompting + +The value of the variable @env{PROMPT_COMMAND} is examined just before +Bash prints each primary prompt. If @env{PROMPT_COMMAND} is set and +has a non-null value, then the +value is executed just as if it had been typed on the command line. + +In addition, the following table describes the special characters which +can appear in the prompt variables: + +@table @code +@item \a +A bell character. +@item \d +The date, in "Weekday Month Date" format (e.g., "Tue May 26"). +@item \D@{@var{format}@} +The @var{format} is passed to @code{strftime}(3) and the result is inserted +into the prompt string; an empty @var{format} results in a locale-specific +time representation. The braces are required. +@item \e +An escape character. +@item \h +The hostname, up to the first `.'. +@item \H +The hostname. +@item \j +The number of jobs currently managed by the shell. +@item \l +The basename of the shell's terminal device name. +@item \n +A newline. +@item \r +A carriage return. +@item \s +The name of the shell, the basename of @code{$0} (the portion +following the final slash). +@item \t +The time, in 24-hour HH:MM:SS format. +@item \T +The time, in 12-hour HH:MM:SS format. +@item \@@ +The time, in 12-hour am/pm format. +@item \A +The time, in 24-hour HH:MM format. +@item \u +The username of the current user. +@item \v +The version of Bash (e.g., 2.00) +@item \V +The release of Bash, version + patchlevel (e.g., 2.00.0) +@item \w +The current working directory, with @env{$HOME} abbreviated with a tilde. +@item \W +The basename of @env{$PWD}, with @env{$HOME} abbreviated with a tilde. +@item \! +The history number of this command. +@item \# +The command number of this command. +@item \$ +If the effective uid is 0, @code{#}, otherwise @code{$}. +@item \@var{nnn} +The character whose ASCII code is the octal value @var{nnn}. +@item \\ +A backslash. +@item \[ +Begin a sequence of non-printing characters. This could be used to +embed a terminal control sequence into the prompt. +@item \] +End a sequence of non-printing characters. +@end table + +The command number and the history number are usually different: +the history number of a command is its position in the history +list, which may include commands restored from the history file +(@pxref{Bash History Facilities}), while the command number is +the position in the sequence of commands executed during the current +shell session. + +After the string is decoded, it is expanded via +parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic +expansion, and quote removal, subject to the value of the +@code{promptvars} shell option (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@node The Restricted Shell +@section The Restricted Shell +@cindex restricted shell + +If Bash is started with the name @code{rbash}, or the +@option{--restricted} +or +@option{-r} +option is supplied at invocation, the shell becomes restricted. +A restricted shell is used to +set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell. +A restricted shell behaves identically to @code{bash} +with the exception that the following are disallowed or not performed: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Changing directories with the @code{cd} builtin. +@item +Setting or unsetting the values of the @env{SHELL}, @env{PATH}, +@env{ENV}, or @env{BASH_ENV} variables. +@item +Specifying command names containing slashes. +@item +Specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the @code{.} +builtin command. +@item +Specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the @option{-p} +option to the @code{hash} builtin command. +@item +Importing function definitions from the shell environment at startup. +@item +Parsing the value of @env{SHELLOPTS} from the shell environment at startup. +@item +Redirecting output using the @samp{>}, @samp{>|}, @samp{<>}, @samp{>&}, +@samp{&>}, and @samp{>>} redirection operators. +@item +Using the @code{exec} builtin to replace the shell with another command. +@item +Adding or deleting builtin commands with the +@option{-f} and @option{-d} options to the @code{enable} builtin. +@item +Using the @code{enable} builtin command to enable disabled shell builtins. +@item +Specifying the @option{-p} option to the @code{command} builtin. +@item +Turning off restricted mode with @samp{set +r} or @samp{set +o restricted}. +@end itemize + +These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read. + +When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed +(@pxref{Shell Scripts}), @code{rbash} turns off any restrictions in +the shell spawned to execute the script. + +@node Bash POSIX Mode +@section Bash POSIX Mode +@cindex POSIX Mode + +Starting Bash with the @option{--posix} command-line option or executing +@samp{set -o posix} while Bash is running will cause Bash to conform more +closely to the @sc{posix} standard by changing the behavior to +match that specified by @sc{posix} in areas where the Bash default differs. + +When invoked as @code{sh}, Bash enters @sc{posix} mode after reading the +startup files. + +The following list is what's changed when `@sc{posix} mode' is in effect: + +@enumerate +@item +When a command in the hash table no longer exists, Bash will re-search +@env{$PATH} to find the new location. This is also available with +@samp{shopt -s checkhash}. + +@item +The message printed by the job control code and builtins when a job +exits with a non-zero status is `Done(status)'. + +@item +The message printed by the job control code and builtins when a job +is stopped is `Stopped(@var{signame})', where @var{signame} is, for +example, @code{SIGTSTP}. + +@item +The @code{bg} builtin uses the required format to describe each job placed +in the background, which does not include an indication of whether the job +is the current or previous job. + +@item +Reserved words appearing in a context where reserved words are recognized +do not undergo alias expansion. + +@item +The @sc{posix} @env{PS1} and @env{PS2} expansions of @samp{!} to +the history number and @samp{!!} to @samp{!} are enabled, +and parameter expansion is performed on the values of @env{PS1} and +@env{PS2} regardless of the setting of the @code{promptvars} option. + +@item +The @sc{posix} startup files are executed (@env{$ENV}) rather than +the normal Bash files. + +@item +Tilde expansion is only performed on assignments preceding a command +name, rather than on all assignment statements on the line. + +@item +The default history file is @file{~/.sh_history} (this is the +default value of @env{$HISTFILE}). + +@item +The output of @samp{kill -l} prints all the signal names on a single line, +separated by spaces, without the @samp{SIG} prefix. + +@item +The @code{kill} builtin does not accept signal names with a @samp{SIG} +prefix. + +@item +Non-interactive shells exit if @var{filename} in @code{.} @var{filename} +is not found. + +@item +Non-interactive shells exit if a syntax error in an arithmetic expansion +results in an invalid expression. + +@item +Redirection operators do not perform filename expansion on the word +in the redirection unless the shell is interactive. + +@item +Redirection operators do not perform word splitting on the word in the +redirection. + +@item +Function names must be valid shell @code{name}s. That is, they may not +contain characters other than letters, digits, and underscores, and +may not start with a digit. Declaring a function with an invalid name +causes a fatal syntax error in non-interactive shells. + +@item +@sc{posix} special builtins are found before shell functions +during command lookup. + +@item +If a @sc{posix} special builtin returns an error status, a +non-interactive shell exits. The fatal errors are those listed in +the POSIX standard, and include things like passing incorrect options, +redirection errors, variable assignment errors for assignments preceding +the command name, and so on. + +@item +If @env{CDPATH} is set, the @code{cd} builtin will not implicitly +append the current directory to it. This means that @code{cd} will +fail if no valid directory name can be constructed from +any of the entries in @env{$CDPATH}, even if the a directory with +the same name as the name given as an argument to @code{cd} exists +in the current directory. + +@item +A non-interactive shell exits with an error status if a variable +assignment error occurs when no command name follows the assignment +statements. +A variable assignment error occurs, for example, when trying to assign +a value to a readonly variable. + +@item +A non-interactive shell exits with an error status if the iteration +variable in a @code{for} statement or the selection variable in a +@code{select} statement is a readonly variable. + +@item +Process substitution is not available. + +@item +Assignment statements preceding @sc{posix} special builtins +persist in the shell environment after the builtin completes. + +@item +Assignment statements preceding shell function calls persist in the +shell environment after the function returns, as if a @sc{posix} +special builtin command had been executed. + +@item +The @code{export} and @code{readonly} builtin commands display their +output in the format required by @sc{posix}. + +@item +The @code{trap} builtin displays signal names without the leading +@code{SIG}. + +@item +The @code{trap} builtin doesn't check the first argument for a possible +signal specification and revert the signal handling to the original +disposition if it is, unless that argument consists solely of digits and +is a valid signal number. If users want to reset the handler for a given +signal to the original disposition, they should use @samp{-} as the +first argument. + +@item +The @code{.} and @code{source} builtins do not search the current directory +for the filename argument if it is not found by searching @env{PATH}. + +@item +Subshells spawned to execute command substitutions inherit the value of +the @option{-e} option from the parent shell. When not in @sc{posix} mode, +Bash clears the @option{-e} option in such subshells. + +@item +Alias expansion is always enabled, even in non-interactive shells. + +@item +When the @code{alias} builtin displays alias definitions, it does not +display them with a leading @samp{alias } unless the @option{-p} option +is supplied. + +@item +When the @code{set} builtin is invoked without options, it does not display +shell function names and definitions. + +@item +When the @code{set} builtin is invoked without options, it displays +variable values without quotes, unless they contain shell metacharacters, +even if the result contains nonprinting characters. + +@item +When the @code{cd} builtin is invoked in @var{logical} mode, and the pathname +constructed from @code{$PWD} and the directory name supplied as an argument +does not refer to an existing directory, @code{cd} will fail instead of +falling back to @var{physical} mode. + +@item +When the @code{pwd} builtin is supplied the @option{-P} option, it resets +@code{$PWD} to a pathname containing no symlinks. + +@item +The @code{pwd} builtin verifies that the value it prints is the same as the +current directory, even if it is not asked to check the file system with the +@option{-P} option. + +@item +When listing the history, the @code{fc} builtin does not include an +indication of whether or not a history entry has been modified. + +@item +The default editor used by @code{fc} is @code{ed}. + +@item +The @code{type} and @code{command} builtins will not report a non-executable +file as having been found, though the shell will attempt to execute such a +file if it is the only so-named file found in @code{$PATH}. + +@item +The @code{vi} editing mode will invoke the @code{vi} editor directly when +the @samp{v} command is run, instead of checking @code{$FCEDIT} and +@code{$EDITOR}. + +@item +When the @code{xpg_echo} option is enabled, Bash does not attempt to interpret +any arguments to @code{echo} as options. Each argument is displayed, after +escape characters are converted. + +@end enumerate + +There is other @sc{posix} behavior that Bash does not implement by +default even when in @sc{posix} mode. +Specifically: + +@enumerate + +@item +The @code{fc} builtin checks @code{$EDITOR} as a program to edit history +entries if @code{FCEDIT} is unset, rather than defaulting directly to +@code{ed}. @code{fc} uses @code{ed} if @code{EDITOR} is unset. + +@item +As noted above, Bash requires the @code{xpg_echo} option to be enabled for +the @code{echo} builtin to be fully conformant. + +@end enumerate + +Bash can be configured to be @sc{posix}-conformant by default, by specifying +the @option{--enable-strict-posix-default} to @code{configure} when building +(@pxref{Optional Features}). + +@node Job Control +@chapter Job Control + +This chapter discusses what job control is, how it works, and how +Bash allows you to access its facilities. + +@menu +* Job Control Basics:: How job control works. +* Job Control Builtins:: Bash builtin commands used to interact + with job control. +* Job Control Variables:: Variables Bash uses to customize job + control. +@end menu + +@node Job Control Basics +@section Job Control Basics +@cindex job control +@cindex foreground +@cindex background +@cindex suspending jobs + +Job control +refers to the ability to selectively stop (suspend) +the execution of processes and continue (resume) +their execution at a later point. A user typically employs +this facility via an interactive interface supplied jointly +by the system's terminal driver and Bash. + +The shell associates a @var{job} with each pipeline. It keeps a +table of currently executing jobs, which may be listed with the +@code{jobs} command. When Bash starts a job +asynchronously, it prints a line that looks +like: +@example +[1] 25647 +@end example +@noindent +indicating that this job is job number 1 and that the process @sc{id} +of the last process in the pipeline associated with this job is +25647. All of the processes in a single pipeline are members of +the same job. Bash uses the @var{job} abstraction as the +basis for job control. + +To facilitate the implementation of the user interface to job +control, the operating system maintains the notion of a current terminal +process group @sc{id}. Members of this process group (processes whose +process group @sc{id} is equal to the current terminal process group +@sc{id}) receive keyboard-generated signals such as @code{SIGINT}. +These processes are said to be in the foreground. Background +processes are those whose process group @sc{id} differs from the +terminal's; such processes are immune to keyboard-generated +signals. Only foreground processes are allowed to read from or +write to the terminal. Background processes which attempt to +read from (write to) the terminal are sent a @code{SIGTTIN} +(@code{SIGTTOU}) signal by the terminal driver, which, unless +caught, suspends the process. + +If the operating system on which Bash is running supports +job control, Bash contains facilities to use it. Typing the +@var{suspend} character (typically @samp{^Z}, Control-Z) while a +process is running causes that process to be stopped and returns +control to Bash. Typing the @var{delayed suspend} character +(typically @samp{^Y}, Control-Y) causes the process to be stopped +when it attempts to read input from the terminal, and control to +be returned to Bash. The user then manipulates the state of +this job, using the @code{bg} command to continue it in the +background, the @code{fg} command to continue it in the +foreground, or the @code{kill} command to kill it. A @samp{^Z} +takes effect immediately, and has the additional side effect of +causing pending output and typeahead to be discarded. + +There are a number of ways to refer to a job in the shell. The +character @samp{%} introduces a job name. + +Job number @code{n} may be referred to as @samp{%n}. +The symbols @samp{%%} and @samp{%+} refer to the shell's notion of the +current job, which is the last job stopped while it was in the foreground +or started in the background. +A single @samp{%} (with no accompanying job specification) also refers +to the current job. +The previous job may be referenced using @samp{%-}. In output +pertaining to jobs (e.g., the output of the @code{jobs} command), +the current job is always flagged with a @samp{+}, and the +previous job with a @samp{-}. + +A job may also be referred to +using a prefix of the name used to start it, or using a substring +that appears in its command line. For example, @samp{%ce} refers +to a stopped @code{ce} job. Using @samp{%?ce}, on the +other hand, refers to any job containing the string @samp{ce} in +its command line. If the prefix or substring matches more than one job, +Bash reports an error. + +Simply naming a job can be used to bring it into the foreground: +@samp{%1} is a synonym for @samp{fg %1}, bringing job 1 from the +background into the foreground. Similarly, @samp{%1 &} resumes +job 1 in the background, equivalent to @samp{bg %1} + +The shell learns immediately whenever a job changes state. +Normally, Bash waits until it is about to print a prompt +before reporting changes in a job's status so as to not interrupt +any other output. +If the @option{-b} option to the @code{set} builtin is enabled, +Bash reports such changes immediately (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). +Any trap on @code{SIGCHLD} is executed for each child process +that exits. + +If an attempt to exit Bash is made while jobs are stopped, the +shell prints a message warning that there are stopped jobs. +The @code{jobs} command may then be used to inspect their status. +If a second attempt to exit is made without an intervening command, +Bash does not print another warning, and the stopped jobs are terminated. + +@node Job Control Builtins +@section Job Control Builtins + +@table @code + +@item bg +@btindex bg +@example +bg [@var{jobspec} @dots{}] +@end example +Resume each suspended job @var{jobspec} in the background, as if it +had been started with @samp{&}. +If @var{jobspec} is not supplied, the current job is used. +The return status is zero unless it is run when job control is not +enabled, or, when run with job control enabled, any +@var{jobspec} was not found or specifies a job +that was started without job control. + +@item fg +@btindex fg +@example +fg [@var{jobspec}] +@end example +Resume the job @var{jobspec} in the foreground and make it the current job. +If @var{jobspec} is not supplied, the current job is used. +The return status is that of the command placed into the foreground, +or non-zero if run when job control is disabled or, when run with +job control enabled, @var{jobspec} does not specify a valid job or +@var{jobspec} specifies a job that was started without job control. + +@item jobs +@btindex jobs +@example +jobs [-lnprs] [@var{jobspec}] +jobs -x @var{command} [@var{arguments}] +@end example + +The first form lists the active jobs. The options have the +following meanings: + +@table @code +@item -l +List process @sc{id}s in addition to the normal information. + +@item -n +Display information only about jobs that have changed status since +the user was last notified of their status. + +@item -p +List only the process @sc{id} of the job's process group leader. + +@item -r +Restrict output to running jobs. + +@item -s +Restrict output to stopped jobs. +@end table + +If @var{jobspec} is given, +output is restricted to information about that job. +If @var{jobspec} is not supplied, the status of all jobs is +listed. + +If the @option{-x} option is supplied, @code{jobs} replaces any +@var{jobspec} found in @var{command} or @var{arguments} with the +corresponding process group @sc{id}, and executes @var{command}, +passing it @var{argument}s, returning its exit status. + +@item kill +@btindex kill +@example +kill [-s @var{sigspec}] [-n @var{signum}] [-@var{sigspec}] @var{jobspec} or @var{pid} +kill -l [@var{exit_status}] +@end example +Send a signal specified by @var{sigspec} or @var{signum} to the process +named by job specification @var{jobspec} or process @sc{id} @var{pid}. +@var{sigspec} is either a case-insensitive signal name such as +@code{SIGINT} (with or without the @code{SIG} prefix) +or a signal number; @var{signum} is a signal number. +If @var{sigspec} and @var{signum} are not present, @code{SIGTERM} is used. +The @option{-l} option lists the signal names. +If any arguments are supplied when @option{-l} is given, the names of the +signals corresponding to the arguments are listed, and the return status +is zero. +@var{exit_status} is a number specifying a signal number or the exit +status of a process terminated by a signal. +The return status is zero if at least one signal was successfully sent, +or non-zero if an error occurs or an invalid option is encountered. + +@item wait +@btindex wait +@example +wait [@var{jobspec} or @var{pid} ...] +@end example +Wait until the child process specified by each process @sc{id} @var{pid} +or job specification @var{jobspec} exits and return the exit status of the +last command waited for. +If a job spec is given, all processes in the job are waited for. +If no arguments are given, all currently active child processes are +waited for, and the return status is zero. +If neither @var{jobspec} nor @var{pid} specifies an active child process +of the shell, the return status is 127. + +@item disown +@btindex disown +@example +disown [-ar] [-h] [@var{jobspec} @dots{}] +@end example +Without options, each @var{jobspec} is removed from the table of +active jobs. +If the @option{-h} option is given, the job is not removed from the table, +but is marked so that @code{SIGHUP} is not sent to the job if the shell +receives a @code{SIGHUP}. +If @var{jobspec} is not present, and neither the @option{-a} nor @option{-r} +option is supplied, the current job is used. +If no @var{jobspec} is supplied, the @option{-a} option means to remove or +mark all jobs; the @option{-r} option without a @var{jobspec} +argument restricts operation to running jobs. + +@item suspend +@btindex suspend +@example +suspend [-f] +@end example +Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a +@code{SIGCONT} signal. The @option{-f} option means to suspend +even if the shell is a login shell. + +@end table + +When job control is not active, the @code{kill} and @code{wait} +builtins do not accept @var{jobspec} arguments. They must be +supplied process @sc{id}s. + +@node Job Control Variables +@section Job Control Variables + +@vtable @code + +@item auto_resume +This variable controls how the shell interacts with the user and +job control. If this variable exists then single word simple +commands without redirections are treated as candidates for resumption +of an existing job. There is no ambiguity allowed; if there is +more than one job beginning with the string typed, then +the most recently accessed job will be selected. +The name of a stopped job, in this context, is the command line +used to start it. If this variable is set to the value @samp{exact}, +the string supplied must match the name of a stopped job exactly; +if set to @samp{substring}, +the string supplied needs to match a substring of the name of a +stopped job. The @samp{substring} value provides functionality +analogous to the @samp{%?} job @sc{id} (@pxref{Job Control Basics}). +If set to any other value, the supplied string must +be a prefix of a stopped job's name; this provides functionality +analogous to the @samp{%} job @sc{id}. + +@end vtable + +@set readline-appendix +@set history-appendix +@cindex Readline, how to use +@include rluser.texi +@cindex History, how to use +@include hsuser.texi +@clear readline-appendix +@clear history-appendix + +@node Installing Bash +@chapter Installing Bash + +This chapter provides basic instructions for installing Bash on +the various supported platforms. The distribution supports the +@sc{gnu} operating systems, nearly every version of Unix, and several +non-Unix systems such as BeOS and Interix. +Other independent ports exist for +@sc{ms-dos}, @sc{os/2}, and Windows platforms. + +@menu +* Basic Installation:: Installation instructions. +* Compilers and Options:: How to set special options for various + systems. +* Compiling For Multiple Architectures:: How to compile Bash for more + than one kind of system from + the same source tree. +* Installation Names:: How to set the various paths used by the installation. +* Specifying the System Type:: How to configure Bash for a particular system. +* Sharing Defaults:: How to share default configuration values among GNU + programs. +* Operation Controls:: Options recognized by the configuration program. +* Optional Features:: How to enable and disable optional features when + building Bash. +@end menu + +@node Basic Installation +@section Basic Installation +@cindex installation +@cindex configuration +@cindex Bash installation +@cindex Bash configuration + +These are installation instructions for Bash. + +The simplest way to compile Bash is: + +@enumerate +@item +@code{cd} to the directory containing the source code and type +@samp{./configure} to configure Bash for your system. If you're +using @code{csh} on an old version of System V, you might need to +type @samp{sh ./configure} instead to prevent @code{csh} from trying +to execute @code{configure} itself. + +Running @code{configure} takes some time. +While running, it prints messages telling which features it is +checking for. + +@item +Type @samp{make} to compile Bash and build the @code{bashbug} bug +reporting script. + +@item +Optionally, type @samp{make tests} to run the Bash test suite. + +@item +Type @samp{make install} to install @code{bash} and @code{bashbug}. +This will also install the manual pages and Info file. + +@end enumerate + +The @code{configure} shell script attempts to guess correct +values for various system-dependent variables used during +compilation. It uses those values to create a @file{Makefile} in +each directory of the package (the top directory, the +@file{builtins}, @file{doc}, and @file{support} directories, +each directory under @file{lib}, and several others). It also creates a +@file{config.h} file containing system-dependent definitions. +Finally, it creates a shell script named @code{config.status} that you +can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a +file @file{config.cache} that saves the results of its tests to +speed up reconfiguring, and a file @file{config.log} containing +compiler output (useful mainly for debugging @code{configure}). +If at some point +@file{config.cache} contains results you don't want to keep, you +may remove or edit it. + +To find out more about the options and arguments that the +@code{configure} script understands, type + +@example +bash-2.04$ ./configure --help +@end example + +@noindent +at the Bash prompt in your Bash source directory. + +If you need to do unusual things to compile Bash, please +try to figure out how @code{configure} could check whether or not +to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to +@email{bash-maintainers@@gnu.org} so they can be +considered for the next release. + +The file @file{configure.in} is used to create @code{configure} +by a program called Autoconf. You only need +@file{configure.in} if you want to change it or regenerate +@code{configure} using a newer version of Autoconf. If +you do this, make sure you are using Autoconf version 2.50 or +newer. + +You can remove the program binaries and object files from the +source code directory by typing @samp{make clean}. To also remove the +files that @code{configure} created (so you can compile Bash for +a different kind of computer), type @samp{make distclean}. + +@node Compilers and Options +@section Compilers and Options + +Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking +that the @code{configure} script does not know about. You can +give @code{configure} initial values for variables by setting +them in the environment. Using a Bourne-compatible shell, you +can do that on the command line like this: + +@example +CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure +@end example + +On systems that have the @code{env} program, you can do it like this: + +@example +env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure +@end example + +The configuration process uses GCC to build Bash if it +is available. + +@node Compiling For Multiple Architectures +@section Compiling For Multiple Architectures + +You can compile Bash for more than one kind of computer at the +same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their +own directory. To do this, you must use a version of @code{make} that +supports the @code{VPATH} variable, such as GNU @code{make}. +@code{cd} to the +directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run +the @code{configure} script from the source directory. You may need to +supply the @option{--srcdir=PATH} argument to tell @code{configure} where the +source files are. @code{configure} automatically checks for the +source code in the directory that @code{configure} is in and in `..'. + +If you have to use a @code{make} that does not supports the @code{VPATH} +variable, you can compile Bash for one architecture at a +time in the source code directory. After you have installed +Bash for one architecture, use @samp{make distclean} before +reconfiguring for another architecture. + +Alternatively, if your system supports symbolic links, you can use the +@file{support/mkclone} script to create a build tree which has +symbolic links back to each file in the source directory. Here's an +example that creates a build directory in the current directory from a +source directory @file{/usr/gnu/src/bash-2.0}: + +@example +bash /usr/gnu/src/bash-2.0/support/mkclone -s /usr/gnu/src/bash-2.0 . +@end example + +@noindent +The @code{mkclone} script requires Bash, so you must have already built +Bash for at least one architecture before you can create build +directories for other architectures. + +@node Installation Names +@section Installation Names + +By default, @samp{make install} will install into +@file{/usr/local/bin}, @file{/usr/local/man}, etc. You can +specify an installation prefix other than @file{/usr/local} by +giving @code{configure} the option @option{--prefix=@var{PATH}}, +or by specifying a value for the @code{DESTDIR} @samp{make} +variable when running @samp{make install}. + +You can specify separate installation prefixes for +architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. +If you give @code{configure} the option +@option{--exec-prefix=@var{PATH}}, @samp{make install} will use +@var{PATH} as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. +Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix. + +@node Specifying the System Type +@section Specifying the System Type + +There may be some features @code{configure} can not figure out +automatically, but need to determine by the type of host Bash +will run on. Usually @code{configure} can figure that +out, but if it prints a message saying it can not guess the host +type, give it the @option{--host=TYPE} option. @samp{TYPE} can +either be a short name for the system type, such as @samp{sun4}, +or a canonical name with three fields: @samp{CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM} +(e.g., @samp{i386-unknown-freebsd4.2}). + +See the file @file{support/config.sub} for the possible +values of each field. + +@node Sharing Defaults +@section Sharing Defaults + +If you want to set default values for @code{configure} scripts to +share, you can create a site shell script called +@code{config.site} that gives default values for variables like +@code{CC}, @code{cache_file}, and @code{prefix}. @code{configure} +looks for @file{PREFIX/share/config.site} if it exists, then +@file{PREFIX/etc/config.site} if it exists. Or, you can set the +@code{CONFIG_SITE} environment variable to the location of the site +script. A warning: the Bash @code{configure} looks for a site script, +but not all @code{configure} scripts do. + +@node Operation Controls +@section Operation Controls + +@code{configure} recognizes the following options to control how it +operates. + +@table @code + +@item --cache-file=@var{file} +Use and save the results of the tests in +@var{file} instead of @file{./config.cache}. Set @var{file} to +@file{/dev/null} to disable caching, for debugging +@code{configure}. + +@item --help +Print a summary of the options to @code{configure}, and exit. + +@item --quiet +@itemx --silent +@itemx -q +Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. + +@item --srcdir=@var{dir} +Look for the Bash source code in directory @var{dir}. Usually +@code{configure} can determine that directory automatically. + +@item --version +Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the @code{configure} +script, and exit. +@end table + +@code{configure} also accepts some other, not widely used, boilerplate +options. @samp{configure --help} prints the complete list. + +@node Optional Features +@section Optional Features + +The Bash @code{configure} has a number of @option{--enable-@var{feature}} +options, where @var{feature} indicates an optional part of Bash. +There are also several @option{--with-@var{package}} options, +where @var{package} is something like @samp{bash-malloc} or @samp{purify}. +To turn off the default use of a package, use +@option{--without-@var{package}}. To configure Bash without a feature +that is enabled by default, use @option{--disable-@var{feature}}. + +Here is a complete list of the @option{--enable-} and +@option{--with-} options that the Bash @code{configure} recognizes. + +@table @code +@item --with-afs +Define if you are using the Andrew File System from Transarc. + +@item --with-bash-malloc +Use the Bash version of +@code{malloc} in the directory @file{lib/malloc}. This is not the same +@code{malloc} that appears in @sc{gnu} libc, but an older version +originally derived from the 4.2 @sc{bsd} @code{malloc}. This @code{malloc} +is very fast, but wastes some space on each allocation. +This option is enabled by default. +The @file{NOTES} file contains a list of systems for +which this should be turned off, and @code{configure} disables this +option automatically for a number of systems. + +@item --with-curses +Use the curses library instead of the termcap library. This should +be supplied if your system has an inadequate or incomplete termcap +database. + +@item --with-gnu-malloc +A synonym for @code{--with-bash-malloc}. + +@item --with-installed-readline[=@var{PREFIX}] +Define this to make Bash link with a locally-installed version of Readline +rather than the version in @file{lib/readline}. This works only with +Readline 5.0 and later versions. If @var{PREFIX} is @code{yes} or not +supplied, @code{configure} uses the values of the make variables +@code{includedir} and @code{libdir}, which are subdirectories of @code{prefix} +by default, to find the installed version of Readline if it is not in +the standard system include and library directories. +If @var{PREFIX} is @code{no}, Bash links with the version in +@file{lib/readline}. +If @var{PREFIX} is set to any other value, @code{configure} treats it as +a directory pathname and looks for +the installed version of Readline in subdirectories of that directory +(include files in @var{PREFIX}/@code{include} and the library in +@var{PREFIX}/@code{lib}). + +@item --with-purify +Define this to use the Purify memory allocation checker from Rational +Software. + +@item --enable-minimal-config +This produces a shell with minimal features, close to the historical +Bourne shell. +@end table + +There are several @option{--enable-} options that alter how Bash is +compiled and linked, rather than changing run-time features. + +@table @code +@item --enable-largefile +Enable support for @uref{http://www.sas.com/standards/large_file/x_open.20Mar96.html, +large files} if the operating system requires special compiler options +to build programs which can access large files. This is enabled by +default, if the operating system provides large file support. + +@item --enable-profiling +This builds a Bash binary that produces profiling information to be +processed by @code{gprof} each time it is executed. + +@item --enable-static-link +This causes Bash to be linked statically, if @code{gcc} is being used. +This could be used to build a version to use as root's shell. +@end table + +The @samp{minimal-config} option can be used to disable all of +the following options, but it is processed first, so individual +options may be enabled using @samp{enable-@var{feature}}. + +All of the following options except for @samp{disabled-builtins} and +@samp{xpg-echo-default} are +enabled by default, unless the operating system does not provide the +necessary support. + +@table @code +@item --enable-alias +Allow alias expansion and include the @code{alias} and @code{unalias} +builtins (@pxref{Aliases}). + +@item --enable-arith-for-command +Include support for the alternate form of the @code{for} command +that behaves like the C language @code{for} statement +(@pxref{Looping Constructs}). + +@item --enable-array-variables +Include support for one-dimensional array shell variables +(@pxref{Arrays}). + +@item --enable-bang-history +Include support for @code{csh}-like history substitution +(@pxref{History Interaction}). + +@item --enable-brace-expansion +Include @code{csh}-like brace expansion +( @code{b@{a,b@}c} @expansion{} @code{bac bbc} ). +See @ref{Brace Expansion}, for a complete description. + +@item --enable-command-timing +Include support for recognizing @code{time} as a reserved word and for +displaying timing statistics for the pipeline following @code{time} +(@pxref{Pipelines}). +This allows pipelines as well as shell builtins and functions to be timed. + +@item --enable-cond-command +Include support for the @code{[[} conditional command. +(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}). + +@item --enable-cond-regexp +Include support for matching POSIX regular expressions using the +@samp{=~} binary operator in the @code{[[} conditional command. +(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}). + +@item --enable-debugger +Include support for the bash debugger (distributed separately). + +@item --enable-directory-stack +Include support for a @code{csh}-like directory stack and the +@code{pushd}, @code{popd}, and @code{dirs} builtins +(@pxref{The Directory Stack}). + +@item --enable-disabled-builtins +Allow builtin commands to be invoked via @samp{builtin xxx} +even after @code{xxx} has been disabled using @samp{enable -n xxx}. +See @ref{Bash Builtins}, for details of the @code{builtin} and +@code{enable} builtin commands. + +@item --enable-dparen-arithmetic +Include support for the @code{((@dots{}))} command +(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}). + +@item --enable-extended-glob +Include support for the extended pattern matching features described +above under @ref{Pattern Matching}. + +@item --enable-help-builtin +Include the @code{help} builtin, which displays help on shell builtins and +variables (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item --enable-history +Include command history and the @code{fc} and @code{history} +builtin commands (@pxref{Bash History Facilities}). + +@item --enable-job-control +This enables the job control features (@pxref{Job Control}), +if the operating system supports them. + +@item --enable-multibyte +This enables support for multibyte characters if the operating +system provides the necessary support. + +@item --enable-net-redirections +This enables the special handling of filenames of the form +@code{/dev/tcp/@var{host}/@var{port}} and +@code{/dev/udp/@var{host}/@var{port}} +when used in redirections (@pxref{Redirections}). + +@item --enable-process-substitution +This enables process substitution (@pxref{Process Substitution}) if +the operating system provides the necessary support. + +@item --enable-progcomp +Enable the programmable completion facilities +(@pxref{Programmable Completion}). +If Readline is not enabled, this option has no effect. + +@item --enable-prompt-string-decoding +Turn on the interpretation of a number of backslash-escaped characters +in the @env{$PS1}, @env{$PS2}, @env{$PS3}, and @env{$PS4} prompt +strings. See @ref{Printing a Prompt}, for a complete list of prompt +string escape sequences. + +@item --enable-readline +Include support for command-line editing and history with the Bash +version of the Readline library (@pxref{Command Line Editing}). + +@item --enable-restricted +Include support for a @dfn{restricted shell}. If this is enabled, Bash, +when called as @code{rbash}, enters a restricted mode. See +@ref{The Restricted Shell}, for a description of restricted mode. + +@item --enable-select +Include the @code{select} builtin, which allows the generation of simple +menus (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}). + +@item --enable-separate-helpfiles +Use external files for the documentation displayed by the @code{help} builtin +instead of storing the text internally. + +@item --enable-single-help-strings +Store the text displayed by the @code{help} builtin as a single string for +each help topic. This aids in translating the text to different languages. +You may need to disable this if your compiler cannot handle very long string +literals. + +@item --enable-strict-posix-default +Make Bash @sc{posix}-conformant by default (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}). + +@item --enable-usg-echo-default +A synonym for @code{--enable-xpg-echo-default}. + +@item --enable-xpg-echo-default +Make the @code{echo} builtin expand backslash-escaped characters by default, +without requiring the @option{-e} option. +This sets the default value of the @code{xpg_echo} shell option to @code{on}, +which makes the Bash @code{echo} behave more like the version specified in +the Single Unix Specification, version 3. +@xref{Bash Builtins}, for a description of the escape sequences that +@code{echo} recognizes. + +@end table + +The file @file{config-top.h} contains C Preprocessor +@samp{#define} statements for options which are not settable from +@code{configure}. +Some of these are not meant to be changed; beware of the consequences if +you do. +Read the comments associated with each definition for more +information about its effect. + +@node Reporting Bugs +@appendix Reporting Bugs + +Please report all bugs you find in Bash. +But first, you should +make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest +version of Bash. +The latest version of Bash is always available for FTP from +@uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/bash/}. + +Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the +@code{bashbug} command to submit a bug report. +If you have a fix, you are encouraged to mail that as well! +Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed +to @email{bug-bash@@gnu.org} or posted to the Usenet +newsgroup @code{gnu.bash.bug}. + +All bug reports should include: +@itemize @bullet +@item +The version number of Bash. +@item +The hardware and operating system. +@item +The compiler used to compile Bash. +@item +A description of the bug behaviour. +@item +A short script or `recipe' which exercises the bug and may be used +to reproduce it. +@end itemize + +@noindent +@code{bashbug} inserts the first three items automatically into +the template it provides for filing a bug report. + +Please send all reports concerning this manual to +@email{chet@@po.CWRU.Edu}. + +@node Major Differences From The Bourne Shell +@appendix Major Differences From The Bourne Shell + +Bash implements essentially the same grammar, parameter and +variable expansion, redirection, and quoting as the Bourne Shell. +Bash uses the @sc{posix} standard as the specification of +how these features are to be implemented. There are some +differences between the traditional Bourne shell and Bash; this +section quickly details the differences of significance. A +number of these differences are explained in greater depth in +previous sections. +This section uses the version of @code{sh} included in SVR4.2 (the +last version of the historical Bourne shell) as the baseline reference. + +@itemize @bullet + +@item +Bash is @sc{posix}-conformant, even where the @sc{posix} specification +differs from traditional @code{sh} behavior (@pxref{Bash POSIX Mode}). + +@item +Bash has multi-character invocation options (@pxref{Invoking Bash}). + +@item +Bash has command-line editing (@pxref{Command Line Editing}) and +the @code{bind} builtin. + +@item +Bash provides a programmable word completion mechanism +(@pxref{Programmable Completion}), and two builtin commands, +@code{complete} and @code{compgen}, to manipulate it. + +@item +Bash has command history (@pxref{Bash History Facilities}) and the +@code{history} and @code{fc} builtins to manipulate it. +The Bash history list maintains timestamp information and uses the +value of the @code{HISTTIMEFORMAT} variable to display it. + +@item +Bash implements @code{csh}-like history expansion +(@pxref{History Interaction}). + +@item +Bash has one-dimensional array variables (@pxref{Arrays}), and the +appropriate variable expansions and assignment syntax to use them. +Several of the Bash builtins take options to act on arrays. +Bash provides a number of built-in array variables. + +@item +The @code{$'@dots{}'} quoting syntax, which expands ANSI-C +backslash-escaped characters in the text between the single quotes, +is supported (@pxref{ANSI-C Quoting}). + +@item +Bash supports the @code{$"@dots{}"} quoting syntax to do +locale-specific translation of the characters between the double +quotes. The @option{-D}, @option{--dump-strings}, and @option{--dump-po-strings} +invocation options list the translatable strings found in a script +(@pxref{Locale Translation}). + +@item +Bash implements the @code{!} keyword to negate the return value of +a pipeline (@pxref{Pipelines}). +Very useful when an @code{if} statement needs to act only if a test fails. +The Bash @samp{-o pipefail} option to @code{set} will cause a pipeline to +return a failure status if any command fails. + +@item +Bash has the @code{time} reserved word and command timing (@pxref{Pipelines}). +The display of the timing statistics may be controlled with the +@env{TIMEFORMAT} variable. + +@item +Bash implements the @code{for (( @var{expr1} ; @var{expr2} ; @var{expr3} ))} +arithmetic for command, similar to the C language (@pxref{Looping Constructs}). + +@item +Bash includes the @code{select} compound command, which allows the +generation of simple menus (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}). + +@item +Bash includes the @code{[[} compound command, which makes conditional +testing part of the shell grammar (@pxref{Conditional Constructs}), including +optional regular expression matching. + +@item +Bash provides optional case-insensitive matching for the @code{case} and +@code{[[} constructs. + +@item +Bash includes brace expansion (@pxref{Brace Expansion}) and tilde +expansion (@pxref{Tilde Expansion}). + +@item +Bash implements command aliases and the @code{alias} and @code{unalias} +builtins (@pxref{Aliases}). + +@item +Bash provides shell arithmetic, the @code{((} compound command +(@pxref{Conditional Constructs}), +and arithmetic expansion (@pxref{Shell Arithmetic}). + +@item +Variables present in the shell's initial environment are automatically +exported to child processes. The Bourne shell does not normally do +this unless the variables are explicitly marked using the @code{export} +command. + +@item +Bash supports the @samp{+=} assignment operator, which appends to the value +of the variable named on the left hand side. + +@item +Bash includes the @sc{posix} pattern removal @samp{%}, @samp{#}, @samp{%%} +and @samp{##} expansions to remove leading or trailing substrings from +variable values (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}). + +@item +The expansion @code{$@{#xx@}}, which returns the length of @code{$@{xx@}}, +is supported (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}). + +@item +The expansion @code{$@{var:}@var{offset}@code{[:}@var{length}@code{]@}}, +which expands to the substring of @code{var}'s value of length +@var{length}, beginning at @var{offset}, is present +(@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}). + +@item +The expansion +@code{$@{var/[/]}@var{pattern}@code{[/}@var{replacement}@code{]@}}, +which matches @var{pattern} and replaces it with @var{replacement} in +the value of @code{var}, is available (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}). + +@item +The expansion @code{$@{!@var{prefix@}*}} expansion, which expands to +the names of all shell variables whose names begin with @var{prefix}, +is available (@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}). + +@item +Bash has @var{indirect} variable expansion using @code{$@{!word@}} +(@pxref{Shell Parameter Expansion}). + +@item +Bash can expand positional parameters beyond @code{$9} using +@code{$@{@var{num}@}}. + +@item +The @sc{posix} @code{$()} form of command substitution +is implemented (@pxref{Command Substitution}), +and preferred to the Bourne shell's @code{``} (which +is also implemented for backwards compatibility). + +@item +Bash has process substitution (@pxref{Process Substitution}). + +@item +Bash automatically assigns variables that provide information about the +current user (@env{UID}, @env{EUID}, and @env{GROUPS}), the current host +(@env{HOSTTYPE}, @env{OSTYPE}, @env{MACHTYPE}, and @env{HOSTNAME}), +and the instance of Bash that is running (@env{BASH}, +@env{BASH_VERSION}, and @env{BASH_VERSINFO}). @xref{Bash Variables}, +for details. + +@item +The @env{IFS} variable is used to split only the results of expansion, +not all words (@pxref{Word Splitting}). +This closes a longstanding shell security hole. + +@item +Bash implements the full set of @sc{posix} filename expansion operators, +including @var{character classes}, @var{equivalence classes}, and +@var{collating symbols} (@pxref{Filename Expansion}). + +@item +Bash implements extended pattern matching features when the @code{extglob} +shell option is enabled (@pxref{Pattern Matching}). + +@item +It is possible to have a variable and a function with the same name; +@code{sh} does not separate the two name spaces. + +@item +Bash functions are permitted to have local variables using the +@code{local} builtin, and thus useful recursive functions may be written +(@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item +Variable assignments preceding commands affect only that command, even +builtins and functions (@pxref{Environment}). +In @code{sh}, all variable assignments +preceding commands are global unless the command is executed from the +file system. + +@item +Bash performs filename expansion on filenames specified as operands +to input and output redirection operators (@pxref{Redirections}). + +@item +Bash contains the @samp{<>} redirection operator, allowing a file to be +opened for both reading and writing, and the @samp{&>} redirection +operator, for directing standard output and standard error to the same +file (@pxref{Redirections}). + +@item +Bash includes the @samp{<<<} redirection operator, allowing a string to +be used as the standard input to a command. + +@item +Bash implements the @samp{[n]<&@var{word}} and @samp{[n]>&@var{word}} +redirection operators, which move one file descriptor to another. + +@item +Bash treats a number of filenames specially when they are +used in redirection operators (@pxref{Redirections}). + +@item +Bash can open network connections to arbitrary machines and services +with the redirection operators (@pxref{Redirections}). + +@item +The @code{noclobber} option is available to avoid overwriting existing +files with output redirection (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). +The @samp{>|} redirection operator may be used to override @code{noclobber}. + +@item +The Bash @code{cd} and @code{pwd} builtins (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) +each take @option{-L} and @option{-P} options to switch between logical and +physical modes. + +@item +Bash allows a function to override a builtin with the same name, and provides +access to that builtin's functionality within the function via the +@code{builtin} and @code{command} builtins (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item +The @code{command} builtin allows selective disabling of functions +when command lookup is performed (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item +Individual builtins may be enabled or disabled using the @code{enable} +builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item +The Bash @code{exec} builtin takes additional options that allow users +to control the contents of the environment passed to the executed +command, and what the zeroth argument to the command is to be +(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). + +@item +Shell functions may be exported to children via the environment +using @code{export -f} (@pxref{Shell Functions}). + +@item +The Bash @code{export}, @code{readonly}, and @code{declare} builtins can +take a @option{-f} option to act on shell functions, a @option{-p} option to +display variables with various attributes set in a format that can be +used as shell input, a @option{-n} option to remove various variable +attributes, and @samp{name=value} arguments to set variable attributes +and values simultaneously. + +@item +The Bash @code{hash} builtin allows a name to be associated with +an arbitrary filename, even when that filename cannot be found by +searching the @env{$PATH}, using @samp{hash -p} +(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). + +@item +Bash includes a @code{help} builtin for quick reference to shell +facilities (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item +The @code{printf} builtin is available to display formatted output +(@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item +The Bash @code{read} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}) +will read a line ending in @samp{\} with +the @option{-r} option, and will use the @env{REPLY} variable as a +default if no non-option arguments are supplied. +The Bash @code{read} builtin +also accepts a prompt string with the @option{-p} option and will use +Readline to obtain the line when given the @option{-e} option. +The @code{read} builtin also has additional options to control input: +the @option{-s} option will turn off echoing of input characters as +they are read, the @option{-t} option will allow @code{read} to time out +if input does not arrive within a specified number of seconds, the +@option{-n} option will allow reading only a specified number of +characters rather than a full line, and the @option{-d} option will read +until a particular character rather than newline. + +@item +The @code{return} builtin may be used to abort execution of scripts +executed with the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins +(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). + +@item +Bash includes the @code{shopt} builtin, for finer control of shell +optional capabilities (@pxref{Bash Builtins}), and allows these options +to be set and unset at shell invocation (@pxref{Invoking Bash}). + +@item +Bash has much more optional behavior controllable with the @code{set} +builtin (@pxref{The Set Builtin}). + +@item +The @samp{-x} (@code{xtrace}) option displays commands other than +simple commands when performing an execution trace +(@pxref{The Set Builtin}). + +@item +The @code{test} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) +is slightly different, as it implements the @sc{posix} algorithm, +which specifies the behavior based on the number of arguments. + +@item +Bash includes the @code{caller} builtin, which displays the context of +any active subroutine call (a shell function or a script executed with +the @code{.} or @code{source} builtins). This supports the bash +debugger. + +@item +The @code{trap} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) allows a +@code{DEBUG} pseudo-signal specification, similar to @code{EXIT}. +Commands specified with a @code{DEBUG} trap are executed before every +simple command, @code{for} command, @code{case} command, +@code{select} command, every arithmetic @code{for} command, and before +the first command executes in a shell function. +The @code{DEBUG} trap is not inherited by shell functions unless the +function has been given the @code{trace} attribute or the +@code{functrace} option has been enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin. +The @code{extdebug} shell option has additional effects on the +@code{DEBUG} trap. + +The @code{trap} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) allows an +@code{ERR} pseudo-signal specification, similar to @code{EXIT} and @code{DEBUG}. +Commands specified with an @code{ERR} trap are executed after a simple +command fails, with a few exceptions. +The @code{ERR} trap is not inherited by shell functions unless the +@code{-o errtrace} option to the @code{set} builtin is enabled. + +The @code{trap} builtin (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}) allows a +@code{RETURN} pseudo-signal specification, similar to +@code{EXIT} and @code{DEBUG}. +Commands specified with an @code{RETURN} trap are executed before +execution resumes after a shell function or a shell script executed with +@code{.} or @code{source} returns. +The @code{RETURN} trap is not inherited by shell functions unless the +function has been given the @code{trace} attribute or the +@code{functrace} option has been enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin. + +@item +The Bash @code{type} builtin is more extensive and gives more information +about the names it finds (@pxref{Bash Builtins}). + +@item +The Bash @code{umask} builtin permits a @option{-p} option to cause +the output to be displayed in the form of a @code{umask} command +that may be reused as input (@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}). + +@item +Bash implements a @code{csh}-like directory stack, and provides the +@code{pushd}, @code{popd}, and @code{dirs} builtins to manipulate it +(@pxref{The Directory Stack}). +Bash also makes the directory stack visible as the value of the +@env{DIRSTACK} shell variable. + +@item +Bash interprets special backslash-escaped characters in the prompt +strings when interactive (@pxref{Printing a Prompt}). + +@item +The Bash restricted mode is more useful (@pxref{The Restricted Shell}); +the SVR4.2 shell restricted mode is too limited. + +@item +The @code{disown} builtin can remove a job from the internal shell +job table (@pxref{Job Control Builtins}) or suppress the sending +of @code{SIGHUP} to a job when the shell exits as the result of a +@code{SIGHUP}. + +@item +Bash includes a number of features to support a separate debugger for +shell scripts. + +@item +The SVR4.2 shell has two privilege-related builtins +(@code{mldmode} and @code{priv}) not present in Bash. + +@item +Bash does not have the @code{stop} or @code{newgrp} builtins. + +@item +Bash does not use the @env{SHACCT} variable or perform shell accounting. + +@item +The SVR4.2 @code{sh} uses a @env{TIMEOUT} variable like Bash uses +@env{TMOUT}. + +@end itemize + +@noindent +More features unique to Bash may be found in @ref{Bash Features}. + + +@appendixsec Implementation Differences From The SVR4.2 Shell + +Since Bash is a completely new implementation, it does not suffer from +many of the limitations of the SVR4.2 shell. For instance: + +@itemize @bullet + +@item +Bash does not fork a subshell when redirecting into or out of +a shell control structure such as an @code{if} or @code{while} +statement. + +@item +Bash does not allow unbalanced quotes. The SVR4.2 shell will silently +insert a needed closing quote at @code{EOF} under certain circumstances. +This can be the cause of some hard-to-find errors. + +@item +The SVR4.2 shell uses a baroque memory management scheme based on +trapping @code{SIGSEGV}. If the shell is started from a process with +@code{SIGSEGV} blocked (e.g., by using the @code{system()} C library +function call), it misbehaves badly. + +@item +In a questionable attempt at security, the SVR4.2 shell, +when invoked without the @option{-p} option, will alter its real +and effective @sc{uid} and @sc{gid} if they are less than some +magic threshold value, commonly 100. +This can lead to unexpected results. + +@item +The SVR4.2 shell does not allow users to trap @code{SIGSEGV}, +@code{SIGALRM}, or @code{SIGCHLD}. + +@item +The SVR4.2 shell does not allow the @env{IFS}, @env{MAILCHECK}, +@env{PATH}, @env{PS1}, or @env{PS2} variables to be unset. + +@item +The SVR4.2 shell treats @samp{^} as the undocumented equivalent of +@samp{|}. + +@item +Bash allows multiple option arguments when it is invoked (@code{-x -v}); +the SVR4.2 shell allows only one option argument (@code{-xv}). In +fact, some versions of the shell dump core if the second argument begins +with a @samp{-}. + +@item +The SVR4.2 shell exits a script if any builtin fails; Bash exits +a script only if one of the @sc{posix} special builtins fails, and +only for certain failures, as enumerated in the @sc{posix} standard. + +@item +The SVR4.2 shell behaves differently when invoked as @code{jsh} +(it turns on job control). +@end itemize + +@node Copying This Manual +@appendix Copying This Manual + +@menu +* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual. +@end menu + +@include fdl.texi + +@node Builtin Index +@unnumbered Index of Shell Builtin Commands +@printindex bt + +@node Reserved Word Index +@unnumbered Index of Shell Reserved Words +@printindex rw + +@node Variable Index +@unnumbered Parameter and Variable Index +@printindex vr + +@node Function Index +@unnumbered Function Index +@printindex fn + +@node Concept Index +@unnumbered Concept Index +@printindex cp + +@bye diff --git a/doc/version.texi b/doc/version.texi index 484f61696..1f386b4c1 100644 --- a/doc/version.texi +++ b/doc/version.texi @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ Copyright (C) 1988-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @end ignore -@set LASTCHANGE Wed Nov 8 11:21:28 EST 2006 +@set LASTCHANGE Tue Nov 21 10:50:07 EST 2006 @set EDITION 3.2 @set VERSION 3.2 -@set UPDATED 8 November 2006 +@set UPDATED 21 November 2006 @set UPDATED-MONTH November 2006 diff --git a/doc/version.texi~ b/doc/version.texi~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..484f61696 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/version.texi~ @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +@ignore +Copyright (C) 1988-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +@end ignore + +@set LASTCHANGE Wed Nov 8 11:21:28 EST 2006 + +@set EDITION 3.2 +@set VERSION 3.2 +@set UPDATED 8 November 2006 +@set UPDATED-MONTH November 2006 diff --git a/examples/loadables/Makefile.in b/examples/loadables/Makefile.in index ff851db53..c505263eb 100644 --- a/examples/loadables/Makefile.in +++ b/examples/loadables/Makefile.in @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ INC = -I. -I.. -I$(topdir) -I$(topdir)/lib -I$(topdir)/builtins \ ALLPROG = print truefalse sleep pushd finfo logname basename dirname \ tty pathchk tee head mkdir rmdir printenv id whoami \ - uname sync push ln unlink cut realpath getconf strftime mypid` + uname sync push ln unlink cut realpath getconf strftime mypid OTHERPROG = necho hello cat all: $(SHOBJ_STATUS) diff --git a/examples/loadables/Makefile.in~ b/examples/loadables/Makefile.in~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff851db53 --- /dev/null +++ b/examples/loadables/Makefile.in~ @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +# +# Simple makefile for the sample loadable builtins +# +# Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +# Include some boilerplate Gnu makefile definitions. +prefix = @prefix@ + +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +bindir = @bindir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +infodir = @infodir@ +includedir = @includedir@ + +topdir = @top_srcdir@ +BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +VPATH = .:@srcdir@ + +@SET_MAKE@ +CC = @CC@ +RM = rm -f + +SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@ + +host_os = @host_os@ +host_cpu = @host_cpu@ +host_vendor = @host_vendor@ + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@ +DEFS = @DEFS@ +LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ + +BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include + +LIBBUILD = ${BUILD_DIR}/lib + +INTL_LIBSRC = ${topdir}/lib/intl +INTL_BUILDDIR = ${LIBBUILD}/intl +INTL_INC = @INTL_INC@ +LIBINTL_H = @LIBINTL_H@ + +CCFLAGS = $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +# +# These values are generated for configure by ${topdir}/support/shobj-conf. +# If your system is not supported by that script, but includes facilities for +# dynamic loading of shared objects, please update the script and send the +# changes to bash-maintainers@gnu.org. +# +SHOBJ_CC = @SHOBJ_CC@ +SHOBJ_CFLAGS = @SHOBJ_CFLAGS@ +SHOBJ_LD = @SHOBJ_LD@ +SHOBJ_LDFLAGS = @SHOBJ_LDFLAGS@ +SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS = @SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS@ +SHOBJ_LIBS = @SHOBJ_LIBS@ +SHOBJ_STATUS = @SHOBJ_STATUS@ + +INC = -I. -I.. -I$(topdir) -I$(topdir)/lib -I$(topdir)/builtins \ + -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(BUILD_DIR) -I$(LIBBUILD) \ + -I$(BUILD_DIR)/builtins $(INTL_INC) + +.c.o: + $(SHOBJ_CC) $(SHOBJ_CFLAGS) $(CCFLAGS) $(INC) -c -o $@ $< + + +ALLPROG = print truefalse sleep pushd finfo logname basename dirname \ + tty pathchk tee head mkdir rmdir printenv id whoami \ + uname sync push ln unlink cut realpath getconf strftime mypid` +OTHERPROG = necho hello cat + +all: $(SHOBJ_STATUS) + +supported: $(ALLPROG) +others: $(OTHERPROG) + +unsupported: + @echo "Your system (${host_os}) is not supported by the" + @echo "${topdir}/support/shobj-conf script." + @echo "If your operating system provides facilities for dynamic" + @echo "loading of shared objects using the dlopen(3) interface," + @echo "please update the script and re-run configure. + @echo "Please send the changes you made to bash-maintainers@gnu.org" + @echo "for inclusion in future bash releases." + +everything: supported others + +print: print.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ print.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +necho: necho.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ necho.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +getconf: getconf.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ getconf.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +hello: hello.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ hello.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +truefalse: truefalse.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ truefalse.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +sleep: sleep.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ sleep.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +finfo: finfo.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ finfo.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +cat: cat.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ cat.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +logname: logname.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ logname.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +basename: basename.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ basename.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +dirname: dirname.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ dirname.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +tty: tty.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ tty.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +pathchk: pathchk.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ pathchk.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +tee: tee.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ tee.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +mkdir: mkdir.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ mkdir.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +rmdir: rmdir.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ rmdir.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +head: head.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ head.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +printenv: printenv.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ printenv.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +id: id.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ id.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +whoami: whoami.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ whoami.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +uname: uname.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ uname.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +sync: sync.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ sync.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +push: push.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ push.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +ln: ln.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ ln.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +unlink: unlink.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ unlink.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +cut: cut.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ cut.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +realpath: realpath.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ realpath.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +strftime: strftime.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ strftime.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +mypid: mypid.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ mypid.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +# pushd is a special case. We use the same source that the builtin version +# uses, with special compilation options. +# +pushd.c: ${topdir}/builtins/pushd.def + $(RM) $@ + ${BUILD_DIR}/builtins/mkbuiltins -D ${topdir}/builtins ${topdir}/builtins/pushd.def + +pushd.o: pushd.c + $(RM) $@ + $(SHOBJ_CC) -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DPUSHD_AND_POPD -DLOADABLE_BUILTIN $(SHOBJ_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(INC) -c -o $@ $< + +pushd: pushd.o + $(SHOBJ_LD) $(SHOBJ_LDFLAGS) $(SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS) -o $@ pushd.o $(SHOBJ_LIBS) + +clean: + $(RM) $(ALLPROG) $(OTHERPROG) *.o + -( cd perl && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} $@ ) + +mostlyclean: clean + -( cd perl && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} $@ ) + +distclean maintainer-clean: clean + $(RM) Makefile pushd.c + -( cd perl && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} $@ ) + +print.o: print.c +truefalse.o: truefalse.c +sleep.o: sleep.c +finfo.o: finfo.c +logname.o: logname.c +basename.o: basename.c +dirname.o: dirname.c +tty.o: tty.c +pathchk.o: pathchk.c +tee.o: tee.c +head.o: head.c +rmdir.o: rmdir.c +necho.o: necho.c +getconf.o: getconf.c +hello.o: hello.c +cat.o: cat.c +printenv.o: printenv.c +id.o: id.c +whoami.o: whoami.c +uname.o: uname.c +sync.o: sync.c +push.o: push.c +mkdir.o: mkdir.c +realpath.o: realpath.c +strftime.o: strftime.c +mypid.o: mypid.c diff --git a/findcmd.c b/findcmd.c index 6f5ff8584..27720f8aa 100644 --- a/findcmd.c +++ b/findcmd.c @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ search_for_command (pathname) if (hashed_file && (posixly_correct || check_hashed_filenames)) { st = file_status (hashed_file); - if ((st ^ (FS_EXISTS | FS_EXECABLE)) != 0) + if ((st & (FS_EXISTS|FS_EXECABLE)) != (FS_EXISTS|FS_EXECABLE)) { phash_remove (pathname); free (hashed_file); diff --git a/findcmd.c~ b/findcmd.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c5a12db5 --- /dev/null +++ b/findcmd.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ +/* findcmd.c -- Functions to search for commands by name. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + + Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT + ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public + License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the + Free Software Foundation Inc., + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include "config.h" + +#include +#include "chartypes.h" +#include "bashtypes.h" +#if !defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +# include +#endif +#include "filecntl.h" +#include "posixstat.h" + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include "bashansi.h" + +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "flags.h" +#include "hashlib.h" +#include "pathexp.h" +#include "hashcmd.h" +#include "findcmd.h" /* matching prototypes and declarations */ + +extern int posixly_correct; + +/* Static functions defined and used in this file. */ +static char *_find_user_command_internal __P((const char *, int)); +static char *find_user_command_internal __P((const char *, int)); +static char *find_user_command_in_path __P((const char *, char *, int)); +static char *find_in_path_element __P((const char *, char *, int, int, struct stat *)); +static char *find_absolute_program __P((const char *, int)); + +static char *get_next_path_element __P((char *, int *)); + +/* The file name which we would try to execute, except that it isn't + possible to execute it. This is the first file that matches the + name that we are looking for while we are searching $PATH for a + suitable one to execute. If we cannot find a suitable executable + file, then we use this one. */ +static char *file_to_lose_on; + +/* Non-zero if we should stat every command found in the hash table to + make sure it still exists. */ +int check_hashed_filenames; + +/* DOT_FOUND_IN_SEARCH becomes non-zero when find_user_command () + encounters a `.' as the directory pathname while scanning the + list of possible pathnames; i.e., if `.' comes before the directory + containing the file of interest. */ +int dot_found_in_search = 0; + +/* Return some flags based on information about this file. + The EXISTS bit is non-zero if the file is found. + The EXECABLE bit is non-zero the file is executble. + Zero is returned if the file is not found. */ +int +file_status (name) + const char *name; +{ + struct stat finfo; + int r; + + /* Determine whether this file exists or not. */ + if (stat (name, &finfo) < 0) + return (0); + + /* If the file is a directory, then it is not "executable" in the + sense of the shell. */ + if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode)) + return (FS_EXISTS|FS_DIRECTORY); + + r = FS_EXISTS; + +#if defined (AFS) + /* We have to use access(2) to determine access because AFS does not + support Unix file system semantics. This may produce wrong + answers for non-AFS files when ruid != euid. I hate AFS. */ + if (access (name, X_OK) == 0) + r |= FS_EXECABLE; + if (access (name, R_OK) == 0) + r |= FS_READABLE; + + return r; +#else /* !AFS */ + + /* Find out if the file is actually executable. By definition, the + only other criteria is that the file has an execute bit set that + we can use. The same with whether or not a file is readable. */ + + /* Root only requires execute permission for any of owner, group or + others to be able to exec a file, and can read any file. */ + if (current_user.euid == (uid_t)0) + { + r |= FS_READABLE; + if (finfo.st_mode & S_IXUGO) + r |= FS_EXECABLE; + return r; + } + + /* If we are the owner of the file, the owner bits apply. */ + if (current_user.euid == finfo.st_uid) + { + if (finfo.st_mode & S_IXUSR) + r |= FS_EXECABLE; + if (finfo.st_mode & S_IRUSR) + r |= FS_READABLE; + } + + /* If we are in the owning group, the group permissions apply. */ + else if (group_member (finfo.st_gid)) + { + if (finfo.st_mode & S_IXGRP) + r |= FS_EXECABLE; + if (finfo.st_mode & S_IRGRP) + r |= FS_READABLE; + } + + /* Else we check whether `others' have permission to execute the file */ + else + { + if (finfo.st_mode & S_IXOTH) + r |= FS_EXECABLE; + if (finfo.st_mode & S_IROTH) + r |= FS_READABLE; + } + + return r; +#endif /* !AFS */ +} + +/* Return non-zero if FILE exists and is executable. + Note that this function is the definition of what an + executable file is; do not change this unless YOU know + what an executable file is. */ +int +executable_file (file) + const char *file; +{ + int s; + + s = file_status (file); + return ((s & FS_EXECABLE) && ((s & FS_DIRECTORY) == 0)); +} + +int +is_directory (file) + const char *file; +{ + return (file_status (file) & FS_DIRECTORY); +} + +int +executable_or_directory (file) + const char *file; +{ + int s; + + s = file_status (file); + return ((s & FS_EXECABLE) || (s & FS_DIRECTORY)); +} + +/* Locate the executable file referenced by NAME, searching along + the contents of the shell PATH variable. Return a new string + which is the full pathname to the file, or NULL if the file + couldn't be found. If a file is found that isn't executable, + and that is the only match, then return that. */ +char * +find_user_command (name) + const char *name; +{ + return (find_user_command_internal (name, FS_EXEC_PREFERRED|FS_NODIRS)); +} + +/* Locate the file referenced by NAME, searching along the contents + of the shell PATH variable. Return a new string which is the full + pathname to the file, or NULL if the file couldn't be found. This + returns the first readable file found; designed to be used to look + for shell scripts or files to source. */ +char * +find_path_file (name) + const char *name; +{ + return (find_user_command_internal (name, FS_READABLE)); +} + +static char * +_find_user_command_internal (name, flags) + const char *name; + int flags; +{ + char *path_list, *cmd; + SHELL_VAR *var; + + /* Search for the value of PATH in both the temporary environments and + in the regular list of variables. */ + if (var = find_variable_internal ("PATH", 1)) /* XXX could be array? */ + path_list = value_cell (var); + else + path_list = (char *)NULL; + + if (path_list == 0 || *path_list == '\0') + return (savestring (name)); + + cmd = find_user_command_in_path (name, path_list, flags); + + return (cmd); +} + +static char * +find_user_command_internal (name, flags) + const char *name; + int flags; +{ +#ifdef __WIN32__ + char *res, *dotexe; + + dotexe = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (name) + 5); + strcpy (dotexe, name); + strcat (dotexe, ".exe"); + res = _find_user_command_internal (dotexe, flags); + free (dotexe); + if (res == 0) + res = _find_user_command_internal (name, flags); + return res; +#else + return (_find_user_command_internal (name, flags)); +#endif +} + +/* Return the next element from PATH_LIST, a colon separated list of + paths. PATH_INDEX_POINTER is the address of an index into PATH_LIST; + the index is modified by this function. + Return the next element of PATH_LIST or NULL if there are no more. */ +static char * +get_next_path_element (path_list, path_index_pointer) + char *path_list; + int *path_index_pointer; +{ + char *path; + + path = extract_colon_unit (path_list, path_index_pointer); + + if (path == 0) + return (path); + + if (*path == '\0') + { + free (path); + path = savestring ("."); + } + + return (path); +} + +/* Look for PATHNAME in $PATH. Returns either the hashed command + corresponding to PATHNAME or the first instance of PATHNAME found + in $PATH. Returns a newly-allocated string. */ +char * +search_for_command (pathname) + const char *pathname; +{ + char *hashed_file, *command; + int temp_path, st; + SHELL_VAR *path; + + hashed_file = command = (char *)NULL; + + /* If PATH is in the temporary environment for this command, don't use the + hash table to search for the full pathname. */ + path = find_variable_internal ("PATH", 1); + temp_path = path && tempvar_p (path); + if (temp_path == 0 && path) + path = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL; + + /* Don't waste time trying to find hashed data for a pathname + that is already completely specified or if we're using a command- + specific value for PATH. */ + if (path == 0 && absolute_program (pathname) == 0) + hashed_file = phash_search (pathname); + + /* If a command found in the hash table no longer exists, we need to + look for it in $PATH. Thank you Posix.2. This forces us to stat + every command found in the hash table. */ + + if (hashed_file && (posixly_correct || check_hashed_filenames)) + { + st = file_status (hashed_file); +#if 0 + if ((st ^ (FS_EXISTS | FS_EXECABLE)) != 0) +#else + if ((st & (FS_EXISTS|FS_EXECABLE)) != (FS_EXISTS|FS_EXECABLE)) +#endif + { + phash_remove (pathname); + free (hashed_file); + hashed_file = (char *)NULL; + } + } + + if (hashed_file) + command = hashed_file; + else if (absolute_program (pathname)) + /* A command containing a slash is not looked up in PATH or saved in + the hash table. */ + command = savestring (pathname); + else + { + /* If $PATH is in the temporary environment, we've already retrieved + it, so don't bother trying again. */ + if (temp_path) + { + command = find_user_command_in_path (pathname, value_cell (path), + FS_EXEC_PREFERRED|FS_NODIRS); + } + else + command = find_user_command (pathname); + if (command && hashing_enabled && temp_path == 0) + phash_insert ((char *)pathname, command, dot_found_in_search, 1); /* XXX fix const later */ + } + return (command); +} + +char * +user_command_matches (name, flags, state) + const char *name; + int flags, state; +{ + register int i; + int path_index, name_len; + char *path_list, *path_element, *match; + struct stat dotinfo; + static char **match_list = NULL; + static int match_list_size = 0; + static int match_index = 0; + + if (state == 0) + { + /* Create the list of matches. */ + if (match_list == 0) + { + match_list_size = 5; + match_list = strvec_create (match_list_size); + } + + /* Clear out the old match list. */ + for (i = 0; i < match_list_size; i++) + match_list[i] = 0; + + /* We haven't found any files yet. */ + match_index = 0; + + if (absolute_program (name)) + { + match_list[0] = find_absolute_program (name, flags); + match_list[1] = (char *)NULL; + path_list = (char *)NULL; + } + else + { + name_len = strlen (name); + file_to_lose_on = (char *)NULL; + dot_found_in_search = 0; + stat (".", &dotinfo); + path_list = get_string_value ("PATH"); + path_index = 0; + } + + while (path_list && path_list[path_index]) + { + path_element = get_next_path_element (path_list, &path_index); + + if (path_element == 0) + break; + + match = find_in_path_element (name, path_element, flags, name_len, &dotinfo); + + free (path_element); + + if (match == 0) + continue; + + if (match_index + 1 == match_list_size) + { + match_list_size += 10; + match_list = strvec_resize (match_list, (match_list_size + 1)); + } + + match_list[match_index++] = match; + match_list[match_index] = (char *)NULL; + FREE (file_to_lose_on); + file_to_lose_on = (char *)NULL; + } + + /* We haven't returned any strings yet. */ + match_index = 0; + } + + match = match_list[match_index]; + + if (match) + match_index++; + + return (match); +} + +static char * +find_absolute_program (name, flags) + const char *name; + int flags; +{ + int st; + + st = file_status (name); + + /* If the file doesn't exist, quit now. */ + if ((st & FS_EXISTS) == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + /* If we only care about whether the file exists or not, return + this filename. Otherwise, maybe we care about whether this + file is executable. If it is, and that is what we want, return it. */ + if ((flags & FS_EXISTS) || ((flags & FS_EXEC_ONLY) && (st & FS_EXECABLE))) + return (savestring (name)); + + return (NULL); +} + +static char * +find_in_path_element (name, path, flags, name_len, dotinfop) + const char *name; + char *path; + int flags, name_len; + struct stat *dotinfop; +{ + int status; + char *full_path, *xpath; + + xpath = (*path == '~') ? bash_tilde_expand (path, 0) : path; + + /* Remember the location of "." in the path, in all its forms + (as long as they begin with a `.', e.g. `./.') */ + if (dot_found_in_search == 0 && *xpath == '.') + dot_found_in_search = same_file (".", xpath, dotinfop, (struct stat *)NULL); + + full_path = sh_makepath (xpath, name, 0); + + status = file_status (full_path); + + if (xpath != path) + free (xpath); + + if ((status & FS_EXISTS) == 0) + { + free (full_path); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + /* The file exists. If the caller simply wants the first file, here it is. */ + if (flags & FS_EXISTS) + return (full_path); + + /* If we have a readable file, and the caller wants a readable file, this + is it. */ + if ((flags & FS_READABLE) && (status & FS_READABLE)) + return (full_path); + + /* If the file is executable, then it satisfies the cases of + EXEC_ONLY and EXEC_PREFERRED. Return this file unconditionally. */ + if ((status & FS_EXECABLE) && (flags & (FS_EXEC_ONLY|FS_EXEC_PREFERRED)) && + (((flags & FS_NODIRS) == 0) || ((status & FS_DIRECTORY) == 0))) + { + FREE (file_to_lose_on); + file_to_lose_on = (char *)NULL; + return (full_path); + } + + /* The file is not executable, but it does exist. If we prefer + an executable, then remember this one if it is the first one + we have found. */ + if ((flags & FS_EXEC_PREFERRED) && file_to_lose_on == 0) + file_to_lose_on = savestring (full_path); + + /* If we want only executable files, or we don't want directories and + this file is a directory, or we want a readable file and this file + isn't readable, fail. */ + if ((flags & (FS_EXEC_ONLY|FS_EXEC_PREFERRED)) || + ((flags & FS_NODIRS) && (status & FS_DIRECTORY)) || + ((flags & FS_READABLE) && (status & FS_READABLE) == 0)) + { + free (full_path); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + else + return (full_path); +} + +/* This does the dirty work for find_user_command_internal () and + user_command_matches (). + NAME is the name of the file to search for. + PATH_LIST is a colon separated list of directories to search. + FLAGS contains bit fields which control the files which are eligible. + Some values are: + FS_EXEC_ONLY: The file must be an executable to be found. + FS_EXEC_PREFERRED: If we can't find an executable, then the + the first file matching NAME will do. + FS_EXISTS: The first file found will do. + FS_NODIRS: Don't find any directories. +*/ +static char * +find_user_command_in_path (name, path_list, flags) + const char *name; + char *path_list; + int flags; +{ + char *full_path, *path; + int path_index, name_len; + struct stat dotinfo; + + /* We haven't started looking, so we certainly haven't seen + a `.' as the directory path yet. */ + dot_found_in_search = 0; + + if (absolute_program (name)) + { + full_path = find_absolute_program (name, flags); + return (full_path); + } + + if (path_list == 0 || *path_list == '\0') + return (savestring (name)); /* XXX */ + + file_to_lose_on = (char *)NULL; + name_len = strlen (name); + stat (".", &dotinfo); + path_index = 0; + + while (path_list[path_index]) + { + /* Allow the user to interrupt out of a lengthy path search. */ + QUIT; + + path = get_next_path_element (path_list, &path_index); + if (path == 0) + break; + + /* Side effects: sets dot_found_in_search, possibly sets + file_to_lose_on. */ + full_path = find_in_path_element (name, path, flags, name_len, &dotinfo); + free (path); + + /* This should really be in find_in_path_element, but there isn't the + right combination of flags. */ + if (full_path && is_directory (full_path)) + { + free (full_path); + continue; + } + + if (full_path) + { + FREE (file_to_lose_on); + return (full_path); + } + } + + /* We didn't find exactly what the user was looking for. Return + the contents of FILE_TO_LOSE_ON which is NULL when the search + required an executable, or non-NULL if a file was found and the + search would accept a non-executable as a last resort. If the + caller specified FS_NODIRS, and file_to_lose_on is a directory, + return NULL. */ + if (file_to_lose_on && (flags & FS_NODIRS) && is_directory (file_to_lose_on)) + { + free (file_to_lose_on); + file_to_lose_on = (char *)NULL; + } + + return (file_to_lose_on); +} diff --git a/jobs.c b/jobs.c index c4d5b1fb9..e7977a4d8 100644 --- a/jobs.c +++ b/jobs.c @@ -984,8 +984,6 @@ delete_job (job_index, dflags) temp = jobs[job_index]; if (temp == 0) return; - if (job_index == js.j_current || job_index == js.j_previous) - reset_current (); if ((dflags & DEL_NOBGPID) == 0) { @@ -1028,6 +1026,9 @@ delete_job (job_index, dflags) js.j_firstj = js.j_lastj = 0; else if (jobs[js.j_firstj] == 0 || jobs[js.j_lastj] == 0) reset_job_indices (); + + if (job_index == js.j_current || job_index == js.j_previous) + reset_current (); } /* Must be called with SIGCHLD blocked. */ @@ -1771,8 +1772,10 @@ make_child (command, async_p) pipe_close (pgrp_pipe); #endif /* PGRP_PIPE */ +#if 0 if (async_p) last_asynchronous_pid = mypid; /* XXX */ +#endif #if defined (RECYCLES_PIDS) else if (last_asynchronous_pid == mypid) /* Avoid pid aliasing. 1 seems like a safe, unusual pid value. */ diff --git a/jobs.c~ b/jobs.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ccf4aed --- /dev/null +++ b/jobs.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,4068 @@ +/* The thing that makes children, remembers them, and contains wait loops. */ + +/* This file works with both POSIX and BSD systems. It implements job + control. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1989-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + + Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free + Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later + version. + + Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License + for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +#include "config.h" + +#include "bashtypes.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include "posixtime.h" + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H) && defined (HAVE_WAIT3) && !defined (_POSIX_VERSION) && !defined (RLIMTYPE) +# include +#endif /* !_POSIX_VERSION && HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H && HAVE_WAIT3 && !RLIMTYPE */ + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +# include +#endif + +#include "filecntl.h" +#include +#include + +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) +# include "input.h" +#endif + +/* Need to include this up here for *_TTY_DRIVER definitions. */ +#include "shtty.h" + +/* Define this if your output is getting swallowed. It's a no-op on + machines with the termio or termios tty drivers. */ +/* #define DRAIN_OUTPUT */ + +/* For the TIOCGPGRP and TIOCSPGRP ioctl parameters on HP-UX */ +#if defined (hpux) && !defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) +# include +#endif /* hpux && !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#include "bashansi.h" +#include "bashintl.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "flags.h" + +#include "builtins/builtext.h" +#include "builtins/common.h" + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +#define DEFAULT_CHILD_MAX 32 +#if !defined (DEBUG) +#define MAX_JOBS_IN_ARRAY 4096 /* production */ +#else +#define MAX_JOBS_IN_ARRAY 128 /* testing */ +#endif + +/* Flag values for second argument to delete_job */ +#define DEL_WARNSTOPPED 1 /* warn about deleting stopped jobs */ +#define DEL_NOBGPID 2 /* don't add pgrp leader to bgpids */ + +/* Take care of system dependencies that must be handled when waiting for + children. The arguments to the WAITPID macro match those to the Posix.1 + waitpid() function. */ + +#if defined (ultrix) && defined (mips) && defined (_POSIX_VERSION) +# define WAITPID(pid, statusp, options) \ + wait3 ((union wait *)statusp, options, (struct rusage *)0) +#else +# if defined (_POSIX_VERSION) || defined (HAVE_WAITPID) +# define WAITPID(pid, statusp, options) \ + waitpid ((pid_t)pid, statusp, options) +# else +# if defined (HAVE_WAIT3) +# define WAITPID(pid, statusp, options) \ + wait3 (statusp, options, (struct rusage *)0) +# else +# define WAITPID(pid, statusp, options) \ + wait3 (statusp, options, (int *)0) +# endif /* HAVE_WAIT3 */ +# endif /* !_POSIX_VERSION && !HAVE_WAITPID*/ +#endif /* !(Ultrix && mips && _POSIX_VERSION) */ + +/* getpgrp () varies between systems. Even systems that claim to be + Posix.1 compatible lie sometimes (Ultrix, SunOS4, apollo). */ +#if defined (GETPGRP_VOID) +# define getpgid(p) getpgrp () +#else +# define getpgid(p) getpgrp (p) +#endif /* !GETPGRP_VOID */ + +/* If the system needs it, REINSTALL_SIGCHLD_HANDLER will reinstall the + handler for SIGCHLD. */ +#if defined (MUST_REINSTALL_SIGHANDLERS) +# define REINSTALL_SIGCHLD_HANDLER signal (SIGCHLD, sigchld_handler) +#else +# define REINSTALL_SIGCHLD_HANDLER +#endif /* !MUST_REINSTALL_SIGHANDLERS */ + +/* Some systems let waitpid(2) tell callers about stopped children. */ +#if !defined (WCONTINUED) || defined (WCONTINUED_BROKEN) +# undef WCONTINUED +# define WCONTINUED 0 +#endif +#if !defined (WIFCONTINUED) +# define WIFCONTINUED(s) (0) +#endif + +/* The number of additional slots to allocate when we run out. */ +#define JOB_SLOTS 8 + +typedef int sh_job_map_func_t __P((JOB *, int, int, int)); + +/* Variables used here but defined in other files. */ +extern int subshell_environment, line_number; +extern int posixly_correct, shell_level; +extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal; +extern int loop_level, breaking; +extern int sourcelevel; +extern int running_trap; +extern sh_builtin_func_t *this_shell_builtin; +extern char *shell_name, *this_command_name; +extern sigset_t top_level_mask; +extern procenv_t wait_intr_buf; +extern int wait_signal_received; +extern WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist; + +static struct jobstats zerojs = { -1L, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, NO_JOB, NO_JOB, 0, 0 }; +struct jobstats js = { -1L, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, NO_JOB, NO_JOB, 0, 0 }; + +struct bgpids bgpids = { 0, 0, 0 }; + +/* The array of known jobs. */ +JOB **jobs = (JOB **)NULL; + +#if 0 +/* The number of slots currently allocated to JOBS. */ +int job_slots = 0; +#endif + +/* The controlling tty for this shell. */ +int shell_tty = -1; + +/* The shell's process group. */ +pid_t shell_pgrp = NO_PID; + +/* The terminal's process group. */ +pid_t terminal_pgrp = NO_PID; + +/* The process group of the shell's parent. */ +pid_t original_pgrp = NO_PID; + +/* The process group of the pipeline currently being made. */ +pid_t pipeline_pgrp = (pid_t)0; + +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) +/* Pipes which each shell uses to communicate with the process group leader + until all of the processes in a pipeline have been started. Then the + process leader is allowed to continue. */ +int pgrp_pipe[2] = { -1, -1 }; +#endif + +#if 0 +/* The job which is current; i.e. the one that `%+' stands for. */ +int current_job = NO_JOB; + +/* The previous job; i.e. the one that `%-' stands for. */ +int previous_job = NO_JOB; +#endif + +/* Last child made by the shell. */ +pid_t last_made_pid = NO_PID; + +/* Pid of the last asynchronous child. */ +pid_t last_asynchronous_pid = NO_PID; + +/* The pipeline currently being built. */ +PROCESS *the_pipeline = (PROCESS *)NULL; + +/* If this is non-zero, do job control. */ +int job_control = 1; + +/* Call this when you start making children. */ +int already_making_children = 0; + +/* If this is non-zero, $LINES and $COLUMNS are reset after every process + exits from get_tty_state(). */ +int check_window_size; + +/* Functions local to this file. */ + +static void run_sigchld_trap __P((int)); + +static sighandler wait_sigint_handler __P((int)); +static sighandler sigchld_handler __P((int)); +static sighandler sigcont_sighandler __P((int)); +static sighandler sigstop_sighandler __P((int)); + +static int waitchld __P((pid_t, int)); + +static PROCESS *find_pipeline __P((pid_t, int, int *)); +static PROCESS *find_process __P((pid_t, int, int *)); + +static char *current_working_directory __P((void)); +static char *job_working_directory __P((void)); +static char *j_strsignal __P((int)); +static char *printable_job_status __P((int, PROCESS *, int)); + +static PROCESS *find_last_proc __P((int, int)); +static pid_t find_last_pid __P((int, int)); + +static int set_new_line_discipline __P((int)); +static int map_over_jobs __P((sh_job_map_func_t *, int, int)); +static int job_last_stopped __P((int)); +static int job_last_running __P((int)); +static int most_recent_job_in_state __P((int, JOB_STATE)); +static int find_job __P((pid_t, int, PROCESS **)); +static int print_job __P((JOB *, int, int, int)); +static int process_exit_status __P((WAIT)); +static int process_exit_signal __P((WAIT)); +static int job_exit_status __P((int)); +static int job_exit_signal __P((int)); +static int set_job_status_and_cleanup __P((int)); + +static WAIT raw_job_exit_status __P((int)); + +static void notify_of_job_status __P((void)); +static void reset_job_indices __P((void)); +static void cleanup_dead_jobs __P((void)); +static int processes_in_job __P((int)); +static void realloc_jobs_list __P((void)); +static int compact_jobs_list __P((int)); +static int discard_pipeline __P((PROCESS *)); +static void add_process __P((char *, pid_t)); +static void print_pipeline __P((PROCESS *, int, int, FILE *)); +static void pretty_print_job __P((int, int, FILE *)); +static void set_current_job __P((int)); +static void reset_current __P((void)); +static void set_job_running __P((int)); +static void setjstatus __P((int)); +static void mark_all_jobs_as_dead __P((void)); +static void mark_dead_jobs_as_notified __P((int)); +static void restore_sigint_handler __P((void)); +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) +static void pipe_read __P((int *)); +static void pipe_close __P((int *)); +#endif + +static struct pidstat *bgp_alloc __P((pid_t, int)); +static struct pidstat *bgp_add __P((pid_t, int)); +static int bgp_delete __P((pid_t)); +static void bgp_clear __P((void)); +static int bgp_search __P((pid_t)); +static void bgp_prune __P((void)); + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) +static int *pstatuses; /* list of pipeline statuses */ +static int statsize; +#endif + +/* Used to synchronize between wait_for and other functions and the SIGCHLD + signal handler. */ +static int sigchld; +static int queue_sigchld; + +#define QUEUE_SIGCHLD(os) (os) = sigchld, queue_sigchld++ + +#define UNQUEUE_SIGCHLD(os) \ + do { \ + queue_sigchld--; \ + if (queue_sigchld == 0 && os != sigchld) \ + waitchld (-1, 0); \ + } while (0) + +static SigHandler *old_tstp, *old_ttou, *old_ttin; +static SigHandler *old_cont = (SigHandler *)SIG_DFL; + +/* A place to temporarily save the current pipeline. */ +static PROCESS *saved_pipeline; +static int saved_already_making_children; + +/* Set this to non-zero whenever you don't want the jobs list to change at + all: no jobs deleted and no status change notifications. This is used, + for example, when executing SIGCHLD traps, which may run arbitrary + commands. */ +static int jobs_list_frozen; + +static char retcode_name_buffer[64]; + +/* flags to detect pid wraparound */ +static pid_t first_pid = NO_PID; +static int pid_wrap = -1; + +#if !defined (_POSIX_VERSION) + +/* These are definitions to map POSIX 1003.1 functions onto existing BSD + library functions and system calls. */ +#define setpgid(pid, pgrp) setpgrp (pid, pgrp) +#define tcsetpgrp(fd, pgrp) ioctl ((fd), TIOCSPGRP, &(pgrp)) + +pid_t +tcgetpgrp (fd) + int fd; +{ + pid_t pgrp; + + /* ioctl will handle setting errno correctly. */ + if (ioctl (fd, TIOCGPGRP, &pgrp) < 0) + return (-1); + return (pgrp); +} + +#endif /* !_POSIX_VERSION */ + +/* Initialize the global job stats structure and other bookkeeping variables */ +void +init_job_stats () +{ + js = zerojs; + first_pid = NO_PID; + pid_wrap = -1; +} + +/* Return the working directory for the current process. Unlike + job_working_directory, this does not call malloc (), nor do any + of the functions it calls. This is so that it can safely be called + from a signal handler. */ +static char * +current_working_directory () +{ + char *dir; + static char d[PATH_MAX]; + + dir = get_string_value ("PWD"); + + if (dir == 0 && the_current_working_directory && no_symbolic_links) + dir = the_current_working_directory; + + if (dir == 0) + { + dir = getcwd (d, sizeof(d)); + if (dir) + dir = d; + } + + return (dir == 0) ? "" : dir; +} + +/* Return the working directory for the current process. */ +static char * +job_working_directory () +{ + char *dir; + + dir = get_string_value ("PWD"); + if (dir) + return (savestring (dir)); + + dir = get_working_directory ("job-working-directory"); + if (dir) + return (dir); + + return (savestring ("")); +} + +void +making_children () +{ + if (already_making_children) + return; + + already_making_children = 1; + start_pipeline (); +} + +void +stop_making_children () +{ + already_making_children = 0; +} + +void +cleanup_the_pipeline () +{ + PROCESS *disposer; + sigset_t set, oset; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + disposer = the_pipeline; + the_pipeline = (PROCESS *)NULL; + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + if (disposer) + discard_pipeline (disposer); +} + +void +save_pipeline (clear) + int clear; +{ + saved_pipeline = the_pipeline; + if (clear) + the_pipeline = (PROCESS *)NULL; + saved_already_making_children = already_making_children; +} + +void +restore_pipeline (discard) + int discard; +{ + PROCESS *old_pipeline; + + old_pipeline = the_pipeline; + the_pipeline = saved_pipeline; + already_making_children = saved_already_making_children; + if (discard) + discard_pipeline (old_pipeline); +} + +/* Start building a pipeline. */ +void +start_pipeline () +{ + if (the_pipeline) + { + cleanup_the_pipeline (); + pipeline_pgrp = 0; +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) + pipe_close (pgrp_pipe); +#endif + } + +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) + if (job_control) + { + if (pipe (pgrp_pipe) == -1) + sys_error ("start_pipeline: pgrp pipe"); + } +#endif +} + +/* Stop building a pipeline. Install the process list in the job array. + This returns the index of the newly installed job. + DEFERRED is a command structure to be executed upon satisfactory + execution exit of this pipeline. */ +int +stop_pipeline (async, deferred) + int async; + COMMAND *deferred; +{ + register int i, j; + JOB *newjob; + sigset_t set, oset; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) + /* The parent closes the process group synchronization pipe. */ + pipe_close (pgrp_pipe); +#endif + + cleanup_dead_jobs (); + + if (js.j_jobslots == 0) + { + js.j_jobslots = JOB_SLOTS; + jobs = (JOB **)xmalloc (js.j_jobslots * sizeof (JOB *)); + + /* Now blank out these new entries. */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + jobs[i] = (JOB *)NULL; + + js.j_firstj = js.j_lastj = js.j_njobs = 0; + } + + /* Scan from the last slot backward, looking for the next free one. */ + /* XXX - revisit this interactive assumption */ + /* XXX - this way for now */ + if (interactive) + { + for (i = js.j_jobslots; i; i--) + if (jobs[i - 1]) + break; + } + else + { +#if 0 + /* This wraps around, but makes it inconvenient to extend the array */ + for (i = js.j_lastj+1; i != js.j_lastj; i++) + { + if (i >= js.j_jobslots) + i = 0; + if (jobs[i] == 0) + break; + } + if (i == js.j_lastj) + i = js.j_jobslots; +#else + /* This doesn't wrap around yet. */ + for (i = js.j_lastj ? js.j_lastj + 1 : js.j_lastj; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + if (jobs[i] == 0) + break; +#endif + } + + /* Do we need more room? */ + + /* First try compaction */ + if ((interactive_shell == 0 || subshell_environment) && i == js.j_jobslots && js.j_jobslots >= MAX_JOBS_IN_ARRAY) + i = compact_jobs_list (0); + + /* If we can't compact, reallocate */ + if (i == js.j_jobslots) + { + js.j_jobslots += JOB_SLOTS; + jobs = (JOB **)xrealloc (jobs, (js.j_jobslots * sizeof (JOB *))); + + for (j = i; j < js.j_jobslots; j++) + jobs[j] = (JOB *)NULL; + } + + /* Add the current pipeline to the job list. */ + if (the_pipeline) + { + register PROCESS *p; + int any_running, any_stopped, n; + + newjob = (JOB *)xmalloc (sizeof (JOB)); + + for (n = 1, p = the_pipeline; p->next != the_pipeline; n++, p = p->next) + ; + p->next = (PROCESS *)NULL; + newjob->pipe = REVERSE_LIST (the_pipeline, PROCESS *); + for (p = newjob->pipe; p->next; p = p->next) + ; + p->next = newjob->pipe; + + the_pipeline = (PROCESS *)NULL; + newjob->pgrp = pipeline_pgrp; + pipeline_pgrp = 0; + + newjob->flags = 0; + + /* Flag to see if in another pgrp. */ + if (job_control) + newjob->flags |= J_JOBCONTROL; + + /* Set the state of this pipeline. */ + p = newjob->pipe; + any_running = any_stopped = 0; + do + { + any_running |= PRUNNING (p); + any_stopped |= PSTOPPED (p); + p = p->next; + } + while (p != newjob->pipe); + + newjob->state = any_running ? JRUNNING : (any_stopped ? JSTOPPED : JDEAD); + newjob->wd = job_working_directory (); + newjob->deferred = deferred; + + newjob->j_cleanup = (sh_vptrfunc_t *)NULL; + newjob->cleanarg = (PTR_T) NULL; + + jobs[i] = newjob; + if (newjob->state == JDEAD && (newjob->flags & J_FOREGROUND)) + setjstatus (i); + if (newjob->state == JDEAD) + { + js.c_reaped += n; /* wouldn't have been done since this was not part of a job */ + js.j_ndead++; + } + js.c_injobs += n; + + js.j_lastj = i; + js.j_njobs++; + } + else + newjob = (JOB *)NULL; + + if (newjob) + js.j_lastmade = newjob; + + if (async) + { + if (newjob) + { + newjob->flags &= ~J_FOREGROUND; + newjob->flags |= J_ASYNC; + js.j_lastasync = newjob; + } + reset_current (); + } + else + { + if (newjob) + { + newjob->flags |= J_FOREGROUND; + /* + * !!!!! NOTE !!!!! (chet@ins.cwru.edu) + * + * The currently-accepted job control wisdom says to set the + * terminal's process group n+1 times in an n-step pipeline: + * once in the parent and once in each child. This is where + * the parent gives it away. + * + * Don't give the terminal away if this shell is an asynchronous + * subshell. + * + */ + if (job_control && newjob->pgrp && (subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0) + give_terminal_to (newjob->pgrp, 0); + } + } + + stop_making_children (); + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + return (js.j_current); +} + +/* Functions to manage the list of exited background pids whose status has + been saved. */ + +static struct pidstat * +bgp_alloc (pid, status) + pid_t pid; + int status; +{ + struct pidstat *ps; + + ps = (struct pidstat *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct pidstat)); + ps->pid = pid; + ps->status = status; + ps->next = (struct pidstat *)0; + return ps; +} + +static struct pidstat * +bgp_add (pid, status) + pid_t pid; + int status; +{ + struct pidstat *ps; + + ps = bgp_alloc (pid, status); + + if (bgpids.list == 0) + { + bgpids.list = bgpids.end = ps; + bgpids.npid = 0; /* just to make sure */ + } + else + { + bgpids.end->next = ps; + bgpids.end = ps; + } + bgpids.npid++; + + if (bgpids.npid > js.c_childmax) + bgp_prune (); + + return ps; +} + +static int +bgp_delete (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + struct pidstat *prev, *p; + + for (prev = p = bgpids.list; p; prev = p, p = p->next) + if (p->pid == pid) + { + prev->next = p->next; /* remove from list */ + break; + } + + if (p == 0) + return 0; /* not found */ + +#if defined (DEBUG) + itrace("bgp_delete: deleting %d", pid); +#endif + + /* Housekeeping in the border cases. */ + if (p == bgpids.list) + bgpids.list = bgpids.list->next; + else if (p == bgpids.end) + bgpids.end = prev; + + bgpids.npid--; + if (bgpids.npid == 0) + bgpids.list = bgpids.end = 0; + else if (bgpids.npid == 1) + bgpids.end = bgpids.list; /* just to make sure */ + + free (p); + return 1; +} + +/* Clear out the list of saved statuses */ +static void +bgp_clear () +{ + struct pidstat *ps, *p; + + for (ps = bgpids.list; ps; ) + { + p = ps; + ps = ps->next; + free (p); + } + bgpids.list = bgpids.end = 0; + bgpids.npid = 0; +} + +/* Search for PID in the list of saved background pids; return its status if + found. If not found, return -1. */ +static int +bgp_search (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + struct pidstat *ps; + + for (ps = bgpids.list ; ps; ps = ps->next) + if (ps->pid == pid) + return ps->status; + return -1; +} + +static void +bgp_prune () +{ + struct pidstat *ps; + + while (bgpids.npid > js.c_childmax) + { + ps = bgpids.list; + bgpids.list = bgpids.list->next; + free (ps); + bgpids.npid--; + } +} + +/* Reset the values of js.j_lastj and js.j_firstj after one or both have + been deleted. The caller should check whether js.j_njobs is 0 before + calling this. This wraps around, but the rest of the code does not. At + this point, it should not matter. */ +static void +reset_job_indices () +{ + int old; + + if (jobs[js.j_firstj] == 0) + { + old = js.j_firstj++; + while (js.j_firstj != old) + { + if (js.j_firstj >= js.j_jobslots) + js.j_firstj = 0; + if (jobs[js.j_firstj]) + break; + js.j_firstj++; + } + if (js.j_firstj == old) + js.j_firstj = js.j_lastj = js.j_njobs = 0; + } + if (jobs[js.j_lastj] == 0) + { + old = js.j_lastj--; + while (js.j_lastj != old) + { + if (js.j_lastj < 0) + js.j_lastj = js.j_jobslots - 1; + if (jobs[js.j_lastj]) + break; + js.j_lastj--; + } + if (js.j_lastj == old) + js.j_firstj = js.j_lastj = js.j_njobs = 0; + } +} + +/* Delete all DEAD jobs that the user had received notification about. */ +static void +cleanup_dead_jobs () +{ + register int i; + int os; + + if (js.j_jobslots == 0 || jobs_list_frozen) + return; + + QUEUE_SIGCHLD(os); + + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj and js.j_lastj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { +#if defined (DEBUG) + if (i < js.j_firstj && jobs[i]) + itrace("cleanup_dead_jobs: job %d non-null before js.j_firstj (%d)", i, js.j_firstj); + if (i > js.j_lastj && jobs[i]) + itrace("cleanup_dead_jobs: job %d non-null after js.j_lastj (%d)", i, js.j_lastj); +#endif + + if (jobs[i] && DEADJOB (i) && IS_NOTIFIED (i)) + delete_job (i, 0); + } + UNQUEUE_SIGCHLD(os); +} + +static int +processes_in_job (job) +{ + int nproc; + register PROCESS *p; + + nproc = 0; + p = jobs[job]->pipe; + do + { + p = p->next; + nproc++; + } + while (p != jobs[job]->pipe); + + return nproc; +} + +static void +delete_old_job (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + PROCESS *p; + int job; + + job = find_job (pid, 0, &p); + if (job != NO_JOB) + { +#ifdef DEBUG + itrace ("delete_old_job: found pid %d in job %d with state %d", pid, job, jobs[job]->state); +#endif + if (JOBSTATE (job) == JDEAD) + delete_job (job, DEL_NOBGPID); + else + { + internal_warning (_("forked pid %d appears in running job %d"), pid, job); + if (p) + p->pid = 0; + } + } +} + +/* Reallocate and compress the jobs list. This returns with a jobs array + whose size is a multiple of JOB_SLOTS and can hold the current number of + jobs. Heuristics are used to minimize the number of new reallocs. */ +static void +realloc_jobs_list () +{ + sigset_t set, oset; + int nsize, i, j, ncur, nprev; + JOB **nlist; + + ncur = nprev = NO_JOB; + nsize = ((js.j_njobs + JOB_SLOTS - 1) / JOB_SLOTS); + nsize *= JOB_SLOTS; + i = js.j_njobs % JOB_SLOTS; + if (i == 0 || i > (JOB_SLOTS >> 1)) + nsize += JOB_SLOTS; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + nlist = (js.j_jobslots == nsize) ? jobs : (JOB **) xmalloc (nsize * sizeof (JOB *)); + + for (i = j = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + if (jobs[i]) + { + if (i == js.j_current) + ncur = j; + if (i == js.j_previous) + nprev = j; + nlist[j++] = jobs[i]; + } + +#if defined (DEBUG) + itrace ("realloc_jobs_list: resize jobs list from %d to %d", js.j_jobslots, nsize); + itrace ("realloc_jobs_list: j_lastj changed from %d to %d", js.j_lastj, (j > 0) ? j - 1 : 0); + itrace ("realloc_jobs_list: j_njobs changed from %d to %d", js.j_njobs, (j > 0) ? j - 1 : 0); +#endif + + js.j_firstj = 0; + js.j_lastj = (j > 0) ? j - 1 : 0; + js.j_njobs = j; + js.j_jobslots = nsize; + + /* Zero out remaining slots in new jobs list */ + for ( ; j < nsize; j++) + nlist[j] = (JOB *)NULL; + + if (jobs != nlist) + { + free (jobs); + jobs = nlist; + } + + if (ncur != NO_JOB) + js.j_current = ncur; + if (nprev != NO_JOB) + js.j_previous = nprev; + + /* Need to reset these */ + if (js.j_current == NO_JOB || js.j_previous == NO_JOB || js.j_current > js.j_lastj || js.j_previous > js.j_lastj) + reset_current (); + +#ifdef DEBUG + itrace ("realloc_jobs_list: reset js.j_current (%d) and js.j_previous (%d)", js.j_current, js.j_previous); +#endif + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); +} + +/* Compact the jobs list by removing dead jobs. Assumed that we have filled + the jobs array to some predefined maximum. Called when the shell is not + the foreground process (subshell_environment != 0). Returns the first + available slot in the compacted list. If that value is js.j_jobslots, then + the list needs to be reallocated. The jobs array may be in new memory if + this returns > 0 and < js.j_jobslots. FLAGS is reserved for future use. */ +static int +compact_jobs_list (flags) + int flags; +{ + if (js.j_jobslots == 0 || jobs_list_frozen) + return js.j_jobslots; + + reap_dead_jobs (); + realloc_jobs_list (); + + return (js.j_lastj); +} + +/* Delete the job at INDEX from the job list. Must be called + with SIGCHLD blocked. */ +void +delete_job (job_index, dflags) + int job_index, dflags; +{ + register JOB *temp; + PROCESS *proc; + int ndel; + + if (js.j_jobslots == 0 || jobs_list_frozen) + return; + + if ((dflags & DEL_WARNSTOPPED) && subshell_environment == 0 && STOPPED (job_index)) + internal_warning (_("deleting stopped job %d with process group %ld"), job_index+1, (long)jobs[job_index]->pgrp); + temp = jobs[job_index]; + if (temp == 0) + return; + + if ((dflags & DEL_NOBGPID) == 0) + { + proc = find_last_proc (job_index, 0); + /* Could do this just for J_ASYNC jobs, but we save all. */ + if (proc) + bgp_add (proc->pid, process_exit_status (proc->status)); + } + + jobs[job_index] = (JOB *)NULL; + if (temp == js.j_lastmade) + js.j_lastmade = 0; + else if (temp == js.j_lastasync) + js.j_lastasync = 0; + + free (temp->wd); + ndel = discard_pipeline (temp->pipe); + + js.c_injobs -= ndel; + if (temp->state == JDEAD) + { + js.c_reaped -= ndel; + js.j_ndead--; + if (js.c_reaped < 0) + { +#ifdef DEBUG + itrace("delete_job (%d pgrp %d): js.c_reaped (%d) < 0 ndel = %d js.j_ndead = %d", job_index, temp->pgrp, js.c_reaped, ndel, js.j_ndead); +#endif + js.c_reaped = 0; + } + } + + if (temp->deferred) + dispose_command (temp->deferred); + + free (temp); + + js.j_njobs--; + if (js.j_njobs == 0) + js.j_firstj = js.j_lastj = 0; + else if (jobs[js.j_firstj] == 0 || jobs[js.j_lastj] == 0) + reset_job_indices (); + + if (job_index == js.j_current || job_index == js.j_previous) + reset_current (); +} + +/* Must be called with SIGCHLD blocked. */ +void +nohup_job (job_index) + int job_index; +{ + register JOB *temp; + + if (js.j_jobslots == 0) + return; + + if (temp = jobs[job_index]) + temp->flags |= J_NOHUP; +} + +/* Get rid of the data structure associated with a process chain. */ +static int +discard_pipeline (chain) + register PROCESS *chain; +{ + register PROCESS *this, *next; + int n; + + this = chain; + n = 0; + do + { + next = this->next; + FREE (this->command); + free (this); + n++; + this = next; + } + while (this != chain); + + return n; +} + +/* Add this process to the chain being built in the_pipeline. + NAME is the command string that will be exec'ed later. + PID is the process id of the child. */ +static void +add_process (name, pid) + char *name; + pid_t pid; +{ + PROCESS *t, *p; + +#if defined (RECYCLES_PIDS) + int j; + p = find_process (pid, 0, &j); + if (p) + { +# ifdef DEBUG + if (j == NO_JOB) + internal_warning ("add_process: process %5ld (%s) in the_pipeline", (long)p->pid, p->command); +# endif + if (PALIVE (p)) + internal_warning ("add_process: pid %5ld (%s) marked as still alive", (long)p->pid, p->command); + p->running = PS_RECYCLED; /* mark as recycled */ + } +#endif + + t = (PROCESS *)xmalloc (sizeof (PROCESS)); + t->next = the_pipeline; + t->pid = pid; + WSTATUS (t->status) = 0; + t->running = PS_RUNNING; + t->command = name; + the_pipeline = t; + + if (t->next == 0) + t->next = t; + else + { + p = t->next; + while (p->next != t->next) + p = p->next; + p->next = t; + } +} + +#if 0 +/* Take the last job and make it the first job. Must be called with + SIGCHLD blocked. */ +int +rotate_the_pipeline () +{ + PROCESS *p; + + if (the_pipeline->next == the_pipeline) + return; + for (p = the_pipeline; p->next != the_pipeline; p = p->next) + ; + the_pipeline = p; +} + +/* Reverse the order of the processes in the_pipeline. Must be called with + SIGCHLD blocked. */ +int +reverse_the_pipeline () +{ + PROCESS *p, *n; + + if (the_pipeline->next == the_pipeline) + return; + + for (p = the_pipeline; p->next != the_pipeline; p = p->next) + ; + p->next = (PROCESS *)NULL; + + n = REVERSE_LIST (the_pipeline, PROCESS *); + + the_pipeline = n; + for (p = the_pipeline; p->next; p = p->next) + ; + p->next = the_pipeline; +} +#endif + +/* Map FUNC over the list of jobs. If FUNC returns non-zero, + then it is time to stop mapping, and that is the return value + for map_over_jobs. FUNC is called with a JOB, arg1, arg2, + and INDEX. */ +static int +map_over_jobs (func, arg1, arg2) + sh_job_map_func_t *func; + int arg1, arg2; +{ + register int i; + int result; + sigset_t set, oset; + + if (js.j_jobslots == 0) + return 0; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = result = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { +#if defined (DEBUG) + if (i < js.j_firstj && jobs[i]) + itrace("map_over_jobs: job %d non-null before js.j_firstj (%d)", i, js.j_firstj); + if (i > js.j_lastj && jobs[i]) + itrace("map_over_jobs: job %d non-null after js.j_lastj (%d)", i, js.j_lastj); +#endif + if (jobs[i]) + { + result = (*func)(jobs[i], arg1, arg2, i); + if (result) + break; + } + } + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + return (result); +} + +/* Cause all the jobs in the current pipeline to exit. */ +void +terminate_current_pipeline () +{ + if (pipeline_pgrp && pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp) + { + killpg (pipeline_pgrp, SIGTERM); + killpg (pipeline_pgrp, SIGCONT); + } +} + +/* Cause all stopped jobs to exit. */ +void +terminate_stopped_jobs () +{ + register int i; + + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { + if (jobs[i] && STOPPED (i)) + { + killpg (jobs[i]->pgrp, SIGTERM); + killpg (jobs[i]->pgrp, SIGCONT); + } + } +} + +/* Cause all jobs, running or stopped, to receive a hangup signal. If + a job is marked J_NOHUP, don't send the SIGHUP. */ +void +hangup_all_jobs () +{ + register int i; + + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { + if (jobs[i]) + { + if (jobs[i]->flags & J_NOHUP) + continue; + killpg (jobs[i]->pgrp, SIGHUP); + if (STOPPED (i)) + killpg (jobs[i]->pgrp, SIGCONT); + } + } +} + +void +kill_current_pipeline () +{ + stop_making_children (); + start_pipeline (); +} + +/* Return the pipeline that PID belongs to. Note that the pipeline + doesn't have to belong to a job. Must be called with SIGCHLD blocked. + If JOBP is non-null, return the index of the job containing PID. */ +static PROCESS * +find_pipeline (pid, alive_only, jobp) + pid_t pid; + int alive_only; + int *jobp; /* index into jobs list or NO_JOB */ +{ + int job; + PROCESS *p; + + /* See if this process is in the pipeline that we are building. */ + if (jobp) + *jobp = NO_JOB; + if (the_pipeline) + { + p = the_pipeline; + do + { + /* Return it if we found it. Don't ever return a recycled pid. */ + if (p->pid == pid && ((alive_only == 0 && PRECYCLED(p) == 0) || PALIVE(p))) + return (p); + + p = p->next; + } + while (p != the_pipeline); + } + + job = find_job (pid, alive_only, &p); + if (jobp) + *jobp = job; + return (job == NO_JOB) ? (PROCESS *)NULL : jobs[job]->pipe; +} + +/* Return the PROCESS * describing PID. If JOBP is non-null return the index + into the jobs array of the job containing PID. Must be called with + SIGCHLD blocked. */ +static PROCESS * +find_process (pid, alive_only, jobp) + pid_t pid; + int alive_only; + int *jobp; /* index into jobs list or NO_JOB */ +{ + PROCESS *p; + + p = find_pipeline (pid, alive_only, jobp); + while (p && p->pid != pid) + p = p->next; + return p; +} + +/* Return the job index that PID belongs to, or NO_JOB if it doesn't + belong to any job. Must be called with SIGCHLD blocked. */ +static int +find_job (pid, alive_only, procp) + pid_t pid; + int alive_only; + PROCESS **procp; +{ + register int i; + PROCESS *p; + + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here, and should check js.j_lastj */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { +#if defined (DEBUG) + if (i < js.j_firstj && jobs[i]) + itrace("find_job: job %d non-null before js.j_firstj (%d)", i, js.j_firstj); + if (i > js.j_lastj && jobs[i]) + itrace("find_job: job %d non-null after js.j_lastj (%d)", i, js.j_lastj); +#endif + if (jobs[i]) + { + p = jobs[i]->pipe; + + do + { + if (p->pid == pid && ((alive_only == 0 && PRECYCLED(p) == 0) || PALIVE(p))) + { + if (procp) + *procp = p; + return (i); + } + + p = p->next; + } + while (p != jobs[i]->pipe); + } + } + + return (NO_JOB); +} + +/* Find a job given a PID. If BLOCK is non-zero, block SIGCHLD as + required by find_job. */ +int +get_job_by_pid (pid, block) + pid_t pid; + int block; +{ + int job; + sigset_t set, oset; + + if (block) + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + job = find_job (pid, 0, NULL); + + if (block) + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + return job; +} + +/* Print descriptive information about the job with leader pid PID. */ +void +describe_pid (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + int job; + sigset_t set, oset; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + job = find_job (pid, 0, NULL); + + if (job != NO_JOB) + fprintf (stderr, "[%d] %ld\n", job + 1, (long)pid); + else + programming_error (_("describe_pid: %ld: no such pid"), (long)pid); + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); +} + +static char * +j_strsignal (s) + int s; +{ + char *x; + + x = strsignal (s); + if (x == 0) + { + x = retcode_name_buffer; + sprintf (x, "Signal %d", s); + } + return x; +} + +static char * +printable_job_status (j, p, format) + int j; + PROCESS *p; + int format; +{ + static char *temp; + int es; + + temp = "Done"; + + if (STOPPED (j) && format == 0) + { + if (posixly_correct == 0 || p == 0 || (WIFSTOPPED (p->status) == 0)) + temp = "Stopped"; + else + { + temp = retcode_name_buffer; + sprintf (temp, "Stopped(%s)", signal_name (WSTOPSIG (p->status))); + } + } + else if (RUNNING (j)) + temp = "Running"; + else + { + if (WIFSTOPPED (p->status)) + temp = j_strsignal (WSTOPSIG (p->status)); + else if (WIFSIGNALED (p->status)) + temp = j_strsignal (WTERMSIG (p->status)); + else if (WIFEXITED (p->status)) + { + temp = retcode_name_buffer; + es = WEXITSTATUS (p->status); + if (es == 0) + strcpy (temp, "Done"); + else if (posixly_correct) + sprintf (temp, "Done(%d)", es); + else + sprintf (temp, "Exit %d", es); + } + else + temp = "Unknown status"; + } + + return temp; +} + +/* This is the way to print out information on a job if you + know the index. FORMAT is: + + JLIST_NORMAL) [1]+ Running emacs + JLIST_LONG ) [1]+ 2378 Running emacs + -1 ) [1]+ 2378 emacs + + JLIST_NORMAL) [1]+ Stopped ls | more + JLIST_LONG ) [1]+ 2369 Stopped ls + 2367 | more + JLIST_PID_ONLY) + Just list the pid of the process group leader (really + the process group). + JLIST_CHANGED_ONLY) + Use format JLIST_NORMAL, but list only jobs about which + the user has not been notified. */ + +/* Print status for pipeline P. If JOB_INDEX is >= 0, it is the index into + the JOBS array corresponding to this pipeline. FORMAT is as described + above. Must be called with SIGCHLD blocked. + + If you're printing a pipeline that's not in the jobs array, like the + current pipeline as it's being created, pass -1 for JOB_INDEX */ +static void +print_pipeline (p, job_index, format, stream) + PROCESS *p; + int job_index, format; + FILE *stream; +{ + PROCESS *first, *last, *show; + int es, name_padding; + char *temp; + + if (p == 0) + return; + + first = last = p; + while (last->next != first) + last = last->next; + + for (;;) + { + if (p != first) + fprintf (stream, format ? " " : " |"); + + if (format != JLIST_STANDARD) + fprintf (stream, "%5ld", (long)p->pid); + + fprintf (stream, " "); + + if (format > -1 && job_index >= 0) + { + show = format ? p : last; + temp = printable_job_status (job_index, show, format); + + if (p != first) + { + if (format) + { + if (show->running == first->running && + WSTATUS (show->status) == WSTATUS (first->status)) + temp = ""; + } + else + temp = (char *)NULL; + } + + if (temp) + { + fprintf (stream, "%s", temp); + + es = STRLEN (temp); + if (es == 0) + es = 2; /* strlen ("| ") */ + name_padding = LONGEST_SIGNAL_DESC - es; + + fprintf (stream, "%*s", name_padding, ""); + + if ((WIFSTOPPED (show->status) == 0) && + (WIFCONTINUED (show->status) == 0) && + WIFCORED (show->status)) + fprintf (stream, "(core dumped) "); + } + } + + if (p != first && format) + fprintf (stream, "| "); + + if (p->command) + fprintf (stream, "%s", p->command); + + if (p == last && job_index >= 0) + { + temp = current_working_directory (); + + if (RUNNING (job_index) && (IS_FOREGROUND (job_index) == 0)) + fprintf (stream, " &"); + + if (strcmp (temp, jobs[job_index]->wd) != 0) + fprintf (stream, + " (wd: %s)", polite_directory_format (jobs[job_index]->wd)); + } + + if (format || (p == last)) + { + /* We need to add a CR only if this is an interactive shell, and + we're reporting the status of a completed job asynchronously. + We can't really check whether this particular job is being + reported asynchronously, so just add the CR if the shell is + currently interactive and asynchronous notification is enabled. */ + if (asynchronous_notification && interactive) + fprintf (stream, "\r\n"); + else + fprintf (stream, "\n"); + } + + if (p == last) + break; + p = p->next; + } + fflush (stream); +} + +/* Print information to STREAM about jobs[JOB_INDEX] according to FORMAT. + Must be called with SIGCHLD blocked or queued with queue_sigchld */ +static void +pretty_print_job (job_index, format, stream) + int job_index, format; + FILE *stream; +{ + register PROCESS *p; + + /* Format only pid information about the process group leader? */ + if (format == JLIST_PID_ONLY) + { + fprintf (stream, "%ld\n", (long)jobs[job_index]->pipe->pid); + return; + } + + if (format == JLIST_CHANGED_ONLY) + { + if (IS_NOTIFIED (job_index)) + return; + format = JLIST_STANDARD; + } + + if (format != JLIST_NONINTERACTIVE) + fprintf (stream, "[%d]%c ", job_index + 1, + (job_index == js.j_current) ? '+': + (job_index == js.j_previous) ? '-' : ' '); + + if (format == JLIST_NONINTERACTIVE) + format = JLIST_LONG; + + p = jobs[job_index]->pipe; + + print_pipeline (p, job_index, format, stream); + + /* We have printed information about this job. When the job's + status changes, waitchld () sets the notification flag to 0. */ + jobs[job_index]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; +} + +static int +print_job (job, format, state, job_index) + JOB *job; + int format, state, job_index; +{ + if (state == -1 || (JOB_STATE)state == job->state) + pretty_print_job (job_index, format, stdout); + return (0); +} + +void +list_one_job (job, format, ignore, job_index) + JOB *job; + int format, ignore, job_index; +{ + pretty_print_job (job_index, format, stdout); +} + +void +list_stopped_jobs (format) + int format; +{ + cleanup_dead_jobs (); + map_over_jobs (print_job, format, (int)JSTOPPED); +} + +void +list_running_jobs (format) + int format; +{ + cleanup_dead_jobs (); + map_over_jobs (print_job, format, (int)JRUNNING); +} + +/* List jobs. If FORMAT is non-zero, then the long form of the information + is printed, else just a short version. */ +void +list_all_jobs (format) + int format; +{ + cleanup_dead_jobs (); + map_over_jobs (print_job, format, -1); +} + +/* Fork, handling errors. Returns the pid of the newly made child, or 0. + COMMAND is just for remembering the name of the command; we don't do + anything else with it. ASYNC_P says what to do with the tty. If + non-zero, then don't give it away. */ +pid_t +make_child (command, async_p) + char *command; + int async_p; +{ + sigset_t set, oset; + pid_t pid; + + sigemptyset (&set); + sigaddset (&set, SIGCHLD); + sigaddset (&set, SIGINT); + sigemptyset (&oset); + sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &set, &oset); + + making_children (); + +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + /* If default_buffered_input is active, we are reading a script. If + the command is asynchronous, we have already duplicated /dev/null + as fd 0, but have not changed the buffered stream corresponding to + the old fd 0. We don't want to sync the stream in this case. */ + if (default_buffered_input != -1 && + (!async_p || default_buffered_input > 0)) + sync_buffered_stream (default_buffered_input); +#endif /* BUFFERED_INPUT */ + + /* Create the child, handle severe errors. */ + if ((pid = fork ()) < 0) + { + sys_error ("fork"); + + /* Kill all of the processes in the current pipeline. */ + terminate_current_pipeline (); + + /* Discard the current pipeline, if any. */ + if (the_pipeline) + kill_current_pipeline (); + + throw_to_top_level (); /* Reset signals, etc. */ + } + + if (pid == 0) + { + /* In the child. Give this child the right process group, set the + signals to the default state for a new process. */ + pid_t mypid; + + mypid = getpid (); +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + /* Close default_buffered_input if it's > 0. We don't close it if it's + 0 because that's the file descriptor used when redirecting input, + and it's wrong to close the file in that case. */ + unset_bash_input (0); +#endif /* BUFFERED_INPUT */ + + /* Restore top-level signal mask. */ + sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &top_level_mask, (sigset_t *)NULL); + + if (job_control) + { + /* All processes in this pipeline belong in the same + process group. */ + + if (pipeline_pgrp == 0) /* This is the first child. */ + pipeline_pgrp = mypid; + + /* Check for running command in backquotes. */ + if (pipeline_pgrp == shell_pgrp) + ignore_tty_job_signals (); + else + default_tty_job_signals (); + + /* Set the process group before trying to mess with the terminal's + process group. This is mandated by POSIX. */ + /* This is in accordance with the Posix 1003.1 standard, + section B.7.2.4, which says that trying to set the terminal + process group with tcsetpgrp() to an unused pgrp value (like + this would have for the first child) is an error. Section + B.4.3.3, p. 237 also covers this, in the context of job control + shells. */ + if (setpgid (mypid, pipeline_pgrp) < 0) + sys_error ("child setpgid (%ld to %ld)", (long)mypid, (long)pipeline_pgrp); + + /* By convention (and assumption above), if + pipeline_pgrp == shell_pgrp, we are making a child for + command substitution. + In this case, we don't want to give the terminal to the + shell's process group (we could be in the middle of a + pipeline, for example). */ + if (async_p == 0 && pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp && ((subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0)) + give_terminal_to (pipeline_pgrp, 0); + +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) + if (pipeline_pgrp == mypid) + pipe_read (pgrp_pipe); +#endif + } + else /* Without job control... */ + { + if (pipeline_pgrp == 0) + pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp; + + /* If these signals are set to SIG_DFL, we encounter the curious + situation of an interactive ^Z to a running process *working* + and stopping the process, but being unable to do anything with + that process to change its state. On the other hand, if they + are set to SIG_IGN, jobs started from scripts do not stop when + the shell running the script gets a SIGTSTP and stops. */ + + default_tty_job_signals (); + } + +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) + /* Release the process group pipe, since our call to setpgid () + is done. The last call to pipe_close is done in stop_pipeline. */ + pipe_close (pgrp_pipe); +#endif /* PGRP_PIPE */ + + if (async_p) + last_asynchronous_pid = mypid; /* XXX */ +#if defined (RECYCLES_PIDS) + else if (last_asynchronous_pid == mypid) + /* Avoid pid aliasing. 1 seems like a safe, unusual pid value. */ + last_asynchronous_pid = 1; +#endif + } + else + { + /* In the parent. Remember the pid of the child just created + as the proper pgrp if this is the first child. */ + + if (first_pid == NO_PID) + first_pid = pid; + else if (pid_wrap == -1 && pid < first_pid) + pid_wrap = 0; + else if (pid_wrap == 0 && pid >= first_pid) + pid_wrap = 1; + + if (job_control) + { + if (pipeline_pgrp == 0) + { + pipeline_pgrp = pid; + /* Don't twiddle terminal pgrps in the parent! This is the bug, + not the good thing of twiddling them in the child! */ + /* give_terminal_to (pipeline_pgrp, 0); */ + } + /* This is done on the recommendation of the Rationale section of + the POSIX 1003.1 standard, where it discusses job control and + shells. It is done to avoid possible race conditions. (Ref. + 1003.1 Rationale, section B.4.3.3, page 236). */ + setpgid (pid, pipeline_pgrp); + } + else + { + if (pipeline_pgrp == 0) + pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp; + } + + /* Place all processes into the jobs array regardless of the + state of job_control. */ + add_process (command, pid); + + if (async_p) + last_asynchronous_pid = pid; +#if defined (RECYCLES_PIDS) + else if (last_asynchronous_pid == pid) + /* Avoid pid aliasing. 1 seems like a safe, unusual pid value. */ + last_asynchronous_pid = 1; +#endif + + if (pid_wrap > 0) + delete_old_job (pid); + +#if !defined (RECYCLES_PIDS) + /* Only check for saved status if we've saved more than CHILD_MAX + statuses, unless the system recycles pids. */ + if ((js.c_reaped + bgpids.npid) >= js.c_childmax) +#endif + bgp_delete (pid); /* new process, discard any saved status */ + + last_made_pid = pid; + + /* keep stats */ + js.c_totforked++; + js.c_living++; + + /* Unblock SIGINT and SIGCHLD unless creating a pipeline, in which case + SIGCHLD remains blocked until all commands in the pipeline have been + created. */ + sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oset, (sigset_t *)NULL); + } + + return (pid); +} + +/* These two functions are called only in child processes. */ +void +ignore_tty_job_signals () +{ + set_signal_handler (SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTIN, SIG_IGN); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN); +} + +void +default_tty_job_signals () +{ + set_signal_handler (SIGTSTP, SIG_DFL); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTIN, SIG_DFL); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTOU, SIG_DFL); +} + +/* When we end a job abnormally, or if we stop a job, we set the tty to the + state kept in here. When a job ends normally, we set the state in here + to the state of the tty. */ + +static TTYSTRUCT shell_tty_info; + +#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) +static struct tchars shell_tchars; +static struct ltchars shell_ltchars; +#endif /* NEW_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) && defined (DRAIN_OUTPUT) +/* Since the BSD tty driver does not allow us to change the tty modes + while simultaneously waiting for output to drain and preserving + typeahead, we have to drain the output ourselves before calling + ioctl. We cheat by finding the length of the output queue, and + using select to wait for an appropriate length of time. This is + a hack, and should be labeled as such (it's a hastily-adapted + mutation of a `usleep' implementation). It's only reason for + existing is the flaw in the BSD tty driver. */ + +static int ttspeeds[] = +{ + 0, 50, 75, 110, 134, 150, 200, 300, 600, 1200, + 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 +}; + +static void +draino (fd, ospeed) + int fd, ospeed; +{ + register int delay = ttspeeds[ospeed]; + int n; + + if (!delay) + return; + + while ((ioctl (fd, TIOCOUTQ, &n) == 0) && n) + { + if (n > (delay / 100)) + { + struct timeval tv; + + n *= 10; /* 2 bits more for conservativeness. */ + tv.tv_sec = n / delay; + tv.tv_usec = ((n % delay) * 1000000) / delay; + select (fd, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, (fd_set *)0, &tv); + } + else + break; + } +} +#endif /* NEW_TTY_DRIVER && DRAIN_OUTPUT */ + +/* Return the fd from which we are actually getting input. */ +#define input_tty() (shell_tty != -1) ? shell_tty : fileno (stderr) + +/* Fill the contents of shell_tty_info with the current tty info. */ +int +get_tty_state () +{ + int tty; + + tty = input_tty (); + if (tty != -1) + { +#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) + ioctl (tty, TIOCGETP, &shell_tty_info); + ioctl (tty, TIOCGETC, &shell_tchars); + ioctl (tty, TIOCGLTC, &shell_ltchars); +#endif /* NEW_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#if defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER) + ioctl (tty, TCGETA, &shell_tty_info); +#endif /* TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) + if (tcgetattr (tty, &shell_tty_info) < 0) + { +#if 0 + /* Only print an error message if we're really interactive at + this time. */ + if (interactive) + sys_error ("[%ld: %d] tcgetattr", (long)getpid (), shell_level); +#endif + return -1; + } +#endif /* TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */ + if (check_window_size) + get_new_window_size (0, (int *)0, (int *)0); + } + return 0; +} + +/* Make the current tty use the state in shell_tty_info. */ +int +set_tty_state () +{ + int tty; + + tty = input_tty (); + if (tty != -1) + { +#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) +# if defined (DRAIN_OUTPUT) + draino (tty, shell_tty_info.sg_ospeed); +# endif /* DRAIN_OUTPUT */ + ioctl (tty, TIOCSETN, &shell_tty_info); + ioctl (tty, TIOCSETC, &shell_tchars); + ioctl (tty, TIOCSLTC, &shell_ltchars); +#endif /* NEW_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#if defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER) + ioctl (tty, TCSETAW, &shell_tty_info); +#endif /* TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) + if (tcsetattr (tty, TCSADRAIN, &shell_tty_info) < 0) + { + /* Only print an error message if we're really interactive at + this time. */ + if (interactive) + sys_error ("[%ld: %d] tcsetattr", (long)getpid (), shell_level); + return -1; + } +#endif /* TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */ + } + return 0; +} + +/* Given an index into the jobs array JOB, return the PROCESS struct of the last + process in that job's pipeline. This is the one whose exit status + counts. Must be called with SIGCHLD blocked or queued. */ +static PROCESS * +find_last_proc (job, block) + int job; + int block; +{ + register PROCESS *p; + sigset_t set, oset; + + if (block) + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + p = jobs[job]->pipe; + while (p && p->next != jobs[job]->pipe) + p = p->next; + + if (block) + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + return (p); +} + +static pid_t +find_last_pid (job, block) + int job; + int block; +{ + PROCESS *p; + + p = find_last_proc (job, block); + /* Possible race condition here. */ + return p->pid; +} + +/* Wait for a particular child of the shell to finish executing. + This low-level function prints an error message if PID is not + a child of this shell. It returns -1 if it fails, or whatever + wait_for returns otherwise. If the child is not found in the + jobs table, it returns 127. */ +int +wait_for_single_pid (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + register PROCESS *child; + sigset_t set, oset; + int r, job; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + child = find_pipeline (pid, 0, (int *)NULL); + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + if (child == 0) + { + r = bgp_search (pid); + if (r >= 0) + return r; + } + + if (child == 0) + { + internal_error (_("wait: pid %ld is not a child of this shell"), (long)pid); + return (127); + } + + r = wait_for (pid); + + /* POSIX.2: if we just waited for a job, we can remove it from the jobs + table. */ + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + job = find_job (pid, 0, NULL); + if (job != NO_JOB && jobs[job] && DEADJOB (job)) + jobs[job]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + /* If running in posix mode, remove the job from the jobs table immediately */ + if (posixly_correct) + { + cleanup_dead_jobs (); + bgp_delete (pid); + } + + return r; +} + +/* Wait for all of the backgrounds of this shell to finish. */ +void +wait_for_background_pids () +{ + register int i, r, waited_for; + sigset_t set, oset; + pid_t pid; + + for (waited_for = 0;;) + { + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + /* find first running job; if none running in foreground, break */ + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj and js.j_lastj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { +#if defined (DEBUG) + if (i < js.j_firstj && jobs[i]) + itrace("wait_for_background_pids: job %d non-null before js.j_firstj (%d)", i, js.j_firstj); + if (i > js.j_lastj && jobs[i]) + itrace("wait_for_background_pids: job %d non-null after js.j_lastj (%d)", i, js.j_lastj); +#endif + if (jobs[i] && RUNNING (i) && IS_FOREGROUND (i) == 0) + break; + } + if (i == js.j_jobslots) + { + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + break; + } + + /* now wait for the last pid in that job. */ + pid = find_last_pid (i, 0); + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + QUIT; + errno = 0; /* XXX */ + r = wait_for_single_pid (pid); + if (r == -1) + { + /* If we're mistaken about job state, compensate. */ + if (errno == ECHILD) + mark_all_jobs_as_dead (); + } + else + waited_for++; + } + + /* POSIX.2 says the shell can discard the statuses of all completed jobs if + `wait' is called with no arguments. */ + mark_dead_jobs_as_notified (1); + cleanup_dead_jobs (); + bgp_clear (); +} + +/* Make OLD_SIGINT_HANDLER the SIGINT signal handler. */ +#define INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER (SigHandler *)wait_for_background_pids +static SigHandler *old_sigint_handler = INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER; + +static void +restore_sigint_handler () +{ + if (old_sigint_handler != INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER) + { + set_signal_handler (SIGINT, old_sigint_handler); + old_sigint_handler = INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER; + } +} + +static int wait_sigint_received; + +/* Handle SIGINT while we are waiting for children in a script to exit. + The `wait' builtin should be interruptible, but all others should be + effectively ignored (i.e. not cause the shell to exit). */ +static sighandler +wait_sigint_handler (sig) + int sig; +{ + SigHandler *sigint_handler; + + if (interrupt_immediately || + (this_shell_builtin && this_shell_builtin == wait_builtin)) + { + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + restore_sigint_handler (); + /* If we got a SIGINT while in `wait', and SIGINT is trapped, do + what POSIX.2 says (see builtins/wait.def for more info). */ + if (this_shell_builtin && this_shell_builtin == wait_builtin && + signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) && + ((sigint_handler = trap_to_sighandler (SIGINT)) == trap_handler)) + { + interrupt_immediately = 0; + trap_handler (SIGINT); /* set pending_traps[SIGINT] */ + wait_signal_received = SIGINT; + longjmp (wait_intr_buf, 1); + } + + ADDINTERRUPT; + QUIT; + } + + /* XXX - should this be interrupt_state? If it is, the shell will act + as if it got the SIGINT interrupt. */ + wait_sigint_received = 1; + + /* Otherwise effectively ignore the SIGINT and allow the running job to + be killed. */ + SIGRETURN (0); +} + +static int +process_exit_signal (status) + WAIT status; +{ + return (WIFSIGNALED (status) ? WTERMSIG (status) : 0); +} + +static int +process_exit_status (status) + WAIT status; +{ + if (WIFSIGNALED (status)) + return (128 + WTERMSIG (status)); + else if (WIFSTOPPED (status) == 0) + return (WEXITSTATUS (status)); + else + return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); +} + +/* Return the exit status of the last process in the pipeline for job JOB. + This is the exit status of the entire job. */ +static WAIT +raw_job_exit_status (job) + int job; +{ + register PROCESS *p; + int fail; + + if (pipefail_opt) + { + fail = 0; + p = jobs[job]->pipe; + do + { + if (p->status != EXECUTION_SUCCESS) fail = p->status; + p = p->next; + } + while (p != jobs[job]->pipe); + return fail; + } + + for (p = jobs[job]->pipe; p->next != jobs[job]->pipe; p = p->next) + ; + return (p->status); +} + +/* Return the exit status of job JOB. This is the exit status of the last + (rightmost) process in the job's pipeline, modified if the job was killed + by a signal or stopped. */ +static int +job_exit_status (job) + int job; +{ + return (process_exit_status (raw_job_exit_status (job))); +} + +static int +job_exit_signal (job) + int job; +{ + return (process_exit_signal (raw_job_exit_status (job))); +} + +#define FIND_CHILD(pid, child) \ + do \ + { \ + child = find_pipeline (pid, 0, (int *)NULL); \ + if (child == 0) \ + { \ + give_terminal_to (shell_pgrp, 0); \ + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); \ + internal_error (_("wait_for: No record of process %ld"), (long)pid); \ + restore_sigint_handler (); \ + return (termination_state = 127); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) + +/* Wait for pid (one of our children) to terminate, then + return the termination state. Returns 127 if PID is not found in + the jobs table. Returns -1 if waitchld() returns -1, indicating + that there are no unwaited-for child processes. */ +int +wait_for (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + int job, termination_state, r; + WAIT s; + register PROCESS *child; + sigset_t set, oset; + register PROCESS *p; + + /* In the case that this code is interrupted, and we longjmp () out of it, + we are relying on the code in throw_to_top_level () to restore the + top-level signal mask. */ + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + /* Ignore interrupts while waiting for a job run without job control + to finish. We don't want the shell to exit if an interrupt is + received, only if one of the jobs run is killed via SIGINT. If + job control is not set, the job will be run in the same pgrp as + the shell, and the shell will see any signals the job gets. */ + + /* This is possibly a race condition -- should it go in stop_pipeline? */ + wait_sigint_received = 0; + if (job_control == 0) + { + old_sigint_handler = set_signal_handler (SIGINT, wait_sigint_handler); + if (old_sigint_handler == SIG_IGN) + set_signal_handler (SIGINT, old_sigint_handler); + } + + termination_state = last_command_exit_value; + + if (interactive && job_control == 0) + QUIT; + + /* If we say wait_for (), then we have a record of this child somewhere. + If it and none of its peers are running, don't call waitchld(). */ + + job = NO_JOB; + do + { + FIND_CHILD (pid, child); + + /* If this child is part of a job, then we are really waiting for the + job to finish. Otherwise, we are waiting for the child to finish. + We check for JDEAD in case the job state has been set by waitchld + after receipt of a SIGCHLD. */ + if (job == NO_JOB) + job = find_job (pid, 0, NULL); + + /* waitchld() takes care of setting the state of the job. If the job + has already exited before this is called, sigchld_handler will have + called waitchld and the state will be set to JDEAD. */ + + if (PRUNNING(child) || (job != NO_JOB && RUNNING (job))) + { +#if defined (WAITPID_BROKEN) /* SCOv4 */ + sigset_t suspend_set; + sigemptyset (&suspend_set); + sigsuspend (&suspend_set); +#else /* !WAITPID_BROKEN */ +# if defined (MUST_UNBLOCK_CHLD) + struct sigaction act, oact; + sigset_t nullset, chldset; + + sigemptyset (&nullset); + sigemptyset (&chldset); + sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &nullset, &chldset); + act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; + sigemptyset (&act.sa_mask); + sigemptyset (&oact.sa_mask); + act.sa_flags = 0; + sigaction (SIGCHLD, &act, &oact); +# endif + queue_sigchld = 1; + r = waitchld (pid, 1); +# if defined (MUST_UNBLOCK_CHLD) + sigaction (SIGCHLD, &oact, (struct sigaction *)NULL); + sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &chldset, (sigset_t *)NULL); +# endif + queue_sigchld = 0; + if (r == -1 && errno == ECHILD && this_shell_builtin == wait_builtin) + { + termination_state = -1; + goto wait_for_return; + } + + /* If child is marked as running, but waitpid() returns -1/ECHILD, + there is something wrong. Somewhere, wait should have returned + that child's pid. Mark the child as not running and the job, + if it exists, as JDEAD. */ + if (r == -1 && errno == ECHILD) + { + child->running = PS_DONE; + child->status = 0; /* XXX -- can't find true status */ + js.c_living = 0; /* no living child processes */ + if (job != NO_JOB) + { + jobs[job]->state = JDEAD; + js.c_reaped++; + js.j_ndead++; + } + } +#endif /* WAITPID_BROKEN */ + } + + /* If the shell is interactive, and job control is disabled, see + if the foreground process has died due to SIGINT and jump out + of the wait loop if it has. waitchld has already restored the + old SIGINT signal handler. */ + if (interactive && job_control == 0) + QUIT; + } + while (PRUNNING (child) || (job != NO_JOB && RUNNING (job))); + + /* The exit state of the command is either the termination state of the + child, or the termination state of the job. If a job, the status + of the last child in the pipeline is the significant one. If the command + or job was terminated by a signal, note that value also. */ + termination_state = (job != NO_JOB) ? job_exit_status (job) + : process_exit_status (child->status); + last_command_exit_signal = (job != NO_JOB) ? job_exit_signal (job) + : process_exit_signal (child->status); + + /* XXX */ + if ((job != NO_JOB && JOBSTATE (job) == JSTOPPED) || WIFSTOPPED (child->status)) + termination_state = 128 + WSTOPSIG (child->status); + + if (job == NO_JOB || IS_JOBCONTROL (job)) + { + /* XXX - under what circumstances is a job not present in the jobs + table (job == NO_JOB)? + 1. command substitution + + In the case of command substitution, at least, it's probably not + the right thing to give the terminal to the shell's process group, + even though there is code in subst.c:command_substitute to work + around it. + + Things that don't: + $PROMPT_COMMAND execution + process substitution + */ +#if 0 +if (job == NO_JOB) + itrace("wait_for: job == NO_JOB, giving the terminal to shell_pgrp (%ld)", (long)shell_pgrp); +#endif + give_terminal_to (shell_pgrp, 0); + } + + /* If the command did not exit cleanly, or the job is just + being stopped, then reset the tty state back to what it + was before this command. Reset the tty state and notify + the user of the job termination only if the shell is + interactive. Clean up any dead jobs in either case. */ + if (job != NO_JOB) + { + if (interactive_shell && subshell_environment == 0) + { + /* This used to use `child->status'. That's wrong, however, for + pipelines. `child' is the first process in the pipeline. It's + likely that the process we want to check for abnormal termination + or stopping is the last process in the pipeline, especially if + it's long-lived and the first process is short-lived. Since we + know we have a job here, we can check all the processes in this + job's pipeline and see if one of them stopped or terminated due + to a signal. We might want to change this later to just check + the last process in the pipeline. If no process exits due to a + signal, S is left as the status of the last job in the pipeline. */ + p = jobs[job]->pipe; + do + { + s = p->status; + if (WIFSIGNALED(s) || WIFSTOPPED(s)) + break; + p = p->next; + } + while (p != jobs[job]->pipe); + + if (WIFSIGNALED (s) || WIFSTOPPED (s)) + { + set_tty_state (); + + /* If the current job was stopped or killed by a signal, and + the user has requested it, get a possibly new window size */ + if (check_window_size && (job == js.j_current || IS_FOREGROUND (job))) + get_new_window_size (0, (int *)0, (int *)0); + } + else + get_tty_state (); + + /* If job control is enabled, the job was started with job + control, the job was the foreground job, and it was killed + by SIGINT, then print a newline to compensate for the kernel + printing the ^C without a trailing newline. */ + if (job_control && IS_JOBCONTROL (job) && IS_FOREGROUND (job) && + WIFSIGNALED (s) && WTERMSIG (s) == SIGINT) + { + /* If SIGINT is not trapped and the shell is in a for, while, + or until loop, act as if the shell received SIGINT as + well, so the loop can be broken. This doesn't call the + SIGINT signal handler; maybe it should. */ + if (signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) == 0 && loop_level) + ADDINTERRUPT; + else + { + putchar ('\n'); + fflush (stdout); + } + } + } + + /* Moved here from set_job_status_and_cleanup, which is in the SIGCHLD + signal handler path */ + if (DEADJOB (job) && IS_FOREGROUND (job) /*&& subshell_environment == 0*/) + setjstatus (job); + + /* If this job is dead, notify the user of the status. If the shell + is interactive, this will display a message on the terminal. If + the shell is not interactive, make sure we turn on the notify bit + so we don't get an unwanted message about the job's termination, + and so delete_job really clears the slot in the jobs table. */ + notify_and_cleanup (); + } + +wait_for_return: + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + /* Restore the original SIGINT signal handler before we return. */ + restore_sigint_handler (); + + return (termination_state); +} + +/* Wait for the last process in the pipeline for JOB. Returns whatever + wait_for returns: the last process's termination state or -1 if there + are no unwaited-for child processes or an error occurs. */ +int +wait_for_job (job) + int job; +{ + pid_t pid; + int r; + sigset_t set, oset; + + BLOCK_CHILD(set, oset); + if (JOBSTATE (job) == JSTOPPED) + internal_warning (_("wait_for_job: job %d is stopped"), job+1); + + pid = find_last_pid (job, 0); + UNBLOCK_CHILD(oset); + r = wait_for (pid); + + /* POSIX.2: we can remove the job from the jobs table if we just waited + for it. */ + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + if (job != NO_JOB && jobs[job] && DEADJOB (job)) + jobs[job]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + return r; +} + +/* Print info about dead jobs, and then delete them from the list + of known jobs. This does not actually delete jobs when the + shell is not interactive, because the dead jobs are not marked + as notified. */ +void +notify_and_cleanup () +{ + if (jobs_list_frozen) + return; + + if (interactive || interactive_shell == 0 || sourcelevel) + notify_of_job_status (); + + cleanup_dead_jobs (); +} + +/* Make dead jobs disappear from the jobs array without notification. + This is used when the shell is not interactive. */ +void +reap_dead_jobs () +{ + mark_dead_jobs_as_notified (0); + cleanup_dead_jobs (); +} + +/* Return the next closest (chronologically) job to JOB which is in + STATE. STATE can be JSTOPPED, JRUNNING. NO_JOB is returned if + there is no next recent job. */ +static int +most_recent_job_in_state (job, state) + int job; + JOB_STATE state; +{ + register int i, result; + sigset_t set, oset; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + for (result = NO_JOB, i = job - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (jobs[i] && (JOBSTATE (i) == state)) + { + result = i; + break; + } + } + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + + return (result); +} + +/* Return the newest *stopped* job older than JOB, or NO_JOB if not + found. */ +static int +job_last_stopped (job) + int job; +{ + return (most_recent_job_in_state (job, JSTOPPED)); +} + +/* Return the newest *running* job older than JOB, or NO_JOB if not + found. */ +static int +job_last_running (job) + int job; +{ + return (most_recent_job_in_state (job, JRUNNING)); +} + +/* Make JOB be the current job, and make previous be useful. Must be + called with SIGCHLD blocked. */ +static void +set_current_job (job) + int job; +{ + int candidate; + + if (js.j_current != job) + { + js.j_previous = js.j_current; + js.j_current = job; + } + + /* First choice for previous job is the old current job. */ + if (js.j_previous != js.j_current && + js.j_previous != NO_JOB && + jobs[js.j_previous] && + STOPPED (js.j_previous)) + return; + + /* Second choice: Newest stopped job that is older than + the current job. */ + candidate = NO_JOB; + if (STOPPED (js.j_current)) + { + candidate = job_last_stopped (js.j_current); + + if (candidate != NO_JOB) + { + js.j_previous = candidate; + return; + } + } + + /* If we get here, there is either only one stopped job, in which case it is + the current job and the previous job should be set to the newest running + job, or there are only running jobs and the previous job should be set to + the newest running job older than the current job. We decide on which + alternative to use based on whether or not JOBSTATE(js.j_current) is + JSTOPPED. */ + + candidate = RUNNING (js.j_current) ? job_last_running (js.j_current) + : job_last_running (js.j_jobslots); + + if (candidate != NO_JOB) + { + js.j_previous = candidate; + return; + } + + /* There is only a single job, and it is both `+' and `-'. */ + js.j_previous = js.j_current; +} + +/* Make current_job be something useful, if it isn't already. */ + +/* Here's the deal: The newest non-running job should be `+', and the + next-newest non-running job should be `-'. If there is only a single + stopped job, the js.j_previous is the newest non-running job. If there + are only running jobs, the newest running job is `+' and the + next-newest running job is `-'. Must be called with SIGCHLD blocked. */ + +static void +reset_current () +{ + int candidate; + + if (js.j_jobslots && js.j_current != NO_JOB && jobs[js.j_current] && STOPPED (js.j_current)) + candidate = js.j_current; + else + { + candidate = NO_JOB; + + /* First choice: the previous job. */ + if (js.j_previous != NO_JOB && jobs[js.j_previous] && STOPPED (js.j_previous)) + candidate = js.j_previous; + + /* Second choice: the most recently stopped job. */ + if (candidate == NO_JOB) + candidate = job_last_stopped (js.j_jobslots); + + /* Third choice: the newest running job. */ + if (candidate == NO_JOB) + candidate = job_last_running (js.j_jobslots); + } + + /* If we found a job to use, then use it. Otherwise, there + are no jobs period. */ + if (candidate != NO_JOB) + set_current_job (candidate); + else + js.j_current = js.j_previous = NO_JOB; +} + +/* Set up the job structures so we know the job and its processes are + all running. */ +static void +set_job_running (job) + int job; +{ + register PROCESS *p; + + /* Each member of the pipeline is now running. */ + p = jobs[job]->pipe; + + do + { + if (WIFSTOPPED (p->status)) + p->running = PS_RUNNING; /* XXX - could be PS_STOPPED */ + p = p->next; + } + while (p != jobs[job]->pipe); + + /* This means that the job is running. */ + JOBSTATE (job) = JRUNNING; +} + +/* Start a job. FOREGROUND if non-zero says to do that. Otherwise, + start the job in the background. JOB is a zero-based index into + JOBS. Returns -1 if it is unable to start a job, and the return + status of the job otherwise. */ +int +start_job (job, foreground) + int job, foreground; +{ + register PROCESS *p; + int already_running; + sigset_t set, oset; + char *wd, *s; + static TTYSTRUCT save_stty; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + if (DEADJOB (job)) + { + internal_error (_("%s: job has terminated"), this_command_name); + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + return (-1); + } + + already_running = RUNNING (job); + + if (foreground == 0 && already_running) + { + internal_error (_("%s: job %d already in background"), this_command_name, job + 1); + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + return (0); /* XPG6/SUSv3 says this is not an error */ + } + + wd = current_working_directory (); + + /* You don't know about the state of this job. Do you? */ + jobs[job]->flags &= ~J_NOTIFIED; + + if (foreground) + { + set_current_job (job); + jobs[job]->flags |= J_FOREGROUND; + } + + /* Tell the outside world what we're doing. */ + p = jobs[job]->pipe; + + if (foreground == 0) + { + /* POSIX.2 says `bg' doesn't give any indication about current or + previous job. */ + if (posixly_correct == 0) + s = (job == js.j_current) ? "+ ": ((job == js.j_previous) ? "- " : " "); + else + s = " "; + printf ("[%d]%s", job + 1, s); + } + + do + { + printf ("%s%s", + p->command ? p->command : "", + p->next != jobs[job]->pipe? " | " : ""); + p = p->next; + } + while (p != jobs[job]->pipe); + + if (foreground == 0) + printf (" &"); + + if (strcmp (wd, jobs[job]->wd) != 0) + printf (" (wd: %s)", polite_directory_format (jobs[job]->wd)); + + printf ("\n"); + + /* Run the job. */ + if (already_running == 0) + set_job_running (job); + + /* Save the tty settings before we start the job in the foreground. */ + if (foreground) + { + get_tty_state (); + save_stty = shell_tty_info; + /* Give the terminal to this job. */ + if (IS_JOBCONTROL (job)) + give_terminal_to (jobs[job]->pgrp, 0); + } + else + jobs[job]->flags &= ~J_FOREGROUND; + + /* If the job is already running, then don't bother jump-starting it. */ + if (already_running == 0) + { + jobs[job]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + killpg (jobs[job]->pgrp, SIGCONT); + } + + if (foreground) + { + pid_t pid; + int st; + + pid = find_last_pid (job, 0); + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + st = wait_for (pid); + shell_tty_info = save_stty; + set_tty_state (); + return (st); + } + else + { + reset_current (); + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + return (0); + } +} + +/* Give PID SIGNAL. This determines what job the pid belongs to (if any). + If PID does belong to a job, and the job is stopped, then CONTinue the + job after giving it SIGNAL. Returns -1 on failure. If GROUP is non-null, + then kill the process group associated with PID. */ +int +kill_pid (pid, sig, group) + pid_t pid; + int sig, group; +{ + register PROCESS *p; + int job, result, negative; + sigset_t set, oset; + + if (pid < -1) + { + pid = -pid; + group = negative = 1; + } + else + negative = 0; + + result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS; + if (group) + { + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + p = find_pipeline (pid, 0, &job); + + if (job != NO_JOB) + { + jobs[job]->flags &= ~J_NOTIFIED; + + /* Kill process in backquotes or one started without job control? */ + + /* If we're passed a pid < -1, just call killpg and see what happens */ + if (negative && jobs[job]->pgrp == shell_pgrp) + result = killpg (pid, sig); + /* If we're killing using job control notification, for example, + without job control active, we have to do things ourselves. */ + else if (jobs[job]->pgrp == shell_pgrp) + { + p = jobs[job]->pipe; + do + { + if (PALIVE (p) == 0) + continue; /* avoid pid recycling problem */ + kill (p->pid, sig); + if (PEXITED (p) && (sig == SIGTERM || sig == SIGHUP)) + kill (p->pid, SIGCONT); + p = p->next; + } + while (p != jobs[job]->pipe); + } + else + { + result = killpg (jobs[job]->pgrp, sig); + if (p && STOPPED (job) && (sig == SIGTERM || sig == SIGHUP)) + killpg (jobs[job]->pgrp, SIGCONT); + /* If we're continuing a stopped job via kill rather than bg or + fg, emulate the `bg' behavior. */ + if (p && STOPPED (job) && (sig == SIGCONT)) + { + set_job_running (job); + jobs[job]->flags &= ~J_FOREGROUND; + jobs[job]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + } + } + } + else + result = killpg (pid, sig); + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + } + else + result = kill (pid, sig); + + return (result); +} + +/* sigchld_handler () flushes at least one of the children that we are + waiting for. It gets run when we have gotten a SIGCHLD signal. */ +static sighandler +sigchld_handler (sig) + int sig; +{ + int n, oerrno; + + oerrno = errno; + REINSTALL_SIGCHLD_HANDLER; + sigchld++; + n = 0; + if (queue_sigchld == 0) + n = waitchld (-1, 0); + errno = oerrno; + SIGRETURN (n); +} + +/* waitchld() reaps dead or stopped children. It's called by wait_for and + sigchld_handler, and runs until there aren't any children terminating any + more. + If BLOCK is 1, this is to be a blocking wait for a single child, although + an arriving SIGCHLD could cause the wait to be non-blocking. It returns + the number of children reaped, or -1 if there are no unwaited-for child + processes. */ +static int +waitchld (wpid, block) + pid_t wpid; + int block; +{ + WAIT status; + PROCESS *child; + pid_t pid; + int call_set_current, last_stopped_job, job, children_exited, waitpid_flags; + static int wcontinued = WCONTINUED; /* run-time fix for glibc problem */ + + call_set_current = children_exited = 0; + last_stopped_job = NO_JOB; + + do + { + /* We don't want to be notified about jobs stopping if job control + is not active. XXX - was interactive_shell instead of job_control */ + waitpid_flags = (job_control && subshell_environment == 0) + ? (WUNTRACED|wcontinued) + : 0; + if (sigchld || block == 0) + waitpid_flags |= WNOHANG; + CHECK_TERMSIG; + pid = WAITPID (-1, &status, waitpid_flags); + + /* WCONTINUED may be rejected by waitpid as invalid even when defined */ + if (wcontinued && pid < 0 && errno == EINVAL) + { + wcontinued = 0; + continue; /* jump back to the test and retry without WCONTINUED */ + } + + /* The check for WNOHANG is to make sure we decrement sigchld only + if it was non-zero before we called waitpid. */ + if (sigchld > 0 && (waitpid_flags & WNOHANG)) + sigchld--; + + /* If waitpid returns -1 with errno == ECHILD, there are no more + unwaited-for child processes of this shell. */ + if (pid < 0 && errno == ECHILD) + { + if (children_exited == 0) + return -1; + else + break; + } + + /* If waitpid returns 0, there are running children. If it returns -1, + the only other error POSIX says it can return is EINTR. */ + CHECK_TERMSIG; + if (pid <= 0) + continue; /* jumps right to the test */ + + /* children_exited is used to run traps on SIGCHLD. We don't want to + run the trap if a process is just being continued. */ + if (WIFCONTINUED(status) == 0) + { + children_exited++; + js.c_living--; + } + + /* Locate our PROCESS for this pid. */ + child = find_process (pid, 1, &job); /* want living procs only */ + + /* It is not an error to have a child terminate that we did + not have a record of. This child could have been part of + a pipeline in backquote substitution. Even so, I'm not + sure child is ever non-zero. */ + if (child == 0) + continue; + + /* Remember status, and whether or not the process is running. */ + child->status = status; + child->running = WIFCONTINUED(status) ? PS_RUNNING : PS_DONE; + + if (PEXITED (child)) + { + js.c_totreaped++; + if (job != NO_JOB) + js.c_reaped++; + } + + if (job == NO_JOB) + continue; + + call_set_current += set_job_status_and_cleanup (job); + + if (STOPPED (job)) + last_stopped_job = job; + else if (DEADJOB (job) && last_stopped_job == job) + last_stopped_job = NO_JOB; + } + while ((sigchld || block == 0) && pid > (pid_t)0); + + /* If a job was running and became stopped, then set the current + job. Otherwise, don't change a thing. */ + if (call_set_current) + { + if (last_stopped_job != NO_JOB) + set_current_job (last_stopped_job); + else + reset_current (); + } + + /* Call a SIGCHLD trap handler for each child that exits, if one is set. */ + if (job_control && signal_is_trapped (SIGCHLD) && children_exited && + trap_list[SIGCHLD] != (char *)IGNORE_SIG) + run_sigchld_trap (children_exited); + + /* We have successfully recorded the useful information about this process + that has just changed state. If we notify asynchronously, and the job + that this process belongs to is no longer running, then notify the user + of that fact now. */ + if (asynchronous_notification && interactive) + notify_of_job_status (); + + return (children_exited); +} + +/* Set the status of JOB and perform any necessary cleanup if the job is + marked as JDEAD. + + Currently, the cleanup activity is restricted to handling any SIGINT + received while waiting for a foreground job to finish. */ +static int +set_job_status_and_cleanup (job) + int job; +{ + PROCESS *child; + int tstatus, job_state, any_stopped, any_tstped, call_set_current; + SigHandler *temp_handler; + + child = jobs[job]->pipe; + jobs[job]->flags &= ~J_NOTIFIED; + + call_set_current = 0; + + /* + * COMPUTE JOB STATUS + */ + + /* If all children are not running, but any of them is stopped, then + the job is stopped, not dead. */ + job_state = any_stopped = any_tstped = 0; + do + { + job_state |= PRUNNING (child); +#if 0 + if (PEXITED (child) && (WIFSTOPPED (child->status))) +#else + /* Only checking for WIFSTOPPED now, not for PS_DONE */ + if (PSTOPPED (child)) +#endif + { + any_stopped = 1; + any_tstped |= interactive && job_control && + (WSTOPSIG (child->status) == SIGTSTP); + } + child = child->next; + } + while (child != jobs[job]->pipe); + + /* If job_state != 0, the job is still running, so don't bother with + setting the process exit status and job state unless we're + transitioning from stopped to running. */ + if (job_state != 0 && JOBSTATE(job) != JSTOPPED) + return 0; + + /* + * SET JOB STATUS + */ + + /* The job is either stopped or dead. Set the state of the job accordingly. */ + if (any_stopped) + { + jobs[job]->state = JSTOPPED; + jobs[job]->flags &= ~J_FOREGROUND; + call_set_current++; + /* Suspending a job with SIGTSTP breaks all active loops. */ + if (any_tstped && loop_level) + breaking = loop_level; + } + else if (job_state != 0) /* was stopped, now running */ + { + jobs[job]->state = JRUNNING; + call_set_current++; + } + else + { + jobs[job]->state = JDEAD; + js.j_ndead++; + +#if 0 + if (IS_FOREGROUND (job)) + setjstatus (job); +#endif + + /* If this job has a cleanup function associated with it, call it + with `cleanarg' as the single argument, then set the function + pointer to NULL so it is not inadvertently called twice. The + cleanup function is responsible for deallocating cleanarg. */ + if (jobs[job]->j_cleanup) + { + (*jobs[job]->j_cleanup) (jobs[job]->cleanarg); + jobs[job]->j_cleanup = (sh_vptrfunc_t *)NULL; + } + } + + /* + * CLEANUP + * + * Currently, we just do special things if we got a SIGINT while waiting + * for a foreground job to complete + */ + + if (JOBSTATE (job) == JDEAD) + { + /* If we're running a shell script and we get a SIGINT with a + SIGINT trap handler, but the foreground job handles it and + does not exit due to SIGINT, run the trap handler but do not + otherwise act as if we got the interrupt. */ + if (wait_sigint_received && interactive_shell == 0 && + WIFSIGNALED (child->status) == 0 && IS_FOREGROUND (job) && + signal_is_trapped (SIGINT)) + { + int old_frozen; + wait_sigint_received = 0; + last_command_exit_value = process_exit_status (child->status); + + old_frozen = jobs_list_frozen; + jobs_list_frozen = 1; + tstatus = maybe_call_trap_handler (SIGINT); + jobs_list_frozen = old_frozen; + } + + /* If the foreground job is killed by SIGINT when job control is not + active, we need to perform some special handling. + + The check of wait_sigint_received is a way to determine if the + SIGINT came from the keyboard (in which case the shell has already + seen it, and wait_sigint_received is non-zero, because keyboard + signals are sent to process groups) or via kill(2) to the foreground + process by another process (or itself). If the shell did receive the + SIGINT, it needs to perform normal SIGINT processing. */ + else if (wait_sigint_received && (WTERMSIG (child->status) == SIGINT) && + IS_FOREGROUND (job) && IS_JOBCONTROL (job) == 0) + { + int old_frozen; + + wait_sigint_received = 0; + + /* If SIGINT is trapped, set the exit status so that the trap + handler can see it. */ + if (signal_is_trapped (SIGINT)) + last_command_exit_value = process_exit_status (child->status); + + /* If the signal is trapped, let the trap handler get it no matter + what and simply return if the trap handler returns. + maybe_call_trap_handler() may cause dead jobs to be removed from + the job table because of a call to execute_command. We work + around this by setting JOBS_LIST_FROZEN. */ + old_frozen = jobs_list_frozen; + jobs_list_frozen = 1; + tstatus = maybe_call_trap_handler (SIGINT); + jobs_list_frozen = old_frozen; + if (tstatus == 0 && old_sigint_handler != INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER) + { + /* wait_sigint_handler () has already seen SIGINT and + allowed the wait builtin to jump out. We need to + call the original SIGINT handler, if necessary. If + the original handler is SIG_DFL, we need to resend + the signal to ourselves. */ + + temp_handler = old_sigint_handler; + + /* Bogus. If we've reset the signal handler as the result + of a trap caught on SIGINT, then old_sigint_handler + will point to trap_handler, which now knows nothing about + SIGINT (if we reset the sighandler to the default). + In this case, we have to fix things up. What a crock. */ + if (temp_handler == trap_handler && signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) == 0) + temp_handler = trap_to_sighandler (SIGINT); + restore_sigint_handler (); + if (temp_handler == SIG_DFL) + termsig_handler (SIGINT); + else if (temp_handler != SIG_IGN) + (*temp_handler) (SIGINT); + } + } + } + + return call_set_current; +} + +/* Build the array of values for the $PIPESTATUS variable from the set of + exit statuses of all processes in the job J. */ +static void +setjstatus (j) + int j; +{ +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + register int i; + register PROCESS *p; + + for (i = 1, p = jobs[j]->pipe; p->next != jobs[j]->pipe; p = p->next, i++) + ; + i++; + if (statsize < i) + { + pstatuses = (int *)xrealloc (pstatuses, i * sizeof (int)); + statsize = i; + } + i = 0; + p = jobs[j]->pipe; + do + { + pstatuses[i++] = process_exit_status (p->status); + p = p->next; + } + while (p != jobs[j]->pipe); + + pstatuses[i] = -1; /* sentinel */ + set_pipestatus_array (pstatuses, i); +#endif +} + +static void +run_sigchld_trap (nchild) + int nchild; +{ + char *trap_command; + int i; + + /* Turn off the trap list during the call to parse_and_execute () + to avoid potentially infinite recursive calls. Preserve the + values of last_command_exit_value, last_made_pid, and the_pipeline + around the execution of the trap commands. */ + trap_command = savestring (trap_list[SIGCHLD]); + + begin_unwind_frame ("SIGCHLD trap"); + unwind_protect_int (last_command_exit_value); + unwind_protect_int (last_command_exit_signal); + unwind_protect_var (last_made_pid); + unwind_protect_int (interrupt_immediately); + unwind_protect_int (jobs_list_frozen); + unwind_protect_pointer (the_pipeline); + unwind_protect_pointer (subst_assign_varlist); + + /* We have to add the commands this way because they will be run + in reverse order of adding. We don't want maybe_set_sigchld_trap () + to reference freed memory. */ + add_unwind_protect (xfree, trap_command); + add_unwind_protect (maybe_set_sigchld_trap, trap_command); + + subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + the_pipeline = (PROCESS *)NULL; + + restore_default_signal (SIGCHLD); + jobs_list_frozen = 1; + for (i = 0; i < nchild; i++) + { + interrupt_immediately = 1; + parse_and_execute (savestring (trap_command), "trap", SEVAL_NOHIST|SEVAL_RESETLINE); + } + + run_unwind_frame ("SIGCHLD trap"); +} + +/* Function to call when you want to notify people of changes + in job status. This prints out all jobs which are pending + notification to stderr, and marks those printed as already + notified, thus making them candidates for cleanup. */ +static void +notify_of_job_status () +{ + register int job, termsig; + char *dir; + sigset_t set, oset; + WAIT s; + + if (jobs == 0 || js.j_jobslots == 0) + return; + + if (old_ttou != 0) + { + sigemptyset (&set); + sigaddset (&set, SIGCHLD); + sigaddset (&set, SIGTTOU); + sigemptyset (&oset); + sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &set, &oset); + } + else + queue_sigchld++; + + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (job = 0, dir = (char *)NULL; job < js.j_jobslots; job++) + { + if (jobs[job] && IS_NOTIFIED (job) == 0) + { + s = raw_job_exit_status (job); + termsig = WTERMSIG (s); + + /* POSIX.2 says we have to hang onto the statuses of at most the + last CHILD_MAX background processes if the shell is running a + script. If the shell is running a script, either from a file + or standard input, don't print anything unless the job was + killed by a signal. */ + if (startup_state == 0 && WIFSIGNALED (s) == 0 && + ((DEADJOB (job) && IS_FOREGROUND (job) == 0) || STOPPED (job))) + continue; + +#if 0 + /* If job control is disabled, don't print the status messages. + Mark dead jobs as notified so that they get cleaned up. If + startup_state == 2, we were started to run `-c command', so + don't print anything. */ + if ((job_control == 0 && interactive_shell) || startup_state == 2) +#else + /* If job control is disabled, don't print the status messages. + Mark dead jobs as notified so that they get cleaned up. If + startup_state == 2 and subshell_environment has the + SUBSHELL_COMSUB bit turned on, we were started to run a command + substitution, so don't print anything. */ + if ((job_control == 0 && interactive_shell) || + (startup_state == 2 && (subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_COMSUB))) +#endif + { + /* POSIX.2 compatibility: if the shell is not interactive, + hang onto the job corresponding to the last asynchronous + pid until the user has been notified of its status or does + a `wait'. */ + if (DEADJOB (job) && (interactive_shell || (find_last_pid (job, 0) != last_asynchronous_pid))) + jobs[job]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + continue; + } + + /* Print info on jobs that are running in the background, + and on foreground jobs that were killed by anything + except SIGINT (and possibly SIGPIPE). */ + switch (JOBSTATE (job)) + { + case JDEAD: + if (interactive_shell == 0 && termsig && WIFSIGNALED (s) && + termsig != SIGINT && +#if defined (DONT_REPORT_SIGPIPE) + termsig != SIGPIPE && +#endif + signal_is_trapped (termsig) == 0) + { + /* Don't print `0' for a line number. */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: line %d: ", get_name_for_error (), (line_number == 0) ? 1 : line_number); + pretty_print_job (job, JLIST_NONINTERACTIVE, stderr); + } + else if (IS_FOREGROUND (job)) + { +#if !defined (DONT_REPORT_SIGPIPE) + if (termsig && WIFSIGNALED (s) && termsig != SIGINT) +#else + if (termsig && WIFSIGNALED (s) && termsig != SIGINT && termsig != SIGPIPE) +#endif + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s", j_strsignal (termsig)); + + if (WIFCORED (s)) + fprintf (stderr, " (core dumped)"); + + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + } + } + else if (job_control) /* XXX job control test added */ + { + if (dir == 0) + dir = current_working_directory (); + pretty_print_job (job, JLIST_STANDARD, stderr); + if (dir && strcmp (dir, jobs[job]->wd) != 0) + fprintf (stderr, + "(wd now: %s)\n", polite_directory_format (dir)); + } + + jobs[job]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + break; + + case JSTOPPED: + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + if (dir == 0) + dir = current_working_directory (); + pretty_print_job (job, JLIST_STANDARD, stderr); + if (dir && (strcmp (dir, jobs[job]->wd) != 0)) + fprintf (stderr, + "(wd now: %s)\n", polite_directory_format (dir)); + jobs[job]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + break; + + case JRUNNING: + case JMIXED: + break; + + default: + programming_error ("notify_of_job_status"); + } + } + } + if (old_ttou != 0) + sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oset, (sigset_t *)NULL); + else + queue_sigchld--; +} + +/* Initialize the job control mechanism, and set up the tty stuff. */ +int +initialize_job_control (force) + int force; +{ + shell_pgrp = getpgid (0); + + if (shell_pgrp == -1) + { + sys_error ("initialize_job_control: getpgrp failed"); + exit (1); + } + + /* We can only have job control if we are interactive. */ + if (interactive == 0) + { + job_control = 0; + original_pgrp = NO_PID; + shell_tty = fileno (stderr); + } + else + { + /* Get our controlling terminal. If job_control is set, or + interactive is set, then this is an interactive shell no + matter where fd 2 is directed. */ + shell_tty = dup (fileno (stderr)); /* fd 2 */ + + shell_tty = move_to_high_fd (shell_tty, 1, -1); + + /* Compensate for a bug in systems that compiled the BSD + rlogind with DEBUG defined, like NeXT and Alliant. */ + if (shell_pgrp == 0) + { + shell_pgrp = getpid (); + setpgid (0, shell_pgrp); + tcsetpgrp (shell_tty, shell_pgrp); + } + + while ((terminal_pgrp = tcgetpgrp (shell_tty)) != -1) + { + if (shell_pgrp != terminal_pgrp) + { + SigHandler *ottin; + + ottin = set_signal_handler(SIGTTIN, SIG_DFL); + kill (0, SIGTTIN); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTIN, ottin); + continue; + } + break; + } + + /* Make sure that we are using the new line discipline. */ + if (set_new_line_discipline (shell_tty) < 0) + { + sys_error ("initialize_job_control: line discipline"); + job_control = 0; + } + else + { + original_pgrp = shell_pgrp; + shell_pgrp = getpid (); + + if ((original_pgrp != shell_pgrp) && (setpgid (0, shell_pgrp) < 0)) + { + sys_error ("initialize_job_control: setpgid"); + shell_pgrp = original_pgrp; + } + + job_control = 1; + + /* If (and only if) we just set our process group to our pid, + thereby becoming a process group leader, and the terminal + is not in the same process group as our (new) process group, + then set the terminal's process group to our (new) process + group. If that fails, set our process group back to what it + was originally (so we can still read from the terminal) and + turn off job control. */ + if (shell_pgrp != original_pgrp && shell_pgrp != terminal_pgrp) + { + if (give_terminal_to (shell_pgrp, 0) < 0) + { + setpgid (0, original_pgrp); + shell_pgrp = original_pgrp; + job_control = 0; + } + } + } + if (job_control == 0) + internal_error (_("no job control in this shell")); + } + + if (shell_tty != fileno (stderr)) + SET_CLOSE_ON_EXEC (shell_tty); + + set_signal_handler (SIGCHLD, sigchld_handler); + + change_flag ('m', job_control ? '-' : '+'); + + if (interactive) + get_tty_state (); + + if (js.c_childmax < 0) + js.c_childmax = getmaxchild (); + if (js.c_childmax < 0) + js.c_childmax = DEFAULT_CHILD_MAX; + + return job_control; +} + +#ifdef DEBUG +void +debug_print_pgrps () +{ + itrace("original_pgrp = %ld shell_pgrp = %ld terminal_pgrp = %ld", + (long)original_pgrp, (long)shell_pgrp, (long)terminal_pgrp); + itrace("tcgetpgrp(%d) -> %ld, getpgid(0) -> %ld", + shell_tty, (long)tcgetpgrp (shell_tty), (long)getpgid(0)); +} +#endif + +/* Set the line discipline to the best this system has to offer. + Return -1 if this is not possible. */ +static int +set_new_line_discipline (tty) + int tty; +{ +#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) + int ldisc; + + if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGETD, &ldisc) < 0) + return (-1); + + if (ldisc != NTTYDISC) + { + ldisc = NTTYDISC; + + if (ioctl (tty, TIOCSETD, &ldisc) < 0) + return (-1); + } + return (0); +#endif /* NEW_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#if defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER) +# if defined (TERMIO_LDISC) && (NTTYDISC) + if (ioctl (tty, TCGETA, &shell_tty_info) < 0) + return (-1); + + if (shell_tty_info.c_line != NTTYDISC) + { + shell_tty_info.c_line = NTTYDISC; + if (ioctl (tty, TCSETAW, &shell_tty_info) < 0) + return (-1); + } +# endif /* TERMIO_LDISC && NTTYDISC */ + return (0); +#endif /* TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) +# if defined (TERMIOS_LDISC) && defined (NTTYDISC) + if (tcgetattr (tty, &shell_tty_info) < 0) + return (-1); + + if (shell_tty_info.c_line != NTTYDISC) + { + shell_tty_info.c_line = NTTYDISC; + if (tcsetattr (tty, TCSADRAIN, &shell_tty_info) < 0) + return (-1); + } +# endif /* TERMIOS_LDISC && NTTYDISC */ + return (0); +#endif /* TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */ + +#if !defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) && !defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER) && !defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) + return (-1); +#endif +} + +/* Setup this shell to handle C-C, etc. */ +void +initialize_job_signals () +{ + if (interactive) + { + set_signal_handler (SIGINT, sigint_sighandler); + set_signal_handler (SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTIN, SIG_IGN); + } + else if (job_control) + { + old_tstp = set_signal_handler (SIGTSTP, sigstop_sighandler); + old_ttin = set_signal_handler (SIGTTIN, sigstop_sighandler); + old_ttou = set_signal_handler (SIGTTOU, sigstop_sighandler); + } + /* Leave these things alone for non-interactive shells without job + control. */ +} + +/* Here we handle CONT signals. */ +static sighandler +sigcont_sighandler (sig) + int sig; +{ + initialize_job_signals (); + set_signal_handler (SIGCONT, old_cont); + kill (getpid (), SIGCONT); + + SIGRETURN (0); +} + +/* Here we handle stop signals while we are running not as a login shell. */ +static sighandler +sigstop_sighandler (sig) + int sig; +{ + set_signal_handler (SIGTSTP, old_tstp); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTOU, old_ttou); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTIN, old_ttin); + + old_cont = set_signal_handler (SIGCONT, sigcont_sighandler); + + give_terminal_to (shell_pgrp, 0); + + kill (getpid (), sig); + + SIGRETURN (0); +} + +/* Give the terminal to PGRP. */ +int +give_terminal_to (pgrp, force) + pid_t pgrp; + int force; +{ + sigset_t set, oset; + int r; + + r = 0; + if (job_control || force) + { + sigemptyset (&set); + sigaddset (&set, SIGTTOU); + sigaddset (&set, SIGTTIN); + sigaddset (&set, SIGTSTP); + sigaddset (&set, SIGCHLD); + sigemptyset (&oset); + sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &set, &oset); + + if (tcsetpgrp (shell_tty, pgrp) < 0) + { + /* Maybe we should print an error message? */ +#if 0 + sys_error ("tcsetpgrp(%d) failed: pid %ld to pgrp %ld", + shell_tty, (long)getpid(), (long)pgrp); +#endif + r = -1; + } + else + terminal_pgrp = pgrp; + sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oset, (sigset_t *)NULL); + } + + return r; +} + +/* Clear out any jobs in the job array. This is intended to be used by + children of the shell, who should not have any job structures as baggage + when they start executing (forking subshells for parenthesized execution + and functions with pipes are the two that spring to mind). If RUNNING_ONLY + is nonzero, only running jobs are removed from the table. */ +void +delete_all_jobs (running_only) + int running_only; +{ + register int i; + sigset_t set, oset; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + /* XXX - need to set j_lastj, j_firstj appropriately if running_only != 0. */ + if (js.j_jobslots) + { + js.j_current = js.j_previous = NO_JOB; + + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { +#if defined (DEBUG) + if (i < js.j_firstj && jobs[i]) + itrace("delete_all_jobs: job %d non-null before js.j_firstj (%d)", i, js.j_firstj); + if (i > js.j_lastj && jobs[i]) + itrace("delete_all_jobs: job %d non-null after js.j_lastj (%d)", i, js.j_lastj); +#endif + if (jobs[i] && (running_only == 0 || (running_only && RUNNING(i)))) + delete_job (i, DEL_WARNSTOPPED); + } + if (running_only == 0) + { + free ((char *)jobs); + js.j_jobslots = 0; + js.j_firstj = js.j_lastj = js.j_njobs = 0; + } + } + + if (running_only == 0) + bgp_clear (); + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); +} + +/* Mark all jobs in the job array so that they don't get a SIGHUP when the + shell gets one. If RUNNING_ONLY is nonzero, mark only running jobs. */ +void +nohup_all_jobs (running_only) + int running_only; +{ + register int i; + sigset_t set, oset; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + if (js.j_jobslots) + { + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + if (jobs[i] && (running_only == 0 || (running_only && RUNNING(i)))) + nohup_job (i); + } + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); +} + +int +count_all_jobs () +{ + int i, n; + sigset_t set, oset; + + /* This really counts all non-dead jobs. */ + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = n = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { +#if defined (DEBUG) + if (i < js.j_firstj && jobs[i]) + itrace("count_all_jobs: job %d non-null before js.j_firstj (%d)", i, js.j_firstj); + if (i > js.j_lastj && jobs[i]) + itrace("count_all_jobs: job %d non-null after js.j_lastj (%d)", i, js.j_lastj); +#endif + if (jobs[i] && DEADJOB(i) == 0) + n++; + } + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + return n; +} + +static void +mark_all_jobs_as_dead () +{ + register int i; + sigset_t set, oset; + + if (js.j_jobslots == 0) + return; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + if (jobs[i]) + { + jobs[i]->state = JDEAD; + js.j_ndead++; + } + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); +} + +/* Mark all dead jobs as notified, so delete_job () cleans them out + of the job table properly. POSIX.2 says we need to save the + status of the last CHILD_MAX jobs, so we count the number of dead + jobs and mark only enough as notified to save CHILD_MAX statuses. */ +static void +mark_dead_jobs_as_notified (force) + int force; +{ + register int i, ndead, ndeadproc; + sigset_t set, oset; + + if (js.j_jobslots == 0) + return; + + BLOCK_CHILD (set, oset); + + /* If FORCE is non-zero, we don't have to keep CHILD_MAX statuses + around; just run through the array. */ + if (force) + { + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { + if (jobs[i] && DEADJOB (i) && (interactive_shell || (find_last_pid (i, 0) != last_asynchronous_pid))) + jobs[i]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + } + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + return; + } + + /* Mark enough dead jobs as notified to keep CHILD_MAX processes left in the + array with the corresponding not marked as notified. This is a better + way to avoid pid aliasing and reuse problems than keeping the POSIX- + mandated CHILD_MAX jobs around. delete_job() takes care of keeping the + bgpids list regulated. */ + + /* Count the number of dead jobs */ + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = ndead = ndeadproc = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { +#if defined (DEBUG) + if (i < js.j_firstj && jobs[i]) + itrace("mark_dead_jobs_as_notified: job %d non-null before js.j_firstj (%d)", i, js.j_firstj); + if (i > js.j_lastj && jobs[i]) + itrace("mark_dead_jobs_as_notified: job %d non-null after js.j_lastj (%d)", i, js.j_lastj); +#endif + if (jobs[i] && DEADJOB (i)) + { + ndead++; + ndeadproc += processes_in_job (i); + } + } + +#ifdef DEBUG + if (ndeadproc != js.c_reaped) + itrace("mark_dead_jobs_as_notified: ndeadproc (%d) != js.c_reaped (%d)", ndeadproc, js.c_reaped); + if (ndead != js.j_ndead) + itrace("mark_dead_jobs_as_notified: ndead (%d) != js.j_ndead (%d)", ndead, js.j_ndead); +#endif + + if (js.c_childmax < 0) + js.c_childmax = getmaxchild (); + if (js.c_childmax < 0) + js.c_childmax = DEFAULT_CHILD_MAX; + + /* Don't do anything if the number of dead processes is less than CHILD_MAX + and we're not forcing a cleanup. */ + if (ndeadproc <= js.c_childmax) + { + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); + return; + } + +#if 0 +itrace("mark_dead_jobs_as_notified: child_max = %d ndead = %d ndeadproc = %d", js.c_childmax, ndead, ndeadproc); +#endif + + /* Mark enough dead jobs as notified that we keep CHILD_MAX jobs in + the list. This isn't exactly right yet; changes need to be made + to stop_pipeline so we don't mark the newer jobs after we've + created CHILD_MAX slots in the jobs array. This needs to be + integrated with a way to keep the jobs array from growing without + bound. Maybe we wrap back around to 0 after we reach some max + limit, and there are sufficient job slots free (keep track of total + size of jobs array (js.j_jobslots) and running count of number of jobs + in jobs array. Then keep a job index corresponding to the `oldest job' + and start this loop there, wrapping around as necessary. In effect, + we turn the list into a circular buffer. */ + /* XXX could use js.j_firstj here */ + for (i = 0; i < js.j_jobslots; i++) + { + if (jobs[i] && DEADJOB (i) && (interactive_shell || (find_last_pid (i, 0) != last_asynchronous_pid))) + { +#if defined (DEBUG) + if (i < js.j_firstj && jobs[i]) + itrace("mark_dead_jobs_as_notified: job %d non-null before js.j_firstj (%d)", i, js.j_firstj); + if (i > js.j_lastj && jobs[i]) + itrace("mark_dead_jobs_as_notified: job %d non-null after js.j_lastj (%d)", i, js.j_lastj); +#endif + /* If marking this job as notified would drop us down below + child_max, don't mark it so we can keep at least child_max + statuses. XXX -- need to check what Posix actually says + about keeping statuses. */ + if ((ndeadproc -= processes_in_job (i)) <= js.c_childmax) + break; + jobs[i]->flags |= J_NOTIFIED; + } + } + + UNBLOCK_CHILD (oset); +} + +/* Here to allow other parts of the shell (like the trap stuff) to + unfreeze the jobs list. */ +void +unfreeze_jobs_list () +{ + jobs_list_frozen = 0; +} + +/* Allow or disallow job control to take place. Returns the old value + of job_control. */ +int +set_job_control (arg) + int arg; +{ + int old; + + old = job_control; + job_control = arg; + + /* If we're turning on job control, reset pipeline_pgrp so make_child will + put new child processes into the right pgrp */ + if (job_control != old && job_control) + pipeline_pgrp = 0; + + return (old); +} + +/* Turn off all traces of job control. This is run by children of the shell + which are going to do shellsy things, like wait (), etc. */ +void +without_job_control () +{ + stop_making_children (); + start_pipeline (); +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) + pipe_close (pgrp_pipe); +#endif + delete_all_jobs (0); + set_job_control (0); +} + +/* If this shell is interactive, terminate all stopped jobs and + restore the original terminal process group. This is done + before the `exec' builtin calls shell_execve. */ +void +end_job_control () +{ + if (interactive_shell) /* XXX - should it be interactive? */ + { + terminate_stopped_jobs (); + + if (original_pgrp >= 0) + give_terminal_to (original_pgrp, 1); + } + + if (original_pgrp >= 0) + setpgid (0, original_pgrp); +} + +/* Restart job control by closing shell tty and reinitializing. This is + called after an exec fails in an interactive shell and we do not exit. */ +void +restart_job_control () +{ + if (shell_tty != -1) + close (shell_tty); + initialize_job_control (0); +} + +/* Set the handler to run when the shell receives a SIGCHLD signal. */ +void +set_sigchld_handler () +{ + set_signal_handler (SIGCHLD, sigchld_handler); +} + +#if defined (PGRP_PIPE) +/* Read from the read end of a pipe. This is how the process group leader + blocks until all of the processes in a pipeline have been made. */ +static void +pipe_read (pp) + int *pp; +{ + char ch; + + if (pp[1] >= 0) + { + close (pp[1]); + pp[1] = -1; + } + + if (pp[0] >= 0) + { + while (read (pp[0], &ch, 1) == -1 && errno == EINTR) + ; + } +} + +/* Close the read and write ends of PP, an array of file descriptors. */ +static void +pipe_close (pp) + int *pp; +{ + if (pp[0] >= 0) + close (pp[0]); + + if (pp[1] >= 0) + close (pp[1]); + + pp[0] = pp[1] = -1; +} + +/* Functional interface closes our local-to-job-control pipes. */ +void +close_pgrp_pipe () +{ + pipe_close (pgrp_pipe); +} + +#endif /* PGRP_PIPE */ diff --git a/lib/malloc/malloc.c b/lib/malloc/malloc.c index f9a08da11..7953d5597 100644 --- a/lib/malloc/malloc.c +++ b/lib/malloc/malloc.c @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ xbotch (mem, e, s, file, line) int line; { fprintf (stderr, _("\r\nmalloc: %s:%d: assertion botched\r\n"), - file ? file : "unknown", line); + file ? file : _("unknown"), line); #ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER if (mem != NULL && malloc_register) mregister_describe_mem (mem, stderr); diff --git a/lib/malloc/malloc.c~ b/lib/malloc/malloc.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9a08da11 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/malloc/malloc.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,1305 @@ +/* malloc.c - dynamic memory allocation for bash. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1985-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. +You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve +what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */ + +/* + * @(#)nmalloc.c 1 (Caltech) 2/21/82 + * + * U of M Modified: 20 Jun 1983 ACT: strange hacks for Emacs + * + * Nov 1983, Mike@BRL, Added support for 4.1C/4.2 BSD. + * + * This is a very fast storage allocator. It allocates blocks of a small + * number of different sizes, and keeps free lists of each size. Blocks + * that don't exactly fit are passed up to the next larger size. In this + * implementation, the available sizes are (2^n)-4 (or -16) bytes long. + * This is designed for use in a program that uses vast quantities of + * memory, but bombs when it runs out. To make it a little better, it + * warns the user when he starts to get near the end. + * + * June 84, ACT: modified rcheck code to check the range given to malloc, + * rather than the range determined by the 2-power used. + * + * Jan 85, RMS: calls malloc_warning to issue warning on nearly full. + * No longer Emacs-specific; can serve as all-purpose malloc for GNU. + * You should call malloc_init to reinitialize after loading dumped Emacs. + * Call malloc_stats to get info on memory stats if MALLOC_STATS turned on. + * realloc knows how to return same block given, just changing its size, + * if the power of 2 is correct. + */ + +/* + * nextf[i] is the pointer to the next free block of size 2^(i+3). The + * smallest allocatable block is 8 bytes. The overhead information will + * go in the first int of the block, and the returned pointer will point + * to the second. + */ + +/* Define MEMSCRAMBLE to have free() write 0xcf into memory as it's freed, to + uncover callers that refer to freed memory, and to have malloc() write 0xdf + into memory as it's allocated to avoid referring to previous contents. */ + +/* SCO 3.2v4 getcwd and possibly other libc routines fail with MEMSCRAMBLE; + handled by configure. */ + +#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H) +# include +#endif /* HAVE_CONFIG_H */ + +#if defined (SHELL) +# include "bashtypes.h" +# include "stdc.h" +#else +# include +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +/* Determine which kind of system this is. */ +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#include + +/* Define getpagesize () if the system does not. */ +#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE +# include "getpagesize.h" +#endif + +#include "imalloc.h" +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS +# include "mstats.h" +#endif +#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER +# include "table.h" +#endif +#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH +# include "watch.h" +#endif + +/* System-specific omissions. */ +#ifdef HPUX +# define NO_VALLOC +#endif + +#define NBUCKETS 30 + +#define ISALLOC ((char) 0xf7) /* magic byte that implies allocation */ +#define ISFREE ((char) 0x54) /* magic byte that implies free block */ + /* this is for error checking only */ +#define ISMEMALIGN ((char) 0xd6) /* Stored before the value returned by + memalign, with the rest of the word + being the distance to the true + beginning of the block. */ + + +/* We have a flag indicating whether memory is allocated, an index in + nextf[], a size field, and a sentinel value to determine whether or + not a caller wrote before the start of allocated memory; to realloc() + memory we either copy mh_nbytes or just change mh_nbytes if there is + enough room in the block for the new size. Range checking is always + done. */ +union mhead { + bits64_t mh_align; /* 8 */ + struct { + char mi_alloc; /* ISALLOC or ISFREE */ /* 1 */ + char mi_index; /* index in nextf[] */ /* 1 */ + /* Remainder are valid only when block is allocated */ + u_bits16_t mi_magic2; /* should be == MAGIC2 */ /* 2 */ + u_bits32_t mi_nbytes; /* # of bytes allocated */ /* 4 */ + } minfo; +}; +#define mh_alloc minfo.mi_alloc +#define mh_index minfo.mi_index +#define mh_nbytes minfo.mi_nbytes +#define mh_magic2 minfo.mi_magic2 + +#define MOVERHEAD sizeof(union mhead) +#define MALIGN_MASK 7 /* one less than desired alignment */ + +typedef union _malloc_guard { + char s[4]; + u_bits32_t i; +} mguard_t; + +/* Access free-list pointer of a block. + It is stored at block + sizeof (char *). + This is not a field in the minfo structure member of union mhead + because we want sizeof (union mhead) + to describe the overhead for when the block is in use, + and we do not want the free-list pointer to count in that. */ + +#define CHAIN(a) \ + (*(union mhead **) (sizeof (char *) + (char *) (a))) + +/* To implement range checking, we write magic values in at the beginning + and end of each allocated block, and make sure they are undisturbed + whenever a free or a realloc occurs. */ + +/* Written in the 2 bytes before the block's real space (-4 bytes) */ +#define MAGIC2 0x5555 +#define MSLOP 4 /* 4 bytes extra for u_bits32_t size */ + +/* How many bytes are actually allocated for a request of size N -- + rounded up to nearest multiple of 8 after accounting for malloc + overhead. */ +#define ALLOCATED_BYTES(n) \ + (((n) + MOVERHEAD + MSLOP + MALIGN_MASK) & ~MALIGN_MASK) + +#define ASSERT(p) \ + do \ + { \ + if (!(p)) xbotch((PTR_T)0, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, __STRING(p), file, line); \ + } \ + while (0) + +/* Minimum and maximum bucket indices for block splitting (and to bound + the search for a block to split). */ +#define SPLIT_MIN 2 /* XXX - was 3 */ +#define SPLIT_MID 11 +#define SPLIT_MAX 14 + +/* Minimum and maximum bucket indices for block coalescing. */ +#define COMBINE_MIN 2 +#define COMBINE_MAX (pagebucket - 1) /* XXX */ + +#define LESSCORE_MIN 10 +#define LESSCORE_FRC 13 + +#define STARTBUCK 1 + +/* Flags for the internal functions. */ +#define MALLOC_WRAPPER 0x01 /* wrapper function */ +#define MALLOC_INTERNAL 0x02 /* internal function calling another */ +#define MALLOC_NOTRACE 0x04 /* don't trace this allocation or free */ +#define MALLOC_NOREG 0x08 /* don't register this allocation or free */ + +/* Future use. */ +#define ERR_DUPFREE 0x01 +#define ERR_UNALLOC 0x02 +#define ERR_UNDERFLOW 0x04 +#define ERR_ASSERT_FAILED 0x08 + +/* Evaluates to true if NB is appropriate for bucket NU. NB is adjusted + appropriately by the caller to account for malloc overhead. This only + checks that the recorded size is not too big for the bucket. We + can't check whether or not it's in between NU and NU-1 because we + might have encountered a busy bucket when allocating and moved up to + the next size. */ +#define IN_BUCKET(nb, nu) ((nb) <= binsizes[(nu)]) + +/* Use this when we want to be sure that NB is in bucket NU. */ +#define RIGHT_BUCKET(nb, nu) \ + (((nb) > binsizes[(nu)-1]) && ((nb) <= binsizes[(nu)])) + +/* nextf[i] is free list of blocks of size 2**(i + 3) */ + +static union mhead *nextf[NBUCKETS]; + +/* busy[i] is nonzero while allocation or free of block size i is in progress. */ + +static char busy[NBUCKETS]; + +static int pagesz; /* system page size. */ +static int pagebucket; /* bucket for requests a page in size */ +static int maxbuck; /* highest bucket receiving allocation request. */ + +static char *memtop; /* top of heap */ + +static unsigned long binsizes[NBUCKETS] = { + 8UL, 16UL, 32UL, 64UL, 128UL, 256UL, 512UL, 1024UL, 2048UL, 4096UL, + 8192UL, 16384UL, 32768UL, 65536UL, 131072UL, 262144UL, 524288UL, + 1048576UL, 2097152UL, 4194304UL, 8388608UL, 16777216UL, 33554432UL, + 67108864UL, 134217728UL, 268435456UL, 536870912UL, 1073741824UL, + 2147483648UL, 4294967295UL +}; + +/* binsizes[x] == (1 << ((x) + 3)) */ +#define binsize(x) binsizes[(x)] + +/* Declarations for internal functions */ +static PTR_T internal_malloc __P((size_t, const char *, int, int)); +static PTR_T internal_realloc __P((PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int, int)); +static void internal_free __P((PTR_T, const char *, int, int)); +static PTR_T internal_memalign __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int, int)); +#ifndef NO_CALLOC +static PTR_T internal_calloc __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int, int)); +static void internal_cfree __P((PTR_T, const char *, int, int)); +#endif +#ifndef NO_VALLOC +static PTR_T internal_valloc __P((size_t, const char *, int, int)); +#endif + +#if defined (botch) +extern void botch (); +#else +static void botch __P((const char *, const char *, int)); +#endif +static void xbotch __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, const char *, int)); + +#if !HAVE_DECL_SBRK +extern char *sbrk (); +#endif /* !HAVE_DECL_SBRK */ + +#ifdef SHELL +extern int interrupt_immediately; +extern int signal_is_trapped __P((int)); +#endif + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS +struct _malstats _mstats; +#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */ + +/* Debugging variables available to applications. */ +int malloc_flags = 0; /* future use */ +int malloc_trace = 0; /* trace allocations and frees to stderr */ +int malloc_register = 0; /* future use */ + +#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE +char _malloc_trace_buckets[NBUCKETS]; + +/* These should really go into a header file. */ +extern void mtrace_alloc __P((const char *, PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int)); +extern void mtrace_free __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, int)); +#endif + +#if !defined (botch) +static void +botch (s, file, line) + const char *s; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + fprintf (stderr, _("malloc: failed assertion: %s\n"), s); + (void)fflush (stderr); + abort (); +} +#endif + +/* print the file and line number that caused the assertion failure and + call botch() to do whatever the application wants with the information */ +static void +xbotch (mem, e, s, file, line) + PTR_T mem; + int e; + const char *s; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + fprintf (stderr, _("\r\nmalloc: %s:%d: assertion botched\r\n"), + file ? file : "unknown", line); +#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER + if (mem != NULL && malloc_register) + mregister_describe_mem (mem, stderr); +#endif + (void)fflush (stderr); + botch(s, file, line); +} + +/* Coalesce two adjacent free blocks off the free list for size NU - 1, + as long as we can find two adjacent free blocks. nextf[NU -1] is + assumed to not be busy; the caller (morecore()) checks for this. + BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */ +static void +bcoalesce (nu) + register int nu; +{ + register union mhead *mp, *mp1, *mp2; + register int nbuck; + unsigned long siz; + + nbuck = nu - 1; + if (nextf[nbuck] == 0 || busy[nbuck]) + return; + + busy[nbuck] = 1; + siz = binsize (nbuck); + + mp2 = mp1 = nextf[nbuck]; + mp = CHAIN (mp1); + while (mp && mp != (union mhead *)((char *)mp1 + siz)) + { + mp2 = mp1; + mp1 = mp; + mp = CHAIN (mp); + } + + if (mp == 0) + { + busy[nbuck] = 0; + return; + } + + /* OK, now we have mp1 pointing to the block we want to add to nextf[NU]. + CHAIN(mp2) must equal mp1. Check that mp1 and mp are adjacent. */ + if (mp2 != mp1 && CHAIN(mp2) != mp1) + { + busy[nbuck] = 0; + xbotch ((PTR_T)0, 0, "bcoalesce: CHAIN(mp2) != mp1", (char *)NULL, 0); + } + +#ifdef MALLOC_DEBUG + if (CHAIN (mp1) != (union mhead *)((char *)mp1 + siz)) + { + busy[nbuck] = 0; + return; /* not adjacent */ + } +#endif + + /* Since they are adjacent, remove them from the free list */ + if (mp1 == nextf[nbuck]) + nextf[nbuck] = CHAIN (mp); + else + CHAIN (mp2) = CHAIN (mp); + busy[nbuck] = 0; + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.tbcoalesce++; + _mstats.ncoalesce[nbuck]++; +#endif + + /* And add the combined two blocks to nextf[NU]. */ + mp1->mh_alloc = ISFREE; + mp1->mh_index = nu; + CHAIN (mp1) = nextf[nu]; + nextf[nu] = mp1; +} + +/* Split a block at index > NU (but less than SPLIT_MAX) into a set of + blocks of the correct size, and attach them to nextf[NU]. nextf[NU] + is assumed to be empty. Must be called with signals blocked (e.g., + by morecore()). BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */ +static void +bsplit (nu) + register int nu; +{ + register union mhead *mp; + int nbuck, nblks, split_max; + unsigned long siz; + + split_max = (maxbuck > SPLIT_MAX) ? maxbuck : SPLIT_MAX; + + if (nu >= SPLIT_MID) + { + for (nbuck = split_max; nbuck > nu; nbuck--) + { + if (busy[nbuck] || nextf[nbuck] == 0) + continue; + break; + } + } + else + { + for (nbuck = nu + 1; nbuck <= split_max; nbuck++) + { + if (busy[nbuck] || nextf[nbuck] == 0) + continue; + break; + } + } + + if (nbuck > split_max || nbuck <= nu) + return; + + /* XXX might want to split only if nextf[nbuck] has >= 2 blocks free + and nbuck is below some threshold. */ + + /* Remove the block from the chain of larger blocks. */ + busy[nbuck] = 1; + mp = nextf[nbuck]; + nextf[nbuck] = CHAIN (mp); + busy[nbuck] = 0; + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.tbsplit++; + _mstats.nsplit[nbuck]++; +#endif + + /* Figure out how many blocks we'll get. */ + siz = binsize (nu); + nblks = binsize (nbuck) / siz; + + /* Split the block and put it on the requested chain. */ + nextf[nu] = mp; + while (1) + { + mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE; + mp->mh_index = nu; + if (--nblks <= 0) break; + CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz); + mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz); + } + CHAIN (mp) = 0; +} + +/* Take the memory block MP and add it to a chain < NU. NU is the right bucket, + but is busy. This avoids memory orphaning. */ +static void +xsplit (mp, nu) + union mhead *mp; + int nu; +{ + union mhead *nh; + int nbuck, nblks, split_max; + unsigned long siz; + + nbuck = nu - 1; + while (nbuck >= SPLIT_MIN && busy[nbuck]) + nbuck--; + if (nbuck < SPLIT_MIN) + return; + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.tbsplit++; + _mstats.nsplit[nu]++; +#endif + + /* Figure out how many blocks we'll get. */ + siz = binsize (nu); /* original block size */ + nblks = siz / binsize (nbuck); /* should be 2 most of the time */ + + /* And add it to nextf[nbuck] */ + siz = binsize (nbuck); /* XXX - resetting here */ + nh = mp; + while (1) + { + mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE; + mp->mh_index = nbuck; + if (--nblks <= 0) break; + CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz); + mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz); + } + busy[nbuck] = 1; + CHAIN (mp) = nextf[nbuck]; + nextf[nbuck] = nh; + busy[nbuck] = 0; +} + +static void +block_signals (setp, osetp) + sigset_t *setp, *osetp; +{ +#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS + sigfillset (setp); + sigemptyset (osetp); + sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, setp, osetp); +#else +# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS) + *osetp = sigsetmask (-1); +# endif +#endif +} + +static void +unblock_signals (setp, osetp) + sigset_t *setp, *osetp; +{ +#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS + sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, osetp, (sigset_t *)NULL); +#else +# if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS) + sigsetmask (*osetp); +# endif +#endif +} + +/* Return some memory to the system by reducing the break. This is only + called with NU > pagebucket, so we're always assured of giving back + more than one page of memory. */ +static void +lesscore (nu) /* give system back some memory */ + register int nu; /* size index we're discarding */ +{ + long siz; + + siz = binsize (nu); + /* Should check for errors here, I guess. */ + sbrk (-siz); + memtop -= siz; + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.nsbrk++; + _mstats.tsbrk -= siz; + _mstats.nlesscore[nu]++; +#endif +} + +/* Ask system for more memory; add to NEXTF[NU]. BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */ +static void +morecore (nu) + register int nu; /* size index to get more of */ +{ + register union mhead *mp; + register int nblks; + register long siz; + long sbrk_amt; /* amount to get via sbrk() */ + sigset_t set, oset; + int blocked_sigs; + + /* Block all signals in case we are executed from a signal handler. */ + blocked_sigs = 0; +#ifdef SHELL + if (interrupt_immediately || signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) || signal_is_trapped (SIGCHLD)) +#endif + { + block_signals (&set, &oset); + blocked_sigs = 1; + } + + siz = binsize (nu); /* size of desired block for nextf[nu] */ + + if (siz < 0) + goto morecore_done; /* oops */ + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.nmorecore[nu]++; +#endif + + /* Try to split a larger block here, if we're within the range of sizes + to split. */ + if (nu >= SPLIT_MIN) + { + bsplit (nu); + if (nextf[nu] != 0) + goto morecore_done; + } + + /* Try to coalesce two adjacent blocks from the free list on nextf[nu - 1], + if we can, and we're within the range of the block coalescing limits. */ + if (nu >= COMBINE_MIN && nu < COMBINE_MAX && busy[nu - 1] == 0 && nextf[nu - 1]) + { + bcoalesce (nu); + if (nextf[nu] != 0) + goto morecore_done; + } + + /* Take at least a page, and figure out how many blocks of the requested + size we're getting. */ + if (siz <= pagesz) + { + sbrk_amt = pagesz; + nblks = sbrk_amt / siz; + } + else + { + /* We always want to request an integral multiple of the page size + from the kernel, so let's compute whether or not `siz' is such + an amount. If it is, we can just request it. If not, we want + the smallest integral multiple of pagesize that is larger than + `siz' and will satisfy the request. */ + sbrk_amt = siz & (pagesz - 1); + if (sbrk_amt == 0) + sbrk_amt = siz; + else + sbrk_amt = siz + pagesz - sbrk_amt; + nblks = 1; + } + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.nsbrk++; + _mstats.tsbrk += sbrk_amt; +#endif + + mp = (union mhead *) sbrk (sbrk_amt); + + /* Totally out of memory. */ + if ((long)mp == -1) + goto morecore_done; + + memtop += sbrk_amt; + + /* shouldn't happen, but just in case -- require 8-byte alignment */ + if ((long)mp & MALIGN_MASK) + { + mp = (union mhead *) (((long)mp + MALIGN_MASK) & ~MALIGN_MASK); + nblks--; + } + + /* save new header and link the nblks blocks together */ + nextf[nu] = mp; + while (1) + { + mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE; + mp->mh_index = nu; + if (--nblks <= 0) break; + CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz); + mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz); + } + CHAIN (mp) = 0; + +morecore_done: + if (blocked_sigs) + unblock_signals (&set, &oset); +} + +static void +malloc_debug_dummy () +{ + write (1, "malloc_debug_dummy\n", 19); +} + +#define PREPOP_BIN 2 +#define PREPOP_SIZE 32 + +static int +pagealign () +{ + register int nunits; + register union mhead *mp; + long sbrk_needed; + char *curbrk; + + pagesz = getpagesize (); + if (pagesz < 1024) + pagesz = 1024; + + /* OK, how much do we need to allocate to make things page-aligned? + Some of this partial page will be wasted space, but we'll use as + much as we can. Once we figure out how much to advance the break + pointer, go ahead and do it. */ + memtop = curbrk = sbrk (0); + sbrk_needed = pagesz - ((long)curbrk & (pagesz - 1)); /* sbrk(0) % pagesz */ + if (sbrk_needed < 0) + sbrk_needed += pagesz; + + /* Now allocate the wasted space. */ + if (sbrk_needed) + { +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.nsbrk++; + _mstats.tsbrk += sbrk_needed; +#endif + curbrk = sbrk (sbrk_needed); + if ((long)curbrk == -1) + return -1; + memtop += sbrk_needed; + + /* Take the memory which would otherwise be wasted and populate the most + popular bin (2 == 32 bytes) with it. Add whatever we need to curbrk + to make things 32-byte aligned, compute how many 32-byte chunks we're + going to get, and set up the bin. */ + curbrk += sbrk_needed & (PREPOP_SIZE - 1); + sbrk_needed -= sbrk_needed & (PREPOP_SIZE - 1); + nunits = sbrk_needed / PREPOP_SIZE; + + if (nunits > 0) + { + mp = (union mhead *)curbrk; + + nextf[PREPOP_BIN] = mp; + while (1) + { + mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE; + mp->mh_index = PREPOP_BIN; + if (--nunits <= 0) break; + CHAIN(mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + PREPOP_SIZE); + mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + PREPOP_SIZE); + } + CHAIN(mp) = 0; + } + } + + /* compute which bin corresponds to the page size. */ + for (nunits = 7; nunits < NBUCKETS; nunits++) + if (pagesz <= binsize(nunits)) + break; + pagebucket = nunits; + + return 0; +} + +static PTR_T +internal_malloc (n, file, line, flags) /* get a block */ + size_t n; + const char *file; + int line, flags; +{ + register union mhead *p; + register int nunits; + register char *m, *z; + long nbytes; + mguard_t mg; + + /* Get the system page size and align break pointer so future sbrks will + be page-aligned. The page size must be at least 1K -- anything + smaller is increased. */ + if (pagesz == 0) + if (pagealign () < 0) + return ((PTR_T)NULL); + + /* Figure out how many bytes are required, rounding up to the nearest + multiple of 8, then figure out which nextf[] area to use. Try to + be smart about where to start searching -- if the number of bytes + needed is greater than the page size, we can start at pagebucket. */ + nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(n); + nunits = (nbytes <= (pagesz >> 1)) ? STARTBUCK : pagebucket; + for ( ; nunits < NBUCKETS; nunits++) + if (nbytes <= binsize(nunits)) + break; + + /* Silently reject too-large requests. */ + if (nunits >= NBUCKETS) + return ((PTR_T) NULL); + + /* In case this is reentrant use of malloc from signal handler, + pick a block size that no other malloc level is currently + trying to allocate. That's the easiest harmless way not to + interfere with the other level of execution. */ +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + if (busy[nunits]) _mstats.nrecurse++; +#endif + while (busy[nunits]) nunits++; + busy[nunits] = 1; + + if (nunits > maxbuck) + maxbuck = nunits; + + /* If there are no blocks of the appropriate size, go get some */ + if (nextf[nunits] == 0) + morecore (nunits); + + /* Get one block off the list, and set the new list head */ + if ((p = nextf[nunits]) == NULL) + { + busy[nunits] = 0; + return NULL; + } + nextf[nunits] = CHAIN (p); + busy[nunits] = 0; + + /* Check for free block clobbered */ + /* If not for this check, we would gobble a clobbered free chain ptr + and bomb out on the NEXT allocate of this size block */ + if (p->mh_alloc != ISFREE || p->mh_index != nunits) + xbotch ((PTR_T)(p+1), 0, _("malloc: block on free list clobbered"), file, line); + + /* Fill in the info, and set up the magic numbers for range checking. */ + p->mh_alloc = ISALLOC; + p->mh_magic2 = MAGIC2; + p->mh_nbytes = n; + + /* End guard */ + mg.i = n; + z = mg.s; + m = (char *) (p + 1) + n; + *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++; + +#ifdef MEMSCRAMBLE + if (n) + MALLOC_MEMSET ((char *)(p + 1), 0xdf, n); /* scramble previous contents */ +#endif +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.nmalloc[nunits]++; + _mstats.tmalloc[nunits]++; + _mstats.nmal++; + _mstats.bytesreq += n; +#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */ + +#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE + if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0) + mtrace_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line); + else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits]) + mtrace_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line); +#endif + +#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER + if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0) + mregister_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line); +#endif + +#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH + if (_malloc_nwatch > 0) + _malloc_ckwatch (p + 1, file, line, W_ALLOC, n); +#endif + + return (PTR_T) (p + 1); +} + +static void +internal_free (mem, file, line, flags) + PTR_T mem; + const char *file; + int line, flags; +{ + register union mhead *p; + register char *ap, *z; + register int nunits; + register unsigned int nbytes; + int ubytes; /* caller-requested size */ + mguard_t mg; + + if ((ap = (char *)mem) == 0) + return; + + p = (union mhead *) ap - 1; + + if (p->mh_alloc == ISMEMALIGN) + { + ap -= p->mh_nbytes; + p = (union mhead *) ap - 1; + } + +#if defined (MALLOC_TRACE) || defined (MALLOC_REGISTER) + if (malloc_trace || malloc_register) + ubytes = p->mh_nbytes; +#endif + + if (p->mh_alloc != ISALLOC) + { + if (p->mh_alloc == ISFREE) + xbotch (mem, ERR_DUPFREE, + _("free: called with already freed block argument"), file, line); + else + xbotch (mem, ERR_UNALLOC, + _("free: called with unallocated block argument"), file, line); + } + + ASSERT (p->mh_magic2 == MAGIC2); + + nunits = p->mh_index; + nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(p->mh_nbytes); + /* Since the sizeof(u_bits32_t) bytes before the memory handed to the user + are now used for the number of bytes allocated, a simple check of + mh_magic2 is no longer sufficient to catch things like p[-1] = 'x'. + We sanity-check the value of mh_nbytes against the size of the blocks + in the appropriate bucket before we use it. This can still cause problems + and obscure errors if mh_nbytes is wrong but still within range; the + checks against the size recorded at the end of the chunk will probably + fail then. Using MALLOC_REGISTER will help here, since it saves the + original number of bytes requested. */ + + if (IN_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) == 0) + xbotch (mem, ERR_UNDERFLOW, + _("free: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range"), file, line); + + ap += p->mh_nbytes; + z = mg.s; + *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++; + if (mg.i != p->mh_nbytes) + xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, _("free: start and end chunk sizes differ"), file, line); + +#if 1 + if (nunits >= LESSCORE_MIN && ((char *)p + binsize(nunits) == memtop)) +#else + if (((char *)p + binsize(nunits) == memtop) && nunits >= LESSCORE_MIN) +#endif + { + /* If above LESSCORE_FRC, give back unconditionally. This should be set + high enough to be infrequently encountered. If between LESSCORE_MIN + and LESSCORE_FRC, call lesscore if the bucket is marked as busy or if + there's already a block on the free list. */ + if ((nunits >= LESSCORE_FRC) || busy[nunits] || nextf[nunits] != 0) + { + lesscore (nunits); + /* keeps the tracing and registering code in one place */ + goto free_return; + } + } + +#ifdef MEMSCRAMBLE + if (p->mh_nbytes) + MALLOC_MEMSET (mem, 0xcf, p->mh_nbytes); +#endif + + ASSERT (nunits < NBUCKETS); + + if (busy[nunits] == 1) + { + xsplit (p, nunits); /* split block and add to different chain */ + goto free_return; + } + + p->mh_alloc = ISFREE; + /* Protect against signal handlers calling malloc. */ + busy[nunits] = 1; + /* Put this block on the free list. */ + CHAIN (p) = nextf[nunits]; + nextf[nunits] = p; + busy[nunits] = 0; + +free_return: + ; /* Empty statement in case this is the end of the function */ + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.nmalloc[nunits]--; + _mstats.nfre++; +#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */ + +#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE + if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0) + mtrace_free (mem, ubytes, file, line); + else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits]) + mtrace_free (mem, ubytes, file, line); +#endif + +#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER + if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0) + mregister_free (mem, ubytes, file, line); +#endif + +#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH + if (_malloc_nwatch > 0) + _malloc_ckwatch (mem, file, line, W_FREE, ubytes); +#endif +} + +static PTR_T +internal_realloc (mem, n, file, line, flags) + PTR_T mem; + register size_t n; + const char *file; + int line, flags; +{ + register union mhead *p; + register u_bits32_t tocopy; + register unsigned int nbytes; + register int nunits; + register char *m, *z; + mguard_t mg; + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.nrealloc++; +#endif + + if (n == 0) + { + internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL); + return (NULL); + } + if ((p = (union mhead *) mem) == 0) + return internal_malloc (n, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL); + + p--; + nunits = p->mh_index; + ASSERT (nunits < NBUCKETS); + + if (p->mh_alloc != ISALLOC) + xbotch (mem, ERR_UNALLOC, + _("realloc: called with unallocated block argument"), file, line); + + ASSERT (p->mh_magic2 == MAGIC2); + nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(p->mh_nbytes); + /* Since the sizeof(u_bits32_t) bytes before the memory handed to the user + are now used for the number of bytes allocated, a simple check of + mh_magic2 is no longer sufficient to catch things like p[-1] = 'x'. + We sanity-check the value of mh_nbytes against the size of the blocks + in the appropriate bucket before we use it. This can still cause problems + and obscure errors if mh_nbytes is wrong but still within range; the + checks against the size recorded at the end of the chunk will probably + fail then. Using MALLOC_REGISTER will help here, since it saves the + original number of bytes requested. */ + if (IN_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) == 0) + xbotch (mem, ERR_UNDERFLOW, + _("realloc: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range"), file, line); + + m = (char *)mem + (tocopy = p->mh_nbytes); + z = mg.s; + *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++; + if (mg.i != p->mh_nbytes) + xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, _("realloc: start and end chunk sizes differ"), file, line); + +#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH + if (_malloc_nwatch > 0) + _malloc_ckwatch (p + 1, file, line, W_REALLOC, n); +#endif +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.bytesreq += (n < tocopy) ? 0 : n - tocopy; +#endif + + /* See if desired size rounds to same power of 2 as actual size. */ + nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(n); + + /* If ok, use the same block, just marking its size as changed. */ + if (RIGHT_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits)) + { +#if 0 + m = (char *)mem + p->mh_nbytes; +#else + /* Compensate for increment above. */ + m -= 4; +#endif + *m++ = 0; *m++ = 0; *m++ = 0; *m++ = 0; + m = (char *)mem + (p->mh_nbytes = n); + + mg.i = n; + z = mg.s; + *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++; + + return mem; + } + + if (n < tocopy) + tocopy = n; + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS + _mstats.nrcopy++; +#endif + + if ((m = internal_malloc (n, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL|MALLOC_NOTRACE|MALLOC_NOREG)) == 0) + return 0; + FASTCOPY (mem, m, tocopy); + internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL); + +#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE + if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0) + mtrace_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line); + else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits]) + mtrace_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line); +#endif + +#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER + if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0) + mregister_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line); +#endif + +#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH + if (_malloc_nwatch > 0) + _malloc_ckwatch (m, file, line, W_RESIZED, n); +#endif + + return m; +} + +static PTR_T +internal_memalign (alignment, size, file, line, flags) + size_t alignment; + size_t size; + const char *file; + int line, flags; +{ + register char *ptr; + register char *aligned; + register union mhead *p; + + ptr = internal_malloc (size + alignment, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL); + + if (ptr == 0) + return 0; + /* If entire block has the desired alignment, just accept it. */ + if (((long) ptr & (alignment - 1)) == 0) + return ptr; + /* Otherwise, get address of byte in the block that has that alignment. */ +#if 0 + aligned = (char *) (((long) ptr + alignment - 1) & -alignment); +#else + aligned = (char *) (((long) ptr + alignment - 1) & (~alignment + 1)); +#endif + + /* Store a suitable indication of how to free the block, + so that free can find the true beginning of it. */ + p = (union mhead *) aligned - 1; + p->mh_nbytes = aligned - ptr; + p->mh_alloc = ISMEMALIGN; + + return aligned; +} + +#if !defined (NO_VALLOC) +/* This runs into trouble with getpagesize on HPUX, and Multimax machines. + Patching out seems cleaner than the ugly fix needed. */ +static PTR_T +internal_valloc (size, file, line, flags) + size_t size; + const char *file; + int line, flags; +{ + return internal_memalign (getpagesize (), size, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL); +} +#endif /* !NO_VALLOC */ + +#ifndef NO_CALLOC +static PTR_T +internal_calloc (n, s, file, line, flags) + size_t n, s; + const char *file; + int line, flags; +{ + size_t total; + PTR_T result; + + total = n * s; + result = internal_malloc (total, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL); + if (result) + memset (result, 0, total); + return result; +} + +static void +internal_cfree (p, file, line, flags) + PTR_T p; + const char *file; + int line, flags; +{ + internal_free (p, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL); +} +#endif /* !NO_CALLOC */ + +#ifdef MALLOC_STATS +int +malloc_free_blocks (size) + int size; +{ + int nfree; + register union mhead *p; + + nfree = 0; + for (p = nextf[size]; p; p = CHAIN (p)) + nfree++; + + return nfree; +} +#endif + +#if defined (MALLOC_WRAPFUNCS) +PTR_T +sh_malloc (bytes, file, line) + size_t bytes; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + return internal_malloc (bytes, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER); +} + +PTR_T +sh_realloc (ptr, size, file, line) + PTR_T ptr; + size_t size; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + return internal_realloc (ptr, size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER); +} + +void +sh_free (mem, file, line) + PTR_T mem; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER); +} + +PTR_T +sh_memalign (alignment, size, file, line) + size_t alignment; + size_t size; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + return internal_memalign (alignment, size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER); +} + +#ifndef NO_CALLOC +PTR_T +sh_calloc (n, s, file, line) + size_t n, s; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + return internal_calloc (n, s, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER); +} + +void +sh_cfree (mem, file, line) + PTR_T mem; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + internal_cfree (mem, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER); +} +#endif + +#ifndef NO_VALLOC +PTR_T +sh_valloc (size, file, line) + size_t size; + const char *file; + int line; +{ + return internal_valloc (size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER); +} +#endif /* !NO_VALLOC */ + +#endif /* MALLOC_WRAPFUNCS */ + +/* Externally-available functions that call their internal counterparts. */ + +PTR_T +malloc (size) + size_t size; +{ + return internal_malloc (size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0); +} + +PTR_T +realloc (mem, nbytes) + PTR_T mem; + size_t nbytes; +{ + return internal_realloc (mem, nbytes, (char *)NULL, 0, 0); +} + +void +free (mem) + PTR_T mem; +{ + internal_free (mem, (char *)NULL, 0, 0); +} + +PTR_T +memalign (alignment, size) + size_t alignment; + size_t size; +{ + return internal_memalign (alignment, size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0); +} + +#ifndef NO_VALLOC +PTR_T +valloc (size) + size_t size; +{ + return internal_valloc (size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0); +} +#endif + +#ifndef NO_CALLOC +PTR_T +calloc (n, s) + size_t n, s; +{ + return internal_calloc (n, s, (char *)NULL, 0, 0); +} + +void +cfree (mem) + PTR_T mem; +{ + internal_cfree (mem, (char *)NULL, 0, 0); +} +#endif diff --git a/lib/malloc/watch.c b/lib/malloc/watch.c index 11ab744d4..bcbf431cc 100644 --- a/lib/malloc/watch.c +++ b/lib/malloc/watch.c @@ -43,17 +43,17 @@ watch_warn (addr, file, line, type, data) char *tag; if (type == W_ALLOC) - tag = _("allocated"); + tag = "allocated"; else if (type == W_FREE) - tag = _("freed"); + tag = "freed"; else if (type == W_REALLOC) - tag = _("requesting resize"); + tag = "requesting resize"; else if (type == W_RESIZED) - tag = _("just resized"); + tag = "just resized"; else - tag = _("bug: unknown operation"); + tag = "bug: unknown operation"; - fprintf (stderr, _("malloc: watch alert: %p %s "), addr, tag); + fprintf (stderr, "malloc: watch alert: %p %s ", addr, tag); if (data != (unsigned long)-1) fprintf (stderr, "(size %lu) ", data); fprintf (stderr, "from '%s:%d'\n", file ? file : "unknown", line); diff --git a/lib/malloc/watch.c~ b/lib/malloc/watch.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11ab744d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/malloc/watch.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* watch.c - watchpoint functions for malloc */ + +/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + + Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free + Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later + version. + + Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License + for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#include "imalloc.h" + +#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH +#include "watch.h" + +#define WATCH_MAX 32 + +int _malloc_nwatch; +static PTR_T _malloc_watch_list[WATCH_MAX]; + +static void +watch_warn (addr, file, line, type, data) + PTR_T addr; + const char *file; + int line, type; + unsigned long data; +{ + char *tag; + + if (type == W_ALLOC) + tag = _("allocated"); + else if (type == W_FREE) + tag = _("freed"); + else if (type == W_REALLOC) + tag = _("requesting resize"); + else if (type == W_RESIZED) + tag = _("just resized"); + else + tag = _("bug: unknown operation"); + + fprintf (stderr, _("malloc: watch alert: %p %s "), addr, tag); + if (data != (unsigned long)-1) + fprintf (stderr, "(size %lu) ", data); + fprintf (stderr, "from '%s:%d'\n", file ? file : "unknown", line); +} + +void +_malloc_ckwatch (addr, file, line, type, data) + PTR_T addr; + const char *file; + int line, type; + unsigned long data; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = _malloc_nwatch - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr) + { + watch_warn (addr, file, line, type, data); + return; + } + } +} +#endif /* MALLOC_WATCH */ + +PTR_T +malloc_watch (addr) + PTR_T addr; +{ + register int i; + PTR_T ret; + + if (addr == 0) + return addr; + ret = (PTR_T)0; + +#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH + for (i = _malloc_nwatch - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr) + break; + } + if (i < 0) + { + if (_malloc_nwatch == WATCH_MAX) /* full, take out first */ + { + ret = _malloc_watch_list[0]; + _malloc_nwatch--; + for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++) + _malloc_watch_list[i] = _malloc_watch_list[i+1]; + } + _malloc_watch_list[_malloc_nwatch++] = addr; + } +#endif + + return ret; +} + +/* Remove a watchpoint set on ADDR. If ADDR is NULL, remove all + watchpoints. Returns ADDR if everything went OK, NULL if ADDR was + not being watched. */ +PTR_T +malloc_unwatch (addr) + PTR_T addr; +{ +#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH + register int i; + + if (addr == 0) + { + for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++) + _malloc_watch_list[i] = (PTR_T)0; + _malloc_nwatch = 0; + return ((PTR_T)0); + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++) + { + if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr) + break; + } + if (i == _malloc_nwatch) + return ((PTR_T)0); /* not found */ + /* shuffle everything from i+1 to end down 1 */ + _malloc_nwatch--; + for ( ; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++) + _malloc_watch_list[i] = _malloc_watch_list[i+1]; + return addr; + } +#else + return ((PTR_T)0); +#endif +} diff --git a/lib/readline/display.c b/lib/readline/display.c index af0299779..7ae832130 100644 --- a/lib/readline/display.c +++ b/lib/readline/display.c @@ -684,6 +684,8 @@ rl_redisplay () temp = ((newlines + 1) * _rl_screenwidth); /* Now account for invisible characters in the current line. */ + /* XXX - this assumes that all of the invisible characters are before + the line wrap. */ temp += ((local_prompt_prefix == 0) ? ((newlines == 0) ? prompt_invis_chars_first_line : ((newlines == 1) ? wrap_offset : 0)) : ((newlines == 0) ? wrap_offset :0)); @@ -2406,11 +2408,11 @@ _rl_col_width (str, start, end) if (end <= start) return 0; -if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) - { - fprintf (stderr, "_rl_col_width: called with MB_CUR_MAX == 1\n"); + if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) +{ +fprintf (stderr, "_rl_col_width: called with MB_CUR_MAX == 1\n"); return (end - start); - } +} memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t)); diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi index ecff10608..cc838bf02 100644 --- a/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi +++ b/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi @@ -351,6 +351,12 @@ The @code{rl_set_prompt()} function (@pxref{Redisplay}) may be used to modify the prompt string after calling @code{readline()}. @end deftypevar +@deftypevar {char *} rl_display_prompt +The string displayed as the prompt. This is usually identical to +@var{rl_prompt}, but may be changed temporarily by functions that +use the prompt string as a message area, such as incremental search. +@end deftypevar + @deftypevar int rl_already_prompted If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have Readline do it the first time @code{readline()} is called, it should set @@ -793,7 +799,8 @@ Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to @code{rl_outstream}. @deftypefun {const char **} rl_funmap_names (void) Return a NULL terminated array of known function names. The array is sorted. The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside. You -should @code{free()} the array when you are done, but not the pointers. +should free the array, but not the pointers, using @code{free} or +@code{rl_free} when you are done. @end deftypefun @deftypefun int rl_add_funmap_entry (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function) @@ -1077,6 +1084,11 @@ environment variable is used. @node Utility Functions @subsection Utility Functions +@deftypefun void rl_free (void *mem) +Deallocate the memory pointed to by @var{mem}. @var{mem} must have been +allocated by @code{malloc}. +@end + @deftypefun void rl_replace_line (const char *text, int clear_undo) Replace the contents of @code{rl_line_buffer} with @var{text}. The point and mark are preserved, if possible. diff --git a/lib/readline/history.c b/lib/readline/history.c index 1ccf4db78..3fbcaeaa0 100644 --- a/lib/readline/history.c +++ b/lib/readline/history.c @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ history_set_pos (pos) return (1); } -/* Return the current history array. The caller has to be carefull, since this +/* Return the current history array. The caller has to be careful, since this is the actual array of data, and could be bashed or made corrupt easily. The array is terminated with a NULL pointer. */ HIST_ENTRY ** diff --git a/lib/readline/history.c~ b/lib/readline/history.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ccf4db78 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/readline/history.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,518 @@ +/* history.c -- standalone history library */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1989-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of + routines for managing the text of previously typed lines. + + The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and + is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not + have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation, + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +/* The goal is to make the implementation transparent, so that you + don't have to know what data types are used, just what functions + you can call. I think I have done that. */ +#define READLINE_LIBRARY + +#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H) +# include +#endif + +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H) +# include +#else +# include "ansi_stdlib.h" +#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# ifdef _MINIX +# include +# endif +# include +#endif + +#include "history.h" +#include "histlib.h" + +#include "xmalloc.h" + +/* The number of slots to increase the_history by. */ +#define DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE 50 + +static char *hist_inittime PARAMS((void)); + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* History Functions */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* An array of HIST_ENTRY. This is where we store the history. */ +static HIST_ENTRY **the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)NULL; + +/* Non-zero means that we have enforced a limit on the amount of + history that we save. */ +static int history_stifled; + +/* The current number of slots allocated to the input_history. */ +static int history_size; + +/* If HISTORY_STIFLED is non-zero, then this is the maximum number of + entries to remember. */ +int history_max_entries; +int max_input_history; /* backwards compatibility */ + +/* The current location of the interactive history pointer. Just makes + life easier for outside callers. */ +int history_offset; + +/* The number of strings currently stored in the history list. */ +int history_length; + +/* The logical `base' of the history array. It defaults to 1. */ +int history_base = 1; + +/* Return the current HISTORY_STATE of the history. */ +HISTORY_STATE * +history_get_history_state () +{ + HISTORY_STATE *state; + + state = (HISTORY_STATE *)xmalloc (sizeof (HISTORY_STATE)); + state->entries = the_history; + state->offset = history_offset; + state->length = history_length; + state->size = history_size; + state->flags = 0; + if (history_stifled) + state->flags |= HS_STIFLED; + + return (state); +} + +/* Set the state of the current history array to STATE. */ +void +history_set_history_state (state) + HISTORY_STATE *state; +{ + the_history = state->entries; + history_offset = state->offset; + history_length = state->length; + history_size = state->size; + if (state->flags & HS_STIFLED) + history_stifled = 1; +} + +/* Begin a session in which the history functions might be used. This + initializes interactive variables. */ +void +using_history () +{ + history_offset = history_length; +} + +/* Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using. + This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines and the associated + timestamps. */ +int +history_total_bytes () +{ + register int i, result; + + for (i = result = 0; the_history && the_history[i]; i++) + result += HISTENT_BYTES (the_history[i]); + + return (result); +} + +/* Returns the magic number which says what history element we are + looking at now. In this implementation, it returns history_offset. */ +int +where_history () +{ + return (history_offset); +} + +/* Make the current history item be the one at POS, an absolute index. + Returns zero if POS is out of range, else non-zero. */ +int +history_set_pos (pos) + int pos; +{ + if (pos > history_length || pos < 0 || !the_history) + return (0); + history_offset = pos; + return (1); +} + +/* Return the current history array. The caller has to be carefull, since this + is the actual array of data, and could be bashed or made corrupt easily. + The array is terminated with a NULL pointer. */ +HIST_ENTRY ** +history_list () +{ + return (the_history); +} + +/* Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by + history_offset. If there is no entry there, return a NULL pointer. */ +HIST_ENTRY * +current_history () +{ + return ((history_offset == history_length) || the_history == 0) + ? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL + : the_history[history_offset]; +} + +/* Back up history_offset to the previous history entry, and return + a pointer to that entry. If there is no previous entry then return + a NULL pointer. */ +HIST_ENTRY * +previous_history () +{ + return history_offset ? the_history[--history_offset] : (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; +} + +/* Move history_offset forward to the next history entry, and return + a pointer to that entry. If there is no next entry then return a + NULL pointer. */ +HIST_ENTRY * +next_history () +{ + return (history_offset == history_length) ? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL : the_history[++history_offset]; +} + +/* Return the history entry which is logically at OFFSET in the history array. + OFFSET is relative to history_base. */ +HIST_ENTRY * +history_get (offset) + int offset; +{ + int local_index; + + local_index = offset - history_base; + return (local_index >= history_length || local_index < 0 || the_history == 0) + ? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL + : the_history[local_index]; +} + +HIST_ENTRY * +alloc_history_entry (string, ts) + char *string; + char *ts; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *temp; + + temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY)); + + temp->line = string ? savestring (string) : string; + temp->data = (char *)NULL; + temp->timestamp = ts; + + return temp; +} + +time_t +history_get_time (hist) + HIST_ENTRY *hist; +{ + char *ts; + time_t t; + + if (hist == 0 || hist->timestamp == 0) + return 0; + ts = hist->timestamp; + if (ts[0] != history_comment_char) + return 0; + t = (time_t) atol (ts + 1); /* XXX - should use strtol() here */ + return t; +} + +static char * +hist_inittime () +{ + time_t t; + char ts[64], *ret; + + t = (time_t) time ((time_t *)0); +#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF) /* assume snprintf if vsnprintf exists */ + snprintf (ts, sizeof (ts) - 1, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t); +#else + sprintf (ts, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t); +#endif + ret = savestring (ts); + ret[0] = history_comment_char; + + return ret; +} + +/* Place STRING at the end of the history list. The data field + is set to NULL. */ +void +add_history (string) + const char *string; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *temp; + + if (history_stifled && (history_length == history_max_entries)) + { + register int i; + + /* If the history is stifled, and history_length is zero, + and it equals history_max_entries, we don't save items. */ + if (history_length == 0) + return; + + /* If there is something in the slot, then remove it. */ + if (the_history[0]) + (void) free_history_entry (the_history[0]); + + /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down one slot. */ + for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++) + the_history[i] = the_history[i + 1]; + + history_base++; + } + else + { + if (history_size == 0) + { + history_size = DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE; + the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)xmalloc (history_size * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *)); + history_length = 1; + } + else + { + if (history_length == (history_size - 1)) + { + history_size += DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE; + the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **) + xrealloc (the_history, history_size * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *)); + } + history_length++; + } + } + + temp = alloc_history_entry (string, hist_inittime ()); + + the_history[history_length] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; + the_history[history_length - 1] = temp; +} + +/* Change the time stamp of the most recent history entry to STRING. */ +void +add_history_time (string) + const char *string; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *hs; + + hs = the_history[history_length - 1]; + FREE (hs->timestamp); + hs->timestamp = savestring (string); +} + +/* Free HIST and return the data so the calling application can free it + if necessary and desired. */ +histdata_t +free_history_entry (hist) + HIST_ENTRY *hist; +{ + histdata_t x; + + if (hist == 0) + return ((histdata_t) 0); + FREE (hist->line); + FREE (hist->timestamp); + x = hist->data; + free (hist); + return (x); +} + +HIST_ENTRY * +copy_history_entry (hist) + HIST_ENTRY *hist; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *ret; + char *ts; + + if (hist == 0) + return hist; + + ret = alloc_history_entry (hist->line, (char *)NULL); + + ts = hist->timestamp ? savestring (hist->timestamp) : hist->timestamp; + ret->timestamp = ts; + + ret->data = hist->data; + + return ret; +} + +/* Make the history entry at WHICH have LINE and DATA. This returns + the old entry so you can dispose of the data. In the case of an + invalid WHICH, a NULL pointer is returned. */ +HIST_ENTRY * +replace_history_entry (which, line, data) + int which; + const char *line; + histdata_t data; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *temp, *old_value; + + if (which < 0 || which >= history_length) + return ((HIST_ENTRY *)NULL); + + temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY)); + old_value = the_history[which]; + + temp->line = savestring (line); + temp->data = data; + temp->timestamp = savestring (old_value->timestamp); + the_history[which] = temp; + + return (old_value); +} + +/* Replace the DATA in the specified history entries, replacing OLD with + NEW. WHICH says which one(s) to replace: WHICH == -1 means to replace + all of the history entries where entry->data == OLD; WHICH == -2 means + to replace the `newest' history entry where entry->data == OLD; and + WHICH >= 0 means to replace that particular history entry's data, as + long as it matches OLD. */ +void +replace_history_data (which,old, new) + int which; + histdata_t *old, *new; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *entry; + register int i, last; + + if (which < -2 || which >= history_length || history_length == 0 || the_history == 0) + return; + + if (which >= 0) + { + entry = the_history[which]; + if (entry && entry->data == old) + entry->data = new; + return; + } + + last = -1; + for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++) + { + entry = the_history[i]; + if (entry == 0) + continue; + if (entry->data == old) + { + last = i; + if (which == -1) + entry->data = new; + } + } + if (which == -2 && last >= 0) + { + entry = the_history[last]; + entry->data = new; /* XXX - we don't check entry->old */ + } +} + +/* Remove history element WHICH from the history. The removed + element is returned to you so you can free the line, data, + and containing structure. */ +HIST_ENTRY * +remove_history (which) + int which; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *return_value; + register int i; + + if (which < 0 || which >= history_length || history_length == 0 || the_history == 0) + return ((HIST_ENTRY *)NULL); + + return_value = the_history[which]; + + for (i = which; i < history_length; i++) + the_history[i] = the_history[i + 1]; + + history_length--; + + return (return_value); +} + +/* Stifle the history list, remembering only MAX number of lines. */ +void +stifle_history (max) + int max; +{ + register int i, j; + + if (max < 0) + max = 0; + + if (history_length > max) + { + /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */ + for (i = 0, j = history_length - max; i < j; i++) + free_history_entry (the_history[i]); + + history_base = i; + for (j = 0, i = history_length - max; j < max; i++, j++) + the_history[j] = the_history[i]; + the_history[j] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; + history_length = j; + } + + history_stifled = 1; + max_input_history = history_max_entries = max; +} + +/* Stop stifling the history. This returns the previous maximum + number of history entries. The value is positive if the history + was stifled, negative if it wasn't. */ +int +unstifle_history () +{ + if (history_stifled) + { + history_stifled = 0; + return (history_max_entries); + } + else + return (-history_max_entries); +} + +int +history_is_stifled () +{ + return (history_stifled); +} + +void +clear_history () +{ + register int i; + + /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */ + for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++) + { + free_history_entry (the_history[i]); + the_history[i] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; + } + + history_offset = history_length = 0; +} diff --git a/lib/readline/misc.c b/lib/readline/misc.c index 94ecb2590..ea22972a3 100644 --- a/lib/readline/misc.c +++ b/lib/readline/misc.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* misc.c -- miscellaneous bindable readline functions. */ -/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing. @@ -429,6 +429,56 @@ rl_replace_from_history (entry, flags) rl_mark = rl_end; } #endif +} + +/* Process and free undo lists attached to each history entry prior to the + current entry, inclusive, reverting each line to its saved state. This + is destructive, and state about the current line is lost. This is not + intended to be called while actively editing, and the current line is + not assumed to have been added to the history list. */ +void +_rl_revert_all_lines () +{ + int hpos; + HIST_ENTRY *entry, *cur; + UNDO_LIST *ul, *saved_undo_list; + char *lbuf; + + lbuf = savestring (rl_line_buffer); + saved_undo_list = rl_undo_list; + hpos = where_history (); + + entry = (hpos == history_length) ? previous_history () : current_history (); + while (entry) + { + if (ul = (UNDO_LIST *)entry->data) + { + if (ul == saved_undo_list) + saved_undo_list = 0; + /* Set up rl_line_buffer and other variables from history entry */ + rl_replace_from_history (entry, 0); /* entry->line is now current */ + /* Undo all changes to this history entry */ + while (rl_undo_list) + rl_do_undo (); + /* And copy the reverted line back to the history entry, preserving + the timestamp. */ + FREE (entry->line); + entry->line = savestring (rl_line_buffer); + entry->data = 0; + } + entry = previous_history (); + } + + /* Restore history state */ + rl_undo_list = saved_undo_list; /* may have been set to null */ + history_set_pos (hpos); + + /* reset the line buffer */ + rl_replace_line (lbuf, 0); + _rl_set_the_line (); + + /* and clean up */ + free (lbuf); } /* **************************************************************** */ diff --git a/lib/readline/misc.c~ b/lib/readline/misc.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97a724b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/readline/misc.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,650 @@ +/* misc.c -- miscellaneous bindable readline functions. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for + reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing. + + The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it + and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or + (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty + of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and + is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not + have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation, + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ +#define READLINE_LIBRARY + +#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H) +# include +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H) +# include +#else +# include "ansi_stdlib.h" +#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H) +# include +#endif + +#include + +/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */ +#include "rldefs.h" +#include "rlmbutil.h" + +/* Some standard library routines. */ +#include "readline.h" +#include "history.h" + +#include "rlprivate.h" +#include "rlshell.h" +#include "xmalloc.h" + +static int rl_digit_loop PARAMS((void)); +static void _rl_history_set_point PARAMS((void)); + +/* Forward declarations used in this file */ +void _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *)); + +/* If non-zero, rl_get_previous_history and rl_get_next_history attempt + to preserve the value of rl_point from line to line. */ +int _rl_history_preserve_point = 0; + +_rl_arg_cxt _rl_argcxt; + +/* Saved target point for when _rl_history_preserve_point is set. Special + value of -1 means that point is at the end of the line. */ +int _rl_history_saved_point = -1; + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Numeric Arguments */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +int +_rl_arg_overflow () +{ + if (rl_numeric_arg > 1000000) + { + _rl_argcxt = 0; + rl_explicit_arg = rl_numeric_arg = 0; + rl_ding (); + rl_restore_prompt (); + rl_clear_message (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +void +_rl_arg_init () +{ + rl_save_prompt (); + _rl_argcxt = 0; + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG); +} + +int +_rl_arg_getchar () +{ + int c; + + rl_message ("(arg: %d) ", rl_arg_sign * rl_numeric_arg); + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT); + c = rl_read_key (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT); + + return c; +} + +/* Process C as part of the current numeric argument. Return -1 if the + argument should be aborted, 0 if we should not read any more chars, and + 1 if we should continue to read chars. */ +int +_rl_arg_dispatch (cxt, c) + _rl_arg_cxt cxt; + int c; +{ + int key, r; + + key = c; + + /* If we see a key bound to `universal-argument' after seeing digits, + it ends the argument but is otherwise ignored. */ + if (_rl_keymap[c].type == ISFUNC && _rl_keymap[c].function == rl_universal_argument) + { + if ((cxt & NUM_SAWDIGITS) == 0) + { + rl_numeric_arg *= 4; + return 1; + } + else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK)) + { + _rl_argcxt |= NUM_READONE; + return 0; /* XXX */ + } + else + { + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT); + key = rl_read_key (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT); + rl_restore_prompt (); + rl_clear_message (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG); + return (_rl_dispatch (key, _rl_keymap)); + } + } + + c = UNMETA (c); + + if (_rl_digit_p (c)) + { + r = _rl_digit_value (c); + rl_numeric_arg = rl_explicit_arg ? (rl_numeric_arg * 10) + r : r; + rl_explicit_arg = 1; + _rl_argcxt |= NUM_SAWDIGITS; + } + else if (c == '-' && rl_explicit_arg == 0) + { + rl_numeric_arg = 1; + _rl_argcxt |= NUM_SAWMINUS; + rl_arg_sign = -1; + } + else + { + /* Make M-- command equivalent to M--1 command. */ + if ((_rl_argcxt & NUM_SAWMINUS) && rl_numeric_arg == 1 && rl_explicit_arg == 0) + rl_explicit_arg = 1; + rl_restore_prompt (); + rl_clear_message (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG); + + r = _rl_dispatch (key, _rl_keymap); + if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK)) + { + /* At worst, this will cause an extra redisplay. Otherwise, + we have to wait until the next character comes in. */ + if (rl_done == 0) + (*rl_redisplay_function) (); + r = 0; + } + return r; + } + + return 1; +} + +/* Handle C-u style numeric args, as well as M--, and M-digits. */ +static int +rl_digit_loop () +{ + int c, r; + + while (1) + { + if (_rl_arg_overflow ()) + return 1; + + c = _rl_arg_getchar (); + + if (c < 0) + { + _rl_abort_internal (); + return -1; + } + + r = _rl_arg_dispatch (_rl_argcxt, c); + if (r <= 0 || (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0)) + break; + } + + return r; +} + +/* Create a default argument. */ +void +_rl_reset_argument () +{ + rl_numeric_arg = rl_arg_sign = 1; + rl_explicit_arg = 0; + _rl_argcxt = 0; +} + +/* Start a numeric argument with initial value KEY */ +int +rl_digit_argument (ignore, key) + int ignore, key; +{ + _rl_arg_init (); + if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK)) + { + _rl_arg_dispatch (_rl_argcxt, key); + rl_message ("(arg: %d) ", rl_arg_sign * rl_numeric_arg); + return 0; + } + else + { + rl_execute_next (key); + return (rl_digit_loop ()); + } +} + +/* C-u, universal argument. Multiply the current argument by 4. + Read a key. If the key has nothing to do with arguments, then + dispatch on it. If the key is the abort character then abort. */ +int +rl_universal_argument (count, key) + int count, key; +{ + _rl_arg_init (); + rl_numeric_arg *= 4; + + return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) ? 0 : rl_digit_loop ()); +} + +int +_rl_arg_callback (cxt) + _rl_arg_cxt cxt; +{ + int c, r; + + c = _rl_arg_getchar (); + + if (_rl_argcxt & NUM_READONE) + { + _rl_argcxt &= ~NUM_READONE; + rl_restore_prompt (); + rl_clear_message (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG); + rl_execute_next (c); + return 0; + } + + r = _rl_arg_dispatch (cxt, c); + return (r != 1); +} + +/* What to do when you abort reading an argument. */ +int +rl_discard_argument () +{ + rl_ding (); + rl_clear_message (); + _rl_reset_argument (); + + return 0; +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* History Utilities */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* We already have a history library, and that is what we use to control + the history features of readline. This is our local interface to + the history mechanism. */ + +/* While we are editing the history, this is the saved + version of the original line. */ +HIST_ENTRY *_rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; + +/* Set the history pointer back to the last entry in the history. */ +void +_rl_start_using_history () +{ + using_history (); + if (_rl_saved_line_for_history) + _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history); + + _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; +} + +/* Free the contents (and containing structure) of a HIST_ENTRY. */ +void +_rl_free_history_entry (entry) + HIST_ENTRY *entry; +{ + if (entry == 0) + return; + + FREE (entry->line); + FREE (entry->timestamp); + + free (entry); +} + +/* Perhaps put back the current line if it has changed. */ +int +rl_maybe_replace_line () +{ + HIST_ENTRY *temp; + + temp = current_history (); + /* If the current line has changed, save the changes. */ + if (temp && ((UNDO_LIST *)(temp->data) != rl_undo_list)) + { + temp = replace_history_entry (where_history (), rl_line_buffer, (histdata_t)rl_undo_list); + free (temp->line); + FREE (temp->timestamp); + free (temp); + } + return 0; +} + +/* Restore the _rl_saved_line_for_history if there is one. */ +int +rl_maybe_unsave_line () +{ + if (_rl_saved_line_for_history) + { + /* Can't call with `1' because rl_undo_list might point to an undo + list from a history entry, as in rl_replace_from_history() below. */ + rl_replace_line (_rl_saved_line_for_history->line, 0); + rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)_rl_saved_line_for_history->data; + _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history); + _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; + rl_point = rl_end; /* rl_replace_line sets rl_end */ + } + else + rl_ding (); + return 0; +} + +/* Save the current line in _rl_saved_line_for_history. */ +int +rl_maybe_save_line () +{ + if (_rl_saved_line_for_history == 0) + { + _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY)); + _rl_saved_line_for_history->line = savestring (rl_line_buffer); + _rl_saved_line_for_history->timestamp = (char *)NULL; + _rl_saved_line_for_history->data = (char *)rl_undo_list; + } + + return 0; +} + +int +_rl_free_saved_history_line () +{ + if (_rl_saved_line_for_history) + { + _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history); + _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; + } + return 0; +} + +static void +_rl_history_set_point () +{ + rl_point = (_rl_history_preserve_point && _rl_history_saved_point != -1) + ? _rl_history_saved_point + : rl_end; + if (rl_point > rl_end) + rl_point = rl_end; + +#if defined (VI_MODE) + if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap != vi_insertion_keymap) + rl_point = 0; +#endif /* VI_MODE */ + + if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode) + rl_mark = (rl_point == rl_end ? 0 : rl_end); +} + +void +rl_replace_from_history (entry, flags) + HIST_ENTRY *entry; + int flags; /* currently unused */ +{ + /* Can't call with `1' because rl_undo_list might point to an undo list + from a history entry, just like we're setting up here. */ + rl_replace_line (entry->line, 0); + rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)entry->data; + rl_point = rl_end; + rl_mark = 0; + +#if defined (VI_MODE) + if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode) + { + rl_point = 0; + rl_mark = rl_end; + } +#endif +} + +/* Process and free undo lists attached to each history entry prior to the + current entry, inclusive, reverting each line to its saved state. This + is destructive, and state about the current line is lost. This is not + intended to be called while actively editing, and the current line is + not assumed to have been added to the history list. */ +void +_rl_revert_all_lines () +{ + int hpos; + HIST_ENTRY *entry, *cur; + UNDO_LIST *ul, *saved_undo_list; + char *lbuf; + + lbuf = savestring (rl_line_buffer); + saved_undo_list = rl_undo_list; + hpos = where_history (); + + entry = (hpos == history_length) ? previous_history () : current_history (); + + while (entry) + { + if (ul = (UNDO_LIST *)entry->data) + { + if (ul == saved_undo_list) + saved_undo_list = 0; + /* Set up rl_line_buffer and other variables from history entry */ + rl_replace_from_history (entry, 0); /* entry->line is now current */ + /* Undo all changes to this history entry */ + while (rl_undo_list) + rl_do_undo (); + /* And copy the reverted line back to the history entry, preserving + the timestamp. */ + FREE (entry->line); + entry->line = savestring (rl_line_buffer); + entry->data = 0; + } + entry = previous_history (); + } + + rl_undo_list = saved_undo_list; /* may have been set to null */ + history_set_pos (hpos); + + /* And reset the line buffer */ + rl_replace_line (lbuf, 0); + _rl_set_the_line (); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* History Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Meta-< goes to the start of the history. */ +int +rl_beginning_of_history (count, key) + int count, key; +{ + return (rl_get_previous_history (1 + where_history (), key)); +} + +/* Meta-> goes to the end of the history. (The current line). */ +int +rl_end_of_history (count, key) + int count, key; +{ + rl_maybe_replace_line (); + using_history (); + rl_maybe_unsave_line (); + return 0; +} + +/* Move down to the next history line. */ +int +rl_get_next_history (count, key) + int count, key; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *temp; + + if (count < 0) + return (rl_get_previous_history (-count, key)); + + if (count == 0) + return 0; + + rl_maybe_replace_line (); + + /* either not saved by rl_newline or at end of line, so set appropriately. */ + if (_rl_history_saved_point == -1 && (rl_point || rl_end)) + _rl_history_saved_point = (rl_point == rl_end) ? -1 : rl_point; + + temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; + while (count) + { + temp = next_history (); + if (!temp) + break; + --count; + } + + if (temp == 0) + rl_maybe_unsave_line (); + else + { + rl_replace_from_history (temp, 0); + _rl_history_set_point (); + } + return 0; +} + +/* Get the previous item out of our interactive history, making it the current + line. If there is no previous history, just ding. */ +int +rl_get_previous_history (count, key) + int count, key; +{ + HIST_ENTRY *old_temp, *temp; + + if (count < 0) + return (rl_get_next_history (-count, key)); + + if (count == 0) + return 0; + + /* either not saved by rl_newline or at end of line, so set appropriately. */ + if (_rl_history_saved_point == -1 && (rl_point || rl_end)) + _rl_history_saved_point = (rl_point == rl_end) ? -1 : rl_point; + + /* If we don't have a line saved, then save this one. */ + rl_maybe_save_line (); + + /* If the current line has changed, save the changes. */ + rl_maybe_replace_line (); + + temp = old_temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL; + while (count) + { + temp = previous_history (); + if (temp == 0) + break; + + old_temp = temp; + --count; + } + + /* If there was a large argument, and we moved back to the start of the + history, that is not an error. So use the last value found. */ + if (!temp && old_temp) + temp = old_temp; + + if (temp == 0) + rl_ding (); + else + { + rl_replace_from_history (temp, 0); + _rl_history_set_point (); + } + + return 0; +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Editing Modes */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* How to toggle back and forth between editing modes. */ +int +rl_vi_editing_mode (count, key) + int count, key; +{ +#if defined (VI_MODE) + _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 1); /* vi mode ignores insert mode */ + rl_editing_mode = vi_mode; + rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, key); +#endif /* VI_MODE */ + + return 0; +} + +int +rl_emacs_editing_mode (count, key) + int count, key; +{ + rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode; + _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 1); /* emacs mode default is insert mode */ + _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap; + return 0; +} + +/* Function for the rest of the library to use to set insert/overwrite mode. */ +void +_rl_set_insert_mode (im, force) + int im, force; +{ +#ifdef CURSOR_MODE + _rl_set_cursor (im, force); +#endif + + rl_insert_mode = im; +} + +/* Toggle overwrite mode. A positive explicit argument selects overwrite + mode. A negative or zero explicit argument selects insert mode. */ +int +rl_overwrite_mode (count, key) + int count, key; +{ + if (rl_explicit_arg == 0) + _rl_set_insert_mode (rl_insert_mode ^ 1, 0); + else if (count > 0) + _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_OVERWRITE, 0); + else + _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 0); + + return 0; +} diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.c b/lib/readline/readline.c index c2b74006b..e0f76b1d4 100644 --- a/lib/readline/readline.c +++ b/lib/readline/readline.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* readline.c -- a general facility for reading lines of input with emacs style editing and completion. */ -/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing. @@ -270,6 +270,11 @@ int _rl_output_meta_chars = 0; them to equivalent readline functions at startup. */ int _rl_bind_stty_chars = 1; +/* Non-zero means to go through the history list at every newline (or + whenever rl_done is set and readline returns) and revert each line to + its initial state. */ +int _rl_revert_all_at_newline = 0; + /* **************************************************************** */ /* */ /* Top Level Functions */ @@ -300,6 +305,7 @@ readline (prompt) const char *prompt; { char *value; + int in_callback; /* If we are at EOF return a NULL string. */ if (rl_pending_input == EOF) @@ -308,6 +314,12 @@ readline (prompt) return ((char *)NULL); } + /* If readline() is called after installing a callback handler, temporarily + turn off the callback state to avoid ensuing messiness. Patch supplied + by the gdb folks. */ + if (in_callback = RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK)) + RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK); + rl_set_prompt (prompt); rl_initialize (); @@ -326,6 +338,9 @@ readline (prompt) rl_clear_signals (); #endif + if (in_callback) + RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK); + return (value); } @@ -399,6 +414,9 @@ readline_internal_teardown (eof) free (temp); } + if (_rl_revert_all_at_newline) + _rl_revert_all_lines (); + /* At any rate, it is highly likely that this line has an undo list. Get rid of it now. */ if (rl_undo_list) diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.c~ b/lib/readline/readline.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb797d452 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/readline/readline.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,1232 @@ +/* readline.c -- a general facility for reading lines of input + with emacs style editing and completion. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for + reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing. + + The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it + and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or + (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty + of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and + is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not + have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation, + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ +#define READLINE_LIBRARY + +#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H) +# include +#endif + +#include +#include "posixstat.h" +#include +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +# include +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H) +# include +#else +# include "ansi_stdlib.h" +#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H) +# include +#endif + +#include +#include "posixjmp.h" +#include + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */ +#include "rldefs.h" +#include "rlmbutil.h" + +#if defined (__EMX__) +# define INCL_DOSPROCESS +# include +#endif /* __EMX__ */ + +/* Some standard library routines. */ +#include "readline.h" +#include "history.h" + +#include "rlprivate.h" +#include "rlshell.h" +#include "xmalloc.h" + +#ifndef RL_LIBRARY_VERSION +# define RL_LIBRARY_VERSION "5.1" +#endif + +#ifndef RL_READLINE_VERSION +# define RL_READLINE_VERSION 0x0501 +#endif + +extern void _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *)); + +/* Forward declarations used in this file. */ +static char *readline_internal PARAMS((void)); +static void readline_initialize_everything PARAMS((void)); + +static void bind_arrow_keys_internal PARAMS((Keymap)); +static void bind_arrow_keys PARAMS((void)); + +static void readline_default_bindings PARAMS((void)); +static void reset_default_bindings PARAMS((void)); + +static int _rl_subseq_result PARAMS((int, Keymap, int, int)); +static int _rl_subseq_getchar PARAMS((int)); + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Line editing input utility */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +const char *rl_library_version = RL_LIBRARY_VERSION; + +int rl_readline_version = RL_READLINE_VERSION; + +/* True if this is `real' readline as opposed to some stub substitute. */ +int rl_gnu_readline_p = 1; + +/* A pointer to the keymap that is currently in use. + By default, it is the standard emacs keymap. */ +Keymap _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap; + + +/* The current style of editing. */ +int rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode; + +/* The current insert mode: input (the default) or overwrite */ +int rl_insert_mode = RL_IM_DEFAULT; + +/* Non-zero if we called this function from _rl_dispatch(). It's present + so functions can find out whether they were called from a key binding + or directly from an application. */ +int rl_dispatching; + +/* Non-zero if the previous command was a kill command. */ +int _rl_last_command_was_kill = 0; + +/* The current value of the numeric argument specified by the user. */ +int rl_numeric_arg = 1; + +/* Non-zero if an argument was typed. */ +int rl_explicit_arg = 0; + +/* Temporary value used while generating the argument. */ +int rl_arg_sign = 1; + +/* Non-zero means we have been called at least once before. */ +static int rl_initialized; + +#if 0 +/* If non-zero, this program is running in an EMACS buffer. */ +static int running_in_emacs; +#endif + +/* Flags word encapsulating the current readline state. */ +int rl_readline_state = RL_STATE_NONE; + +/* The current offset in the current input line. */ +int rl_point; + +/* Mark in the current input line. */ +int rl_mark; + +/* Length of the current input line. */ +int rl_end; + +/* Make this non-zero to return the current input_line. */ +int rl_done; + +/* The last function executed by readline. */ +rl_command_func_t *rl_last_func = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL; + +/* Top level environment for readline_internal (). */ +procenv_t readline_top_level; + +/* The streams we interact with. */ +FILE *_rl_in_stream, *_rl_out_stream; + +/* The names of the streams that we do input and output to. */ +FILE *rl_instream = (FILE *)NULL; +FILE *rl_outstream = (FILE *)NULL; + +/* Non-zero means echo characters as they are read. Defaults to no echo; + set to 1 if there is a controlling terminal, we can get its attributes, + and the attributes include `echo'. Look at rltty.c:prepare_terminal_settings + for the code that sets it. */ +int readline_echoing_p = 0; + +/* Current prompt. */ +char *rl_prompt = (char *)NULL; +int rl_visible_prompt_length = 0; + +/* Set to non-zero by calling application if it has already printed rl_prompt + and does not want readline to do it the first time. */ +int rl_already_prompted = 0; + +/* The number of characters read in order to type this complete command. */ +int rl_key_sequence_length = 0; + +/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call just + before readline_internal_setup () prints the first prompt. */ +rl_hook_func_t *rl_startup_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL; + +/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just before + readline_internal_setup () returns and readline_internal starts + reading input characters. */ +rl_hook_func_t *rl_pre_input_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL; + +/* What we use internally. You should always refer to RL_LINE_BUFFER. */ +static char *the_line; + +/* The character that can generate an EOF. Really read from + the terminal driver... just defaulted here. */ +int _rl_eof_char = CTRL ('D'); + +/* Non-zero makes this the next keystroke to read. */ +int rl_pending_input = 0; + +/* Pointer to a useful terminal name. */ +const char *rl_terminal_name = (const char *)NULL; + +/* Non-zero means to always use horizontal scrolling in line display. */ +int _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to display an asterisk at the starts of history lines + which have been modified. */ +int _rl_mark_modified_lines = 0; + +/* The style of `bell' notification preferred. This can be set to NO_BELL, + AUDIBLE_BELL, or VISIBLE_BELL. */ +int _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL; + +/* String inserted into the line by rl_insert_comment (). */ +char *_rl_comment_begin; + +/* Keymap holding the function currently being executed. */ +Keymap rl_executing_keymap; + +/* Keymap we're currently using to dispatch. */ +Keymap _rl_dispatching_keymap; + +/* Non-zero means to erase entire line, including prompt, on empty input lines. */ +int rl_erase_empty_line = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to read only this many characters rather than up to a + character bound to accept-line. */ +int rl_num_chars_to_read; + +/* Line buffer and maintenence. */ +char *rl_line_buffer = (char *)NULL; +int rl_line_buffer_len = 0; + +/* Key sequence `contexts' */ +_rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_kscxt = 0; + +/* Forward declarations used by the display, termcap, and history code. */ + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* `Forward' declarations */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Non-zero means do not parse any lines other than comments and + parser directives. */ +unsigned char _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to convert characters with the meta bit set to + escape-prefixed characters so we can indirect through + emacs_meta_keymap or vi_escape_keymap. */ +int _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii = 1; + +/* Non-zero means to output characters with the meta bit set directly + rather than as a meta-prefixed escape sequence. */ +int _rl_output_meta_chars = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to look at the termios special characters and bind + them to equivalent readline functions at startup. */ +int _rl_bind_stty_chars = 1; + +/* Non-zero means to go through the history list at every newline (or + whenever rl_done is set and readline returns) and revert each line to + its initial state. */ +int _rl_revert_all_at_newline = 1; + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Top Level Functions */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Non-zero means treat 0200 bit in terminal input as Meta bit. */ +int _rl_meta_flag = 0; /* Forward declaration */ + +/* Set up the prompt and expand it. Called from readline() and + rl_callback_handler_install (). */ +int +rl_set_prompt (prompt) + const char *prompt; +{ + FREE (rl_prompt); + rl_prompt = prompt ? savestring (prompt) : (char *)NULL; + rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt ? rl_prompt : ""; + + rl_visible_prompt_length = rl_expand_prompt (rl_prompt); + return 0; +} + +/* Read a line of input. Prompt with PROMPT. An empty PROMPT means + none. A return value of NULL means that EOF was encountered. */ +char * +readline (prompt) + const char *prompt; +{ + char *value; + int in_callback; + + /* If we are at EOF return a NULL string. */ + if (rl_pending_input == EOF) + { + rl_clear_pending_input (); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + /* If readline() is called after installing a callback handler, temporarily + turn off the callback state to avoid ensuing messiness. Patch supplied + by the gdb folks. */ + if (in_callback = RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK)) + RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK); + + rl_set_prompt (prompt); + + rl_initialize (); + if (rl_prep_term_function) + (*rl_prep_term_function) (_rl_meta_flag); + +#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS) + rl_set_signals (); +#endif + + value = readline_internal (); + if (rl_deprep_term_function) + (*rl_deprep_term_function) (); + +#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS) + rl_clear_signals (); +#endif + + if (in_callback) + RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK); + + return (value); +} + +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) +# define STATIC_CALLBACK +#else +# define STATIC_CALLBACK static +#endif + +STATIC_CALLBACK void +readline_internal_setup () +{ + char *nprompt; + + _rl_in_stream = rl_instream; + _rl_out_stream = rl_outstream; + + if (rl_startup_hook) + (*rl_startup_hook) (); + + /* If we're not echoing, we still want to at least print a prompt, because + rl_redisplay will not do it for us. If the calling application has a + custom redisplay function, though, let that function handle it. */ + if (readline_echoing_p == 0 && rl_redisplay_function == rl_redisplay) + { + if (rl_prompt && rl_already_prompted == 0) + { + nprompt = _rl_strip_prompt (rl_prompt); + fprintf (_rl_out_stream, "%s", nprompt); + fflush (_rl_out_stream); + free (nprompt); + } + } + else + { + if (rl_prompt && rl_already_prompted) + rl_on_new_line_with_prompt (); + else + rl_on_new_line (); + (*rl_redisplay_function) (); + } + +#if defined (VI_MODE) + if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode) + rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, 'i'); +#endif /* VI_MODE */ + + if (rl_pre_input_hook) + (*rl_pre_input_hook) (); +} + +STATIC_CALLBACK char * +readline_internal_teardown (eof) + int eof; +{ + char *temp; + HIST_ENTRY *entry; + + /* Restore the original of this history line, iff the line that we + are editing was originally in the history, AND the line has changed. */ + entry = current_history (); + + if (entry && rl_undo_list) + { + temp = savestring (the_line); + rl_revert_line (1, 0); + entry = replace_history_entry (where_history (), the_line, (histdata_t)NULL); + _rl_free_history_entry (entry); + + strcpy (the_line, temp); + free (temp); + } + + if (_rl_revert_all_at_newline) + _rl_revert_all_lines (); + + /* At any rate, it is highly likely that this line has an undo list. Get + rid of it now. */ + if (rl_undo_list) + rl_free_undo_list (); + + /* Restore normal cursor, if available. */ + _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 0); + + return (eof ? (char *)NULL : savestring (the_line)); +} + +void +_rl_internal_char_cleanup () +{ +#if defined (VI_MODE) + /* In vi mode, when you exit insert mode, the cursor moves back + over the previous character. We explicitly check for that here. */ + if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap) + rl_vi_check (); +#endif /* VI_MODE */ + + if (rl_num_chars_to_read && rl_end >= rl_num_chars_to_read) + { + (*rl_redisplay_function) (); + _rl_want_redisplay = 0; + rl_newline (1, '\n'); + } + + if (rl_done == 0) + { + (*rl_redisplay_function) (); + _rl_want_redisplay = 0; + } + + /* If the application writer has told us to erase the entire line if + the only character typed was something bound to rl_newline, do so. */ + if (rl_erase_empty_line && rl_done && rl_last_func == rl_newline && + rl_point == 0 && rl_end == 0) + _rl_erase_entire_line (); +} + +STATIC_CALLBACK int +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) +readline_internal_char () +#else +readline_internal_charloop () +#endif +{ + static int lastc, eof_found; + int c, code, lk; + + lastc = -1; + eof_found = 0; + +#if !defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) + while (rl_done == 0) + { +#endif + lk = _rl_last_command_was_kill; + + code = setjmp (readline_top_level); + + if (code) + { + (*rl_redisplay_function) (); + _rl_want_redisplay = 0; + /* If we get here, we're not being called from something dispatched + from _rl_callback_read_char(), which sets up its own value of + readline_top_level (saving and restoring the old, of course), so + we can just return here. */ + if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK)) + return (0); + } + + if (rl_pending_input == 0) + { + /* Then initialize the argument and number of keys read. */ + _rl_reset_argument (); + rl_key_sequence_length = 0; + } + + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_READCMD); + c = rl_read_key (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_READCMD); + + /* look at input.c:rl_getc() for the circumstances under which this will + be returned; punt immediately on read error without converting it to + a newline. */ + if (c == READERR) + { +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE); + return (rl_done = 1); +#else + eof_found = 1; + break; +#endif + } + + /* EOF typed to a non-blank line is a . */ + if (c == EOF && rl_end) + c = NEWLINE; + + /* The character _rl_eof_char typed to blank line, and not as the + previous character is interpreted as EOF. */ + if (((c == _rl_eof_char && lastc != c) || c == EOF) && !rl_end) + { +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE); + return (rl_done = 1); +#else + eof_found = 1; + break; +#endif + } + + lastc = c; + _rl_dispatch ((unsigned char)c, _rl_keymap); + + /* If there was no change in _rl_last_command_was_kill, then no kill + has taken place. Note that if input is pending we are reading + a prefix command, so nothing has changed yet. */ + if (rl_pending_input == 0 && lk == _rl_last_command_was_kill) + _rl_last_command_was_kill = 0; + + _rl_internal_char_cleanup (); + +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) + return 0; +#else + } + + return (eof_found); +#endif +} + +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) +static int +readline_internal_charloop () +{ + int eof = 1; + + while (rl_done == 0) + eof = readline_internal_char (); + return (eof); +} +#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */ + +/* Read a line of input from the global rl_instream, doing output on + the global rl_outstream. + If rl_prompt is non-null, then that is our prompt. */ +static char * +readline_internal () +{ + int eof; + + readline_internal_setup (); + eof = readline_internal_charloop (); + return (readline_internal_teardown (eof)); +} + +void +_rl_init_line_state () +{ + rl_point = rl_end = rl_mark = 0; + the_line = rl_line_buffer; + the_line[0] = 0; +} + +void +_rl_set_the_line () +{ + the_line = rl_line_buffer; +} + +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) +_rl_keyseq_cxt * +_rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc () +{ + _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt; + + cxt = (_rl_keyseq_cxt *)xmalloc (sizeof (_rl_keyseq_cxt)); + + cxt->flags = cxt->subseq_arg = cxt->subseq_retval = 0; + + cxt->okey = 0; + cxt->ocxt = _rl_kscxt; + cxt->childval = 42; /* sentinel value */ + + return cxt; +} + +void +_rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (cxt) + _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt; +{ + free (cxt); +} + +void +_rl_keyseq_chain_dispose () +{ + _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt; + + while (_rl_kscxt) + { + cxt = _rl_kscxt; + _rl_kscxt = _rl_kscxt->ocxt; + _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (cxt); + } +} +#endif + +static int +_rl_subseq_getchar (key) + int key; +{ + int k; + + if (key == ESC) + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_METANEXT); + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT); + k = rl_read_key (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT); + if (key == ESC) + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_METANEXT); + + return k; +} + +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) +int +_rl_dispatch_callback (cxt) + _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt; +{ + int nkey, r; + + /* For now */ +#if 1 + /* The first time this context is used, we want to read input and dispatch + on it. When traversing the chain of contexts back `up', we want to use + the value from the next context down. We're simulating recursion using + a chain of contexts. */ + if ((cxt->flags & KSEQ_DISPATCHED) == 0) + { + nkey = _rl_subseq_getchar (cxt->okey); + r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (nkey, cxt->dmap, cxt->subseq_arg); + cxt->flags |= KSEQ_DISPATCHED; + } + else + r = cxt->childval; +#else + r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (nkey, cxt->dmap, cxt->subseq_arg); +#endif + + /* For now */ + r = _rl_subseq_result (r, cxt->oldmap, cxt->okey, (cxt->flags & KSEQ_SUBSEQ)); + + if (r == 0) /* success! */ + { + _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose (); + RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY); + return r; + } + + if (r != -3) /* magic value that says we added to the chain */ + _rl_kscxt = cxt->ocxt; + if (_rl_kscxt) + _rl_kscxt->childval = r; + if (r != -3) + _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (cxt); + + return r; +} +#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */ + +/* Do the command associated with KEY in MAP. + If the associated command is really a keymap, then read + another key, and dispatch into that map. */ +int +_rl_dispatch (key, map) + register int key; + Keymap map; +{ + _rl_dispatching_keymap = map; + return _rl_dispatch_subseq (key, map, 0); +} + +int +_rl_dispatch_subseq (key, map, got_subseq) + register int key; + Keymap map; + int got_subseq; +{ + int r, newkey; + char *macro; + rl_command_func_t *func; +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) + _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt; +#endif + + if (META_CHAR (key) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii) + { + if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP) + { + if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF)) + _rl_add_macro_char (ESC); + map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC); + key = UNMETA (key); + rl_key_sequence_length += 2; + return (_rl_dispatch (key, map)); + } + else + rl_ding (); + return 0; + } + + if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF)) + _rl_add_macro_char (key); + + r = 0; + switch (map[key].type) + { + case ISFUNC: + func = map[key].function; + if (func) + { + /* Special case rl_do_lowercase_version (). */ + if (func == rl_do_lowercase_version) + return (_rl_dispatch (_rl_to_lower (key), map)); + + rl_executing_keymap = map; + + rl_dispatching = 1; + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DISPATCHING); + (*map[key].function)(rl_numeric_arg * rl_arg_sign, key); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_DISPATCHING); + rl_dispatching = 0; + + /* If we have input pending, then the last command was a prefix + command. Don't change the state of rl_last_func. Otherwise, + remember the last command executed in this variable. */ + if (rl_pending_input == 0 && map[key].function != rl_digit_argument) + rl_last_func = map[key].function; + } + else if (map[ANYOTHERKEY].function) + { + /* OK, there's no function bound in this map, but there is a + shadow function that was overridden when the current keymap + was created. Return -2 to note that. */ + _rl_unget_char (key); + return -2; + } + else if (got_subseq) + { + /* Return -1 to note that we're in a subsequence, but we don't + have a matching key, nor was one overridden. This means + we need to back up the recursion chain and find the last + subsequence that is bound to a function. */ + _rl_unget_char (key); + return -1; + } + else + { +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) + RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY); + _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose (); +#endif + _rl_abort_internal (); + return -1; + } + break; + + case ISKMAP: + if (map[key].function != 0) + { +#if defined (VI_MODE) + /* The only way this test will be true is if a subsequence has been + bound starting with ESC, generally the arrow keys. What we do is + check whether there's input in the queue, which there generally + will be if an arrow key has been pressed, and, if there's not, + just dispatch to (what we assume is) rl_vi_movement_mode right + away. This is essentially an input test with a zero timeout. */ + if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && key == ESC && map == vi_insertion_keymap + && _rl_input_queued (0) == 0) + return (_rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key))); +#endif + + rl_key_sequence_length++; + _rl_dispatching_keymap = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key); + + /* Allocate new context here. Use linked contexts (linked through + cxt->ocxt) to simulate recursion */ +#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS) + if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK)) + { + /* Return 0 only the first time, to indicate success to + _rl_callback_read_char. The rest of the time, we're called + from _rl_dispatch_callback, so we return 3 to indicate + special handling is necessary. */ + r = RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY) ? -3 : 0; + cxt = _rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc (); + + if (got_subseq) + cxt->flags |= KSEQ_SUBSEQ; + cxt->okey = key; + cxt->oldmap = map; + cxt->dmap = _rl_dispatching_keymap; + cxt->subseq_arg = got_subseq || cxt->dmap[ANYOTHERKEY].function; + + RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY); + _rl_kscxt = cxt; + + return r; /* don't indicate immediate success */ + } +#endif + + newkey = _rl_subseq_getchar (key); + if (newkey < 0) + { + _rl_abort_internal (); + return -1; + } + + r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (newkey, _rl_dispatching_keymap, got_subseq || map[ANYOTHERKEY].function); + return _rl_subseq_result (r, map, key, got_subseq); + } + else + { + _rl_abort_internal (); + return -1; + } + break; + + case ISMACR: + if (map[key].function != 0) + { + macro = savestring ((char *)map[key].function); + _rl_with_macro_input (macro); + return 0; + } + break; + } +#if defined (VI_MODE) + if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap && + key != ANYOTHERKEY && + _rl_vi_textmod_command (key)) + _rl_vi_set_last (key, rl_numeric_arg, rl_arg_sign); +#endif + + return (r); +} + +static int +_rl_subseq_result (r, map, key, got_subseq) + int r; + Keymap map; + int key, got_subseq; +{ + Keymap m; + int type, nt; + rl_command_func_t *func, *nf; + + if (r == -2) + /* We didn't match anything, and the keymap we're indexed into + shadowed a function previously bound to that prefix. Call + the function. The recursive call to _rl_dispatch_subseq has + already taken care of pushing any necessary input back onto + the input queue with _rl_unget_char. */ + { + m = _rl_dispatching_keymap; + type = m[ANYOTHERKEY].type; + func = m[ANYOTHERKEY].function; + if (type == ISFUNC && func == rl_do_lowercase_version) + r = _rl_dispatch (_rl_to_lower (key), map); + else if (type == ISFUNC && func == rl_insert) + { + /* If the function that was shadowed was self-insert, we + somehow need a keymap with map[key].func == self-insert. + Let's use this one. */ + nt = m[key].type; + nf = m[key].function; + + m[key].type = type; + m[key].function = func; + r = _rl_dispatch (key, m); + m[key].type = nt; + m[key].function = nf; + } + else + r = _rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, m); + } + else if (r && map[ANYOTHERKEY].function) + { + /* We didn't match (r is probably -1), so return something to + tell the caller that it should try ANYOTHERKEY for an + overridden function. */ + _rl_unget_char (key); + _rl_dispatching_keymap = map; + return -2; + } + else if (r && got_subseq) + { + /* OK, back up the chain. */ + _rl_unget_char (key); + _rl_dispatching_keymap = map; + return -1; + } + + return r; +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Initializations */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Initialize readline (and terminal if not already). */ +int +rl_initialize () +{ + /* If we have never been called before, initialize the + terminal and data structures. */ + if (!rl_initialized) + { + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZING); + readline_initialize_everything (); + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZING); + rl_initialized++; + RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZED); + } + + /* Initalize the current line information. */ + _rl_init_line_state (); + + /* We aren't done yet. We haven't even gotten started yet! */ + rl_done = 0; + RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE); + + /* Tell the history routines what is going on. */ + _rl_start_using_history (); + + /* Make the display buffer match the state of the line. */ + rl_reset_line_state (); + + /* No such function typed yet. */ + rl_last_func = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL; + + /* Parsing of key-bindings begins in an enabled state. */ + _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0; + +#if defined (VI_MODE) + if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode) + _rl_vi_initialize_line (); +#endif + + /* Each line starts in insert mode (the default). */ + _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_DEFAULT, 1); + + return 0; +} + +#if 0 +#if defined (__EMX__) +static void +_emx_build_environ () +{ + TIB *tibp; + PIB *pibp; + char *t, **tp; + int c; + + DosGetInfoBlocks (&tibp, &pibp); + t = pibp->pib_pchenv; + for (c = 1; *t; c++) + t += strlen (t) + 1; + tp = environ = (char **)xmalloc ((c + 1) * sizeof (char *)); + t = pibp->pib_pchenv; + while (*t) + { + *tp++ = t; + t += strlen (t) + 1; + } + *tp = 0; +} +#endif /* __EMX__ */ +#endif + +/* Initialize the entire state of the world. */ +static void +readline_initialize_everything () +{ +#if 0 +#if defined (__EMX__) + if (environ == 0) + _emx_build_environ (); +#endif +#endif + +#if 0 + /* Find out if we are running in Emacs -- UNUSED. */ + running_in_emacs = sh_get_env_value ("EMACS") != (char *)0; +#endif + + /* Set up input and output if they are not already set up. */ + if (!rl_instream) + rl_instream = stdin; + + if (!rl_outstream) + rl_outstream = stdout; + + /* Bind _rl_in_stream and _rl_out_stream immediately. These values + may change, but they may also be used before readline_internal () + is called. */ + _rl_in_stream = rl_instream; + _rl_out_stream = rl_outstream; + + /* Allocate data structures. */ + if (rl_line_buffer == 0) + rl_line_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (rl_line_buffer_len = DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE); + + /* Initialize the terminal interface. */ + if (rl_terminal_name == 0) + rl_terminal_name = sh_get_env_value ("TERM"); + _rl_init_terminal_io (rl_terminal_name); + + /* Bind tty characters to readline functions. */ + readline_default_bindings (); + + /* Initialize the function names. */ + rl_initialize_funmap (); + + /* Decide whether we should automatically go into eight-bit mode. */ + _rl_init_eightbit (); + + /* Read in the init file. */ + rl_read_init_file ((char *)NULL); + + /* XXX */ + if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && _rl_term_autowrap) + { + _rl_screenwidth--; + _rl_screenchars -= _rl_screenheight; + } + + /* Override the effect of any `set keymap' assignments in the + inputrc file. */ + rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode (); + + /* Try to bind a common arrow key prefix, if not already bound. */ + bind_arrow_keys (); + + /* Enable the meta key, if this terminal has one. */ + if (_rl_enable_meta) + _rl_enable_meta_key (); + + /* If the completion parser's default word break characters haven't + been set yet, then do so now. */ + if (rl_completer_word_break_characters == (char *)NULL) + rl_completer_word_break_characters = (char *)rl_basic_word_break_characters; +} + +/* If this system allows us to look at the values of the regular + input editing characters, then bind them to their readline + equivalents, iff the characters are not bound to keymaps. */ +static void +readline_default_bindings () +{ + if (_rl_bind_stty_chars) + rl_tty_set_default_bindings (_rl_keymap); +} + +/* Reset the default bindings for the terminal special characters we're + interested in back to rl_insert and read the new ones. */ +static void +reset_default_bindings () +{ + if (_rl_bind_stty_chars) + { + rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (_rl_keymap); + rl_tty_set_default_bindings (_rl_keymap); + } +} + +/* Bind some common arrow key sequences in MAP. */ +static void +bind_arrow_keys_internal (map) + Keymap map; +{ + Keymap xkeymap; + + xkeymap = _rl_keymap; + _rl_keymap = map; + +#if defined (__MSDOS__) + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0A", rl_get_previous_history); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0B", rl_backward_char); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0C", rl_forward_char); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0D", rl_get_next_history); +#endif + + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[A", rl_get_previous_history); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[B", rl_get_next_history); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[C", rl_forward_char); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[D", rl_backward_char); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[H", rl_beg_of_line); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[F", rl_end_of_line); + + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OA", rl_get_previous_history); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OB", rl_get_next_history); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OC", rl_forward_char); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OD", rl_backward_char); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OH", rl_beg_of_line); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OF", rl_end_of_line); + +#if defined (__MINGW32__) + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340H", rl_get_previous_history); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340P", rl_get_next_history); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340M", rl_forward_char); + rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340K", rl_backward_char); +#endif + + _rl_keymap = xkeymap; +} + +/* Try and bind the common arrow key prefixes after giving termcap and + the inputrc file a chance to bind them and create `real' keymaps + for the arrow key prefix. */ +static void +bind_arrow_keys () +{ + bind_arrow_keys_internal (emacs_standard_keymap); + +#if defined (VI_MODE) + bind_arrow_keys_internal (vi_movement_keymap); + bind_arrow_keys_internal (vi_insertion_keymap); +#endif +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Saving and Restoring Readline's state */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +int +rl_save_state (sp) + struct readline_state *sp; +{ + if (sp == 0) + return -1; + + sp->point = rl_point; + sp->end = rl_end; + sp->mark = rl_mark; + sp->buffer = rl_line_buffer; + sp->buflen = rl_line_buffer_len; + sp->ul = rl_undo_list; + sp->prompt = rl_prompt; + + sp->rlstate = rl_readline_state; + sp->done = rl_done; + sp->kmap = _rl_keymap; + + sp->lastfunc = rl_last_func; + sp->insmode = rl_insert_mode; + sp->edmode = rl_editing_mode; + sp->kseqlen = rl_key_sequence_length; + sp->inf = rl_instream; + sp->outf = rl_outstream; + sp->pendingin = rl_pending_input; + sp->macro = rl_executing_macro; + + sp->catchsigs = rl_catch_signals; + sp->catchsigwinch = rl_catch_sigwinch; + + return (0); +} + +int +rl_restore_state (sp) + struct readline_state *sp; +{ + if (sp == 0) + return -1; + + rl_point = sp->point; + rl_end = sp->end; + rl_mark = sp->mark; + the_line = rl_line_buffer = sp->buffer; + rl_line_buffer_len = sp->buflen; + rl_undo_list = sp->ul; + rl_prompt = sp->prompt; + + rl_readline_state = sp->rlstate; + rl_done = sp->done; + _rl_keymap = sp->kmap; + + rl_last_func = sp->lastfunc; + rl_insert_mode = sp->insmode; + rl_editing_mode = sp->edmode; + rl_key_sequence_length = sp->kseqlen; + rl_instream = sp->inf; + rl_outstream = sp->outf; + rl_pending_input = sp->pendingin; + rl_executing_macro = sp->macro; + + rl_catch_signals = sp->catchsigs; + rl_catch_sigwinch = sp->catchsigwinch; + + return (0); +} diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.h b/lib/readline/readline.h index b71bf98d2..8beb5ffc7 100644 --- a/lib/readline/readline.h +++ b/lib/readline/readline.h @@ -420,6 +420,7 @@ extern int rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout PARAMS((int)); extern void rl_extend_line_buffer PARAMS((int)); extern int rl_ding PARAMS((void)); extern int rl_alphabetic PARAMS((int)); +extern void rl_free PARAMS((void *)); /* Readline signal handling, from signals.c */ extern int rl_set_signals PARAMS((void)); @@ -493,6 +494,10 @@ extern const char *rl_readline_name; readline (), and should not be assigned to directly. */ extern char *rl_prompt; +/* The prompt string that is actually displayed by rl_redisplay. Public so + applications can more easily supply their own redisplay functions. */ +extern char *rl_display_prompt; + /* The line buffer that is in use. */ extern char *rl_line_buffer; diff --git a/lib/readline/rldefs.h b/lib/readline/rldefs.h index 0f6c87446..acfacff17 100644 --- a/lib/readline/rldefs.h +++ b/lib/readline/rldefs.h @@ -32,6 +32,10 @@ #include "rlstdc.h" +#if defined (STRCOLL_BROKEN) +# undef HAVE_STRCOLL +#endif + #if defined (_POSIX_VERSION) && !defined (TERMIOS_MISSING) # define TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER #else diff --git a/lib/readline/rldefs.h~ b/lib/readline/rldefs.h~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f6c87446 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/readline/rldefs.h~ @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* rldefs.h -- an attempt to isolate some of the system-specific defines + for readline. This should be included after any files that define + system-specific constants like _POSIX_VERSION or USG. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of + routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask + for it. + + The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and + is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not + have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation, + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +#if !defined (_RLDEFS_H_) +#define _RLDEFS_H_ + +#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H) +# include "config.h" +#endif + +#include "rlstdc.h" + +#if defined (_POSIX_VERSION) && !defined (TERMIOS_MISSING) +# define TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER +#else +# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H) +# define TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER +# else +# if !defined (__MINGW32__) +# define NEW_TTY_DRIVER +# else +# define NO_TTY_DRIVER +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* Posix macro to check file in statbuf for directory-ness. + This requires that be included before this test. */ +#if defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR) +# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) +#endif + +/* Decide which flavor of the header file describing the C library + string functions to include and include it. */ + +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +# include +#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */ +# include +#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */ + +#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__) +extern char *strchr (), *strrchr (); +#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */ + +#if defined (PREFER_STDARG) +# include +#else +# if defined (PREFER_VARARGS) +# include +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP) +#define _rl_stricmp strcasecmp +#define _rl_strnicmp strncasecmp +#else +extern int _rl_stricmp PARAMS((char *, char *)); +extern int _rl_strnicmp PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_STRPBRK) && !defined (HAVE_MULTIBYTE) +# define _rl_strpbrk(a,b) strpbrk((a),(b)) +#else +extern char *_rl_strpbrk PARAMS((const char *, const char *)); +#endif + +#if !defined (emacs_mode) +# define no_mode -1 +# define vi_mode 0 +# define emacs_mode 1 +#endif + +#if !defined (RL_IM_INSERT) +# define RL_IM_INSERT 1 +# define RL_IM_OVERWRITE 0 +# +# define RL_IM_DEFAULT RL_IM_INSERT +#endif + +/* If you cast map[key].function to type (Keymap) on a Cray, + the compiler takes the value of map[key].function and + divides it by 4 to convert between pointer types (pointers + to functions and pointers to structs are different sizes). + This is not what is wanted. */ +#if defined (CRAY) +# define FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP(map, key) (Keymap)((int)map[key].function) +# define KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION(data) (rl_command_func_t *)((int)(data)) +#else +# define FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP(map, key) (Keymap)(map[key].function) +# define KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION(data) (rl_command_func_t *)(data) +#endif + +#ifndef savestring +#define savestring(x) strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x)) +#endif + +/* Possible values for _rl_bell_preference. */ +#define NO_BELL 0 +#define AUDIBLE_BELL 1 +#define VISIBLE_BELL 2 + +/* Definitions used when searching the line for characters. */ +/* NOTE: it is necessary that opposite directions are inverses */ +#define FTO 1 /* forward to */ +#define BTO -1 /* backward to */ +#define FFIND 2 /* forward find */ +#define BFIND -2 /* backward find */ + +/* Possible values for the found_quote flags word used by the completion + functions. It says what kind of (shell-like) quoting we found anywhere + in the line. */ +#define RL_QF_SINGLE_QUOTE 0x01 +#define RL_QF_DOUBLE_QUOTE 0x02 +#define RL_QF_BACKSLASH 0x04 +#define RL_QF_OTHER_QUOTE 0x08 + +/* Default readline line buffer length. */ +#define DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE 256 + +#if !defined (STREQ) +#define STREQ(a, b) (((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strcmp ((a), (b)) == 0)) +#define STREQN(a, b, n) (((n) == 0) ? (1) \ + : ((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strncmp ((a), (b), (n)) == 0)) +#endif + +#if !defined (FREE) +# define FREE(x) if (x) free (x) +#endif + +#if !defined (SWAP) +# define SWAP(s, e) do { int t; t = s; s = e; e = t; } while (0) +#endif + +/* CONFIGURATION SECTION */ +#include "rlconf.h" + +#endif /* !_RLDEFS_H_ */ diff --git a/lib/readline/rlprivate.h b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h index 64aa7bdd3..5f43662da 100644 --- a/lib/readline/rlprivate.h +++ b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h @@ -261,6 +261,8 @@ extern void _rl_start_using_history PARAMS((void)); extern int _rl_free_saved_history_line PARAMS((void)); extern void _rl_set_insert_mode PARAMS((int, int)); +extern void _rl_revert_all_lines PARAMS((void)); + /* nls.c */ extern int _rl_init_eightbit PARAMS((void)); @@ -359,7 +361,6 @@ extern int _rl_vis_botlin; extern int _rl_last_c_pos; extern int _rl_suppress_redisplay; extern int _rl_want_redisplay; -extern char *rl_display_prompt; /* isearch.c */ extern char *_rl_isearch_terminators; @@ -383,6 +384,7 @@ extern int _rl_meta_flag; extern int _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii; extern int _rl_output_meta_chars; extern int _rl_bind_stty_chars; +extern int _rl_revert_all_at_newline; extern char *_rl_comment_begin; extern unsigned char _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out; extern Keymap _rl_keymap; diff --git a/lib/readline/rlprivate.h~ b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd545a412 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h~ @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ +/* rlprivate.h -- functions and variables global to the readline library, + but not intended for use by applications. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for + reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing. + + The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it + and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or + (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be + useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty + of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and + is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not + have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation, + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +#if !defined (_RL_PRIVATE_H_) +#define _RL_PRIVATE_H_ + +#include "rlconf.h" /* for VISIBLE_STATS */ +#include "rlstdc.h" +#include "posixjmp.h" /* defines procenv_t */ + +/************************************************************************* + * * + * Global structs undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h * + * * + *************************************************************************/ +/* search types */ +#define RL_SEARCH_ISEARCH 0x01 /* incremental search */ +#define RL_SEARCH_NSEARCH 0x02 /* non-incremental search */ +#define RL_SEARCH_CSEARCH 0x04 /* intra-line char search */ + +/* search flags */ +#define SF_REVERSE 0x01 +#define SF_FOUND 0x02 +#define SF_FAILED 0x04 + +typedef struct __rl_search_context +{ + int type; + int sflags; + + char *search_string; + int search_string_index; + int search_string_size; + + char **lines; + char *allocated_line; + int hlen; + int hindex; + + int save_point; + int save_mark; + int save_line; + int last_found_line; + char *prev_line_found; + + UNDO_LIST *save_undo_list; + + int history_pos; + int direction; + + int lastc; +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + char mb[MB_LEN_MAX]; +#endif + + char *sline; + int sline_len; + int sline_index; + + char *search_terminators; +} _rl_search_cxt; + +/* Callback data for reading numeric arguments */ +#define NUM_SAWMINUS 0x01 +#define NUM_SAWDIGITS 0x02 +#define NUM_READONE 0x04 + +typedef int _rl_arg_cxt; + +/* A context for reading key sequences longer than a single character when + using the callback interface. */ +#define KSEQ_DISPATCHED 0x01 +#define KSEQ_SUBSEQ 0x02 +#define KSEQ_RECURSIVE 0x04 + +typedef struct __rl_keyseq_context +{ + int flags; + int subseq_arg; + int subseq_retval; /* XXX */ + Keymap dmap; + + Keymap oldmap; + int okey; + struct __rl_keyseq_context *ocxt; + int childval; +} _rl_keyseq_cxt; + + /* fill in more as needed */ +/* `Generic' callback data and functions */ +typedef struct __rl_callback_generic_arg +{ + int count; + int i1, i2; + /* add here as needed */ +} _rl_callback_generic_arg; + +typedef int _rl_callback_func_t PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *)); + +/************************************************************************* + * * + * Global functions undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h * + * * + *************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* + * * + * Global variables undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h * + * * + *************************************************************************/ + +/* complete.c */ +extern int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion; +#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS) +extern int rl_visible_stats; +#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */ + +/* readline.c */ +extern int rl_line_buffer_len; +extern int rl_arg_sign; +extern int rl_visible_prompt_length; +extern int readline_echoing_p; +extern int rl_key_sequence_length; +extern int rl_byte_oriented; + +extern _rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_kscxt; + +/* display.c */ +extern int rl_display_fixed; + +/* parens.c */ +extern int rl_blink_matching_paren; + +/************************************************************************* + * * + * Global functions and variables unsed and undocumented * + * * + *************************************************************************/ + +/* kill.c */ +extern int rl_set_retained_kills PARAMS((int)); + +/* terminal.c */ +extern void _rl_set_screen_size PARAMS((int, int)); + +/* undo.c */ +extern int _rl_fix_last_undo_of_type PARAMS((int, int, int)); + +/* util.c */ +extern char *_rl_savestring PARAMS((const char *)); + +/************************************************************************* + * * + * Functions and variables private to the readline library * + * * + *************************************************************************/ + +/* NOTE: Functions and variables prefixed with `_rl_' are + pseudo-global: they are global so they can be shared + between files in the readline library, but are not intended + to be visible to readline callers. */ + +/************************************************************************* + * Undocumented private functions * + *************************************************************************/ + +#if defined(READLINE_CALLBACKS) + +/* readline.c */ +extern void readline_internal_setup PARAMS((void)); +extern char *readline_internal_teardown PARAMS((int)); +extern int readline_internal_char PARAMS((void)); + +extern _rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose PARAMS((_rl_keyseq_cxt *)); +extern void _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose PARAMS((void)); + +extern int _rl_dispatch_callback PARAMS((_rl_keyseq_cxt *)); + +/* callback.c */ +extern _rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data_alloc PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_callback_data_dispose PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *)); + +#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */ + +/* bind.c */ + +/* complete.c */ +extern char _rl_find_completion_word PARAMS((int *, int *)); +extern void _rl_free_match_list PARAMS((char **)); + +/* display.c */ +extern char *_rl_strip_prompt PARAMS((char *)); +extern void _rl_move_cursor_relative PARAMS((int, const char *)); +extern void _rl_move_vert PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_save_prompt PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_restore_prompt PARAMS((void)); +extern char *_rl_make_prompt_for_search PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_erase_at_end_of_line PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_clear_to_eol PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_clear_screen PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_update_final PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_clean_up_for_exit PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_erase_entire_line PARAMS((void)); +extern int _rl_current_display_line PARAMS((void)); + +/* input.c */ +extern int _rl_any_typein PARAMS((void)); +extern int _rl_input_available PARAMS((void)); +extern int _rl_input_queued PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_insert_typein PARAMS((int)); +extern int _rl_unget_char PARAMS((int)); +extern int _rl_pushed_input_available PARAMS((void)); + +/* isearch.c */ +extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_scxt_alloc PARAMS((int, int)); +extern void _rl_scxt_dispose PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int)); + +extern int _rl_isearch_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int)); +extern int _rl_isearch_callback PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *)); + +extern int _rl_search_getchar PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *)); + +/* macro.c */ +extern void _rl_with_macro_input PARAMS((char *)); +extern int _rl_next_macro_key PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_push_executing_macro PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_pop_executing_macro PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_add_macro_char PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_kill_kbd_macro PARAMS((void)); + +/* misc.c */ +extern int _rl_arg_overflow PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_arg_init PARAMS((void)); +extern int _rl_arg_getchar PARAMS((void)); +extern int _rl_arg_callback PARAMS((_rl_arg_cxt)); +extern void _rl_reset_argument PARAMS((void)); + +extern void _rl_start_using_history PARAMS((void)); +extern int _rl_free_saved_history_line PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_set_insert_mode PARAMS((int, int)); + +extern void _rl_revert_all_lines PARAMS((void)); + +/* nls.c */ +extern int _rl_init_eightbit PARAMS((void)); + +/* parens.c */ +extern void _rl_enable_paren_matching PARAMS((int)); + +/* readline.c */ +extern void _rl_init_line_state PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_set_the_line PARAMS((void)); +extern int _rl_dispatch PARAMS((int, Keymap)); +extern int _rl_dispatch_subseq PARAMS((int, Keymap, int)); +extern void _rl_internal_char_cleanup PARAMS((void)); + +/* rltty.c */ +extern int _rl_disable_tty_signals PARAMS((void)); +extern int _rl_restore_tty_signals PARAMS((void)); + +/* search.c */ +extern int _rl_nsearch_callback PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *)); + +/* terminal.c */ +extern void _rl_get_screen_size PARAMS((int, int)); +extern int _rl_init_terminal_io PARAMS((const char *)); +#ifdef _MINIX +extern void _rl_output_character_function PARAMS((int)); +#else +extern int _rl_output_character_function PARAMS((int)); +#endif +extern void _rl_output_some_chars PARAMS((const char *, int)); +extern int _rl_backspace PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_enable_meta_key PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_control_keypad PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_set_cursor PARAMS((int, int)); + +/* text.c */ +extern void _rl_fix_point PARAMS((int)); +extern int _rl_replace_text PARAMS((const char *, int, int)); +extern int _rl_insert_char PARAMS((int, int)); +extern int _rl_overwrite_char PARAMS((int, int)); +extern int _rl_overwrite_rubout PARAMS((int, int)); +extern int _rl_rubout_char PARAMS((int, int)); +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +extern int _rl_char_search_internal PARAMS((int, int, char *, int)); +#else +extern int _rl_char_search_internal PARAMS((int, int, int)); +#endif +extern int _rl_set_mark_at_pos PARAMS((int)); + +/* undo.c */ +extern UNDO_LIST *_rl_copy_undo_entry PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *)); +extern UNDO_LIST *_rl_copy_undo_list PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *)); + +/* util.c */ +extern int _rl_abort_internal PARAMS((void)); +extern char *_rl_strindex PARAMS((const char *, const char *)); +extern int _rl_qsort_string_compare PARAMS((char **, char **)); +extern int (_rl_uppercase_p) PARAMS((int)); +extern int (_rl_lowercase_p) PARAMS((int)); +extern int (_rl_pure_alphabetic) PARAMS((int)); +extern int (_rl_digit_p) PARAMS((int)); +extern int (_rl_to_lower) PARAMS((int)); +extern int (_rl_to_upper) PARAMS((int)); +extern int (_rl_digit_value) PARAMS((int)); + +/* vi_mode.c */ +extern void _rl_vi_initialize_line PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_vi_reset_last PARAMS((void)); +extern void _rl_vi_set_last PARAMS((int, int, int)); +extern int _rl_vi_textmod_command PARAMS((int)); +extern void _rl_vi_done_inserting PARAMS((void)); + +/************************************************************************* + * Undocumented private variables * + *************************************************************************/ + +/* bind.c */ +extern const char *_rl_possible_control_prefixes[]; +extern const char *_rl_possible_meta_prefixes[]; + +/* callback.c */ +extern _rl_callback_func_t *_rl_callback_func; +extern _rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data; + +/* complete.c */ +extern int _rl_complete_show_all; +extern int _rl_complete_show_unmodified; +extern int _rl_complete_mark_directories; +extern int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs; +extern int _rl_print_completions_horizontally; +extern int _rl_completion_case_fold; +extern int _rl_match_hidden_files; +extern int _rl_page_completions; + +/* display.c */ +extern int _rl_vis_botlin; +extern int _rl_last_c_pos; +extern int _rl_suppress_redisplay; +extern int _rl_want_redisplay; + +/* isearch.c */ +extern char *_rl_isearch_terminators; + +extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_iscxt; + +/* macro.c */ +extern char *_rl_executing_macro; + +/* misc.c */ +extern int _rl_history_preserve_point; +extern int _rl_history_saved_point; + +extern _rl_arg_cxt _rl_argcxt; + +/* readline.c */ +extern int _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode; +extern int _rl_mark_modified_lines; +extern int _rl_bell_preference; +extern int _rl_meta_flag; +extern int _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii; +extern int _rl_output_meta_chars; +extern int _rl_bind_stty_chars; +extern char *_rl_comment_begin; +extern unsigned char _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out; +extern Keymap _rl_keymap; +extern FILE *_rl_in_stream; +extern FILE *_rl_out_stream; +extern int _rl_last_command_was_kill; +extern int _rl_eof_char; +extern procenv_t readline_top_level; + +/* search.c */ +extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_nscxt; + +/* terminal.c */ +extern int _rl_enable_keypad; +extern int _rl_enable_meta; +extern char *_rl_term_clreol; +extern char *_rl_term_clrpag; +extern char *_rl_term_im; +extern char *_rl_term_ic; +extern char *_rl_term_ei; +extern char *_rl_term_DC; +extern char *_rl_term_up; +extern char *_rl_term_dc; +extern char *_rl_term_cr; +extern char *_rl_term_IC; +extern char *_rl_term_forward_char; +extern int _rl_screenheight; +extern int _rl_screenwidth; +extern int _rl_screenchars; +extern int _rl_terminal_can_insert; +extern int _rl_term_autowrap; + +/* undo.c */ +extern int _rl_doing_an_undo; +extern int _rl_undo_group_level; + +/* vi_mode.c */ +extern int _rl_vi_last_command; + +#endif /* _RL_PRIVATE_H_ */ diff --git a/lib/readline/undo.c b/lib/readline/undo.c index 164479581..1487704c4 100644 --- a/lib/readline/undo.c +++ b/lib/readline/undo.c @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ rl_do_undo () start = end = waiting_for_begin = 0; do { - if (!rl_undo_list) + if (rl_undo_list == 0) return (0); _rl_doing_an_undo = 1; @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ int rl_revert_line (count, key) int count, key; { - if (!rl_undo_list) + if (rl_undo_list == 0) rl_ding (); else { diff --git a/lib/readline/util.c b/lib/readline/util.c index c34d4de3c..1f1ec8be1 100644 --- a/lib/readline/util.c +++ b/lib/readline/util.c @@ -344,6 +344,16 @@ FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_to_lower) FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_to_upper) FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_uppercase_p) +/* A convenience function, to force memory deallocation to be performed + by readline. DLLs on Windows apparently require this. */ +void +rl_free (mem) + void *mem; +{ + if (mem) + free (mem); +} + /* Backwards compatibility, now that savestring has been removed from all `public' readline header files. */ #undef _rl_savestring diff --git a/nojobs.c b/nojobs.c index a3d51f670..c8a56275f 100644 --- a/nojobs.c +++ b/nojobs.c @@ -518,9 +518,11 @@ make_child (command, async_p) sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &top_level_mask, (sigset_t *)NULL); #endif +#if 0 /* Ignore INT and QUIT in asynchronous children. */ if (async_p) last_asynchronous_pid = getpid (); +#endif default_tty_job_signals (); } diff --git a/nojobs.c~ b/nojobs.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3d51f670 --- /dev/null +++ b/nojobs.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,928 @@ +/* The thing that makes children, remembers them, and contains wait loops. */ + +/* This file works under BSD, System V, minix, and Posix systems. It does + not implement job control. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + + Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free + Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later + version. + + Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License + for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +#include "config.h" + +#include "bashtypes.h" +#include "filecntl.h" + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) +# include "input.h" +#endif + +/* Need to include this up here for *_TTY_DRIVER definitions. */ +#include "shtty.h" + +#include "bashintl.h" + +#include "shell.h" +#include "jobs.h" + +#include "builtins/builtext.h" /* for wait_builtin */ + +#define DEFAULT_CHILD_MAX 32 + +#if defined (_POSIX_VERSION) || !defined (HAVE_KILLPG) +# define killpg(pg, sig) kill(-(pg),(sig)) +#endif /* USG || _POSIX_VERSION */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT) && !defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS) +# define siginterrupt(sig, code) +#endif /* !HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT && !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */ + +#if defined (HAVE_WAITPID) +# define WAITPID(pid, statusp, options) waitpid (pid, statusp, options) +#else +# define WAITPID(pid, statusp, options) wait (statusp) +#endif /* !HAVE_WAITPID */ + +/* Return the fd from which we are actually getting input. */ +#define input_tty() (shell_tty != -1) ? shell_tty : fileno (stderr) + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +extern int interactive, interactive_shell, login_shell; +extern int subshell_environment; +extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal; +extern int interrupt_immediately; +extern sh_builtin_func_t *this_shell_builtin; +#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS) +extern sigset_t top_level_mask; +#endif +extern procenv_t wait_intr_buf; +extern int wait_signal_received; + +pid_t last_made_pid = NO_PID; +pid_t last_asynchronous_pid = NO_PID; + +/* Call this when you start making children. */ +int already_making_children = 0; + +/* The controlling tty for this shell. */ +int shell_tty = -1; + +/* If this is non-zero, $LINES and $COLUMNS are reset after every process + exits from get_tty_state(). */ +int check_window_size; + +/* STATUS and FLAGS are only valid if pid != NO_PID + STATUS is only valid if (flags & PROC_RUNNING) == 0 */ +struct proc_status { + pid_t pid; + int status; /* Exit status of PID or 128 + fatal signal number */ + int flags; +}; + +/* Values for proc_status.flags */ +#define PROC_RUNNING 0x01 +#define PROC_NOTIFIED 0x02 +#define PROC_ASYNC 0x04 +#define PROC_SIGNALED 0x10 + +/* Return values from find_status_by_pid */ +#define PROC_BAD -1 +#define PROC_STILL_ALIVE -2 + +static struct proc_status *pid_list = (struct proc_status *)NULL; +static int pid_list_size; +static int wait_sigint_received; + +static long child_max = -1L; + +static void alloc_pid_list __P((void)); +static int find_proc_slot __P((void)); +static int find_index_by_pid __P((pid_t)); +static int find_status_by_pid __P((pid_t)); +static int process_exit_status __P((WAIT)); +static int find_termsig_by_pid __P((pid_t)); +static int get_termsig __P((WAIT)); +static void set_pid_status __P((pid_t, WAIT)); +static void set_pid_flags __P((pid_t, int)); +static void unset_pid_flags __P((pid_t, int)); +static int get_pid_flags __P((pid_t)); +static void add_pid __P((pid_t, int)); +static void mark_dead_jobs_as_notified __P((int)); + +static sighandler wait_sigint_handler __P((int)); +static char *j_strsignal __P((int)); + +#if defined (HAVE_WAITPID) +static void reap_zombie_children __P((void)); +#endif + +#if !defined (HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT) && defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS) +static int siginterrupt __P((int, int)); +#endif + +static void restore_sigint_handler __P((void)); + +/* Allocate new, or grow existing PID_LIST. */ +static void +alloc_pid_list () +{ + register int i; + int old = pid_list_size; + + pid_list_size += 10; + pid_list = (struct proc_status *)xrealloc (pid_list, pid_list_size * sizeof (struct proc_status)); + + /* None of the newly allocated slots have process id's yet. */ + for (i = old; i < pid_list_size; i++) + pid_list[i].pid = NO_PID; +} + +/* Return the offset within the PID_LIST array of an empty slot. This can + create new slots if all of the existing slots are taken. */ +static int +find_proc_slot () +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < pid_list_size; i++) + if (pid_list[i].pid == NO_PID) + return (i); + + if (i == pid_list_size) + alloc_pid_list (); + + return (i); +} + +/* Return the offset within the PID_LIST array of a slot containing PID, + or the value NO_PID if the pid wasn't found. */ +static int +find_index_by_pid (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < pid_list_size; i++) + if (pid_list[i].pid == pid) + return (i); + + return (NO_PID); +} + +/* Return the status of PID as looked up in the PID_LIST array. A + return value of PROC_BAD indicates that PID wasn't found. */ +static int +find_status_by_pid (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + int i; + + i = find_index_by_pid (pid); + if (i == NO_PID) + return (PROC_BAD); + if (pid_list[i].flags & PROC_RUNNING) + return (PROC_STILL_ALIVE); + return (pid_list[i].status); +} + +static int +process_exit_status (status) + WAIT status; +{ + if (WIFSIGNALED (status)) + return (128 + WTERMSIG (status)); + else + return (WEXITSTATUS (status)); +} + +/* Return the status of PID as looked up in the PID_LIST array. A + return value of PROC_BAD indicates that PID wasn't found. */ +static int +find_termsig_by_pid (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + int i; + + i = find_index_by_pid (pid); + if (i == NO_PID) + return (0); + if (pid_list[i].flags & PROC_RUNNING) + return (0); + return (get_termsig (pid_list[i].status)); +} + +/* Set LAST_COMMAND_EXIT_SIGNAL depending on STATUS. If STATUS is -1, look + up PID in the pid array and set LAST_COMMAND_EXIT_SIGNAL appropriately + depending on its flags and exit status. */ +static int +get_termsig (status) + WAIT status; +{ + if (WIFSTOPPED (status) == 0 && WIFSIGNALED (status)) + return (WTERMSIG (status)); + else + return (0); +} + +/* Give PID the status value STATUS in the PID_LIST array. */ +static void +set_pid_status (pid, status) + pid_t pid; + WAIT status; +{ + int slot; + + slot = find_index_by_pid (pid); + if (slot == NO_PID) + return; + + pid_list[slot].status = process_exit_status (status); + pid_list[slot].flags &= ~PROC_RUNNING; + if (WIFSIGNALED (status)) + pid_list[slot].flags |= PROC_SIGNALED; + /* If it's not a background process, mark it as notified so it gets + cleaned up. */ + if ((pid_list[slot].flags & PROC_ASYNC) == 0) + pid_list[slot].flags |= PROC_NOTIFIED; +} + +/* Give PID the flags FLAGS in the PID_LIST array. */ +static void +set_pid_flags (pid, flags) + pid_t pid; + int flags; +{ + int slot; + + slot = find_index_by_pid (pid); + if (slot == NO_PID) + return; + + pid_list[slot].flags |= flags; +} + +/* Unset FLAGS for PID in the pid list */ +static void +unset_pid_flags (pid, flags) + pid_t pid; + int flags; +{ + int slot; + + slot = find_index_by_pid (pid); + if (slot == NO_PID) + return; + + pid_list[slot].flags &= ~flags; +} + +/* Return the flags corresponding to PID in the PID_LIST array. */ +static int +get_pid_flags (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + int slot; + + slot = find_index_by_pid (pid); + if (slot == NO_PID) + return 0; + + return (pid_list[slot].flags); +} + +static void +add_pid (pid, async) + pid_t pid; + int async; +{ + int slot; + + slot = find_proc_slot (); + + pid_list[slot].pid = pid; + pid_list[slot].status = -1; + pid_list[slot].flags = PROC_RUNNING; + if (async) + pid_list[slot].flags |= PROC_ASYNC; +} + +static void +mark_dead_jobs_as_notified (force) + int force; +{ + register int i, ndead; + + /* first, count the number of non-running async jobs if FORCE == 0 */ + for (i = ndead = 0; force == 0 && i < pid_list_size; i++) + { + if (pid_list[i].pid == NO_PID) + continue; + if (((pid_list[i].flags & PROC_RUNNING) == 0) && + (pid_list[i].flags & PROC_ASYNC)) + ndead++; + } + + if (child_max < 0) + child_max = getmaxchild (); + if (child_max < 0) + child_max = DEFAULT_CHILD_MAX; + + if (force == 0 && ndead <= child_max) + return; + + /* If FORCE == 0, we just mark as many non-running async jobs as notified + to bring us under the CHILD_MAX limit. */ + for (i = 0; i < pid_list_size; i++) + { + if (pid_list[i].pid == NO_PID) + continue; + if (((pid_list[i].flags & PROC_RUNNING) == 0) && + pid_list[i].pid != last_asynchronous_pid) + { + pid_list[i].flags |= PROC_NOTIFIED; + if (force == 0 && (pid_list[i].flags & PROC_ASYNC) && --ndead <= child_max) + break; + } + } +} + +/* Remove all dead, notified jobs from the pid_list. */ +int +cleanup_dead_jobs () +{ + register int i; + +#if defined (HAVE_WAITPID) + reap_zombie_children (); +#endif + + for (i = 0; i < pid_list_size; i++) + { + if ((pid_list[i].flags & PROC_RUNNING) == 0 && + (pid_list[i].flags & PROC_NOTIFIED)) + pid_list[i].pid = NO_PID; + } + + return 0; +} + +void +reap_dead_jobs () +{ + mark_dead_jobs_as_notified (0); + cleanup_dead_jobs (); +} + +/* Initialize the job control mechanism, and set up the tty stuff. */ +initialize_job_control (force) + int force; +{ + shell_tty = fileno (stderr); + + if (interactive) + get_tty_state (); +} + +/* Setup this shell to handle C-C, etc. */ +void +initialize_job_signals () +{ + set_signal_handler (SIGINT, sigint_sighandler); + + /* If this is a login shell we don't wish to be disturbed by + stop signals. */ + if (login_shell) + ignore_tty_job_signals (); +} + +#if defined (HAVE_WAITPID) +/* Collect the status of all zombie children so that their system + resources can be deallocated. */ +static void +reap_zombie_children () +{ +# if defined (WNOHANG) + pid_t pid; + WAIT status; + + CHECK_TERMSIG; + while ((pid = waitpid (-1, (int *)&status, WNOHANG)) > 0) + set_pid_status (pid, status); +# endif /* WNOHANG */ + CHECK_TERMSIG; +} +#endif /* WAITPID */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT) && defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS) +static int +siginterrupt (sig, flag) + int sig, flag; +{ + struct sigaction act; + + sigaction (sig, (struct sigaction *)NULL, &act); + + if (flag) + act.sa_flags &= ~SA_RESTART; + else + act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART; + + return (sigaction (sig, &act, (struct sigaction *)NULL)); +} +#endif /* !HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT && HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */ + +/* Fork, handling errors. Returns the pid of the newly made child, or 0. + COMMAND is just for remembering the name of the command; we don't do + anything else with it. ASYNC_P says what to do with the tty. If + non-zero, then don't give it away. */ +pid_t +make_child (command, async_p) + char *command; + int async_p; +{ + pid_t pid; +#if defined (HAVE_WAITPID) + int retry = 1; +#endif /* HAVE_WAITPID */ + + /* Discard saved memory. */ + if (command) + free (command); + + start_pipeline (); + +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + /* If default_buffered_input is active, we are reading a script. If + the command is asynchronous, we have already duplicated /dev/null + as fd 0, but have not changed the buffered stream corresponding to + the old fd 0. We don't want to sync the stream in this case. */ + if (default_buffered_input != -1 && (!async_p || default_buffered_input > 0)) + sync_buffered_stream (default_buffered_input); +#endif /* BUFFERED_INPUT */ + + /* Create the child, handle severe errors. */ +#if defined (HAVE_WAITPID) + retry_fork: +#endif /* HAVE_WAITPID */ + + if ((pid = fork ()) < 0) + { +#if defined (HAVE_WAITPID) + /* Posix systems with a non-blocking waitpid () system call available + get another chance after zombies are reaped. */ + if (errno == EAGAIN && retry) + { + reap_zombie_children (); + retry = 0; + goto retry_fork; + } +#endif /* HAVE_WAITPID */ + + sys_error ("fork"); + + throw_to_top_level (); + } + + if (pid == 0) + { +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + unset_bash_input (0); +#endif /* BUFFERED_INPUT */ + +#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS) + /* Restore top-level signal mask. */ + sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &top_level_mask, (sigset_t *)NULL); +#endif + + /* Ignore INT and QUIT in asynchronous children. */ + if (async_p) + last_asynchronous_pid = getpid (); + + default_tty_job_signals (); + } + else + { + /* In the parent. */ + + last_made_pid = pid; + + if (async_p) + last_asynchronous_pid = pid; + + add_pid (pid, async_p); + } + return (pid); +} + +void +ignore_tty_job_signals () +{ +#if defined (SIGTSTP) + set_signal_handler (SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTIN, SIG_IGN); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN); +#endif +} + +void +default_tty_job_signals () +{ +#if defined (SIGTSTP) + set_signal_handler (SIGTSTP, SIG_DFL); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTIN, SIG_DFL); + set_signal_handler (SIGTTOU, SIG_DFL); +#endif +} + +/* Wait for a single pid (PID) and return its exit status. Called by + the wait builtin. */ +int +wait_for_single_pid (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + pid_t got_pid; + WAIT status; + int pstatus, flags; + + pstatus = find_status_by_pid (pid); + + if (pstatus == PROC_BAD) + { + internal_error (_("wait: pid %ld is not a child of this shell"), (long)pid); + return (127); + } + + if (pstatus != PROC_STILL_ALIVE) + { + if (pstatus > 128) + last_command_exit_signal = find_termsig_by_pid (pid); + return (pstatus); + } + + siginterrupt (SIGINT, 1); + while ((got_pid = WAITPID (pid, &status, 0)) != pid) + { + CHECK_TERMSIG; + if (got_pid < 0) + { + if (errno != EINTR && errno != ECHILD) + { + siginterrupt (SIGINT, 0); + sys_error ("wait"); + } + break; + } + else if (got_pid > 0) + set_pid_status (got_pid, status); + } + + if (got_pid > 0) + { + set_pid_status (got_pid, status); + set_pid_flags (got_pid, PROC_NOTIFIED); + } + + siginterrupt (SIGINT, 0); + QUIT; + + return (got_pid > 0 ? process_exit_status (status) : -1); +} + +/* Wait for all of the shell's children to exit. Called by the `wait' + builtin. */ +void +wait_for_background_pids () +{ + pid_t got_pid; + WAIT status; + + /* If we aren't using job control, we let the kernel take care of the + bookkeeping for us. wait () will return -1 and set errno to ECHILD + when there are no more unwaited-for child processes on both + 4.2 BSD-based and System V-based systems. */ + + siginterrupt (SIGINT, 1); + + /* Wait for ECHILD */ + while ((got_pid = WAITPID (-1, &status, 0)) != -1) + set_pid_status (got_pid, status); + + if (errno != EINTR && errno != ECHILD) + { + siginterrupt (SIGINT, 0); + sys_error("wait"); + } + + siginterrupt (SIGINT, 0); + QUIT; + + mark_dead_jobs_as_notified (1); + cleanup_dead_jobs (); +} + +/* Make OLD_SIGINT_HANDLER the SIGINT signal handler. */ +#define INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER (SigHandler *)wait_for_background_pids +static SigHandler *old_sigint_handler = INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER; + +static void +restore_sigint_handler () +{ + if (old_sigint_handler != INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER) + { + set_signal_handler (SIGINT, old_sigint_handler); + old_sigint_handler = INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER; + } +} + +/* Handle SIGINT while we are waiting for children in a script to exit. + All interrupts are effectively ignored by the shell, but allowed to + kill a running job. */ +static sighandler +wait_sigint_handler (sig) + int sig; +{ + SigHandler *sigint_handler; + + /* If we got a SIGINT while in `wait', and SIGINT is trapped, do + what POSIX.2 says (see builtins/wait.def for more info). */ + if (this_shell_builtin && this_shell_builtin == wait_builtin && + signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) && + ((sigint_handler = trap_to_sighandler (SIGINT)) == trap_handler)) + { + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + restore_sigint_handler (); + interrupt_immediately = 0; + trap_handler (SIGINT); /* set pending_traps[SIGINT] */ + wait_signal_received = SIGINT; + longjmp (wait_intr_buf, 1); + } + + if (interrupt_immediately) + { + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + restore_sigint_handler (); + ADDINTERRUPT; + QUIT; + } + + wait_sigint_received = 1; + + SIGRETURN (0); +} + +static char * +j_strsignal (s) + int s; +{ + static char retcode_name_buffer[64] = { '\0' }; + char *x; + + x = strsignal (s); + if (x == 0) + { + x = retcode_name_buffer; + sprintf (x, "Signal %d", s); + } + return x; +} + +/* Wait for pid (one of our children) to terminate. This is called only + by the execution code in execute_cmd.c. */ +int +wait_for (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + int return_val, pstatus; + pid_t got_pid; + WAIT status; + + pstatus = find_status_by_pid (pid); + + if (pstatus == PROC_BAD) + return (0); + + if (pstatus != PROC_STILL_ALIVE) + { + if (pstatus > 128) + last_command_exit_signal = find_termsig_by_pid (pid); + return (pstatus); + } + + /* If we are running a script, ignore SIGINT while we're waiting for + a child to exit. The loop below does some of this, but not all. */ + wait_sigint_received = 0; + if (interactive_shell == 0) + old_sigint_handler = set_signal_handler (SIGINT, wait_sigint_handler); + + while ((got_pid = WAITPID (-1, &status, 0)) != pid) /* XXX was pid now -1 */ + { + CHECK_TERMSIG; + if (got_pid < 0 && errno == ECHILD) + { +#if !defined (_POSIX_VERSION) + status.w_termsig = status.w_retcode = 0; +#else + status = 0; +#endif /* _POSIX_VERSION */ + break; + } + else if (got_pid < 0 && errno != EINTR) + programming_error ("wait_for(%ld): %s", (long)pid, strerror(errno)); + else if (got_pid > 0) + set_pid_status (got_pid, status); + } + + if (got_pid > 0) + set_pid_status (got_pid, status); + +#if defined (HAVE_WAITPID) + if (got_pid >= 0) + reap_zombie_children (); +#endif /* HAVE_WAITPID */ + + if (interactive_shell == 0) + { + SigHandler *temp_handler; + + temp_handler = old_sigint_handler; + restore_sigint_handler (); + + /* If the job exited because of SIGINT, make sure the shell acts as if + it had received one also. */ + if (WIFSIGNALED (status) && (WTERMSIG (status) == SIGINT)) + { + + if (maybe_call_trap_handler (SIGINT) == 0) + { + if (temp_handler == SIG_DFL) + termsig_handler (SIGINT); + else if (temp_handler != INVALID_SIGNAL_HANDLER && temp_handler != SIG_IGN) + (*temp_handler) (SIGINT); + } + } + } + + /* Default return value. */ + /* ``a full 8 bits of status is returned'' */ + return_val = process_exit_status (status); + last_command_exit_signal = get_termsig (status); + +#if !defined (DONT_REPORT_SIGPIPE) + if ((WIFSTOPPED (status) == 0) && WIFSIGNALED (status) && + (WTERMSIG (status) != SIGINT)) +#else + if ((WIFSTOPPED (status) == 0) && WIFSIGNALED (status) && + (WTERMSIG (status) != SIGINT) && (WTERMSIG (status) != SIGPIPE)) +#endif + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s", j_strsignal (WTERMSIG (status))); + if (WIFCORED (status)) + fprintf (stderr, " (core dumped)"); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + } + + if (interactive_shell && subshell_environment == 0) + { + if (WIFSIGNALED (status) || WIFSTOPPED (status)) + set_tty_state (); + else + get_tty_state (); + } + + return (return_val); +} + +/* Send PID SIGNAL. Returns -1 on failure, 0 on success. If GROUP is non-zero, + or PID is less than -1, then kill the process group associated with PID. */ +int +kill_pid (pid, signal, group) + pid_t pid; + int signal, group; +{ + int result; + + if (pid < -1) + { + pid = -pid; + group = 1; + } + result = group ? killpg (pid, signal) : kill (pid, signal); + return (result); +} + +static TTYSTRUCT shell_tty_info; +static int got_tty_state; + +/* Fill the contents of shell_tty_info with the current tty info. */ +get_tty_state () +{ + int tty; + + tty = input_tty (); + if (tty != -1) + { + ttgetattr (tty, &shell_tty_info); + got_tty_state = 1; + if (check_window_size) + get_new_window_size (0, (int *)0, (int *)0); + } +} + +/* Make the current tty use the state in shell_tty_info. */ +int +set_tty_state () +{ + int tty; + + tty = input_tty (); + if (tty != -1) + { + if (got_tty_state == 0) + return 0; + ttsetattr (tty, &shell_tty_info); + } + return 0; +} + +/* Give the terminal to PGRP. */ +give_terminal_to (pgrp, force) + pid_t pgrp; + int force; +{ +} + +/* Stop a pipeline. */ +int +stop_pipeline (async, ignore) + int async; + COMMAND *ignore; +{ + already_making_children = 0; + return 0; +} + +void +start_pipeline () +{ + already_making_children = 1; +} + +void +stop_making_children () +{ + already_making_children = 0; +} + +int +get_job_by_pid (pid, block) + pid_t pid; + int block; +{ + int i; + + i = find_index_by_pid (pid); + return ((i == NO_PID) ? PROC_BAD : i); +} + +/* Print descriptive information about the job with leader pid PID. */ +void +describe_pid (pid) + pid_t pid; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%ld\n", (long) pid); +} + +void +unfreeze_jobs_list () +{ +} + +int +count_all_jobs () +{ + return 0; +} diff --git a/shell.c b/shell.c index 15c84f258..f8d32e277 100644 --- a/shell.c +++ b/shell.c @@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ open_shell_script (script_name) } else if (sample_len > 0 && (check_binary_file (sample, sample_len))) { - internal_error ("%s: cannot execute binary file", filename); + internal_error (_("%s: cannot execute binary file"), filename); exit (EX_BINARY_FILE); } /* Now rewind the file back to the beginning. */ diff --git a/shell.c~ b/shell.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15c84f258 --- /dev/null +++ b/shell.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,1795 @@ +/* shell.c -- GNU's idea of the POSIX shell specification. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + + Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT + ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY + or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public + License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + + Birthdate: + Sunday, January 10th, 1988. + Initial author: Brian Fox +*/ +#define INSTALL_DEBUG_MODE + +#include "config.h" + +#include "bashtypes.h" +#if !defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +# include +#endif +#include "posixstat.h" +#include "posixtime.h" +#include "bashansi.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "filecntl.h" +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include "bashintl.h" + +#define NEED_SH_SETLINEBUF_DECL /* used in externs.h */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "flags.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "mailcheck.h" +#include "builtins.h" +#include "builtins/common.h" + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) +#include "jobs.h" +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + +#include "input.h" +#include "execute_cmd.h" +#include "findcmd.h" + +#if defined (USING_BASH_MALLOC) && defined (DEBUG) && !defined (DISABLE_MALLOC_WRAPPERS) +# include +#endif + +#if defined (HISTORY) +# include "bashhist.h" +# include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if defined (__OPENNT) +# include +#endif + +#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS) +extern struct passwd *getpwuid (); +#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */ + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif + +#if defined (NO_MAIN_ENV_ARG) +extern char **environ; /* used if no third argument to main() */ +#endif + +extern char *dist_version, *release_status; +extern int patch_level, build_version; +extern int shell_level; +extern int subshell_environment; +extern int last_command_exit_value; +extern int line_number; +extern int expand_aliases; +extern int array_needs_making; +extern int gnu_error_format; +extern char *primary_prompt, *secondary_prompt; +extern char *this_command_name; + +/* Non-zero means that this shell has already been run; i.e. you should + call shell_reinitialize () if you need to start afresh. */ +int shell_initialized = 0; + +COMMAND *global_command = (COMMAND *)NULL; + +/* Information about the current user. */ +struct user_info current_user = +{ + (uid_t)-1, (uid_t)-1, (gid_t)-1, (gid_t)-1, + (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL +}; + +/* The current host's name. */ +char *current_host_name = (char *)NULL; + +/* Non-zero means that this shell is a login shell. + Specifically: + 0 = not login shell. + 1 = login shell from getty (or equivalent fake out) + -1 = login shell from "--login" (or -l) flag. + -2 = both from getty, and from flag. + */ +int login_shell = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that at this moment, the shell is interactive. In + general, this means that the shell is at this moment reading input + from the keyboard. */ +int interactive = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that the shell was started as an interactive shell. */ +int interactive_shell = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to send a SIGHUP to all jobs when an interactive login + shell exits. */ +int hup_on_exit = 0; + +/* Tells what state the shell was in when it started: + 0 = non-interactive shell script + 1 = interactive + 2 = -c command + 3 = wordexp evaluation + This is a superset of the information provided by interactive_shell. +*/ +int startup_state = 0; + +/* Special debugging helper. */ +int debugging_login_shell = 0; + +/* The environment that the shell passes to other commands. */ +char **shell_environment; + +/* Non-zero when we are executing a top-level command. */ +int executing = 0; + +/* The number of commands executed so far. */ +int current_command_number = 1; + +/* Non-zero is the recursion depth for commands. */ +int indirection_level = 0; + +/* The name of this shell, as taken from argv[0]. */ +char *shell_name = (char *)NULL; + +/* time in seconds when the shell was started */ +time_t shell_start_time; + +/* Are we running in an emacs shell window? */ +int running_under_emacs; + +/* The name of the .(shell)rc file. */ +static char *bashrc_file = "~/.bashrc"; + +/* Non-zero means to act more like the Bourne shell on startup. */ +static int act_like_sh; + +/* Non-zero if this shell is being run by `su'. */ +static int su_shell; + +/* Non-zero if we have already expanded and sourced $ENV. */ +static int sourced_env; + +/* Is this shell running setuid? */ +static int running_setuid; + +/* Values for the long-winded argument names. */ +static int debugging; /* Do debugging things. */ +static int no_rc; /* Don't execute ~/.bashrc */ +static int no_profile; /* Don't execute .profile */ +static int do_version; /* Display interesting version info. */ +static int make_login_shell; /* Make this shell be a `-bash' shell. */ +static int want_initial_help; /* --help option */ + +int debugging_mode = 0; /* In debugging mode with --debugger */ +int no_line_editing = 0; /* Don't do fancy line editing. */ +int dump_translatable_strings; /* Dump strings in $"...", don't execute. */ +int dump_po_strings; /* Dump strings in $"..." in po format */ +int wordexp_only = 0; /* Do word expansion only */ +int protected_mode = 0; /* No command substitution with --wordexp */ + +#if defined (STRICT_POSIX) +int posixly_correct = 1; /* Non-zero means posix.2 superset. */ +#else +int posixly_correct = 0; /* Non-zero means posix.2 superset. */ +#endif + + +/* Some long-winded argument names. These are obviously new. */ +#define Int 1 +#define Charp 2 +struct { + char *name; + int type; + int *int_value; + char **char_value; +} long_args[] = { + { "debug", Int, &debugging, (char **)0x0 }, +#if defined (DEBUGGER) + { "debugger", Int, &debugging_mode, (char **)0x0 }, +#endif + { "dump-po-strings", Int, &dump_po_strings, (char **)0x0 }, + { "dump-strings", Int, &dump_translatable_strings, (char **)0x0 }, + { "help", Int, &want_initial_help, (char **)0x0 }, + { "init-file", Charp, (int *)0x0, &bashrc_file }, + { "login", Int, &make_login_shell, (char **)0x0 }, + { "noediting", Int, &no_line_editing, (char **)0x0 }, + { "noprofile", Int, &no_profile, (char **)0x0 }, + { "norc", Int, &no_rc, (char **)0x0 }, + { "posix", Int, &posixly_correct, (char **)0x0 }, + { "protected", Int, &protected_mode, (char **)0x0 }, + { "rcfile", Charp, (int *)0x0, &bashrc_file }, +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + { "restricted", Int, &restricted, (char **)0x0 }, +#endif + { "verbose", Int, &echo_input_at_read, (char **)0x0 }, + { "version", Int, &do_version, (char **)0x0 }, + { "wordexp", Int, &wordexp_only, (char **)0x0 }, + { (char *)0x0, Int, (int *)0x0, (char **)0x0 } +}; + +/* These are extern so execute_simple_command can set them, and then + longjmp back to main to execute a shell script, instead of calling + main () again and resulting in indefinite, possibly fatal, stack + growth. */ +procenv_t subshell_top_level; +int subshell_argc; +char **subshell_argv; +char **subshell_envp; + +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) +/* The file descriptor from which the shell is reading input. */ +int default_buffered_input = -1; +#endif + +/* The following two variables are not static so they can show up in $-. */ +int read_from_stdin; /* -s flag supplied */ +int want_pending_command; /* -c flag supplied */ + +/* This variable is not static so it can be bound to $BASH_EXECUTION_STRING */ +char *command_execution_string; /* argument to -c option */ + +int malloc_trace_at_exit = 0; + +static int shell_reinitialized = 0; + +static FILE *default_input; + +static STRING_INT_ALIST *shopt_alist; +static int shopt_ind = 0, shopt_len = 0; + +static int parse_long_options __P((char **, int, int)); +static int parse_shell_options __P((char **, int, int)); +static int bind_args __P((char **, int, int, int)); + +static void start_debugger __P((void)); + +static void add_shopt_to_alist __P((char *, int)); +static void run_shopt_alist __P((void)); + +static void execute_env_file __P((char *)); +static void run_startup_files __P((void)); +static int open_shell_script __P((char *)); +static void set_bash_input __P((void)); +static int run_one_command __P((char *)); +static int run_wordexp __P((char *)); + +static int uidget __P((void)); + +static void init_interactive __P((void)); +static void init_noninteractive __P((void)); + +static void set_shell_name __P((char *)); +static void shell_initialize __P((void)); +static void shell_reinitialize __P((void)); + +static void show_shell_usage __P((FILE *, int)); + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +static void +_cygwin32_check_tmp () +{ + struct stat sb; + + if (stat ("/tmp", &sb) < 0) + internal_warning (_("could not find /tmp, please create!")); + else + { + if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode) == 0) + internal_warning (_("/tmp must be a valid directory name")); + } +} +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ + +#if defined (NO_MAIN_ENV_ARG) +/* systems without third argument to main() */ +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +#else /* !NO_MAIN_ENV_ARG */ +int +main (argc, argv, env) + int argc; + char **argv, **env; +#endif /* !NO_MAIN_ENV_ARG */ +{ + register int i; + int code, old_errexit_flag; +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + int saverst; +#endif + volatile int locally_skip_execution; + volatile int arg_index, top_level_arg_index; +#ifdef __OPENNT + char **env; + + env = environ; +#endif /* __OPENNT */ + + USE_VAR(argc); + USE_VAR(argv); + USE_VAR(env); + USE_VAR(code); + USE_VAR(old_errexit_flag); +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + USE_VAR(saverst); +#endif + + /* Catch early SIGINTs. */ + code = setjmp (top_level); + if (code) + exit (2); + +#if defined (USING_BASH_MALLOC) && defined (DEBUG) && !defined (DISABLE_MALLOC_WRAPPERS) +# if 1 + malloc_set_register (1); +# endif +#endif + + check_dev_tty (); + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ + _cygwin32_check_tmp (); +#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ + + /* Wait forever if we are debugging a login shell. */ + while (debugging_login_shell) sleep (3); + + set_default_locale (); + + running_setuid = uidget (); + + if (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") || getenv ("POSIX_PEDANTIC")) + posixly_correct = 1; + +#if defined (USE_GNU_MALLOC_LIBRARY) + mcheck (programming_error, (void (*) ())0); +#endif /* USE_GNU_MALLOC_LIBRARY */ + + if (setjmp (subshell_top_level)) + { + argc = subshell_argc; + argv = subshell_argv; + env = subshell_envp; + sourced_env = 0; + } + + shell_reinitialized = 0; + + /* Initialize `local' variables for all `invocations' of main (). */ + arg_index = 1; + if (arg_index > argc) + arg_index = argc; + command_execution_string = (char *)NULL; + want_pending_command = locally_skip_execution = read_from_stdin = 0; + default_input = stdin; +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + default_buffered_input = -1; +#endif + + /* Fix for the `infinite process creation' bug when running shell scripts + from startup files on System V. */ + login_shell = make_login_shell = 0; + + /* If this shell has already been run, then reinitialize it to a + vanilla state. */ + if (shell_initialized || shell_name) + { + /* Make sure that we do not infinitely recurse as a login shell. */ + if (*shell_name == '-') + shell_name++; + + shell_reinitialize (); + if (setjmp (top_level)) + exit (2); + } + + shell_environment = env; + set_shell_name (argv[0]); + shell_start_time = NOW; /* NOW now defined in general.h */ + + /* Parse argument flags from the input line. */ + + /* Find full word arguments first. */ + arg_index = parse_long_options (argv, arg_index, argc); + + if (want_initial_help) + { + show_shell_usage (stdout, 1); + exit (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + if (do_version) + { + show_shell_version (1); + exit (EXECUTION_SUCCESS); + } + + /* All done with full word options; do standard shell option parsing.*/ + this_command_name = shell_name; /* for error reporting */ + arg_index = parse_shell_options (argv, arg_index, argc); + + /* If user supplied the "--login" (or -l) flag, then set and invert + LOGIN_SHELL. */ + if (make_login_shell) + { + login_shell++; + login_shell = -login_shell; + } + + set_login_shell (login_shell != 0); + + if (dump_po_strings) + dump_translatable_strings = 1; + + if (dump_translatable_strings) + read_but_dont_execute = 1; + + if (running_setuid && privileged_mode == 0) + disable_priv_mode (); + + /* Need to get the argument to a -c option processed in the + above loop. The next arg is a command to execute, and the + following args are $0...$n respectively. */ + if (want_pending_command) + { + command_execution_string = argv[arg_index]; + if (command_execution_string == 0) + { + report_error (_("%s: option requires an argument"), "-c"); + exit (EX_BADUSAGE); + } + arg_index++; + } + this_command_name = (char *)NULL; + + cmd_init(); /* initialize the command object caches */ + + /* First, let the outside world know about our interactive status. + A shell is interactive if the `-i' flag was given, or if all of + the following conditions are met: + no -c command + no arguments remaining or the -s flag given + standard input is a terminal + standard error is a terminal + Refer to Posix.2, the description of the `sh' utility. */ + + if (forced_interactive || /* -i flag */ + (!command_execution_string && /* No -c command and ... */ + wordexp_only == 0 && /* No --wordexp and ... */ + ((arg_index == argc) || /* no remaining args or... */ + read_from_stdin) && /* -s flag with args, and */ + isatty (fileno (stdin)) && /* Input is a terminal and */ + isatty (fileno (stderr)))) /* error output is a terminal. */ + init_interactive (); + else + init_noninteractive (); + +#define CLOSE_FDS_AT_LOGIN +#if defined (CLOSE_FDS_AT_LOGIN) + /* + * Some systems have the bad habit of starting login shells with lots of open + * file descriptors. For instance, most systems that have picked up the + * pre-4.0 Sun YP code leave a file descriptor open each time you call one + * of the getpw* functions, and it's set to be open across execs. That + * means one for login, one for xterm, one for shelltool, etc. + */ + if (login_shell && interactive_shell) + { + for (i = 3; i < 20; i++) + close (i); + } +#endif /* CLOSE_FDS_AT_LOGIN */ + + /* If we're in a strict Posix.2 mode, turn on interactive comments, + alias expansion in non-interactive shells, and other Posix.2 things. */ + if (posixly_correct) + { + bind_variable ("POSIXLY_CORRECT", "y", 0); + sv_strict_posix ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + } + + /* Now we run the shopt_alist and process the options. */ + if (shopt_alist) + run_shopt_alist (); + + /* From here on in, the shell must be a normal functioning shell. + Variables from the environment are expected to be set, etc. */ + shell_initialize (); + + set_default_lang (); + set_default_locale_vars (); + + if (interactive_shell) + { + char *term, *emacs; + + term = get_string_value ("TERM"); + no_line_editing |= term && (STREQ (term, "emacs")); + emacs = get_string_value ("EMACS"); + running_under_emacs = emacs ? ((strstr (emacs, "term") != 0) ? 2 : 1) : 0; +#if 0 + no_line_editing |= emacs && emacs[0] == 't' && emacs[1] == '\0'; +#else + no_line_editing |= emacs && emacs[0] == 't' && emacs[1] == '\0' && STREQ (term, "dumb"); +#endif + if (running_under_emacs) + gnu_error_format = 1; + } + + top_level_arg_index = arg_index; + old_errexit_flag = exit_immediately_on_error; + + /* Give this shell a place to longjmp to before executing the + startup files. This allows users to press C-c to abort the + lengthy startup. */ + code = setjmp (top_level); + if (code) + { + if (code == EXITPROG || code == ERREXIT) + exit_shell (last_command_exit_value); + else + { +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + /* Reset job control, since run_startup_files turned it off. */ + set_job_control (interactive_shell); +#endif + /* Reset value of `set -e', since it's turned off before running + the startup files. */ + exit_immediately_on_error += old_errexit_flag; + locally_skip_execution++; + } + } + + arg_index = top_level_arg_index; + + /* Execute the start-up scripts. */ + + if (interactive_shell == 0) + { + unbind_variable ("PS1"); + unbind_variable ("PS2"); + interactive = 0; +#if 0 + /* This has already been done by init_noninteractive */ + expand_aliases = posixly_correct; +#endif + } + else + { + change_flag ('i', FLAG_ON); + interactive = 1; + } + +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + /* Set restricted_shell based on whether the basename of $0 indicates that + the shell should be restricted or if the `-r' option was supplied at + startup. */ + restricted_shell = shell_is_restricted (shell_name); + + /* If the `-r' option is supplied at invocation, make sure that the shell + is not in restricted mode when running the startup files. */ + saverst = restricted; + restricted = 0; +#endif + + /* The startup files are run with `set -e' temporarily disabled. */ + if (locally_skip_execution == 0 && running_setuid == 0) + { + old_errexit_flag = exit_immediately_on_error; + exit_immediately_on_error = 0; + + run_startup_files (); + exit_immediately_on_error += old_errexit_flag; + } + + /* If we are invoked as `sh', turn on Posix mode. */ + if (act_like_sh) + { + bind_variable ("POSIXLY_CORRECT", "y", 0); + sv_strict_posix ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + } + +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + /* Turn on the restrictions after executing the startup files. This + means that `bash -r' or `set -r' invoked from a startup file will + turn on the restrictions after the startup files are executed. */ + restricted = saverst || restricted; + if (shell_reinitialized == 0) + maybe_make_restricted (shell_name); +#endif /* RESTRICTED_SHELL */ + + if (wordexp_only) + { + startup_state = 3; + last_command_exit_value = run_wordexp (argv[arg_index]); + exit_shell (last_command_exit_value); + } + + if (command_execution_string) + { + arg_index = bind_args (argv, arg_index, argc, 0); + startup_state = 2; + + if (debugging_mode) + start_debugger (); + +#if defined (ONESHOT) + executing = 1; + run_one_command (command_execution_string); + exit_shell (last_command_exit_value); +#else /* ONESHOT */ + with_input_from_string (command_execution_string, "-c"); + goto read_and_execute; +#endif /* !ONESHOT */ + } + + /* Get possible input filename and set up default_buffered_input or + default_input as appropriate. */ + if (arg_index != argc && read_from_stdin == 0) + { + open_shell_script (argv[arg_index]); + arg_index++; + } + else if (interactive == 0) + /* In this mode, bash is reading a script from stdin, which is a + pipe or redirected file. */ +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + default_buffered_input = fileno (stdin); /* == 0 */ +#else + setbuf (default_input, (char *)NULL); +#endif /* !BUFFERED_INPUT */ + + set_bash_input (); + + /* Bind remaining args to $1 ... $n */ + arg_index = bind_args (argv, arg_index, argc, 1); + + if (debugging_mode && locally_skip_execution == 0 && running_setuid == 0) + start_debugger (); + + /* Do the things that should be done only for interactive shells. */ + if (interactive_shell) + { + /* Set up for checking for presence of mail. */ + remember_mail_dates (); + reset_mail_timer (); + +#if defined (HISTORY) + /* Initialize the interactive history stuff. */ + bash_initialize_history (); + /* Don't load the history from the history file if we've already + saved some lines in this session (e.g., by putting `history -s xx' + into one of the startup files). */ + if (shell_initialized == 0 && history_lines_this_session == 0) + load_history (); +#endif /* HISTORY */ + + /* Initialize terminal state for interactive shells after the + .bash_profile and .bashrc are interpreted. */ + get_tty_state (); + } + +#if !defined (ONESHOT) + read_and_execute: +#endif /* !ONESHOT */ + + shell_initialized = 1; + + /* Read commands until exit condition. */ + reader_loop (); + exit_shell (last_command_exit_value); +} + +static int +parse_long_options (argv, arg_start, arg_end) + char **argv; + int arg_start, arg_end; +{ + int arg_index, longarg, i; + char *arg_string; + + arg_index = arg_start; + while ((arg_index != arg_end) && (arg_string = argv[arg_index]) && + (*arg_string == '-')) + { + longarg = 0; + + /* Make --login equivalent to -login. */ + if (arg_string[1] == '-' && arg_string[2]) + { + longarg = 1; + arg_string++; + } + + for (i = 0; long_args[i].name; i++) + { + if (STREQ (arg_string + 1, long_args[i].name)) + { + if (long_args[i].type == Int) + *long_args[i].int_value = 1; + else if (argv[++arg_index] == 0) + { + report_error (_("%s: option requires an argument"), long_args[i].name); + exit (EX_BADUSAGE); + } + else + *long_args[i].char_value = argv[arg_index]; + + break; + } + } + if (long_args[i].name == 0) + { + if (longarg) + { + report_error (_("%s: invalid option"), argv[arg_index]); + show_shell_usage (stderr, 0); + exit (EX_BADUSAGE); + } + break; /* No such argument. Maybe flag arg. */ + } + + arg_index++; + } + + return (arg_index); +} + +static int +parse_shell_options (argv, arg_start, arg_end) + char **argv; + int arg_start, arg_end; +{ + int arg_index; + int arg_character, on_or_off, next_arg, i; + char *o_option, *arg_string; + + arg_index = arg_start; + while (arg_index != arg_end && (arg_string = argv[arg_index]) && + (*arg_string == '-' || *arg_string == '+')) + { + /* There are flag arguments, so parse them. */ + next_arg = arg_index + 1; + + /* A single `-' signals the end of options. From the 4.3 BSD sh. + An option `--' means the same thing; this is the standard + getopt(3) meaning. */ + if (arg_string[0] == '-' && + (arg_string[1] == '\0' || + (arg_string[1] == '-' && arg_string[2] == '\0'))) + return (next_arg); + + i = 1; + on_or_off = arg_string[0]; + while (arg_character = arg_string[i++]) + { + switch (arg_character) + { + case 'c': + want_pending_command = 1; + break; + + case 'l': + make_login_shell = 1; + break; + + case 's': + read_from_stdin = 1; + break; + + case 'o': + o_option = argv[next_arg]; + if (o_option == 0) + { + list_minus_o_opts (-1, (on_or_off == '-') ? 0 : 1); + break; + } + if (set_minus_o_option (on_or_off, o_option) != EXECUTION_SUCCESS) + exit (EX_BADUSAGE); + next_arg++; + break; + + case 'O': + /* Since some of these can be overridden by the normal + interactive/non-interactive shell initialization or + initializing posix mode, we save the options and process + them after initialization. */ + o_option = argv[next_arg]; + if (o_option == 0) + { + shopt_listopt (o_option, (on_or_off == '-') ? 0 : 1); + break; + } + add_shopt_to_alist (o_option, on_or_off); + next_arg++; + break; + + case 'D': + dump_translatable_strings = 1; + break; + + default: + if (change_flag (arg_character, on_or_off) == FLAG_ERROR) + { + report_error (_("%c%c: invalid option"), on_or_off, arg_character); + show_shell_usage (stderr, 0); + exit (EX_BADUSAGE); + } + } + } + /* Can't do just a simple increment anymore -- what about + "bash -abouo emacs ignoreeof -hP"? */ + arg_index = next_arg; + } + + return (arg_index); +} + +/* Exit the shell with status S. */ +void +exit_shell (s) + int s; +{ + /* Do trap[0] if defined. Allow it to override the exit status + passed to us. */ + if (signal_is_trapped (0)) + s = run_exit_trap (); + +#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) + unlink_fifo_list (); +#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ + +#if defined (HISTORY) + if (interactive_shell) + maybe_save_shell_history (); +#endif /* HISTORY */ + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + /* If the user has run `shopt -s huponexit', hangup all jobs when we exit + an interactive login shell. ksh does this unconditionally. */ + if (interactive_shell && login_shell && hup_on_exit) + hangup_all_jobs (); + + /* If this shell is interactive, terminate all stopped jobs and + restore the original terminal process group. Don't do this if we're + in a subshell and calling exit_shell after, for example, a failed + word expansion. */ + if (subshell_environment == 0) + end_job_control (); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + + /* Always return the exit status of the last command to our parent. */ + sh_exit (s); +} + +/* A wrapper for exit that (optionally) can do other things, like malloc + statistics tracing. */ +void +sh_exit (s) + int s; +{ +#if defined (MALLOC_DEBUG) && defined (USING_BASH_MALLOC) + if (malloc_trace_at_exit) + trace_malloc_stats (get_name_for_error (), (char *)NULL); +#endif + + exit (s); +} + +/* Source the bash startup files. If POSIXLY_CORRECT is non-zero, we obey + the Posix.2 startup file rules: $ENV is expanded, and if the file it + names exists, that file is sourced. The Posix.2 rules are in effect + for interactive shells only. (section 4.56.5.3) */ + +/* Execute ~/.bashrc for most shells. Never execute it if + ACT_LIKE_SH is set, or if NO_RC is set. + + If the executable file "/usr/gnu/src/bash/foo" contains: + + #!/usr/gnu/bin/bash + echo hello + + then: + + COMMAND EXECUTE BASHRC + -------------------------------- + bash -c foo NO + bash foo NO + foo NO + rsh machine ls YES (for rsh, which calls `bash -c') + rsh machine foo YES (for shell started by rsh) NO (for foo!) + echo ls | bash NO + login NO + bash YES +*/ + +static void +execute_env_file (env_file) + char *env_file; +{ + char *fn; + + if (env_file && *env_file) + { + fn = expand_string_unsplit_to_string (env_file, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES); + if (fn && *fn) + maybe_execute_file (fn, 1); + FREE (fn); + } +} + +static void +run_startup_files () +{ +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + int old_job_control; +#endif + int sourced_login, run_by_ssh; + + /* get the rshd/sshd case out of the way first. */ + if (interactive_shell == 0 && no_rc == 0 && login_shell == 0 && + act_like_sh == 0 && command_execution_string) + { +#ifdef SSH_SOURCE_BASHRC + run_by_ssh = (find_variable ("SSH_CLIENT") != (SHELL_VAR *)0) || + (find_variable ("SSH2_CLIENT") != (SHELL_VAR *)0); +#else + run_by_ssh = 0; +#endif + + /* If we were run by sshd or we think we were run by rshd, execute + ~/.bashrc if we are a top-level shell. */ + if ((run_by_ssh || isnetconn (fileno (stdin))) && shell_level < 2) + { +#ifdef SYS_BASHRC +# if defined (__OPENNT) + maybe_execute_file (_prefixInstallPath(SYS_BASHRC, NULL, 0), 1); +# else + maybe_execute_file (SYS_BASHRC, 1); +# endif +#endif + maybe_execute_file (bashrc_file, 1); + return; + } + } + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + /* Startup files should be run without job control enabled. */ + old_job_control = interactive_shell ? set_job_control (0) : 0; +#endif + + sourced_login = 0; + + /* A shell begun with the --login (or -l) flag that is not in posix mode + runs the login shell startup files, no matter whether or not it is + interactive. If NON_INTERACTIVE_LOGIN_SHELLS is defined, run the + startup files if argv[0][0] == '-' as well. */ +#if defined (NON_INTERACTIVE_LOGIN_SHELLS) + if (login_shell && posixly_correct == 0) +#else + if (login_shell < 0 && posixly_correct == 0) +#endif + { + /* We don't execute .bashrc for login shells. */ + no_rc++; + + /* Execute /etc/profile and one of the personal login shell + initialization files. */ + if (no_profile == 0) + { + maybe_execute_file (SYS_PROFILE, 1); + + if (act_like_sh) /* sh */ + maybe_execute_file ("~/.profile", 1); + else if ((maybe_execute_file ("~/.bash_profile", 1) == 0) && + (maybe_execute_file ("~/.bash_login", 1) == 0)) /* bash */ + maybe_execute_file ("~/.profile", 1); + } + + sourced_login = 1; + } + + /* A non-interactive shell not named `sh' and not in posix mode reads and + executes commands from $BASH_ENV. If `su' starts a shell with `-c cmd' + and `-su' as the name of the shell, we want to read the startup files. + No other non-interactive shells read any startup files. */ + if (interactive_shell == 0 && !(su_shell && login_shell)) + { + if (posixly_correct == 0 && act_like_sh == 0 && privileged_mode == 0 && + sourced_env++ == 0) + execute_env_file (get_string_value ("BASH_ENV")); + return; + } + + /* Interactive shell or `-su' shell. */ + if (posixly_correct == 0) /* bash, sh */ + { + if (login_shell && sourced_login++ == 0) + { + /* We don't execute .bashrc for login shells. */ + no_rc++; + + /* Execute /etc/profile and one of the personal login shell + initialization files. */ + if (no_profile == 0) + { + maybe_execute_file (SYS_PROFILE, 1); + + if (act_like_sh) /* sh */ + maybe_execute_file ("~/.profile", 1); + else if ((maybe_execute_file ("~/.bash_profile", 1) == 0) && + (maybe_execute_file ("~/.bash_login", 1) == 0)) /* bash */ + maybe_execute_file ("~/.profile", 1); + } + } + + /* bash */ + if (act_like_sh == 0 && no_rc == 0) + { +#ifdef SYS_BASHRC +# if defined (__OPENNT) + maybe_execute_file (_prefixInstallPath(SYS_BASHRC, NULL, 0), 1); +# else + maybe_execute_file (SYS_BASHRC, 1); +# endif +#endif + maybe_execute_file (bashrc_file, 1); + } + /* sh */ + else if (act_like_sh && privileged_mode == 0 && sourced_env++ == 0) + execute_env_file (get_string_value ("ENV")); + } + else /* bash --posix, sh --posix */ + { + /* bash and sh */ + if (interactive_shell && privileged_mode == 0 && sourced_env++ == 0) + execute_env_file (get_string_value ("ENV")); + } + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + set_job_control (old_job_control); +#endif +} + +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) +/* Return 1 if the shell should be a restricted one based on NAME or the + value of `restricted'. Don't actually do anything, just return a + boolean value. */ +int +shell_is_restricted (name) + char *name; +{ + char *temp; + + if (restricted) + return 1; + temp = base_pathname (name); + if (*temp == '-') + temp++; + return (STREQ (temp, RESTRICTED_SHELL_NAME)); +} + +/* Perhaps make this shell a `restricted' one, based on NAME. If the + basename of NAME is "rbash", then this shell is restricted. The + name of the restricted shell is a configurable option, see config.h. + In a restricted shell, PATH, SHELL, ENV, and BASH_ENV are read-only + and non-unsettable. + Do this also if `restricted' is already set to 1; maybe the shell was + started with -r. */ +int +maybe_make_restricted (name) + char *name; +{ + char *temp; + + temp = base_pathname (name); + if (*temp == '-') + temp++; + if (restricted || (STREQ (temp, RESTRICTED_SHELL_NAME))) + { + set_var_read_only ("PATH"); + set_var_read_only ("SHELL"); + set_var_read_only ("ENV"); + set_var_read_only ("BASH_ENV"); + restricted = 1; + } + return (restricted); +} +#endif /* RESTRICTED_SHELL */ + +/* Fetch the current set of uids and gids and return 1 if we're running + setuid or setgid. */ +static int +uidget () +{ + uid_t u; + + u = getuid (); + if (current_user.uid != u) + { + FREE (current_user.user_name); + FREE (current_user.shell); + FREE (current_user.home_dir); + current_user.user_name = current_user.shell = current_user.home_dir = (char *)NULL; + } + current_user.uid = u; + current_user.gid = getgid (); + current_user.euid = geteuid (); + current_user.egid = getegid (); + + /* See whether or not we are running setuid or setgid. */ + return (current_user.uid != current_user.euid) || + (current_user.gid != current_user.egid); +} + +void +disable_priv_mode () +{ + setuid (current_user.uid); + setgid (current_user.gid); + current_user.euid = current_user.uid; + current_user.egid = current_user.gid; +} + +static int +run_wordexp (words) + char *words; +{ + int code, nw, nb; + WORD_LIST *wl, *tl, *result; + + code = setjmp (top_level); + + if (code != NOT_JUMPED) + { + switch (code) + { + /* Some kind of throw to top_level has occured. */ + case FORCE_EOF: + return last_command_exit_value = 127; + case ERREXIT: + case EXITPROG: + return last_command_exit_value; + case DISCARD: + return last_command_exit_value = 1; + default: + command_error ("run_wordexp", CMDERR_BADJUMP, code, 0); + } + } + + /* Run it through the parser to get a list of words and expand them */ + if (words && *words) + { + with_input_from_string (words, "--wordexp"); + if (parse_command () != 0) + return (126); + if (global_command == 0) + { + printf ("0\n0\n"); + return (0); + } + if (global_command->type != cm_simple) + return (126); + wl = global_command->value.Simple->words; + if (protected_mode) + for (tl = wl; tl; tl = tl->next) + tl->word->flags |= W_NOCOMSUB|W_NOPROCSUB; + result = wl ? expand_words_no_vars (wl) : (WORD_LIST *)0; + } + else + result = (WORD_LIST *)0; + + last_command_exit_value = 0; + + if (result == 0) + { + printf ("0\n0\n"); + return (0); + } + + /* Count up the number of words and bytes, and print them. Don't count + the trailing NUL byte. */ + for (nw = nb = 0, wl = result; wl; wl = wl->next) + { + nw++; + nb += strlen (wl->word->word); + } + printf ("%u\n%u\n", nw, nb); + /* Print each word on a separate line. This will have to be changed when + the interface to glibc is completed. */ + for (wl = result; wl; wl = wl->next) + printf ("%s\n", wl->word->word); + + return (0); +} + +#if defined (ONESHOT) +/* Run one command, given as the argument to the -c option. Tell + parse_and_execute not to fork for a simple command. */ +static int +run_one_command (command) + char *command; +{ + int code; + + code = setjmp (top_level); + + if (code != NOT_JUMPED) + { +#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) + unlink_fifo_list (); +#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ + switch (code) + { + /* Some kind of throw to top_level has occured. */ + case FORCE_EOF: + return last_command_exit_value = 127; + case ERREXIT: + case EXITPROG: + return last_command_exit_value; + case DISCARD: + return last_command_exit_value = 1; + default: + command_error ("run_one_command", CMDERR_BADJUMP, code, 0); + } + } + return (parse_and_execute (savestring (command), "-c", SEVAL_NOHIST)); +} +#endif /* ONESHOT */ + +static int +bind_args (argv, arg_start, arg_end, start_index) + char **argv; + int arg_start, arg_end, start_index; +{ + register int i; + WORD_LIST *args; + + for (i = arg_start, args = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < arg_end; i++) + args = make_word_list (make_word (argv[i]), args); + if (args) + { + args = REVERSE_LIST (args, WORD_LIST *); + if (start_index == 0) /* bind to $0...$n for sh -c command */ + { + /* Posix.2 4.56.3 says that the first argument after sh -c command + becomes $0, and the rest of the arguments become $1...$n */ + shell_name = savestring (args->word->word); + FREE (dollar_vars[0]); + dollar_vars[0] = savestring (args->word->word); + remember_args (args->next, 1); + push_args (args->next); /* BASH_ARGV and BASH_ARGC */ + } + else /* bind to $1...$n for shell script */ + { + remember_args (args, 1); + push_args (args); /* BASH_ARGV and BASH_ARGC */ + } + + dispose_words (args); + } + + return (i); +} + +void +unbind_args () +{ + remember_args ((WORD_LIST *)NULL, 1); + pop_args (); /* Reset BASH_ARGV and BASH_ARGC */ +} + +static void +start_debugger () +{ +#if defined (DEBUGGER) && defined (DEBUGGER_START_FILE) + int old_errexit; + + old_errexit = exit_immediately_on_error; + exit_immediately_on_error = 0; + + maybe_execute_file (DEBUGGER_START_FILE, 1); + function_trace_mode = 1; + + exit_immediately_on_error += old_errexit; +#endif +} + +static int +open_shell_script (script_name) + char *script_name; +{ + int fd, e, fd_is_tty; + char *filename, *path_filename, *t; + char sample[80]; + int sample_len; + struct stat sb; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + SHELL_VAR *funcname_v, *bash_source_v, *bash_lineno_v; + ARRAY *funcname_a, *bash_source_a, *bash_lineno_a; +#endif + + filename = savestring (script_name); + + fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY); + if ((fd < 0) && (errno == ENOENT) && (absolute_program (filename) == 0)) + { + e = errno; + /* If it's not in the current directory, try looking through PATH + for it. */ + path_filename = find_path_file (script_name); + if (path_filename) + { + free (filename); + filename = path_filename; + fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY); + } + else + errno = e; + } + + if (fd < 0) + { + e = errno; + file_error (filename); + exit ((e == ENOENT) ? EX_NOTFOUND : EX_NOINPUT); + } + + free (dollar_vars[0]); + dollar_vars[0] = savestring (script_name); + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("FUNCNAME", funcname_v, funcname_a); + GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_SOURCE", bash_source_v, bash_source_a); + GET_ARRAY_FROM_VAR ("BASH_LINENO", bash_lineno_v, bash_lineno_a); + + array_push (bash_source_a, filename); + if (bash_lineno_a) + { + t = itos (executing_line_number ()); + array_push (bash_lineno_a, t); + free (t); + } + array_push (funcname_a, "main"); +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_DEV_FD + fd_is_tty = isatty (fd); +#else + fd_is_tty = 0; +#endif + + /* Only do this with non-tty file descriptors we can seek on. */ + if (fd_is_tty == 0 && (lseek (fd, 0L, 1) != -1)) + { + /* Check to see if the `file' in `bash file' is a binary file + according to the same tests done by execute_simple_command (), + and report an error and exit if it is. */ + sample_len = read (fd, sample, sizeof (sample)); + if (sample_len < 0) + { + e = errno; + if ((fstat (fd, &sb) == 0) && S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) + internal_error (_("%s: is a directory"), filename); + else + { + errno = e; + file_error (filename); + } + exit (EX_NOEXEC); + } + else if (sample_len > 0 && (check_binary_file (sample, sample_len))) + { + internal_error ("%s: cannot execute binary file", filename); + exit (EX_BINARY_FILE); + } + /* Now rewind the file back to the beginning. */ + lseek (fd, 0L, 0); + } + + /* Open the script. But try to move the file descriptor to a randomly + large one, in the hopes that any descriptors used by the script will + not match with ours. */ + fd = move_to_high_fd (fd, 1, -1); + +#if defined (__CYGWIN__) && defined (O_TEXT) + setmode (fd, O_TEXT); +#endif + +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + default_buffered_input = fd; + SET_CLOSE_ON_EXEC (default_buffered_input); +#else /* !BUFFERED_INPUT */ + default_input = fdopen (fd, "r"); + + if (default_input == 0) + { + file_error (filename); + exit (EX_NOTFOUND); + } + + SET_CLOSE_ON_EXEC (fd); + if (fileno (default_input) != fd) + SET_CLOSE_ON_EXEC (fileno (default_input)); +#endif /* !BUFFERED_INPUT */ + + /* Just about the only way for this code to be executed is if something + like `bash -i /dev/stdin' is executed. */ + if (interactive_shell && fd_is_tty) + { + dup2 (fd, 0); + close (fd); + fd = 0; +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + default_buffered_input = 0; +#else + fclose (default_input); + default_input = stdin; +#endif + } + else if (forced_interactive && fd_is_tty == 0) + /* But if a script is called with something like `bash -i scriptname', + we need to do a non-interactive setup here, since we didn't do it + before. */ + init_noninteractive (); + + free (filename); + return (fd); +} + +/* Initialize the input routines for the parser. */ +static void +set_bash_input () +{ + /* Make sure the fd from which we are reading input is not in + no-delay mode. */ +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + if (interactive == 0) + sh_unset_nodelay_mode (default_buffered_input); + else +#endif /* !BUFFERED_INPUT */ + sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fileno (stdin)); + + /* with_input_from_stdin really means `with_input_from_readline' */ + if (interactive && no_line_editing == 0) + with_input_from_stdin (); +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + else if (interactive == 0) + with_input_from_buffered_stream (default_buffered_input, dollar_vars[0]); +#endif /* BUFFERED_INPUT */ + else + with_input_from_stream (default_input, dollar_vars[0]); +} + +/* Close the current shell script input source and forget about it. This is + extern so execute_cmd.c:initialize_subshell() can call it. If CHECK_ZERO + is non-zero, we close default_buffered_input even if it's the standard + input (fd 0). */ +void +unset_bash_input (check_zero) + int check_zero; +{ +#if defined (BUFFERED_INPUT) + if ((check_zero && default_buffered_input >= 0) || + (check_zero == 0 && default_buffered_input > 0)) + { + close_buffered_fd (default_buffered_input); + default_buffered_input = bash_input.location.buffered_fd = -1; + } +#else /* !BUFFERED_INPUT */ + if (default_input) + { + fclose (default_input); + default_input = (FILE *)NULL; + } +#endif /* !BUFFERED_INPUT */ +} + + +#if !defined (PROGRAM) +# define PROGRAM "bash" +#endif + +static void +set_shell_name (argv0) + char *argv0; +{ + /* Here's a hack. If the name of this shell is "sh", then don't do + any startup files; just try to be more like /bin/sh. */ + shell_name = argv0 ? base_pathname (argv0) : PROGRAM; + + if (argv0 && *argv0 == '-') + { + if (*shell_name == '-') + shell_name++; + login_shell++; + } + + if (shell_name[0] == 's' && shell_name[1] == 'h' && shell_name[2] == '\0') + act_like_sh++; + if (shell_name[0] == 's' && shell_name[1] == 'u' && shell_name[2] == '\0') + su_shell++; + + shell_name = argv0 ? argv0 : PROGRAM; + FREE (dollar_vars[0]); + dollar_vars[0] = savestring (shell_name); + + /* A program may start an interactive shell with + "execl ("/bin/bash", "-", NULL)". + If so, default the name of this shell to our name. */ + if (!shell_name || !*shell_name || (shell_name[0] == '-' && !shell_name[1])) + shell_name = PROGRAM; +} + +static void +init_interactive () +{ + interactive_shell = startup_state = interactive = 1; + expand_aliases = 1; +} + +static void +init_noninteractive () +{ +#if defined (HISTORY) + bash_history_reinit (0); +#endif /* HISTORY */ + interactive_shell = startup_state = interactive = 0; + expand_aliases = posixly_correct; /* XXX - was 0 not posixly_correct */ + no_line_editing = 1; +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + set_job_control (0); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ +} + +void +get_current_user_info () +{ + struct passwd *entry; + + /* Don't fetch this more than once. */ + if (current_user.user_name == 0) + { + entry = getpwuid (current_user.uid); + if (entry) + { + current_user.user_name = savestring (entry->pw_name); + current_user.shell = (entry->pw_shell && entry->pw_shell[0]) + ? savestring (entry->pw_shell) + : savestring ("/bin/sh"); + current_user.home_dir = savestring (entry->pw_dir); + } + else + { + current_user.user_name = _("I have no name!"); + current_user.user_name = savestring (current_user.user_name); + current_user.shell = savestring ("/bin/sh"); + current_user.home_dir = savestring ("/"); + } + endpwent (); + } +} + +/* Do whatever is necessary to initialize the shell. + Put new initializations in here. */ +static void +shell_initialize () +{ + char hostname[256]; + + /* Line buffer output for stderr and stdout. */ + if (shell_initialized == 0) + { + sh_setlinebuf (stderr); + sh_setlinebuf (stdout); + } + + /* Sort the array of shell builtins so that the binary search in + find_shell_builtin () works correctly. */ + initialize_shell_builtins (); + + /* Initialize the trap signal handlers before installing our own + signal handlers. traps.c:restore_original_signals () is responsible + for restoring the original default signal handlers. That function + is called when we make a new child. */ + initialize_traps (); + initialize_signals (0); + + /* It's highly unlikely that this will change. */ + if (current_host_name == 0) + { + /* Initialize current_host_name. */ + if (gethostname (hostname, 255) < 0) + current_host_name = "??host??"; + else + current_host_name = savestring (hostname); + } + + /* Initialize the stuff in current_user that comes from the password + file. We don't need to do this right away if the shell is not + interactive. */ + if (interactive_shell) + get_current_user_info (); + + /* Initialize our interface to the tilde expander. */ + tilde_initialize (); + + /* Initialize internal and environment variables. Don't import shell + functions from the environment if we are running in privileged or + restricted mode or if the shell is running setuid. */ +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + initialize_shell_variables (shell_environment, privileged_mode||restricted||running_setuid); +#else + initialize_shell_variables (shell_environment, privileged_mode||running_setuid); +#endif + + /* Initialize the data structures for storing and running jobs. */ + initialize_job_control (0); + + /* Initialize input streams to null. */ + initialize_bash_input (); + + initialize_flags (); + + /* Initialize the shell options. Don't import the shell options + from the environment variable $SHELLOPTS if we are running in + privileged or restricted mode or if the shell is running setuid. */ +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + initialize_shell_options (privileged_mode||restricted||running_setuid); +#else + initialize_shell_options (privileged_mode||running_setuid); +#endif +} + +/* Function called by main () when it appears that the shell has already + had some initialization performed. This is supposed to reset the world + back to a pristine state, as if we had been exec'ed. */ +static void +shell_reinitialize () +{ + /* The default shell prompts. */ + primary_prompt = PPROMPT; + secondary_prompt = SPROMPT; + + /* Things that get 1. */ + current_command_number = 1; + + /* We have decided that the ~/.bashrc file should not be executed + for the invocation of each shell script. If the variable $ENV + (or $BASH_ENV) is set, its value is used as the name of a file + to source. */ + no_rc = no_profile = 1; + + /* Things that get 0. */ + login_shell = make_login_shell = interactive = executing = 0; + debugging = do_version = line_number = last_command_exit_value = 0; + forced_interactive = interactive_shell = subshell_environment = 0; + expand_aliases = 0; + +#if defined (HISTORY) + bash_history_reinit (0); +#endif /* HISTORY */ + +#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL) + restricted = 0; +#endif /* RESTRICTED_SHELL */ + + /* Ensure that the default startup file is used. (Except that we don't + execute this file for reinitialized shells). */ + bashrc_file = "~/.bashrc"; + + /* Delete all variables and functions. They will be reinitialized when + the environment is parsed. */ + delete_all_contexts (shell_variables); + delete_all_variables (shell_functions); + + shell_reinitialized = 1; +} + +static void +show_shell_usage (fp, extra) + FILE *fp; + int extra; +{ + int i; + char *set_opts, *s, *t; + + if (extra) + fprintf (fp, "GNU bash, version %s-(%s)\n", shell_version_string (), MACHTYPE); + fprintf (fp, _("Usage:\t%s [GNU long option] [option] ...\n\t%s [GNU long option] [option] script-file ...\n"), + shell_name, shell_name); + fputs (_("GNU long options:\n"), fp); + for (i = 0; long_args[i].name; i++) + fprintf (fp, "\t--%s\n", long_args[i].name); + + fputs (_("Shell options:\n"), fp); + fputs (_("\t-irsD or -c command or -O shopt_option\t\t(invocation only)\n"), fp); + + for (i = 0, set_opts = 0; shell_builtins[i].name; i++) + if (STREQ (shell_builtins[i].name, "set")) + set_opts = savestring (shell_builtins[i].short_doc); + if (set_opts) + { + s = xstrchr (set_opts, '['); + if (s == 0) + s = set_opts; + while (*++s == '-') + ; + t = xstrchr (s, ']'); + if (t) + *t = '\0'; + fprintf (fp, _("\t-%s or -o option\n"), s); + free (set_opts); + } + + if (extra) + { + fprintf (fp, _("Type `%s -c \"help set\"' for more information about shell options.\n"), shell_name); + fprintf (fp, _("Type `%s -c help' for more information about shell builtin commands.\n"), shell_name); + fprintf (fp, _("Use the `bashbug' command to report bugs.\n")); + } +} + +static void +add_shopt_to_alist (opt, on_or_off) + char *opt; + int on_or_off; +{ + if (shopt_ind >= shopt_len) + { + shopt_len += 8; + shopt_alist = (STRING_INT_ALIST *)xrealloc (shopt_alist, shopt_len * sizeof (shopt_alist[0])); + } + shopt_alist[shopt_ind].word = opt; + shopt_alist[shopt_ind].token = on_or_off; + shopt_ind++; +} + +static void +run_shopt_alist () +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < shopt_ind; i++) + if (shopt_setopt (shopt_alist[i].word, (shopt_alist[i].token == '-')) != EXECUTION_SUCCESS) + exit (EX_BADUSAGE); + free (shopt_alist); + shopt_alist = 0; + shopt_ind = shopt_len = 0; +} diff --git a/subst.c b/subst.c index 4624c48ec..2e7fd8ef7 100644 --- a/subst.c +++ b/subst.c @@ -2481,6 +2481,12 @@ pos_params (string, start, end, quoted) if (save == 0) return ((char *)NULL); + if (start == 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */ + { + t = make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars[0]), params); + save = params = t; + } + for (i = 1; params && i < start; i++) params = params->next; if (params == 0) @@ -4364,7 +4370,7 @@ process_substitute (string, open_for_read_in_child) { if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0) { - sys_error (_("cannout reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd); + sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd); exit (127); } } @@ -5300,6 +5306,8 @@ verify_substring_values (value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p) break; case VT_POSPARMS: len = number_of_args () + 1; + if (*e1p == 0) + len++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */ break; #if defined (ARRAY_VARS) case VT_ARRAYVAR: diff --git a/subst.c~ b/subst.c~ new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7645fdd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/subst.c~ @@ -0,0 +1,8152 @@ +/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic, + and globbing substitutions. */ + +/* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a + beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1987-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + + Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free + Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later + version. + + Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License + for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +#include "config.h" + +#include "bashtypes.h" +#include +#include "chartypes.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include +#endif + +#include "bashansi.h" +#include "posixstat.h" +#include "bashintl.h" + +#include "shell.h" +#include "flags.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "execute_cmd.h" +#include "filecntl.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "pathexp.h" +#include "mailcheck.h" + +#include "shmbutil.h" + +#include "builtins/getopt.h" +#include "builtins/common.h" + +#include +#include + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +/* The size that strings change by. */ +#define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112 +#define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128 + +/* Variable types. */ +#define VT_VARIABLE 0 +#define VT_POSPARMS 1 +#define VT_ARRAYVAR 2 +#define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3 + +#define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */ + +/* Flags for quoted_strchr */ +#define ST_BACKSL 0x01 +#define ST_CTLESC 0x02 +#define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */ +#define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */ + +/* Flags for the string extraction functions. */ +#define EX_NOALLOC 0x01 /* just skip; don't return substring */ +#define EX_VARNAME 0x02 /* variable name; for string_extract () */ +#define EX_REQMATCH 0x04 /* closing/matching delimiter required */ +#define EX_COMMAND 0x08 /* extracting a shell script/command */ + +/* Flags for the `pflags' argument to param_expand() */ +#define PF_NOCOMSUB 0x01 /* Do not perform command substitution */ + +/* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */ +#define LBRACE '{' +#define RBRACE '}' +#define LPAREN '(' +#define RPAREN ')' + +/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length + can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */ +#define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \ + ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#') + +/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an + indirect variable reference may be made. */ +#define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \ + ((c) == '#' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*') + +/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter + in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */ +#define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP) + +/* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */ +#define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \ + ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \ + (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \ + (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]))) + +/* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns + a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to + expand_string_if_necessary(). */ +typedef WORD_LIST *EXPFUNC __P((char *, int)); + +/* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */ +pid_t last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID; +pid_t current_command_subst_pid = NO_PID; + +/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */ +SHELL_VAR *ifs_var; +char *ifs_value; +unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1]; + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX]; +size_t ifs_firstc_len; +#else +unsigned char ifs_firstc; +#endif + +/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */ +extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal; +extern int subshell_environment; +extern int subshell_level; +extern int eof_encountered; +extern int return_catch_flag, return_catch_value; +extern pid_t dollar_dollar_pid; +extern int posixly_correct; +extern char *this_command_name; +extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close; +extern int wordexp_only; +extern int expanding_redir; +extern int tempenv_assign_error; + +#if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +extern wchar_t *wcsdup __P((const wchar_t *)); +#endif + +/* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to + a null file. */ +int allow_null_glob_expansion; + +/* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */ +int fail_glob_expansion; + +#if 0 +/* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the + output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing + expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c. + (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */ +char *glob_argv_flags; +static int glob_argv_flags_size; +#endif + +static WORD_LIST expand_word_error, expand_word_fatal; +static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error, expand_wdesc_fatal; +static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal; +static char extract_string_error, extract_string_fatal; + +/* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal + errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */ +static int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; + +/* Set by expand_word_unsplit; used to inhibit splitting and re-joining + $* on $IFS, primarily when doing assignment statements. */ +static int expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; + +/* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global + so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a + SIGCHLD trap. */ +WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + +/* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal, + without any leading variable assignments. */ +static WORD_LIST *garglist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + +static char *quoted_substring __P((char *, int, int)); +static int quoted_strlen __P((char *)); +static char *quoted_strchr __P((char *, int, int)); + +static char *expand_string_if_necessary __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *)); +static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *)); +static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *)); +static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal __P((char *, int)); +static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted __P((char *, int)); +static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs __P((char *, int, int *, int *)); + +static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes __P((WORD_LIST *)); +static char *dequote_escapes __P((char *)); +static char *make_quoted_char __P((int)); +static WORD_LIST *quote_list __P((WORD_LIST *)); +static char *remove_quoted_escapes __P((char *)); +static char *remove_quoted_nulls __P((char *)); + +static int unquoted_substring __P((char *, char *)); +static int unquoted_member __P((int, char *)); + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) +static SHELL_VAR *do_compound_assignment __P((char *, char *, int)); +#endif +static int do_assignment_internal __P((const WORD_DESC *, int)); + +static char *string_extract_verbatim __P((char *, size_t, int *, char *)); +static char *string_extract __P((char *, int *, char *, int)); +static char *string_extract_double_quoted __P((char *, int *, int)); +static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted __P((char *, int *)); +static inline int skip_single_quoted __P((const char *, size_t, int)); +static int skip_double_quoted __P((char *, size_t, int)); +static char *extract_delimited_string __P((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int)); +static char *extract_dollar_brace_string __P((char *, int *, int, int)); + +static char *pos_params __P((char *, int, int, int)); + +static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens __P((char *, int)); + +static char *remove_upattern __P((char *, char *, int)); +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +static wchar_t *remove_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int)); +#endif +static char *remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int)); + +static int match_pattern_char __P((char *, char *)); +static int match_upattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **)); +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +static int match_pattern_wchar __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *)); +static int match_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **)); +#endif +static int match_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **)); +static int getpatspec __P((int, char *)); +static char *getpattern __P((char *, int, int)); +static char *variable_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, int)); +static char *list_remove_pattern __P((WORD_LIST *, char *, int, int, int)); +static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern __P((int, char *, int, int)); +#ifdef ARRAY_VARS +static char *array_remove_pattern __P((ARRAY *, char *, int, char *, int)); +#endif +static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, char *, int, int)); + +static char *process_substitute __P((char *, int)); + +static char *read_comsub __P((int, int)); + +#ifdef ARRAY_VARS +static arrayind_t array_length_reference __P((char *)); +#endif + +static int valid_brace_expansion_word __P((char *, int)); +static int chk_atstar __P((char *, int, int *, int *)); +static int chk_arithsub __P((const char *, int)); + +static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_word __P((char *, int, int)); +static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_indir __P((char *, int, int, int *, int *)); +static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand_rhs __P((char *, char *, int, int, int *, int *)); +static void parameter_brace_expand_error __P((char *, char *)); + +static int valid_length_expression __P((char *)); +static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length __P((char *)); + +static char *skiparith __P((char *, int)); +static int verify_substring_values __P((char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *)); +static int get_var_and_type __P((char *, char *, int, SHELL_VAR **, char **)); +static char *mb_substring __P((char *, int, int)); +static char *parameter_brace_substring __P((char *, char *, char *, int)); + +static char *pos_params_pat_subst __P((char *, char *, char *, int)); + +static char *parameter_brace_patsub __P((char *, char *, char *, int)); + +static WORD_DESC *parameter_brace_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int *, int *)); +static WORD_DESC *param_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int)); + +static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *)); + +static WORD_LIST *word_list_split __P((WORD_LIST *)); + +static void exp_jump_to_top_level __P((int)); + +static WORD_LIST *separate_out_assignments __P((WORD_LIST *)); +static WORD_LIST *glob_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int)); +#ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION +static WORD_LIST *brace_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int)); +#endif +static WORD_LIST *shell_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int)); +static WORD_LIST *expand_word_list_internal __P((WORD_LIST *, int)); + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Utility Functions */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED +static char * +quoted_substring (string, start, end) + char *string; + int start, end; +{ + register int len, l; + register char *result, *s, *r; + + len = end - start; + + /* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */ + for (s = string, l = 0; *s && l < start; ) + { + if (*s == CTLESC) + { + s++; + continue; + } + l++; + if (*s == 0) + break; + } + + r = result = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */ + + /* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */ + s = string + l; + for (l = 0; l < len; s++) + { + if (*s == CTLESC) + *r++ = *s++; + *r++ = *s; + l++; + if (*s == 0) + break; + } + *r = '\0'; + return result; +} +#endif + +#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED +/* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */ +static int +quoted_strlen (s) + char *s; +{ + register char *p; + int i; + + i = 0; + for (p = s; *p; p++) + { + if (*p == CTLESC) + { + p++; + if (*p == 0) + return (i + 1); + } + i++; + } + + return i; +} +#endif + +/* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell + quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped + characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters + escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */ +static char * +quoted_strchr (s, c, flags) + char *s; + int c, flags; +{ + register char *p; + + for (p = s; *p; p++) + { + if (((flags & ST_BACKSL) && *p == '\\') + || ((flags & ST_CTLESC) && *p == CTLESC)) + { + p++; + if (*p == '\0') + return ((char *)NULL); + continue; + } + else if (*p == c) + return p; + } + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +/* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of + STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */ +static int +unquoted_member (character, string) + int character; + char *string; +{ + size_t slen; + int sindex, c; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string); + sindex = 0; + while (c = string[sindex]) + { + if (c == character) + return (1); + + switch (c) + { + default: + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); + break; + + case '\\': + sindex++; + if (string[sindex]) + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); + break; + + case '\'': + sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex); + break; + + case '"': + sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex); + break; + } + } + return (0); +} + +/* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */ +static int +unquoted_substring (substr, string) + char *substr, *string; +{ + size_t slen; + int sindex, c, sublen; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + if (substr == 0 || *substr == '\0') + return (0); + + slen = strlen (string); + sublen = strlen (substr); + for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; ) + { + if (STREQN (string + sindex, substr, sublen)) + return (1); + + switch (c) + { + case '\\': + sindex++; + + if (string[sindex]) + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); + break; + + case '\'': + sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex); + break; + + case '"': + sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex); + break; + + default: + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); + break; + } + } + return (0); +} + +/* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order + to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions + for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a + pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string + where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a + pointer to an integer which is the current length of the + character array for this string. */ + +/* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount + of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which + case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it. + Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */ +INLINE char * +sub_append_string (source, target, indx, size) + char *source, *target; + int *indx, *size; +{ + if (source) + { + int srclen, n; + + srclen = STRLEN (source); + if (srclen >= (int)(*size - *indx)) + { + n = srclen + *indx; + n = (n + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE) - (n % DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); + target = (char *)xrealloc (target, (*size = n)); + } + + FASTCOPY (source, target + *indx, srclen); + *indx += srclen; + target[*indx] = '\0'; + + free (source); + } + return (target); +} + +#if 0 +/* UNUSED */ +/* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET. + INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */ +char * +sub_append_number (number, target, indx, size) + intmax_t number; + int *indx, *size; + char *target; +{ + char *temp; + + temp = itos (number); + return (sub_append_string (temp, target, indx, size)); +} +#endif + +/* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with + one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character + part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character. + Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & EX_VARNAME) + is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell, + everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over. + If (flags & EX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just + update SINDEX. If (flags & EX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must + contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */ +static char * +string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, flags) + char *string; + int *sindex; + char *charlist; + int flags; +{ + register int c, i; + int found; + size_t slen; + char *temp; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0; + i = *sindex; + found = 0; + while (c = string[i]) + { + if (c == '\\') + { + if (string[i + 1]) + i++; + else + break; + } +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + else if ((flags & EX_VARNAME) && c == '[') + { + int ni; + /* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */ + ni = skipsubscript (string, i); + if (string[ni] == ']') + i = ni; + } +#endif + else if (MEMBER (c, charlist)) + { + found = 1; + break; + } + + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + } + + /* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an + error and let the caller deal with it. */ + if ((flags & EX_REQMATCH) && found == 0) + { + *sindex = i; + return (&extract_string_error); + } + + temp = (flags & EX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i); + *sindex = i; + + return (temp); +} + +/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes. + SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately + following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after + the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double + quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte. + Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ + is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */ +static char * +string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, stripdq) + char *string; + int *sindex, stripdq; +{ + size_t slen; + char *send; + int j, i, t; + unsigned char c; + char *temp, *ret; /* The new string we return. */ + int pass_next, backquote, si; /* State variables for the machine. */ + int dquote; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex; + send = string + slen; + + pass_next = backquote = dquote = 0; + temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen - *sindex); + + j = 0; + i = *sindex; + while (c = string[i]) + { + /* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */ + if (pass_next) + { + /* Posix.2 sez: + + ``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape + character only when followed by one of the characters: + $ ` " \ ''. + + If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let + expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, + we have already been through one round of backslash stripping, + and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero, + indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */ + + /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip + backslashes before characters for which the backslash + retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in + front of other characters. If we are not in an + embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all. + This mess is necessary because the string was already + surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird + quoting rules). + The returned string will be run through expansion as if + it were double-quoted. */ + if ((stripdq == 0 && c != '"') || + (stripdq && ((dquote && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)) || dquote == 0))) + temp[j++] = '\\'; + pass_next = 0; + +add_one_character: + COPY_CHAR_I (temp, j, string, send, i); + continue; + } + + /* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above + handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but + a double quote. */ + if (c == '\\') + { + pass_next++; + i++; + continue; + } + + /* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the + initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote + that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters + removed, defines that command''. */ + if (backquote) + { + if (c == '`') + backquote = 0; + temp[j++] = c; + i++; + continue; + } + + if (c == '`') + { + temp[j++] = c; + backquote++; + i++; + continue; + } + + /* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted + ${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */ + if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE))) + { + int free_ret = 1; + + si = i + 2; + if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN) + ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_COMMAND); /*)*/ + else + ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 1, 0); + + temp[j++] = '$'; + temp[j++] = string[i + 1]; + + /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error + is set. */ + if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error) + { + free_ret = 0; + ret = string + i + 2; + } + + for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++) + temp[j] = ret[t]; + temp[j] = string[si]; + + if (string[si]) + { + j++; + i = si + 1; + } + else + i = si; + + if (free_ret) + free (ret); + continue; + } + + /* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're + accumulating. */ + if (c != '"') + goto add_one_character; + + /* c == '"' */ + if (stripdq) + { + dquote ^= 1; + i++; + continue; + } + + break; + } + temp[j] = '\0'; + + /* Point to after the closing quote. */ + if (c) + i++; + *sindex = i; + + return (temp); +} + +/* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */ +static int +skip_double_quoted (string, slen, sind) + char *string; + size_t slen; + int sind; +{ + int c, i; + char *ret; + int pass_next, backquote, si; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + pass_next = backquote = 0; + i = sind; + while (c = string[i]) + { + if (pass_next) + { + pass_next = 0; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + else if (c == '\\') + { + pass_next++; + i++; + continue; + } + else if (backquote) + { + if (c == '`') + backquote = 0; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + else if (c == '`') + { + backquote++; + i++; + continue; + } + else if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE))) + { + si = i + 2; + if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN) + ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_NOALLOC|EX_COMMAND); /* ) */ + else + ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, EX_NOALLOC); + + i = si + 1; + continue; + } + else if (c != '"') + { + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + else + break; + } + + if (c) + i++; + + return (i); +} + +/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes. + SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately + following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after + the closing single quote. */ +static inline char * +string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex) + char *string; + int *sindex; +{ + register int i; + size_t slen; + char *t; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + /* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */ + slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 0; + i = *sindex; + while (string[i] && string[i] != '\'') + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + + t = substring (string, *sindex, i); + + if (string[i]) + i++; + *sindex = i; + + return (t); +} + +static inline int +skip_single_quoted (string, slen, sind) + const char *string; + size_t slen; + int sind; +{ + register int c; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + c = sind; + while (string[c] && string[c] != '\'') + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c); + + if (string[c]) + c++; + return c; +} + +/* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of + that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */ +static char * +string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, sindex, charlist) + char *string; + size_t slen; + int *sindex; + char *charlist; +{ + register int i = *sindex; +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + size_t clen; + wchar_t *wcharlist; +#endif + int c; + char *temp; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + if (charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0') + { + temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex); + --*sindex; /* leave *sindex at separator character */ + return temp; + } + + i = *sindex; +#if 0 + /* See how the MBLEN and ADVANCE_CHAR macros work to understand why we need + this only if MB_CUR_MAX > 1. */ + slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex : 1; +#endif +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + clen = strlen (charlist); + wcharlist = 0; +#endif + while (c = string[i]) + { +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + size_t mblength; +#endif + if (c == CTLESC) + { + i += 2; + continue; + } + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - i); + if (mblength > 1) + { + wchar_t wc; + mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i); + if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength)) + { + if (MEMBER (c, charlist)) + break; + } + else + { + if (wcharlist == 0) + { + size_t len; + len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0); + if (len == -1) + len = 0; + wcharlist = (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len + 1)); + mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len + 1); + } + + if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc)) + break; + } + } + else +#endif + if (MEMBER (c, charlist)) + break; + + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + } + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + FREE (wcharlist); +#endif + + temp = substring (string, *sindex, i); + *sindex = i; + + return (temp); +} + +/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string. + Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(". + Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". ) */ +char * +extract_command_subst (string, sindex) + char *string; + int *sindex; +{ + return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", EX_COMMAND)); /*)*/ +} + +/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (]) + Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[". + Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */ +char * +extract_arithmetic_subst (string, sindex) + char *string; + int *sindex; +{ + return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/ +} + +#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) +/* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string. + Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(". + Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/ +char * +extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex) + char *string; + char *starter; + int *sindex; +{ + return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")", 0)); +} +#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) +/* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If + each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren, + we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */ +char * +extract_array_assignment_list (string, sindex) + char *string; + int *sindex; +{ + int slen; + char *ret; + + slen = strlen (string); /* ( */ + if (string[slen - 1] == ')') + { + ret = substring (string, *sindex, slen - 1); + *sindex = slen - 1; + return ret; + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a + character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is + the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING; + it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit, + SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER. + If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null, + contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus + needs to be skipped. */ +static char * +extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags) + char *string; + int *sindex; + char *opener, *alt_opener, *closer; + int flags; +{ + int i, c, si; + size_t slen; + char *t, *result; + int pass_character, nesting_level, in_comment; + int len_closer, len_opener, len_alt_opener; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex; + len_opener = STRLEN (opener); + len_alt_opener = STRLEN (alt_opener); + len_closer = STRLEN (closer); + + pass_character = in_comment = 0; + + nesting_level = 1; + i = *sindex; + + while (nesting_level) + { + c = string[i]; + + if (c == 0) + break; + + if (in_comment) + { + if (c == '\n') + in_comment = 0; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + + if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */ + { + pass_character = 0; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + + /* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and + multibyte characters, too. */ + if ((flags & EX_COMMAND) && c == '#' && (i == 0 || string[i - 1] == '\n' || whitespace (string[i - 1]))) + { + in_comment = 1; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + + if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\') + { + pass_character++; + i++; + continue; + } + + /* Process a nested OPENER. */ + if (STREQN (string + i, opener, len_opener)) + { + si = i + len_opener; + t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|EX_NOALLOC); + i = si + 1; + continue; + } + + /* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */ + if (len_alt_opener && STREQN (string + i, alt_opener, len_alt_opener)) + { + si = i + len_alt_opener; + t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|EX_NOALLOC); + i = si + 1; + continue; + } + + /* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement + the nesting level. */ + if (STREQN (string + i, closer, len_closer)) + { + i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */ + nesting_level--; + if (nesting_level == 0) + break; + } + + /* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */ + if (c == '`') + { + si = i + 1; + t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|EX_NOALLOC); + i = si + 1; + continue; + } + + /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */ + if (c == '\'' || c == '"') + { + si = i + 1; + i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si) + : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si); + continue; + } + + /* move past this character, which was not special. */ + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + } + + if (c == 0 && nesting_level) + { + if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0) + { + report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer, string); + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); + } + else + { + *sindex = i; + return (char *)NULL; + } + } + + si = i - *sindex - len_closer + 1; + if (flags & EX_NOALLOC) + result = (char *)NULL; + else + { + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + si); + strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si); + result[si] = '\0'; + } + *sindex = i; + + return (result); +} + +/* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING. + Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while + skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions. + SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING; + it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX + gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this + occurs inside double quotes. */ +/* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */ +static char * +extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags) + char *string; + int *sindex, quoted, flags; +{ + register int i, c; + size_t slen; + int pass_character, nesting_level, si; + char *result, *t; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + pass_character = 0; + nesting_level = 1; + slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex; + + i = *sindex; + while (c = string[i]) + { + if (pass_character) + { + pass_character = 0; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + + /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */ + if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\') + { + pass_character++; + i++; + continue; + } + + if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE) + { + nesting_level++; + i += 2; + continue; + } + + if (c == RBRACE) + { + nesting_level--; + if (nesting_level == 0) + break; + i++; + continue; + } + + /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through + verbatim. */ + if (c == '`') + { + si = i + 1; + t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|EX_NOALLOC); + i = si + 1; + continue; + } + + /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and + arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */ + if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN) + { + si = i + 2; + t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", flags|EX_NOALLOC|EX_COMMAND); /*)*/ + i = si + 1; + continue; + } + + /* Pass the contents of single-quoted and double-quoted strings + through verbatim. */ + if (c == '\'' || c == '"') + { + si = i + 1; + i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si) + : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si); + /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */ + continue; + } + + /* move past this character, which was not special. */ + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + } + + if (c == 0 && nesting_level) + { + if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0) + { /* { */ + report_error ("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s", "}", string); + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); + } + else + { + *sindex = i; + return ((char *)NULL); + } + } + + result = (flags & EX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i); + *sindex = i; + + return (result); +} + +/* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies + STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */ +char * +de_backslash (string) + char *string; +{ + register size_t slen; + register int i, j, prev_i; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string); + i = j = 0; + + /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */ + while (i < slen) + { + if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' || + string[i + 1] == '$')) + i++; + prev_i = i; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + if (j < prev_i) + do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i); + else + j = i; + } + string[j] = '\0'; + + return (string); +} + +#if 0 +/*UNUSED*/ +/* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */ +void +unquote_bang (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i, j; + register char *temp; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string)); + + for (i = 0, j = 0; (temp[j] = string[i]); i++, j++) + { + if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '!') + { + temp[j] = '!'; + i++; + } + } + strcpy (string, temp); + free (temp); +} +#endif + +#if defined (READLINE) +/* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is + an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted + by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various + single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an + error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this + recognizes need to be the same as the contents of + rl_completer_quote_characters. */ + +#define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; return (x); } while (0) + +int +char_is_quoted (string, eindex) + char *string; + int eindex; +{ + int i, pass_next, c; + size_t slen; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string); + no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1; + i = pass_next = 0; + while (i <= eindex) + { + c = string[i]; + + if (pass_next) + { + pass_next = 0; + if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */ + CQ_RETURN(1); + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + else if (c == '\\') + { + pass_next = 1; + i++; + continue; + } + else if (c == '\'' || c == '"') + { + i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i) + : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i); + if (i > eindex) + CQ_RETURN(1); + /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */ + } + else + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + } + + CQ_RETURN(0); +} + +int +unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr) + char *string; + int eindex; + char *openstr; +{ + int i, pass_next, openc, olen; + size_t slen; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string); + olen = strlen (openstr); + i = pass_next = openc = 0; + while (i <= eindex) + { + if (pass_next) + { + pass_next = 0; + if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */ + return 0; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + else if (string[i] == '\\') + { + pass_next = 1; + i++; + continue; + } + else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen)) + { + openc = 1 - openc; + i += olen; + } + else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"') + { + i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i) + : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, i); + if (i > eindex) + return 0; + } + else + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + } + return (openc); +} + +/* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return + the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we + begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into + STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite + a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other + functions of that ilk. */ +int +skip_to_delim (string, start, delims) + char *string; + int start; + char *delims; +{ + int i, pass_next, backq, si, c; + size_t slen; + char *temp; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string + start) + start; + no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1; + i = start; + pass_next = backq = 0; + while (c = string[i]) + { + if (pass_next) + { + pass_next = 0; + if (c == 0) + CQ_RETURN(i); + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + else if (c == '\\') + { + pass_next = 1; + i++; + continue; + } + else if (backq) + { + if (c == '`') + backq = 0; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + continue; + } + else if (c == '`') + { + backq = 1; + i++; + continue; + } + else if (c == '\'' || c == '"') + { + i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i) + : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i); + /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */ + } + else if (c == '$' && (string[i+1] == LPAREN || string[i+1] == LBRACE)) + { + si = i + 2; + if (string[si] == '\0') + CQ_RETURN(si); + + if (string[i+1] == LPAREN) + temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_NOALLOC|EX_COMMAND); /* ) */ + else + temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, EX_NOALLOC); + i = si; + if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */ + break; + i++; + continue; + } + else if (member (c, delims)) + break; + else + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + } + + CQ_RETURN(i); +} + +/* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the + individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used + to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting + rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL, + gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets + the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in + DELIMS delimit separate fields. */ +WORD_LIST * +split_at_delims (string, slen, delims, sentinel, nwp, cwp) + char *string; + int slen; + char *delims; + int sentinel; + int *nwp, *cwp; +{ + int ts, te, i, nw, cw, ifs_split; + char *token, *d, *d2; + WORD_LIST *ret, *tl; + + if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') + { + if (nwp) + *nwp = 0; + if (cwp) + *cwp = 0; + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + } + + d = (delims == 0) ? ifs_value : delims; + ifs_split = delims == 0; + + /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */ + d2 = 0; + if (delims) + { + size_t slength; +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + size_t mblength = 1; +#endif + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slength = strlen (delims); + d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1); + i = ts = 0; + while (delims[i]) + { +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + mbstate_t state_bak; + state_bak = state; + mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state); + if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength)) + state = state_bak; + else if (mblength > 1) + { + memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength); + ts += mblength; + i += mblength; + slength -= mblength; + continue; + } +#endif + if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0) + d2[ts++] = delims[i]; + + i++; + slength--; + } + d2[ts] = '\0'; + } + + ret = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + + /* Remove sequences of whitspace characters at the start of the string, as + long as those characters are delimiters. */ + for (i = 0; member (string[i], d) && spctabnl (string[i]); i++) + ; + if (string[i] == '\0') + return (ret); + + ts = i; + nw = 0; + cw = -1; + while (1) + { + te = skip_to_delim (string, ts, d); + + /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a + separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and + is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */ + if (ts == te && d2 && member (string[ts], d2)) + { + te = ts + 1; + /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char + and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */ + if (ifs_split) + while (member (string[te], d) && spctabnl (string[te])) + te++; + else + while (member (string[te], d2)) + te++; + } + + token = substring (string, ts, te); + + ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret); + free (token); + nw++; + + if (sentinel >= ts && sentinel <= te) + cw = nw; + + /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the + sentinel word to the current word. */ + if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel == ts-1) + cw = nw; + + /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty + word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order) + the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */ + if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel < ts) + { + tl = make_word_list (make_word (""), ret->next); + ret->next = tl; + cw = nw; + nw++; + } + + if (string[te] == 0) + break; + + i = te; + while (member (string[i], d) && (ifs_split || spctabnl(string[i]))) + i++; + + if (string[i]) + ts = i; + else + break; + } + + /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found + the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at + the end of STRING, add an additional null argument and set the current + word pointer to that. */ + if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel >= slen) + { + if (whitespace (string[sentinel - 1])) + { + token = ""; + ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret); + nw++; + } + cw = nw; + } + + if (nwp) + *nwp = nw; + if (cwp) + *cwp = cw; + + return (REVERSE_LIST (ret, WORD_LIST *)); +} +#endif /* READLINE */ + +#if 0 +/* UNUSED */ +/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */ +char * +assignment_name (string) + char *string; +{ + int offset; + char *temp; + + offset = assignment (string, 0); + if (offset == 0) + return (char *)NULL; + temp = substring (string, 0, offset); + return (temp); +} +#endif + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator + to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */ +char * +string_list_internal (list, sep) + WORD_LIST *list; + char *sep; +{ + register WORD_LIST *t; + char *result, *r; + int word_len, sep_len, result_size; + + if (list == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */ + if (list->next == 0) + return (savestring (list->word->word)); + + /* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */ + sep_len = STRLEN (sep); + result_size = 0; + + for (t = list; t; t = t->next) + { + if (t != list) + result_size += sep_len; + result_size += strlen (t->word->word); + } + + r = result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size + 1); + + for (t = list; t; t = t->next) + { + if (t != list && sep_len) + { + if (sep_len > 1) + { + FASTCOPY (sep, r, sep_len); + r += sep_len; + } + else + *r++ = sep[0]; + } + + word_len = strlen (t->word->word); + FASTCOPY (t->word->word, r, word_len); + r += word_len; + } + + *r = '\0'; + return (result); +} + +/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating + each word with a space. */ +char * +string_list (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + return (string_list_internal (list, " ")); +} + +/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the + quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the + expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands + to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the + first character of the IFS variable, or by a if IFS is unset." */ +char * +string_list_dollar_star (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + char *ret; +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +# if defined (__GNUC__) + char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1]; +# else + char *sep = 0; +# endif +#else + char sep[2]; +#endif + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +# if !defined (__GNUC__) + sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1); +# endif /* !__GNUC__ */ + if (ifs_firstc_len == 1) + { + sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0]; + sep[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len); + sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0'; + } +#else + sep[0] = ifs_firstc; + sep[1] = '\0'; +#endif + + ret = string_list_internal (list, sep); +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__) + free (sep); +#endif + return ret; +} + +/* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) + is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote + the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the + word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters + in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is + , IFS characters in the words in the list should + also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need + to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters + exactly. */ +char * +string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted) + WORD_LIST *list; + int quoted; +{ + char *ifs, *ret; +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +# if defined (__GNUC__) + char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1]; +# else + char *sep = 0; +# endif /* !__GNUC__ */ +#else + char sep[2]; +#endif + WORD_LIST *tlist; + + /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */ + ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0; + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +# if !defined (__GNUC__) + sep = (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX + 1); +# endif /* !__GNUC__ */ + if (ifs && *ifs) + { + if (ifs_firstc_len == 1) + { + sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0]; + sep[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len); + sep[ifs_firstc_len] = '\0'; + } + } + else + { + sep[0] = ' '; + sep[1] = '\0'; + } +#else + sep[0] = (ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs; + sep[1] = '\0'; +#endif + + tlist = ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (ifs && *ifs == 0)) + ? quote_list (list) + : list_quote_escapes (list); + + ret = string_list_internal (tlist, sep); +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__) + free (sep); +#endif + return ret; +} + +/* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into + words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is + non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise + the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit. + + This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is + exactly , then the splitting algorithm is that of + the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators' + as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set + to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the + following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more + occurrences of , , or , as long as those characters + are in `separators'): + + 1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the + string. + 2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not + IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of + IFS white space delimits a field. + 3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field. + */ + +/* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and + expect to have "" preserved! */ + +/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on + STRING. */ +#define issep(c) \ + (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \ + : (c) == (separators)[0]) \ + : 0) + +WORD_LIST * +list_string (string, separators, quoted) + register char *string, *separators; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *result; + WORD_DESC *t; + char *current_word, *s; + int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep; + size_t slen; + + if (!string || !*string) + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' && + separators[1] == '\t' && + separators[2] == '\n' && + separators[3] == '\0'; + + slen = 0; + /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as + long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if + STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. */ + if (!quoted || !separators || !*separators) + { + for (s = string; *s && spctabnl (*s) && issep (*s); s++); + + if (!*s) + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + string = s; + } + + /* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space. + The splitting algorithm is: + extract a word, stopping at a separator + skip sequences of spc, tab, or nl as long as they are separators + This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */ + slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1; + for (result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, sindex = 0; string[sindex]; ) + { + /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR or string_extract_verbatim + unless multibyte chars are possible. */ + current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, slen, &sindex, separators); + if (current_word == 0) + break; + + /* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We + want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted + empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed + below. */ + if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word)) + { + t = alloc_word_desc (); + t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0'); + t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + result = make_word_list (t, result); + } + else if (current_word[0] != '\0') + { + /* If we have something, then add it regardless. However, + perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */ + remove_quoted_nulls (current_word); + result = add_string_to_list (current_word, result); + result->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* just to be sure */ + if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) + result->word->flags |= W_QUOTED; + } + + /* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional + Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */ + else if (!sh_style_split && !spctabnl (string[sindex])) + { + t = alloc_word_desc (); + t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0'); + t->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + result = make_word_list (t, result); + } + + free (current_word); + + /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */ + whitesep = string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]); + + /* Move past the current separator character. */ + if (string[sindex]) + { + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex); + } + + /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are + in the list of separators. */ + while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex])) + sindex++; + + /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character + is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current + field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an + empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */ + if (string[sindex] && whitesep && issep (string[sindex]) && !spctabnl (string[sindex])) + { + sindex++; + /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any + adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */ + while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && isifs (string[sindex])) + sindex++; + } + } + return (REVERSE_LIST (result, WORD_LIST *)); +} + +/* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields. + ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by + the `read' builtin. This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS; + it should be simplified. + + XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be + combined - XXX */ +char * +get_word_from_string (stringp, separators, endptr) + char **stringp, *separators, **endptr; +{ + register char *s; + char *current_word; + int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep; + size_t slen; + + if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp) + return ((char *)NULL); + + s = *stringp; + + sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' && + separators[1] == '\t' && + separators[2] == '\n' && + separators[3] == '\0'; + + slen = 0; + + /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as + long as those characters appear in IFS. */ + if (sh_style_split || !separators || !*separators) + { + for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s); s++); + + /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */ + if (!*s) + { + *stringp = s; + if (endptr) + *endptr = s; + return ((char *)NULL); + } + } + + /* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space. + Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to + the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc, + tab, or nl as long as they are separators. + + This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */ + sindex = 0; + /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR or string_extract_verbatim + unless multibyte chars are possible. */ + slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (s) : 1; + current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, slen, &sindex, separators); + + /* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */ + if (endptr) + *endptr = s + sindex; + + /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */ + whitesep = s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]); + + /* Move past the current separator character. */ + if (s[sindex]) + { + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex); + } + + /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are + in the list of separators. */ + while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex])) + sindex++; + + /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is + a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field + delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field. + Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */ + if (s[sindex] && whitesep && isifs (s[sindex]) && !spctabnl (s[sindex])) + { + sindex++; + /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent + IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */ + while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex])) + sindex++; + } + + /* Update STRING to point to the next field. */ + *stringp = s + sindex; + return (current_word); +} + +/* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end + of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string + or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC. + Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is + non-zero. */ +char * +strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string, separators, saw_escape) + char *string, *separators; + int saw_escape; +{ + char *s; + + s = string + STRLEN (string) - 1; + while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s)) || + (saw_escape && *s == CTLESC && spctabnl (s[1])))) + s--; + *++s = '\0'; + return string; +} + +#if 0 +/* UNUSED */ +/* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with + backslashes, single and double quotes. */ +WORD_LIST * +list_string_with_quotes (string) + char *string; +{ + WORD_LIST *list; + char *token, *s; + size_t s_len; + int c, i, tokstart, len; + + for (s = string; s && *s && spctabnl (*s); s++) + ; + if (s == 0 || *s == 0) + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + s_len = strlen (s); + tokstart = i = 0; + list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + while (1) + { + c = s[i]; + if (c == '\\') + { + i++; + if (s[i]) + i++; + } + else if (c == '\'') + i = skip_single_quoted (s, s_len, ++i); + else if (c == '"') + i = skip_double_quoted (s, s_len, ++i); + else if (c == 0 || spctabnl (c)) + { + /* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and + add it to the word list. */ + token = substring (s, tokstart, i); + list = add_string_to_list (token, list); + free (token); + while (spctabnl (s[i])) + i++; + if (s[i]) + tokstart = i; + else + break; + } + else + i++; /* normal character */ + } + return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *)); +} +#endif + +/********************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Functions to perform assignment statements */ +/* */ +/********************************************************/ + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) +static SHELL_VAR * +do_compound_assignment (name, value, flags) + char *name, *value; + int flags; +{ + SHELL_VAR *v; + int mklocal; + WORD_LIST *list; + + mklocal = flags & ASS_MKLOCAL; + + if (mklocal && variable_context) + { + list = expand_compound_array_assignment (value, flags); + v = find_variable (name); + if (v == 0 || array_p (v) == 0 || v->context != variable_context) + v = make_local_array_variable (name); + assign_compound_array_list (v, list, flags); + } + else + v = assign_array_from_string (name, value, flags); + + return (v); +} +#endif + +/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side + of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then + perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic + expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any + case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */ +static int +do_assignment_internal (word, expand) + const WORD_DESC *word; + int expand; +{ + int offset, tlen, appendop, assign_list, aflags; + char *name, *value; + SHELL_VAR *entry; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + char *t; + int ni; +#endif + const char *string; + + if (word == 0 || word->word == 0) + return 0; + + appendop = assign_list = aflags = 0; + string = word->word; + offset = assignment (string, 0); + name = savestring (string); + value = (char *)NULL; + + if (name[offset] == '=') + { + char *temp; + + if (name[offset - 1] == '+') + { + appendop = 1; + name[offset - 1] = '\0'; + } + + name[offset] = 0; /* might need this set later */ + temp = name + offset + 1; + tlen = STRLEN (temp); + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + if (expand && (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN)) + { + assign_list = ni = 1; + value = extract_array_assignment_list (temp, &ni); + } + else +#endif + + if (expand && temp[0]) + value = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, 0, expand_string_assignment); + else + value = savestring (temp); + } + + if (value == 0) + { + value = (char *)xmalloc (1); + value[0] = '\0'; + } + + if (echo_command_at_execute) + { + if (appendop) + name[offset - 1] = '+'; + xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, assign_list, 1); + if (appendop) + name[offset - 1] = '\0'; + } + +#define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0) + + if (appendop) + aflags |= ASS_APPEND; + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + if (t = xstrchr (name, '[')) /*]*/ + { + if (assign_list) + { + report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name); + ASSIGN_RETURN (0); + } + entry = assign_array_element (name, value, aflags); + if (entry == 0) + ASSIGN_RETURN (0); + } + else if (assign_list) + { + if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNARG) + aflags |= ASS_MKLOCAL; + entry = do_compound_assignment (name, value, aflags); + } + else +#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ + entry = bind_variable (name, value, aflags); + + stupidly_hack_special_variables (name); + + if (entry) + VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible); + + /* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */ + ASSIGN_RETURN (entry ? ((readonly_p (entry) == 0) && noassign_p (entry) == 0) : 0); +} + +/* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the + right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */ +int +do_assignment (string) + char *string; +{ + WORD_DESC td; + + td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT; + td.word = string; + + return do_assignment_internal (&td, 1); +} + +int +do_word_assignment (word) + WORD_DESC *word; +{ + return do_assignment_internal (word, 1); +} + +/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side + of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word + expansions on the right hand side. */ +int +do_assignment_no_expand (string) + char *string; +{ + WORD_DESC td; + + td.flags = W_ASSIGNMENT; + td.word = string; + + return (do_assignment_internal (&td, 0)); +} + +/*************************************************** + * * + * Functions to manage the positional parameters * + * * + ***************************************************/ + +/* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */ +WORD_LIST * +list_rest_of_args () +{ + register WORD_LIST *list, *args; + int i; + + /* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */ + for (i = 1, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < 10 && dollar_vars[i]; i++) + list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars[i]), list); + + for (args = rest_of_args; args; args = args->next) + list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (args->word->word), list); + + return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *)); +} + +int +number_of_args () +{ + register WORD_LIST *list; + int n; + + for (n = 0; n < 9 && dollar_vars[n+1]; n++) + ; + for (list = rest_of_args; list; list = list->next) + n++; + return n; +} + +/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */ +char * +get_dollar_var_value (ind) + intmax_t ind; +{ + char *temp; + WORD_LIST *p; + + if (ind < 10) + temp = dollar_vars[ind] ? savestring (dollar_vars[ind]) : (char *)NULL; + else /* We want something like ${11} */ + { + ind -= 10; + for (p = rest_of_args; p && ind--; p = p->next) + ; + temp = p ? savestring (p->word->word) : (char *)NULL; + } + return (temp); +} + +/* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables, + and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special + case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */ +char * +string_rest_of_args (dollar_star) + int dollar_star; +{ + register WORD_LIST *list; + char *string; + + list = list_rest_of_args (); + string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list); + dispose_words (list); + return (string); +} + +/* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to + END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*, + which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes + Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise + no quoting chars are added. */ +static char * +pos_params (string, start, end, quoted) + char *string; + int start, end, quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *save, *params, *h, *t; + char *ret; + int i; + + /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */ + if (start == end) + return ((char *)NULL); + + save = params = list_rest_of_args (); + if (save == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + if (start == 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */ + { + t = make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars[0]), params); + save = params = t; + } + + for (i = 1; params && i < start; i++) + params = params->next; + if (params == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + for (h = t = params; params && i < end; i++) + { + t = params; + params = params->next; + } + + t->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + if (string[0] == '*') + { + if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) + ret = string_list_dollar_star (quote_list (h)); + else if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT) + ret = string_list (quote_list (h)); + else + ret = string_list (h); + } + else + ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (h) : h); + if (t != params) + t->next = params; + + dispose_words (save); + return (ret); +} + +/******************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */ +/* */ +/******************************************************************/ + +#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) +#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~') +#else +#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~') +#endif + +/* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion, + then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote + removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */ +static char * +expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, func) + char *string; + int quoted; + EXPFUNC *func; +{ + WORD_LIST *list; + size_t slen; + int i, saw_quote; + char *ret; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */ + slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 0; + i = saw_quote = 0; + while (string[i]) + { + if (EXP_CHAR (string[i])) + break; + else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"') + saw_quote = 1; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + } + + if (string[i]) + { + list = (*func) (string, quoted); + if (list) + { + ret = string_list (list); + dispose_words (list); + } + else + ret = (char *)NULL; + } + else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) + ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted); + else + ret = savestring (string); + + return ret; +} + +static inline char * +expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, func) + char *string; + int quoted; + EXPFUNC *func; +{ + WORD_LIST *list; + char *ret; + + if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') + return ((char *)NULL); + + list = (*func) (string, quoted); + if (list) + { + ret = string_list (list); + dispose_words (list); + } + else + ret = (char *)NULL; + + return (ret); +} + +char * +expand_string_to_string (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string)); +} + +char * +expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_unsplit)); +} + +char * +expand_assignment_string_to_string (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_assignment)); +} + +char * +expand_arith_string (string, quoted) + char *string; +{ + return (expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, expand_string)); +} + +#if defined (COND_COMMAND) +/* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */ +char * +remove_backslashes (string) + char *string; +{ + char *r, *ret, *s; + + r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1); + for (s = string; s && *s; ) + { + if (*s == '\\') + s++; + if (*s == 0) + break; + *r++ = *s++; + } + *r = '\0'; + return ret; +} + +/* This needs better error handling. */ +/* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a + [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is nonzero, this is the rhs argument + to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In + this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. The + caller is responsible for removing the backslashes if the unquoted + words is needed later. */ +char * +cond_expand_word (w, special) + WORD_DESC *w; + int special; +{ + char *r, *p; + WORD_LIST *l; + + if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0') + return ((char *)NULL); + + l = call_expand_word_internal (w, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0); + if (l) + { + if (special == 0) + { + dequote_list (l); + r = string_list (l); + } + else + { + p = string_list (l); + r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, QGLOB_CVTNULL); + free (p); + } + dispose_words (l); + } + else + r = (char *)NULL; + + return r; +} +#endif + +/* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns. + A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle + any errors or free any memory before aborting. */ +static WORD_LIST * +call_expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e) + WORD_DESC *w; + int q, i, *c, *e; +{ + WORD_LIST *result; + + result = expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e); + if (result == &expand_word_error || result == &expand_word_fatal) + { + /* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has + already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case, + but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going + to exit in most cases). */ + w->word = (char *)NULL; + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + exp_jump_to_top_level ((result == &expand_word_error) ? DISCARD : FORCE_EOF); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + else + return (result); +} + +/* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic + expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted. */ +static WORD_LIST * +expand_string_internal (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_DESC td; + WORD_LIST *tresult; + + if (string == 0 || *string == 0) + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + td.flags = 0; + td.word = savestring (string); + + tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); + + FREE (td.word); + return (tresult); +} + +/* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution, + and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before + returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to + remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally + takes care of quote removal. */ +WORD_LIST * +expand_string_unsplit (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *value; + + if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; + value = expand_string_internal (string, quoted); + expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; + + if (value) + { + if (value->word) + { + remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); + value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + } + dequote_list (value); + } + return (value); +} + +/* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */ +WORD_LIST * +expand_string_assignment (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_DESC td; + WORD_LIST *value; + + if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; + + td.flags = W_ASSIGNRHS; + td.word = savestring (string); + value = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); + FREE (td.word); + + expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; + + if (value) + { + if (value->word) + { + remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); + value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + } + dequote_list (value); + } + return (value); +} + + +/* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of + expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the + passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls + to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */ +WORD_LIST * +expand_prompt_string (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *value; + WORD_DESC td; + + if (string == 0 || *string == 0) + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + td.flags = 0; + td.word = savestring (string); + + no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1; + value = expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); + no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; + + if (value == &expand_word_error || value == &expand_word_fatal) + { + value = make_word_list (make_bare_word (string), (WORD_LIST *)NULL); + return value; + } + FREE (td.word); + if (value) + { + if (value->word) + { + remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word); + value->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + } + dequote_list (value); + } + return (value); +} + +/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote + the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file, + and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding + things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command + substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */ +static WORD_LIST * +expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *tlist; + WORD_LIST *tresult; + + if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + tlist = expand_string_internal (string, quoted); + + if (tlist) + { + tresult = word_list_split (tlist); + dispose_words (tlist); + return (tresult); + } + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); +} + +/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST + it returns. */ +static WORD_LIST * +expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at) + char *string; + int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *has_dollar_at; +{ + WORD_DESC td; + WORD_LIST *tresult; + + if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') + return (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + + td.flags = 0; + td.word = string; + tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at); + return (tresult); +} + +/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns + a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word + or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This + does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, + and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */ +WORD_LIST * +expand_string (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *result; + + if (string == 0 || *string == '\0') + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + result = expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted); + return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result); +} + +/*************************************************** + * * + * Functions to handle quoting chars * + * * + ***************************************************/ + +/* Conventions: + + A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string. + The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */ + +/* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is + used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of + the word expansion process after the variable is expanded. */ +char * +quote_escapes (string) + char *string; +{ + register char *s, *t; + size_t slen; + char *result, *send; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string); + send = string + slen; + + t = result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1); + s = string; + + while (*s) + { + if (*s == CTLESC || *s == CTLNUL) + *t++ = CTLESC; + COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send); + } + *t = '\0'; + return (result); +} + +static WORD_LIST * +list_quote_escapes (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + register WORD_LIST *w; + char *t; + + for (w = list; w; w = w->next) + { + t = w->word->word; + w->word->word = quote_escapes (t); + free (t); + } + return list; +} + +/* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL. + + The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. + This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the + data stream pass through properly. + + We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before + quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC + characters. + + Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */ +static char * +dequote_escapes (string) + char *string; +{ + register char *s, *t; + size_t slen; + char *result, *send; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + if (string == 0) + return string; + + slen = strlen (string); + send = string + slen; + + t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1); + s = string; + + if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == 0) + return (strcpy (result, s)); + + while (*s) + { + if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL)) + { + s++; + if (*s == '\0') + break; + } + COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send); + } + *t = '\0'; + return result; +} + +/* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C. + This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be + set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */ +static char * +make_quoted_char (c) + int c; +{ + char *temp; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (3); + if (c == 0) + { + temp[0] = CTLNUL; + temp[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + temp[0] = CTLESC; + temp[1] = c; + temp[2] = '\0'; + } + return (temp); +} + +/* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so + the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where + this value is the word. */ +char * +quote_string (string) + char *string; +{ + register char *t; + size_t slen; + char *result, *send; + + if (*string == 0) + { + result = (char *)xmalloc (2); + result[0] = CTLNUL; + result[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string); + send = string + slen; + + result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1); + + for (t = result; string < send; ) + { + *t++ = CTLESC; + COPY_CHAR_P (t, string, send); + } + *t = '\0'; + } + return (result); +} + +/* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */ +char * +dequote_string (string) + char *string; +{ + register char *s, *t; + size_t slen; + char *result, *send; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + slen = strlen (string); + + t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1); + + if (QUOTED_NULL (string)) + { + result[0] = '\0'; + return (result); + } + + /* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining + each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */ + if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL) + return (strcpy (result, string)); + + send = string + slen; + s = string; + while (*s) + { + if (*s == CTLESC) + { + s++; + if (*s == '\0') + break; + } + COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send); + } + + *t = '\0'; + return (result); +} + +/* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */ +static WORD_LIST * +quote_list (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + register WORD_LIST *w; + char *t; + + for (w = list; w; w = w->next) + { + t = w->word->word; + w->word->word = quote_string (t); + free (t); + w->word->flags |= W_QUOTED; + /* XXX - turn on W_HAVEQUOTEDNULL here? */ + } + return list; +} + +/* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */ +WORD_LIST * +dequote_list (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + register char *s; + register WORD_LIST *tlist; + + for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next) + { + s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word); + free (tlist->word->word); + tlist->word->word = s; + /* XXX - turn off W_HAVEQUOTEDNULL here? */ + } + return list; +} + +/* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed + string. */ +static char * +remove_quoted_escapes (string) + char *string; +{ + char *t; + + if (string) + { + t = dequote_escapes (string); + strcpy (string, t); + free (t); + } + + return (string); +} + +/* Perform quoted null character removal on STRING. We don't allow any + quoted null characters in the middle or at the ends of strings because + of how expand_word_internal works. remove_quoted_nulls () turns + STRING into an empty string iff it only consists of a quoted null, + and removes all unquoted CTLNUL characters. */ +static char * +remove_quoted_nulls (string) + char *string; +{ + register size_t slen; + register int i, j, prev_i; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + if (strchr (string, CTLNUL) == 0) /* XXX */ + return string; /* XXX */ + + slen = strlen (string); + i = j = 0; + + while (i < slen) + { + if (string[i] == CTLESC) + { + /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this + point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the + string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters + that we've already copied down. */ + i++; string[j++] = CTLESC; + if (i == slen) + break; + } + else if (string[i] == CTLNUL) + i++; + + prev_i = i; + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i); + if (j < prev_i) + { + do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i); + } + else + j = i; + } + string[j] = '\0'; + + return (string); +} + +/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST. + This modifies LIST. */ +void +word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + register WORD_LIST *t; + + for (t = list; t; t = t->next) + { + remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word); + t->word->flags &= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +#if 0 /* Currently unused */ +static unsigned char * +mb_getcharlens (string, len) + char *string; + int len; +{ + int i, offset, last; + unsigned char *ret; + char *p; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + i = offset = 0; + last = 0; + ret = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len); + memset (ret, 0, len); + while (string[last]) + { + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, len, offset); + ret[last] = offset - last; + last = offset; + } + return ret; +} +#endif +#endif + +/* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP + can have one of 4 values: + RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM + RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM + RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM + RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM +*/ + +#define RP_LONG_LEFT 1 +#define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2 +#define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3 +#define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4 + +static char * +remove_upattern (param, pattern, op) + char *param, *pattern; + int op; +{ + register int len; + register char *end; + register char *p, *ret, c; + + len = STRLEN (param); + end = param + len; + + switch (op) + { + case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */ + for (p = end; p >= param; p--) + { + c = *p; *p = '\0'; + if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) + { + *p = c; + return (savestring (p)); + } + *p = c; + + } + break; + + case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */ + for (p = param; p <= end; p++) + { + c = *p; *p = '\0'; + if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) + { + *p = c; + return (savestring (p)); + } + *p = c; + } + break; + + case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */ + for (p = param; p <= end; p++) + { + if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) + { + c = *p; *p = '\0'; + ret = savestring (param); + *p = c; + return (ret); + } + } + break; + + case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */ + for (p = end; p >= param; p--) + { + if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) + { + c = *p; *p = '\0'; + ret = savestring (param); + *p = c; + return (ret); + } + } + break; + } + + return (savestring (param)); /* no match, return original string */ +} + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +static wchar_t * +remove_wpattern (wparam, wstrlen, wpattern, op) + wchar_t *wparam; + size_t wstrlen; + wchar_t *wpattern; + int op; +{ + wchar_t wc, *ret; + int n; + + switch (op) + { + case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */ + for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--) + { + wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0'; + if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) + { + wparam[n] = wc; + return (wcsdup (wparam + n)); + } + wparam[n] = wc; + } + break; + + case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */ + for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++) + { + wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0'; + if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) + { + wparam[n] = wc; + return (wcsdup (wparam + n)); + } + wparam[n] = wc; + } + break; + + case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */ + for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++) + { + if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) + { + wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0'; + ret = wcsdup (wparam); + wparam[n] = wc; + return (ret); + } + } + break; + + case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */ + for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--) + { + if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH) + { + wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0'; + ret = wcsdup (wparam); + wparam[n] = wc; + return (ret); + } + } + break; + } + + return (wcsdup (wparam)); /* no match, return original string */ +} +#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */ + +static char * +remove_pattern (param, pattern, op) + char *param, *pattern; + int op; +{ + if (param == NULL) + return (param); + if (*param == '\0' || pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */ + return (savestring (param)); + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) + { + wchar_t *ret, *oret; + size_t n; + wchar_t *wparam, *wpattern; + mbstate_t ps; + char *xret; + + n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern); + if (n == (size_t)-1) + return (remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)); + n = xdupmbstowcs (&wparam, NULL, param); + if (n == (size_t)-1) + { + free (wpattern); + return (remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)); + } + oret = ret = remove_wpattern (wparam, n, wpattern, op); + + free (wparam); + free (wpattern); + + n = strlen (param); + xret = (char *)xmalloc (n + 1); + memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t)); + n = wcsrtombs (xret, (const wchar_t **)&ret, n, &ps); + xret[n] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */ + free (oret); + return xret; + } + else +#endif + return (remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)); +} + +/* Return 1 of the first character of STRING could match the first + character of pattern PAT. Used to avoid n2 calls to strmatch(). */ +static int +match_pattern_char (pat, string) + char *pat, *string; +{ + char c; + + if (*string == 0) + return (0); + + switch (c = *pat++) + { + default: + return (*string == c); + case '\\': + return (*string == *pat); + case '?': + return (*pat == LPAREN ? 1 : (*string != '\0')); + case '*': + return (1); + case '+': + case '!': + case '@': + return (*pat == LPAREN ? 1 : (*string == c)); + case '[': + return (*string != '\0'); + } +} + +/* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries. + This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP + and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and + ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted. + MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end + of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */ +static int +match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep) + char *string, *pat; + int mtype; + char **sp, **ep; +{ + int c, len; + register char *p, *p1, *npat; + char *end; + + /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and + short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of + unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N + characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics + of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has + `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */ + /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning, + since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */ + len = STRLEN (pat); + if (pat[0] != '*' || pat[len - 1] != '*') + { + p = npat = (char *)xmalloc (len + 3); + p1 = pat; + if (*p1 != '*') + *p++ = '*'; + while (*p1) + *p++ = *p1++; + if (p1[-1] != '*' || p[-2] == '\\') + *p++ = '*'; + *p = '\0'; + } + else + npat = pat; + c = strmatch (npat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG); + if (npat != pat) + free (npat); + if (c == FNM_NOMATCH) + return (0); + + len = STRLEN (string); + end = string + len; + + switch (mtype) + { + case MATCH_ANY: + for (p = string; p <= end; p++) + { + if (match_pattern_char (pat, p)) + { + for (p1 = end; p1 >= p; p1--) + { + c = *p1; *p1 = '\0'; + if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0) + { + *p1 = c; + *sp = p; + *ep = p1; + return 1; + } + *p1 = c; + } + } + } + + return (0); + + case MATCH_BEG: + if (match_pattern_char (pat, string) == 0) + return (0); + + for (p = end; p >= string; p--) + { + c = *p; *p = '\0'; + if (strmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0) + { + *p = c; + *sp = string; + *ep = p; + return 1; + } + *p = c; + } + + return (0); + + case MATCH_END: + for (p = string; p <= end; p++) + { + if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0) + { + *sp = p; + *ep = end; + return 1; + } + + } + + return (0); + } + + return (0); +} + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +/* Return 1 of the first character of WSTRING could match the first + character of pattern WPAT. Wide character version. */ +static int +match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring) + wchar_t *wpat, *wstring; +{ + wchar_t wc; + + if (*wstring == 0) + return (0); + + switch (wc = *wpat++) + { + default: + return (*wstring == wc); + case L'\\': + return (*wstring == *wpat); + case L'?': + return (*wpat == LPAREN ? 1 : (*wstring != L'\0')); + case L'*': + return (1); + case L'+': + case L'!': + case L'@': + return (*wpat == LPAREN ? 1 : (*wstring == wc)); + case L'[': + return (*wstring != L'\0'); + } +} + +/* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries. + This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide + character version. */ +static int +match_wpattern (wstring, indices, wstrlen, wpat, mtype, sp, ep) + wchar_t *wstring; + char **indices; + size_t wstrlen; + wchar_t *wpat; + int mtype; + char **sp, **ep; +{ + wchar_t wc, *wp, *nwpat, *wp1; + int len; +#if 0 + size_t n, n1; /* Apple's gcc seems to miscompile this badly */ +#else + int n, n1; +#endif + + /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and + short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of + unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N + characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics + of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has + `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */ + /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning, + since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */ + len = wcslen (wpat); + if (wpat[0] != L'*' || wpat[len - 1] != L'*') + { + wp = nwpat = (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len + 3) * sizeof (wchar_t)); + wp1 = wpat; + if (*wp1 != L'*') + *wp++ = L'*'; + while (*wp1 != L'\0') + *wp++ = *wp1++; + if (wp1[-1] != L'*' || wp1[-2] == L'\\') + *wp++ = L'*'; + *wp = '\0'; + } + else + nwpat = wpat; + len = wcsmatch (nwpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG); + if (nwpat != wpat) + free (nwpat); + if (len == FNM_NOMATCH) + return (0); + + switch (mtype) + { + case MATCH_ANY: + for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++) + { + if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n)) + { + for (n1 = wstrlen; n1 >= n; n1--) + { + wc = wstring[n1]; wstring[n1] = L'\0'; + if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0) + { + wstring[n1] = wc; + *sp = indices[n]; + *ep = indices[n1]; + return 1; + } + wstring[n1] = wc; + } + } + } + + return (0); + + case MATCH_BEG: + if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring) == 0) + return (0); + + for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--) + { + wc = wstring[n]; wstring[n] = L'\0'; + if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0) + { + wstring[n] = wc; + *sp = indices[0]; + *ep = indices[n]; + return 1; + } + wstring[n] = wc; + } + + return (0); + + case MATCH_END: + for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++) + { + if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0) + { + *sp = indices[n]; + *ep = indices[wstrlen]; + return 1; + } + } + + return (0); + } + + return (0); +} +#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */ + +static int +match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep) + char *string, *pat; + int mtype; + char **sp, **ep; +{ +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + int ret; + size_t n; + wchar_t *wstring, *wpat; + char **indices; +#endif + + if (string == 0 || *string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0) + return (0); + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) + { + n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpat, NULL, pat); + if (n == (size_t)-1) + return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)); + n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, &indices, string); + if (n == (size_t)-1) + { + free (wpat); + return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)); + } + ret = match_wpattern (wstring, indices, n, wpat, mtype, sp, ep); + + free (wpat); + free (wstring); + free (indices); + + return (ret); + } + else +#endif + return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)); +} + +static int +getpatspec (c, value) + int c; + char *value; +{ + if (c == '#') + return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT); + else /* c == '%' */ + return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT); +} + +/* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion, + parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion. + This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has + to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero, + it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes. + This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any + special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the + following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */ +static char * +getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat) + char *value; + int quoted, expandpat; +{ + char *pat, *tword; + WORD_LIST *l; +#if 0 + int i; +#endif + + /* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the + pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes? + POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to + be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their + expansions inside a pattern? */ +#if 0 + if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword) + { + i = 0; + pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, 1); + free (tword); + tword = pat; + } +#endif + + /* expand_string_for_rhs () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform + word splitting. */ + l = *value ? expand_string_for_rhs (value, + (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_PATQUOTE : quoted, + (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL) + : (WORD_LIST *)0; + pat = string_list (l); + dispose_words (l); + if (pat) + { + tword = quote_string_for_globbing (pat, QGLOB_CVTNULL); + free (pat); + pat = tword; + } + return (pat); +} + +#if 0 +/* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value} + or ${name#[#]value}. */ +static char * +variable_remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec, quoted) + char *value, *pattern; + int patspec, quoted; +{ + char *tword; + + tword = remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec); + + return (tword); +} +#endif + +static char * +list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted) + WORD_LIST *list; + char *pattern; + int patspec, itype, quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *new, *l; + WORD_DESC *w; + char *tword; + + for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next) + { + tword = remove_pattern (l->word->word, pattern, patspec); + w = alloc_word_desc (); + w->word = tword ? tword : savestring (""); + new = make_word_list (w, new); + } + + l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *); + if (itype == '*') + tword = (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l); + else + tword = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (l) : l); + + dispose_words (l); + return (tword); +} + +static char * +parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype, pattern, patspec, quoted) + int itype; + char *pattern; + int patspec, quoted; +{ + char *ret; + WORD_LIST *list; + + list = list_rest_of_args (); + if (list == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted); + dispose_words (list); + return (ret); +} + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) +static char * +array_remove_pattern (a, pattern, patspec, varname, quoted) + ARRAY *a; + char *pattern; + int patspec; + char *varname; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */ + int quoted; +{ + int itype; + char *ret; + WORD_LIST *list; + SHELL_VAR *v; + + /* compute itype from varname here */ + v = array_variable_part (varname, &ret, 0); + itype = ret[0]; + + list = array_to_word_list (a); + if (list == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted); + dispose_words (list); + + return ret; +} +#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ + +static char * +parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname, value, patstr, rtype, quoted) + char *varname, *value, *patstr; + int rtype, quoted; +{ + int vtype, patspec, starsub; + char *temp1, *val, *pattern; + SHELL_VAR *v; + + if (value == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + this_command_name = varname; + + vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, quoted, &v, &val); + if (vtype == -1) + return ((char *)NULL); + + starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB; + vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB; + + patspec = getpatspec (rtype, patstr); + if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT) + patstr++; + + pattern = getpattern (patstr, quoted, 1); + + temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */ + switch (vtype) + { + case VT_VARIABLE: + case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: + temp1 = remove_pattern (val, pattern, patspec); + if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) + FREE (val); + if (temp1) + { + val = quote_escapes (temp1); + free (temp1); + temp1 = val; + } + break; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + case VT_ARRAYVAR: + temp1 = array_remove_pattern (array_cell (v), pattern, patspec, varname, quoted); + if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) + { + val = quote_escapes (temp1); + free (temp1); + temp1 = val; + } + break; +#endif + case VT_POSPARMS: + temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname[0], pattern, patspec, quoted); + if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0)) + { + val = quote_escapes (temp1); + free (temp1); + temp1 = val; + } + break; + } + + FREE (pattern); + return temp1; +} + +/******************************************* + * * + * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs * + * * + *******************************************/ + +/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does + parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, + word splitting, and quote removal. */ + +WORD_LIST * +expand_word (word, quoted) + WORD_DESC *word; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *result, *tresult; + + tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); + result = word_list_split (tresult); + dispose_words (tresult); + return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result); +} + +/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This + does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, + and quote removal. */ +WORD_LIST * +expand_word_unsplit (word, quoted) + WORD_DESC *word; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *result; + + expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1; + result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL); + expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; + + return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result); +} + +/* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or + quote removal on the result. */ +WORD_LIST * +expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted) + WORD_DESC *word; + int quoted; +{ + return (call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)); +} + +#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) + +/*****************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Hacking Process Substitution */ +/* */ +/*****************************************************************/ + +#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) +/* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list + of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and + unlink all of them. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the + list. NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */ +#define FIFO_INCR 20 + +struct temp_fifo { + char *file; + pid_t proc; +}; + +static struct temp_fifo *fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)NULL; +static int nfifo; +static int fifo_list_size; + +static void +add_fifo_list (pathname) + char *pathname; +{ + if (nfifo >= fifo_list_size - 1) + { + fifo_list_size += FIFO_INCR; + fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)xrealloc (fifo_list, + fifo_list_size * sizeof (struct temp_fifo)); + } + + fifo_list[nfifo].file = savestring (pathname); + nfifo++; +} + +void +unlink_fifo_list () +{ + int saved, i, j; + + if (nfifo == 0) + return; + + for (i = saved = 0; i < nfifo; i++) + { + if ((fifo_list[i].proc == -1) || (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1)) + { + unlink (fifo_list[i].file); + free (fifo_list[i].file); + fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL; + fifo_list[i].proc = -1; + } + else + saved++; + } + + /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */ + if (saved) + { + for (i = j = 0; i < nfifo; i++) + if (fifo_list[i].file) + { + fifo_list[j].file = fifo_list[i].file; + fifo_list[j].proc = fifo_list[i].proc; + j++; + } + nfifo = j; + } + else + nfifo = 0; +} + +static char * +make_named_pipe () +{ + char *tname; + + tname = sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM); + if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0) + { + free (tname); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + add_fifo_list (tname); + return (tname); +} + +#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + +/* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell + has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently + set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number + of open files. */ +static char *dev_fd_list = (char *)NULL; +static int nfds; +static int totfds; /* The highest possible number of open files. */ + +static void +add_fifo_list (fd) + int fd; +{ + if (!dev_fd_list || fd >= totfds) + { + int ofds; + + ofds = totfds; + totfds = getdtablesize (); + if (totfds < 0 || totfds > 256) + totfds = 256; + if (fd > totfds) + totfds = fd + 2; + + dev_fd_list = (char *)xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds); + memset (dev_fd_list + ofds, '\0', totfds - ofds); + } + + dev_fd_list[fd] = 1; + nfds++; +} + +void +unlink_fifo_list () +{ + register int i; + + if (nfds == 0) + return; + + for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++) + if (dev_fd_list[i]) + { + close (i); + dev_fd_list[i] = 0; + nfds--; + } + + nfds = 0; +} + +#if defined (NOTDEF) +print_dev_fd_list () +{ + register int i; + + fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ()); + fflush (stderr); + + for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++) + { + if (dev_fd_list[i]) + fprintf (stderr, " %d", i); + } + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); +} +#endif /* NOTDEF */ + +static char * +make_dev_fd_filename (fd) + int fd; +{ + char *ret, intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p; + + ret = (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 4); + + strcpy (ret, DEV_FD_PREFIX); + p = inttostr (fd, intbuf, sizeof (intbuf)); + strcpy (ret + sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) - 1, p); + + add_fifo_list (fd); + return (ret); +} + +#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + +/* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by + executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return + a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the + ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have + them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck. + + OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or + use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in + the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for + writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that + file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */ + +static char * +process_substitute (string, open_for_read_in_child) + char *string; + int open_for_read_in_child; +{ + char *pathname; + int fd, result; + pid_t old_pid, pid; +#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) + int parent_pipe_fd, child_pipe_fd; + int fildes[2]; +#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp; +#endif + + if (!string || !*string || wordexp_only) + return ((char *)NULL); + +#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) + pathname = make_named_pipe (); +#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + if (pipe (fildes) < 0) + { + sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution")); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + /* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of + the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */ + parent_pipe_fd = fildes[open_for_read_in_child]; + child_pipe_fd = fildes[1 - open_for_read_in_child]; + /* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to + avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */ + parent_pipe_fd = move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd, 1, 64); + + pathname = make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd); +#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + + if (!pathname) + { + sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution")); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + old_pid = last_made_pid; + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp; + pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp; + save_pipeline (1); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + + pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 1); + if (pid == 0) + { + reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */ + free_pushed_string_input (); + /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */ + restore_original_signals (); + setup_async_signals (); + subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB; + } + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + set_sigchld_handler (); + stop_making_children (); + pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp; +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + + if (pid < 0) + { + sys_error (_("cannot make child for process substitution")); + free (pathname); +#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) + close (parent_pipe_fd); + close (child_pipe_fd); +#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + if (pid > 0) + { +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + restore_pipeline (1); +#endif + +#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) + fifo_list[nfifo-1].proc = pid; +#endif + + last_made_pid = old_pid; + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE) + close_pgrp_pipe (); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */ + +#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) + close (child_pipe_fd); +#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + + return (pathname); + } + + set_sigint_handler (); + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + set_job_control (0); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) + /* Open the named pipe in the child. */ + fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK : O_WRONLY); + if (fd < 0) + { + /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */ + if (open_for_read_in_child) + sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname); + else + sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname); + + exit (127); + } + if (open_for_read_in_child) + { + if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0) + { + sys_error (_("cannout reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd); + exit (127); + } + } +#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + fd = child_pipe_fd; +#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + + if (dup2 (fd, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1) < 0) + { + sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname, + open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1); + exit (127); + } + + if (fd != (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1)) + close (fd); + + /* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited + from its parent. */ + if (current_fds_to_close) + { + close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close); + current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL; + } + +#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) + /* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot + in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for + instance, pipe(2). */ + close (parent_pipe_fd); + dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = 0; +#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */ + + result = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST)); + +#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD) + /* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */ + close (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1); +#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */ + + exit (result); + /*NOTREACHED*/ +} +#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ + +/***********************************/ +/* */ +/* Command Substitution */ +/* */ +/***********************************/ + +static char * +read_comsub (fd, quoted) + int fd, quoted; +{ + char *istring, buf[128], *bufp; + int istring_index, istring_size, c; + ssize_t bufn; + + istring = (char *)NULL; + istring_index = istring_size = bufn = 0; + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ + setmode (fd, O_TEXT); /* we don't want CR/LF, we want Unix-style */ +#endif + + /* Read the output of the command through the pipe. */ + while (1) + { + if (fd < 0) + break; + if (--bufn <= 0) + { + bufn = zread (fd, buf, sizeof (buf)); + if (bufn <= 0) + break; + bufp = buf; + } + c = *bufp++; + + if (c == 0) + { +#if 0 + internal_warning ("read_comsub: ignored null byte in input"); +#endif + continue; + } + + /* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */ + RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); + + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL) + istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC; + + istring[istring_index++] = c; + +#if 0 +#if defined (__CYGWIN__) + if (c == '\n' && istring_index > 1 && istring[istring_index - 2] == '\r') + { + istring_index--; + istring[istring_index - 1] = '\n'; + } +#endif +#endif + } + + if (istring) + istring[istring_index] = '\0'; + + /* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some + trouble. */ + if (istring_index == 0) + { + FREE (istring); + return (char *)NULL; + } + + /* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */ + if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) + { + while (istring_index > 0) + { + if (istring[istring_index - 1] == '\n') + { + --istring_index; + + /* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */ + if (istring[istring_index - 1] == CTLESC) + --istring_index; + } + else + break; + } + istring[istring_index] = '\0'; + } + else + strip_trailing (istring, istring_index - 1, 1); + + return istring; +} + +/* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a string, + possibly quoted. */ +char * +command_substitute (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp, old_async_pid; + char *istring; + int result, fildes[2], function_value, pflags, rc; + + istring = (char *)NULL; + + /* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to + run, just return NULL. */ + if (!string || !*string || (string[0] == '\n' && !string[1])) + return ((char *)NULL); + + if (wordexp_only && read_but_dont_execute) + { + last_command_exit_value = 125; + jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG); + } + + /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will + eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run + maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command, + the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake + the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't + have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments, + though, because the export environment will be remade after this + command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded + are variable assignments. */ + if (subst_assign_varlist == 0 || garglist == 0) + maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */ + + /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */ + pflags = interactive ? SEVAL_RESETLINE : 0; + + /* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */ + if (pipe (fildes) < 0) + { + sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for command substitution")); + goto error_exit; + } + + old_pid = last_made_pid; +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp; + /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline. */ + if ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_PIPE) == 0) + pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp; + cleanup_the_pipeline (); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + + old_async_pid = last_asynchronous_pid; +#if 0 + pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 0); +#else + pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, subshell_environment&SUBSHELL_ASYNC); +#endif + last_asynchronous_pid = old_async_pid; + + if (pid == 0) + /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the + trap strings. */ + reset_signal_handlers (); + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + set_sigchld_handler (); + stop_making_children (); + pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp; +#else + stop_making_children (); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + + if (pid < 0) + { + sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution")); + error_exit: + + FREE (istring); + close (fildes[0]); + close (fildes[1]); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + if (pid == 0) + { + set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */ + + free_pushed_string_input (); + + if (dup2 (fildes[1], 1) < 0) + { + sys_error (_("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1")); + exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE); + } + + /* If standard output is closed in the parent shell + (such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be + the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in + fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well, + but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output + to be generated from this command. */ + if ((fildes[1] != fileno (stdin)) && + (fildes[1] != fileno (stdout)) && + (fildes[1] != fileno (stderr))) + close (fildes[1]); + + if ((fildes[0] != fileno (stdin)) && + (fildes[0] != fileno (stdout)) && + (fildes[0] != fileno (stderr))) + close (fildes[0]); + + /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */ + interactive = 0; + + /* This is a subshell environment. */ + subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB; + + /* When not in POSIX mode, command substitution does not inherit + the -e flag. */ + if (posixly_correct == 0) + exit_immediately_on_error = 0; + + remove_quoted_escapes (string); + + startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */ + /* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure, + so we don't go back up to main (). */ + result = setjmp (top_level); + + /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function, + trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell + and go off to never-never land. */ + if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag) + function_value = setjmp (return_catch); + else + function_value = 0; + + if (result == ERREXIT) + rc = last_command_exit_value; + else if (result == EXITPROG) + rc = last_command_exit_value; + else if (result) + rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + else if (function_value) + rc = return_catch_value; + else + { + subshell_level++; + rc = parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", pflags|SEVAL_NOHIST); + subshell_level--; + } + + last_command_exit_value = rc; + rc = run_exit_trap (); + exit (rc); + } + else + { +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE) + close_pgrp_pipe (); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */ + + close (fildes[1]); + + istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted); + + close (fildes[0]); + + current_command_subst_pid = pid; + last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid); + last_command_subst_pid = pid; + last_made_pid = old_pid; + +#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) + /* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command + was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send + SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */ + if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT) && last_command_exit_signal == SIGINT) + kill (getpid (), SIGINT); + + /* wait_for gives the terminal back to shell_pgrp. If some other + process group should have it, give it away to that group here. + pipeline_pgrp is non-zero only while we are constructing a + pipline, so what we are concerned about is whether or not that + pipeline was started in the background. A pipeline started in + the background should never get the tty back here. */ +#if 0 + if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && pipeline_pgrp != last_asynchronous_pid) +#else + if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && (subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0) +#endif + give_terminal_to (pipeline_pgrp, 0); +#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */ + + return (istring); + } +} + +/******************************************************** + * * + * Utility functions for parameter expansion * + * * + ********************************************************/ + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + +static arrayind_t +array_length_reference (s) + char *s; +{ + int len; + arrayind_t ind; + char *t, c; + ARRAY *array; + SHELL_VAR *var; + + var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len); + + /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return + failure. */ + if ((var == 0 || array_p (var) == 0) && unbound_vars_is_error) + { + c = *--t; + *t = '\0'; + err_unboundvar (s); + *t = c; + return (-1); + } + else if (var == 0) + return 0; + + /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays. + We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or + v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */ + + array = array_p (var) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)NULL; + + if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']') + return (array_p (var) ? array_num_elements (array) : 1); + + ind = array_expand_index (t, len); + if (ind < 0) + { + err_badarraysub (t); + return (-1); + } + + if (array_p (var)) + t = array_reference (array, ind); + else + t = (ind == 0) ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL; + + len = STRLEN (t); + return (len); +} +#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ + +static int +valid_brace_expansion_word (name, var_is_special) + char *name; + int var_is_special; +{ + if (DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) + return 1; + else if (var_is_special) + return 1; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + else if (valid_array_reference (name)) + return 1; +#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ + else if (legal_identifier (name)) + return 1; + else + return 0; +} + +static int +chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at) + char *name; + int quoted; + int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at; +{ + char *temp1; + + if (name == 0) + { + if (quoted_dollar_atp) + *quoted_dollar_atp = 0; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 0; + return 0; + } + + /* check for $@ and $* */ + if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == 0) + { + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) + *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + return 1; + } + else if (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == '\0' && quoted == 0) + { + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + return 1; + } + + /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */ +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + else if (valid_array_reference (name)) + { + temp1 = xstrchr (name, '['); + if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == ']') + { + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) + *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + return 1; + } /* [ */ + /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]}, + which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */ + if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == ']' && quoted == 0) + { + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + return 1; + } + } +#endif + return 0; +} + +/* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion, + or NULL if there was no expansion. + VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in + the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that + NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */ +static WORD_DESC * +parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted) + char *name; + int var_is_special, quoted; +{ + WORD_DESC *ret; + char *temp, *tt; + intmax_t arg_index; + SHELL_VAR *var; + int atype; + + ret = 0; + temp = 0; + + /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */ + if (legal_number (name, &arg_index)) + { + tt = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index); + if (tt) + temp = (*tt && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) + ? quote_string (tt) + : quote_escapes (tt); + else + temp = (char *)NULL; + FREE (tt); + } + else if (var_is_special) /* ${@} */ + { + int sindex; + tt = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name)); + tt[sindex = 0] = '$'; + strcpy (tt + 1, name); + + ret = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, + (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, 0); + free (tt); + } +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + else if (valid_array_reference (name)) + { + temp = array_value (name, quoted, &atype); + if (atype == 0 && temp) + temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) + ? quote_string (temp) + : quote_escapes (temp); + } +#endif + else if (var = find_variable (name)) + { + if (var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0) + { +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0) : value_cell (var); +#else + temp = value_cell (var); +#endif + + if (temp) + temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) + ? quote_string (temp) + : quote_escapes (temp); + } + else + temp = (char *)NULL; + } + else + temp = (char *)NULL; + + if (ret == 0) + { + ret = alloc_word_desc (); + ret->word = temp; + } + return ret; +} + +/* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the + value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */ +static WORD_DESC * +parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at) + char *name; + int var_is_special, quoted; + int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at; +{ + char *temp, *t; + WORD_DESC *w; + + w = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted); + t = w->word; + /* Have to dequote here if necessary */ + if (t) + { + temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) + ? dequote_string (t) + : dequote_escapes (t); + free (t); + t = temp; + } + dispose_word_desc (w); + + chk_atstar (t, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at); + if (t == 0) + return (WORD_DESC *)NULL; + + w = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR(t, 0), quoted); + free (t); + + return w; +} + +/* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE}, + depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of + "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs + between double quotes. */ +static WORD_DESC * +parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, qdollaratp, hasdollarat) + char *name, *value; + int c, quoted, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat; +{ + WORD_DESC *w; + WORD_LIST *l; + char *t, *t1, *temp; + int hasdol; + + /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat + the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip + embedded unescaped double quotes. */ + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *value) + { + hasdol = 0; + temp = string_extract_double_quoted (value, &hasdol, 1); + } + else + temp = value; + + w = alloc_word_desc (); + hasdol = 0; + /* XXX was 0 not quoted */ + l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, &hasdol, (int *)NULL) + : (WORD_LIST *)0; + if (hasdollarat) + *hasdollarat = hasdol || (l && l->next); + if (temp != value) + free (temp); + if (l) + { + /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things + slightly differently if HASDOL is non-zero. If we have "$@", the + individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them + into a string with the words separated by the first character of + $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't + do the right thing. We use string_list_dollar_star instead. */ + temp = (hasdol || l->next) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l); + + /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that + is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */ + if (qdollaratp && ((hasdol && quoted) || l->next)) + *qdollaratp = 1; + dispose_words (l); + } + else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && hasdol) + { + /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was + a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as + it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return + a quoted empty string. */ + temp = make_quoted_char ('\0'); + w->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + } + else + temp = (char *)NULL; + + if (c == '-' || c == '+') + { + w->word = temp; + return w; + } + + /* c == '=' */ + t = temp ? savestring (temp) : savestring (""); + t1 = dequote_string (t); + free (t); +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + if (valid_array_reference (name)) + assign_array_element (name, t1, 0); + else +#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ + bind_variable (name, t1, 0); + free (t1); + + w->word = temp; + return w; +} + +/* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case + that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and + used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is + printed. */ +static void +parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value) + char *name, *value; +{ + WORD_LIST *l; + char *temp; + + if (value && *value) + { + l = expand_string (value, 0); + temp = string_list (l); + report_error ("%s: %s", name, temp ? temp : ""); /* XXX was value not "" */ + FREE (temp); + dispose_words (l); + } + else + report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name); + + /* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we + are about to longjmp out. */ + free (name); + FREE (value); +} + +/* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is + OK to do. */ +static int +valid_length_expression (name) + char *name; +{ + return (name[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */ + ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') || /* special param */ + (DIGIT (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */ +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + valid_array_reference (name + 1) || /* ${#a[7]} */ +#endif + legal_identifier (name + 1)); /* ${#PS1} */ +} + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +size_t +mbstrlen (s) + const char *s; +{ + size_t clen, nc; + mbstate_t mbs, mbsbak; + + nc = 0; + memset (&mbs, 0, sizeof (mbs)); + mbsbak = mbs; + while ((clen = mbrlen(s, MB_CUR_MAX, &mbs)) != 0) + { + if (MB_INVALIDCH(clen)) + { + clen = 1; /* assume single byte */ + mbs = mbsbak; + } + + s += clen; + nc++; + mbsbak = mbs; + } + return nc; +} +#endif + + +/* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the + length of a parameter. */ +static intmax_t +parameter_brace_expand_length (name) + char *name; +{ + char *t, *newname; + intmax_t number, arg_index; + WORD_LIST *list; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + SHELL_VAR *var; +#endif + + if (name[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */ + number = number_of_args (); + else if ((name[1] == '@' || name[1] == '*') && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */ + number = number_of_args (); + else if ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') + { + /* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */ + switch (name[1]) + { + case '-': + t = which_set_flags (); + break; + case '?': + t = itos (last_command_exit_value); + break; + case '$': + t = itos (dollar_dollar_pid); + break; + case '!': + if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID) + t = (char *)NULL; + else + t = itos (last_asynchronous_pid); + break; + case '#': + t = itos (number_of_args ()); + break; + } + number = STRLEN (t); + FREE (t); + } +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1)) + number = array_length_reference (name + 1); +#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ + else + { + number = 0; + + if (legal_number (name + 1, &arg_index)) /* ${#1} */ + { + t = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index); + number = MB_STRLEN (t); + FREE (t); + } +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && (invisible_p (var) == 0) && array_p (var)) + { + t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0); + number = MB_STRLEN (t); + } +#endif + else /* ${#PS1} */ + { + newname = savestring (name); + newname[0] = '$'; + list = expand_string (newname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES); + t = list ? string_list (list) : (char *)NULL; + free (newname); + if (list) + dispose_words (list); + + number = MB_STRLEN (t); + FREE (t); + } + } + + return (number); +} + +/* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression, + so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find + the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules: + 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'. + 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'. +*/ + +static char * +skiparith (substr, delim) + char *substr; + int delim; +{ + size_t sublen; + int skipcol, pcount, i; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + sublen = strlen (substr); + i = skipcol = pcount = 0; + while (substr[i]) + { + /* Balance parens */ + if (substr[i] == LPAREN) + { + pcount++; + i++; + continue; + } + if (substr[i] == RPAREN && pcount) + { + pcount--; + i++; + continue; + } + if (pcount) + { + ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i); + continue; + } + + /* Skip one `:' for each `?' */ + if (substr[i] == ':' && skipcol) + { + skipcol--; + i++; + continue; + } + if (substr[i] == delim) + break; + if (substr[i] == '?') + { + skipcol++; + i++; + continue; + } + ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i); + } + + return (substr + i); +} + +/* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If + VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1, + then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then + VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used. + Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem + with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */ +static int +verify_substring_values (value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p) + char *value, *substr; + int vtype; + intmax_t *e1p, *e2p; +{ + char *t, *temp1, *temp2; + arrayind_t len; + int expok; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + ARRAY *a; +#endif + + /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */ + t = skiparith (substr, ':'); + if (*t && *t == ':') + *t = '\0'; + else + t = (char *)0; + + temp1 = expand_arith_string (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES); + *e1p = evalexp (temp1, &expok); + free (temp1); + if (expok == 0) + return (0); + + len = -1; /* paranoia */ + switch (vtype) + { + case VT_VARIABLE: + case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: + len = MB_STRLEN (value); + break; + case VT_POSPARMS: + len = number_of_args () + 1; + if (*e1p == 0) + len++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */ + break; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + case VT_ARRAYVAR: + a = (ARRAY *)value; + /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative + offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. */ + len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */ + break; +#endif + } + + if (len == -1) /* paranoia */ + return -1; + + if (*e1p < 0) /* negative offsets count from end */ + *e1p += len; + + if (*e1p > len || *e1p < 0) + return (-1); + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */ + if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR) + len = array_num_elements (a); +#endif + + if (t) + { + t++; + temp2 = savestring (t); + temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES); + free (temp2); + t[-1] = ':'; + *e2p = evalexp (temp1, &expok); + free (temp1); + if (expok == 0) + return (0); + if (*e2p < 0) + { + internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t); + return (0); + } +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how + to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array- + specific functions. */ + if (vtype != VT_ARRAYVAR) +#endif + { + *e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */ + if (*e2p > len) + *e2p = len; + } + } + else + *e2p = len; + + return (1); +} + +/* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable, + positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified + by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element). + If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL + characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate + steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */ +static int +get_var_and_type (varname, value, quoted, varp, valp) + char *varname, *value; + int quoted; + SHELL_VAR **varp; + char **valp; +{ + int vtype; + char *temp; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + SHELL_VAR *v; +#endif + + /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */ + vtype = (varname[0] == '@' || varname[0] == '*') && varname[1] == '\0'; + if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS && varname[0] == '*') + vtype |= VT_STARSUB; + *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL; + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + if (valid_array_reference (varname)) + { + v = array_variable_part (varname, &temp, (int *)0); + if (v && array_p (v)) + { /* [ */ + if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']') + { + vtype = VT_ARRAYVAR; + if (temp[0] == '*') + vtype |= VT_STARSUB; + *valp = (char *)array_cell (v); + } + else + { + vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER; + *valp = array_value (varname, 1, (int *)NULL); + } + *varp = v; + } + else if (v && (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']')) + { + vtype = VT_VARIABLE; + *varp = v; + if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) + *valp = dequote_string (value); + else + *valp = dequote_escapes (value); + } + else + return -1; + } + else if ((v = find_variable (varname)) && (invisible_p (v) == 0) && array_p (v)) + { + vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER; + *varp = v; + *valp = array_reference (array_cell (v), 0); + } + else +#endif + { + if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE) + { + if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) + *valp = dequote_string (value); + else + *valp = dequote_escapes (value); + } + else + *valp = value; + } + + return vtype; +} + +/******************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */ +/* */ +/******************************************************/ + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) +/* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and + E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly + multibyte character) positions that require calculation. + Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */ +static char * +mb_substring (string, s, e) + char *string; + int s, e; +{ + char *tt; + int start, stop, i, slen; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + start = 0; + /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */ + slen = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? STRLEN (string) : 0; + + i = s; + while (string[start] && i--) + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, start); + stop = start; + i = e - s; + while (string[stop] && i--) + ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, stop); + tt = substring (string, start, stop); + return tt; +} +#endif + +/* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME + is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of + VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */ + +static char * +parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, substr, quoted) + char *varname, *value, *substr; + int quoted; +{ + intmax_t e1, e2; + int vtype, r, starsub; + char *temp, *val, *tt, *oname; + SHELL_VAR *v; + + if (value == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + oname = this_command_name; + this_command_name = varname; + + vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, quoted, &v, &val); + if (vtype == -1) + { + this_command_name = oname; + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB; + vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB; + + r = verify_substring_values (val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2); + this_command_name = oname; + if (r <= 0) + return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL); + + switch (vtype) + { + case VT_VARIABLE: + case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) + tt = mb_substring (val, e1, e2); + else +#endif + tt = substring (val, e1, e2); + + if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) + FREE (val); + if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) + temp = quote_string (tt); + else + temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL; + FREE (tt); + break; + case VT_POSPARMS: + tt = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted); + if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0) + { + temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL; + FREE (tt); + } + else + temp = tt; + break; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + case VT_ARRAYVAR: + /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be sparse, + so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers specified and we + rely on array_subrange to understand how to deal with them). */ + tt = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted); + if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0) + { + temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL; + FREE (tt); + } + else + temp = tt; + break; +#endif + default: + temp = (char *)NULL; + } + + return temp; +} + +/****************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */ +/* */ +/****************************************************************/ + +char * +pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags) + char *string, *pat, *rep; + int mflags; +{ + char *ret, *s, *e, *str; + int rsize, rptr, l, replen, mtype; + + mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK; + + /* Special cases: + * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING + * with REP and return the result. + * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to + * STRING and return the result. + */ + if ((pat == 0 || *pat == 0) && (mtype == MATCH_BEG || mtype == MATCH_END)) + { + replen = STRLEN (rep); + l = strlen (string); + ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + l + 2); + if (replen == 0) + strcpy (ret, string); + else if (mtype == MATCH_BEG) + { + strcpy (ret, rep); + strcpy (ret + replen, string); + } + else + { + strcpy (ret, string); + strcpy (ret + l, rep); + } + return (ret); + } + + ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64); + ret[0] = '\0'; + + for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string;;) + { + if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0) + break; + l = s - str; + RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + replen), rsize, 64); + + /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from + str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy + the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment + rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */ + if (l) + { + strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l); + rptr += l; + } + if (replen) + { + strncpy (ret + rptr, rep, replen); + rptr += replen; + } + str = e; /* e == end of match */ + + if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY) + break; + + if (s == e) + e++, str++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */ + } + + /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */ + if (*str) + { + RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, STRLEN(str) + 1, rsize, 64); + strcpy (ret + rptr, str); + } + else + ret[rptr] = '\0'; + + return ret; +} + +/* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */ +static char * +pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags) + char *string, *pat, *rep; + int mflags; +{ + WORD_LIST *save, *params; + WORD_DESC *w; + char *ret; + + save = params = list_rest_of_args (); + if (save == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + for ( ; params; params = params->next) + { + ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags); + w = alloc_word_desc (); + w->word = ret ? ret : savestring (""); + dispose_word (params->word); + params->word = w; + } + + if ((mflags & (MATCH_QUOTED|MATCH_STARSUB)) == (MATCH_QUOTED|MATCH_STARSUB)) + ret = string_list_dollar_star (quote_list (save)); + else + ret = string_list ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_list (save) : save); + dispose_words (save); + + return (ret); +} + +/* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of + VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match + and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing + the type of quoting currently in effect. */ +static char * +parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, patsub, quoted) + char *varname, *value, *patsub; + int quoted; +{ + int vtype, mflags, starsub; + char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p, *lpatsub, *tt; + SHELL_VAR *v; + + if (value == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + this_command_name = varname; + + vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, quoted, &v, &val); + if (vtype == -1) + return ((char *)NULL); + + starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB; + vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB; + + mflags = 0; + if (patsub && *patsub == '/') + { + mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP; + patsub++; + } + + /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion + functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */ + lpatsub = savestring (patsub); + + if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) + mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED; + + if (starsub) + mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB; + + /* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking + for the replacement delimiter. */ + if (rep = quoted_strchr ((*patsub == '/') ? lpatsub+1 : lpatsub, '/', ST_BACKSL)) + *rep++ = '\0'; + else + rep = (char *)NULL; + + if (rep && *rep == '\0') + rep = (char *)NULL; + + /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the + pattern removal expansions. */ + pat = getpattern (lpatsub, quoted, 1); + + if (rep) + { + if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0) + rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit); + else + rep = expand_string_to_string_internal (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit); + } + + /* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded + pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern + at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement, + though. */ + p = pat; + if (mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) + mflags |= MATCH_ANY; + else if (pat && pat[0] == '#') + { + mflags |= MATCH_BEG; + p++; + } + else if (pat && pat[0] == '%') + { + mflags |= MATCH_END; + p++; + } + else + mflags |= MATCH_ANY; + + /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If + flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done + everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is + replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand + CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable + values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution + code works right. We need to requote special chars after + we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the + other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays + indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */ + + switch (vtype) + { + case VT_VARIABLE: + case VT_ARRAYMEMBER: + temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags); + if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE) + FREE (val); + if (temp) + { + tt = quote_escapes (temp); + free (temp); + temp = tt; + } + break; + case VT_POSPARMS: + temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags); + if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0) + { + tt = quote_escapes (temp); + free (temp); + temp = tt; + } + break; +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + case VT_ARRAYVAR: + temp = array_patsub (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags); + if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0) + { + tt = quote_escapes (temp); + free (temp); + temp = tt; + } + break; +#endif + } + + FREE (pat); + FREE (rep); + free (lpatsub); + + return temp; +} + +/* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If + any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0. + Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a + ( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens + means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser + will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */ +static int +chk_arithsub (s, len) + const char *s; + int len; +{ + int i, count; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + i = count = 0; + while (i < len) + { + if (s[i] == '(') + count++; + else if (s[i] == ')') + { + count--; + if (count < 0) + return 0; + } + + switch (s[i]) + { + default: + ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i); + break; + + case '\\': + i++; + if (s[i]) + ADVANCE_CHAR (s, len, i); + break; + + case '\'': + i = skip_single_quoted (s, len, ++i); + break; + + case '"': + i = skip_double_quoted ((char *)s, len, ++i); + break; + } + } + + return (count == 0); +} + +/****************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */ +/* */ +/****************************************************************/ + +/* ${[#][!]name[[:]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */ +static WORD_DESC * +parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at) + char *string; + int *indexp, quoted, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at; +{ + int check_nullness, var_is_set, var_is_null, var_is_special; + int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub; + char *name, *value, *temp, *temp1; + WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret; + int t_index, sindex, c, tflag; + intmax_t number; + + value = (char *)NULL; + var_is_set = var_is_null = var_is_special = check_nullness = 0; + want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = 0; + + sindex = *indexp; + t_index = ++sindex; + /* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */ + if (string[t_index] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string[t_index+1])) /* {{ */ + name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "}", EX_VARNAME); + else + name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", EX_VARNAME); + + ret = 0; + tflag = 0; + + /* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure + that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references + to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. */ + if ((sindex == t_index && + (string[t_index] == '-' || + string[t_index] == '?' || + string[t_index] == '#')) || + (sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' && + (string[t_index] == '#' || + string[t_index] == '?' || + string[t_index] == '@' || + string[t_index] == '*'))) + { + t_index++; + free (name); + temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", 0); + name = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (strlen (temp1))); + *name = string[sindex]; + if (string[sindex] == '!') + { + /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */ + name[1] = string[sindex + 1]; + strcpy (name + 2, temp1); + } + else + strcpy (name + 1, temp1); + free (temp1); + } + sindex = t_index; + + /* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then + do the appropriate thing. */ + if (c = string[sindex]) + sindex++; + + /* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion + characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that + a substring specification is being given, and do not move + past it. */ + if (c == ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string[sindex])) + { + check_nullness++; + if (c = string[sindex]) + sindex++; + } + else if (c == ':' && string[sindex] != RBRACE) + want_substring = 1; + else if (c == '/' && string[sindex] != RBRACE) + want_patsub = 1; + + /* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the + tests above. */ + /* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-. + Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */ + if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 && + VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c) && string[sindex] == RBRACE) + { + name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3); + name[1] = c; + name[2] = '\0'; + c = string[sindex++]; + } + + /* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */ + if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 && + member (c, "%:=+/") && string[sindex] == RBRACE) + { + temp = (char *)NULL; + goto bad_substitution; + } + + /* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is + either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special + variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */ + want_indir = *name == '!' && + (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1]) + || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])); + + /* Determine the value of this variable. */ + + /* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */ + if (SPECIAL_VAR (name, want_indir)) + var_is_special++; + + /* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */ + if (*name == '#' && name[1]) + { + /* If we are not pointing at the character just after the + closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name. + Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad + substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying + to go on. */ + if (string[sindex - 1] != RBRACE || (valid_length_expression (name) == 0)) + { + temp = (char *)NULL; + goto bad_substitution; + } + + number = parameter_brace_expand_length (name); + free (name); + + *indexp = sindex; + if (number < 0) + return (&expand_wdesc_error); + else + { + ret = alloc_word_desc (); + ret->word = itos (number); + return ret; + } + } + + /* ${@} is identical to $@. */ + if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == '\0') + { + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) + *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; + + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + } + + /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */ + if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE && + (string[sindex - 2] == '*' || string[sindex - 2] == '@') && + legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name[1])) + { + char **x; + WORD_LIST *xlist; + + temp1 = savestring (name + 1); + number = strlen (temp1); + temp1[number - 1] = '\0'; + x = all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1); + xlist = strvec_to_word_list (x, 0, 0); + if (string[sindex - 2] == '*') + temp = string_list_dollar_star (xlist); + else + { + temp = string_list_dollar_at (xlist, quoted); + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) + *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + } + free (x); + free (xlist); + free (temp1); + *indexp = sindex; + + ret = alloc_word_desc (); + ret->word = temp; + return ret; + } + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */ /* [ */ + if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE && + string[sindex - 2] == ']' && valid_array_reference (name+1)) + { + char *x, *x1; + + temp1 = savestring (name + 1); + x = array_variable_name (temp1, &x1, (int *)0); /* [ */ + FREE (x); + if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1[0]) && x1[1] == ']') + { + temp = array_keys (temp1, quoted); + if (x1[0] == '@') + { + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) + *quoted_dollar_atp = 1; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + } + + free (temp1); + *indexp = sindex; + + ret = alloc_word_desc (); + ret->word = temp; + return ret; + } + + free (temp1); + } +#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */ + + /* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */ + if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir ? name + 1 : name, + var_is_special) == 0) + { + temp = (char *)NULL; + goto bad_substitution; + } + + if (want_indir) + tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at); + else + tdesc = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted); + + if (tdesc) + { + temp = tdesc->word; + tflag = tdesc->flags; + dispose_word_desc (tdesc); + } + else + temp = (char *)0; + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + if (valid_array_reference (name)) + chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at); +#endif + + var_is_set = temp != (char *)0; + var_is_null = check_nullness && (var_is_set == 0 || *temp == 0); + + /* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */ + if (c && c != RBRACE) + { + /* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion + according to the Posix.2 rules. */ + value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted, 0); + if (string[sindex] == RBRACE) + sindex++; + else + goto bad_substitution; + } + else + value = (char *)NULL; + + *indexp = sindex; + + /* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */ + if (want_substring) + { + temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, value, quoted); + FREE (name); + FREE (value); + FREE (temp); + + if (temp1 == &expand_param_error) + return (&expand_wdesc_error); + else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal) + return (&expand_wdesc_fatal); + + ret = alloc_word_desc (); + ret->word = temp1; + if (temp1 && QUOTED_NULL (temp1) && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) + ret->flags |= W_QUOTED|W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + return ret; + } + else if (want_patsub) + { + temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, value, quoted); + FREE (name); + FREE (value); + FREE (temp); + + if (temp1 == &expand_param_error) + return (&expand_wdesc_error); + else if (temp1 == &expand_param_fatal) + return (&expand_wdesc_fatal); + + ret = alloc_word_desc (); + ret->word = temp1; + return ret; + } + + /* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */ + switch (c) + { + default: + case '\0': + bad_substitution: + report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??"); + FREE (value); + FREE (temp); + free (name); + return &expand_wdesc_error; + + case RBRACE: + if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error) + { + err_unboundvar (name); + FREE (value); + FREE (temp); + free (name); + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); + } + break; + + case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */ + case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */ + if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0') + { + FREE (value); + break; + } + temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name, temp, value, c, quoted); + free (temp); + free (value); + temp = temp1; + break; + + case '-': + case '=': + case '?': + case '+': + if (var_is_set && var_is_null == 0) + { + /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named + variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */ + + if (c == '+') + { + /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@", + we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" -- + we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */ + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) + *quoted_dollar_atp = 0; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 0; + + FREE (temp); + if (value) + { + ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, + quoted, + quoted_dollar_atp, + contains_dollar_at); + /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of + W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */ + free (value); + } + else + temp = (char *)NULL; + } + else + { + FREE (value); + } + /* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */ + } + else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */ + { + FREE (temp); + temp = (char *)NULL; + if (c == '=' && var_is_special) + { + report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name); + free (name); + free (value); + return &expand_wdesc_error; + } + else if (c == '?') + { + parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value); + return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); + } + else if (c != '+') + { + /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@", + we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" -- + we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */ + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp) + *quoted_dollar_atp = 0; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 0; + + ret = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, + quoted_dollar_atp, + contains_dollar_at); + /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of + W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */ + } + free (value); + } + + break; + } + free (name); + + if (ret == 0) + { + ret = alloc_word_desc (); + ret->flags = tflag; + ret->word = temp; + } + return (ret); +} + +/* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When + the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work, + possibly calling param_expand recursively. */ +static WORD_DESC * +param_expand (string, sindex, quoted, expanded_something, + contains_dollar_at, quoted_dollar_at_p, had_quoted_null_p, + pflags) + char *string; + int *sindex, quoted, *expanded_something, *contains_dollar_at; + int *quoted_dollar_at_p, *had_quoted_null_p, pflags; +{ + char *temp, *temp1, uerror[3]; + int zindex, t_index, expok; + unsigned char c; + intmax_t number; + SHELL_VAR *var; + WORD_LIST *list; + WORD_DESC *tdesc, *ret; + int tflag; + + zindex = *sindex; + c = string[++zindex]; + + temp = (char *)NULL; + ret = tdesc = (WORD_DESC *)NULL; + tflag = 0; + + /* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */ + switch (c) + { + /* $0 .. $9? */ + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + temp1 = dollar_vars[TODIGIT (c)]; + if (unbound_vars_is_error && temp1 == (char *)NULL) + { + uerror[0] = '$'; + uerror[1] = c; + uerror[2] = '\0'; + err_unboundvar (uerror); + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); + } + if (temp1) + temp = (*temp1 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) + ? quote_string (temp1) + : quote_escapes (temp1); + else + temp = (char *)NULL; + + break; + + /* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */ + case '$': + temp = itos (dollar_dollar_pid); + break; + + /* $# -- number of positional parameters. */ + case '#': + temp = itos (number_of_args ()); + break; + + /* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */ + case '?': + temp = itos (last_command_exit_value); + break; + + /* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */ + case '-': + temp = which_set_flags (); + break; + + /* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */ + case '!': + /* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing. + If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have + been created, this is an expansion error. */ + if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID) + { + if (expanded_something) + *expanded_something = 0; + temp = (char *)NULL; + if (unbound_vars_is_error) + { + uerror[0] = '$'; + uerror[1] = c; + uerror[2] = '\0'; + err_unboundvar (uerror); + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + return (interactive_shell ? &expand_wdesc_error : &expand_wdesc_fatal); + } + } + else + temp = itos (last_asynchronous_pid); + break; + + /* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */ + case '*': /* `$*' */ + list = list_rest_of_args (); + + /* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just + disappear if there are other characters in the expansion, + even if it's quoted. */ + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && list == 0) + temp = (char *)NULL; + else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) + { + /* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional + parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and + quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS + is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is + null, the parameters are concatenated. */ + temp = (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list); + temp1 = quote_string (temp); + if (*temp == 0) + tflag |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + free (temp); + temp = temp1; + } + else + { + /* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here, + for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of + an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the + arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is + identical to $@ */ +#if 1 +# if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc[0] == 0) +# else + if (expand_no_split_dollar_star && ifs_firstc == 0) +# endif + temp = string_list_dollar_star (list); + else + temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted); +#else + temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted); +#endif + if (expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0 && contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + } + + dispose_words (list); + break; + + /* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This + means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into + the individually quoted arguments so that the final split + on the first character of $IFS is still done. */ + case '@': /* `$@' */ + list = list_rest_of_args (); + + /* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn + off quoting entirely, because other characters in the + string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some + way to signal that the final split on the first character + of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */ + if (quoted_dollar_at_p && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) + *quoted_dollar_at_p = 1; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + + /* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first + character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space. + We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what -- + according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional + parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */ + temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted); + + dispose_words (list); + break; + + case LBRACE: + tdesc = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted, + quoted_dollar_at_p, + contains_dollar_at); + + if (tdesc == &expand_wdesc_error || tdesc == &expand_wdesc_fatal) + return (tdesc); + temp = tdesc ? tdesc->word : (char *)0; + + /* XXX */ + /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else + in the string. */ + /* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at + the end of this function if there are no other characters + in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to + this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs + special handling. */ + if (tdesc && tdesc->word && (tdesc->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp)) + { + if (had_quoted_null_p) + *had_quoted_null_p = 1; + if (*quoted_dollar_at_p == 0) + { + free (temp); + tdesc->word = temp = (char *)NULL; + } + + } + + ret = tdesc; + goto return0; + + /* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */ + case LPAREN: + /* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */ + t_index = zindex + 1; + temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index); + zindex = t_index; + + /* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution, + extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */ + if (temp && *temp == LPAREN) + { + char *temp2; + temp1 = temp + 1; + temp2 = savestring (temp1); + t_index = strlen (temp2) - 1; + + if (temp2[t_index] != RPAREN) + { + free (temp2); + goto comsub; + } + + /* Cut off ending `)' */ + temp2[t_index] = '\0'; + + if (chk_arithsub (temp2, t_index) == 0) + { + free (temp2); + goto comsub; + } + + /* Expand variables found inside the expression. */ + temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES); + free (temp2); + +arithsub: + /* No error messages. */ + this_command_name = (char *)NULL; + number = evalexp (temp1, &expok); + free (temp); + free (temp1); + if (expok == 0) + { + if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct) + { + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + return (&expand_wdesc_fatal); + } + else + return (&expand_wdesc_error); + } + temp = itos (number); + break; + } + +comsub: + if (pflags & PF_NOCOMSUB) + /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */ + temp1 = substring (string, *sindex, zindex+1); + else + temp1 = command_substitute (temp, quoted); + FREE (temp); + temp = temp1; + break; + + /* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go + away in a future bash release. */ + case '[': + /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */ + t_index = zindex + 1; + temp = extract_arithmetic_subst (string, &t_index); + zindex = t_index; + + /* Do initial variable expansion. */ + temp1 = expand_arith_string (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES); + + goto arithsub; + + default: + /* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */ + temp = (char *)NULL; + + for (t_index = zindex; (c = string[zindex]) && legal_variable_char (c); zindex++) + ; + temp1 = (zindex > t_index) ? substring (string, t_index, zindex) : (char *)NULL; + + /* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */ + if (temp1 == 0 || *temp1 == '\0') + { + FREE (temp1); + temp = (char *)xmalloc (2); + temp[0] = '$'; + temp[1] = '\0'; + if (expanded_something) + *expanded_something = 0; + goto return0; + } + + /* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */ + var = find_variable (temp1); + + if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && var_isset (var)) + { +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + if (array_p (var)) + { + temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0); + if (temp) + temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) + ? quote_string (temp) + : quote_escapes (temp); + else if (unbound_vars_is_error) + goto unbound_variable; + } + else +#endif + { + temp = value_cell (var); + + temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))) + ? quote_string (temp) + : quote_escapes (temp); + } + + free (temp1); + + goto return0; + } + + temp = (char *)NULL; + +unbound_variable: + if (unbound_vars_is_error) + err_unboundvar (temp1); + else + { + free (temp1); + goto return0; + } + + free (temp1); + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + return ((unbound_vars_is_error && interactive_shell == 0) + ? &expand_wdesc_fatal + : &expand_wdesc_error); + } + + if (string[zindex]) + zindex++; + +return0: + *sindex = zindex; + + if (ret == 0) + { + ret = alloc_word_desc (); + ret->flags = tflag; /* XXX */ + ret->word = temp; + } + return ret; +} + +/* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable + expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and + quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is + the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the + word list returned is also null. + + QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h. + + ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be + treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for + how IFS characters in the word are treated. + + CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null + they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion. + CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero. + EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions, + else zero. + + This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that + case, we split on ' '. */ + +/* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */ +#define UNQUOTED 0 +#define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1 +#define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2 + +static WORD_LIST * +expand_word_internal (word, quoted, isexp, contains_dollar_at, expanded_something) + WORD_DESC *word; + int quoted, isexp; + int *contains_dollar_at; + int *expanded_something; +{ + WORD_LIST *list; + WORD_DESC *tword; + + /* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */ + char *istring; + + /* The current size of the above object. */ + int istring_size; + + /* Index into ISTRING. */ + int istring_index; + + /* Temporary string storage. */ + char *temp, *temp1; + + /* The text of WORD. */ + register char *string; + + /* The size of STRING. */ + size_t string_size; + + /* The index into STRING. */ + int sindex; + + /* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */ + int quoted_dollar_at; + + /* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on + whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted + string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */ + int quoted_state; + + /* State flags */ + int had_quoted_null; + int has_dollar_at; + int tflag; + + int assignoff; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */ + + register unsigned char c; /* Current character. */ + int t_index; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */ + + char twochars[2]; + + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + istring = (char *)xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE); + istring[istring_index = 0] = '\0'; + quoted_dollar_at = had_quoted_null = has_dollar_at = 0; + quoted_state = UNQUOTED; + + string = word->word; + if (string == 0) + goto finished_with_string; + /* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless + multibyte characters are possible. */ + string_size = (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? strlen (string) : 1; + + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 0; + + assignoff = -1; + + /* Begin the expansion. */ + + for (sindex = 0; ;) + { + c = string[sindex]; + + /* Case on toplevel character. */ + switch (c) + { + case '\0': + goto finished_with_string; + + case CTLESC: + sindex++; +#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE + if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && string[sindex]) + { + SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size); + } + else +#endif + { + temp = (char *)xmalloc (3); + temp[0] = CTLESC; + temp[1] = c = string[sindex]; + temp[2] = '\0'; + } + +dollar_add_string: + if (string[sindex]) + sindex++; + +add_string: + if (temp) + { + istring = sub_append_string (temp, istring, &istring_index, &istring_size); + temp = (char *)0; + } + + break; + +#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION) + /* Process substitution. */ + case '<': + case '>': + { + if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (word->flags & (W_DQUOTE|W_NOPROCSUB)) || posixly_correct) + { + sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */ + goto add_character; + } + else + t_index = sindex + 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */ + + temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index); /*))*/ + sindex = t_index; + + /* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to + open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if + it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child + and consume input. */ + temp = temp1 ? process_substitute (temp1, (c == '>')) : (char *)0; + + FREE (temp1); + + goto dollar_add_string; + } +#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */ + + case '=': + /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words + which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the + shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion + on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags + include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate + contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we + now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments + to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like + assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words + even in POSIX mode. */ + if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNRHS|W_NOTILDE)) + goto add_character; + /* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde + expansion, note where the `=' appears in the word and prepare to + do tilde expansion following the first `='. */ + if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) && + (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) && + assignoff == -1 && sindex > 0) + assignoff = sindex; + if (sindex == assignoff && string[sindex+1] == '~') /* XXX */ + word->flags |= W_ITILDE; +#if 0 + else if ((word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) && + (posixly_correct == 0 || (word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) && + string[sindex+1] == '~') + word->flags |= W_ITILDE; +#endif + goto add_character; + + case ':': + if (word->flags & W_NOTILDE) + goto add_character; + + if ((word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_ASSIGNRHS|W_TILDEEXP)) && + string[sindex+1] == '~') + word->flags |= W_ITILDE; + goto add_character; + + case '~': + /* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not + at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an + assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. */ + if ((word->flags & (W_NOTILDE|W_DQUOTE)) || + (sindex > 0 && ((word->flags & W_ITILDE) == 0)) || + (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) + { + word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE; + goto add_character; + } + + if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNRHS) + tflag = 2; + else if (word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_TILDEEXP)) + tflag = 1; + else + tflag = 0; + + temp = bash_tilde_find_word (string + sindex, tflag, &t_index); + + word->flags &= ~W_ITILDE; + + if (temp && *temp && t_index > 0) + { + temp1 = bash_tilde_expand (temp, tflag); + if (temp1 && *temp1 == '~' && STREQ (temp, temp1)) + { + FREE (temp); + FREE (temp1); + goto add_character; /* tilde expansion failed */ + } + free (temp); + temp = temp1; + sindex += t_index; + goto add_string; + } + else + { + FREE (temp); + goto add_character; + } + + case '$': + if (expanded_something) + *expanded_something = 1; + + has_dollar_at = 0; + tword = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something, + &has_dollar_at, "ed_dollar_at, + &had_quoted_null, + (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) ? PF_NOCOMSUB : 0); + + if (tword == &expand_wdesc_error || tword == &expand_wdesc_fatal) + { + free (string); + free (istring); + return ((tword == &expand_wdesc_error) ? &expand_word_error + : &expand_word_fatal); + } + if (contains_dollar_at && has_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + + if (tword && (tword->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)) + had_quoted_null = 1; + + temp = tword->word; + dispose_word_desc (tword); + + goto add_string; + break; + + case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */ + { + t_index = sindex++; + + temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", EX_REQMATCH); + /* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of + ` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */ + if (temp == &extract_string_error || temp == &extract_string_fatal) + { + if (sindex - 1 == t_index) + { + sindex = t_index; + goto add_character; + } + report_error ("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s", string+t_index); + free (string); + free (istring); + return ((temp == &extract_string_error) ? &expand_word_error + : &expand_word_fatal); + } + + if (expanded_something) + *expanded_something = 1; + + if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) + /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */ + temp1 = substring (string, t_index, sindex + 1); + else + { + de_backslash (temp); + temp1 = command_substitute (temp, quoted); + } + FREE (temp); + temp = temp1; + goto dollar_add_string; + } + + case '\\': + if (string[sindex + 1] == '\n') + { + sindex += 2; + continue; + } + + c = string[++sindex]; + + if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT) + tflag = CBSHDOC; + else if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) + tflag = CBSDQUOTE; + else + tflag = 0; + + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0)) + { + SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, '\\', c, string, sindex, string_size); + } + else if (c == 0) + { + c = CTLNUL; + sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */ + goto add_character; + } + else + { + SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size); + } + + sindex++; +add_twochars: + /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */ + RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); + istring[istring_index++] = twochars[0]; + istring[istring_index++] = twochars[1]; + istring[istring_index] = '\0'; + + break; + + case '"': +#if 0 + if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (word->flags & W_DQUOTE)) +#else + if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) +#endif + goto add_character; + + t_index = ++sindex; + temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, 0); + + /* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the + whole word was quoted. */ + quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0') + ? WHOLLY_QUOTED + : PARTIALLY_QUOTED; + + if (temp && *temp) + { + tword = alloc_word_desc (); + tword->word = temp; + + temp = (char *)NULL; + + has_dollar_at = 0; + /* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */ + list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL); + + if (list == &expand_word_error || list == &expand_word_fatal) + { + free (istring); + free (string); + /* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word + for us because of the way it prints error messages. */ + tword->word = (char *)NULL; + dispose_word (tword); + return list; + } + + dispose_word (tword); + + /* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing, + not even a NULL word, when there are no positional + parameters. */ + if (list == 0 && has_dollar_at) + { + quoted_dollar_at++; + break; + } + + /* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we + need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is + a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string + can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back + from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with + a single word, in which all characters are quoted and + separated by blanks. What we want to do is to turn it back + into a list for the next piece of code. */ + if (list) + dequote_list (list); + + if (list && list->word && (list->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL)) + had_quoted_null = 1; + + if (has_dollar_at) + { + quoted_dollar_at++; + if (contains_dollar_at) + *contains_dollar_at = 1; + if (expanded_something) + *expanded_something = 1; + } + } + else + { + /* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */ + FREE (temp); + list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + } + + /* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@", + where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the + rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added + as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we + quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and + add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this + (and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators + as well), so we go directly to add_string. */ + if (list) + { + if (list->next) + { + /* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is + split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */ + temp = quoted_dollar_at + ? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) + : string_list (quote_list (list)); + dispose_words (list); + goto add_string; + } + else + { + temp = savestring (list->word->word); + tflag = list->word->flags; + dispose_words (list); + + /* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want + to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters. + We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into + the empty string, though. We do this because we + want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that + contain other characters. For example, if we have + x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters, + the $* should expand into nothing. */ + /* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the + cases: a quoted null character as above and when + CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion + of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to + pass the value through this function to its caller. */ + if ((tflag & W_HASQUOTEDNULL) && QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0) + remove_quoted_nulls (temp); /* XXX */ + } + } + else + temp = (char *)NULL; + + /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only + partially quoted; we can throw them away. */ + if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED) + continue; + + add_quoted_string: + + if (temp) + { + temp1 = temp; + temp = quote_string (temp); + free (temp1); + goto add_string; + } + else + { + /* Add NULL arg. */ + c = CTLNUL; + sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */ + goto add_character; + } + + /* break; */ + + case '\'': +#if 0 + if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (word->flags & W_DQUOTE)) +#else + if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))) +#endif + goto add_character; + + t_index = ++sindex; + temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &sindex); + + /* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes, + then the string is wholly quoted. */ + quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0') + ? WHOLLY_QUOTED + : PARTIALLY_QUOTED; + + /* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */ + if (*temp == '\0') + { + free (temp); + temp = (char *)NULL; + } + else + remove_quoted_escapes (temp); /* ??? */ + + /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only + partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. */ + if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)) + continue; + + /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */ + if (temp == 0) + { + c = CTLNUL; + sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */ + goto add_character; + } + else + goto add_quoted_string; + + /* break; */ + + default: + /* This is the fix for " $@ " */ + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && isifs (c))) + { + if (string[sindex]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */ + sindex++; + if (c == 0) + { + c = CTLNUL; + goto add_character; + } + else + { +#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE + if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) + sindex--; + + if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1) + { + SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size); + } + else +#endif + { + twochars[0] = CTLESC; + twochars[1] = c; + goto add_twochars; + } + } + } + + SADD_MBCHAR (temp, string, sindex, string_size); + + add_character: + RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 1, istring_size, + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE); + istring[istring_index++] = c; + istring[istring_index] = '\0'; + + /* Next character. */ + sindex++; + } + } + +finished_with_string: + /* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and + quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise + we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to + do if nothing has been expanded. */ + + /* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty + string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings + which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single + exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no + positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */ + + /* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially + quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL + if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty. + "" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when + processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx"" + equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we + saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we + need to. */ + + /* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes + in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word. + The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when + there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw + the word away. */ + + if (*istring == '\0') + { + if (quoted_dollar_at == 0 && (had_quoted_null || quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)) + { + istring[0] = CTLNUL; + istring[1] = '\0'; + tword = make_bare_word (istring); + tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */ + list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); + if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) + tword->flags |= W_QUOTED; + } + /* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing + and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire + word is removed. */ + else if (quoted_state == UNQUOTED || quoted_dollar_at) + list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; +#if 0 + else + { + tword = make_bare_word (istring); + if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) + tword->flags |= W_QUOTED; + list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); + } +#else + else + list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; +#endif + } + else if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) + { + tword = make_bare_word (istring); + if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) + tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; /* XXX */ + if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN) + tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; /* XXX */ + if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB) + tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX */ + if (word->flags & W_NOEXPAND) + tword->flags |= W_NOEXPAND; /* XXX */ + if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) + tword->flags |= W_QUOTED; + if (had_quoted_null) + tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; + list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); + } + else + { + char *ifs_chars; + + ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? ifs_value : (char *)NULL; + + /* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If + IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the + positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have + set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set, + string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters + with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. */ + if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars) + list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1); + else + { + tword = make_bare_word (istring); + if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (quoted_state == WHOLLY_QUOTED)) + tword->flags |= W_QUOTED; + if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) + tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; + if (word->flags & W_COMPASSIGN) + tword->flags |= W_COMPASSIGN; + if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB) + tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; + if (word->flags & W_NOEXPAND) + tword->flags |= W_NOEXPAND; + if (had_quoted_null) + tword->flags |= W_HASQUOTEDNULL; /* XXX */ + list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL); + } + } + + free (istring); + return (list); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Functions for Quote Removal */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the + backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */ +char * +string_quote_removal (string, quoted) + char *string; + int quoted; +{ + size_t slen; + char *r, *result_string, *temp, *send; + int sindex, tindex, dquote; + unsigned char c; + DECLARE_MBSTATE; + + /* The result can be no longer than the original string. */ + slen = strlen (string); + send = string + slen; + + r = result_string = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1); + + for (dquote = sindex = 0; c = string[sindex];) + { + switch (c) + { + case '\\': + c = string[++sindex]; + if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0) + *r++ = '\\'; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + + default: + SCOPY_CHAR_M (r, string, send, sindex); + break; + + case '\'': + if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) + { + *r++ = c; + sindex++; + break; + } + tindex = sindex + 1; + temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &tindex); + if (temp) + { + strcpy (r, temp); + r += strlen (r); + free (temp); + } + sindex = tindex; + break; + + case '"': + dquote = 1 - dquote; + sindex++; + break; + } + } + *r = '\0'; + return (result_string); +} + +#if 0 +/* UNUSED */ +/* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new + WORD_DESC *. */ +WORD_DESC * +word_quote_removal (word, quoted) + WORD_DESC *word; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_DESC *w; + char *t; + + t = string_quote_removal (word->word, quoted); + w = alloc_word_desc (); + w->word = t ? t : savestring (""); + return (w); +} + +/* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero, + the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by + double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */ +WORD_LIST * +word_list_quote_removal (list, quoted) + WORD_LIST *list; + int quoted; +{ + WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e; + + for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next) + { + tresult = make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted), (WORD_LIST *)NULL); +#if 0 + result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult); +#else + if (result == 0) + result = e = tresult; + else + { + e->next = tresult; + while (e->next) + e = e->next; + } +#endif + } + return (result); +} +#endif + +/******************************************* + * * + * Functions to perform word splitting * + * * + *******************************************/ + +void +setifs (v) + SHELL_VAR *v; +{ + char *t; + unsigned char uc; + + ifs_var = v; +#if 0 + ifs_value = v ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n"; +#else + ifs_value = (v && value_cell (v)) ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n"; +#endif + + /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet + handle multibyte chars in IFS */ + memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap)); + for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++) + { + uc = *t; + ifs_cmap[uc] = 1; + } + +#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) + if (ifs_value == 0) + { + ifs_firstc[0] = '\0'; + ifs_firstc_len = 1; + } + else + { + size_t ifs_len; + ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX); + ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len); + if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || ifs_firstc_len == 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len)) + { + ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0]; + ifs_firstc[1] = '\0'; + ifs_firstc_len = 1; + } + else + memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len); + } +#else + ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0; +#endif +} + +char * +getifs () +{ + return ifs_value; +} + +/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word + is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we + don't do any splitting. */ +WORD_LIST * +word_split (w, ifs_chars) + WORD_DESC *w; + char *ifs_chars; +{ + WORD_LIST *result; + + if (w) + { + char *xifs; + + xifs = ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || ifs_chars == 0) ? "" : ifs_chars; + result = list_string (w->word, xifs, w->flags & W_QUOTED); + } + else + result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + + return (result); +} + +/* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible + to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */ +static WORD_LIST * +word_list_split (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e; + + for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next) + { + tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value); + if (result == 0) + result = e = tresult; + else + { + e->next = tresult; + while (e->next) + e = e->next; + } + } + return (result); +} + +/************************************************** + * * + * Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST * + * * + **************************************************/ + +/* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */ +static void +exp_jump_to_top_level (v) + int v; +{ + /* Cleanup code goes here. */ + expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* XXX */ + expanding_redir = 0; + + jump_to_top_level (v); +} + +/* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of + ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */ +#define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \ + do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0) + +/* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has + been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial + variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed + on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */ +static WORD_LIST * +separate_out_assignments (tlist) + WORD_LIST *tlist; +{ + register WORD_LIST *vp, *lp; + + if (!tlist) + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + if (subst_assign_varlist) + dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */ + + subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + vp = lp = tlist; + + /* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command. + Loop invariant: vp->next == lp + Loop postcondition: + lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped + tlist = original list of words + */ + while (lp && (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)) + { + vp = lp; + lp = lp->next; + } + + /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements. + We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment + words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */ + if (lp != tlist) + { + subst_assign_varlist = tlist; + /* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */ + vp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* terminate variable list */ + tlist = lp; /* remainder of word list */ + } + + /* vp == end of variable list */ + /* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */ + if (!tlist) + /* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */ + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + /* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */ + /* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */ + + /* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining + words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on + SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */ + if (place_keywords_in_env) + { + WORD_LIST *tp; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */ + + tp = tlist; + lp = tlist->next; + + /* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */ + /* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */ + while (lp) + { + if (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) + { + /* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of + subst_assign_varlist (vp). */ + if (!subst_assign_varlist) + subst_assign_varlist = vp = lp; + else + { + vp->next = lp; + vp = lp; + } + + /* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */ + tp->next = lp->next; + /* ASSERT(vp == lp); */ + lp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + lp = tp->next; + } + else + { + tp = lp; + lp = lp->next; + } + } + } + return (tlist); +} + +#define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001 +#define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002 +#define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004 +#define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008 +#define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010 + +/* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of + the list. */ +#define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP) + +/* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of + the list. */ +#define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP) + +/* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter + expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and + quote removal. */ +#define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP) + +/* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return + a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like + variable assignments. */ + +WORD_LIST * +expand_words (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_ALL)); +} + +/* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment + variables. */ +WORD_LIST * +expand_words_no_vars (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_NOVARS)); +} + +WORD_LIST * +expand_words_shellexp (list) + WORD_LIST *list; +{ + return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_SHELLEXP)); +} + +static WORD_LIST * +glob_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags) + WORD_LIST *tlist; + int eflags; +{ + char **glob_array, *temp_string; + register int glob_index; + WORD_LIST *glob_list, *output_list, *disposables, *next; + WORD_DESC *tword; + + output_list = disposables = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + glob_array = (char **)NULL; + while (tlist) + { + /* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is + added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are + added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list + of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob + expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the + original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and + failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is + added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up + in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to + be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable + words are freed. */ + next = tlist->next; + + /* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted + pattern matching character, then glob it. */ + if ((tlist->word->flags & W_NOGLOB) == 0 && + unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist->word->word)) + { + glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word); + + /* Handle error cases. + I don't think we should report errors like "No such file + or directory". However, I would like to report errors + like "Read failed". */ + + if (glob_array == 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array)) + { + glob_array = (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *)); + glob_array[0] = (char *)NULL; + } + + /* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */ + if (glob_array[0] == NULL) + { + temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word); + free (tlist->word->word); + tlist->word->word = temp_string; + } + + /* Make the array into a word list. */ + glob_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + for (glob_index = 0; glob_array[glob_index]; glob_index++) + { + tword = make_bare_word (glob_array[glob_index]); + tword->flags |= W_GLOBEXP; /* XXX */ + glob_list = make_word_list (tword, glob_list); + } + + if (glob_list) + { + output_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (glob_list, output_list); + PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables); + } + else if (fail_glob_expansion != 0) + { + report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist->word->word); + jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); + } + else if (allow_null_glob_expansion == 0) + { + /* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */ + PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list); + } + else + { + /* Failed glob expressions are removed. */ + PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables); + } + } + else + { + /* Dequote the string. */ + temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word); + free (tlist->word->word); + tlist->word->word = temp_string; + PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list); + } + + strvec_dispose (glob_array); + glob_array = (char **)NULL; + + tlist = next; + } + + if (disposables) + dispose_words (disposables); + + if (output_list) + output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *); + + return (output_list); +} + +#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION) +static WORD_LIST * +brace_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags) + WORD_LIST *tlist; + int eflags; +{ + register char **expansions; + char *temp_string; + WORD_LIST *disposables, *output_list, *next; + WORD_DESC *w; + int eindex; + + for (disposables = output_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; tlist; tlist = next) + { + next = tlist->next; + + /* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If + not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In + the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will + degenerate to a bunch of calls to `xstrchr', and then what is + basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected + by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST + is reached. */ + if (xstrchr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE)) + { + expansions = brace_expand (tlist->word->word); + + for (eindex = 0; temp_string = expansions[eindex]; eindex++) + { + w = make_word (temp_string); + /* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve + the flags. We may want to preserve the flags + unconditionally someday -- XXX */ + if (STREQ (temp_string, tlist->word->word)) + w->flags = tlist->word->flags; + output_list = make_word_list (w, output_list); + free (expansions[eindex]); + } + free (expansions); + + /* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace + expansion has been performed. */ + PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables); + } + else + PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list); + } + + if (disposables) + dispose_words (disposables); + + if (output_list) + output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *); + + return (output_list); +} +#endif + +static WORD_LIST * +shell_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags) + WORD_LIST *tlist; + int eflags; +{ + WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list; + int expanded_something, has_dollar_at; + char *temp_string; + + /* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */ + new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + for (orig_list = tlist; tlist; tlist = next) + { + temp_string = tlist->word->word; + + next = tlist->next; + +#if defined (ARRAY_VARS) + /* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts + such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform + it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell + functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments, + because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on + its own. */ + if ((tlist->word->flags & (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) == (W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG)) + { + int t; + + t = do_word_assignment (tlist->word); + if (t == 0) + { + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); + } + + /* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */ + t = assignment (tlist->word->word, 0); + tlist->word->word[t] = '\0'; + tlist->word->flags &= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT|W_NOSPLIT|W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG); + } +#endif + + expanded_something = 0; + expanded = expand_word_internal + (tlist->word, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at, &expanded_something); + + if (expanded == &expand_word_error || expanded == &expand_word_fatal) + { + /* By convention, each time this error is returned, + tlist->word->word has already been freed. */ + tlist->word->word = (char *)NULL; + + /* Dispose our copy of the original list. */ + dispose_words (orig_list); + /* Dispose the new list we're building. */ + dispose_words (new_list); + + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + if (expanded == &expand_word_error) + exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); + else + exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF); + } + + /* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */ + if (expanded_something && (tlist->word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) == 0) + { + temp_list = word_list_split (expanded); + dispose_words (expanded); + } + else + { + /* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process + substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then + do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted + null characters from the result. */ + word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded); + temp_list = expanded; + } + + expanded = REVERSE_LIST (temp_list, WORD_LIST *); + new_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (expanded, new_list); + } + + if (orig_list) + dispose_words (orig_list); + + if (new_list) + new_list = REVERSE_LIST (new_list, WORD_LIST *); + + return (new_list); +} + +/* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars (). + First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words. + Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are + performed. + + This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion, + parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, + process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according + to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits + set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting. + Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion. */ +static WORD_LIST * +expand_word_list_internal (list, eflags) + WORD_LIST *list; + int eflags; +{ + WORD_LIST *new_list, *temp_list; + int tint; + + if (list == 0) + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + + garglist = new_list = copy_word_list (list); + if (eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) + { + garglist = new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list); + if (new_list == 0) + { + if (subst_assign_varlist) + { + /* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed + into the shell's environment. */ + for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next) + { + this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* no arithmetic errors */ + tint = do_word_assignment (temp_list->word); + /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells + running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */ + if (tint == 0) + { + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct) + exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF); + else + exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); + } + } + dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); + subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + } + return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL); + } + } + + /* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on + things that aren't really variable assignments. */ + +#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION) + /* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters + in the string. */ + if ((eflags & WEXP_BRACEEXP) && brace_expansion && new_list) + new_list = brace_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags); +#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */ + + /* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and + variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, + and word splitting. */ + new_list = shell_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags); + + /* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename + globbing. */ + if (new_list) + { + if ((eflags & WEXP_PATHEXP) && disallow_filename_globbing == 0) + /* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */ + new_list = glob_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags); + else + /* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */ + new_list = dequote_list (new_list); + } + + if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && subst_assign_varlist) + { + sh_wassign_func_t *assign_func; + + /* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires + that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's + environment. */ + assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_word_assignment; + tempenv_assign_error = 0; + + for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next) + { + this_command_name = (char *)NULL; + tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word); + /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running + in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */ + if (tint == 0) + { + if (assign_func == do_word_assignment) + { + last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE; + if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct) + exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF); + else + exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD); + } + else + tempenv_assign_error++; + } + } + + dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); + subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; + } + +#if 0 + tint = list_length (new_list) + 1; + RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (glob_argv_flags, 0, tint, glob_argv_flags_size, 16); + for (tint = 0, temp_list = new_list; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next) + glob_argv_flags[tint++] = (temp_list->word->flags & W_GLOBEXP) ? '1' : '0'; + glob_argv_flags[tint] = '\0'; +#endif + + return (new_list); +} diff --git a/support/shobj-conf b/support/shobj-conf index 65b5ecff1..21e4d2813 100755 --- a/support/shobj-conf +++ b/support/shobj-conf @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ darwin8*) SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR).$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF)' SHLIB_LIBSUFF='dylib' - SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-undefined dynamic_lookup' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-dynamiclib -dynamic -undefined dynamic_lookup -arch_only `/usr/bin/arch`' SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-dynamiclib -arch_only `/usr/bin/arch` -install_name $(libdir)/$@ -current_version $(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR) -compatibility_version $(SHLIB_MAJOR) -v' SHLIB_LIBS='-lncurses' # see if -lcurses works on MacOS X 10.1 diff --git a/support/shobj-conf~ b/support/shobj-conf~ new file mode 100755 index 000000000..2f163913d --- /dev/null +++ b/support/shobj-conf~ @@ -0,0 +1,547 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# +# shobj-conf -- output a series of variable assignments to be substituted +# into a Makefile by configure which specify system-dependent +# information for creating shared objects that may be loaded +# into bash with `enable -f' +# +# usage: shobj-conf [-C compiler] -c host_cpu -o host_os -v host_vendor +# +# Chet Ramey +# chet@po.cwru.edu + +# Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. + +# +# defaults +# +SHOBJ_STATUS=supported +SHLIB_STATUS=supported + +SHOBJ_CC=cc +SHOBJ_CFLAGS= +SHOBJ_LD= +SHOBJ_LDFLAGS= +SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS= +SHOBJ_LIBS= + +SHLIB_XLDFLAGS= +SHLIB_LIBS= + +SHLIB_DOT='.' +SHLIB_LIBPREF='lib' +SHLIB_LIBSUFF='so' + +SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF)' +SHLIB_DLLVERSION='$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + +PROGNAME=`basename $0` +USAGE="$PROGNAME [-C compiler] -c host_cpu -o host_os -v host_vendor" + +while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do + case "$1" in + -C) shift; SHOBJ_CC="$1"; shift ;; + -c) shift; host_cpu="$1"; shift ;; + -o) shift; host_os="$1"; shift ;; + -v) shift; host_vendor="$1"; shift ;; + *) echo "$USAGE" >&2 ; exit 2;; + esac +done + +case "${host_os}-${SHOBJ_CC}" in +sunos4*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fpic + SHOBJ_LD=/usr/bin/ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-assert pure-text' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR)' + ;; + +sunos4*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-pic + SHOBJ_LD=/usr/bin/ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-assert pure-text' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR)' + ;; + +sunos5*-*gcc*|solaris2*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fpic + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + ld_used=`gcc -print-prog-name=ld` + if ${ld_used} -V 2>&1 | grep GNU >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # This line works for the GNU ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-h,$@' + else + # This line works for the Solaris linker in /usr/ccs/bin/ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-i -Wl,-h,$@' + fi + +# SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-R $(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sunos5*|solaris2*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-K pic' + SHOBJ_LD=/usr/ccs/bin/ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-G -dy -z text -i -h $@' + +# SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-R $(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +# All versions of Linux or the semi-mythical GNU Hurd. +linux*-*|gnu*-*|k*bsd*-gnu-*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fPIC + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-soname,$@' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir) -Wl,-soname,`basename $@ $(SHLIB_MINOR)`' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR)' + ;; + +freebsd2*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fpic + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-x -Bshareable' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-R$(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR)' + ;; + +# FreeBSD-3.x ELF +freebsd[3-9]*|freebsdelf[3-9]*|freebsdaout[3-9]*|dragonfly*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fPIC + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + + if [ -x /usr/bin/objformat ] && [ "`/usr/bin/objformat`" = "elf" ]; then + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-soname,$@' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + else + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-R$(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR)' + fi + ;; + +# Darwin/MacOS X +darwin8*) + SHOBJ_STATUS=supported + SHLIB_STATUS=supported + + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-fno-common' + + SHOBJ_LD='MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.3 ${CC}' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR).$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF)' + SHLIB_LIBSUFF='dylib' + + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-dynamiclib -dynamic -undefined dynamic_lookup' + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-dynamiclib -arch_only `/usr/bin/arch` -install_name $(libdir)/$@ -current_version $(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR) -compatibility_version $(SHLIB_MAJOR) -v' + + SHLIB_LIBS='-lncurses' # see if -lcurses works on MacOS X 10.1 + ;; + +darwin*|macosx*) + SHOBJ_STATUS=unsupported + SHLIB_STATUS=supported + + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-fno-common' + + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR).$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF)' + SHLIB_LIBSUFF='dylib' + + case "${host_os}" in + darwin[78]*) SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='' + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-dynamiclib -arch_only `/usr/bin/arch` -install_name $(libdir)/$@ -current_version $(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR) -compatibility_version $(SHLIB_MAJOR) -v' + ;; + *) SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-dynamic' + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-arch_only `/usr/bin/arch` -install_name $(libdir)/$@ -current_version $(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR) -compatibility_version $(SHLIB_MAJOR) -v' + ;; + esac + + SHLIB_LIBS='-lncurses' # see if -lcurses works on MacOS X 10.1 + ;; + +openbsd*|netbsd*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fPIC + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-R$(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR)' + ;; + +bsdi2*) + SHOBJ_CC=shlicc2 + SHOBJ_CFLAGS= + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS=-r + SHOBJ_LIBS=-lc_s.2.1.0 + + # BSD/OS 2.x and 3.x `shared libraries' are too much of a pain in + # the ass -- they require changing {/usr/lib,etc}/shlib.map on + # each system, and the library creation process is byzantine + SHLIB_STATUS=unsupported + ;; + +bsdi3*) + SHOBJ_CC=shlicc2 + SHOBJ_CFLAGS= + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS=-r + SHOBJ_LIBS=-lc_s.3.0.0 + + # BSD/OS 2.x and 3.x `shared libraries' are too much of a pain in + # the ass -- they require changing {/usr/lib,etc}/shlib.map on + # each system, and the library creation process is byzantine + SHLIB_STATUS=unsupported + ;; + +bsdi4*) + # BSD/OS 4.x now supports ELF and SunOS-style dynamically-linked + # shared libraries. gcc 2.x is the standard compiler, and the + # `normal' gcc options should work as they do in Linux. + + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fPIC + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-soname,$@' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-Wl,-soname,`basename $@ $(SHLIB_MINOR)`' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)$(SHLIB_MINOR)' + ;; + +osf*-*gcc*) + # Fix to use gcc linker driver from bfischer@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-soname,$@' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-rpath $(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +osf*) + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -soname $@ -expect_unresolved "*"' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-rpath $(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +aix4.[2-9]*-*gcc*) # lightly tested by jik@cisco.com + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fpic + SHOBJ_LD='ld' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-bdynamic -bnoentry -bexpall' + SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS='-G' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-bM:SRE' + SHLIB_LIBS='-lcurses -lc' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +aix4.[2-9]*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-K + SHOBJ_LD='ld' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-bdynamic -bnoentry -bexpall' + SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS='-G' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-bM:SRE' + SHLIB_LIBS='-lcurses -lc' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +# +# THE FOLLOWING ARE UNTESTED -- and some may not support the dlopen interface +# +irix[56]*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-fpic' + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-soname,$@' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,$(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +irix[56]*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-K PIC' + SHOBJ_LD=ld +# SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-call_shared -hidden_symbol -no_unresolved -soname $@' +# Change from David Kaelbling . If you have problems, +# remove the `-no_unresolved' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -no_unresolved -soname $@' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-rpath $(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +hpux9*-*gcc*) + # must use gcc; the bundled cc cannot compile PIC code + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-fpic' + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-b -Wl,+s' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-Wl,+b,$(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBSUFF='sl' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +hpux9*) + SHOBJ_STATUS=unsupported + SHLIB_STATUS=unsupported + + # If you are using the HP ANSI C compiler, you can uncomment and use + # this code (I have not tested it) +# SHOBJ_STATUS=supported +# SHLIB_STATUS=supported +# +# SHOBJ_CFLAGS='+z' +# SHOBJ_LD='ld' +# SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-b +s' +# +# SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='+b $(libdir)' +# SHLIB_LIBSUFF='sl' +# SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + + ;; + +hpux10*-*gcc*) + # must use gcc; the bundled cc cannot compile PIC code + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-fpic' + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + # if you have problems linking here, moving the `-Wl,+h,$@' from + # SHLIB_XLDFLAGS to SHOBJ_LDFLAGS has been reported to work + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-b -Wl,+s' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-Wl,+h,$@ -Wl,+b,$(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBSUFF='sl' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +hpux10*) + SHOBJ_STATUS=unsupported + SHLIB_STATUS=unsupported + + # If you are using the HP ANSI C compiler, you can uncomment and use + # this code (I have not tested it) +# SHOBJ_STATUS=supported +# SHLIB_STATUS=supported +# +# SHOBJ_CFLAGS='+z' +# SHOBJ_LD='ld' +# SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-b +s +h $@' +# +# SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='+b $(libdir)' +# SHLIB_LIBSUFF='sl' +# SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + + ;; + +hpux11*-*gcc*) + # must use gcc; the bundled cc cannot compile PIC code + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-fpic' + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' +# SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,-b -Wl,-B,symbolic -Wl,+s -Wl,+std -Wl,+h,$@' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -fpic -Wl,-b -Wl,+s -Wl,+h,$@' + + SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='-Wl,+b,$(libdir)' + SHLIB_LIBSUFF='sl' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +hpux11*) + SHOBJ_STATUS=unsupported + SHLIB_STATUS=unsupported + + # If you are using the HP ANSI C compiler, you can uncomment and use + # this code (I have not tested it) +# SHOBJ_STATUS=supported +# SHLIB_STATUS=supported +# +# SHOBJ_CFLAGS='+z' +# SHOBJ_LD='ld' +# SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-b +s +h $@' +# +# SHLIB_XLDFLAGS='+b $(libdir)' +# SHLIB_LIBSUFF='sl' +# SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + + ;; + +sysv4*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-shared + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -h $@' + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sysv4*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-K PIC' + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-dy -z text -G -h $@' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sco3.2v5*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-fpic' # DEFAULTS TO ELF + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sco3.2v5*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-K pic -b elf' + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-G -b elf -dy -z text -h $@' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sysv5uw7*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-fpic' + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sysv5uw7*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-K PIC' + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-G -dy -z text -h $@' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sysv5UnixWare*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fpic + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sysv5UnixWare*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-K PIC' + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-G -dy -z text -h $@' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sysv5OpenUNIX*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fpic + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +sysv5OpenUNIX*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-K PIC' + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-G -dy -z text -h $@' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +dgux*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fpic + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +dgux*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS='-K pic' + SHOBJ_LD=ld + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-G -dy -h $@' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +msdos*) + SHOBJ_STATUS=unsupported + SHLIB_STATUS=unsupported + ;; + +cygwin*) + SHOBJ_LD='$(CC)' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared -Wl,--enable-auto-import -Wl,--enable-auto-image-base -Wl,--export-all -Wl,--out-implib=$(@).a' + SHLIB_LIBPREF='cyg' + SHLIB_LIBSUFF='dll' + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_DLLVERSION).$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF)' + SHLIB_LIBS='$(TERMCAP_LIB)' + + SHLIB_DOT= + # For official cygwin releases, DLLVERSION will be defined in the + # environment of configure, and will be incremented any time the API + # changes in a non-backwards compatible manner. Otherwise, it is just + # SHLIB_MAJOR. + if [ -n "$DLLVERSION" ] ; then + SHLIB_DLLVERSION="$DLLVERSION" + fi + ;; + +# +# Rely on correct gcc configuration for everything else +# +*-*gcc*) + SHOBJ_CFLAGS=-fpic + SHOBJ_LD='${CC}' + SHOBJ_LDFLAGS='-shared' + + SHLIB_LIBVERSION='$(SHLIB_LIBSUFF).$(SHLIB_MAJOR)' + ;; + +*) + SHOBJ_STATUS=unsupported + SHLIB_STATUS=unsupported + ;; + +esac + +echo SHOBJ_CC=\'"$SHOBJ_CC"\' +echo SHOBJ_CFLAGS=\'"$SHOBJ_CFLAGS"\' +echo SHOBJ_LD=\'"$SHOBJ_LD"\' +echo SHOBJ_LDFLAGS=\'"$SHOBJ_LDFLAGS"\' +echo SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS=\'"$SHOBJ_XLDFLAGS"\' +echo SHOBJ_LIBS=\'"$SHOBJ_LIBS"\' + +echo SHLIB_XLDFLAGS=\'"$SHLIB_XLDFLAGS"\' +echo SHLIB_LIBS=\'"$SHLIB_LIBS"\' + +echo SHLIB_DOT=\'"$SHLIB_DOT"\' + +echo SHLIB_LIBPREF=\'"$SHLIB_LIBPREF"\' +echo SHLIB_LIBSUFF=\'"$SHLIB_LIBSUFF"\' + +echo SHLIB_LIBVERSION=\'"$SHLIB_LIBVERSION"\' +echo SHLIB_DLLVERSION=\'"$SHLIB_DLLVERSION"\' + +echo SHOBJ_STATUS=\'"$SHOBJ_STATUS"\' +echo SHLIB_STATUS=\'"$SHLIB_STATUS"\' + +exit 0